GRAND UNION CO /DE/
10-K, 1995-06-30
GROCERY STORES
Previous: HANCOCK JOHN BOND FUND, PRES14A, 1995-06-30
Next: PRUDENTIAL INCOMEVERTIBLE R PLUS FUND, 497, 1995-06-30



<PAGE>

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

              ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended April 1, 1995
                          -------------

Commission File Number 33-48282-01
                       -----------

                             THE GRAND UNION COMPANY
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                Delaware                                    22-1518276
- - ---------------------------------------------          ---------------------
    (State or other jurisdiction of                      (I.R.S. Employer
     incorporation or organization)                     Identification No.)

201 Willowbrook Boulevard, Wayne, New Jersey                   07470
- - ---------------------------------------------          ---------------------
(Address of principal executive offices)                    (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code         201-890-6000
                                                       ---------------------

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                       Name of each exchange
           Title of each class                          on which registered
           -------------------                         ---------------------
             Not Applicable                               Not Applicable
- - ---------------------------------------------          ---------------------

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                 Not Applicable
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  X    No
                                                -----    ------

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of the Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K.       [X]

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and
reports required to be filed by Section 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan
confirmed by a court.    Yes  X    No
                            -----    -----

     As of June 30, 1995, the number of shares outstanding of the Registrant's
common stock, par value $1.00 per share, was 10,000,000 shares.  As of June 30,
1995, the common stock of the Registrant is not listed on any national
securities exchange.

     Documents incorporated by reference:   None
                                            ----
<PAGE>

                             THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

GENERAL

     The Grand Union Company, a Delaware corporation ("Grand Union" or the
"Company"), currently operates 231 retail food stores under the "Grand Union"
name in six northeastern states.

CHAPTER 11 REORGANIZATION

     On November 29, 1994, Grand Union announced that it was not likely to be
able to fund cash interest payments due in early calendar 1995, and that it
intended to develop a capital restructuring plan.  Beginning on January 16,
1995, Grand Union did not make interest payments required under its outstanding
debt obligations.

     On January 24, 1995, Grand Union announced that it had reached an agreement
in principle with Grand Union's bank lenders and with members of informal
committees of certain holders of Grand Union's 11.375% Senior Notes due 1999
(the "11.375% Senior Notes") and 11.25% Senior Notes due 2000 (the "11.25%
Senior Notes" and collectively with the 11.375% Senior Notes, the "Senior
Notes") and certain holders of Grand Union's 12.25% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2002 (the "12.25% Subordinated Notes") and 12.25% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2002, Series A (the "Series A 12.25% Subordinated Notes", together with the
13% Senior Subordinated Notes due 1998 (the "13% Subordinated Notes") and the
12.25% Subordinated Notes, the "Subordinated Notes") on the terms of a
restructuring of Grand Union's capital structure.

     On January 25, 1995 (the "Filing Date"), as part of the implementation of
such agreement, Grand Union filed a voluntary petition for relief under chapter
11 ("Chapter 11") of Title 11 of the United States Code (the "Code")
in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the
"Bankruptcy Court").  From the Filing Date through June 15, 1995 (the "Effective
Date", as defined below), Grand Union operated as a debtor-in-possession under
Chapter 11 of the Code and was subject to the supervision of the Bankruptcy
Court in accordance with the Code.  During this period, Grand Union's business
was operated under a series of "first day orders", which, among other things,
permitted it to retain certain financial and legal advisors and which authorized
payment of certain pre-petition employee costs, including worker's compensation
benefits, and pre-petition trade claims, subject to the satisfaction of various
requirements.

     On January 30, 1995, Grand Union (as debtor and as debtor-in-possession)
entered into a credit agreement (the "DIP Facility") with the banks party
thereto providing for borrowings of up to $150 million on a revolving credit
basis.  On February 16, 1995, final approval of the DIP Facility was granted and
the Bankruptcy Court also issued a Final Cash Collateral Order which allowed
Grand Union to use cash collateral to pay operating expenses in the ordinary
course of business.  There were no borrowings made under the DIP Facility during
the Chapter 11 proceedings and it was terminated on the Effective Date.

     On February 16, 1995, Grand Union Capital Corporation ("Capital"), which
prior to the Effective Date owned all of the issued and outstanding common stock
of Grand Union (the "Old Common Stock"), consented to the entry of an order for
relief in respect of an involuntary Chapter 11 petition filed in the Bankruptcy
Court on February 6, 1995 by entities purporting to be holders of Capital's 15%
Senior Zero Coupon Notes due 2004 (the "Capital Senior Zero Notes") and 16.5%
Senior Subordinated Zero Coupon Notes due 2007 (the "Capital Subordinated Zero
Notes" and collectively with the Capital Senior Zero Notes, the "Capital
Notes").  On February 16, 1995, Grand Union Holdings Corporation ("Holdings"),
of which Capital is a wholly owned subsidiary, filed a voluntary Chapter 11
petition in the Bankruptcy Court.  Capital and Holdings are currently operating
as debtors-in-possession under the protection of Chapter 11, each in bankruptcy
proceedings separate from Grand Union, and are each subject to the jurisdiction
and supervision of the Bankruptcy Court.  Prior to the Effective Date, the
principal asset of Capital and, indirectly, of Holdings was the common stock of
Grand Union.

     The Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Second Amended Chapter 11 Plan of The
Grand Union Company, dated as of April 19, 1995 (as confirmed, the "Plan"), on
May 31, 1995 (the "Confirmation Date"), and the Company emerged from Chapter 11
on June 15, 1995 (the "Effective Date").  Two proceedings challenging the order
confirming the Plan are pending.  The Company does not believe that either
proceeding will result in any modification or revocation of the


                                        1
<PAGE>

order.  On the Effective Date, Grand Union adopted a restated certificate of
incorporation (the "New Certificate"), the principal effects of which are: (i)
to authorize 30,000,000 shares of new common stock (the "New Common Stock") (of
which 10,000,000 shares were issued under the Plan) and 10,000,000 shares of
preferred stock (none of which will be issued under the Plan) and (ii) to
prohibit the issuance of non-voting equity securities.  The Plan provides for
full payment of all allowed administrative expenses and all allowed general
unsecured and priority claims.  On the Effective Date, obligations relating to
the Company's existing bank credit agreement (the "Bank Credit Agreement") were
paid in full and the Company  entered into an Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement (the "New Bank Facility") with its bank lending group which provides
for a five-year revolving credit facility of $100,000,000  (the "New Revolving
Credit Facility") and a seven-year term loan facility of $104,144,371 (the "New
Term Loan").  The New Bank Facility is secured by a lien on substantially all of
the assets of Grand Union and its subsidiaries.

     As of  the Effective Date, the Senior Notes were deemed cancelled and each
holder of Senior Notes became  entitled to receive its pro rata share of Grand
Union's new 12% Senior Notes due 2004 (the "New Senior Notes") having an
aggregate principal amount of $595,475,922 issued pursuant to the Plan.

     As of the Effective Date, the Subordinated Notes and the Old Common Stock
were deemed cancelled and each holder of Subordinated Notes became entitled to
receive its pro rata share of an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of Grand Union's
New Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan.

     The Plan also provided for the issuance of warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 900,000 shares of New Common Stock to holders of the Capital Notes
pursuant to the terms of a settlement reached among the Company, Capital,
Holdings, the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of Capital and certain
holders of the Capital Notes.  In accordance with the terms of the settlement,
on the Effective Date, and solely for the purpose of effectuating the
settlement, any claims against the Company arising from the Capital Notes were
discharged and (i) each holder of Capital Senior Zero Notes became entitled to
receive its pro rata share of 240,000 Series 1 Warrants to purchase shares of
New Common Stock at a purchase price of $30 per share ("Series 1 Warrants") and
of 480,000 Series 2 Warrants to purchase shares of New Common Stock at a
purchase price of $42 per share ("Series 2 Warrants") and (ii) each holder of
Capital Subordinated Zero Notes became entitled to receive its pro rata share of
60,000 Series 1 Warrants and 120,000 Series 2 Warrants, provided that holders of
$200,000 or more principal amount of either the Capital Senior Zero Notes or
Capital Subordinated Zero Notes are required to execute a release of all claims
relating to such Capital Notes as a condition to receiving the distribution.

     The Plan made no provision for the holders of the 12% Junior Subordinated
Notes due 1999 (the "Holdings Junior Notes") or Redeemable Preferred Stock
issued by Holdings or the common shares or warrants to purchase common shares of
Holdings.

STORE FORMATS

     Grand Union's store sizes and formats vary depending upon the demographics
and competitive conditions in each location, as well as the availability of real
estate.  Grand Union supermarkets offer a wide selection of national brand and
private label products as well as high-quality produce, meat and general
merchandise.  The majority of the Company's sales are generated from stores
which also contain a number of high margin specialty and service areas for such
goods as imported and domestic produce, salads, hot and cold prepared foods,
seafood and fresh-baked goods.  Select stores feature in-store kitchens and
pharmacies.  Liquor and wine departments are included where permitted by local
law.  Grand Union's supermarkets range in size from 14,000 to 64,000 square feet
and newly constructed stores are typically in excess of 40,000 square feet.

MERCHANDISING STRATEGY

     Grand Union's current merchandising strategy is premised upon the
following:

     VALUE.  The Company's strategy is to provide value to the customer by
offering competitive prices and a wide variety of advertised and unadvertised
specials, sponsoring special promotions and offering a wide selection of private
label products.

     MERCHANDISE ASSORTMENT.  Management believes that many consumers prefer
food stores that not only offer the wide variety of food and non-food items
carried by conventional supermarkets, but also sell an expanded assortment of
high-quality food items and produce. Accordingly, Grand Union continues to
upgrade existing departments with new selections and, where appropriate, has
added specialty departments, including full service butcher and seafood shops,


                                        2
<PAGE>

floral departments, delicatessens and bakeries. This merchandising strategy
provides consumers with a broader product offering and a more convenient
shopping experience, while shifting the Company's sales mix toward higher margin
products.

     EFFICIENCIES OF DISTRIBUTION.  Grand Union's distribution system has
contributed to its ability to efficiently pursue its strategy of offering the
consumer a wide assortment of quality products at competitive prices.
Strategically located distribution centers make it possible for Grand Union to
minimize in-store stockroom space, thereby increasing store selling space.

SELECTED DATA
     The table below sets forth certain statistical information with respect to
Grand Union retail stores, excluding the stores formerly operated in the
Southern Region (see "Recent History - Sale of the Southern Region" below), for
the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   52 Weeks Ended          52 Weeks Ended          53 Weeks Ended
                                                                    April 1, 1995          April 2, 1994           April 3, 1993
                                                                   --------------          ---------------         --------------
<S>                                                                <C>                     <C>                     <C>

Number of stores (at end of period)                                         231                     254                    250
Total selling square feet (in thousands)                                  4,276                   4,532                  4,276
Average gross square feet per store                                      25,871                  24,966                 23,922
Average sales per selling square foot per week                           $10.29                  $10.76                 $11.23

</TABLE>


SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS

     NORTHERN REGION

     Grand Union currently operates 127 stores in its Northern Region including
40 stores in Vermont, 84 stores in upstate New York and 3 stores in New
Hampshire. The Northern Region had sales of approximately $989 million for the
52 weeks ended April 1, 1995 ("Fiscal 1995").  The Company has operated in
most of the markets it currently serves in the Northern Region for more
than 25 years, and in many communities for over 50 years.

     In Vermont, Grand Union operates 40 stores throughout the state in
virtually every significant community. Grand Union has the preeminent market
share in the state, having more sales than all other chain-store operators
combined. The Company's strong position in Vermont allows it to achieve
significant economies in purchasing, distribution, advertising and field
supervision.  The competitive environment in Vermont evolves very slowly due to
zoning and environmental regulations in the state which restrict commercial
development (including supermarkets).  Grand Union's long-standing presence in
Vermont was enhanced through the acquisition in 1990 of certain stores operated
by P&C Foods, then a subsidiary and currently a division of The Penn Traffic
Company ("Penn Traffic"), a company indirectly controlled by Miller Tabak Hirsch
+ Co. ("MTH"), which prior to the Effective Date indirectly controlled
approximately 39% of the common stock of Holdings on a fully diluted basis.
Grand Union has focused its capital expenditures in Vermont on improving
existing locations and replacing stores where possible.  The largest competitors
to Grand Union in Vermont are Golub Corporation ("Price Chopper"), Hannaford
Brothers, Inc. ("Hannaford") and The Great Atlantic & Pacific Tea Company, Inc.
("A&P").

     In upstate New York, Grand Union generally operates in small cities and
rural communities, where the Company estimates it typically has the leading
market share.  Although generally not as restrictive as Vermont, commercial
development in the upstate New York market place has been and continues to be
constrained by zoning and environmental restrictions, particularly in areas
regulated by the Adirondack Park Commission.  Victory Markets, Inc. ("Great
American") competes against the Company in a number of communities in the Hudson
and Mohawk River Valleys.

     In the more urban Albany, New York metropolitan area (the "Capital
District"), the Company operates 28 stores and estimates that it has the second
largest market share.  Grand Union's competitors, including Price Chopper, which
has the highest market share, and Hannaford have opened several stores in the
last two years.  Such newly opened stores are generally larger and more modern
than the Company's stores in the relevant markets.  These openings have had an
adverse effect on the Company's sales and profitability.

     In the Mid-Hudson Valley area of New York (14 stores), the Company
estimates that it has the leading market share. Principal competitors are Big V
Supermarkets Inc. (operating under the ShopRite name), Price Chopper, Hannaford
and A&P.  Weak economic conditions in the Mid-Hudson Valley area have been
accompanied by a number


                                        3
<PAGE>

of competitive openings in recent years.

     A number of stores in the Northern Region (particularly in the Adirondack
area and Vermont) are in resort areas and generally experience significant
increases in sales in the summer months and in some cases during the winter ski
season.

     NEW YORK REGION

     Grand Union currently operates 104 stores in its New York Region. The New
York Region generated approximately $1.4 billion of sales for Fiscal 1995.
Grand Union's primary New York Region marketing area comprises the more
affluent suburban communities of central and northern New Jersey (44 stores),
Westchester, Orange, Rockland, Dutchess and Putnam Counties in New York
(27 stores), Long Island (14 stores) and Fairfield County, Connecticut (14
stores). The Company also has a limited presence in New York City (3 stores) and
Pennsylvania (2 stores).

     Within its primary New York Region marketing areas, the Company generally
operates stores in mature, densely populated markets.  These stores serve
communities with demographics particularly well-suited for store formats
emphasizing specialty departments. Accordingly, the sales mix in this region
includes a larger percentage of higher margin perishable department items than
in the Northern Region. In addition, the high population density as well as the
geographic concentration of stores in the region provide substantial
opportunities to achieve additional economies of scale, particularly in
advertising and distribution.

     Because the New York Region is a fragmented market with no single food
retailer having a dominant market share, competition is market specific. In New
Jersey, the Company competes primarily against Pathmark Stores, Inc.
("Pathmark"), A&P and various supermarkets supplied by the Wakefern ("ShopRite")
and Twin County ("Foodtown") cooperatives.  In Westchester, Orange, Rockland,
Dutchess and Putnam Counties in New York, the Company generally competes with
A&P, Edwards Supermarkets, Inc. and ShopRite. On Long Island, the Company's
principal competitors are A&P/Waldbaums, Pathmark, King Kullen Grocery Co., Inc.
and Foodtown. Grand Union's main competitors in Fairfield County, Connecticut
are the Stop & Shop Company and A&P.

CAPITAL INVESTMENT

     The Company's capital spending is primarily directed toward renovating and
upgrading the existing Grand Union store base and opening new and replacement
stores in existing marketing areas.  Capital expenditures, including capitalized
leases, other than real estate leases, for Fiscal 1995 and the 52 weeks
ended April 2, 1994 ("Fiscal 1994") were approximately $71 million and
$86 million, respectively.

DISTRIBUTION, SUPPLY AND MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

     DISTRIBUTION.  Management believes that Grand Union's distribution system
enhances its ability to offer consistently fresh and high quality dairy
products, meats, baked goods, produce and frozen foods. Moreover, this system
enables Grand Union to take advantage of cost saving, volume purchase
opportunities.

     Grand Union currently operates five distribution centers, including the
Waterford distribution center described below,  aggregating approximately 2.1
million square feet. In addition, Grand Union utilizes a frozen food
distribution facility operated by a third party. Grand Union also leases space
in three additional storage facilities and, from time to time, utilizes limited
space in several other facilities.  The strategic location of the distribution
centers makes it possible for Grand Union to make frequent shipments to stores,
which reduces the amount of in-store stockroom space, thereby limiting
nonproductive store inventories.

     In connection with the Chapter 11 proceedings, Grand Union elected to close
its Waterford distribution center which distributes grocery and perishable
products to its Northern Region stores.  The warehouse will cease to operate on
or about July 31, 1995.  The Company has entered into a six-year agreement with
an independent wholesaler to supply its Northern Region stores with the products
formerly distributed through the Waterford warehouse.  The Company believes that
the new distribution arrangement will result in significant savings to the
Company over the contract term.

     In September 1993, Grand Union entered into a program to consolidate the
purchasing, storage and distribution of health and beauty care and general
merchandise product with Penn Traffic.  Under this program, the inventory of
health and beauty care and general merchandise product is owned by Penn Traffic
and is stored in Grand Union's


                                        4
<PAGE>

warehouse in Montgomery, New York.  The products are distributed from the
warehouse to Grand Union stores and certain Penn Traffic stores and wholesale
customers.  Grand Union reimburses Penn Traffic for shipments to Grand Union
stores based on terms defined in the agreement.  Grand Union purchases the
health and beauty care products for both Grand Union and those Penn Traffic
stores and wholesale customers serviced by the warehouse and is reimbursed by
Penn Traffic for such purchases based on terms defined in the agreement.  Penn
Traffic purchases the general merchandise product for both Grand Union and Penn
Traffic.  Under the arrangement, Grand Union and Penn Traffic share the cost of
operating the warehouse based on their  proportionate usage of the product.
Under the agreement governing such arrangement, either Penn Traffic or Grand
Union may terminate the program from and after July 1, 1995, upon six (6) months
prior written notice.  This agreement is being reevaluated in connection with
the Chapter 11 proceedings.  Grand Union believes this arrangement will be
terminated within the next several months.

     MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS.  Financial, distribution, purchasing and
operating system requirements are supported through a central computer system
located in Wayne, New Jersey. Grand Union currently utilizes scanning systems in
160 stores (representing approximately 86% of total sales) and intends to
continue to invest in scanning and other store systems in the future.

     SUPPLIERS.  Products sold, including private label products, are purchased
through a large group of unaffiliated suppliers. Grand Union is not dependent
upon any single supplier, and its grocery purchases are of a sufficient volume
to qualify for minimum price brackets for most products sold.

     COMMISSARY.  Grand Union operates a 20,000 square foot commissary located
in Newburgh, New York, in which high quality cooked meat products, salads and
soups are prepared for sale in the Company's delicatessen departments.

EMPLOYEES

     As of April 1, 1995, Grand Union had approximately 16,000 employees, of
whom approximately 60% were employed on a part-time basis. Approximately 50% of
Grand Union's employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements
negotiated with 17 local unions. As of April 1, 1995, approximately 88% of the
employees covered by these collective bargaining agreements were employed in
store locations and approximately 12% were employed in distribution facilities.

     Approximately 188 employees represented by the Independent Warehouse
Employees Association and 148 employees represented by the Independent
Transportation Workers Association will be terminated in connection with the
closing of the Waterford warehouse on or around July 31, 1995.  The Company
reached a settlement with the unions which provides for additional severance
payments for members in consideration of the resolution of various legal claims
asserted by both collective bargaining units.

     The Company entered into a new labor agreement on June 7, 1995, with United
Food and Commercial Workers, Local 1262.  The agreement, which expires March 13,
1999, covers approximately 1,900 clerks working in 33 Grand Union stores located
in New York City, Long Island and Westchester, Putnam and Dutchess Counties in
New York.  The Company's other labor agreements have expiration dates ranging
from October 1995 through December 1998.


     On May 29, 1993, Grand Union settled a labor dispute with United Food and
Commercial Workers, Local 1262 ("Local 1262"), which represents clerks working
in 61 Grand Union stores located in northern New Jersey and in Orange and
Rockland Counties, New York.  The expiration of Grand Union's contract on April
24, 1993, after an extension from the contract's original expiration date on
April 10, 1993, resulted in work stoppages at some, and eventually all, of the
61 Grand Union stores involved during the period from May 7, 1993 through May
29, 1993, as well as work stoppages at 251 Foodtown, Pathmark and ShopRite
stores whose employees are covered by identical collective bargaining
agreements.  On June 17, 1993, a new four year agreement with Local 1262 was
ratified by the approximately 3,600 members of Local 1262 employed by Grand
Union and by the approximately 23,000 members of Local 1262 employed by
Foodtown, Pathmark and ShopRite.

TRADE NAMES, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADEMARKS

     Grand Union uses a variety of trade names, service marks and trademarks.
Except for Grand Union-Registered Trademark-, Grand Union does not believe any
of such trade names, service marks or trademarks is material to its business.


                                        5
<PAGE>

COMPETITION

     The food retailing business is highly competitive. Grand Union competes
with numerous national, regional and local chains, convenience stores, stores
owned and operated and otherwise affiliated with large food wholesalers,
unaffiliated independent food stores, warehouse clubs, discount drugstore chains
and discount general merchandise chains. Some of Grand Union's competitors have
greater financial resources than the Company and could use those resources to
take steps which could adversely affect the Company's competitive position.

RECENT HISTORY

     CHAPTER 11 REORGANIZATION

     As described above, Grand Union emerged from Chapter 11 on June 15, 1995.
See "Item 1.  Business - Chapter 11 Reorganization".

     OCTOBER 1993 ACQUISITION

     On October 18, 1993, the Company acquired five supermarket locations on
Long Island.  The total gross square footage of these five stores is
approximately 160,000 square feet.  The cost  of the acquisition included cash
consideration of approximately $16,100,000 (of which approximately $6,000,000
was allocated to property, equipment and leasehold improvements and
approximately $10,100,000 was allocated to goodwill) and approximately
$2,200,000 for store inventory.  The goodwill is being amortized over 40 years.
The acquisition was financed through the application of a portion of the
proceeds of the sale to institutional investors of $50,000,000 principal amount
of Series A 12.25% Subordinated Notes. During Fiscal 1995, one of the stores was
closed and the remaining amount of goodwill allocable to the store was
written off.

     SALE OF THE SOUTHERN REGION

     On March 29, 1993, Grand Union sold 48 of its 51 Southern Region stores to
A&P.  The three Southern Region stores not sold to A&P were closed, and have
been subleased. Grand Union received net cash proceeds of approximately
$25,000,000 and was relieved of approximately $4,500,000 of capital lease
obligations.

     THE 1992 RECAPITALIZATION

     On July 22, 1992, Holdings, Capital and Grand Union completed a
recapitalization (the "1992 Recapitalization"). In connection with the 1992
Recapitalization, Holdings, through Capital and Grand Union, entered into the
Bank Credit Agreement providing for a $210,000,000 term loan facility
(the "Term Loan") and a $100,000,000 revolving credit  facility
(the "Revolving Credit Facility"), issued $350,000,000 principal amount of
Grand Union 11.25% Senior Notes and $500,000,000 principal amount of Grand
Union 12.25% Subordinated Notes, and sold $343,000,000 principal amount of
Capital Senior Zero Notes and $745,000,000 principal amount of Capital
Subordinated Zero Notes, together with warrants to purchase at a nominal
price approximately 19.9% of the common stock of Holdings on a fully diluted
basis, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $200,000,000. The 1992
Recapitalization also included the sale to institutional investors of
approximately 28.4% of the common stock of Holdings on a fully diluted basis
for approximately $25,000,000. The proceeds were used to retire substantially
all of the debt of Holdings, GU Acquisition Corporation ("GUAC"), a wholly
owned subsidiary of Holdings, and Grand Union as well as to repurchase
the shares and option to purchase shares owned by Salomon Brothers Holding
Company Inc, certain warrants held by the parties to the term loan and revolving
credit facility existing  prior to the 1992 Recapitalization and approximately
3.4% of the common stock of Holdings held by Grand Union management.

     At the time of the 1992 Recapitalization, GUAC and its wholly owned
subsidiary, Cavenham Holdings Inc., the former parent of Grand Union, were
merged into Grand Union and Grand Union became a wholly owned subsidiary of
Capital.

     On January 28, 1993, Grand Union sold $175,000,000 principal amount of
11.375% Senior Notes in a private placement.   Net proceeds of the sale of the
11.375% Senior Notes were used to repay $142,000,000 of indebtedness under the
Term Loan and the remainder was used to repay indebtedness under the Revolving
Credit Facility.  An additional $20,856,000 of the Term Loan was repaid from the
proceeds of the sale of the Southern Region on March 29, 1993.  All of such
repaid indebtedness under the Term Loan and under the Revolving Credit Facility
had been incurred in connection with the 1992 Recapitalization.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC OPERATIONS AND EXPORT SALES

     Grand Union has no significant foreign operations or export sales.


                                        6
<PAGE>

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     Grand Union conducts its operations primarily in leased stores,
distribution centers and offices.  The following table indicates the location
and number of stores as of April 1, 1995.

                                                      Number of
               Locations                               Stores
               ---------                              --------
               Northern Region:
                 Vermont                                 40
                 New York                                84
                 New Hampshire                            3

               New York Region:
                 New York                                44
                 New Jersey                              44
                 Connecticut                             14
                 Pennsylvania                             2
                                                        ---
               Total                                    231
                                                        ---
                                                        ---

     As of April 1, 1995, Grand Union owns 15 and leases 216 of its store sites
pursuant to commercial leases. Management believes that none of such leases is
individually material to Grand Union.  Most of these leases contain several
renewal options.  Fifteen store leases which do not contain renewal options will
expire over the next five years and management anticipates that it will be able
to renegotiate favorable lease terms for most of these locations, if so desired.


     Grand Union currently operates five distribution centers (including the
Waterford distribution center which is being closed - See "Item 1. Business -
Distribution, Supply and Management Information Systems") which are leased and a
commissary, which is housed in a building owned by Grand Union on a
ground-leased site in Newburgh, New York. Grand Union owns a 66,160 square foot
site which is part of its Carlstadt, New Jersey Grocery Distribution Center and
a 101,000 square foot facility in Waverly, New York.  Grand Union's leased
distribution centers each have  approximately  30 years or more remaining on the
respective leases including options. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements, Property Leases, for information on leases and annual rents.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     Reference is made to "Item 1. Business - Chapter 11 Reorganization" for
information regarding Grand Union's Chapter 11 proceedings.  As a result of the
commencement of the Chapter 11 case on January 25, 1995, certain litigation
pending against Grand Union on that date was automatically stayed pursuant to
Section 362 of the Code.  With certain exceptions, all legal claims
against the Company pending as of January 25, 1995, will be resolved through the
bankruptcy process.  Grand Union believes that the resolution of these legal
proceedings will not have a material effect upon its consolidated results of
operations or its financial position.

     Soil and ground-water contamination has been detected at a shopping center
owned by Grand Union which is located in Connecticut. The Company is
investigating whether such contamination was caused by improper disposal of
perchloroethylene wastes by a dry cleaner previously operating at this location
or by an off-site source. Grand Union has undertaken, under approval by the
Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection, a proposal for a remedial
investigation designed to identify the sources of such soil and ground-water
contamination and to determine the length, depth and breadth of the
contamination on and off-site. Sampling analyses for the ground-water at the
shopping center and for drinking water in private residences located in the
immediately surrounding area confirm that the source of the on-site
contamination, in part, is an off-site shopping center and a gasoline station
located nearby. A Remedial Action and Investigation Report was submitted to the
Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection on May 21, 1993. The Company
is awaiting a response from the Connecticut Department of Environmental
Protection.

     The Company's potential responsibility does not arise from any aspect of
its operation of a supermarket at the shopping center but from the actions of a
former tenant. Any contamination caused on-site by a source located off-site
would be the responsibility of another party. The Company believes that the
current intention of the Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection is
to seek reimbursement of past costs and clean up costs from some or all


                                        7
<PAGE>

of these other parties. The Company is unable to determine the amount of its
potential liability arising from the on-site contamination, but does not
believe, based upon the results of investigations made to date, that the amount
of potential liability is likely to be materially adverse to the Company's
financial condition. Management presently estimates, based upon investigations
made by the Company's environmental consultant to date, that such liability
should not exceed $2 million. Investigations are continuing, and there can be no
assurance that the amount of such liability will not exceed $2 million.

     In 1991, Grand Union's landlord brought an action against Grand Union, two
other tenants at the Apple Valley Shopping Center in LaGrange, New York, and a
supplier of hazardous substances to one of the tenants, seeking approximately
$1,600,000 in response costs within the meaning of the Comprehensive
Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA") and
consequential damages (pursuant to the court's supplemental jurisdiction).  The
plaintiff claims that Grand Union and other tenants discharged hazardous
substances from their premises which caused the plaintiff to incur response
costs.  The gravamen of the plaintiff's claim is that Grand Union placed
household cleaning products containing volatile organic substances in a
compactor situated at the rear of its premises and that such substances were
released into the environment.  Grand Union believes that the evidence will not
support the allegation and is vigorously defending the matter.  In connection
with the Company's Chapter 11 proceedings, the plaintiff filed a proof of claim
in the amount of $4,389,518.  Region II U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
carried out a removal action at this site and recently notified the Company that
it was a potentially responsible party within the meaning of Section 107(a) of
CERCLA.  The Company is unable to determine the amount of its potential
liability arising from this matter, but does not believe that the amount of
potential liability is likely to be materially adverse to the Company's
financial condition.

     At the time of the acquisition of Grand Union by Holdings in July 1989,
Grand Union and P&C Foods, then a subsidiary and currently a division of Penn
Traffic, operated stores in some of the same geographic areas in Vermont and
upstate New York. In order to satisfy the concerns of federal antitrust
authorities arising therefrom in connection with the acquisition of Grand Union
by Holdings, prior to consummation thereof MTH Holdings, Inc. ("MTH Holdings"),
an affiliate of Miller Tabak Hirsch + Co., a New York Limited Partnership, and
GUAC entered into an Agreement Containing Consent Order (the "Order") with the
Bureau of Competition of the Federal Trade Commission ("FTC") and an Agreement
to Hold Separate with Salomon Inc and the FTC (collectively, the "FTC
Agreements").

     The FTC Agreements required the divestiture by MTH Holdings and/or Grand
Union (including in each case their respective subsidiaries and affiliates) of
sixteen stores located in Vermont and upstate New York. Such divestitures were
completed on July 30, 1990. Thirteen of the sixteen stores divested were P&C
Foods stores and three of the sixteen stores divested were Grand Union stores.
In a related transaction, Grand Union and P&C Foods entered into an operating
agreement (the "Operating Agreement"), pursuant to which Grand Union acquired
the right to operate P&C Foods' thirteen remaining stores in New England under
the Grand Union name until July 2000, for an average annual rent of
approximately $10.7 million with an option to extend the term of such operation
for an additional five years. Grand Union paid P&C Foods $7.5 million for an
option to purchase the stores at an amount defined in the Operating Agreement.
Pursuant to the terms of the Operating Agreement, the 1992 Recapitalization
triggered a $15 million prepayment obligation to P&C Foods.  The Operating
Agreement was assumed during the Chapter 11 case  and will continue on its
current terms.

     The FTC Agreements also provide, among other things, that MTH Holdings and
Grand Union (including in each case their respective subsidiaries and
affiliates) shall not acquire, for a period of ten years, any retail grocery
stores in Vermont and certain specified counties in New York without the prior
approval of the FTC.

     As required by the FTC Agreements, following commencement of the Chapter 11
proceedings, Grand Union  notified the FTC that a change of control of the
Company would occur upon completion of the reorganization.  The Agreement to
Hold Separate was, by its terms, applicable only until certain stores identified
therein could be divested.  All required divestitures have occurred and, as of
the Effective Date, there was no longer any control affiliation between Penn
Traffic and Grand Union, which may in the future be direct competitors in
certain market areas.  The consummation of the Plan did not result in any change
in the applicability of the FTC Agreements.

     The Company is also subject to certain other legal proceedings and claims
arising in connection with its business.  It is management's opinion that the
ultimate resolution of such claims will not have a material adverse effect on
the Company's consolidated results of operations or its financial position.


                                        8
<PAGE>

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth
quarter of the year covered by this Report on Form 10-K.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDERS
MATTERS

MARKET INFORMATION

     The  Old Common Stock of Grand Union was not publicly traded.  The Plan
requires that Grand Union use its reasonable best efforts to cause the New
Common Stock, the Series 1 Warrants and the Series 2 Warrants to be listed on
one or more stock exchanges or quoted on the National Market System within one
hundred twenty (120) days after the Effective Date.

HOLDERS

     Prior to the Effective Date, Capital owned all of the issued and
outstanding Old Common Stock of Grand Union.  On the Effective Date, pursuant to
the terms of the Plan (see "Part 1. Item 1. Business - Chapter 11
Reorganization" above), the holders of claims for the principal of and interest
on the Subordinated Notes became entitled to receive an aggregate of 10,000,000
shares of New Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of Grand Union, and the
shares of Old Common Stock and the Subordinated Notes were deemed cancelled as
of the Effective Date.  To effectuate the distribution of the New Common Stock,
a global certificate for 10,000,000 shares of New Common Stock was delivered to
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Exchange Agent (the "Exchange Agent"),
and registered holders of such Subordinated Notes have been requested to
tender certificates representing such indebtedness to the Exchange Agent in
order to receive their shares of New Common Stock in a pro rata distribution.

DIVIDENDS

     No cash dividends were declared or paid during each of the three fiscal
years ended April 1, 1995.  Payment of dividends to holders of New Common Stock
is restricted by Grand Union's New Bank Facility and by the terms of the New
Senior Notes.


                                        9
<PAGE>

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The data as of April 1, 1995 and April 2, 1994 and for the 52 week periods
then ended, as of April 3, 1993 and for the 53 weeks then ended, and as of March
28, 1992 and March 30, 1991, and for the 52 week periods then ended are
derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company.  This
information should be read in conjunction with the historical financial
statements of the Company, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere
herein.  These financial statements reflect the accounts of Holdings pushed
down to the accounts of Grand Union.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     52 Weeks      52 Weeks     53 Weeks      52 Weeks     52 Weeks
                                                                      Ended         Ended         Ended        Ended         Ended
                                                                     April 1,      April 2,     April 3,     March 28,     March 30,
                                                                       1995          1994         1993          1992         1991
                                                                       ----          ----         ----          ----         ----
                                                                             (in millions except per share amounts)
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
 Sales                                                               $2,391.7     $2,477.3      $2,834.0     $2,968.5      $2,996.6
 Gross profit                                                           687.6        711.0         801.5        818.1         784.5
 Operating and administrative expense                                   550.9        531.8         606.2        619.9         603.6
 Depreciation and amortization                                           87.1         78.6          80.6         78.7          76.9
 Provision for store closings, net                                       12.9            -             -            -             -
 Reorganization items                                                    10.8            -             -            -             -
 Charges relating to pension settlement and
   early retirement programs                                              3.7          4.5             -            -             -
 Loss on disposal of the Southern Region                                    -            -         198.0            -             -
 Recapitalization expense                                                   -            -           3.5            -             -
  Interest expense:
   Debt                                                                 157.7        164.0         151.9        141.7         145.6
   Capital lease obligations                                             19.2         15.0          13.2         12.3          11.0
   Amortization of deferred financing fees                                5.1          4.8           9.4         18.0           7.4
 Loss before income taxes, extraordinary
  charges and cumulative effect of accounting
  change                                                                159.8         87.6         261.2         52.5          60.0
 Extraordinary charges                                                      -            -          47.7            -             -
 Cumulative effect of accounting change                                     -         30.3             -            -             -
 Net loss                                                               159.8        118.0         313.4         65.1          71.0
 Net loss per share applicable to common stock                       2,383.68     1,780.06      4,359.45     1,038.79      1,100.49
 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (1)                                     -            -             -            -             -
 Deficiency in earnings available to cover
  fixed charges                                                         159.8         87.6         261.2         52.5          60.0

BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Total assets                                                        $1,394.8     $1,394.2      $1,418.2     $1,536.8      $1,569.6
 Total debt and capital lease obligations (2)                         1,614.9      1,532.2       1,402.5      1,251.1       1,223.8
 Redeemable stock (2)                                                   174.2        154.7         139.8        128.9         117.0
 Nonredeemable stock and stockholders' deficit                          824.3        644.8         510.3        190.8         112.6

OPERATING AND OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA (3)                                                            $135.6       $180.1        $196.7       $196.3        $185.8
 EBITDA as a percentage of sales                                          5.7%         7.3%          6.9%         6.6%          6.2%
 Capital expenditures(4)                                                $70.8        $86.2         $66.2        $34.6         $34.3
 LIFO provision (credit)                                                 (1.1)         0.9           1.4         (1.9)          4.9
 Number of stores at the end of the year                                  231          254           250          304           307


<FN>
(1)  The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing (i) earnings
     before income taxes, extraordinary charges, the cumulative effect of
     accounting change and fixed charges by (ii) fixed charges. Fixed charges
     consist of total interest expense plus the estimated interest component of
     operating leases. No ratio is indicated where the ratio is less than one.
(2)  Amounts as of April 1, 1995 are classified in the Consolidated Balance
     Sheet as Liabilities Subject to Compromise.
(3)  Earnings before interest expense, depreciation, amortization, LIFO
     provision, provision for store closings, reorganization items, charges
     relating to pension settlement and early retirement programs, loss on
     disposal of the Southern Region, recapitalization expense, extraordinary
     charges, cumulative effect of accounting change and income taxes.
(4)  Includes capitalized leases other than real estate capitalized leases.

</TABLE>


                                       10
<PAGE>

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following table sets forth certain statement of operations data.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                            Pro Forma
                                                                                   52 Weeks     52 Weeks     53 Weeks     53 Weeks
                                                                                    Ended        Ended         Ended        Ended
                                                                                   April 1,     April 2,     April 3,     April 3,
                                                                                     1995         1994       1993 (a)       1993
                                                                                     ----         ----       --------       ----
                                                                                               (dollars in millions)
<S>                                                                                <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>

Sales                                                                              $2,391.7      $2,477.3     $2,562.8     $2,834.0
Gross profit                                                                          687.6         711.0        730.1        801.5
Operating and administrative expense                                                  550.9         531.8        542.1        606.2
Depreciation and amortization                                                          87.1          78.6         71.7         80.6
Provision for store closings, net                                                      12.9             -            -            -
Reorganization items                                                                   10.8             -            -            -
Charges relating to pension settlement and early retirement programs                    3.7           4.5            -            -
Loss on disposal of the Southern Region                                                   -             -            -        198.0
Recapitalization expense                                                                  -             -          3.5          3.5
Interest expense                                                                      182.0         183.8        173.8        174.5
Income tax provision                                                                      -             -          4.5          4.5
Extraordinary charge                                                                      -             -         47.7         47.7
Cumulative effect of accounting change                                                    -          30.3            -            -
Net loss                                                                              159.8         118.0        113.1        313.4
EBITDA                                                                                135.6         180.1        189.5        196.7
LIFO provision (credit)                                                                (1.1)           .9          1.4          1.4

Sales percentage increase (decrease) (b)                                               (3.5)         (3.3)         N/A         (4.5)
Gross profit as a percentage of sales                                                  28.8          28.7         28.5         28.3
Operating and administrative expense as a percentage of sales                          23.0          21.5         21.2         21.4
EBITDA as a percentage of sales                                                         5.7           7.3          7.4          6.9


<FN>
(a)  Pro Forma without the Southern Region.
(b)  Decrease for the 52 weeks ended April 2, 1994 excludes the Southern Region
     (12.6% decrease including the Southern Region).

</TABLE>

     Comparison of results of operations for the 52 weeks ended April 2, 1994
("Fiscal 1994") and the 53 weeks ended April 3, 1993 ("Fiscal 1993") are
affected by the extra week in Fiscal 1993 and the inclusion of the operations of
the Company's Southern Region (sold on March 29, 1993) for 40 weeks in Fiscal
1993.  The analysis and discussion of Fiscal 1994 as compared to Fiscal 1993
presented below compares Fiscal 1994 operations with the pro forma operations
for Fiscal 1993, which have been prepared excluding the Southern Region.

     Sales for the 52 weeks ended April 1, 1995 ("Fiscal 1995") decreased $85.6
million or 3.5% as compared to Fiscal 1994.  The sales decrease in Fiscal 1995
resulted from the sale or closure of 28 stores, 20 of which were sold or closed
in the third and fourth quarters of the year in connection with the Company's
restructuring, the effect of competitive openings in Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994
and weak economic conditions, particularly in the Northern Region, an increased
emphasis on value-oriented products in the Northern Region and the effect of
publicity surrounding the Company's Chapter 11 proceedings (see "Liquidity and
Capital Resources"), partially offset by the effect of stores opened, enlarged
or renovated in Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994.  Sales comparisons are also
affected by the exclusion from Fiscal 1995 (and inclusion in Fiscal 1994) of the
holiday shopping period preceding Easter and the effect of a 22 day work
stoppage during Fiscal 1994 discussed below.


                                       11
<PAGE>


     Same store sales (sales of stores which were operated during the comparable
periods of both fiscal years) decreased 4.8% in Fiscal 1995, principally due to
the effect of competitive openings and the Chapter 11 proceedings (see
"Liquidity and Capital Resources").  During Fiscal 1995, the Company opened one
new store and four replacement stores, enlarged or renovated eight stores and
closed or sold 28 stores (including replaced stores).

     Sales for Fiscal 1994 decreased $85.5 million or 3.3% as compared to Fiscal
1993 and decreased 1.6% after adjusting for the extra week in Fiscal 1993.  The
sales decrease for Fiscal 1994 was attributable to continued unfavorable
economic conditions, particularly in the Northern Region, new competitive store
openings in the mid-Hudson Valley and Capital District areas of the Northern
Region and low food price inflation, partially offset by the favorable impact of
the acquisition of five supermarkets on Long Island (see "Liquidity and Capital
Resources") and the Company's expanded capital expenditure program which began
after the recapitalization of Holdings in July 1992.  Additionally, sales for
Fiscal 1994 were impacted by a 22 day work stoppage, which ultimately affected
sales in 61 Grand Union stores located in northern New Jersey and in Orange and
Rockland Counties, New York.

     Same store sales, influenced by the same factors mentioned above, decreased
3.0% during Fiscal 1994 after adjusting for the 53rd week in Fiscal 1993. During
Fiscal 1994, the Company opened nine new stores (including five acquired stores
on Long Island) and five replacement stores, enlarged or renovated 23 stores and
closed 10 stores (including replaced stores).

     The relatively flat level of gross profit, as a percentage of sales, in
Fiscal 1995 as compared to Fiscal 1994 reflects higher grocery margins and
promotional allowance income in the first half of the year and income resulting
from a liquidation of LIFO inventories, offset by the effects of promotional
pricing programs begun during the second quarter in the Northern Region and by
the effects of significantly reduced income from promotional allowances and
forward buy inventory purchases, both directly related to the Company's
announcement on November 29, 1994 (see "Liquidity and Capital Resources") that
it would seek to restructure its capital structure.

     The increase in gross profit, as a percentage of sales, for Fiscal 1994 as
compared to Fiscal 1993 resulted from reduced grocery product procurement costs
and a greater proportion of higher margin produce and general merchandise sales,
partially offset by lower health and beauty care pricing for the entire year.

     The increase in operating and administrative expenses, as a percentage of
sales, in Fiscal 1995 resulted primarily from increases, as a percentage of
sales, in store labor and fringe costs and utilities expense, principally
relating to the sales decline, and from increased insurance expense.

     The increase in operating and administrative expenses, as a percentage of
sales, in Fiscal 1994 resulted primarily from increases, as a percentage of
sales, in store labor and fringe benefits, occupancy expense and utilities
expense principally resulting from the decline in sales.   In addition, the
reduced sales which resulted from the work stoppage which occurred in May 1993
had a negative impact on operating and administrative expense as a percentage of
sales.  The increase in operating and administrative expense for Fiscal 1994 was
partially offset by a $3.8 million credit to operating and administrative
expense resulting from a reduction of the Company's self insurance reserves.

     Depreciation and amortization was $87.1 million in Fiscal 1995 compared to
$78.6 million in Fiscal 1994.  The increase was attributable to the Company's
higher level of capital expenditures in Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994 as compared
to prior years.

     During Fiscal 1995, the Company recorded store closure provisions which
totaled $16.9 million offset by $4.0 million of proceeds from the termination of
a warehouse sublease.

     Reorganization expenses of $10.8 million were incurred in Fiscal 1995 in
connection with the Company's Chapter 11 proceedings, principally consisting of
professional fees, debtor-in-possession financing fees and other restructuring
related expenses.  The Company anticipates that it will incur a significant
amount of additional reorganization costs during the 52 weeks ended March 30,
1996 ("Fiscal 1996").


                                       12
<PAGE>

     During Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994, the Company offered early retirement
programs to certain employees.  In Fiscal 1995, the early retirement charge
along with a higher level of retirements resulting from certain legislation
resulted in a pension settlement expense of $3.7 million.  In Fiscal 1994, the
charge relating to the early retirement program was $4.5 million.

     Interest expense decreased $1.8 million in Fiscal 1995 and increased $10.0
million in Fiscal 1994.  As a result of the Chapter 11 proceedings, the Company
did not accrue interest expense on its Subordinated Notes or on debt of Capital
or Holdings subsequent to January 25, 1995.  The decrease in interest resulting
therefrom was partially offset by increased interest on capitalized lease
obligations.  The Fiscal 1994 increase in interest expense was primarily due to
the increased level of debt outstanding, partially offset by the decrease in
amortization of loan placement fees.

     There were no income taxes provided for in either Fiscal 1995 or Fiscal
1994.  The income tax provision for Fiscal 1993 represents state income taxes.

     During Fiscal 1994, the Company recorded a $30.3 million charge as the
cumulative effect of an accounting change relating to the adoption of Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions".  This charge represents the
portion of future retiree benefit costs related to service already rendered by
both active and retired employees up to the date of adoption.

     During Fiscal 1993, the Company recognized a loss of $198 million relating
to the disposal of the Southern Region. The loss is comprised of 1) write-off of
goodwill and beneficial leases of $106.4 million, 2) difference between proceeds
received and the book value of tangible assets of $37.3 million, 3) reserve for
remaining Southern Region real estate of $26.9 million, 4) employee termination
expenses of $9.8 million, 5) operating loss of the Southern Region subsequent to
the date the decision was made to sell the region of $7.0 million and 6) other
miscellaneous items of $10.6 million.

     During Fiscal 1993, Holdings recorded a $3.5 million charge relating to
expenses incurred in connection with the 1992 Recapitalization and extraordinary
charges totaling $47.7 million relating to the early retirement of debt.

     EBITDA was $135.6 million or 5.7% of sales in Fiscal 1995, compared to
$180.1 million or 7.3% of sales for Fiscal 1994.  EBITDA in Fiscal 1995 was
significantly affected by the Company's restructuring, including reduced sales
relating to publicity surrounding the Chapter 11 proceedings; lower levels of
promotional allowances, subsequent to the Company's announcement on November 29,
1994 that it would seek to restructure the Company's capital structure, than
were previously made available to the Company; low levels of forward buy
inventories throughout most of Fiscal 1995; and by the marketing programs
introduced during the year in the Northern Region.  The Company estimates that
the 22 day work stoppage in May 1993 had the effect of reducing Fiscal 1994
EBITDA by approximately $8.0 million as a result of lost sales, product losses
and other costs associated with the work stoppage.

     Gross profit will continue to be adversely affected in Fiscal 1996 until
the Company's investment in forward buy inventory can be fully restored.  During
the second quarter of Fiscal 1995, Grand Union began a new marketing program in
certain of its Northern Region markets.  The program includes both lower
everyday prices and stronger feature programs.  The Company believes it must
continue and extend these investments in its store operations.  Although the
investments adversely affect gross profit in periods in which they are made, and
there is no assurance that they will succeed in improving sales and profits over
the long term, Grand Union believes that they are necessary in order to preserve
and expand the Company's sales base.


                                       13
<PAGE>

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Resources used to finance significant expenditures for the three fiscal
years ended April 1, 1995 are reflected in the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           52 Weeks        52 Weeks        53 Weeks
                                                                                            Ended           Ended            Ended
                                                                                           April 1,        April 2,         April 3,
                                                                                             1995            1994             1993
                                                                                           --------        --------         --------
                                                                                                        (in millions)
<S>                                                                                        <C>             <C>              <C>

Resources used:
 Capital expenditures                                                                         $63.0           $81.0           $58.1
 Debt repayment                                                                                11.3             8.7         1,358.4
 Loan placement fees                                                                              -             1.8            63.6
 Purchase of redeemable Class A common stock of Holdings                                          -              .2               -
 Premiums on debt repayment                                                                       -               -            24.1
 Prepayment under P&C Foods  operating agreement                                                  -               -            15.0
                                                                                              -----           -----        --------
                                                                                              $74.3           $91.7        $1,519.2
                                                                                              -----           -----        --------
                                                                                              -----           -----        --------

Financed by:
 Debt incurred                                                                                $29.0           $77.7        $1,443.4
 Operating activities, including cash and temporary cash investments                           43.2            13.4            31.2
 Property disposals                                                                             2.1              .6             1.4
 Proceeds relating to the sale of the fixed assets of the Southern Region                         -               -            25.0
 Refunded insurance deposits                                                                      -               -            11.6
 Capital contribution                                                                             -               -             6.6
                                                                                              -----           -----        --------
                                                                                              $74.3           $91.7        $1,519.2
                                                                                              -----           -----        --------
                                                                                              -----           -----        --------

</TABLE>

     During Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994, the cash requirements listed above were
principally obtained from borrowings and from cash provided by operating
activities.  Borrowings included $29 million in Fiscal 1995 and $25 million in
Fiscal 1994 under the Revolving Credit Facility.  Additionally, Fiscal 1994
borrowings included proceeds from the sale of $50 million principal amount of
Series A 12.25% Subordinated Notes.  Debt repayments for Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal
1994 consisted of scheduled repayments of capital leases and various mortgages.

     During Fiscal 1995, the Company opened one new and four replacement stores,
completed the remodeling of eight stores and sold or closed 28 stores.  Capital
expenditures for Fiscal 1995, including capitalized leases other than real
estate capitalized leases, were approximately $71 million.  Capital
expenditures, including capitalized leases other than real estate capitalized
leases, for Fiscal 1996 are expected to be approximately $50 million.  Capital
expenditures will be principally for new stores, replacement stores, remodeled
stores and expansions. The Company plans to finance capital expenditures and
scheduled debt repayments primarily through cash provided by operations and, to
a limited extent, through purchase money mortgages and equipment leases.

     On November 29, 1994, Grand Union announced that it was not likely to be
able to fund cash interest payments due in early calendar 1995, and that it
intended to develop a capital restructuring plan.  On December 21, 1994, Grand
Union entered into a Limited Waiver and Agreement with the banks party to the
Bank Credit Agreement which waived any event of default which might exist under
the Bank Credit Agreement should Grand Union fail to make payments of interest
due on January 16, 1995 in respect of certain outstanding debt of Grand Union.
The Limited Waiver and Agreement also waived compliance with certain covenants
in the Bank Credit Agreement, thereby permitting Grand Union to continue to make
borrowings in the ordinary course under its revolving line of credit through
February 15, 1995.  Beginning on January 16, 1995, Grand Union did not make
interest payments required under its outstanding debt obligations.

     On January 24, 1995, Grand Union announced that it had reached an agreement
in principle with Grand Union's bank lenders and with members of informal
committees of certain holders of the Senior Notes and the 12.25% Subordinated


                                       14
<PAGE>

Notes and the Series A 12.25% Subordinated Notes on the terms of a
restructuring of Grand Union's capital structure.

     On the Filing Date, as part of the implementation of such agreement, Grand
Union filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the Code with
the Bankruptcy Court.  From the Filing Date through the Effective Date, Grand
Union operated as a debtor-in-possession under Chapter 11 of the Code and was
subject to the supervision of the Bankruptcy Court in accordance with the Code.
During this period, Grand Union's business was operated under a series of "first
day orders", which, among other things, permitted it to retain certain financial
and legal advisors and which authorized payment of certain pre-petition employee
costs, including worker's compensation benefits, and pre-petition trade claims,
subject to the satisfaction of various requirements.

     On January 30, 1995, Grand Union (as debtor and as debtor-in-possession)
entered into the DIP Facility with the banks party thereto providing for
borrowings of up to $150 million on a revolving credit basis.  On February 16,
1995, final approval of the DIP Facility was granted and the Bankruptcy Court
also issued a Final Cash Collateral Order which allowed Grand Union to use cash
collateral to pay operating expenses in the ordinary course of business.  The
DIP Facility provided for a commitment fee equal to .5% of the average unused
portion.  There were no borrowings made under the DIP Facility during the
Chapter 11 proceedings and it was terminated on the Effective Date.

     On February 16, 1995, Capital consented to the entry of an order for relief
in respect of an involuntary Chapter 11 petition filed in the Bankruptcy Court
on February 6, 1995 by entities purporting to be holders of the Capital Notes.
On February 16, 1995, Holdings filed a voluntary Chapter 11 petition in the
Bankruptcy Court.  Capital and Holdings are currently operating as debtors-in-
possession under the protection of Chapter 11, each in bankruptcy proceedings
separate from Grand Union, and are each subject to the jurisdiction and
supervision of the Bankruptcy Court.

     The Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Plan on May 31, 1995 and the Company
emerged from Chapter 11 on June 15, 1995.  Two proceedings challenging the order
confirming the Plan are pending.  The Company does not believe that either
proceeding will result in any modification or revocation of the order.  On the
Effective Date, Grand Union adopted the New Certificate, the principal effects
of which are: (i) to authorize 30,000,000 shares of the New Common Stock (of
which 10,000,000 shares were issued under the Plan) and 10,000,000 shares of
preferred stock (none of which will be issued under the Plan) and (ii) to
prohibit the issuance of non-voting equity securities.  The Plan provides for
full payment of all allowed administrative expenses and all allowed general
unsecured and priority claims.  On the Effective Date, obligations relating to
the Company's Bank Credit Agreement were paid in full and the Company  entered
into the New Bank Facility with its bank lending group which provides for the
New Revolving Credit Facility of $100,000,000 and the New Term Loan of
$104,144,371.  The New Bank Facility is secured by a lien on substantially all
of the assets of Grand Union and its subsidiaries.

     As of  the Effective Date, the Senior Notes were deemed cancelled and each
holder of Senior Notes became  entitled to receive its pro rata share of New
Senior Notes having an aggregate principal amount of $595,475,922 issued
pursuant to the Plan.

     As of the Effective Date, the Subordinated Notes and the Old Common Stock
were deemed cancelled and each holder of Subordinated Notes became entitled to
receive its pro rata share of an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of Grand Union's
New Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan.

     The Plan also provided for the issuance of warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 900,000 shares of New Common Stock to holders of the Capital Notes
pursuant to the terms of a settlement reached among the Company, Capital,
Holdings, the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of Capital and certain
holders of the Capital Notes.  In accordance with the terms of the settlement,
on the Effective Date, and solely for the purpose of effectuating the
settlement, any claims against the Company arising from the Capital Notes were
discharged and (i) each holder of Capital Senior Zero Notes became entitled to
receive its pro rata share of 240,000 Series 1 Warrants to purchase shares of
New Common Stock at a purchase price of $30 per share and of 480,000 Series 2
Warrants to purchase shares of New Common Stock at a purchase price of $42 per
share and (ii) each holder of Capital Subordinated Zero Notes became entitled to
receive its pro rata share of 60,000 Series 1 Warrants and 120,000 Series 2
Warrants, provided that holders of $200,000 or more principal amount of either
the Capital Senior Zero Notes or Capital


                                       15
<PAGE>

Subordinated Zero Notes are required to execute a release of all claims relating
to such Capital Notes as a condition to receiving the distribution.

     The Plan made no provision for the holders of the Holdings Junior Notes or
Redeemable Preferred Stock issued by Holdings or the common shares or warrants
to purchase common shares of Holdings.

     On October 18, 1993, Grand Union acquired five supermarket locations on
Long Island from Foodarama for consideration of approximately $16.1 million (of
which approximately $6 million was allocated to property, equipment and
leasehold improvements and approximately $10.1 million was allocated to
goodwill), plus the value of the inventory at the stores (approximately $2.2
million).  The total gross square footage of these five stores is approximately
160,000 square feet.  The acquisition was financed through the application of a
portion of the proceeds of the sale to institutional investors of the Series A
12.25% Subordinated Notes.  During Fiscal 1995 Grand Union renovated and
enlarged three of the acquired store locations, closed one store and sold one
store.  During Fiscal 1995, the remaining amount of goodwill allocable to the
store that was closed was written off.

     In May 1993, Grand Union experienced a work stoppage by United Food and
Commercial Workers, Local 1262, which ultimately affected 61 Grand Union stores
located in northern New Jersey and in Orange and Rockland Counties, New York.
The Company estimates that its Fiscal 1994 EBITDA was reduced by approximately
$8 million as a result of the work stoppage.

     On March 29, 1993, Grand Union sold 48 of its 51 Southern Region stores to
A&P.  The three Southern Region stores not sold to A&P were closed and
subsequently subleased.  Grand Union received net cash proceeds of approximately
$25 million and was relieved of approximately $4.5 million of capital lease
obligations.  The Company recognized a loss of $198 million on the disposal of
the Southern Region.  The Company repaid $20.9 million of the remaining Term
Loan from the proceeds of the sale of the Southern Region.

     On January 28, 1993, Grand Union sold $175 million principal amount of
11.375% Senior Notes in a private placement.  Net proceeds of the sale of the
11.375% Senior Notes were used to repay $142 million of indebtedness under the
Term Loan and the remainder was used to repay indebtedness under the Revolving
Credit Facility.  All of such repaid indebtedness under the Term Loan and under
the Revolving Credit Facility had been incurred in connection with the July 1992
recapitalization described below.

     On July 22, 1992, Holdings, Capital and Grand Union  completed a
recapitalization (the "1992 Recapitalization"). In connection with the 1992
Recapitalization, Holdings, through Capital and Grand Union entered into a new
Bank Credit Agreement providing for a $210 million Term Loan and a $100 million
Revolving Credit Facility, issued $350 million principal amount of Grand Union
11.25% Senior Notes and $500 million principal amount of Grand Union 12.25%
Subordinated Notes, and sold $343 million principal amount of Capital Senior
Zero Notes and $745 million principal amount of Capital Subordinated Zero Notes
together with warrants to purchase at a nominal price approximately 19.9% of the
common stock of Holdings on a fully diluted basis, for aggregate gross proceeds
of approximately $200 million.  The 1992 Recapitalization also included the sale
to institutional investors of approximately 28.4% of the common stock of
Holdings on a fully diluted basis for approximately $25 million.  The proceeds
were used to retire substantially all of the debt of Holdings, GUAC and Grand
Union as well as to repurchase the shares and option to purchase shares owned by
Salomon Brothers Holding Company Inc, certain warrants held by the parties to
the term loan and revolving credit facility existing prior to the 1992
Recapitalization, and approximately 3.4% of the common stock of Holdings held by
Grand Union management.

     At the time of the 1992 Recapitalization, GUAC and its wholly owned
subsidiary, Cavenham Holdings Inc., the former parent of Grand Union, were
merged into Grand Union and Grand Union became a wholly owned subsidiary of
Capital.


                                       16
<PAGE>

GOODWILL

     Based upon its estimation of the enterprise value of Grand Union on the
Effective Date, management believes that the carrying value of goodwill
continues to be appropriate.  The remaining value of goodwill will be written
off as of the Effective Date.

IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     In November 1992, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 112, "Employers' Accounting for
Postemployment Benefits" ("FAS No. 112").  This new statement is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1993 and requires an accrual for
certain benefits paid to former or inactive employees after employment but
before retirement.  FAS No. 112, which was adopted in the first quarter of
Fiscal 1995, did not have a material impact on the Company's results of
operations or financial position.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

Report of Independent Accountants                                            F-1
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the 52 weeks ended April 1, 1995,
  the 52 weeks ended April 2, 1994 and the 53 weeks ended April 3, 1993      F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheet at April 1, 1995 and April 2, 1994                F-3
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the 52 weeks ended April 1, 1995,
   the 52 weeks ended April 2, 1994 and the 53 weeks ended April 3, 1993     F-4
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                   F-5


     All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the
required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or
notes thereto.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     None

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS:

     The names, ages and present principal occupations of the directors and
executive officers of Grand Union as of June 15, 1995 are as set forth below.

       NAME                  AGE               POSITIONS
       ----                  ---               ---------

Roger E. Stangeland          65      Director and Chairman
Joseph J. McCaig             50      Director, President and Chief Executive
                                      Officer
William A. Louttit           48      Director, Executive Vice President and
                                      Chief Operating Officer
Darrell W. Stine             57      Executive Vice President - New York Region
Kenneth R. Baum              47      Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
                                      Officer, and Secretary
Daniel E. Josephs            63      Director
William G. Kagler            63      Director
Douglas T. McClure, Jr.      42      Director
David Y. Ying                40      Director


     MR. STANGELAND has been Chairman and a Director of Grand Union since
June 15, 1995.  Mr. Stangeland is


                                       17
<PAGE>

a Director and Chairman Emeritus of The Vons Companies, Inc. ("Vons"), a
large Southern California based grocery retailer. From 1985 until his
retirement on May 3, 1995, he was Chairman of the Board of Vons.
Mr. Stangeland is the immediate Past Chairman of the Board of the Food
Marketing Institute, a national supermarket trade organization, and continues
as a Director of that organization.  He is also a Director of Quality Drug
Corporation.

     MR. MCCAIG became President and Chief Executive Officer of Grand Union in
July 1989.  He served as President and Chief Operating Officer from 1981 until
July 1989 and has been a Director of Grand Union since 1981. Mr. McCaig became a
Director of Holdings in July 1989 and  a Director of Capital in July 1992.  He
became President of Holdings and Capital in May 1993.  Mr. McCaig served as a
Director of Penn Traffic from September 1992 until May 1995.

     MR. LOUTTIT has been Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
of Grand Union since July 1989.  He served as Executive Vice President in charge
of Merchandising from 1984 until July 1989 and has been a Director of Grand
Union since 1981.

     MR. STINE was appointed Executive Vice President of Grand Union in July
1994. He served as Senior Vice President with responsibility for the Company's
New York Region from 1988 until July 1994.

     MR. BAUM was appointed Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and
Secretary of Grand Union in July 1994.  Mr. Baum served as Vice President and
Controller from 1983 until July 1994 and as a Director of Grand Union from July
1994 until June 15, 1995.

     MR. JOSEPHS has been a Director since June 15, 1995.  Mr. Josephs served as
Director, President and Chief Operating Officer of Dominick's Finer Foods, a
supermarket chain based in the Chicago area, from 1985 until March 1995.

     MR. KAGLER has been a Director since June 15, 1995.  Mr. Kagler has served
Skyline Chili, Inc. as Chairman of the Executive Committee of the Board since
November 1994, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer from November
1993 until November 1994, and President and Chief Executive Officer from
September 1989 until November 1993.  Prior thereto, he served as President of
The Kroger Co., a Cincinnati based food retailer.  He holds Directorships of The
Fifth Third Bank, Union Central Life Insurance Co., The Ryland Group Inc. and
Future Now, Inc.

     MR. MCCLURE has been a Director since June 15, 1995.  Mr. McClure had been
a managing director of New Street Capital Corp., a merchant banking firm from
April 1992 until February 1994.  Prior to April 1992, he was a managing director
with the investment firm of Drexel Burnham Lambert.  Mr. McClure is a Director
of AMPEX Corporation and of WestPoint Stevens Inc.

     MR. YING has been a Director since June 15, 1995.  Mr. Ying has been a
managing director at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation since
January 1993, and is the head of the firm's Restructuring Group.  From January
1990 to January 1993, Mr. Ying was a managing director with the investment firm
of Smith Barney.

     The current directors of Grand Union were selected by certain members of
the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors which was appointed by the United
States Trustee for the District of Delaware.  Prior to the Effective Date, the
Board of Directors of Grand Union consisted of Messrs. McCaig, Louttit, Baum,
Gary D. Hirsch (Chairman) and Martin A. Fox.  Executive officers of Grand Union
are appointed and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Each
director of Grand Union is elected for a period of one year and will serve until
his successor is duly elected and qualified.


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" for a description of
the financial advisory agreement between MTH and Grand Union in effect until the
Effective Date and of the settlement agreement between MTH and Grand Union
pursuant to which such financial advisory agreement was terminated on the
Effective Date.  Mr. Hirsch


                                       18
<PAGE>

is a general partner of the managing partner of MTH and Mr. Fox is an executive
officer of MTH.  Mr. Hirsch and Mr. Fox resigned as directors of Grand Union on
the Effective Date.

     The following table sets forth the compensation paid or accrued by Grand
Union to the Chief Executive Officer of Grand Union and each of the four other
most highly-compensated executive officers of the Company for services rendered
to the Company in all capacities during the three fiscal years ended April 1,
1995.  The Company made no grants of stock options or stock appreciation rights
in Fiscal 1995 nor did the Company make any awards in Fiscal 1995 under any
long-term incentive plan.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               Other Annual            All Other
                                                    Fiscal         Salary         Bonus        Compensation          Compensation
                                                     Year           ($)            ($)           ($) (1)                ($) (2)
                                                    ------         -------       -------       ------------          ------------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>                   <C>

Joseph J. McCaig                                     1995          502,165       123,479                  -               980,968
  Chief Executive Officer,                           1994          523,712       120,140                  -                30,109
  President and Director                             1993          518,077       133,707                  -                27,076

William A. Louttit                                   1995          335,669        66,392                  -               437,355
  Executive Vice President, Chief                    1994          349,731        65,943                  -                14,038
   Operating Officer and Director                    1993          345,385        85,932                  -                 7,479

Darrell W. Stine                                     1995          259,077        17,446                  -               188,261
  Executive Vice President -                         1994          251,134        45,460                  -                14,535
   New York Region                                   1993          248,336        63,334                  -                12,193

Kenneth R. Baum                                      1995          152,769        20,603                  -                31,691
  Senior Vice President, Chief                       1994          143,715        26,775                  -                 4,739
   Financial Officer and Secretary                   1993          141,989        28,320                  -                 4,342

Robert Terrence Galvin (3)                           1995           77,288        45,516                  -               531,932
  Senior Vice President, Chief Financial             1994          245,635        46,676                  -                 9,687
   Officer, and Secretary                            1993          242,789        59,578                  -                 8,551


<FN>
(1)  No information is provided in the "Other Annual Compensation" column since
the aggregate amount of perquisites and other personal benefits in respect of
each of Fiscal 1995, Fiscal 1994 and Fiscal 1993 is less than the lower of
$50,000 and 10% of the total annual salary and bonus reported for each of the
named officers and no other compensation of the type required to be described in
the "Other Annual Compensation" column was paid in Fiscal 1995, Fiscal 1994 or
Fiscal 1993.

(2)  "All Other Compensation" includes the following for Messrs. McCaig,
Louttit, Stine, Baum and Galvin: (i) contributions to the Company's Savings Plan
under Section 401(k) made by the Company in Fiscal 1995, Fiscal 1994 and Fiscal
1993, respectively, for each of the named executive officers as follows: Mr.
McCaig $1,455, $2,964 and $1,928; Mr. Louttit $765, $2,331 and $0; Mr. Stine
$1,547, $2,313 and $2,136; Mr. Baum $1,525, $1,650, and $1,786; and Mr. Galvin
$932, $2,470 and $2,128 and (ii) premium payments for term life insurance made
by the Company in Fiscal 1995, Fiscal 1994 and Fiscal 1993, respectively, for
each of the named executive officers as follows: Mr. McCaig $31,090, $27,145 and
$25,148; Mr. Louttit $10,013, $11,707 and $7,479;  Mr. Stine $13,522, $12,222
and $10,057; Mr. Baum $3,302, $3,089 and $2,556; and Mr. Galvin $0, $7,217 and
$6,423.  The Fiscal 1995 amounts for Messrs. McCaig, Louttit, Stine and Baum
also include the value of securities held in custodial accounts established
pursuant to non-competition and confidentiality agreements entered into by
Messrs. McCaig, Louttit, Stine and Baum in August 1993.  Pursuant to such
agreements, to the extent securities were distributed from such custodial
accounts, the value of securities so distributed were to offset the Company's
obligations to such executives under Grand Union's Supplemental Retirement
Program for Key Executives (see "Supplemental Retirement Program for Key
Executives" below).  As a result of the filing of the Chapter 11 petition, the
executives became entitled to and received distributions of the securities held
in such custodial accounts in the following amounts:  Mr. McCaig $948,423; Mr.
Louttit $426,577; Mr. Stine $173,192 and Mr. Baum $26,864.  The Fiscal 1995
amount for Mr. Galvin also includes a lump-sum payment of $531,000 made to Mr.
Galvin in connection with his termination of employment with the Company in July
1994,

                                      19
<PAGE>

consisting of (a) $381,000 in part as severance and in part as accrued vacation
pay and (b) $150,000 in lieu of any benefit under the Company's Supplemental
Retirement Program for Key Executives.

(3)  Mr. Galvin held the positions of Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer, Secretary and Director until July 23, 1994.

</TABLE>

THE GRAND UNION COMPANY EMPLOYEES' RETIREMENT PLAN

     Grand Union sponsors The Grand Union Company Employees' Retirement Plan
(the "Retirement Plan"), a qualified, noncontributory retirement plan, for
retirement benefits for its eligible salaried and hourly non-union employees,
union employees not covered by other pension plans, and all its officers.  Under
the Retirement Plan, a participant's benefit is generally 1.5% of his "highest
annual compensation" multiplied by years of service not in excess of 35 minus
primary social security benefits.  Benefits under the plan are paid under
several alternatives, including monthly or lump sum payments at the employee's
option.  Benefits are normally payable at age 65, however, the plan provides for
early retirement with reduced benefits commencing at age 55.

     The Company has not decided to adopt GATT legislation as it relates to its
pension plan earlier than the required implementation date.

     The Internal Revenue Code places certain limits on pension benefits which
may be paid under plans qualified under the Internal Revenue Code. The current
limit of such pension benefit is $120,000 per annum.

SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PROGRAM FOR KEY EXECUTIVES

     Grand Union maintains The Grand Union Company Supplemental Retirement
Program for Key Executives (the "Supplemental Plan"), a non-qualified pension
plan pursuant to which certain key employees of Grand Union and its affiliates
("Participants"), including Messrs. McCaig, Louttit, Stine and Baum, earn a
pension in addition to the pension benefit to which they are entitled under the
Retirement Plan.  The pension benefit under the Supplemental Plan is calculated
as an annual pension payable monthly (i) if the Participant is not married on
his retirement date, for the Participant's life, or (ii) if the Participant is
married on his retirement date, the same amount as described in clause (i) for
the duration of the Participant's life and thereafter 50% of such amount for the
duration of the life of the Participant's surviving spouse.  The amount of the
annual pension payable upon retirement at age 62 or later is determined as the
"target benefit" minus the "plan offsets".  The "target benefit" is an annual
pension equal to (i) for a Participant having at least 15 years of credited
service under the Supplemental Plan, 65% of the Participant's final year's base
salary, or (ii) for a Participant having less than 15 years of credited service
under the Supplemental Plan, the product of 4-1/3% of the Participant's final
year's base salary multiplied by the Participant's number of years of credited
service under the Supplemental Plan.  "Plan offsets" for Participants retiring
at age 62 or later are equal to the sum of the Participant's (i) primary Social
Security benefits payable at the later of age 62 or the Participant's actual
retirement age, (ii) benefits under the Retirement Plan payable at the later of
age 62 or the Participant's actual retirement age in the form of a single life
annuity, and (iii) benefits, if any, payable from the qualified retirement
plan(s) of the Participant's previous employer(s).  Participants may also retire
early (i) at or after attaining age 50 but prior to attaining age 55, with the
consent of Grand Union (the consent requirement is waived for a Participant who
becomes disabled or is involuntarily terminated other than for cause), or (ii)
at or after age 55, without any requirement for consent by Grand Union.  For
Participants who retire early, the "target benefit" is reduced by 5% per year
for each year the Participant is under age 62.  Supplemental Plan benefits are
payable in an actuarially determined single sum no later than 30 days following
the Participant's date of retirement or other termination of employment.  In
general, no Supplemental Plan benefits will be paid to a Participant whose
employment with Grand Union terminates prior to the Participant's attaining age
50.  In May 1995, the Bankruptcy Court approved a modification to the
Supplemental Plan which provides that (x) in the case of Joseph J. McCaig, final
year's base salary shall be deemed to be an amount not less than $500,000 and
(y) notwithstanding the general requirement of the Supplemental Plan, that
benefits will not be paid to persons who retire prior to age 50, persons who
were Participants in the Supplemental Plan prior to April 1, 1995 will be
eligible for early retirement without forfeiture of benefits under the
Supplemental Plan from and after age 47.

     In August 1993, in consideration of non-competition and confidentiality
agreements entered into by certain executives of Grand Union, including Messrs.
McCaig, Louttit, Stine and Baum, Grand Union agreed to transfer to a


                                       20
<PAGE>

custodial account to be held by an independent custodian securities having a
specified value intended to approximate the benefits payable to the specified
executives under the Supplemental Plan (plus a reserve for claims
and expenses of the custodian).  Such securities were to have been transferred
to the custodian over a four-year period.  Pursuant to the terms of the
agreements, the executives for whose benefit securities had been transferred to
the custodian were entitled to receive a distribution of such securities upon
Grand Union's filing of the Chapter 11 petition in January 1995.  Accordingly,
in February 1995, securities having an aggregate value of approximately
$1,575,000 (representing securities on deposit with the custodian as of the
Filing Date plus interest thereon) were distributed to the executives entitled
thereto.  The value of the securities so distributed to each executive reduced
the future amounts payable to such executive pursuant to the Supplemental Plan.
Upon distribution of the securities to the executives for whose benefit they
were held, the custodial accounts were terminated.

     The table below shows, on a combined basis for the Supplemental Plan and
the Retirement Plan, the estimated annual benefit payable upon retirement to
specified compensation and years of service classifications up to the maximum of
15 years of service. The credited years of service under these Plans for Messrs.
McCaig, Louttit, Stine and Baum are 21 years, 19 years, 27 years, and 11 years,
respectively. The current compensation set forth in the Summary Compensation
Table does not differ substantially from covered compensation under these Plans.
The retirement benefits shown are based upon retirement at age 62 and the
payment of a single-life annuity to the employee. The benefits shown do not
reflect any offset as a result of primary Social Security benefits, and do not
reflect adjustment for the value of securities received by those executives who
received distributions from custodian accounts as described in the preceding
paragraph.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             Years of Service
     Final Average            -----------------------------------------------
      Compensation                5                 10             15 or more
     -------------            -------           --------           ----------
     <S>                      <C>               <C>                <C>

       $100,000               $21,667            $43,333            $65,000
        150,000                32,500             65,000             97,500
        200,000                43,333             86,667            130,000
        250,000                54,167            108,333            162,500
        300,000                65,000            130,000            195,000
        350,000                75,833            151,667            227,500
        400,000                86,667            173,333            260,000
        450,000                97,500            195,000            292,500
        500,000               108,333            216,667            325,000
        550,000               119,167            238,333            357,500
        600,000               130,000            260,000            390,000

</TABLE>

SEVERANCE POLICY

     In May 1995, Grand Union adopted a severance policy, which was approved by
the Bankruptcy Court, in respect of its salaried employees whereby a salaried
employee who is involuntarily terminated without cause or who is constructively
terminated (which is defined to mean an involuntary transfer that would require
relocation outside the Company's current operating area or (x) with respect to
persons holding the position of chief executive officer, chief operating officer
or chief financial officer, either removal from such position, or a reduction in
salary of 5% or more in any year and (y) with respect to any other salaried
employee, either a reduction in salary of 10% or more in any year or a reduction
in grade level of more than two grades in any year) is entitled to receive a
lump-sum severance payment equal to (i) in the case of salaried employees
holding the office of President, Executive Vice President or Senior Vice
President, 18 months' base salary; (ii) in the case of salaried employees
holding the office of Corporate Vice President, 12 months' base salary; (iii) in
the case of salaried employees holding the office of appointed vice president or
director, 6 months' base salary; and (iv) in the case of all other salaried
employees, one week's base salary for each year of service to the Company up to
a maximum of 26 weeks.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

     On June 16, 1995, the Board of Directors created a personnel and
compensation committee (the "Compensation Committee") consisting of three
directors.  The Compensation Committee is responsible for all of the Company's
compensation decisions.  The current members of the Compensation Committee are
Messrs. Kagler,


                                       21
<PAGE>

Stangeland and Josephs.  Mr. Kagler is Chairman of the Compensation Committee.

     The current Board of Directors has determined that each non-employee member
shall receive an annual fee of $25,000 and a fee for each meeting attended of
$1,500.  It is anticipated by the Board that members who are Chairs of the Audit
and Compensation Committees shall receive additional compensation in an amount
to be determined.  The Board may also consider, at some later date, further
Board compensation based on the Company's performance.

     Prior to the Effective Date, there was no Compensation Committee and
compensation decisions were considered by the entire Board of Directors, except
that no member of the Board participated in deliberations regarding his own
compensation as an executive officer of Grand Union.

     Mr. Gary D. Hirsch, who served as Chairman and a Director of Grand Union
until the Effective Date, is Chairman and a Director of Penn Traffic.  Martin A.
Fox, a Director, Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Grand Union until the
Effective Date, is Vice Chairman - Finance and Assistant Secretary of Penn
Traffic.  Messrs. Hirsch and Fox do not receive salaries from Penn Traffic and
do not participate in cash bonus plans of Penn Traffic, and received no
compensation in their capacities as executive officers or directors of Grand
Union.  Messrs. Hirsch and Fox receive compensation from MTH, of which Mr.
Hirsch is a general partner of the managing partner, and Mr. Fox is Executive
Vice President.  As described below, until the Effective Date, MTH was engaged
as financial advisor to Grand Union and, in accordance with the terms of the
Plan, on the Effective Date the MTH financial advisory agreement was terminated
and MTH and Grand Union entered into the MTH Settlement Agreement.  MTH is
engaged as a financial advisor to Penn Traffic.  Until May 31, 1995 Mr. McCaig
was a member of the Board of Directors of Penn Traffic, for which he received
compensation of $10,000 per annum and $1,000 per Board of Directors meeting
attended.  Prior to the Effective Date, the directors of Grand Union were not
compensated for their services as such.  Directors received reimbursement of
reasonable expenses incidental to attendance at meetings of the Board of
Directors.

     Prior to the Effective Date, the Company was party to a financial advisory
agreement with MTH (the "MTH Agreement"), pursuant to which MTH was to have
provided certain financial consulting and business management services to the
Company through July 1997.  In accordance with the Plan, the MTH Agreement was
terminated on the Effective Date and Grand Union executed a settlement
agreement (the "MTH Settlement Agreement").  The MTH Settlement Agreement
provides for the termination of the MTH Agreement, payment by Grand Union of
accrued and unpaid fees under the MTH Agreement through the Effective Date
and for the indemnification of MTH and certain entities related to MTH
(the "MTH Entities") from certain claims and liabilities, subject to the terms
and limitations set forth in the MTH Settlement Agreement (See
"Item 13. - Certain Relationships and Related Transactions").  During
Fiscal 1995, Fiscal 1994 and Fiscal 1993, the Company paid $750,000,
$900,000 and $825,000, respectively, to MTH, pursuant to the MTH Agreement.

LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES

     Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law allows a corporation to
eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the
corporation or to any of its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of
fiduciary duty as a director, except in the case where the director breached his
duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct
or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a
stock repurchase in violation of the Delaware General Corporation Law or
obtained an improper personal benefit. Under Grand Union's Restated Certificate
of Incorporation, a director of Grand Union shall not be liable to Grand Union
or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation
thereof is not permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     As of June 15, 1995, IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Co., as Exchange Agent,
held 10,000,000 shares of the New Common Stock, par value
$1.00 per share, of Grand Union, which shares constituted all the outstanding
stock of Grand Union.  In addition, the Exchange Agent held an aggregate
of 900,000 Series 1 and Series 2 Warrants (collectively, the "Warrants") for
the purchase of shares of New Common Stock at the rate of one share per
Warrant.  The Warrants are immediately exercisable. Such shares of New
Common Stock and such Warrants are being held by the Exchange Agent pending
the completion of the distribution


                                       22
<PAGE>

of such securities to the holders of claims in the classes entitled to receive
such securities under the Plan.  The information in the table below presents the
beneficial ownership of each person known by Grand Union to be entitled to own
beneficially more than five percent of the outstanding voting New Common Stock
after the completion of the distribution of the New Common Stock and Warrants,
based on information supplied to Grand Union by the persons or entities
involved.  Because such distribution has not been completed, however, Grand
Union is not certain that it has identified all such beneficial holders.
To Grand Union's knowledge, none of Grand Union's officers or directors own any
New Common Stock or Warrants.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                           Percentage of
                                                              Number of Shares of Common          Outstanding Shares of New Common
Name and Address of Beneficial Holder                          Stock Beneficially Owned (1)                 Stock (2)
- - -------------------------------------                         --------------------------          --------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>                                 <C>

Putnam Investment Management                                           3,258,633 (3),(4)                     32.53%
One Post Office Square
Boston, MA  02109

Putnam High Yield Trust                                                1,688,769 (5)                         16.89%
c/o Putnam Investment Management
One Post Office Square
Boston, MA  02109

Putnam Diversified Income Fund                                          546,560  (6)                          5.46%
c/o Putnam Investment Management
One Post Office Square
Boston, MA  02109

<FN>
- - ----------------
(1)  Due to the treatment of fractional interests in New Common Stock and
     Warrants, these numbers are approximate until completion of the exchanges
     provided for under the Plan.

(2)  For purposes of the computation of percentages of New Common Stock
     ownership, a holder is deemed to own beneficially all shares which may be
     acquired by such holder upon exercise of Warrants held by such holder, and
     such shares are deemed outstanding, but no shares of New Common Stock which
     may be acquired by any other holder upon exercise of Warrants held by such
     other holder are deemed to be outstanding.

(3)  Includes 6,026 shares of New Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Series
     1 Warrants, and 12,051 shares exercisable upon exercise of Series 2
     Warrants.

(4)  Shares of New Common Stock beneficially held by Putnam Investment
     Management are as a result of the holdings of various investment funds and
     other institutional investors for which Putnam Investment Management or
     affiliated entities act as investment advisors.  These shares of New Common
     Stock include the shares held by Putnam High Yield Trust and Putnam
     Diversified Income Fund, whose holdings are also separately reported in the
     table.  See Notes (5) and (6).

(5)  These shares of New Common Stock are also beneficially owned by Putnam
     Investment Management.  See Note (4) above.

(6)  Includes 2,352 shares of New Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Series
     1 Warrants, and 4,704 shares of New Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
     Series 2 Warrants.  All of the shares held by Putnam Diversified Income
     Fund are also beneficially owned by Putnam Investment Management.  See Note
     (4) above.

</TABLE>

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     Prior to the Effective Date, the Company was party to the MTH Agreement,
pursuant to which MTH was to have provided certain financial consulting and
business management services to the Company through July 1997.


                                       23
<PAGE>

In accordance with the Plan, the MTH Agreement was terminated on the Effective
Date and Grand Union executed the MTH Settlement Agreement.  The MTH Settlement
Agreement provides for the termination of the MTH Agreement, payment by Grand
Union of accrued and unpaid fees under the MTH Agreement through the Effective
Date and for the indemnification of MTH and the MTH Entities from certain claims
and liabilities, subject to the terms and limitations set forth in the MTH
Settlement Agreement.  For additional information regarding the MTH Settlement
Agreement see Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included
elsewhere herein.  During Fiscal 1995, Fiscal 1994 and Fiscal 1993, the Company
paid $750,000, $900,000 and $825,000, respectively, to MTH, pursuant to the MTH
Agreement.

     At the time of the acquisition of GUAC by Holdings in July 1989, Grand
Union and P&C Foods, which is indirectly controlled by MTH, operated stores in
some of the same geographic areas in Vermont and upstate New York. In connection
with the acquisition, agreements were entered into with federal antitrust
authorities which required the divestiture of 16 Grand Union stores or P&C Foods
stores. The divestitures required by these agreements were completed on July 30,
1990.  Thirteen of the sixteen stores divested were P&C Foods stores.

     In a related transaction, on July 30, 1990, P&C Foods and Grand Union
entered into the Operating Agreement pursuant to which Grand Union acquired the
right to operate P&C Foods' thirteen remaining stores in New England under the
Grand Union name until July 2000, with an option to extend the term of such
operation for an additional five years. P&C Foods also granted Grand Union an
option to purchase such stores. In connection with these transactions, Grand
Union agreed to pay P&C Foods a minimum annual fee which will average $10.7
million per year during the ten-year lease term plus, beginning with the year
commencing July 31, 1992, additional contingent fees of up to $700,000 per year
based upon sales performance of the stores operated by Grand Union. In addition,
Grand Union paid P&C Foods $7.5 million for the option to purchase the stores.
Pursuant to the terms of the Operating Agreement, a $15 million prepayment of
the annual fee was made to P&C Foods in connection with the 1992
Recapitalization.  The Operating Agreement was assumed during the Chapter 11
case and will continue on its current terms.

     Pursuant to the terms of the Operating Agreement, in April 1992, Grand
Union purchased P&C Foods' White River Junction, Vermont warehouse for cash
consideration of approximately $5 million.

     In September 1993, Grand Union entered into a program to consolidate the
purchasing, storage and distribution of health and beauty care and general
merchandise product with Penn Traffic.  Under this program, the inventory of
health and beauty care and general merchandise product is owned by Penn Traffic
and is stored in Grand Union's warehouse in Montgomery, New York.  The products
are distributed from the warehouse to Grand Union stores and certain Penn
Traffic stores and wholesale customers.  Grand Union reimburses Penn Traffic for
shipments to Grand Union stores based on terms defined in the agreement.  Grand
Union purchases the health and beauty care products for both Grand Union and
those Penn Traffic stores and wholesale customers serviced by the warehouse and
is reimbursed by Penn Traffic for such purchases based on terms defined in the
agreement.  Penn Traffic purchases the general merchandise product for both
Grand Union and Penn Traffic.  Under the arrangement, Grand Union and Penn
Traffic share the cost of operating the warehouse based on their  proportionate
usage of the product.  In connection with this agreement, Penn Traffic purchased
all of the health and beauty care and general merchandise inventories previously
owned by Grand Union for approximately $12,821,000.  During Fiscal 1995 and
Fiscal 1994, Grand Union purchased from vendors approximately $120,027,000 and
$75,262,000, respectively, of health and beauty care products under the
agreement.  Additionally, Grand Union purchased approximately $87,208,000 and
$48,163,000, respectively, from Penn Traffic's inventory of health and beauty
care and general merchandise products at cost.  At April 1, 1995 and April 2,
1994, respectively, Grand Union had recorded a net receivable of approximately
$7,705,000 and $5,014,000  related to this agreement.  Under the agreement
governing such arrangement, either Penn Traffic or Grand Union may terminate the
program from and after July 1, 1995, upon six (6) months prior written notice.
This agreement is being reevaluated in connection with the Chapter 11
proceedings.  Grand Union believes this arrangement will be terminated within
the next several months.

     During Fiscal 1995, Donaldson Lufkin & Jenrette acted as financial advisor
to the Informal Committee of certain holders of Subordinated Notes in connection
with the restructuring of Grand Union and received compensation from the Company
for such services.  Mr. Ying, a director of the Company since June 15, 1995, has
been a managing director of Donaldson Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation
since January 1993.


                                       24
<PAGE>

PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS ARE FILED AS A PART OF THIS REPORT:

     See Item 8.

REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

     (i)     Report on Form 8-K dated January 24, 1995, as filed with the
             Commission on January 25, 1995.
     (ii)    Report on Form 8-K dated January 25, 1995, as filed with the
             Commission on January 25, 1995.
     (iii)   Report on Form 8-K dated May 31, 1995, as filed with the Commission
             on June 15, 1995.
     (iv)    Report on Form 8-K dated June 29, 1995, as filed with the
             Commission on June 29, 1995.

EXHIBITS (REGULATION S-K ITEM 601)

  Exhibit
  Number                         Description of Document
  ------                         -----------------------

    2.1        Second Amended Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of The Grand
               Union Company ("Grand Union"), filed with the United States
               Bankruptcy Court, District of Delaware, on April 19, 1995,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit T3E1 to Grand Union's Form
               T-3 dated May 8, 1995.

    2.2        Findings of Fact, Conclusions of Law and Order Confirming the
               Second Amended Plan of Reorganization proposed by Grand Union,
               dated May 31, 1995.

    2.3        Minute Order Clarifying Findings of Fact, Conclusions of Law and
               Order Confirming Second Amended Plan of Reorganization proposed
               by Grand Union, dated June 14, 1995.

    3.1        Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Grand
               Union.

    3.2        By-laws of Grand Union, as restated on June 15, 1995.

    4.1        Form of New Common Stock Certificate of Grand Union.

    4.2        Indenture dated as of June 15, 1995, between Grand Union, as
               Issuer and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee for the
               12% Senior Notes due September 1, 2004, including form of the 12%
               Senior Note due 2004.

    4.3        Amended and Restated Borrower Pledge Agreement dated as of June
               15, 1995, made by Grand Union to Bankers Trust Company ("Bankers
               Trust"), as Collateral Agent.

    4.4        Amended and Restated Borrower Security Agreement dated as of June
               15, 1995, between Grand Union and Bankers Trust, as Collateral
               Agent.

    4.5        Warrant Agreement dated as of June 15, 1995, between Grand Union
               and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Warrant Agent for
               300,000 Series 1 Warrants and 600,000 Series 2 Warrants.

    4.6        Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 15, 1995, among
               Grand Union and Each of the Persons Named in Schedule A thereto
               for the New Common Stock.

    4.7        Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 15, 1995, by and
               among Grand Union and The Holders Named therein for the
               Registrable Notes.


                                       25
<PAGE>

  Exhibit
  Number                         Description of Document
  ------                         -----------------------

    10.1       Agreement to Hold Separate dated July 17, 1989, by and among MTH
               Holdings Inc. ("MTH Holdings"), GU Acquisition Corporation
               ("GUAC"), Salomon Inc and the Federal Trade Commission (the
               "FTC") entered into in the matter of MTH Holdings and GUAC before
               the FTC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.5 to Grand
               Union's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No.
               33-29707) (the "1989 Grand Union Registration Statement").

    10.2       Agreement containing Consent Order among MTH Holdings, GUAC and
               the FTC entered into in the matter of MTH Holdings and GUAC
               before the FTC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.6 to
               the 1989 Grand Union Registration Statement.

    10.3       Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 25, 1990, by and
               between Grand Union and Price Chopper Operating Co. of Vermont,
               Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.15 to Holdings
               Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-32879).

    10.4       Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 9, 1990, by and
               between Grand Union and Price Chopper Operating Co., Inc.,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.49 to GUAC's
               Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-22398).

    10.5       Agreement and Master Sublease dated as of July 30, 1990, by and
               between Grand Union and P&C Food Markets, Inc. ("P&C Foods"),
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.18 to Holdings'
               Report on Form 10-Q dated July 21, 1990 (Commission File No.
               33-29707).

    10.6       Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of February 4, 1993, between
               The Great Atlantic & Pacific Tea Company, Inc. and Grand Union,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 2.1 to Grand Union's
               Report on Form 8-K dated February 4, 1993.

    10.7       Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of September 20, 1993 among
               Foodarama Supermarkets, Inc., ShopRite of Malverne, Inc. and
               Grand Union, incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.19 to
               Grand Union's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration
               No. 33-70956).

   *10.8       Second Amendment and Restatement of The Grand Union Company
               Supplemental Retirement Program for Key Executives adopted as of
               April 1, 1993, incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.20 to
               Holdings' Report on Form 10-K dated July 1, 1994.

    10.9       Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of June 15, 1995,
               among Grand Union, the lending institutions listed from time to
               time on Schedule 1 thereto, and Bankers Trust, as Agent,
               including Exhibits A-1, A-2 and A-3, and various Schedules
               thereto.

   10.10       Amended and Restated Borrower Pledge Agreement dated as of June
               15, 1995, made by Grand Union to Bankers Trust, as Collateral
               Agent (included in Exhibit 4.3).


- - ----------------
     *      Compensatory plan or arrangement.


                                       26
<PAGE>

  Exhibit
  Number                         Description of Document
  ------                         -----------------------

   10.11       Amended and Restated Borrower Security Agreement dated as of June
               15, 1995, between Grand Union and Bankers Trust, as Collateral
               Agent (included in Exhibit 4.4).

   10.12       Subsidiary Security Agreement dated as of June 15, 1995, among
               the corporations listed on Schedule 1 thereto and Bankers Trust,
               as Collateral Agent.

   10.13       Subsidiary Guaranty dated as of June 15, 1995, made by each of
               the corporations from time to time listed on Annex A attached
               thereto in favor of the Banks and the Agent from time to time
               party to the Credit Agreement.

   10.14       Form of Indenture of Open-End Mortgage, Deed of Trust, Deed to
               Secure Debt, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases, Rents and
               Profits, Financing Statement and Fixture Filing, dated as of June
               15, 1995, made by Grand Union to Bankers Trust, as Collateral
               Agent.

   10.15       Letter dated June 15, 1995, containing MTH Settlement Agreement
               between Miller Tabak Hirsch + Co. ("MTH") and Grand Union in
               connection with (i) the termination of the Agreement, dated July
               22, 1992, between MTH and Grand Union, and (ii) the Second
               Amended Plan of Reorganization, dated April 19, 1995, of Grand
               Union.

   10.16       Agreement dated as of April 1995, among Grand Union, Grand
               Union Capital Corporation ("Capital"), Holdings, the Official
               Committee of Unsecured Creditors of Capital and certain holders
               of Zero Coupon Notes issued by Capital and guaranteed by Holdings
               named therein.

   10.17       Waiver dated June 14, 1995, with respect to the Second Amended
               Chapter 11 Plan of Grand Union, among Grand Union, Bankers Trust,
               the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of Grand Union and
               the Informal Committee of Senior Noteholders.

    21.1       Subsidiaries of Grand Union.

    27.1       Financial Data Schedule.


                                       27
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                     THE GRAND UNION COMPANY
                                          (Registrant)

                                    /s/ Kenneth R. Baum
                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Kenneth R. Baum
                   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
                  (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


        SIGNATURE                     TITLE                      DATE
        ---------                     -----                      ----

                                 Director and Chairman        June 30, 1995
- - -------------------------
   Roger E. Stangeland


  /s/ Joseph J. McCaig           Director, President          June 30, 1995
- - -------------------------         and Chief Executive
    Joseph J. McCaig              Officer (Principal
                                  Executive Officer)


 /s/ William A. Louttit          Director, Executive          June 30, 1995
- - -------------------------         Vice President and
   William A. Louttit             Chief Operating Officer



                                 Director                     June 30, 1995
- - -------------------------
    Daniel E. Josephs


  /s/ William G. Kagler          Director                     June 30, 1995
- - -------------------------
    William G. Kagler

  /s/ Douglas T. McClure, Jr.    Director                     June 30, 1995
- - -------------------------
 Douglas T. McClure, Jr.

     /s/ David Y. Ying           Director                     June 30, 1995
- - -------------------------
       David Y. Ying


                                       28
<PAGE>

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of
The Grand Union Company

     In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements listed
in the index appearing under Item 8 on page 17 present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of The Grand Union Company and its subsidiaries
(the "Company") at April 1, 1995 and April 2, 1994 and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
April 1, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management;
our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.  We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.

     As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, on January
25, 1995, the Company filed a voluntary petition with the United States
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware seeking to reorganize under
chapter 11 ("Chapter 11") of Title 11 of the United States Code.  Subsequent
thereto, the Company filed its plan of reorganization, which plan, as amended,
was confirmed on May 31, 1995, and became effective on June 15, 1995.  As of
June 15, 1995, the Company will implement the guidance as to the accounting by
entities emerging from Chapter 11 in accordance with American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7, "Financial Reporting
by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code" ("Fresh-Start
Reporting").  The estimated unaudited pro forma impact of this Fresh-Start
Reporting is presented in Note 1.  The implementation of Fresh-Start Reporting
as a result of the Company's emergence from Chapter 11 will materially change
the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements of the Company
as of and for periods subsequent to June 15, 1995.  As a result of the
reorganization and the implementation of Fresh-Start Reporting, assets and
liabilities will be recorded at fair values and outstanding obligations
relating to the claims of creditors will be discharged primarily in exchange
for cash, new indebtedness and equity.

     As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the
Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, "Employers'
Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions", effective April 4,
1993.



PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
New York, New York
June 16, 1995


                                      F - 1
<PAGE>

                             THE GRAND UNION COMPANY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                      52 Weeks         52 Weeks           53 Weeks
                                                                                       Ended            Ended              Ended
                                                                                      April 1,         April 2,           April 3,
                                                                                       1995              1994               1993
                                                                                    ---------      -------------         -----------
                                                                                                   (in thousands)
<S>                                                                                <C>             <C>                  <C>

Sales                                                                              $ 2,391,696       $ 2,477,339        $ 2,833,987
Cost of sales                                                                       (1,704,082)       (1,766,303)        (2,032,481)
                                                                                   -----------       -----------        -----------
Gross profit                                                                           687,614           711,036            801,506
Operating and administrative expenses                                                 (550,913)         (531,839)          (606,178)
Depreciation and amortization                                                          (87,098)          (78,577)           (80,551)
Provision for store closings, net                                                      (12,900)                -                  -
Reorganization items                                                                   (10,770)                -                  -
Charges relating to pension settlement and early retirement programs                    (3,747)           (4,468)                 -
Loss on disposal of the Southern Region                                                      -                 -           (198,000)
Recapitalization expense                                                                     -                 -             (3,516)
Interest expense:
 Debt:
  Obligations requiring current cash interest                                         (124,372)         (128,661)          (107,644)
  Obligations requiring no current cash interest                                       (33,317)          (35,354)           (44,271)
 Capital lease obligations                                                             (19,226)          (14,951)           (13,191)
 Amortization of deferred financing fees                                                (5,101)           (4,831)            (9,378)
                                                                                   -----------       -----------        -----------
Loss before income taxes, extraordinary charges and cumulative
  effect of accounting change                                                         (159,830)          (87,645)          (261,223)
Income tax provision                                                                         -                 -             (4,535)
                                                                                   -----------       -----------        -----------
Loss before extraordinary charges and cumulative effect
  of accounting change                                                                (159,830)          (87,645)          (265,758)

Extraordinary charges relating to early extinguishment of debt                               -                 -            (47,663)
Cumulative effect of accounting change                                                       -           (30,308)                 -
                                                                                   -----------       -----------        -----------
Net loss                                                                              (159,830)         (117,953)          (313,421)
Accrued preferred stock dividends of Holdings                                          (19,480)          (16,011)           (14,623)
                                                                                   -----------       -----------        -----------
Net loss applicable to common stock of Holdings                                    $  (179,310)      $  (133,964)       $  (328,044)
                                                                                   -----------       -----------        -----------
                                                                                   -----------       -----------        -----------

Weighted average number of Holdings common shares outstanding                           75,224            75,258             75,249
Per Share Data of Holdings:
                                                                                   -----------       -----------        -----------
                                                                                   -----------       -----------        -----------
  Loss applicable to common stock before extraordinary charges
    and cumulative effect of accounting change (after accrued
    preferred stock dividends)                                                     $ (2,383.68)      $ (1,377.34)       $ (3,726.05)
                                                                                   -----------       -----------        -----------
                                                                                   -----------       -----------        -----------
  Extraordinary charges                                                                      -                 -        $   (633.40)
                                                                                   -----------       -----------        -----------
                                                                                   -----------       -----------        -----------
  Cumulative effect of accounting change                                                     -       $   (402.72)                 -
                                                                                   -----------       -----------        -----------
                                                                                   -----------       -----------        -----------
  Net loss applicable to common stock                                              $ (2,383.68)      $ (1,780.06)       $ (4,359.45)
                                                                                   -----------       -----------        -----------
                                                                                   -----------       -----------        -----------

</TABLE>



          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       F-2
<PAGE>

                         THE GRAND UNION COMPANY
                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                   April 1, 1995      April 2, 1994
                                                                                                   -------------      -------------
                                                                                                             (in thousands)
<S>                                                                                                <C>                <C>

ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and temporary cash investments                                                                 $   89,423         $   44,294
  Receivables                                                                                             18,592             37,072
  Inventories                                                                                            189,467            206,063
  Other current assets                                                                                    16,787             17,444
                                                                                                      ----------         ----------
    Total current assets                                                                                 314,269            304,873
Property                                                                                                 426,962            400,554
Goodwill                                                                                                 545,451            563,276
Beneficial leases                                                                                         27,218             33,074
Deferred financing fees                                                                                   44,069             48,721
Other assets                                                                                              36,787             43,726
                                                                                                      ----------         ----------
                                                                                                      $1,394,756         $1,394,224
                                                                                                      ----------         ----------
                                                                                                      ----------         ----------

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
  Current maturities of long-term debt                                                                $        -         $      914
  Current portion of obligations under capital leases                                                          -              7,099
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                                               174,126            238,225
                                                                                                      ----------         ----------
    Total current liabilities                                                                            174,126            246,238
                                                                                                      ----------         ----------
Long-term debt                                                                                                 -          1,404,089
                                                                                                      ----------         ----------
Obligations under capital leases                                                                               -            120,140
                                                                                                      ----------         ----------
Other noncurrent liabilities                                                                              53,072            113,810
                                                                                                      ----------         ----------
Liabilities subject to compromise                                                                      1,817,698                  -
                                                                                                      ----------         ----------
Commitments and contingencies
Redeemable stock of Holdings subject to compromise:
  Class A common stock, $.01 par value                                                                     9,407              9,407
  Preferred stock (liquidation preference $164,792,000 in aggregate)                                     164,792            145,312
                                                                                                      ----------         ----------
    Total redeemable stock                                                                               174,199            154,719
                                                                                                      ----------         ----------
Nonredeemable common stock and stockholders' deficit of Holdings:
  Class A common stock, $.01 par value; authorized 473,281 shares; issued
   and outstanding 48,505 shares (net of treasury shares) less 11,932 shares shown
   as redeemable common stock                                                                                  1                  1

  Class B common stock, $.01 par value; 26,719 authorized, issued and outstanding                              -                  -
  Treasury stock; 164 shares of Class A common stock at cost                                                (156)              (156)
  Accumulated deficit                                                                                   (824,184)          (644,617)
                                                                                                      ----------         ----------
    Total nonredeemable common stock and stockholders' deficit of Holdings                              (824,339)          (644,772)
                                                                                                      ----------         ----------
                                                                                                      $1,394,756         $1,394,224
                                                                                                      ----------         ----------
                                                                                                      ----------         ----------

</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F - 3
<PAGE>

                            THE GRAND UNION COMPANY
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                         52 Weeks         52 Weeks         53 Weeks
                                                                                          Ended            Ended            Ended
                                                                                         April 1,         April 2,         April 3,
                                                                                           1995             1994             1993
                                                                                        ---------        ----------       ----------
                                                                                                     (in thousands)
<S>                                                                                     <C>              <C>              <C>

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss                                                                              $(159,830)       $(117,953)       $(313,421)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by
   (used for) operating activities before reorganization items:
    Extraordinary charges on early extinguishment of debt                                       -                -           47,663
    Cumulative effect of accounting change                                                      -           30,308                -
    Write-off of goodwill and beneficial leases and loss on fixed
     assets related to the disposal of the Southern Region                                      -                -          137,017
    Depreciation and amortization                                                          87,098           78,577           80,551
    Charges relating to pension settlement and early retirement programs                    3,747            4,468                -
    Noncash interest                                                                       33,317           35,354           44,271
    Amortization of deferred financing fees                                                 5,101            4,831            9,378
  Net changes in assets and liabilities:
    Receivables                                                                            18,480          (12,505)            (878)
    Inventories                                                                            16,596           29,159          (14,467)
    Other current assets                                                                      657           (1,303)          (3,485)
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                               86,550          (44,807)          27,160
    Other                                                                                   7,330          (18,039)          13,393
                                                                                        ---------        ---------        ---------
 Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities before
    reorganization items                                                                   99,046          (11,910)          27,182

      Reorganization items                                                                (10,770)               -                -
                                                                                        ---------        ---------        ---------
 Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities                                      88,276          (11,910)          27,182
                                                                                        ---------        ---------        ---------

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES:
  Capital expenditures                                                                    (62,973)         (81,029)         (58,089)
  Disposals of property                                                                     2,128              584            1,394
  Proceeds relating to the sale of the fixed assets of the
   Southern Region                                                                              -                -           25,000
  Refunded insurance deposits                                                                   -                -           11,636
  Prepayment under P&C Food Markets, Inc. operating agreement                                   -                -          (15,000)
                                                                                        ---------        ---------        ---------
 Net cash used for investment activities                                                  (60,845)         (80,445)         (35,059)
                                                                                        ---------        ---------        ---------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt                                             29,000           77,661        1,443,421
  Obligations under capital leases discharged                                             (10,339)          (8,218)          (9,644)
  Loan placement fees                                                                           -           (1,775)         (63,643)
  Retirement of long-term debt                                                               (963)            (514)      (1,348,762)
  Purchase of redeemable Class A common stock                                                   -             (156)               -
  Capital contribution                                                                          -                -            6,560
  Premiums on debt retirement                                                                   -                -          (24,086)
                                                                                        ---------        ---------        ---------
 Net cash provided by financing activities                                                 17,698           66,998            3,846
                                                                                        ---------        ---------        ---------
Increase (decrease) in cash and temporary cash investments                                 45,129          (25,357)          (4,031)
Cash and temporary cash investments at beginning of year                                   44,294           69,651           73,682
                                                                                        ---------        ---------        ---------
Cash and temporary cash investments at end of year                                      $  89,423        $  44,294        $  69,651
                                                                                        ---------        ---------        ---------
                                                                                        ---------        ---------        ---------

</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F - 4
<PAGE>

                             THE GRAND UNION COMPANY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE  1 - BANKRUPTCY FILING AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

     The Grand Union Company, a Delaware corporation, ("Grand Union" or the
"Company") was, through June 15, 1995, a wholly owned subsidiary of Grand Union
Capital Corporation ("Capital"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Grand Union
Holdings Corporation ("Holdings").  The principal asset of Capital and,
indirectly, of Holdings was the capital stock of Grand Union (the "Old Common
Stock").

     On November 29, 1994, Grand Union announced that it was not likely to be
able to fund cash interest payments due in early calendar 1995, and that it
intended to develop a capital restructuring plan.  Beginning on January 16,
1995, Grand Union did not make interest payments required under its outstanding
debt obligations.

     On January 24, 1995, Grand Union announced that it had reached an agreement
in principle with Grand Union's bank lenders and with members of informal
committees of certain holders of Grand Union's 11.375% Senior Notes due 1999
(the "11.375% Senior Notes") and 11.25% Senior Notes due 2000 (the "11.25%
Senior Notes" and collectively with the 11.375% Senior Notes, the "Senior
Notes") and certain holders of Grand Union's 12.25% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2002 (the "12.25% Subordinated Notes") and 12.25% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2002, Series A (the "Series A 12.25% Subordinated Notes", together with the
13% Senior Subordinated Notes due 1998 (the "13% Subordinated Notes") and the
12.25% Subordinated Notes, the "Subordinated Notes") on the terms of a
restructuring of Grand Union's capital structure.

CHAPTER 11 BANKRUPTCY FILINGS -  On January 25, 1995 (the "Filing Date"), as
part of the implementation of such agreement, Grand Union filed a voluntary
petition for relief under chapter 11 ("Chapter 11") of Title 11 of the United
States Code (the "Code") in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Delaware (the "Bankruptcy Court").  From the Filing Date through
June 15, 1995 (the "Effective Date", as defined below), Grand Union operated as
a debtor-in-possession under Chapter 11 of the Code and was subject to the
supervision of the Bankruptcy Court in accordance with the Code.  During this
period, Grand Union's business was operated under a series of "first day
orders", which, among other things, permitted it to retain certain financial and
legal advisors and which authorized payment of certain pre-petition employee
costs, including worker's compensation benefits, and pre-petition trade claims,
subject to the satisfaction of various requirements.

     On January 30, 1995, Grand Union (as debtor and as debtor-in-possession)
entered into a credit agreement (the "DIP Facility") with the banks party
thereto providing for borrowings of up to $150 million on a revolving credit
basis.  On February 16, 1995, final approval of the DIP Facility was granted and
the Bankruptcy Court also issued a Final Cash Collateral Order which allowed
Grand Union to use cash collateral to pay operating expenses in the ordinary
course of business.  The DIP Facility provided for a commitment fee equal to .5%
of the average unused portion.  There were no borrowings made under the DIP
Facility during the Chapter 11 proceedings and it was terminated on the
Effective Date.

     On February 16, 1995, Capital consented to the entry of an order for relief
in respect of an involuntary Chapter 11 petition filed in the Bankruptcy Court
on February 6, 1995 by entities purporting to be holders of Capital's 15% Senior
Zero Coupon Notes due 2004 (the "Capital Senior Zero Notes") and 16.5% Senior
Subordinated Zero Coupon Notes due 2007 (the "Capital Subordinated Zero Notes"
and collectively with the Capital Senior Zero Notes, the "Capital Notes").  On
February 16, 1995, Holdings, of which Capital is a wholly owned subsidiary,
filed a voluntary Chapter 11 petition in the Bankruptcy Court.  Capital and
Holdings are currently operating as debtors-in-possession under the protection
of Chapter 11, each in bankruptcy proceedings separate from Grand Union, and are
each subject to the jurisdiction and supervision of the Bankruptcy Court.


                                      F - 5
<PAGE>

NOTE  1 - BANKRUPTCY FILING AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (CONTINUED)

PLAN OF REORGANIZATION -  The Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Second Amended
Chapter 11 Plan of The Grand Union Company, dated as of April 19, 1995, (as
confirmed, the "Plan"), on May 31, 1995 (the "Confirmation Date"), and the
Company emerged from Chapter 11 on June 15, 1995 (the "Effective Date").  Two
proceedings challenging the order confirming the Plan are pending.  The Company
does not believe that either proceeding will result in any modification or
revocation of the order.  On the Effective Date, Grand Union adopted a restated
certificate of incorporation (the "New Certificate"), the principal effects of
which are: (i) to authorize 30,000,000 shares of new common stock (the "New
Common Stock") (of which 10,000,000 shares were issued under the Plan) and
10,000,000 shares of preferred stock (none of which will be issued under the
Plan) and (ii) to prohibit the issuance of non-voting equity securities.  The
Plan provides for full payment of all allowed administrative expenses and all
allowed general unsecured and priority claims.  On the Effective Date,
obligations relating to the Company's existing bank credit agreement (the "Bank
Credit Agreement") were paid in full and the Company  entered into an Amended
and Restated Credit Agreement (the "New Bank Facility") with its bank lending
group which provides for a five-year revolving credit facility of $100,000,000
(the "New Revolving Credit Facility") and a seven-year term loan facility of
$104,144,371 (the "New Term Loan").  The New Bank Facility is secured by a lien
on substantially all of the assets of Grand Union and its subsidiaries.

  As of  the Effective Date, the Senior Notes were deemed cancelled and each
holder of Senior Notes became  entitled to receive its pro rata share of Grand
Union's new 12% Senior Notes due 2004 (the "New Senior Notes") having an
aggregate principal amount of $595,475,922 issued pursuant to the Plan.


  As of the Effective Date, the Subordinated Notes and the Old Common Stock
were deemed cancelled and each holder of Subordinated Notes became entitled to
receive its pro rata share of an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of Grand Union's
New Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan.

  The Plan also provided for the issuance of warrants to purchase an aggregate
of 900,000 shares of New Common Stock to holders of the Capital Notes pursuant
to the terms of a settlement reached among the Company, Capital, Holdings, the
Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of Capital and certain holders of the
Capital Notes.  In accordance with the terms of the settlement, on the Effective
Date, and solely for the purpose of effectuating the settlement, any claims
against the Company arising from the Capital Notes were discharged and (i) each
holder of Capital Senior Zero Notes became entitled to receive its pro rata
share of 240,000 Series 1 Warrants to purchase shares of New Common Stock at a
purchase price of $30 per share ("Series 1 Warrants") and of 480,000 Series 2
Warrants to purchase shares of New Common Stock at a purchase price of $42 per
share ("Series 2 Warrants") and (ii) each holder of Capital Subordinated Zero
Notes became entitled to receive its pro rata share of 60,000 Series 1 Warrants
and 120,000 Series 2 Warrants, provided that holders of $200,000 or more
principal amount of either the Capital Senior Zero Notes or Capital Subordinated
Zero Notes are required to execute a release of all claims relating to such
Capital Notes as a condition to receiving the distribution.

  The Plan made no provision for the holders of the 12% Junior Subordinated
Notes due 1999 (the "Holdings Junior Notes") or Redeemable Preferred Stock
issued by Holdings or the common shares or warrants to purchase common shares of
Holdings.

FRESH-START REPORTING

  As of the Effective Date, Grand Union will adopt Fresh-Start Reporting in
accordance with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of
Position 90-7, "Financial Reporting By Entities In Reorganization Under The
Bankruptcy Code" ("SOP 90-7").  Fresh-Start Reporting will result in material
changes to the Company's consolidated financial statements as of and subsequent
to the Effective Date.

  The reorganization value (the approximate fair value) of the Company as of
the Effective Date will be determined based on valuation techniques believed by
management and its financial advisors to be representative of the Company's
business and industry.  The excess of the fair value of Grand Union's
liabilities and stockholders' equity over the fair value of identifiable assets
will be recorded as an intangible asset and amortized over an appropriate
period.

  The following unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet has been prepared
under the assumption that Fresh- Start Reporting was effective as of April 1,
1995.  The amounts and estimates reflected in the pro forma balance sheet are
subject to change based on actual conditions and estimates on the Effective
Date.


                                      F - 6
<PAGE>

NOTE  1 - BANKRUPTCY FILING AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        April 1,
                                                          1995                                                      April 1,
                                                           As             Restructuring        Fresh-Start            1995
                                                        Reported           Adjustments         Adjustments          Pro Forma
                                                        --------          -------------        -----------          ---------
                                                                               (a)                 (b)
                                                                                   (in thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>                <C>                   <C>                <C>

ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and temporary cash investments                    $   89,423            ($52,100)           $      -          $   37,323
Receivables                                                18,592                   -                   -              18,592
Inventories                                               189,467                   -               7,457             196,924
Other current assets                                       16,787                   -                   -              16,787
                                                       ----------            --------            --------          ----------
Total current assets                                      314,269             (52,100)              7,457             269,626
Property                                                  426,962             (11,810)                  -             415,152
Goodwill                                                  545,451                   -            (545,451)                  -
Reorganization value in excess of amounts
   allocable to identifiable assets                             -                   -             508,853             508,853
Beneficial leases                                          27,218                   -                   -              27,218
Deferred financing fees                                    44,069               3,125             (44,069)              3,125
Other assets                                               36,787                   -             (19,045)             17,742
                                                       ----------            --------            --------          ----------
                                                       $1,394,756            ($60,785)           ($92,255)         $1,241,716
                                                       ----------            --------            --------          ----------
                                                       ----------            --------            --------          ----------
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
Current maturities of long-term debt                   $        -            $  1,010            $      -          $    1,010
Current portion of obligations under capital leases             -               6,895                   -               6,895
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                  174,126               5,887               2,158             182,171
                                                       ----------            --------            --------          ----------
Total current liabilities                                 174,126              13,792               2,158             190,076
Long-term debt                                                  -             675,450                   -             675,450
Obligations under capital leases                                -             108,216                   -             108,216
Other noncurrent liabilities                               53,072              39,925               4,977              97,974
Liabilities subject to compromise                       1,817,698          (1,817,698)                  -                   -
Redeemable stock subject to compromise                    174,199            (174,199)                  -                   -
Common stock                                                    1               9,999                   -              10,000
Capital in excess of par value                                  -             160,000                   -             160,000
Accumulated deficit                                      (824,340)            923,730             (99,390)                  -
                                                       ----------            --------            --------          ----------
                                                       $1,394,756            ($60,785)           ($92,255)         $1,241,716
                                                       ----------            --------            --------          ----------
                                                       ----------            --------            --------          ----------

<CAPTION>

                                                        April 1,
                                                          1995                                                      April 1,
                                                           As             Restructuring        Fresh-Start            1995
                                                        Reported           Adjustments         Adjustments          Pro Forma
                                                        --------          -------------        -----------          ---------
                                                                               (a)
<S>                                                    <C>                <C>                   <C>                <C>

LIABILITIES SUBJECT TO COMPROMISE
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities               $  150,649           ($150,649)           $      -          $        -
Long-term debt                                          1,466,357          (1,466,357)                  -                   -
Obligations under capital leases                          148,586            (148,586)                  -                   -
Other noncurrent liabilities                               52,106             (52,106)                  -                   -
                                                       ----------            --------            --------          ----------
Total liabilities subject to compromise                $1,817,698         ($1,817,698)           $      -          $        -
                                                       ----------            --------            --------          ----------
                                                       ----------            --------            --------          ----------

</TABLE>


                                      F - 7
<PAGE>

NOTE  1 - BANKRUPTCY FILING AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (CONTINUED)

(a)  Restructuring Adjustments, which reflect the settlement of liabilities
     subject to compromise, as a result of   consummation of the Plan:

     -    Establish revised obligations under the New Bank Facility and the New
          Senior Notes .

     -    Eliminate the Subordinated Notes, Capital Senior Zero Notes, Capital
          Subordinated Zero Notes, Holdings Junior Notes, Holdings Redeemable
          Common Stock, Holdings Redeemable Preferred Stock, Holdings Class A
          Common Stock, Holdings Class B Common Stock and Holdings Class A
          Treasury Stock.

     -    Reflect the elimination of rejected capitalized leases from the
          related asset and obligation.

     -    Record New  Common Stock (10,000,000 shares, par value $1.00 per
          share) and capital in excess of par value.


(b)  Fresh-Start Adjustments, which reflect the new basis of accounting by the
     Company:

     -    Eliminate existing goodwill and deferred financing fees.

     -    Adjust inventories, pension assets and liabilities and postretirement
          benefit obligations to fair values.

     -    Record the fair market value of interest rate protection agreements.

     -    Record reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to
          identifiable assets and liabilities.

NOTE 2 - BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION.

     The Company's financial statements as of and for the 52 weeks ended April
     1, 1995 have been presented in conformity with  SOP 90-7 (See Note 1) which
     requires a segregation of liabilities subject to compromise by the
     Bankruptcy Court as of the Filing Date and identification of all
     transactions and events that are directly associated with the
     reorganization of the Company.

     Prior year comparative balances have not been reclassified to conform with
     current year balances stated under SOP 90-7.  The most significant
     difference between the current year and prior year presentations is the
     reclassification of substantially all of the outstanding debt and other
     liabilities to "Liabilities Subject to Compromise."  See Note 3 for a
     detailed description of liabilities subject to compromise at April 1, 1995.

FISCAL YEAR.

     The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest the last day of
     March.  The years ended April 1, 1995 ("Fiscal 1995") and April 2, 1994
     ("Fiscal 1994") were comprised of 52 weeks and the year ended April 3, 1993
     ("Fiscal 1993") was comprised of 53 weeks.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION.

     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Grand Union
     and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned.  Additionally, the
     financial statements reflect the application of "push down" accounting
     whereby the assets, liabilities and equity of Grand Union have been
     adjusted to reflect the consolidated assets, liabilities and equity of
     Holdings.  Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.


                                      F - 8
<PAGE>

NOTE 2 - BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(CONTINUED)

TEMPORARY CASH INVESTMENTS.

     For purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows, temporary cash investments
     consist of short-term investments in highly liquid securities and cash
     equivalents, with initial maturities of three months or less.

INVENTORY VALUATION.

     Grocery and general merchandise inventories are valued at the lower of
     last-in, first-out ("LIFO") cost or market in order to more accurately
     match costs and related revenues.  At April 1, 1995 and April 2, 1994,
     approximately $158,755,000 and  $173,661,000, respectively, of grocery and
     general merchandise inventories were valued using the LIFO method.
     Replacement cost exceeded LIFO cost of these inventories by approximately
     $7,457,000,  $8,567,000 and $7,639,000 at April 1, 1995, April 2, 1994 and
     April 3, 1993, respectively.  During Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994, inventory
     levels were reduced resulting in a liquidation of LIFO inventories that had
     been carried at a value lower than current cost.  Net loss was decreased by
     approximately $1,628,000 and $1,160,000, respectively, as a result of these
     liquidations.  Perishable inventories are valued at the lower of average
     cost or market, which adequately provides for the matching of costs and
     related revenues due to the rapid turnover of such inventories.

PROPERTY.

     Buildings, fixtures and equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded
     at cost and include interest on the funds borrowed to finance construction.
     Depreciation and amortization of buildings, fixtures and equipment and
     leasehold improvements is computed using the straight line method over
     estimated useful lives ranging from three to forty years.  Properties held
     under capital leases are capitalized net of gains on sale leaseback
     transactions and are amortized using the straight line method over the life
     of each lease.

PRE-OPENING COSTS.

     Store pre-opening costs are charged to expense as incurred.

GOODWILL.

     Goodwill is amortized using the straight-line method over a 40 year life.
     Management periodically reassesses the appropriateness of both the carrying
     value and remaining life of goodwill.  Based upon its estimation of the
     enterprise value of Grand Union as of the Effective Date, management
     believes that the carrying value of goodwill continues to be appropriate.
     In accordance with Fresh-Start Reporting, the remaining value of goodwill
     will be written off as of the Effective Date.  At April 1, 1995 and
     April 2, 1994, accumulated amortization was $91,604,000 and $73,779,000,
     respectively.

BENEFICIAL LEASES.

     Amortization of beneficial leases is computed using the straight line
     method over the average lease life, which approximates ten years.  At April
     1, 1995 and April 2, 1994, accumulated amortization was $33,426,000 and
     $27,570,000, respectively.

DEFERRED FINANCING FEES.

     Financing fees are deferred and amortized over the expected life of the
     related loan.   At April 1, 1995 and April 2, 1994, accumulated
     amortization was $13,712,000 and $8,610,000, respectively.

INCOME TAXES.

     The Company provides for federal and state income taxes in accordance with
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income
     Taxes" ("FAS No. 109").  Deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the
     tax consequences on future years of temporary differences between the tax
     basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at
     each year end.


                                      F - 9
<PAGE>

NOTE 2 - BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(CONTINUED)

PENSION PLANS.

     The Company maintains a noncontributory, trusteed pension plan covering
     eligible employees and a supplemental nonqualified, nontrusteed plan for
     certain executives.  The Company's policy is to fund pension amounts which
     satisfy the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
     1974, as amended ("ERISA").

POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS.

     Effective April 4, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
     Accounting Standards No. 106 "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement
     Benefits Other Than Pensions" ("FAS No. 106"), which requires the Company
     to accrue the estimated cost of retiree benefit payments during the years
     each employee provides services.  The Company recognized the cumulative
     effect of this obligation, an increase in accrued postretirement benefit
     costs and in net loss of $30,308,000, at April 4, 1993.

SELF INSURANCE.

     The Company self insures workers' compensation, automobile liability,
     general liability and non-union employee medical costs up to varying
     deductible limits and carries third party insurance in excess of such
     limits. Reserves are provided for the estimated whole dollar settlement
     value up to the deductible limits of all claims incurred during each policy
     year.

STORE CLOSURE EXPENSE.

     Estimated whole dollar net costs of holding and disposing of closed stores
     are provided as of the date the store is closed.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS.

     The carrying amount of cash, temporary cash investments, receivables,
     accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximates fair value.
     Outstanding pre-petition accounts payable and accrued liabilities and long-
     term debt  and redeemable preferred stock are classified at April 1, 1995
     as Liabilities Subject to Compromise. The fair value of these liabilities
     is based on the provisions of the Plan, as discussed in Note 1.  The fair
     value of interest rate swap agreements is the amount at which such
     agreements could be settled, based on estimates from counterparties.

NET LOSS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK.

     Net loss per share of common stock is based upon the weighted average
     number of shares of common stock outstanding. Fully diluted net loss per
     share has not been presented since the amounts are antidilutive.


                                     F - 10
<PAGE>

NOTE 3 - LIABILITIES SUBJECT TO COMPROMISE

     Certain obligations of the Company which were in existence as of the Filing
Date were not paid while the Company continued business operations as a debtor-
in-possession.  The Company's estimate of these claims is reflected in the
accompanying balance sheet as "Liabilities Subject to Compromise" and includes
the following at April 1, 1995 (in thousands):

<TABLE>

<S>                                                              <C>

Debt (a)
 GRAND UNION
  Equipment Mortgage Notes                                       $    2,997
  Bank Credit Agreement (b)                                          93,144
  11.25% Senior Notes                                               350,000
  11.375% Senior Notes                                              175,000
  12.25% Senior Subordinated Notes                                  500,000
  12.25% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series A                         50,000
  13% Senior Subordinated Notes                                      16,150

 CAPITAL
  15% Senior Zero Coupon Notes                                      170,239
  16.5% Senior Subordinated Zero Coupon Notes                       100,965

 HOLDINGS
  12% Junior Subordinated Notes                                       7,862
                                                                 ----------
     Total debt                                                   1,466,357
Accounts payable (c)                                                 62,006
Accrued liabilities                                                  20,583
Interest payable                                                     68,060
Obligations under capital leases                                    148,586
Other noncurrent liabilities                                         52,106
                                                                 ----------
     Total Liabilities Subject to Compromise                     $1,817,698
                                                                 ----------
                                                                 ----------

<FN>
(a)  See Note 12 for additional information on debt securities.
(b)  Consists of outstanding borrowings of $54,000,000 on the revolving credit
     facility and $39,144,000 on the term loan.
(c)  Accounts payable are net of payments made on certain pre-petition
     liabilities in accordance with first-day orders obtained from the
     Bankruptcy Court.

</TABLE>

     These amounts represent management's best estimate of all known or
potential claims.  Such claims remain subject to future adjustments with respect
to disputed claims depending on negotiations and actions of the Bankruptcy Court
in the Chapter 11 case.  Consequently, the amount included in the Consolidated
Balance Sheet as "Liabilities Subject to Compromise" may be subject to further
adjustment.


                                     F - 11
<PAGE>

NOTE 4 - REORGANIZATION ITEMS

     Reorganization items, incurred during Fiscal 1995 in connection with the
reorganization and Chapter 11 filing of the Company, are summarized as follows
(in thousands):

<TABLE>

<S>                                                               <C>

Professional fees                                                 $   5,704
Debtor-in-Possession financing fees                                   3,740
Other reorganization costs and expenses                               1,499
Interest earned on accumulated cash resulting from
 Chapter 11 proceedings                                                (173)
                                                                   --------
                                                                   $ 10,770
                                                                   --------
                                                                   --------
</TABLE>

NOTE 5 - PROVISION FOR STORE CLOSINGS, NET

     During Fiscal 1995, the Company established a provision for store closings,
net of a non-recurring item, totaling $12,900,000. The provision includes a
charge of $16,900,000 relating to the closure of sixteen stores principally
consisting of the remaining  net book value of store fixed assets, store closing
costs, and estimated carrying costs through expected dates of disposition.
Additionally, the Company realized $4,000,000 of proceeds from the termination
of a warehouse sublease.


NOTE 6 - ACQUISITION OF LONG ISLAND STORES

  On October 18, 1993, the Company acquired five supermarket locations on Long
Island.  The cost  of the acquisition included cash consideration of
approximately $16,100,000 (of which approximately $6,000,000 was allocated to
property, equipment and leasehold improvements and approximately $10,100,000 was
allocated to goodwill) and approximately $2,200,000 for store inventory.  The
goodwill is being amortized over 40 years.  The acquisition was financed through
the application of a portion of the proceeds of the sale to institutional
investors of $50,000,000 principal amount of Series A 12.25% Subordinated Notes.
During Fiscal 1995, one of the stores was closed and the remaining amount of
goodwill allocable to the store was written off.

NOTE 7- LOSS ON DISPOSAL OF THE SOUTHERN REGION

  On March 29, 1993, the Company sold 48 of its 51 Southern Region stores to a
single buyer and closed and subleased the remaining three stores.  The
transaction yielded total gross proceeds of approximately $43,000,000, excluding
the assumption of capital leases of approximately $4,500,000, of which
$25,000,000 related to fixed assets and $17,500,000 related to inventory.

  The Company recognized a loss of $198,000,000 on the disposal of the Southern
Region.  The loss is  comprised of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>

<S>                                                               <C>

Write-off of goodwill and beneficial leases                        $106,389
Difference between proceeds received and the book
 value of tangible assets                                            37,244
Reserve for remaining Southern Region real estate                    26,948
Employee termination expenses                                         9,846
Operating loss of the Southern Region subsequent to
 the date the decision was made to sell the region                    6,971
Other                                                                10,602
                                                                   --------
                                                                   $198,000
                                                                   --------
                                                                   --------

</TABLE>


                                     F - 12
<PAGE>

NOTE 7 - LOSS ON DISPOSAL OF THE SOUTHERN REGION (CONTINUED)

     The following unaudited pro forma summary represents the consolidated
results of the operations of the Company during Fiscal 1993 as though the
disposal of the Southern Region had taken place as of the beginning of Fiscal
1993 (in thousands except per share amount):

<TABLE>

<S>                                                               <C>

Sales                                                            $2,562,796
Gross profit                                                        730,146
Loss before income taxes and extraordinary charges                  (60,205)
Net loss applicable to common stock                                (127,026)
Net loss per share applicable to common stock of Holdings         (1,688.08)

</TABLE>

NOTE 8 - 1992 RECAPITALIZATION AND EXTRAORDINARY CHARGES

     On July 22, 1992, Holdings, Capital and Grand Union completed a
recapitalization (the "1992 Recapitalization"). In connection with the 1992
Recapitalization, Holdings, through Capital and Grand Union, entered into the
Bank Credit Agreement providing for a $210,000,000 term loan facility (the
"Term Loan") and a $100,000,000 revolving credit facility (the "Revolving
Credit Facility"), issued $350,000,000 principal amount of Grand Union 11.25%
Senior Notes and $500,000,000 principal amount of Grand Union 12.25%
Subordinated Notes, and sold $343,000,000 principal amount of Capital Senior
Zero Notes and $745,000,000 principal amount of Capital Subordinated Zero Notes,
together with warrants to purchase at a nominal price approximately 19.9% of
the common stock of Holdings on a fully diluted basis, for aggregate gross
proceeds of approximately $200,000,000. The 1992 Recapitalization also included
the sale to institutional investors of approximately 28.4% of the common stock
of Holdings on a fully diluted basis for approximately $25,000,000. The proceeds
were used to retire substantially all of the debt of Holdings, GU Acquisition
Corporation ("GUAC"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings, and Grand Union as
well as to repurchase the shares and option to purchase shares owned by Salomon
Brothers Holding Company Inc, certain warrants held by the parties to the term
loan and revolving credit facility existing  prior to the 1992 Recapitalization
and approximately 3.4% of the common stock of Holdings held by Grand Union
management.

     At the time of the 1992 Recapitalization, GUAC and its wholly owned
subsidiary, Cavenham Holdings Inc., the former parent of Grand Union, were
merged into Grand Union and Grand Union became a wholly owned subsidiary of
Capital.

     On January 28, 1993, Grand Union sold $175,000,000 principal amount of
11.375% Senior Notes in a private placement.   Net proceeds of the sale of the
11.375% Senior Notes were used to repay $142,000,000 of indebtedness under the
Term Loan and the remainder was used to repay indebtedness under the Revolving
Credit Facility.  An additional $20,856,000 of the Term Loan was repaid from the
proceeds of the sale of the Southern Region on March 29, 1993.  All of such
repaid indebtedness under the Term Loan and under the Revolving Credit Facility
had been incurred in connection with the 1992 Recapitalization.


                                     F - 13
<PAGE>

NOTE 8 - 1992 RECAPITALIZATION AND EXTRAORDINARY CHARGES (CONTINUED)

     During Fiscal 1993, the Company recorded $3,516,000 relating to expenses
incurred in connection with the 1992 Recapitalization and extraordinary charges
of $47,663,000 relating to early retirement of debt. The Company had an
operating loss in Fiscal 1993 and was in a net operating loss carryforward
position; accordingly, no tax benefit was recorded in connection with the
extraordinary charges, which are comprised of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>

<S>                                                                 <C>

Premiums paid in connection with the 1992 Recapitalization          $24,086
Deferred financing fees written off in connection with
 the 1992 Recapitalization                                           16,407
Deferred financing fees written off in connection with the
 refinancing and prepayment of $142,000,000 of the Term Loan          6,252
Deferred financing fees written off in connection with the
 prepayment of $20,856,000 of the Term Loan resulting from
 the disposal of the Southern Region                                    918
                                                                    -------
                                                                    $47,663
                                                                    -------
                                                                    -------

</TABLE>




NOTE 9 - PROPERTY

     Property, at cost, consists of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     April 1,       April 2,
                                                       1995           1994
                                                     --------       --------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>

Property owned:
  Land                                              $ 18,815       $ 19,315
  Buildings                                           68,427         53,686
  Fixtures and equipment                             254,615        248,230
  Leasehold improvements                             147,050        133,777
                                                    --------       --------
                                                     488,907        455,008
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization      183,968        158,277
                                                    --------       --------
Property owned, net                                  304,939        296,731
                                                    --------       --------

Property held under capital leases:
  Land and buildings                                 123,030        103,228
  Equipment                                           22,911         16,905
                                                    --------       --------
                                                     145,941        120,133
Less: accumulated amortization                        23,918         16,310
                                                    --------       --------
Property held under capital leases, net              122,023        103,823
                                                    --------       --------
Property                                            $426,962       $400,554
                                                    --------       --------
                                                    --------       --------

</TABLE>

     Depreciation and amortization of owned and leased property for Fiscal 1995,
Fiscal 1994 and Fiscal 1993 was $57,089,000, $52,760,000 and $53,335,000
respectively.


                                     F - 14
<PAGE>

NOTE 10 - RECEIVABLES AND ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

     Receivables at April 1, 1995 and April 2, 1994 are net of allowance for
doubtful accounts of $998,000 and $809,000, respectively.

     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     April 1,       April 2,
                                                       1995           1994
                                                     --------       --------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>

Accounts and drafts payable                         $112,647       $136,707
Accrued liabilities:
  Payroll                                             19,741         25,073
  Interest                                            12,977         27,258
  Self insurance                                       6,207         15,480
  Taxes other than income taxes                        8,696          9,036
  Store closure reserves                               3,200          4,003
  Other                                               10,658         20,668
                                                    --------       --------
                                                    $174,126       $238,225
                                                    --------       --------
                                                    --------       --------

</TABLE>

NOTE 11 - INCOME TAXES

     The components of the income tax provision are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Fiscal              Fiscal              Fiscal
                                                                     1995                1994                1993
                                                                   --------            --------            --------
<S>                                                                <C>                 <C>                <C>

Currently payable
  State                                                            $      -            $      -            $  4,535
  Federal                                                                 -                   -                   -
                                                                   --------            --------            --------
                                                                          -                   -               4,535
                                                                   --------            --------            --------
Deferred, resulting from:
  Store closure provision                                              (486)              5,816              (9,243)
  Accrued insurance                                                     344               2,267                (717)
  Deferred financing                                                    527                 554                (320)
  Deferred compensation                                                   2                (114)              1,258
  Beneficial lease amortization                                      (2,050)             (2,054)             (2,488)
  Effect of change in rate on temporary differences                       -              (3,099)                  -
  Excess of book over tax depreciation                               (5,269)             (4,171)            (14,240)
  Postretirement benefits other than pension                           (463)            (11,407)                  -
  Interest expense                                                  (11,661)            (12,132)             (7,341)
  Net operating loss                                                (30,659)            (13,121)            (27,884)
  Other                                                              (1,299)               (451)             (2,908)
  Deferred tax asset valuation allowance                             51,014              37,912              63,883
                                                                   --------            --------            --------
                                                                          -                   -                   -
                                                                   --------            --------            --------
Total income tax provision                                         $      -            $      -            $  4,535
                                                                   --------            --------            --------
                                                                   --------            --------            --------

</TABLE>


                                     F - 15
<PAGE>

NOTE 11 - INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

     The reconciliation of the income tax provision computed at the federal
statutory rate to the reported income tax  provision is as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Fiscal              Fiscal              Fiscal
                                                                     1995                1994                1993
                                                                   --------            --------            --------
<S>                                                                <C>                 <C>                <C>

Benefit computed at federal statutory tax rate                     $(55,941)           $(41,284)          $(105,021)
(Increase) decrease in the benefit resulting from:
  Write-off of goodwill and beneficial leases from the
    disposal of the Southern Region                                       -                   -              36,172
  Effect of change in rate on temporary differences                       -              (3,099)                  -
  Amortization of goodwill                                            5,379               5,486               6,011
  State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefit                       -                   -               2,738
  Other                                                                (452)                985                 752
                                                                   --------            --------            --------
                                                                    (51,014)            (37,912)            (59,348)
  Deferred tax asset valuation allowance                             51,014              37,912              63,883
                                                                   --------            --------            --------
Total income tax provision                                         $      -            $      -            $  4,535
                                                                   --------            --------            --------
                                                                   --------            --------            --------

</TABLE>

     The components of the net deferred tax asset are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     April 1,       April 2,
                                                       1995           1994
                                                     --------       --------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>

Deferred tax assets
  Non-cash interest                                $  31,354      $  19,693
  Insurance reserve                                   15,470         15,814
  Pension asset, net                                   7,273          5,780
  Post retirement benefit liability                   11,870         11,407
  Other miscellaneous reserves                        26,213         26,462
  Net operating loss carryforward                    132,253        101,594
                                                   ---------      ---------
Total deferred tax assets                            224,433        180,750
                                                   ---------      ---------

Deferred tax liabilities
  Depreciable assets                                  18,227         25,558
                                                   ---------      ---------
Total deferred tax liabilities                        18,227         25,558
                                                   ---------      ---------
Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance    206,206        155,192
Valuation allowance                                 (206,206)      (155,192)
                                                   ---------      ---------
Deferred tax asset                                 $       -      $       -
                                                   ---------      ---------
                                                   ---------      ---------

</TABLE>

     As of April 1, 1995, the Company had a net operating loss carryforward of
approximately $377,866,000 for tax purposes, expiring in the years 2002 through
2010.  Consummation of the Company's Plan has resulted in cancellation of
indebtedness income to the extent creditors have received consideration worth
less than their claims against the Company.  The cancellation of indebtedness
income will be offset by existing net operating loss and credit carryforwards.
The Company believes that as of the Effective Date there will be no adjustment
to the tax basis of its assets and there will be no remaining net operating loss
or credit carryforward amounts.


                                     F - 16
<PAGE>

NOTE 12  - DEBT

     As previously discussed, all long-term debt as of April 1, 1995 has been
classified as Liabilities Subject to Compromise, whereas long-term debt as of
April 2, 1994 has not been reclassified.  Comparative amounts, had the April 1,
1995 amounts not been reclassified, are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                              April 1, 1995       April 2, 1994
                                                                                              -------------       -------------
<S>                                                                                           <C>                 <C>

GRAND UNION:
  Equipment mortgage notes                                                                     $    2,997          $    3,960
  Bank Credit Agreement
    Term Loan                                                                                      39,144              39,144
    Revolving Credit Facility                                                                      54,000              25,000
  11.25% Senior Notes due July 15, 2000                                                           350,000             350,000
  11.375% Senior Notes due February 15, 1999                                                      175,000             175,000
  12.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due July 15, 2002                                              500,000             500,000
  12.25% Senior Subordinated Notes, Series A due July 15, 2002                                     50,000              50,000
  13% Senior Subordinated Notes due March 1998                                                     16,150              16,150
CAPITAL:
  15% Senior Zero Coupon Notes due July 15, 2004                                                  170,239             150,482
  16.50% Senior Subordinated Zero Coupon Notes due January 15, 2007                               100,965              88,116
HOLDINGS:
  12% Junior Subordinated Notes due March 1999                                                      7,862               7,151
                                                                                               ----------          ----------
                                                                                                1,466,357           1,405,003
Less: current maturities of long-term debt                                                          1,010                 914
                                                                                               ----------          ----------
Long-term debt                                                                                 $1,465,347          $1,404,089
                                                                                               ----------          ----------
                                                                                               ----------          ----------

</TABLE>

     The Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility prior to its amendment and
restatement on June 15, 1995 provided for interest at either a floating rate of
2% and 1.5%, respectively, per annum above the prime rate, as defined, or 3.5%
and 3%, respectively, per annum above the LIBOR rate, as defined, at the option
of Grand Union.  As of April 1, 1995, borrowings under the Term Loan and
Revolving Credit Facility were at weighted interest rates of 13.0% and 12.5%
(each including a 2% penalty),  respectively.  The Term Loan required quarterly
payments of approximately $9,786,000 from September 30, 1997 through June 30,
1998.  In addition, the Bank Credit Agreement provided for mandatory prepayments
of the Term Loan Facility or commitment reductions under the Revolving Credit
Facility based on certain asset sales outside the ordinary course of business of
Grand Union and its subsidiaries, the proceeds of certain debt and equity
issuances and a percentage of excess cash flow, as defined.

     The Revolving Credit Facility provided for borrowings or issued letters of
credit aggregating $100,000,000 through February 28, 1998.  Grand Union was
charged commitment fees of 1/2 of 1% per annum on the average unused portion of
the Revolving Credit Facility.

     On the Effective Date, obligations relating to the Bank Credit Agreement
were paid in full and the Company entered into the New Bank Facility with a
group of lenders.  The New Bank Facility consists of the New Revolving Credit
Facility totaling $100,000,000 and the New Term Loan totaling $104,144,371.  The
New Bank Facility is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company
and its subsidiaries, whether in existence at the Effective Date or acquired
thereafter.  The outstanding borrowings will bear interest at a rate equal to
the applicable margin (1.5% and 2% for the New Revolving Credit Facility and New
Term Loan, respectively) plus the higher of (a) the prime rate, as defined,  (b)
the adjusted certificate of deposit rate, as defined, plus 1/2 of 1% or (c) the
federal funds rate, as defined, plus 1/4 of 1%.  The New Bank Facility provides
for mandatory prepayments based on the occurrence of certain specified
transactions.

     The New Bank Facility contains certain restrictions and financial covenants
relating to, among other things, minimum financial performance and limitations
on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, asset sales, dividends, capital
expenditures, prepayment of other indebtedness and restrictions on issuance of
subsidiary stock.



                                     F - 17
<PAGE>

NOTE 12 - DEBT (CONTINUED)

     The Company entered into a debtor-in-possession revolving credit agreement
on January 30, 1995 (the "DIP Facility") with the banks party thereto.  This
agreement amended the bank credit agreement in effect prior to execution of the
New Bank Facility.  Under the DIP Facility, the Company was allowed to borrow up
to $150,000,000 in the form of a revolving credit facility for its working
capital and general corporate requirements during the bankruptcy proceedings.
The DIP Facility provided for a commitment fee equal to 0.5% of the average
unused portion and was secured by first priority liens on all the assets and
capital stock of the Company which secured the Bank Credit Agreement.  The
Company had no borrowings under the DIP Facility during the Chapter 11
proceedings and the DIP Facility terminated on the Effective Date.

     The 11.25% Senior Notes and the 12.25% Subordinated Notes and Series A
12.25% Subordinated Notes  required semi-annual interest payments each January
15 and July 15.

     The 11.375% Senior Notes required semi-annual interest payments each
February 15 and August 15.

     The 13% Subordinated Notes required semi-annual interest payments each
March 31 and September 30.

     Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes was
guaranteed by Capital and by Holdings on a pari passu basis and was secured by a
pledge of substantially all of the assets of Grand Union.  Capital's guarantee
of the Bank Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes was secured by a pledge of the
Old Common Stock of Grand Union and Holdings' guarantee of the Bank Credit
Agreement and the Senior Notes was secured by a pledge of the common stock of
Capital.  Indebtedness under the Series A 12.25% Subordinated Notes was
guaranteed by Capital on a pari passu basis with Capital's guarantee of the
12.25% Subordinated Notes.  Capital's guarantee of the Series A 12.25%
Subordinated Notes was not secured.

     As discussed in Note 1, the Company filed a petition under Chapter 11 of
the Code on January 25, 1995.  Pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date, the
Senior Notes were deemed cancelled and each holder of Senior Notes became
entitled to receive its pro rata share of Grand Union's New Senior Notes having
an aggregate principal amount of  $595,475,922.  Interest on the New Senior
Notes will be payable semi-annually each March 1 and September 1, commencing
March 1, 1996.

     As discussed in Note 1, on the Effective Date, the Subordinated Notes were
deemed cancelled and each holder of Subordinated Notes became entitled to
receive its pro rata share of 10,000,000 shares of Grand Union's New Common
Stock.

     Capital had outstanding $343,000,000 principal amount at maturity of Senior
Zero Notes.  The original issue discount of $226,855,000 was being amortized
recognizing a yield to maturity of 15.71% per annum.  The carrying value
represented the principal at maturity less the unamortized discount.  On July
15, 1999, cash interest was to begin accruing and would have been payable semi-
annually on January 15 and July 15 at a rate of 15.00% on the unpaid principal
amount.  The Senior Zero Notes were issued with detachable warrants to purchase
common stock of Holdings.  Capital also had outstanding $745,000,000 principal
amount at maturity of Subordinated Zero Notes.  The original issue discount of
$678,802,000 was being amortized recognizing a yield to maturity of 17.41% per
annum.  The carrying value represented the principal at maturity less the
unamortized discount.  The Subordinated Zero Notes were issued with detachable
warrants to purchase common stock of Holdings.

     As discussed in Note 1, on the Effective Date, Capital's equity interest in
Grand Union was cancelled without receipt by Capital of any consideration for
such equity and, under certain conditions, holders of the Capital Notes became
entitled to receive their pro rata share of Series 1 Warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 300,000 shares of New Common Stock and Series 2 Warrants to
purchase an aggregate of 600,000 shares of New Common Stock.

     The Plan made no provisions for the Holdings Junior Notes.


                                     F - 18
<PAGE>


NOTE 12 - DEBT (CONTINUED)

     Effective January 25, 1995, as a result of the Chapter 11 filing, the
Company discontinued accruing interest on the Subordinated Notes, the Capital
Senior Zero Notes and the Capital Subordinated Zero Notes.  Accordingly,
interest expense on the debt from January 25, 1995 to April 1, 1995 of
$21,269,000 has not been reflected in the Company's operating results for Fiscal
1995.

     The fair value of all debt instruments as of April 1, 1995 is based on the
provisions of the Plan, as discussed in Note 1.

     In connection with the Bank Credit Agreement, Grand Union entered into an
interest rate swap agreement, expiring February 9, 1996, which converts
$150,000,000 of fixed rate debt into variable rate debt.  Under the terms of
this agreement, which continues under the New Bank Facility, Grand Union
receives a fixed rate of 4.53% on $150,000,000 and pays a floating rate based on
three month LIBOR, as determined in three month intervals.  The floating rate at
April 1, 1995 was 6.25%.  The net amount received or paid is included in
interest expense.  Grand Union is exposed to credit loss in the event of
nonperformance by the other party to the swap agreement.  Grand Union does not
anticipate nonperformance by the counterparty.  At April 1, 1995, the estimated
fair value of the interest rate swap agreement was a liability of approximately
$2,158,000; this liability has not been recorded on the books of the Company.
The effect of the swap was not material to interest expense in any year
presented.

     After giving effect to the debt issued in connection with the Plan,
scheduled maturities in each of the next five years are not material.

NOTE 13  - PROPERTY LEASES

     The Company operates principally in leased stores, distribution facilities
and offices, and in most cases holds renewal options with varying terms.  Many
of the leases contain clauses which provide for increased rentals based upon
increases in real estate taxes and lessors' operating expenses.

     As previously discussed, the present value of net minimum lease payments
for capital lease obligations as of April 1, 1995 has been reclassified to
Liabilities Subject to Compromise.  In accordance with the Plan, certain leases
were rejected by the Company which the Company estimates will result in a
payment of damages to the respective landlords relating to both capitalized and
operating lease obligations of approximately $17,000,000.

     The following is a schedule by year of future minimum payments under
capital leases together with the present value of net minimum lease payments, as
well as on a pro forma basis (unaudited), excluding the effects of the rejected
leases, as of April 1, 1995 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                   As of             Pro forma
                                                                                                 April 1,           After Lease
                                                                                                   1995             Rejections
                                                                                                 --------           -----------
<S>                                                                                              <C>                <C>

Years ended March:
1996                                                                                             $ 26,696            $ 21,465
1997                                                                                               24,790              19,559
1998                                                                                               23,530              18,298
1999                                                                                               21,984              16,752
2000                                                                                               21,024              15,725
Later years                                                                                       236,046             199,904
                                                                                                 --------            --------
Total minimum lease payments                                                                      354,070             291,703
Less: estimated executory costs included in total minimum lease payments                              632                 563
                                                                                                 --------            --------
Net minimum lease payments                                                                        353,438             291,140
Less: portion representing interest                                                               204,852             175,981
                                                                                                 --------            --------
Present value of net minimum lease payments                                                       148,586             115,159
Less: current portion of capital lease obligations                                                  8,331               6,943
                                                                                                 --------            --------
Capital lease obligations                                                                        $140,255            $108,216
                                                                                                 --------            --------
                                                                                                 --------            --------

</TABLE>


                                     F - 19
<PAGE>

NOTE 13  - PROPERTY LEASES (CONTINUED)

     The minimum lease payments shown above do not include future minimum
sublease rental income of $2,179,000 under non-cancelable subleases or payments
for contingent rentals under certain store leases on the basis of sales in
excess of stipulated amounts.

     Contingent rentals incurred on capital leases for Fiscal 1995, Fiscal 1994
and Fiscal 1993 were $253,000, $313,000 and $358,000, respectively.

     The following is a schedule by year of future minimum rental payments, less
minimum sublease rental income, under operating leases that have initial lease
terms in excess of one year as of April 1, 1995, adjusted for the effects of
rejected leases (in thousands):

<TABLE>

<S>                                                                <C>

Years ended March:
1996                                                               $ 29,756
1997                                                                 29,284
1998                                                                 28,029
1999                                                                 26,101
2000                                                                 24,195
Later years                                                         157,629
                                                                   --------
Total minimum payments                                              294,994
Less: sublease rental income                                          6,176
                                                                   --------
Net minimum rentals                                                $288,818
                                                                   --------
                                                                   --------

</TABLE>

     Total rental expense for all operating leases is as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       Fiscal         Fiscal         Fiscal
                                        1995           1994           1993
                                      -------        -------        -------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>            <C>

Minimum rentals                       $28,786        $26,512        $34,764
Contingent rentals                      3,114          3,658          3,963
                                      -------        -------        -------
                                      $31,900        $30,170        $38,727
                                      -------        -------        -------
                                      -------        -------        -------

</TABLE>


                                     F - 20
<PAGE>

NOTE 14 - STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT AND REDEEMABLE AND NONREDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK OF
HOLDINGS

     Changes in Redeemable Common Stock and Nonredeemable Common Stock and
Stockholders' Deficit were as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Redeemable                    Additional
                                                                          Common           Common      Paid-in-
                                                                           Stock            Stock       Capital      (Deficit)
                                                                        ----------         ------     -----------   ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>                <C>        <C>           <C>

Balance at March 28, 1992                                                $12,358             $1        $     -      $(190,812)
Net loss                                                                       -              -              -       (313,421)
Capital contribution                                                           -              -          5,004              -
Proceeds from sale of warrants                                                 -              -          1,187              -
Reclassification of redeemable common stock of Holdings
  sold by management to third parties                                     (3,180)             -          3,180              -
Accrued preferred stock dividends of Holdings                                  -              -         (9,371)        (5,252)
Notes receivable from management investors of Holdings                         -              -              -           (501)
Pension adjustment                                                             -              -              -           (358)
Proceeds from sale of common stock to management
  investors of Holdings                                                      369              -              -              -
                                                                         -------             --        -------      ---------
Balance at April 3, 1993                                                   9,547              1              -       (510,344)
Net loss                                                                       -              -              -       (117,953)
Accrued preferred stock dividends of Holdings                                  -              -              -        (16,011)
Pension adjustment                                                             -              -              -           (456)
Reclassification of redeemable stock of Holdings                            (140)             -              -            140
Payments of notes receivable from former management
  investors of Holdings                                                        -              -              -              7
                                                                         -------             --        -------      ---------
Balance at April 2, 1994                                                   9,407              1              -       (644,617)
Net loss                                                                       -              -              -       (159,830)
Accrued preferred stock dividends of Holdings                                  -              -              -        (19,480)
Pension adjustment                                                             -              -              -           (257)
                                                                         -------             --        -------      ---------
Balance at April 1, 1995                                                 $ 9,407             $1        $     -      ($824,184)
                                                                         -------             --        -------      ---------
                                                                         -------             --        -------      ---------

</TABLE>

     The Redeemable Common Stock represents shares of Holdings held by
management investors, which were redeemable under certain limited circumstances
at the option of the holder.

     Prior to the 1992 Recapitalization, 75,000 shares of common stock of
Holdings were issued and outstanding and 17,500 shares of common stock of
Holdings were reserved for issuance pursuant to exercise of outstanding options
and warrants.

     The 1992 Recapitalization included the sale of shares of common stock and
of options and warrants to purchase common stock held by Salomon Brothers
Holding Company Inc, by the banks party to Grand Union's bank credit agreements
which were terminated in connection with the 1992 Recapitalization and by
certain members of management, as well as the purchase of shares of common stock
and of warrants to purchase shares of common stock by various investment funds
and institutional investors.  Purchases and sales of Holdings common stock
interests, including options and warrants, in connection with the 1992
Recapitalization (the "Stock Transactions") were made through a disbursement
escrow account established for the purpose of effecting various transfers of
interests in Holdings common stock (the "Equity Escrow").  Holdings issued 1,250
new warrants for proceeds of approximately $1,187,000 in connection with the
1992 Recapitalization.  The Stock Transactions did not involve any payments by
Grand Union or Holdings.  Holdings received a capital contribution from the
Equity Escrow of approximately $5,004,000 as a result of the net transfer of
interests.  As part of the Stock Transactions, the Company's Chairman
transferred to the Equity Escrow an option, granted in connection with the
acquisition of Grand Union by Holdings in July 1989, and a note payable to
Holdings in the amount of approximately $3,563,000 in exchange for 8,229 shares
of Holdings common stock. The note payable to Holdings has a maturity of 10
years, provides for interest equal to any


                                     F - 21
<PAGE>

NOTE 14  - STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT AND REDEEMABLE AND NONREDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK
OF HOLDINGS (CONTINUED)

cash dividends paid on the 8,229 shares of Holdings common stock and is secured
by, and with recourse limited to, the 8,229 shares of Holdings common stock and
any property (other than cash) distributed on or with respect to such shares.
The note has been recorded as an offset to the attributed value of the common
shares issued by Holdings.

     During Fiscal 1994, Grand Union purchased 164 shares of common stock of
Holdings from former management investors for $156,000 (of which $140,000 was
carried as Redeemable Common Stock of Holdings) and in related transactions was
repaid $7,000 to fully satisfy notes receivable from these management investors.

     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws were restated as of
the Effective Date. The New Certificate authorizes 40,000,000 shares of stock,
of which 30,000,000 shares will be reserved for issuance as New Common Stock and
10,000,000 shares will be reserved for issuance as new preferred stock. Under
the Plan, on the Effective Date, the Old Common Stock was cancelled and, as
described in Note 1, holders of the Subordinated Notes became entitled to
receive an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of New Common Stock.  In addition, on
the Effective Date, holders of Capital Senior Zero Notes and Capital
Subordinated Zero Notes who executed releases became entitled to receive an
aggregate of Series 1 Warrants to purchase 300,000 shares of New Common Stock at
an exercise price of $30 per share and Series 2 Warrants to purchase 600,000
shares of New Common Stock at an exercise price of $42 per share.  Both the
Series 1 Warrants and the Series 2 Warrants are subject to antidilution and both
will expire five years after the Effective Date. The New Common Stock and all
other equity securities issued under the New Certificate will be voting
securities (although the voting rights of any new preferred stock issued will
differ from those of New Common Stock) and will not have any preemptive rights
to subscribe for additional shares. The New Common Stock is not subject to
conversion or redemption and when issued will be fully paid and non-assessable.
In accordance with the Plan, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to
cause the New Common Stock to be listed on one or more stock exchanges or quoted
on the National Market System within 120 days after the Effective Date.

     Changes in Redeemable Stock of Holdings were as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              Series A      Series B       Series C
                                                                Common       Preferred     Preferred      Preferred
                                                                 Stock         Stock         Stock          Stock            Total
                                                               -------       ---------     ---------      ---------       ---------
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>              <C>

Balance at March 28, 1992                                      $12,358        $48,262         $7,898        $60,396        $128,914
Reclassification of redeemable stock of Holdings                (3,180)             -              -              -          (3,180)
Proceeds from the sale of Holdings common
  stock to management investors                                    369              -              -              -             369
Accrued preferred stock dividends                                    -          6,071            955          7,597          14,623
Preferred stock dividends                                            -              -           (939)             -            (939)
                                                               -------        -------         ------        -------        --------
Balance at April 3, 1993                                         9,547         54,333          7,914         67,993         139,787
Reclassification of redeemable stock of Holdings
  purchased from management investors                             (140)             -              -              -            (140)
Accrued preferred stock dividends                                    -          6,697            936          8,378          16,011
Preferred stock dividends                                            -              -           (939)             -            (939)
                                                               -------        -------         ------        -------        --------
Balance at April 2, 1994                                         9,407         61,030          7,911         76,371         154,719
Accrued preferred stock dividends                                    -          8,152          1,099         10,229          19,480
                                                               -------        -------         ------        -------        --------
Balance at April 1, 1995                                       $ 9,407        $69,182         $9,010        $86,600        $174,199
                                                               -------        -------         ------        -------        --------
                                                               -------        -------         ------        -------        --------

</TABLE>

     Holdings had outstanding at April 1, 1995 three classes of preferred stock.
The Series A cumulative exchangeable redeemable preferred stock ("Series A
preferred stock") had a $.01 par value; 500,000 shares authorized; and 351,745
shares issued and outstanding.  The Series B cumulative redeemable convertible
preferred stock ("Series B preferred stock") had a $.01 par value; 500,000
shares authorized; and 78,256 shares issued and outstanding.  The Series C
cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock ("Series C preferred stock")
had a $.01 par value; 500,000 shares authorized; and 440,771 shares issued and
outstanding.


                                     F - 22
<PAGE>

NOTE 14  - STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT AND REDEEMABLE AND NONREDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK
OF HOLDINGS (CONTINUED)

     The Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock each carried dividend
rates of 12% per annum which would have increased from 12% to 20% as of July 14,
1996.  At the discretion of Holdings, cash dividends were payable on the Series
A, Series B and Series C preferred stock semi-annually each March 1 and
September 1; however, no cash dividends could be declared or paid on the Series
A, Series B or Series C preferred stock while the Bank Credit Agreement was
outstanding or if such declaration or payment would have violated the terms of
indebtedness incurred to refinance the 13% Subordinated Notes or the Bank Credit
Agreement.  If cash dividends were prohibited, dividends on the Series B
preferred stock were payable in Holdings Junior Notes annually each March 1.
Series B preferred stock, and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, could have
been converted at any time, at the holder's option, into shares of Series C
preferred stock.  Series C preferred stock, and accrued and unpaid dividends
thereon, could have been converted at any time, at the holder's option, into
shares of Series B preferred stock; or the Series C preferred shares could have
been converted at any time, at the holder's option, into the same number of
shares of Series B preferred stock and the accrued and unpaid dividends on such
stock into a principal amount of Holdings Junior Notes.  Holdings preferred
stock had no voting rights except as required by law and except that holders
of each series had a class vote as to any matter which would change the
preferences, rights or powers of such series and the vote of all series of
preferred stock, voting together, was required to issue any prior ranking
preferred stock.

     Through July 23, 1994, dividends accrued on the preferred stock at a rate
of 12% per annum, reflecting management's estimate that the preferred stock
would be redeemed prior to the July 14, 1996 dividend step-up date. As of July
24, 1994, the Company changed its estimate of the date on which the preferred
stock was expected to be redeemed from on or before the date of the dividend
step-up to an indeterminate date. Accordingly, from July 24, 1994 through the
Filing Date, the Company accrued dividends recognizing a yield to redemption
rate of 18.2% per annum for the Series A preferred stock, 19.3% for the Series B
preferred stock and 18.3% for the Series C preferred stock. Accrued undeclared
dividends were recorded as an increase of stockholders' deficit and as an
increase in the respective preferred stock carrying value.

     Series A preferred stock could have been exchanged into Holdings Junior
Notes at the sole option of Holdings, in whole, or in part.  Series A, Series B
and Series C preferred stock could have been redeemed at any time at the option
of Holdings, in whole, or in part.  The redemption of Series A, Series B and
Series C preferred stock must be in pro rata amounts.  Series A, Series B and
Series C preferred stock was redeemable at the holders' option under certain
limited circumstances relating to change of control and, accordingly,
outstanding amounts of these classes of preferred stock are shown as Redeemable
stock of Holdings in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet as of April 2,
1994. The redemption price of Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock
was one hundred dollars per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends as of the
date of redemption.  The liquidation preference of Series A, Series B and Series
C preferred stock was one hundred dollars per share plus accrued and unpaid
dividends.

     Upon the liquidation or dissolution of Holdings, the priority of amounts
payable to holders of preferred stock is as follows:  (i) the amount of accrued
and unpaid dividends on the Series B preferred stock, and any outstanding
principal and accrued interest on Holdings Junior Notes; (ii) the amount of
accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series A and Series C preferred stock; (iii)
one hundred dollars per share for outstanding Series A and Series C preferred
stock; and (iv) one hundred dollars per share for outstanding Series B preferred
stock.

     As discussed in Note 1, Holdings filed a voluntary Chapter 11 petition in
the Bankruptcy Court on February 16, 1995.  The principal asset of Holdings,
indirectly, was, until the Effective Date the Old Common Stock of Grand Union.
As described in Note 1, the Old Common Stock of Grand Union was cancelled on the
Effective Date.  The Redeemable Stock of Holdings has been classified as
Redeemable Stock Subject to Compromise in the accompanying Balance Sheet.  The
Plan made no provision for the holders of the Redeemable Preferred Stock or the
common shares or warrants to purchase common shares of Holdings.  Accordingly,
as of the Filing Date, dividends were no longer accrued on the preferred stock.

     The fair value of Holdings' Redeemable Stock as of April 1, 1995 is based
on the provisions of the Plan as discussed in Note 1.


                                     F - 23
<PAGE>

NOTE 15  - PENSION PLANS

     The Company's net periodic pension expense for Fiscal 1995, Fiscal 1994 and
Fiscal 1993 was $5,947,000, $6,744,000 and $3,867,000, respectively, and
included the following components (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Fiscal              Fiscal              Fiscal
                                                                     1995                1994                1993
                                                                   --------            --------            --------
<S>                                                                <C>                 <C>                <C>


Service cost - benefits earned during the period                   $  4,715             $ 5,212            $  5,629
Interest costs on projected benefit obligations                      13,706              13,742              13,726
Return on plan assets                                               (12,179)             (9,068)            (21,504)
Net amortization and deferral                                        (4,042)             (7,610)              4,337
Charges relating to pension settlement and early
  retirement programs                                                 3,747               4,468                   -
Curtailment loss                                                          -                   -               1,679
                                                                   --------             -------            --------
Net periodic pension expense                                       $  5,947             $ 6,744            $  3,867
                                                                   --------             -------            --------
                                                                   --------             -------            --------

</TABLE>

     During Fiscal 1995, the Company incurred charges totaling $3,747,000
relating to pension settlements, under both its qualified and nonqualified
pension plans, principally as a result of an early retirement program offered to
certain employees.  During Fiscal 1994, the Company incurred a charge of
$4,468,000 relating to an early retirement program offered to certain employees.
As a result of the disposal of the Southern Region and an early retirement
program offered to certain employees, a net curtailment loss of approximately
$1,679,000 was incurred during Fiscal 1993.

     The actuarial present value of benefit obligations and the funded status of
the Company's qualified pension plan as of April 1, 1995 and April 2, 1994 are
as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    April 1,       April 2,
                                                                      1995           1994
                                                                    --------       --------
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>

Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
  Vested benefits                                                 $ 142,272      $ 160,910
  Nonvested benefits                                                  4,383          4,503
                                                                  ---------      ---------
    Total benefits                                                $ 146,655      $ 165,413
                                                                  ---------      ---------
                                                                  ---------      ---------
Projected benefit obligations                                     ($164,037)     ($177,518)
Plan assets, primarily stocks and bonds, at fair value              161,201        181,337
                                                                  ---------      ---------
Funded status                                                        (2,836)         3,819
Unrecognized net loss                                                20,401         18,299
Unrecognized prior service cost                                       1,480          1,736
                                                                  ---------      ---------
Pension asset                                                     $  19,045      $  23,854
                                                                  ---------      ---------
                                                                  ---------      ---------
</TABLE>


                                     F - 24
<PAGE>

NOTE 15 - PENSION PLANS (CONTINUED)

     The actuarial present value of benefit obligations of the Company's
unqualified pension plan as of April 1, 1995 and April 2, 1994 is as follows (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    April 1,       April 2,
                                                                      1995           1994
                                                                    --------       --------
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>

Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
  Vested benefits                                                   $ 4,161        $ 5,739
  Nonvested benefits                                                      -            624
                                                                    -------        -------
   Total benefits                                                   $ 4,161        $ 6,363
                                                                    -------        -------
                                                                    -------        -------
Projected benefit obligations                                       ($5,076)       ($7,110)
Unrecognized net loss                                                 1,545          2,033
Unrecognized prior service cost                                         (28)           (32)
Adjustment required to recognize minimum liability                     (602)        (1,254)
                                                                    -------        -------
Pension obligation                                                  ($4,161)       ($6,363)
                                                                    -------        -------
                                                                    -------        -------
</TABLE>

     The pension asset and pension obligation are included in Other assets and
Liabilities subject to compromise, respectively, in the accompanying
Consolidated Balance Sheet.

     Significant actuarial assumptions used in all Company sponsored plans were
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Fiscal              Fiscal              Fiscal
                                                                     1995                1994                1993
                                                                   --------            --------            --------
<S>                                                               <C>                 <C>                <C>

Discount rates                                                       7.5%             7.0% - 8.0%         8.0% - 8.8%
Rates of increase in future compensation                          3.5% - 3.9%         3.9% - 4.3%         4.9% - 5.3%
Long-term rate of return on plan assets                              9.5%                9.5%                9.5%

</TABLE>


NOTE 16 - POSTRETIREMENT HEALTH CARE AND LIFE INSURANCE BENEFITS

     The Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits for
substantially all of its full-time non-union employees and union employee
groups. The Company's postretirement plans currently are not funded.  The
Company's union employee groups are participants in multi-employer plans which
require monthly contributions and which are not subject to the provisions of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions" ("FAS No. 106").  In Fiscal 1993,
the Company recognized $2,329,000 as an expense for postretirement health care
and life insurance benefits, for its non-union employees, as claims were paid
(pay-as-you-go basis).  Additionally, at April 3, 1993, in connection with the
disposition of the Southern Region, Grand Union provided approximately
$2,920,000 relating to anticipated postretirement health care and life insurance
benefits of Southern Region employees.


     Effective April 4, 1993, the Company adopted FAS No. 106, which requires
the Company to accrue the estimated cost of retiree benefit payments during the
years each employee provides services.  The Company recognized the cumulative
effect of this obligation, an increase in accrued postretirement benefit costs
of $30,308,000 and a decrease in net earnings of $30,308,000, at April 4, 1993.


                                     F - 25
<PAGE>

NOTE 16 - POSTRETIREMENT HEALTH CARE AND LIFE INSURANCE BENEFITS (CONTINUED)

     The unfunded accumulated postretirement benefit obligation consists of the
following at April 1, 1995, April 2, 1994 and April 4, 1993, including amounts
provided at April 3, 1993 in connection with the disposition of the Southern
Region:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                  April 4, 1993
                                                                          April 1, 1995       April 2, 1994    (date of adoption)
                                                                          -------------       -------------    ------------------
                                                                                             (in thousands)
<S>                                                                       <C>                 <C>              <C>

Retirees                                                                      $16,062             $17,050             $18,129
Fully eligible active plan participants                                         2,924               2,411               5,807
Other active plan participants                                                 16,131              15,645               9,292
Unrecognized net loss                                                          (1,226)             (1,412)                  -
                                                                              -------             -------             -------
                                                                              $33,891             $33,694             $33,228
                                                                              -------             -------             -------
                                                                              -------             -------             -------

</TABLE>

     Net postretirement benefit cost for Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994 consisted
of the following components (in thousands):

<TABLE>

                                                                                                   Fiscal              Fiscal
                                                                                                    1995                1994
                                                                                                   ------              ------
<S>                                                                                                <C>                 <C>

Service cost - benefits earned during the period                                                   $  695              $  728
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation                                      2,604               2,571
                                                                                                   ------              ------
                                                                                                   $3,299              $3,299
                                                                                                   ------              ------
                                                                                                   ------              ------
</TABLE>

     The assumed health care trend cost rate used in measuring the accumulated
postretirement obligation as of April 1, 1995 was 13% for associates pre-age 65
and 10% for associates post-age 65 for 1995 decreasing each successive year by
1% until the respective trend rates reach 5.5% after which the trend rate
remains constant.   An increase of 1% in the assumed health care cost trend rate
for each year would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
and the net postretirement health care cost by approximately $800,000 and
$100,000, respectively.  As of April 2, 1994, the rate used in measuring the
accumulated postretirement obligation was 14% for associates pre-age 65 and 11%
for associates post-age 65, decreasing each successive year by 1% until the
respective trend rates reach 5% after which the trend rate remains constant.

     Prior to January 1, 1994, Grand Union provided medical benefits which were,
in part, dependent upon the health care cost rate.  Effective January 1, 1994,
Grand Union modified its postretirement health care benefits to provide benefits
for all future retirees based on a service related flat dollar premium
allowance.  Accordingly, the health care trend rate will not be a significant
factor in determining Grand Union's liability for future retirees under its
postretirement health care arrangements.  The modification to the plan did not
have a material effect on the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation.
The assumed discount rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement
benefit obligation was 8.0% and 7.5%, respectively, at April 1, 1995 and April
2, 1994,  and the interest cost component of the net periodic cost was 7.5% for
Fiscal 1995 and 8% for Fiscal 1994.

NOTE 17 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     Prior to the Effective Date, the Company was party to a financial advisory
agreement with MTH (the "MTH Agreement"), pursuant to which MTH was to have
provided certain financial consulting and business management services to the
Company through July 1997.  In accordance with the Plan, the MTH Agreement was
terminated on the Effective Date and Grand Union executed a settlement agreement
(the "MTH Settlement Agreement").  The MTH Settlement Agreement provides for the
termination of the MTH Agreement, payment by Grand Union of accrued and unpaid
fees under the MTH Agreement through the Effective Date and for the
indemnification of MTH and certain entities related to MTH (the "MTH Entities")
from certain claims and liabilities, subject to the terms and limitations set
forth in the MTH Settlement Agreement (see note 18). During Fiscal 1995, Fiscal
1994 and Fiscal 1993, the Company paid $750,000, $900,000 and $825,000,
respectively, to MTH, pursuant to the MTH Agreement.


                                     F - 26
<PAGE>

NOTE 17 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)

     In connection with the 1992 Recapitalization, Holdings, through Grand
Union, made a $15,000,000 prepayment as required by an agreement (the "Operating
Agreement") between Grand Union and P&C Food Markets ("P&C Foods"), then a
subsidiary and currently a division of The Penn Traffic Company ("Penn
Traffic"), a company indirectly controlled by MTH.  Pursuant to the Operating
Agreement, Grand Union acquired in July 1990 the right to operate 13 P&C Foods'
stores in New England under the Grand Union name until July 2000 for an average
annual rent of approximately $10,700,000, with an option to extend the term of
such operation for an additional five years.  The prepayment results in a
reduction of rent payments of approximately $3,200,000 per year over the
remaining life of the Operating Agreement.  In July 1990, P&C Foods also granted
Grand Union an option (the "P&C Foods Purchase Option"), at a cost of
$7,500,000, to purchase such stores at an amount defined in the Operating
Agreement which approximates fair market value.  The Operating Agreement was
assumed during the Chapter 11 case and will continue on its current terms.

     In September 1993, Grand Union entered into a program to consolidate the
purchasing, storage and distribution of health and beauty care and general
merchandise product with Penn Traffic.  Under this program, the inventory of
health and beauty care and general merchandise product is owned by Penn Traffic
and is stored in Grand Union's warehouse in Montgomery, New York.  The products
are distributed from the warehouse to Grand Union stores and certain Penn
Traffic stores and wholesale customers.  Grand Union reimburses Penn Traffic for
shipments to Grand Union stores based on terms defined in the agreement.  Grand
Union purchases the health and beauty care products for both Grand Union and
those Penn Traffic stores and wholesale customers serviced by the warehouse and
is reimbursed by Penn Traffic for such purchases based on terms defined in the
agreement.  Penn Traffic purchases the general merchandise product for both
Grand Union and Penn Traffic.  Under the arrangement, Grand Union and Penn
Traffic share the cost of operating the warehouse based on their  proportionate
usage of the product.  In connection with this agreement, Penn Traffic purchased
all of the health and beauty care and general merchandise inventories previously
owned by Grand Union for approximately $12,821,000.  During Fiscal 1995 and
Fiscal 1994, Grand Union purchased from vendors approximately $120,027,000 and
$75,262,000, respectively, of health and beauty care products under the
agreement.  Additionally, Grand Union purchased approximately $87,208,000 and
$48,163,000, respectively, from Penn Traffic's inventory of health and beauty
care and general merchandise products at cost.  At April 1, 1995 and April 2,
1994, respectively, Grand Union had recorded a net receivable of approximately
$7,705,000 and $5,014,000  related to this agreement.  Under the agreement
governing such arrangement, either Penn Traffic or Grand Union may terminate the
program from and after July 1, 1995, upon six (6) months prior written notice.
This agreement is being reevaluated in connection with the Chapter 11
proceedings.  Grand Union believes this arrangement will be terminated within
the next several months.

  The Company has no other significant business relationships with Penn
Traffic.

NOTE 18 - CONTINGENCY MATTERS AND COMMITMENTS

  As discussed in Note 17, on the Effective Date, the Company entered into the
MTH Settlement Agreement which provides for, among other things, the
idemnification of MTH and the MTH Entities by Grand Union for certain claims and
liabilities, subject to the terms and limitations set forth in the MTH
Settlement Agreement.  The MTH Settlement Agreement requires Grand Union to pay
or reimburse MTH and the MTH Entities for the first $3,000,000 of any liability
on certain claims and two-thirds of any additional amount above $3,000,000,
provided that the Company's obligation to pay such claims shall not exceed
$13,000,000 in the aggregate.  In accordance with the terms of the MTH
Settlement Agreement, the first $3,000,000 of the Company's obligation for the
fund described above was deposited in escrow on the Effective Date.

  The Company is also subject to certain other legal proceedings and claims
arising in connection with its business.  It is management's opinion that the
ultimate resolution of such claims will not have a material adverse effect on
the Company's consolidated results of operations or its financial position.


                                     F - 27
<PAGE>

NOTE 19 - SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Fiscal              Fiscal              Fiscal
                                                                     1995                1994                1993
                                                                   --------            --------            --------
                                                                                    (in thousands)
<S>                                                                <C>                 <C>                <C>

  Cash paid for interest                                            $89,985            $142,501            $115,612
  Cash paid for income taxes                                              -                   -               3,380
  Capital lease obligations incurred                                 31,686              24,522              22,146
  Accrued dividends on preferred stock of Holdings                   19,480              16,011              14,623
  Issuance of Junior Notes of Holdings                                    -                 939                 939

</TABLE>


NOTE 20 - QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

FISCAL 1995:                                                             1st (a)         2nd            3rd             4th
                                                                        --------       --------       --------       --------
                                                                                             (in thousands)
<S>                                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>

Sales                                                                   $747,692       $556,663       $563,281       $524,060
Gross profit                                                             224,413        166,098        149,524        147,579
Charge relating to pension settlement and early
  retirement program                                                           -              -              -         (3,747)
Reorganization items                                                           -              -         (1,882)        (8,888)
Net loss                                                                 (24,982)       (29,465)       (59,518)       (45,865)
Accrued preferred stock dividends                                         (5,293)        (6,411)        (6,469)        (1,307)
Net loss applicable to common stock                                      (30,275)       (35,876)       (65,987)       (47,172)
Net loss per share applicable to common stock                            (402.46)       (476.92)       (877.21)       (627.09)

<CAPTION>

FISCAL 1994:                                                             1st (a)         2nd            3rd             4th
                                                                        --------       --------       --------       --------
                                                                                             (in thousands)
<S>                                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>

Sales                                                                   $761,098       $559,769       $583,492       $572,980
Gross profit                                                             215,102        159,614        171,145        165,175
Charge relating to pension settlement and early
  retirement program                                                           -              -              -         (4,468)
Loss before income taxes and cumulative effect of
  accounting change                                                      (28,457)       (16,546)       (16,933)       (25,709)
Cumulative effect of accounting change                                   (30,308)             -              -              -
Net loss                                                                 (58,765)       (16,546)       (16,933)       (25,709)
Accrued preferred stock dividends                                         (4,743)        (3,667)        (3,760)        (3,841)
Net loss applicable to common stock                                      (63,508)       (20,213)       (20,693)       (29,550)
Net loss per share applicable to common stock                            (843.20)       (268.65)       (275.09)       (392.83)


<FN>
(a)  Represents 16 weeks, all other quarters are 12 weeks.

</TABLE>

     During each of the 12 weeks ended January 7, 1995 and April 1, 1995, the
Company recorded reorganization items of $1,882,000 and $8,888,000,
respectively, related to expenses incurred in connection with the restructuring.


                                     F - 28


<PAGE>
                      IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

                          FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE


In re:                        )    Chapter 11
                              )
THE GRAND UNION COMPANY,      )    Case No. 95-84 (PJW)
also d/b/a Big Star,          )
                              )
                    Debtor.   )


                    FINDINGS OF FACT, CONCLUSIONS OF LAW AND
                  ORDER UNDER 11 U.S.C. Section 1129 CONFIRMING
                      SECOND AMENDED PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
                     PROPOSED BY THE GRAND UNION COMPANY


          The Grand Union Company (with respect to periods prior to the
Effective Date, the "Debtor" or, with respect to periods from and after the
Effective Date, "Reorganized Grand Union" or, with respect to all periods,
"Grand Union")), having filed with this Court on April 19, 1995, the Second
Amended Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of The Grand Union Company dated April
19, 1995 (as modified or amended pursuant to the Modifications (as defined below
in paragraph 38 hereof), the "Plan"); and on April 19, 1995, this Court having
entered an order (the "Global Order"), among other things:  (a) approving the
Disclosure Statement for Second Amended Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of The
Grand Union Company dated April 19, 1995 (the "Disclosure Statement") as
containing adequate information within the meaning of section 1125 of the
Bankruptcy Code; (b) fixing May 31, 1995 as the date for the hearing to consider
confirmation of the Plan (the "Confirmation Hearing"); and

<PAGE>

(c) approving proposed solicitation materials (including, without limitation,
the proposed form of ballots), solicitation, voting and confirmation
procedures, as clarified by this Court's Order Clarifying Disclosure
Statement Order, dated May 11, 1995 (the "Voting Procedures")(1); and upon the
affidavit of Kathy Gerber regarding Ballots and Labels Respecting Mailing of
Solicitation Packages (the "Preparation Affidavit"), the affidavit of Kathy
Gerber regarding Service of Solicitation Packages (the "Service Affidavit")
and the affidavit of Kathy Gerber regarding Service of Notice of Confirmation
Hearing and Time Fixed for Voting on Plan (the "Notice Affidavit"), each
sworn to on May 31, 1995, (the Preparation Affidavit, Service Affidavit and
Notice Affidavit are hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Mailing
Report"), (i) setting forth the time and manner of mailing and transmittal of
the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Notice of Confirmation Hearing and
Time Fixed for Voting on Plan, the appropriate ballots, pre-addressed return
envelopes and instructions attached thereto (such ballots, together with the
return envelopes and instructions, being hereinafter referred to as the
"Ballots"), and (ii) except as otherwise specifically noted in the Service
Affidavit and the Notice Affidavit, showing that such documents were mailed
and transmitted in accordance with the

- - ---------------------
(1)  Each capitalized term used in this Order and not otherwise defined in
     this Order shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan.

                                    -2-
<PAGE>

Voting Procedures; and upon the affidavits or certifications as the case may
be setting forth the time and manner of the publication of the notice
approved by the Court in paragraph 15 of the Global Order for publication in
THE NEW YORK TIMES (national edition), THE WALL STREET JOURNAL (national
edition), THE ALBANY TIMES UNION, THE BERGEN COUNTY RECORD and SUPERMARKET
NEWS, attesting that such notices were published in accordance with such
paragraph; and upon the affidavit of Kathy Gerber, sworn to on May 31, 1995,
attesting to the results of voting on the Plan (the "Voting Results Report");
and upon (1) Letter from County of Albany; (2) Limited Response and Request
for Clarification of Second Amended Plan of Reorganization by Carolina
Reclamation Service, Inc.; (3) Letter from Tax Collector for the Town of
Ghent; (4) United States' Objection To Confirmation of Debtor's Second
Amended Chapter 11 Plan; (5) Objection to 2nd Amended Plan of Reorganization
by William Kuntz, III; (6) Objection to Confirmation of Second Amended
Chapter 11 Plan of The Grand Union Company dated April 19, 1995 by Heritage
Square Associates, ET AL. (the "Heritage Objection"); (7) Objection to
Debtor's Second Amended Plan of Reorganization by Lavaca County, Texas; (8)
Letter from Personal Injury Claimant Edna Leeds; (9) Notice of Objection of
an Unsecured, Nonpriority Claimant (Nancy Merz) and accompanying Affidavit;
(10) Letter from Oakland 202 Investors LP; (11) Objection to Confirmation,
or, in the Alternative Motion for Relief from Stay Including Memorandum


                                    -3-
<PAGE>

of Points and Authorities by Marjorie E. Kalback, ET AL.; (12) Objections
of The Prudential Insurance Company of America to Confirmation of Debtor The
Grand Union Company's Second Amended Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization; (13)
Letter from Personal Injury Claimants Blessed and Tzshanna Shelembe; (14)
Notice of Objection of Brenda Phelps; (15) Objection by the New York City
Department of Finance to Confirmation of the Debtor's Second Amended Plan of
Reorganization; (16) Objection of Oppenheimer East Point Associates to
Confirmation of the Debtor's Second Amended Chapter 11 Plan of
Reorganization; (17) Objection by the United States to the Second Amended
Chapter 11 Plan of the Grand Union Company; (18) Letter of Fruit Salad, Inc.;
and (19) Ballot of George Finnegan; and upon the Notice of Identification of
Directors of Reorganized Grand Union (the "Notice of Directors"); and based
on the Memorandum of Law in Support of Confirmation of the Plan, dated May
30, 1995, filed by Grand Union, the Confirmation Hearing held before this
Court, the evidence presented thereat, the argument of counsel and all
pleadings, proceedings, and evidence before this Court in this case, and
after due deliberation and sufficient cause appearing therefor; it is
          FOUND and DETERMINED, in accordance with, among other things, sections
363, 365, 1123, 1126, 1127, 1129,

                                     -4-

<PAGE>

1141 and 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules 3018, 3019 and
9019, that:(2)
          A.   This Court has jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Case pursuant to
28 U.S.C. Sections 157 and 1334 and the "Standing Order of Referral of Cases to
Bankruptcy Judges," dated July 23, 1984, of the United States Court for the
District of Delaware.  Confirmation of the Plan presents a core bankruptcy
matter under title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. 157(b)(2)(L), over
which this Court has jurisdiction to enter appropriate orders and judgments.
Venue of the Chapter 11 Case is properly in this District pursuant to 28 U.S.C.
Sections 1408 and 1409.
          B.   This Court takes judicial notice of the docket and the claims
register maintained by the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court and/or its duly-
appointed agent respecting the Chapter 11 Case.
          C.   The procedures used to distribute and tabulate the Ballots were
fair, properly conducted, and in accordance with the Global Order and/or all
applicable Bankruptcy Rules.

- - -----------------------

(2)  The findings, determinations, orders, judgments and decrees set forth
     herein constitute this Court's findings of fact and conclusions of law
     pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 7052, made applicable to this proceeding
     pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9014. Each finding of fact set forth herein,
     to the extent it is or may be so deemed a conclusion of law, shall also
     constitute a conclusion of law. Each conclusion of law set forth herein,
     to the extent it is or may be so deemed a finding of fact, shall also
     constitute a finding of fact.

                                     -5-

<PAGE>

          D.   The Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Ballots, the Notice of
Confirmation Hearing and the Global Order were transmitted and served in
compliance with the Bankruptcy Rules.  The transmittal and service as described
in the Mailing Report were adequate and sufficient under the circumstances of
this Chapter 11 Case.  Adequate and sufficient notice of the Confirmation
Hearing and other requirements and deadlines, hearings and other matters
described in the Global Order were given in compliance with the Bankruptcy Rules
and the Global Order, and no other or further notice is required.
          E.   No modifications to the Plan have been made other than those
effected by this Order.  The Modification(s) to the Plan effected by this Order
are corrective, do not materially and adversely change the treatment of the
claim of any creditor or the interest of any equity security holder who has not
accepted the Modifications in writing and do not require a re-solicitation of
the Plan.  Disclosure of the Modifications on the record of the Confirmation
Hearing constitutes due and sufficient notice thereof under the circumstances of
this Chapter 11 Case.
          F.   The Plan has been accepted in accordance with section 1126(c) of
the Bankruptcy Code by Classes 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9 and 10.  Classes 3 and 6 are
not Impaired under the Plan and each holder of a Claim in such Classes is deemed
to have accepted the Plan in accordance with section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy
Code.  Classes 11 and 12 are not

                                     -6-

<PAGE>
entitled to receive any distribution of any kind under the Plan and
therefore are deemed to have rejected the Plan in accordance with section
1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.
          G.   Each of the conditions to confirmation of the Plan contained in
the Plan has been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
          H.   Based on the record before the Court in this Chapter 11 Case, the
Debtor, the Official Committee, the Informal Committees, the Capital Committee,
the Informal Zero Committee, the Senior Bank Agent and each of their respective
directors, officers, employees, shareholders, agents (including MTH), members,
representatives, attorneys, accountants and other advisors have acted and, to
the extent future actions of the above are consistent with the Plan, the MTH
Settlement Agreement, the Zero Settlement, the Voting Procedures or any order
entered in this case, will have acted in "good faith" within the meaning of
section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code and in compliance with the applicable
provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules in connection with all of
their respective activities relating to the solicitation of acceptances to the
Plan and their participation in the activities described in section 1125(e) of
the Bankruptcy Code.  Without limitation, to the extent any such Entity
participated or, to the extent future actions of such Entity are consistent with
the Plan, the MTH Settlement Agreement, the Zero Settlement, the Voting
Procedures or any order entered in this case, participates in

                                     -7-

<PAGE>

the offer, sale, distribution, issuance and purchase of the shares of New
Senior Notes, New Common Stock or Warrants, such purchase, offer, sale or
issuance is hereby deemed to be in "good faith," within the meaning of
section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code and in compliance with the applicable
provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules.
          I.   The Debtor is a proper proponent of the Plan pursuant to section
1121 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3016.  The Plan (and each
modification thereto) is dated and identified as the Debtor's, thereby
satisfying Bankruptcy Rule 3016(b).  The Debtor has filed the Disclosure
Statement with the Plan, thereby satisfying Bankruptcy Rule 3016(c).
          J.   The Plan complies with all applicable provisions of the
Bankruptcy Code, including sections 1122 and 1123, and thereby satisfies section
1129(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, as:  (i) it designates eleven classes of
Claims and one class of Interests, (ii) there is a reasonable basis for the
classification scheme and all Claims or Interests in each Class are
substantially similar, (iii) it specifies that Classes 3 and 6 are not Impaired,
(iv) it specifies the treatment of all Impaired Claims, (v) it provides for the
same treatment of each Claim or Interest in each respective Class unless the
holder of a particular Claim or Interest has agreed to a less favorable
treatment of such Claim or Interest, (vi) there are adequate and proper means
for the Plan's implementation, (vii) it pro-

                                     -8-

<PAGE>
vides for the effectiveness of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation,
which contains provisions restricting the issuance of non-voting equity
securities by Reorganized Grand Union to the extent required by the
Bankruptcy Code, and (viii) it contains only provisions that are consistent
with the interests of creditors and equity security holders and with public
policy respecting the manner of selection of each officer and director under
the Plan and any successor to such officers and directors.
          K.   The Plan is consistent with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy
Code, in that it provides:  (i) that Claims in Classes 3 and 6 are not Impaired,
and that Claims in Classes 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 and Interests in Class
12 are Impaired; (ii) for the assumption and rejection of certain executory
contracts and unexpired leases and those parties to rejected executory contracts
or unexpired leases were or will be given adequate notice of the Debtor's
rejection and an opportunity to file proofs of claim if they have not already
done so; (iii) for approval of the MTH Settlement Agreement and implementation
of the Zero Settlement approved by Order of this Court, dated May 18, 1995; and
(iv) for the inclusion of other provisions not inconsistent with the applicable
provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including the retention of jurisdiction by
the Bankruptcy Court under Section 16.01 of the Plan.
          L.   The Debtor has complied with all applicable provisions of the
Bankruptcy Code thereby satisfying section

                                     -9-

<PAGE>

1129(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, in that, INTER ALIA, the solicitation of
acceptances and rejections from holders of Impaired Claims entitled to vote
was in compliance with the Voting Procedures, the Bankruptcy Code (including
the provisions of sections 1125 and 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code regarding
disclosure and plan solicitation) and the Bankruptcy Rules.
          M.   The Debtor has proposed the Plan in good faith and not by any
means forbidden by law, thereby satisfying section 1129(a)(3) of the Bankruptcy
Code.
          N.   The Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code in
that any payment made or to be made by the Debtor, or by a person issuing
securities or acquiring property under the Plan, for services or for costs and
expenses in or in connection with the Chapter 11 Case, or in connection with the
Plan and incident to the Chapter 11 Case, has been approved by, or is subject to
the approval of (in the case of costs and expenses payable pursuant to Section
2.02 of the Plan, upon request of any party in interest), the Bankruptcy Court
as reasonable.
          O.   The Debtor has complied with section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy
Code.  At or prior to the Confirmation Hearing, the Debtor properly and
adequately disclosed or otherwise disclosed the procedures for determining:
(i) the identity and affiliations of all individuals proposed to serve as
directors or officers on and after the Effective Date, (ii) the compensation and
indemnification

                                     -10-

<PAGE>

arrangements for each proposed member of the Post Reorganization Board (which
arrangements have not been fully determined, and will be fixed pursuant to
the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Restated Certificate of
Incorporation and the Restated Bylaws), and (iii) the identity and
compensation of each insider, if any, who will be employed or retained on and
after the Effective Date.  The appointment to such office of each such
individual and the proposed compensation and indemnification arrangements
(and the procedures for fixing such compensation and indemnification) for
Reorganized Grand Union directors and officers is consistent with the
interests of the creditors and equity security holders and with public policy.
          P.   Section 1129(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code is satisfied because
the Plan does not provide for any change in rates over which a governmental
regulatory commission has jurisdiction.
          Q.   The Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code
because with respect to each Impaired Class of Claims and Interests under the
Plan, each holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest of such Class either
(i) has accepted the Plan or (ii) will receive or retain under the Plan on
account of such Claim or Interest property of a value, as of the Effective Date,
that is not less than the amount that such holder would receive or retain if the
Debtor were liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code on such date.

                                     -11-

<PAGE>

          R.   Each Class of Claims (other than Class 11 Subordinated Claims) is
either unimpaired by the Plan or has duly accepted the Plan in accordance with
section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code.  With respect to Class 11 Claims and Class
12 Interests, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1129(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code and thus may be confirmed without compliance with section
1129(a)(8) because the Plan does not discriminate unfairly against, and is fair
and equitable with respect to, such Classes, each within the meaning of section
1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
          S.   The Plan provides for the treatment of each claim of a kind
described in sections 507(a)(1) through 507(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code in the
manner required by section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code.
          T.   The Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code
because at least one Class of Claims that is impaired under the Plan has
accepted the Plan, determined without including any acceptance of the Plan by
any insider of the Debtor holding a claim in such Class.
          U.   The Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code
because confirmation of the Plan is not likely to be followed by the liquidation
or the need for further financial reorganization of Reorganized Grand Union.
The Plan presents a workable scheme of organization and operation and there is a
reasonable probability that the provisions of the Plan will be performed.  The
Plan is found and determined to be feasible.  Reorganized Grand Union will


                                     -12-

<PAGE>

have adequate capital to undertake its business plan and meet its ongoing
obligations, and will be under the control of competent management.
          V.   All fees payable under 28 U.S.C. Section 1930 have been paid or
the Plan provides for the payment of all such fees on the Effective Date,
thereby satisfying section 1129(a)(12) of the Bankruptcy Code.
          W.   Section 16.05 of the Plan provides for Reorganized Grand Union to
continue to pay all retiree benefits, as that term is defined in section 1114 of
the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent required by section 1129(a)(13) of the
Bankruptcy Code, without prejudice to Reorganized Grand Union's right under
applicable non-bankruptcy law to modify, amend, or terminate the foregoing
arrangements, thereby satisfying section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code.
          X.   No governmental unit that is a party in interest in this Chapter
11 Case has asserted that the principal purpose of the Plan is the avoidance of
taxes or the avoidance of the application of section 5 of the Securities Act of
1933.
          Y.   Based upon the record of this Chapter 11 Case, including the
instruments submitted as part of the evidentiary hearing at the Confirmation
Hearing, the New Senior Notes, the New Common Stock, the Warrants and the New
Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of the Warrants distributed under the
Plan shall be validly issued by, and valid, binding and enforceable obligations
of, Reorganized
                                     -13-

<PAGE>

Grand Union (and in the case of New Common Stock will be fully paid and
nonassessable) immediately upon their distribution to holders of Allowed
Claims pursuant to the Plan (or in the case of New Common Stock to be issued
upon exercise of the Warrants, upon such exercise).  The offer, distribution
and sale of the foregoing (and the right to receive or purchase any New
Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrants) to holders of Allowed Claims is
in exchange for such Claims within the meaning of section 1145(a)(1)(A) of
the Bankruptcy Code.
          Z.   Based on the record in this Chapter 11 Case, it appears that all
material information concerning the Debtor and its financial condition is set
forth in the Disclosure Statement and has been disclosed fully and adequately
and that the liquidation analysis contained in the Disclosure Statement (i) is
accurate as of the time it was prepared and subsequent developments have not
rendered it inaccurate in any material respect; (ii) is based upon reasonable
and sound assumptions; and (iii) provides a reasonable estimate of the
liquidation values upon conversion to a chapter 7 proceeding.
          AA.  The making, delivery, issuance, transfer, assignment, exchange,
filing or recording at any time of any deed, bill of sale, mortgage, leasehold
mortgage, deed of trust, leasehold deed of trust, memorandum of lease, notice of
lease, assignment, leasehold assignment, security agreement, financing
statement, negative pledge or other instru-


                                     -14-

<PAGE>

ment of absolute or collateral transfer by Grand Union in connection with the
consummation of the Plan shall be, and hereby is, "under a plan confirmed
under section 1129 of [the Bankruptcy Code]", within the meaning of that
phrase in section 1146(c) of the Bankruptcy Code.
          BB.  Prior to the deadline for voting on the Plan, all creditors
entitled to vote were specifically notified of the consequences of voting to
accept the Plan.  The vote by all classes of creditors entitled to vote was
overwhelmingly in favor of the Plan.  All objections to the Plan based on the
existence or scope of Sections 14.01, 14.02, 14.03 or 14.05 of the Plan or the
MTH Settlement Agreement (collectively, the "Releases") have been overruled or
resolved.
          CC.  Pursuant to and subject to the provisions of Section 14.06 of the
Plan and the MTH Settlement Agreement, Reorganized Grand Union will indemnify,
among others, MTH and certain of the Debtor's and its Affiliates' officers and
directors.  The Court finds that the Plan includes compromises and exchanges of
consideration among the parties which upon the record herein, the Plan and the
Disclosure Statement are integral elements of the restructuring and resolution
of this Chapter 11 Case in accordance with the Plan.  In determining whether to
propose these compromises, the Debtor considered the following:  (a) the
probability of success in the litigation of causes of action against the
beneficiaries of the Releases; (b) the difficulties to be encountered in
collecting the possible recoveries under

                                     -15-
<PAGE>

those actions; (c) the complexity, likely duration, and negative impact on
the Debtor's business of such litigation and the attendant expense,
inconvenience and delay resulting from such litigation, and (d) the paramount
interest of its creditors and shareholders including the estimated result of
the inability to confirm and consummate a consensual plan of reorganization.
          DD.  Each of the settlements contained in the Plan (including, without
limitation, the MTH Settlement Agreement, a copy of which is annexed as Exhibit
"B" to the Plan, and the Zero Settlement, a copy of which is annexed as Exhibit
"G" to the Plan) and the release and discharge of all claims and causes of
action described in Article 14 of the Plan is fair and equitable and in the best
interests of creditors and the estate.
          EE.  This Court has jurisdiction over the assets of the Debtor's
estate, including to determine the relative rights of creditors of the Debtor to
distributions under the Plan.  The provisions of Section 14.05 of the Plan
constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of any Causes of Action
relating to the matters described in such Section that could be brought by any
holder of a Claim or Interest against or involving another holder of a Claim or
Interest.  Such compromise and settlement is in the best interests of creditors
and holders of Interests, is fair, equitable and reasonable, and settles all
such Causes of Action.

                                     -16-

<PAGE>

          FF.  As of the occurrence of the Effective Date, Grand Union will not
be insolvent and will not reasonably be expected to be rendered insolvent or
left with unreasonably small capital to operate its respective business as a
result of the Plan, the Post-Confirmation Credit Documents, the New Senior
Notes, or any of the transactions contemplated thereby.
          GG.  The execution, delivery or performance by Grand Union of its
obligations under the Post-Confirmation Credit Documents, the New Senior Notes,
and/or the Plan and compliance by Grand Union with the terms thereof is
authorized by and does not conflict with the terms of this Order.  The financial
accommodations to be extended pursuant to the Post-Confirmation Credit Documents
and the New Senior Notes are being extended in good faith and for legitimate
business purposes.
          HH.  Entry of this Order satisfies any requirement under the
Bankruptcy Code for the Debtor to execute, deliver and perform its obligations
under the Post-Confirmation Credit Documents and to consummate the transactions
contemplated thereby.
          II.  The Plan satisfies the requirements for confirmation of the Plan
set forth in section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
          NOW, THEREFORE, it is ORDERED, ADJUDGED AND DECREED that:

                                     -17-

<PAGE>

          1.   The Modifications are approved.  The Modifications satisfy the
requirements of sections 1122 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, do not require
the re-solicitation of the Plan by the Debtor and are deemed to have been
accepted by all creditors who have previously accepted the Plan.
          2.   Each objection to the Plan and/or confirmation thereof (including
each letter or other Pleading filed with the Court that may be deemed to be such
an objection) which has not been withdrawn, waived or settled, is overruled.
          3.   The Plan filed on April 19, 1995 (Docket No. 478), as amended by
the Modifications (which are deemed to be incorporated into the Plan), is
approved and confirmed pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.  The
terms of the Plan are incorporated by reference into and are an integral part of
this Order.
          4.   Subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date:

               (a)  In accordance with section 1141(b) of the Bankruptcy Code,
Reorganized Grand Union shall automatically be vested with all of the property
of the Debtor's estate;

               (b)  In accordance with section 1141(c) of the Bankruptcy Code,
all property of the Debtor shall be free and clear of all claims and interests
of creditors and equity security holders of the Debtor, except as otherwise
specifically provided in the Plan; and

               (c)  All entities which are parties to adversary proceedings or
contested matters pending before this Court, which proceedings are not finally
determined as at the date of this Order, are restrained and enjoined from

                                     -18-

<PAGE>

commencing any other action, employment of process or act against Grand Union
with respect to any issue raised in such adversary proceedings or contested
matters, except upon further order of this Court.

          5.   On the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable (or
prior to the Effective Date provided such filing is not effective until the
Effective Date), Grand Union shall file the Restated Certificate of
Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and upon
such filing, the Restated Bylaws shall be deemed effective pursuant to section
303 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and without further corporate act or
action under applicable law and without any requirement of further action by the
stockholders or directors of Grand Union.  As of the Effective Date, any and all
other corporate acts or actions by Grand Union in connection with implementation
of the Plan, including, without limitation, the execution, delivery and
performance of the Post-Confirmation Credit Documents, the cancellation and
release of the DIP Facility (as defined below), and the appointment, election or
removal of directors of Grand Union shall be deemed effective pursuant to
section 303 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and without further
corporate act or action under applicable law and without any requirement of
further action by the stockholders or directors of Grand Union.  On the
Effective Date, the Senior Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes and the
Interests shall be cancelled and the issuance of New Common Stock, Warrants and
New Senior Notes, as well as all

                                     -19-
<PAGE>

other matters involving undertakings and commitments relating to such
securities as contemplated by the Plan, including but not limited to the
listing of securities for trading and the registration of the offer and sale
of securities of Grand Union, shall be deemed authorized pursuant to section
303 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and without further corporate act
or action under applicable law and without any requirement of further action
by the stockholders or directors of Grand Union.  Without limitation, as of
the Effective Date, each of the directors of the Debtor shall be deemed to
have resigned and each of the persons designated in the Notice of Directors
shall be deemed to be elected to be a member of the Post Reorganization Board.
          6.   On the occurrence of the Effective Date, all obligations owed to
the various financial institutions that are parties to the debtor in possession
financing facility (the "DIP Facility") approved by Order of this Court, dated
February 16, 1995 (the "Financing Order"), shall be paid in accordance with the
terms thereof and the DIP Facility shall be deemed terminated and cancelled.
Any and all liens and security interests granted in connection with the DIP
Facility and the Financing Order shall, upon payment of all amounts owed
pursuant thereto, be deemed cancelled and released.
          7.   All exhibits to the Plan and documents and agreements introduced
into evidence by the Debtor at the Confirmation Hearing (including all exhibits
and attachments

                                     -20-

<PAGE>

thereto) and the execution, delivery and performance thereof by Grand Union
in accordance with their respective terms are approved, including, but not
limited to (i) the Post-Confirmation Credit Documents, (ii) the Warrant
Agreement, (iii) the Registration Rights Agreements, (iv) the New Senior Note
Indenture; and (v) the MTH Settlement Agreement.
          8.   The Post-Confirmation Credit Documents shall constitute legal,
valid, binding and authorized obligations of the respective parties thereto,
enforceable in accordance with their terms.  The Post-Confirmation Credit
Documents contemplate the affirmation of certain existing liens and security
interests and the creation of new liens and security interests.  The security
interests and liens affirmed and/or granted to the Post-Confirmation Banks under
the Post-Confirmation Credit Documents (and all documents, instruments and
agreements related thereto and annexes, exhibits and schedules appended thereto)
shall constitute, as of the Effective Date, legal, valid and duly perfected
first priority liens and security interests in and to the collateral specified
therein, subject only, where applicable, to the pre-existing liens and security
interests specified therein or contemplated thereby.
          9.   On the Effective Date, all of the liens and security interests to
be affirmed by and/or created under the Post-Confirmation Credit Documents shall
be deemed affirmed and/or created and shall be valid and perfected without any
requirement of filing or recording of financing

                                     -21-

<PAGE>

statements, mortgages or other evidence of such liens and security interests
and without any approvals or consents from governmental entities or any other
persons and regardless of whether or not there are any errors, deficiencies
or omissions in any property descriptions attached to any filing or
Post-Confirmation Credit Document.  In furtherance of the foregoing, unless
otherwise agreed by the Senior Bank Agent and Grand Union, Grand Union and
the other persons granting such liens and security interests will make all
filings and recordings, and will obtain all governmental approvals and
consents desirable to establish and perfect such liens and security interests
under the provisions of state, provincial, federal or other law (whether
domestic or foreign) which would be applicable in the absence of this
Confirmation Order, and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings
and recordings which would otherwise be desirable under applicable law to
give notice of such liens and security interests to third parties.
          10.  Grand Union is authorized and empowered to execute and deliver
all documents, agreements and instruments and take all actions reasonably
necessary to effectuate the consummation and implementation of the Plan,
including, without limitation, the execution, delivery and performance of the
Post-Confirmation Credit Documents, the New Senior Note Indenture, the Warrant
Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreements, the MTH Settlement Agreement and
the Zero Settlement (substantially in the forms annexed as

                                     -22-

<PAGE>

exhibits to the Plan or filed with this Court), and the transactions
contemplated thereby.  All such actions taken or caused to be taken shall be
deemed to have been authorized and approved by this Court and shall be deemed
effective pursuant to section 303 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and
without further corporate act or action under applicable law and without any
requirement of further action by the stockholders or directors of Grand
Union.  Each of such documents and agreements will, upon execution, be valid,
binding and enforceable against Grand Union and any other person who is a
party thereto, and is entered into for good and valuable consideration,
including the benefits of the Plan.
          11.  Grand Union is authorized and empowered to execute and deliver
such other documents as Bankers Trust may reasonably require in order to
effectuate the treatment afforded to the Post-Confirmation Banks under the Plan.
Without the need for a further Order or authorization of this Court, the Debtor
and the Post-Confirmation Banks are authorized and empowered to make such
modifications (a) to the Post-Confirmation Credit Agreement as admitted in the
evidentiary record at the Confirmation Hearing as are reasonably acceptable to
the Official Committee, the Capital Committee and the Informal Committee of
Senior Noteholders and (b) to the exhibits and schedules to the Post-
Confirmation Credit Documents as admitted in the evidentiary record at the
Confirmation Hearing as are acceptable to the Debtor

                                     -23-

<PAGE>

and the Senior Bank Agent; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, (i) no changes to any of the
Post-Confirmation Documents as of the Effective Date shall reduce the amount
of funding available to the Company under the Post-Confirmation Credit
Documents; and (ii) the opportunity to review and comment upon proposed
changes to the Post-Confirmation Credit Agreement afforded the Official
Committee, the Capital Committee and the Informal Committee of Senior
Noteholders shall terminate on the Effective Date.
          12.  Without the need for a further Order or authorization of this
Court, Grand Union is authorized and empowered to make modifications to the
exhibits and schedules admitted in the evidentiary record at the Confirmation
Hearing as may be necessary (other than the Post-Confirmation Credit Documents
and the exhibits and schedules thereto, which are subject to the preceding
decretal paragraph), including the New Senior Note Indenture, the Warrant
Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreements, the MTH Settlement Agreement and
all schedules and exhibits to such documents as are reasonably acceptable to the
Senior Bank Agent, the Official Committee, the Capital Committee and the
Informal Committee of Senior Noteholders.
          13.  All indenture trustees and similar parties are authorized and
directed to execute any and all collateral releases, lien releases, indenture
supplements, agreements and other similar documents, or take other ac-

                                     -24-
<PAGE>

tions, as directed by Grand Union to effectuate the provisions of the Plan.
          14.  Grand Union is authorized and empowered to retain without further
order of this Court one or more exchange, disbursing or similar agents with
respect to the distributions to be made under the Plan.
          15.  The Plan contemplates the pledge of all of the Debtor's or
Reorganized Grand Union's interests in Leasehold Interests in order to secure
the obligations owed pursuant to the Post-Confirmation Credit Documents.  Unless
applicable documents expressly provide to the contrary (i.e., a covenant
prohibiting leasehold mortgages), pursuant to section 1142 of the Bankruptcy
Code, all parties to documents that comprise or in any way relate to the
Leasehold Interests are hereby directed to cooperate and to assist the Debtor or
Reorganized Grand Union in its efforts to file evidence of the Leasehold
Interests of record and/or to pledge its interests in the Leasehold Interests to
secure the obligations owed by it pursuant to the Post-Confirmation Credit
Documents.
          16.  Without limiting the Registration Rights Agreements in any
respect, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements, Reorganized Grand Union
is authorized to file, not later than ninety (90) days after the Effective Date,
shelf registration(s) pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act
which provide for the sale by the holders of those New Senior Notes and shares
of New Common

                                     -25-
<PAGE>

Stock that are covered by the Registration Rights Agreements. Grand Union
will use its reasonable best efforts to have such shelf registration(s)
thereafter declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission not
later than 135 days after the Effective Date.
          17.  Within five (5) Business Days after the occurrence of the
Effective Date, Reorganized Grand Union shall send the "Notice to Recipients of
New Senior Notes:  Registration Rights" and "Notice to Recipients of New Common
Stock Registration Rights" (collectively, the "Registration Rights Notices"),
substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibits A and B to, respectively,
each holder of a Senior Note Claim entitled to receive New Senior Notes and each
holder of a Senior Subordinated Claim entitled to receive New Common Stock under
the Plan.  Any such holder shall comply with the procedures and deadlines, if
any, set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Notice, if such holder
wishes to avail itself of the benefits of the applicable Registration Rights
Agreement or be forever barred from availing itself of such benefits.
          18.  The Claims described in Article 7 of the Plan are allowed in this
Chapter 11 Case, subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, for all
purposes in the amounts either set forth in Article 7 of the Plan or, with
respect to the Credit Agreement Claims and the Interest Rate Protection Claims,
provided in the Order of this Court, dated May 31, 1995, that determined the
amounts thereof.
                                     -26-

<PAGE>

          19.  Pursuant to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Plan and its
provisions and exhibits and this Order shall be binding as provided in such
documents upon:  (i) Grand Union, (ii) each entity and person acquiring,
receiving or retaining property under the Plan; (iii) each party to an executory
contract or unexpired lease of the Debtor; (iv) each party in interest, creditor
and equity security holder of the Debtor, whether or not the Claim or Interest
of such person is Impaired under the Plan and whether or not such person has
filed a proof of claim or equity interest in this Chapter 11 Case or has
accepted the Plan; and (v) each of the foregoing's respective heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns.
          20.  Subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, the MTH
Settlement Agreement is approved and Grand Union, its affiliates, officers,
directors, agents and attorneys are hereby authorized and empowered to take all
actions necessary to consummate the MTH Settlement Agreement and effectuate the
terms thereof including, without limitation, to deposit into the escrow provided
for in the MTH Settlement Agreement the sum of $3,000,000.
          21.  Subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, Grand Union, its
affiliates, officers, directors, agents and attorneys are hereby authorized and
empowered to take all actions necessary to consummate the Zero Settlement and
effectuate the terms thereof.

                                     -27-

<PAGE>

          22.  Grand Union and all of its respective directors, officers, agents
and attorneys are authorized and empowered to effectuate the Plan and consummate
the transactions contemplated thereby and by the MTH Settlement Agreement and
the Zero Settlement, to execute, deliver and file (as appropriate) all documents
and take all actions provided in or contemplated by any of same and to
accomplish the intent of same.
          23.  Unless previously assumed or rejected by order of the Court or
pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code prior to the date hereof and
notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, the Debtor may
assume, reject and/or assume and assign any executory contract or unexpired
lease in accordance with section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code to the extent a
motion seeking the assumption, rejection and/or assumption and assignment of
such leases or executory contracts is filed on or before entry of this Order
(the "Pending Motions").  Grand Union shall have the right to request
alternative relief with respect to the Pending Motions, prior to the granting
thereof.  Grand Union may assign any lease or executory contract that has been
assumed in accordance with section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code provided a motion
requesting the same is filed with the Court prior to the Effective Date and such
motion is ultimately granted.  The foregoing shall not affect Grand Union's
ability to assign any assumed leases

                                     -28-
<PAGE>

pursuant to the terms of such leases after the Effective Date.
          24.  With respect to each executory contract and unexpired lease of
the Debtor that is being assumed by the Debtor pursuant to the Plan, the Debtor
has cured, or provided adequate assurance that the Reorganized Debtor will cure,
such defaults on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date.  The holder
of any claim arising from the rejection of an unexpired lease or executory
contract effectuated by Section 9.01 of the Plan (a) must file a proof of claim
respecting such claim no later than thirty (30) days after entry of this Order
pursuant and subject to the terms of this Court's Orders, dated April 6, 1995
and May 8, 1995, which established procedures for filing claims in this Chapter
11 Case (the "Bar Orders").
          25.  By reason of confirmation of the Plan and the occurrence of the
Effective Date:
               (a)  All outstanding certificates, notes, debentures and other
instruments issued by the Debtor and evidencing an equity interest in or
indebtedness of the Debtor are, to the extent an amendment or restatement is not
provided for by this Order or Plan, hereby cancelled, settled and/or compromised
as provided in the Plan except for certificates, notes, debentures and other
instruments issued to or held by the holders of Credit Agreement Claims and/or
Interest Rate Protection Agreement Claims (in such capacities) to the extent
provided under, or consistent with, the Plan and this Order; and

               (b)  The releases and exculpation provisions of Article 14 of the
Plan are effectuated; provided, however, and notwithstanding anything herein or
in the Plan to the contrary, the release set forth in Section 14.01(d)(i)(bb)
shall extend to professionals retained by counsel to the Senior Bank Agent.

                                     -29-

<PAGE>

          26.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Order or in the Plan,
if the Term Loan Facility under the Post-Confirmation Credit Agreement is not
funded in full on the Effective Date, pursuant to the Post-Confirmation Credit
Documents, the Effective Date shall be deemed not to have occurred for all
purposes.
          27.  The provisions of section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code shall be
applicable to the offering, issuance, distribution and sale of New Common Stock,
New Senior Notes, Warrants and New Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrants.
          28.  (a)  Pursuant to section 1146(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, the
issuance, transfer or exchange of any security, or the making or delivery of an
instrument of transfer under the Plan, including, without limitation, all
transactions and documents relating to the Post-Confirmation Credit Documents,
shall not be taxed under any law imposing a stamp tax or similar tax.
               (b)  All filing or recording officers, wherever located and by
whomever appointed, are hereby directed to accept for filing or recording, and
to file or record immediately upon presentation thereof, all such deeds, bills
of sale, mortgages, deeds of trust, assignments, security agreements, financing
statements, and other instruments of absolute or collateral transfer without
payment of any stamp tax or similar tax imposed by federal, state, or local law.
Notice in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit C (i) shall have the effect of an
order of the

                                     -30-

<PAGE>

Court, (ii) shall constitute sufficient notice of the entry of this Order to
such filing and recording officers, and (iii) shall be a recordable
instrument notwithstanding any contrary provision of nonbankruptcy law.  This
Court specifically retains jurisdiction to enforce the foregoing direction,
by contempt or otherwise.
          29.  The stay in effect in this case pursuant to section 362(a) of the
Bankruptcy Code shall continue to be effective until the Effective Date, and at
that time shall be dissolved and of no further force or effect, subject to the
injunction in the Plan and/or section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code except that
nothing herein shall bar the filing of financing documents or the taking of such
other actions as are necessary to effectuate the transactions specifically
contemplated by the Plan or by this Order.
          30.  This Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction as provided in
Section 16.01 of the Plan including over any agreement, order or stipulation
entered in connection with the Chapter 11 Case and with respect to the
enforcement and interpretation of the provisions of this Order and the Plan.
          31.  Nothing in this Order or the Plan shall operate as a discharge of
Grand Union from claims, obligations or liabilities arising out of, or to be
paid or performed under, the Plan, this Order or any agreement to become binding
in connection with consummation of the Plan.

                                     -31-
<PAGE>

          32.  Except as may otherwise be ordered by the Court, any final
request for payment of an Administrative Expense, including a request for
compensation in this Chapter 11 Case pursuant to sections 327, 328, 330, 331,
503(b)(3), (4) and (5) or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code, must be filed no later
than 45 days after the Effective Date; provided that no request for payment of
an Administrative Expense need be filed with respect to an Administrative
Expense which is paid or payable by the Debtor or Reorganized Grand Union in the
ordinary course.
          33.  This Order shall not be deemed to affect any rights preserved
pursuant to Section 14.06 of the Plan.
          34.  For purposes of determining the record holders of claims for
distributions under the Plan, the record date shall be May 24, 1995.
          35.  Based upon the record of this Chapter 11 Case, the security
interests to be affirmed and/or granted by the Debtor and/or Reorganized Grand
Union pursuant to the Post-Confirmation Credit Documents (i) are legal, valid
and enforceable, and (ii) do not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent
conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any federal or state law.
          36.  The failure to specifically discuss any particular provision of
the Plan in this Confirmation Order shall have no effect on the validity,
binding effect and enforceability of such provision and such provision shall
have the same validity, binding effect and enforceability as

                                     -32-

<PAGE>

every other provision of the Plan; the terms of the Plan are incorporated
herein pursuant to decretal paragraph 3 hereof.
          37.  Upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Plan shall be
deemed to be substantially consummated.
          38.  The provisions of the Plan and of this Order shall be construed
in a manner consistent with each other so as to effect the purposes of each;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if there is determined to be any inconsistency between
any Plan provision and any provision of this Order that cannot be so reconciled,
then solely to the extent of such inconsistency, the provisions of this Order
shall govern and any such provision of this Order shall be deemed a modification
to the Plan and shall control and take precedence (collectively, the
"Modifications").
          39.  Any liability of a transferor arising under sections 1440-1449 of
the New York Tax Law or under Chapter 236 of the Vermont Statutes or any similar
state law imposing a tax on gain from the transfer of an interest in real
property, related to or resulting from the transactions implemented by the Plan,
including, without limitation, the cancellation of common stock of the Debtor
and the issuance of the New Common Stock under the Plan, shall be paid by Grand
Union.
          40.  Grand Union shall be authorized to pay any expenses, including
any fees and expenses of professionals, accruing from and after the Effective
Date, without any application to the Court.
                                     -33-
<PAGE>

          41.  Contracts and leases assigned by the Debtor prior to the Filing
Date (collectively, the "Assigned Agreements") are not executory or unexpired
within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.  Any Claims asserted
against the Debtor under the Assigned Agreements that have been filed in
accordance with the Bar Orders are contingent or unliquidated and shall be
estimated by this Court pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code.  If
any Claim is asserted against the Debtor by a party to an Assigned Agreement,
the time for the Debtor to assume, reject or assume and assign such Assigned
Agreement pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code shall be extended to
five (5) Business Days after the determination of such Claim.
          42.  Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Plan to the contrary,
consummation of the Plan shall not relieve any assignee of an Assigned Agreement
of any obligations under such Assigned Agreement.
          43.  The automatic stay imposed by Bankruptcy Code section 362(a)
shall be modified and lifted with respect to two non-residential real property
leases (the "Florida Leases") between and among the Debtor and Marjorie E.
Kalback, Joanne Riley, Helen Solomon, Irving F. Kalback and David Solomon
(collectively, the "Florida Landlords") solely for the purpose of allowing the
Florida Landlords to proceed against the Debtor with their lawsuit pending in
Dade County, Florida, Circuit Court, Case No. 94-20065-CA-01 (the

                                     -34-

<PAGE>

"Dade County Lawsuit") up to and including the entry of judgment only.  To
preserve their rights against the Debtor with respect to the matter set forth
herein, within thirty (30) days of the entry of a final, non-appealable order
in the Dade County Lawsuit, the Florida Landlords must file a motion with
this Court for its determination of what, if any, amount of such judgment
constitutes the Debtor's obligation to cure with respect to the Debtor's
assumption of the Florida Leases.  The Court shall retain jurisdiction to
entertain such motion pursuant to Article 16 of the Plan.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, any such amount determined by
the Bankruptcy Court to be a cure obligation under Bankruptcy Code section
365 shall be entitled to administrative priority; provided, however, the
foregoing shall not prejudice the Debtor's rights to assert all defenses and
counterclaims.  Subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Florida
Leases are assumed pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Plan.  The hearing
regarding the Florida Landlords' pending motion for relief from the automatic
stay currently scheduled for July 11, 1995, is hereby cancelled and withdrawn
with the consent of the parties and no further appearances are required.
          44.  Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Plan to the contrary:
               (a)  Sections 14.01(b), 14.01(c) and 14.03 of the Plan shall not
be construed to release or enjoin the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") from
assessing and collecting any taxes, pursuant to 26 U.S.C. Section 6672, should
it be determined that the Debtor failed to pay its employment

                                     -35-

<PAGE>

taxes (Form 940 and Form 941 taxes) to the Internal Revenue Service;
               (b)  The Debtor shall pay the IRS interest at the rate of 8%
(rather than the United States Treasury rate) on any Allowed Priority Tax Claim
of the IRS stretched pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Plan;

               (c)  Subject to this Court's approval, the Debtor shall be
authorized to pay interest on any Allowed Priority Tax Claim stretched pursuant
to Section 3.01 of the Plan at an interest rate other than the United States
Treasury rate provided such interest rate is approved in writing with respect to
each such Claim by the Senior Bank Agent, the Official Committee (until such
Committee has been dissolved) and the Informal Committee of Senior Noteholders
(until such Informal Committee has been dissolved); and

               (d)  The receipt of distributions under the Plan by the United
States of America shall not prejudice any right of the United States to argue
that the releases afforded all present and former stockholders, officers,
directors, advisors and employees of the Debtor pursuant to Sections 14.01,
14.02 and 14.03 of the Plan are not permitted to be enforced in full or in part
pursuant to applicable law nor shall the United States be deemed to have
consented to such releases.
          45.  Notwithstanding anything in this Order or the Plan to the
contrary, the Assigned Agreements with Heritage Square Associates, S.L. Nusbaum
and Associates of Ocean View, Amy Development Company (both leases) and Park
Hill Plaza Associates, that are the subject of the Heritage Objection (the
"Affected Assigned Agreements"), shall be treated as if assumed by Grand Union
(pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code) and Grand Union shall remain
obligated under such Affected Assigned Agreements as if this Chapter 11 Case had
not been commenced.
          46.  The agreement between Grand Union and The Prudential Insurance
Company of America and Oppenheimer East Point Associates with respect to the
resolution and with-

                                     -36-

<PAGE>
drawal of their pending objections to confirmation of the Plan is as read
into the record at the Confirmation Hearing, is approved and shall constitute
a Modification; and Grand Union is authorized to document and implement such
agreement without further order of the Court.
          47.  Within 5 days after entry of this Order, or within such further
time as this Court may allow, the Debtor shall cause to be published one time in
THE NEW YORK TIMES (national edition), The WALL STREET JOURNAL (national
edition) and as soon as practicable in the SUPERMARKET NEWS notice of the entry
of this Order.
          48.  In addition to the retention of jurisdiction set forth in Section
16.01 of the Plan, this Court shall retain jurisdiction over any matters
relating to or arising from this Order, including any such matters that arise
prior to the Effective Date.

Dated:    Wilmington, Delaware
          May 31, 1995



                         /s/
                         ------------------------------
                         UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY JUDGE


                                     -37-

<PAGE>

                      IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

                          FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE

In re:                        )    Chapter 11
                              )
THE GRAND UNION COMPANY,      )    Case No. 95-84 (PJW)
also d/b/a Big Star,          )
                              )
                    Debtor.   )

              MINUTE ORDER CLARIFYING FINDINGS OF FACT, CONCLUSIONS
                  OF LAW AND ORDER UNDER 11 U.S.C. Section 1129
                        CONFIRMING SECOND AMENDED PLAN OF
               REORGANIZATION PROPOSED BY THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

          After reviewing the Findings of Fact, Conclusions of Law and Order
Under 11 U.S.C. Section 1129 Confirming the Second Amended Plan of
Reorganization Proposed by The Grand Union Company (the "Confirmation Order")
dated May 31, 1995, the Court has concluded that it is in the best interest of
The Grand Union Company ("Grand Union") and its estate to clarify that "[t]he
Plan . . . approved and confirmed pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy
Code" as set forth in decretal paragraph 3 of the Confirmation Order and as
otherwise referenced in the Confirmation Order consists of the Second Amended
Chapter 11 Plan of The Grand Union Company (the "Plan") which was appended as
Appendix A to the Disclosure Statement served by Grand Union on April 26, 1995
and made part of the record at the May 31, 1995 hearing to consider confirmation
of the Plan, as amended by the "Modifications" (as defined in the Confirmation
Order).

Dated:    Wilmington, Delaware
          June 14, 1995



                         /s/
                         ------------------------------
                         United States Bankruptcy Judge

<PAGE>
                                                                Exhibit 3.1
                                    RESTATED

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                             THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

      Pursuant to Section 303 of the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware and Orders of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Delaware

                               --------------------


          THE GRAND UNION COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing
under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware (hereinafter called the "Corporation"), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

          1. The name of the Corporation is The Grand Union Company and
the date of filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation in the
office of the Secretary of State was May 17, 1928.

          2. Pursuant to a court order issued in the proceedings of the
Corporation under Chapter 11, Title 11 of the United States Code (the
"Bankruptcy Code") before the United States Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Delaware, Case No. 95-84-PJW, filed on January 25, 1995 (the
"Bankruptcy Case") all authorized and issued and outstanding shares of
common stock of the Corporation are hereby cancelled.

          3. The following Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly
adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 245 and
303 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, pursuant to the
Comfirmation Order with respect to the Bankruptcy Case entered on May 31, 1995
by such court under Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

          4. Pursuant to Sections 245 and 303 of the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware, the text of the Certificate of Incorporation as
amended or supplemented heretofore, is further amended and restated hereby to
read in its entirety as follows:

          FIRST: The name of the Corporation is THE GRAND UNION COMPANY
(hereinafter called the "Corporation").

          SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation
in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street,
in the City of Wilmington, County

<PAGE>


of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The
Corporation Trust Company.

          THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful
act or activity for which a Corporation may be organized under the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL").

          FOURTH: (A) The total number of shares of all classes of capital
stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 40,000,000,
of which 10,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock of the par value of
$1.00 per share and 30,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock of the par
value of $1.00 per share.

          (B) The Board of Directors is expressly authorized, by
resolution or resolutions, to provide for the issue of all or any shares
of the Preferred Stock, in one or more series, and to fix for each such
series such voting powers, full or limited, and such designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights
and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, as shall be
stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board
of Directors providing for the issue of such series (a "Preferred Stock
Designation") and as may be permitted by the DGCL and as are consistent
with paragraph (C) of this Article FOURTH. The number of authorized shares
of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number
of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the holders of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of
the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors (the "Voting Stock") voting together as a single
class, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or
any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant
to any Preferred Stock Designation.

          (C) The Corporation is subject to the requirements of Section
1123(a)(6) of the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 1123(a)(6))
("Section 1123(a)(6)") and shall be prohibited from issuing any nonvoting
equity securities, and shall, at all times, provide, as to the several
classes of securities from time-to-time possessing voting power, an
appropriate distribution of power among such classes. A Preferred Stock
Designation shall not authorize the issuance of such nonvoting equity
securities, and shall include in its provisions, if the class designated
by such Preferred Stock


                                     -2-
<PAGE>


Designation has a preference in respect of dividends, adequate provisions
for the election of directors representing such preferred class in the
event of default in the payment of such dividends consistent with the
requirements of Section 1123(a)(6).

          FIFTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management
of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation:

          (1) Election of directors of the Corporation need not be by
written ballot unless the By-Laws so provide.

          (2) All the powers of this Corporation, insofar as the same may
be lawfully vested by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the
Board of Directors, are hereby conferred upon the Board of Directors of
this Corporation. In furtherance and not in limitation of that power the
Board of Directors is authorized to make, adopt, alter, amend and repeal
from time to time the By-Laws of the Corporation, by vote of a majority of
the directors present at any regular meeting of the Board, or at any
special meeting of the Board, provided that notice of such proposed
alternation, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws is given in the
notice of such special meeting, or by written consent without a meeting
signed by all directors. The power of the Board of Directors to adopt,
amend or repeal By-Laws is subject to the right of stockholders entitled
to vote with respect thereto to alter and repeal By-Laws made by the Board
of Directors.

          (3) The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from
time to time under the DGCL, indemnify and upon request shall advance
expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a
party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, proceeding or
claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason
of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or
officer of the Corporation or while a director or officer is or was
serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner,
trustee, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee
benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney's fees and expenses),
judgment, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in
connection with the investigation, preparation to defend or defense of
such action, suit proceeding or claim; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
foregoing shall not require the


                                     -3-
<PAGE>


Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection
with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or
on behalf of such person. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of
other indemnification rights arising under any by-law, agreement, vote of
directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of
the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any person seeking
indemnification under this paragraph (3) of ARTICLE FIFTH shall be deemed
to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification
unless the contrary shall be established. Any repeal or modification of
the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (3) of ARTICLE FIFTH shall not
adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the
Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director or
officer occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

          (4) A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent that exculpation from
liability is not permitted under the DGCL at the time such liability is
determined. No amendment or repeal of this paragraph (4) of ARTICLE FIFTH
shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability to
any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or
omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

          SIXTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter,
change or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of
Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and
all rights preferences and privileges of whatever nature conferred upon
stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever, by and pursuant
to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as
amended are granted subject to this reservation.

          SEVENTH: If at any time the Corporation shall have a class of
stock registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, for so long as such class is so registered, any action by the
stockholders of such class


                                     -4-
<PAGE>


must be taken at an annual or special meeting and may not be taken by
written consent.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Grand Union Company has caused this Restated
Certificate of of Incorporation to be signed on its behalf by Joseph J. McCaig,
its President and Chief Executive Officer, and its corporate seal to be hereunto
affixed by Kenneth R. Baum, its Secretary, this day of June, 1995.

THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

By:

/s/ Joeseph McCaig
- - --------------------
President and Chief Executive Officer

By:

/s/ Kenneth R. Baum
- - --------------------
Secretary















                                     -5-

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2

                             THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

                                     BY-LAWS

                          As restated on June 15, 1995.


                                   ARTICLE I.

                                  Stockholders

          Section I.  The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation
for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other
business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held at such
place, within or without the State of Delaware, and at such hour, as may be
determined by the Board of Directors, on the third Wednesday in June of each
year (or if said day be a legal holiday then on the next succeeding day not a
legal holiday), or on such later date, not later than 30 days thereafter, as may
be fixed by the Board of Directors.

          Section II.  Special meetings of the stockholders may be held upon
call of the Board of Directors or of the Executive Committee or of the Chairman
of the Board (and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board at the request in
writing of stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of the
Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting) at such time and at such place
within or without the State of Delaware, as may be fixed by the Board of
Directors or by the Executive Committee or the Chairman of the Board or by the
stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding stock of the Corporation
entitled to vote, as the case may be, and as may be stated in the notice setting
forth such call.

          Section III.  Notice of the time and place of every meeting of
stockholders shall be delivered personally or mailed at least ten days previous
thereto to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting, who shall
have furnished a written address to the Secretary of the Corporation for the
purpose. Such further notice shall be given as may be required by law. Meetings
may be held without notice if all stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting
are present, or if notice is waived by those not present.

          Section IV. The holders of record of a majority of the issued and
outstanding shares of the Corporation, which


<PAGE>

are entitled to vote at the meeting, shall, except as otherwise provided by
law, constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders. If there be no
such quorum present in person or by proxy, the holders of a majority of such
shares so present or represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time.

          Section V. Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by the
Chairman of the Board or, if the Chairman is not present, by the President or a
Vice-President or, if no such officer is present, by a chairman to be chosen at
the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation, or in his absence, an Assistant
Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, if present.

          Section VI. Each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting shall
have one vote in person or by proxy for each share of stock held by him which
has voting power upon the matter in question at the time; but no proxy shall be
voted after three years from its date, unless such proxy expressly provides for
a longer period.

          Section VII. When a quorum is present at any meeting, a plurality of
the votes properly cast for election to any office shall elect to such office
and a majority of the votes properly cast upon any question other than election
to an office shall decide the question, except when a larger vote is required by
law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws. No ballot shall be
required for any election unless requested by a stockholder present or
represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election. In the event a
ballot shall be required, the chairman of each meeting at which directors are to
be elected shall appoint two inspectors of election, unless such appointment
shall be unanimously waived by those stockholders present or represented by
proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors. No
director, or candidate for the office of director, shall be appointed as such
inspector. The inspectors shall first take and subscribe an oath or affirmation
faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict
impartiality and according to the best of their ability, and shall take charge
of the polls and after the balloting shall make a certificate of the result of
the vote taken. Except where the stock transfer books of the Corporation shall
have been closed or a date shall have been fixed as a record date for the
determination of the stockholders entitled to vote, as hereinafter provided, no
share of stock shall be voted at any

                                     -2-

<PAGE>

election of directors which shall have been transferred on the books on the
Corporation within twenty days next preceding such election.

          Section VIII. The Board of Directors may close the stock transfer
books of the Corporation for a period not exceeding sixty days preceding the
date of any meeting of stockholders or the date for payment of any dividend or
the date for the allotment of rights or the date when any change or conversion
or exchange of stock shall go into effect; or, in lieu of closing the stock
transfer books, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date, not exceeding
sixty days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders or the date for the
payment of any dividend, or the date for allotment of rights, or the date when
any change or conversion or exchange of stock shall go into effect, as a record
date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to
vote at, any such meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend,
or to any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect of any
such change, conversion or exchange of stock, and in such case only such
stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be
entitled to such notice of, and to vote at, such meeting, or to receive payment
of such dividend, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such
rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the
books of the Corporation after any such record date as aforesaid.



                                   ARTICLE II.

                               Board of Directors

          Section I. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall consist of
not less than three nor more than twelve persons, who shall hold office until
the annual meeting of the stockholders next ensuing after their election and
until their respective successors are elected and shall qualify and shall
initially consist of seven directors. Within the limits above specified, the
number of directors shall be determined by resolutions of the Board of Directors
or by the stockholders at an annual meeting. Newly created directorships
resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors shall be
filled in the same manner and with the same effect prescribed in Section 2 of
this Article

                                     -3-

<PAGE>

II with respect to vacancies. A majority of the Board of Directors shall
constitute a quorum.

          Section II. Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be filled by a
majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum, and the
directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until
their successors shall be duly elected and qualified, unless sooner displaced
pursuant to law.

          Section III. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such
place within or without the State of Delaware as may from time to time be fixed
by resolution of the Board or as may be specified in the call of any meeting.
Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times as may
from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board; and special meetings may
be held at any time upon the call of the Executive Committee or the Chairman of
the Board, by oral, telegraphic or written notice, duly served on or sent or
mailed to each director not less than two days before the meeting. A meeting of
the Board may be held without notice immediately after the annual meeting of
stockholders at the same place at which such meeting is held. Notice need not be
given of regular meetings of the Board held at times fixed by resolutions of the
Board. Meetings may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are
present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in writing.

          Section IV. Except as may be otherwise provided by law, by the
certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws, when a quorum is present at
any meeting the vote of a majority of the directors present shall be the act of
the Board of Directors.

          Section V. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting
of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be taken without a meeting
if all the members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be,
consent thereto in writing, and such writing or writings are filed with the
records of the meetings of the Board or of such committee. Such consent shall be
treated for all purposes as the act of the Board or of such committee, as the
case may be.

          Section VI. Members of the Board of directors, or any committee
designated by such Board, may participate in a meeting of such Board or
committee by means of conference

                                     -4-

<PAGE>

telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons
participating in the meeting can hear each other or by any other means
permitted by law. Such participation shall constitute presence in person
at such meeting.

          Section VII. The Board of Directors may also, by resolution or
resolutions, passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more
committees, each committee to consist of two or more of the directors of the
Corporation, which, to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions,
shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the
management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may have power to
authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may
require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be
determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. A
majority of the members of any such committee may determine its action and fix
the time and place of its meetings unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise
provide. The Board of Directors shall have power at any time to fill vacancies
in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such committee.


                                  ARTICLE III.

                                    Officers

          Section I. The Board of Directors as soon as may be after the election
held in each year shall choose a President of the Corporation, one or more Vice
Presidents, a Secretary, Treasurer, such Assistant Secretaries, Assistant
Treasurers and such other officers, agents, and employees as it may deem proper.


          Section II. The term of office of all officers shall be one year, or
until their respective successors are chosen; but any officer may be removed
from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of
the Board.

          Section III. Subject to such limitations as the Board of Directors, or
the Executive Committee may from time to time prescribe, the officers of the
Corporation shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their
respective offices, as well as such powers and duties as from

                                     -5-

<PAGE>

time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by the Executive
Committee.


                                   ARTICLE IV.

                              Certificates of Stock

          Section I. The interest of each stockholder of the Corporation shall
be evidenced by a certificate or certificates for shares of stock in such form
as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The shares in the
stock of the Corporation shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation
by the holder thereof in person or by his attorney, upon surrender for
cancellation of a certificate or certificates for the same number of shares,
with an assignment and power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto,
duly executed, and with such proof of the authenticity of the signature as the
Corporation or its agents may reasonably require.

          Section II. The certificates of stock shall be signed by the Chairman
of the Board or the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or the
Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer, shall be sealed
with the seal of the Corporation (or shall bear a facsimile of such seal), and
shall be countersigned and registered in such manner, if any, as the Board of
Directors may by resolution prescribe.

          Section III. Certificates for shares of Stock in the Corporation may
be issued in lieu of certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen, destroyed
or mutilated, upon the receipt of (1) such evidence of loss, theft, destruction
or mutilation, and (2) a bond of indemnity in such amount, upon such terms and
with such surety, if any, as the Board of Directors may require in each specific
case or in accordance with general resolutions.


                                   ARTICLE V.

                                 Corporate Books

          The books of the Corporation, except the original or duplicate stock
ledger, may be kept outside of the State of Delaware, at the office of the
Corporation in Wayne, New

                                     -6-

<PAGE>

Jersey or at such other place or places as the Board of Directors may
from time to time determine.


                                   ARTICLE VI.

                               Checks, Notes, Etc.

          All checks and drafts on the Corporation's bank accounts and all bills
of exchange and promissory notes, and all acceptances, obligations and other
instruments for the payment of money, shall be signed by such officer or
officers or agent or agents as shall be thereunto authorized from time to time
by the Board of Directors.


                                  ARTICLE VII.

                                   Fiscal Year

  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the Saturday nearest the
thirty-first day of March in each year.


                                  ARTICLE VIII.

                                 Corporate Seal

          The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the
Corporation and the words "Incorporated Delaware 1928." In lieu of the corporate
seal, when so authorized by the Board of Directors or a duly empowered committee
thereof, a facsimile thereof may be impressed or affixed or reproduced.


                                   ARTICLE IX.

                                     Offices

          The Corporation and the stockholders and the directors may have
offices outside of the State of Delaware at such places as shall be determined
from time to time by the Board of Directors.


                                     -7-

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE X.

                                   Amendments

          The by-laws of the Corporation, regardless of whether made by the
stockholders or by the Board of Directors, may be amended, added to, rescinded
or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders,
provided notice of the proposed change is given in the notice of the meeting.
No change of the time or place for the annual meeting of the stockholders for
the election of directors shall be made except in accordance with the laws of
the State of Delaware.










                                       -8-


<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.1

                  TEMPORARY CERTIFICATE -- Exchangeable for
                  Definitive Certificate When Ready for Delivery.


     NUMBER                                                           SHARES
      G

                            THE GRAND UNION COMPANY


INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS                                   SEE REVERSE FOR
 OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE                                    CERTAIN DEFINITIONS


THIS CERTIFIES THAT                                        CUSIP 386532 30 3







IS THE OWNER OF

           FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK OF

- - ---------------------------                            -------------------------
- - ---------------------------   THE GRAND UNION COMPANY  -------------------------
- - ---------------------------                            -------------------------


                     C E R T I F I C A T E   O F   S T O C K


transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof
in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate
properly endorsed. This certificate and the shares represented hereby are
issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate
of Incorporation and all amendments thereto, to all of which the holder by
acceptance thereof assents.

  This certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the
Transfer Agent and Registrar.

  WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures
of its duly authorized officers.

Dated

                                    SEAL

/s/                        THE GRAND UNION COMPANY               /s/
   SECRETARY                     INCORPORATED                    PRESIDENT
                                   DELAWARE



       COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
         AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
                                                      TRANSFER AGENT
                                                      AND REGISTRAR


       BY
                                                  AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


<PAGE>

   The Corporation will furnish without charge to each Stockholder who so
requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating,
optional or other special rights of each class of stock of the Corporation,
or series thereof, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of
such preferences and/or rights.

   The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of
this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

   TEN COM -- as tenants in common

   TEN ENT -- as tenants by the entireties

   JT TEN  -- as joint tenants with right of
              survivorship and not as tenants
              in common


UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -- ........Custodian..............
                      (Cust)             (Minor)
                     Under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                       Act ............
                            (State)


Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.


For Value Received, ______________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

   PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
      IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
- - ----------------------------------------------

- - ----------------------------------------------

_______________________________________________________________________________
  (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________ Shares
of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint
_____________________________________________________________________ Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with
full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated ________________________________

                          __________________________________________________
                          NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must
                          correspond with the name as written upon the face
                          of the certificate in every particular without
                          alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.
                          The signature of the person executing this power
                          must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor
                          institution such as a Commercial Bank, Trust Company,
                          Securities Broker/Dealer, Credit Union, or a Savings
                          Association participating in a Medallion program
                          approved by the Securities Transfer Association, Inc.



<PAGE>
                                                                   Exhibit 4.2



                       THE GRAND UNION COMPANY, as Issuer

                and IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

                                  $595,475,922







- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                    INDENTURE



                        Dated as of June 15, 1995


- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                     12% Senior Notes due September 1, 2004


<PAGE>

                CROSS REFERENCE TABLE(1)

             [SUBJECT TO FURTHER REVIEW]

Trust Indenture                  Reference
  Act Section                     Section
- - ---------------                  ---------

310(a)(1)                           6.10
   (a)(2)                           6.10
   (a)(3)                           N.A.
   (a)(4)                           N.A.
   (a)(5)                           6.10
   (b)                              6.10, 6.08(c)
   (c)                              N.A.
311(a)                              6.11
   (b)                              6.11
   (c)                              N.A.
312(a)                              2.05
   (b)                              10.03
   (c)                              10.03
313(a)                              6.06
   (b)(1)                           N.A.
   (b)(2)                           6.06
   (c)                              6.06, 10.02
   (d)                              6.06

314(a)                              3.07(a), 3.18(a), 10.05

   (b)                              N.A.
   (c)(1)                           10.04
   (c)(2)                           10.04
   (c)(3)                           N.A.
   (d)                              N.A.
   (e)                              10.05
315(a)                              6.01(b)
   (b)                              6.05, 10.02
   (c)                              6.01(a)

   (d)                              6.01(c), 6.02

   (e)                              5.11
316(a)                              2.09
   (a)(1)(A)                        5.05
   (a)(1)(B)                        5.04
   (a)(2)                           N.A.
   (b)                              5.07
   (c)                              8.04(b)
317(a)(1)                           5.08
   (a)(2)                           5.09
   (b)                              2.04
318(a)                              10.01

                   N.A. means not applicable

- - --------------------
1 This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

                                    ARTICLE 1

                          DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
                                  BY REFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

SECTION 1.01.

          (a) DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1


          (b)  ACCOUNTING TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16


SECTION 1.02.  OTHER DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16


SECTION 1.03.  INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF
               TRUST INDENTURE ACT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17


SECTION 1.04.  RULES OF CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17

                                    ARTICLE 2


                                 THE SECURITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18



SECTION 2.01.  FORM AND DATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18



SECTION 2.02.  EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18



SECTION 2.03.  REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19



SECTION 2.04.  PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19



SECTION 2.05.  HOLDER LISTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20



SECTION 2.06.  TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20



SECTION 2.07.  REPLACEMENT SECURITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21



SECTION 2.08.  OUTSTANDING SECURITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21



SECTION 2.09.  TREASURY SECURITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22



SECTION 2.10.  TEMPORARY SECURITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22



SECTION 2.11.  CANCELLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22



SECTION 2.12.  DEFAULTED INTEREST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22


                                    ARTICLE 3

                                      -i-

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----


                                    COVENANTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23



SECTION 3.01.  PAYMENT OF SECURITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23



SECTION 3.02.  LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23



SECTION 3.03.  LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25



SECTION 3.04.  LIMITATION ON LIENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29



SECTION 3.05.  LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK
               TRANSACTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30



SECTION 3.06.  LIMITATION ON ASSET SALES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31



SECTION 3.07.  SEC REPORTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34



SECTION 3.08.  LIMITATION ON PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS
               AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35



SECTION 3.09.  LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS AND PREFERRED
               STOCK OF SUBSIDIARIES (OTHER THAN
               NON-BORROWING SUBSIDIARIES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36



SECTION 3.10.  LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS OF NON-BORROWING
               SUBSIDIARIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39



SECTION 3.11.  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39



SECTION 3.12.  RESTRICTIONS ON BECOMING AN
               INVESTMENT COMPANY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40



SECTION 3.13.  CONTINUED EXISTENCE AND RIGHTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40



SECTION 3.14.  MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES AND
               OTHER MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40



SECTION 3.15.  TAXES AND CLAIMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41



SECTION 3.16.  STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42



SECTION 3.17.  MONEY FOR SECURITY PAYMENTS
               TO BE HELD IN TRUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42



SECTION 3.18.  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43


                                     -ii-

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

                                    ARTICLE 4

               SUCCESSORS; CHANGE OF CONTROL; OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT. . . . . .  44


SECTION 4.01.  WHEN COMPANY MAY MERGE, ETC.;
               CHANGE OF CONTROL; HOLDERS'
               RIGHT OF OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44


                                    ARTICLE 5



                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. . . . . . . . . . . . .  46



SECTION 5.01.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46



SECTION 5.02.  ACCELERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48



SECTION 5.03.  OTHER REMEDIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49



SECTION 5.04.  WAIVER OF DEFAULTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49



SECTION 5.05.  CONTROL BY MAJORITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49



SECTION 5.06.  LIMITATION ON SUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50



SECTION 5.07.  RIGHTS OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PAYMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . .  50



SECTION 5.08.  COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50



SECTION 5.09.  TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51



SECTION 5.10.  PRIORITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52



SECTION 5.11.  UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52


                                    ARTICLE 6


                                     TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52



SECTION 6.01.  DUTIES OF TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52



SECTION 6.02.  RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54



SECTION 6.03.  INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54



SECTION 6.04.  TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54



SECTION 6.05.  NOTICE OF DEFAULTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55



SECTION 6.06.  REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55

                                     -iii-

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

SECTION 6.07.  COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55


SECTION 6.08.  REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56


SECTION 6.09.  SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57



SECTION 6.10.  ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57



SECTION 6.11.  PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF
               CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58



SECTION 6.12.  AUTHENTICATING AGENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58


                                    ARTICLE 7


                             DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE. . . . . . . . . . . . .  59



SECTION 7.01.  TERMINATION OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . .  59



SECTION 7.02.  APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62



SECTION 7.03.  REPAYMENT TO COMPANY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62



SECTION 7.04.  REINSTATEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63


                                    ARTICLE 8


                                   AMENDMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63



SECTION 8.01.  WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63



SECTION 8.02.  WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64



SECTION 8.03.  COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64



SECTION 8.04.  REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65



SECTION 8.05.  NOTATION ON EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65



SECTION 8.06.  TRUSTEE PROTECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65


                                    ARTICLE 9


                                   REDEMPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66



SECTION 9.01.  NOTICE TO TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66



SECTION 9.02.  SELECTION OF THE SECURITIES TO BE REDEEMED. . . . . . . . . .  66



SECTION 9.03.  NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67

                                      -iv-

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

SECTION 9.04.  EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67



SECTION 9.05.  DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE ON



                OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68



SECTION 9.06.  SECURITIES REDEEMED IN PART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68


                                   ARTICLE 10


                                  MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68



SECTION 10.01. TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68



SECTION 10.02. NOTICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68



SECTION 10.03. COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS
               WITH OTHER HOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70



SECTION 10.04. CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS
               TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70



SECTION 10.05. STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN
               CERTIFICATE OR OPINION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70



SECTION 10.06. RULES BY TRUSTEE AND AGENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71



SECTION 10.07. LEGAL HOLIDAYS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71



SECTION 10.08. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71



SECTION 10.09. DUPLICATE ORIGINALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71



SECTION 10.10. GOVERNING LAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71



SECTION 10.11. NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION
               OF OTHER AGREEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71



SECTION 10.12. SUCCESSORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72



SECTION 10.13. SEVERABILITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72



SECTION 10.14. TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72



SECTION 10.15. BENEFITS OF INDENTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73


                                      -v-

<PAGE>


          INDENTURE dated as of June 15, 1995 between THE GRAND UNION COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY, a
banking company organized under the laws of the State of New York, as trustee
(the "Trustee").

          Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company's 12% Senior
Notes due September 1, 2004 (the "Securities").


                                   ARTICLE 1.

                          DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
                                  BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01.

          (a) DEFINITIONS.

          "ADDITIONAL ASSETS" means any Property or assets substantially related
to the Company's primary business.

          "AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any referenced Person, a Person (i)
which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is
controlled by, or is under direct or indirect common control with, such
referenced Person, (ii) which directly or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries beneficially owns or holds 5% or more of the combined voting
power of the total Voting Stock of such referenced Person or (iii) of which 5%
or more of the combined voting power of the total Voting Stock (or in the case
of a Person which is not a corporation, 5% or more of the equity interest)
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries is beneficially owned
or held by such referenced Person, or a Subsidiary of such referenced Person.
For purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative
meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control
with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly
or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management
or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities,
by agreement or otherwise; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that beneficial ownership of 5% or
more of the voting securities of another Person, shall be deemed to be control.
When used herein without reference to any Person, Affiliate means an Affiliate
of the Company.

          "AGENT" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar.

<PAGE>


          "ASSET SALE" means the sale or other disposition, in a transaction
which is not a Sale and Leaseback Transaction permitted under the terms of this
Indenture, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person other than
the Company or another of its Subsidiaries of (i) any of the Capital Stock of
any of the Subsidiaries of the Company or (ii) any other assets of the Company
or any other assets of its Subsidiaries outside the ordinary course of business
of the Company or such Subsidiary.

          "AVERAGE LIFE" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to
any debt security, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products
of (x) the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each
successive scheduled principal payment of such debt security multiplied by (y)
the amount of such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal
payments.



          "BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT" means either (i) the Bankers Trust Bank Credit
Agreement, (ii) the Alternative Credit Documents (as defined in the Plan), if
the Company has made the election provided for in Section 6.01(a) (ii) of the
Plan, or (iii) any successor agreement, together with documents related thereto,
including, without limitation, any security agreements, pledge agreements,
mortgages or guarantees, in the case of each of clause (i), (ii) or (iii) hereof
as such agreements may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time and includes any agreement renewing, extending the maturity
of, refinancing (including by way of placement or issuance of notes) or
restructuring (including the inclusion of additional borrowers, guarantors or
lenders) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreements.



          "BANKERS TRUST BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT" means the Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement dated as of June 15, 1995 among the Company, Bankers Trust
Company, for itself and as agent, and the other parties thereto.


          "BANKRUPTCY CODE" means Title 11 of the United States Code, as from
time to time in effect.  For purposes of Sections 5.01, 6.07 and 6.08 hereof,
the term "Bankruptcy Code" also includes any similar federal, state or foreign
law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding-up, liquidation,
reorganization or relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or change
in any such law.

          "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" means the Board of Directors of the Company or
any duly authorized committee of such board.

          "BORROWING SUBSIDIARY" means any direct or indirect wholly-owned
Subsidiary of the Company which is permitted to

                                    -2-

<PAGE>


incur Indebtedness under the terms of this Indenture pursuant to Section 3.09
hereof and which is primarily engaged in any business in which a supermarket
chain is at the time engaged or any related business or in any business in which
the Company is engaged on the Issue Date.

          "BUSINESS DAY" means any day which is not a Legal Holiday.

          "CAPITAL STOCK" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares,
interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated)
of such Person's capital stock, including, without limitation, preferred or
preference stock, and any rights (other than debt securities convertible into
capital stock), warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into such
capital stock.

          "CAPITALIZED LEASE OBLIGATIONS" means, at the time any determination
thereof is made, as to any Person, the obligation of such Person to pay rent or
other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use)
real or personal Property which obligation is required to be classified and
accounted for as a capital lease obligation on a balance sheet of such Person
under GAAP and, for purposes of this Indenture, the amount of such obligation at
any date shall be the outstanding amount thereof at such date, determined in
accordance with GAAP.

          "CHANGE OF CONTROL" means the occurrence of any of the following
events:

          (a)  any Person or Persons acting together which would constitute a
     "group" (a "Group") for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, or
     any successor provision thereto, together with any Affiliates thereof
     (other than a Permitted Holder or Permitted Holders), is or becomes the
     beneficial owner of more than 50% of the total Voting Stock of the Company;

          (b)  the Company consolidates with, or merges into, another Person or
     sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or
     substantially all of its assets to any Person in one transaction or a
     series of related transactions, or any Person consolidates with, or merges
     with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in
     which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or
     exchanged for cash, securities (other than Voting Stock) or other property
     with the effect that any Person or Group (other than a Permitted Holder or
     Permitted Holders) becomes the beneficial owner of more than 50% of the
     total Voting Stock of the Company or any successor

                                    -3-

<PAGE>


     corporation or securities representing more than 50% of the total Voting
     Stock of the Company or any successor corporation;

          (c)  during any consecutive two-year period, commencing as of the date
     of this Indenture, individuals who at the beginning of such period
     constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new
     directors whose election by such Board or whose nomination for election by
     the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of 66 2/3% of the
     directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning
     of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously
     so approved) cease for any reason (other than death or disability) to
     constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in
     office; or

          (d)  any order, judgment or decree shall be entered against the
     Company decreeing the dissolution or split-up of the Company and such order
     shall remain undischarged or unstayed for a period in excess of 60 days;


PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that none of the events described in the foregoing clauses
(a) through (d) shall constitute a "Change of Control" unless Standard & Poor's
Corporation or Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or, if both of the two named
rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, another nationally
recognized rating service which publicly rates investments shall within 180 days
after the occurrence of such event (such 180-day period to be extended by that
number of days, not exceeding 45 days, during which the Securities shall have
been placed after the date of such event on credit watch with negative
implications status) have downgraded the rating assigned by such agency to the
Securities on the date of such event.


          "COMPANY" means the Person designated as the "Company" in the first
paragraph of this instrument until any successor corporation shall have become
such Person pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, and thereafter means any
such successor.

          "CONSOLIDATED INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO" means, with respect to the
Company for any period, the ratio of:

          (i) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Operating Income of the
     Company for the four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial
     information in respect thereof is available immediately prior to the
     Transaction Date


                                    -4-
<PAGE>

     to

          (ii) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Interest Expense of the
     Company for the four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial
     information in respect thereof is available immediately prior to the
     Transaction Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, for purposes of calculating the
     Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of the Company, (a) Consolidated
     Operating Income shall be calculated on the basis of the first-in,
     first-out method of inventory valuation, as determined in accordance with
     GAAP, (b) the Consolidated Operating Income and Consolidated Interest
     Expense of the Company shall include the Consolidated Operating Income and
     Consolidated Interest Expense of any Person to be acquired by the Company
     or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the transaction giving rise
     to the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio, on a pro
     forma basis for the four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial
     information in respect thereof is available immediately prior to the
     Transaction Date and shall also include the Consolidated Operating Income
     and Consolidated Interest Expense of any other Person which has been
     acquired during such four consecutive fiscal quarters, on a pro forma basis
     from the beginning of such four consecutive fiscal quarters through the
     date first included in the Company's Consolidated Operating Income and
     Consolidated Interest Expenses, such pro forma Consolidated Operating
     Income and Consolidated Interest Expense to be determined on the same basis
     as used in determining such items for the Company, and (c) Consolidated
     Interest Expense and Redeemable Dividends shall be calculated as if (i) any
     Indebtedness incurred or proposed to be incurred or issued since the
     beginning of the four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial
     information in respect thereof is available immediately prior to the
     Transaction Date, or to be incurred or issued at or prior to the time of
     the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated
     Interest Coverage Ratio is effected (the "Transaction Time"), had been
     incurred or issued as of the beginning of such four quarter period, and
     (ii) any Indebtedness repaid since the beginning of such four quarter
     period or to be repaid with the proceeds of such Indebtedness or equity
     incurred or issued or to be incurred or issued at or prior to the
     Transaction Time, had been repaid as of the beginning of such four quarter
     period.  For purposes of determining the Consolidated Interest Coverage
     Ratio of the Company for any period, (i) any Indebtedness incurred or
     proposed to be incurred or Redeemable Stock issued or proposed to be issued
     which for purposes of clause (c) above is deemed to have been

                                    -5-

<PAGE>


     incurred or issued as of the beginning of the four quarter period described
     in clause (c) which bearsinterest at a fluctuating rate will be deemed to
     have borne interest during such four quarter period at the rate in effect
     on the Transaction Date and (ii) "Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary of
     the Company other than any Subsidiary (and Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary)
     of which the Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, a
     sufficient amount of Voting Stock in order to cause a merger of such
     Subsidiary into the Company or another Subsidiary without the approval of
     any other holder of Voting Stock of such Subsidiary.


          "CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE" means, for any period, without
duplication (A) the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of interest recognized by
the Company and its Subsidiaries during such period in respect of Indebtedness
of the Company and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, all interest
capitalized by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries during such period and all
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed by the Company and its
Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing
and the net costs associated with Interest Swap Obligations of the Company and
its Subsidiaries), (ii) to the extent any Indebtedness of any Person is
guaranteed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the aggregate amount of
interest paid or accrued by such Person during such period attributable to any
such Indebtedness, and (iii) any cash [Redeemable Dividend] accrued and payable,
and less (B) amortization or write-off of deferred financing costs of the
Company and its Subsidiaries during such period and, to the extent included in
(A) above, any charge related to any premium or penalty paid in connection with
redeeming or retiring any Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity, and in the
case of both (A) and (B) above, elimination of intercompany accounts among the
Company and its Subsidiaries and as determined in accordance with GAAP.



          "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, for any period, the aggregate net
income of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated
basis, determined in accordance with GAAP but excluding for such purpose the
impact of any Fresh Start Accounting adjustment; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that there
shall be excluded therefrom, after giving effect to any related tax effect, (i)
gains and losses from Asset Sales or reserves relating thereto, (ii) items
classified as extraordinary or nonrecurring, including without limitation income
relating to the cancellation of Indebtedness resulting from the Restructuring,
(iii) the income (or loss) of any Joint Venture, except to the extent of the
amount of cash dividends or other distributions in respect of its capital

                                    -6-

<PAGE>


stock or interest in the Joint Venture actually paid to, and received
by, the Company or any of its Subsidiariesduring such period by such Joint
Venture out of funds legally available therefor, (iv) except to the extent
includable pursuant to clause (iii), the income (or loss) of any Person accrued
or attributable to any period prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the
Company or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or that Person's assets (or a portion thereof) are acquired by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (v) the cumulative effect of changes in
accounting principles in the year of adoption of such change.


          "CONSOLIDATED OPERATING INCOME" means, with respect to the Company for
any period, the Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its Subsidiaries for
such period (A) increased by the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense of the
Company for such period, (ii) income tax expense of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for such period (after giving effect to
any income tax expense adjustments made in arriving at Consolidated Net Income),
(iii) depreciation expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on  a
consolidated basis, for such period, (iv) amortization expense of the Company
and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for such period, (v) amortization
or write-off of deferred financing costs of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on
a consolidated basis, for such period and (vi) other non cash items, but only to
the extent the items referred to in subclauses (i) through (vi) of this clause
(A) reduced such Consolidated Net Income and (B) decreased by the sum of (i) non
cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income and (ii) any revenues
received or accrued by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from any Person
(other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) in respect of any Investment
for such period (other than revenue from any Qualified Investment), but only to
the extent that subclauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (B) increased such
Consolidated Net Income, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

          "DEFAULT" means an event or condition that is, or, with the lapse of
time or the giving of notice or both, would become, an Event of Default as
defined in Section 5.01.

          "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, with respect to any Asset Sale or any
non-cash consideration received by or transferred to any Person, the sale value
that would be obtained in an arm's-length transaction between an informed and
willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer, as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.


                                    -7-

<PAGE>



          "FISCAL YEAR" means the Company's fiscal year ended the Saturday
closest to the last day of March in any calendar year or such other date as the
Company shall designate for use in connection with its obligations under the
federal taxing laws of the United States and relevant accounting standards.


          "FRESH START ACCOUNTING" means Fresh Start Accounting as described in
Statement of Position 90-7, "Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization
Under the Bankruptcy Code" (Am. Inst. of Certified Public Accountants 1990), as
then in effect, or such comparable statement then in effect.

          "GAAP" means, at any particular time, generally accepted accounting
principles as in effect in the United States of America at such time.

          "GUARANTEE" means any direct or indirect obligation, contingent or
otherwise, of a Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of
guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person in any manner.

          "HOLDER" means a Person in whose name a Security is registered.

          "INDEBTEDNESS," as applied to any Person, means, without duplication,
(i) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, for borrowed money (whether or not
the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only
to a portion thereof), (ii) any obligation owed for all or any part of the
purchase price of Property or other assets or for the cost of Property or other
assets constructed or of improvements thereto (including any obligation under or
in connection with any letter of credit related thereto), other than accounts
payable included in current liabilities incurred in respect of Property and
services purchased in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue by
more than 90 days, according to the terms of sale, unless being contested or
negotiated in good faith, (iii) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of a
Person under or in connection with any letter of credit issued for the account
of such Person, and all drafts drawn, or demands for payment honored,
thereunder, (iv) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, as set forth in
subclauses (i) and (ii) of this definition, secured by any Lien in respect of
Property even though the Person owning the Property has not assumed or become
liable for payment of such obligation, (v) any Capitalized Lease Obligation,
(vi) any note payable, bond, debenture, draft accepted or similar instrument
representing an extension of credit (other than extensions of credit for
Property and services purchased in the ordinary course of business which are not
overdue by more than 90 days, according to the terms of sale, unless being


                                    -8-

<PAGE>


contested or negotiated in good faith), whether or not representing an
obligation for borrowed money, (vii) the maximum fixed repurchase price of any
Redeemable Stock, (viii) any obligations of such Person in respect of Interest
Swap Obligations and (ix) any Guarantees and any obligation which is in economic
effect a Guarantee, regardless of its characterization, with respect to
Indebtedness (of a kind otherwise described in this definition) of another
Person. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the maximum fixed repurchase
price of any Redeemable Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall
be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Stock as if such
Redeemable Stock were repurchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be
required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture. The amount of Indebtedness
of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all
unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability of any
such contingent obligations at such date.

          "INDENTURE" means this Indenture, as amended, modified or supplemented
from time to time, together with any exhibits, schedules or other attachments
hereto.

          "INTEREST SWAP OBLIGATIONS" means the obligations of any Person
pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap, collar or floor
agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement.

          "INVESTMENT" means, with respect to any Person (such Person being
referred to in this definition as the "Investor"), (i) any amount paid by the
Investor, directly or indirectly, or any transfer of Property by the Investor,
directly or indirectly (such amount to be the Fair Market Value of such Property
at the time of transfer by the Investor), to any other Person for Capital Stock
of, or as a capital contribution to, any other Person; (ii) any direct or
indirect loan or advance to any other Person (other than accounts receivable of
such Investor arising in the ordinary course of business); and (iii) Guarantees
of the Indebtedness of another Person.

          "ISSUE DATE" means June 15, 1995, the date on which the Securities
are first to be issued under this Indenture.

          "JOINT VENTURE" means any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the
Company) in which any Person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
has a joint or shared equity interest with the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries.

          "LIEN" means any mortgage, lien (statutory or other), charge, pledge,
hypothecation, conditional sales agreement, adverse claim, title retention
agreement or other


                                    -9-

<PAGE>

security interest, encumbrance or title defect in or on, or any interest or
title of any vendor, lessor, lender or other secured party to or of such Person
under any conditional sale, trust receipt or other title retention agreement
with respect to, any Property or asset of such Person.


          "MATERIAL ACQUISITION" means any merger, consolidation, acquisition or
lease of assets, acquisition of securities or other business combination or
acquisition, or any two or more such transactions if part of a common plan to
acquire a business or group of businesses, if the assets thus acquired in the
aggregate would have constituted a Material Subsidiary if they had been acquired
as a Subsidiary, based upon the consolidated financial statements of the Company
and its Subsidiaries for the most recent Fiscal Year for which financial
statements are available.



          "MATERIAL SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to the Company, at any time,
each existing Subsidiary and each Subsidiary hereafter acquired or formed which
(i) for the most recent Fiscal Year of the Company for which financial
statements are available accounted for more than 10% of the consolidated
revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries or (ii) as of the end of such
Fiscal Year, was the owner (beneficial or otherwise) of more than 10% of the
consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, all as shown on the
consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such
Fiscal Year.


          "NET PROCEEDS" means, with respect to an Asset Sale by the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries, (i) the gross proceeds received by the Company or its
Subsidiary in connection with such Asset Sale (the amount of any non-cash
consideration received as proceeds to be the Fair Market Value of such
consideration, provided that liabilities assumed by the buyer shall not be
deemed proceeds received by the Company or its Subsidiary), minus (ii) the sum
of (a) reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Company or such Subsidiary
in connection with such Asset Sale, including any tax on income resulting from
the gain realized from such Asset Sale, (b) payments made with respect to
liabilities associated with the assets which are the subject of the Asset Sale,
including without limitation, trade payables and other accrued liabilities, and
payments made to retire Indebtedness where the assets disposed of in such Asset
Sale constituted security for or had been pledged to secure such Indebtedness
and payment of such Indebtedness is required in connection with such Asset Sale
and (c) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Subsidiary
thereof, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any
liabilities associated with such assets and retained by the Company or any

                                   -10-

<PAGE>


Subsidiary thereof, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including,
without limitation, liabilities under any indemnification obligations and
severance and other employee termination costs associated with such Asset Sale.

          "NON-BORROWING SUBSIDIARY" means any direct or indirect wholly-owned
Subsidiary of the Company which (i) is not permitted to incur Indebtedness and
does not at any time, in the present or future, have outstanding Indebtedness
and (ii) is not permitted to issue preferred or preference stock, pursuant to
its certificate of incorporation or otherwise, and does not at any time, in the
present or the future, have outstanding preferred or preference stock.


          "OFFICER" means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief
Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the
Secretary, any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary of the Company.



          "OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE" means a certificate signed by two Officers of
the Company, one of whom must be the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the
Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President or the Treasurer of
the Company.


          "OPINION OF COUNSEL" means a written opinion from legal counsel who is
acceptable to the Trustee.  The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the
Company or the Trustee.

          "PERMITTED HOLDERS" means any Person which directly or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries beneficially owns or holds or is entitled to
receive on the Issue Date 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Voting
Stock of the Company, or any Affiliate of any such Person.

          "PERSON" means any individual, corporation, limited or general
partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.

          "PLAN" means the plan of reorganization of the Company, as confirmed
by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware on May 31,
1995.

          "PRINCIPAL", or "PRINCIPAL" of a debt security means the principal
amount of a debt security plus the premium, if any, on such debt security.

          "PROPERTY" means any interest in any kind of property or asset,
whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.


                                    -11-

<PAGE>



          "QUALIFIED INVESTMENT" means the following kinds of instruments if, on
the date of purchase or other acquisition of any such instrument by the Company
or any Subsidiary the remaining term to maturity thereof is not more than one
year: (i) obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed as to principal and
interest by the United States of America or by any agency or authority
controlled or supervised by and acting as an instrumentality of the United
States of America; (ii) obligations (including, but not limited to, demand or
time deposits, bankers' acceptances and certificates of deposit) issued by (a) a
depository institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the
United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (b) a
branch office or agency located in the United States of any foreign depository
institution and guaranteed by such a U.S. trust company or depository, provided
that, in the case of both clause (a) and clause (b), such U.S. trust company or
depository has, at the time of the Company's or any Subsidiary's investment
therein or contractual commitment providing for such investment, capital,
surplus and undivided profits (as of the date of such institution's most
recently published financial statements) in excess of $100 million and the
long-term unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations rated on the
basis of the credit of a person or entity other than such institution) of such
institution, at the time of the Company's or any Subsidiary's investment therein
or contractual commitment providing for such investment, is rated at least A-1
by Standard & Poor's Corporation or A3 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or
carries an equivalent rating from a nationally recognized rating agency, if both
these two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments; and
(iii) debt obligations (including, but not limited to, commercial paper and
medium-term notes) issued or unconditionally guaranteed as to principal and
interest by any corporation, state or municipal government or agency or
instrumentality thereof, or foreign sovereignty if the commercial paper of such
corporation, state or municipal government or foreign sovereignty has, at the
time of the Company's or any Subsidiary's investment therein or contractual
commitment providing for such investment, credit ratings of A-1 by Standard &
Poor's Corporation, or P-1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or carries an
equivalent rating from a nationally recognized rating agency, if both these two
named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, or the debt
obligations of such corporation, state or municipal government or foreign
sovereignty, at the time of the Company's or any Subsidiary's investment therein
or contractual commitment providing for such investment, have credit ratings of
at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's Corporation or A3 by Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. or carry an equivalent rating from a nationally recognized rating


                                    -12-

<PAGE>


agency, if both these two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of
investments.


          "REDEEMABLE DIVIDEND" means, for any dividend payable with regard to
Redeemable Stock, the quotient of the dividend divided by the difference between
one and the maximum statutory federal income tax rate (expressed as a decimal
number between 1 and 0) then applicable to the issuer of such Redeemable Stock.

          "REDEEMABLE STOCK" means, with respect to any Person, any equity
security that by its terms or otherwise is  required to be redeemed or is
redeemable at the option of the holder thereof at any time prior to the maturity
of the Securities.

          "REDEMPTION DATE" means, when used with respect to any Security to be
redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the
Securities.

          "REDEMPTION PRICE" means, when used with respect to any Security to be
redeemed, the price fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the
Securities as set forth in Article 9 of this Indenture and paragraph 6 of the
Securities.


          "RESTRICTED PAYMENT" means (i) a dividend or other distribution
declared and paid on the Capital Stock of the Company to its stockholders (in
their capacity as such), other than dividends or distributions consisting of
shares of the Company's Capital Stock (or rights or warrants to subscribe for or
purchase shares of such Capital Stock), (ii) a payment made by the Company or
any Subsidiary to purchase, redeem, acquire or retire any Capital Stock of the
Company (or rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of such
Capital Stock), (iii) a payment made by the Company or any Subsidiary to
acquire, retire or redeem any debt of or equity interest in any Affiliate of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) any other Investment in any Affiliate
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than in any Non-Borrowing
Subsidiary) or (v) a payment made in purchase, redemption, defeasance or other
acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Debt.  For purposes of this
Indenture, a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company by a Subsidiary of the
Company required by the Bank Credit Agreement shall not be deemed a Restricted
Payment.


          "RESTRUCTURING" means the restructuring of the Company's debt and
equity capitalization pursuant to the Plan.


          "REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY" means the revolving credit facility (or
any similar facility) available under the


                                    -13-

<PAGE>

Bank Credit Agreement, including any related letters of credit.

          "SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTION" means any direct or indirect
arrangement with any Person or to which such Person is a party, providing for
the leasing to the Company or a Subsidiary of any Property, whether owned at the
date of this Indenture or thereafter acquired, which has been or is to be sold
or transferred by the Company or such Subsidiary to such Person, or to any other
Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person, on the
security of such Property.


          "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor
thereto.


          "SECURITIES" has the meaning set forth in the second paragraph of this
Indenture.

          "SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS" means, at any date, (i) Indebtedness under the
Bank Credit Agreement and the Securities including, in each case, interest
thereon accruing at the contract rate, whether or not an allowed claim in a case
under the Bankruptcy Code, and all other obligations and indemnities owing
thereunder; (ii) any renewals, extensions, modifications, amendments or
refundings of Indebtedness under the Securities; (iii) Indebtedness arising as a
result of Interest Swap Obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary; and (iv)
any other Indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed or under letters of
credit, in either case entered into in compliance with the Indenture, unless the
instrument under which such Indebtedness is created, incurred, assumed or
guaranteed expressly provides that such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of
payment to any Indebtedness.

          "SUBORDINATED DEBT" means, at any date, any Indebtedness of the
Company that is expressly subordinated in any respect in right of payment to the
Securities, Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Agreement or to any other Senior
Indebtedness, including, without limitation, principal, premium, interest, fees,
indemnities and amounts in respect of claims and rights of rescission.

          "SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
association or other business entity of which securities representing more than
50% of the combined voting power of the total Voting Stock (or in the case of an
association or other business entity which is not a corporation, more than 50%
of the equity interest) is at the time owned or controlled, directly or
indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that
Person or a combination


                                    -14-

<PAGE>

thereof.  When used herein without reference to any Person, Subsidiary means a
Subsidiary of the Company.

          "SURVIVING CORPORATION" means the corporation formed by or surviving
any consolidation or merger involving the Company or to which a transfer, sale
or lease of all or substantially all of the Company's Property is made.

          "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-
77bbbb), as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990, as in effect on
the date of execution of this Indenture, except as provided in Section 8.03.

          "TRANSACTION DATE" means the date of the transaction giving rise to
the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio; PROVIDED that if
such transaction is related to or in connection with any acquisition of any
Person, the Transaction Date shall be the earlier of (i) the date on which the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries enters into an agreement with such Person to
effect such acquisition, (ii) the date on which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries first makes a public announcement of any offer or proposal to
effect such acquisition, (iii) the date on which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries first makes a filing with the SEC or the Federal Trade Commission
in connection with any proposed acquisition, and (iv) the date such acquisition
is consummated, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if subsequent to the occurrence of an
event described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above or clause (A), (B) or (C)
below the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall amend the terms of such
acquisition with respect to the consideration payable by the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries in connection with such acquisition, the Transaction Date shall
be the earlier of (A) the date on which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
enters into a binding written agreement with such Person to effect such
acquisition on such amended terms, (B) the date on which the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries makes a public announcement of any offer or proposal to effect
such acquisition on such amended terms and (C) the date on which the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries first makes a filing disclosing such amended terms with
the SEC or the Federal Trade Commission in connection with any proposed
acquisition.

          "TRUSTEE" means the party named as such above unless and until a
successor replaces it in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and
thereafter means such successor.


          "TRUST OFFICER," when used with respect to the Trustee, means any
officer within the Corporate Trust Department (or any successor group) of the
Trustee, including without limitation any Vice President, Assistant Vice
President, Secretary or any other officer customarily perform-


                                    -15-

<PAGE>

ing functions similar to those performed by any of the above-designated officers
who shall, in any case, be responsible for the administration of this Indenture
or have familiarity with it, and also means, with respect to a particular
corporate trust matter, any other officer of the Trustee to whom such matter is
referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular
subject.


          "VOTING STOCK" means any class or classes of Capital Stock pursuant to
which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary
circumstances to vote for the election of directors, managers or trustees of any
Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any class or classes
will have or might have voting power by the reason of the happening of any
contingency).

          (b)  ACCOUNTING TERMS.  Unless otherwise specified herein, all
accounting terms herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations
shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder
shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 1.02.  OTHER DEFINITIONS.

      Term                  Defined in Section

"Authenticating Agent"                6.12

"Custodian"                           5.01

"Discharged"                          7.01

"Event of Default"                    5.01

"Exchange Act"                        3.07

"Legal Holiday"                      10.07

"Paying Agent"                        2.03

"Registrar"                           2.03

"Repayment Date"                      4.01


"Repurchase Date"                     3.06


"U.S. Government Obligations"         7.01

                                   -16-

<PAGE>

SECTION 1.03.  INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF
               TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

     Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is
incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

     The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

     "indenture securities" means the Securities;

     "indenture security holder" means a Holder;

     "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

     "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee;

     "obligor" on the Securities means the Company.

     All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined
by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have
the meanings assigned to them thereby.

SECTION 1.04.  RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

     Unless the context otherwise requires:

     (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

     (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect on the
date of the construction of such term;

     (c) "OR" is not exclusive;

     (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the
singular; and

     (e) provisions apply to successive events and transactions.

                                   -17-

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE 2.

                                 THE SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01.  FORM AND DATING.

     The Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is
part of this Indenture.  The Securities may have notations, legends or
endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.  If determined to be
necessary by the Company or its counsel, the Company may require that a legend
be placed on the Securities relating to original issue discount or other
applicable tax matters or as required by any securities exchange on which the
Securities may be listed.  The Company shall furnish any such legend in writing
to the Trustee.  Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

SECTION 2.02.  EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION.

     The Securities shall be signed for the Company by the Company's President
or a Vice President and shall be attested by the Company's Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary, in each case by manual or facsimile signature.  The
Company's seal shall be reproduced on the Securities.

          If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that
office at the time the Security is authenticated, the Security shall
nevertheless be valid.

          A Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual
signature of the Trustee.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the
Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.

          The Trustee shall authenticate Securities for original issue up to
$595,475,922 pursuant to a written order of the Company signed by two Officers.
The aggregate principal amount of Securities outstanding at any time may not
exceed the amount of $595,475,922 except as provided in Section 2.07.  Such
order shall specify the amount of the Securities to be authorized and the date
or dates upon which the original issue of Securities is to be authenticated.

          The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent acceptable to the
Company to authenticate Securities.  An Authenticating Agent may authenticate
Securities whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to
authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An
Authenticating Agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or
an Affiliate.

          The Securities shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any
integral multiples thereof.

                                      -18-

<PAGE>

SECTION 2.03.  REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT.

          The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Securities may be
presented for registration of transfer or for exchange ("Registrar") and an
office or agency where Securities may be presented for payment ("Paying Agent").
The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and
exchange.  The Company may appoint one or more co-Registrars and one or more
additional Paying Agents.  The term Paying Agent includes any additional Paying
Agent.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent,
Registrar or co-Registrar.  Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceeding
relative to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as the Paying Agent.


          The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any
Agent not a party to this Indenture that shall implement the provisions of this
Indenture that relate to such Agent.  The Company shall give prompt written
notice to the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent and any change
in the address of such Agent.  If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or
Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.  The Company initially appoints the
Trustee as Paying Agent and Registrar.


SECTION 2.04.  PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST.

          The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to
execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent
shall agree that such Paying Agent will:

          (a)  hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of,
     premium, if any, or interest on the Securities in trust for the benefit of
     the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons
     or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

          (b)  give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any
     other obligor upon the Securities) in the making of any payment of
     principal, premium, if any, or interest; and

          (c)  at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the
     written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so
     held in trust by such Paying Agent.

Upon such payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent shall have no further
liability for such money.

                                      -19-

<PAGE>

          If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it
shall comply with the requirements of Section 3.17 of this Indenture.


SECTION 2.05.  HOLDER LISTS.

          The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
Holders.  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee not less than ten days before each interest payment date and at
such other times as the Trustee may request in writing all information in the
possession or control of the Company or any Paying Agent as to the names and
addresses of the Holders, in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may
reasonably require.

SECTION 2.06.  TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.


          When Securities are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with
a request to register the transfer of, or to exchange them for an equal
principal amount of Securities of other authorized denominations, the Registrar
shall register the transfer or make the exchange provided that every Security
presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly
endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form
acceptable to the Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney
duly authorized in writing and its requirements for such transactions are met.
To permit registrations of transfer and exchanges, the Company shall issue and
the Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar's request.


          No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
with any registration of transfer or exchange.

          The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer
of or exchange Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business
15 days before the day of any selection of Securities for redemption under
Section 9.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of such day of
selection, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so
selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of
any Security being redeemed in part.

                                      -20-

<PAGE>

SECTION 2.07.  REPLACEMENT SECURITIES.

          If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company
shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange
therefor a new Security of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number
not contemporaneously outstanding.

          If the Holder of a Security claims that the Security has been lost,
destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall
authenticate a replacement Security if the Trustee's requirements are met,
provided that the Trustee shall not be required to authenticate or replace any
such Security which has been called for redemption.  If required by the Trustee
or the Company, such Holder shall provide an indemnity bond sufficient in the
judgment of both the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the
Trustee, any Agent or any Authenticating Agent from any loss which any of them
may suffer if a Security is replaced.  The Company may charge the Holder for its
expenses in replacing a Security.

          Every replacement Security issued pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 2.07 by virtue of the fact that any Security is destroyed, lost or
stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company,
whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be found at any
time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionally with any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder.

SECTION 2.08.  OUTSTANDING SECURITIES.

          The Securities outstanding at any time are all the Securities
authenticated by the Trustee except for (a) those canceled by it, (b) those
delivered to it for cancellation and (c) those described in this Section as not
outstanding.

          If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be
outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the
replaced Security is held by a bona fide purchaser.

          If Securities are considered paid under Section 3.01, they cease to be
outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

          Except as provided in Section 2.09, a Security does not cease to be
outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate holds the Security.

                                      -21-

<PAGE>

SECTION 2.09.  TREASURY SECURITIES.

          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of
Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned
by the Company or an Affiliate shall be considered as though they are not
outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee
shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only
Securities which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so considered.

SECTION 2.10.  TEMPORARY SECURITIES.

          Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may
prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities.  Temporary
Securities shall be substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may
have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Securities.
Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and deliver to the
Trustee, and the Trustee shall authenticate, definitive Securities in exchange
for temporary Securities.

SECTION 2.11.  CANCELLATION.

          The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for
cancellation.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee
any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or
payment.  The Trustee shall cancel all Securities surrendered for registration
of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall, upon the
request of the Company, destroy canceled Securities and deliver a certificate of
such destruction to the Company.  Subject to Section 2.07, the Company may not
issue new Securities to replace Securities that it has paid or that have been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 2.12.  DEFAULTED INTEREST.


          If the Company fails to make a payment of interest on the Securities,
it shall pay such interest thereafter in any lawful manner.  It may pay such
interest, plus any interest payable on such interest, to the Persons who are
Holders on a subsequent special record date.  The Company shall fix in a manner
satisfactory to the Trustee such special record date and payment date, except
for a payment of interest made within the 30-day period referred to in paragraph
(i) of Section 5.01 of this Indenture which may be paid to the holders of the
Securities on the regular record date for such interest payment.  Such special
record date shall not be less than 10 days prior to the payment date of such
defaulted interest.

                                      -22-

<PAGE>

 The Company shall notify the Trustee, in a writing delivered
to the Trustee, of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on
each Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time, the
Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the
aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or
shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to
the date of the proposed payment, such money, when deposited, to be held in
trust for the benefit of the Person entitled to such defaulted interest as
provided in this section.  At least 5 days before such special record date, the
Company shall deliver to the Trustee and mail to Holders a notice that states
the special record date, payment date, and amount of such interest to be paid.


                                   ARTICLE 3
..

                                    COVENANTS

SECTION 3.01.  PAYMENT OF SECURITIES.


          The Company shall punctually pay the principal of and interest on the
Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities.
Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date
due if the Paying Agent has received by 10:00 a.m. New York City time on that
date immediately available funds designated for and sufficient to pay all
principal and interest then due.


          The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if
any, at the rate borne by the Securities; it shall pay interest on overdue
installments of interest at the same rate to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 3.02.  LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.

          (a)  The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, make any Restricted Payment (other than Investments in (i)
Affiliates which are not wholly-owned Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $20 million at any time outstanding and (ii) Borrowing Subsidiaries in an
aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the sum of (x) $30
million less (y) the aggregate amount of outstanding Investments in Affiliates
which are not wholly-owned Subsidiaries permitted by clause (i) hereof) if,
after giving effect thereto:

               (A) any Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or

                                    -23-

<PAGE>

               (B) the Company could not incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.03(a) of this Indenture, or

               (C) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent
to the date of this Indenture by the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than
(i) Investments in Affiliates which are not wholly-owned Subsidiaries in an
amount not to exceed $20 million in the aggregate and (ii) Investments in
Borrowing Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed the sum of (x) $30
million less (y) the aggregate amount of outstanding Investments in Affiliates
which are not



wholly-owned Subsidiaries permitted by clause (i) of the first paragraph of this
Section 3.02(a)) would exceed the sum of (a) 50% (or minus 100% in the event of
a deficit) of aggregate Consolidated Net Income (which is defined to exclude the
impact of any Fresh Start Accounting adjustment and any extraordinary income,
including income relating to cancellation of indebtedness resulting from the
Restructuring) of the Company for the period commencing on April 2, 1995 and
ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date of
such payment, and (b) the aggregate Net Proceeds, including cash and the Fair
Market Value of Property other than cash, received by the Company subsequent to
the Issue Date from capital contributions from any of its stockholders or from
the issuance or sale (other than to a Subsidiary) subsequent to the Issue Date
of shares of its Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of any class (or
rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of such capital stock) or
of any convertible securities or debt obligations which have been converted
into, exchanged for or satisfied by the issuance of shares of the Company's
Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock).

          (b)  The provisions of this Section 3.02 shall not prevent the Company
from (i) paying a dividend on Capital Stock within 60 days after the declaration
thereof if, on the date on which the dividend was declared, the Company could
have paid such dividend in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, or
(ii) repurchasing shares of its Capital Stock (X) solely in exchange for other
shares of its Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) or (Y) pursuant to a
court order.


          (c)  The provisions of this Section 3.02 shall not prevent redemptions
or repurchases of the Company's common stock in connection with repurchase
provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other
agreements to compensate management employees, PROVIDED that such redemptions or
purchases shall not exceed $2,000,000 in any Fiscal Year or $5,000,000 in the
aggregate subsequent to the date hereof.

                                    -24-

<PAGE>

          (d)  Payments made in purchase, redemption, defeasance or other
acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Debt must meet the tests set
forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 3.02 except to the extent that any such
purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value is
made out of the proceeds of the issuance of (i) Subordinated Debt having a final
maturity no earlier than the final maturity of, and an Average Life equal to or
longer than, the Indebtedness being retired or repurchased or (ii) Capital Stock
(other than Redeemable Stock) of the Company.

SECTION 3.03.  LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS.

          (a)  The Company shall not create, incur, assume, guarantee or
otherwise become liable with respect to, or become responsible for the payment
of, any Indebtedness, unless, after giving effect thereto, the Consolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio of the Company on a pro forma basis for the four
consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial information in respect thereof
is available immediately prior to any Transaction Date that is prior to
September 1, 1997 would be greater than 1.85:1 and for any Transaction Date
thereafter would be greater than 2.0:1.


          (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may incur, create,
assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable with respect to, any or all of the
following Indebtedness:

          (i)  Indebtedness evidenced by the Securities, and Indebtedness under
     the Bank Credit Agreement (including any refinancings thereof permitted by
     clause (ii) of this Section 3.03(b)) in a maximum principal amount at any
     time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $250 million or (y) the
     sum of $100 million plus 65% of the total inventory of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries (calculated on a "first-in" "first-out" basis) plus 85% of the
     total accounts receivable of the Company and its Subsidiaries, subject to
     one or more permanent reductions of both (x) and (y) as provided in clause
     (iii) of Section 3.05 and the proviso set forth in the second paragraph of
     Section 3.06(a);

         (ii)  Indebtedness the proceeds of which are used to refinance (x) all
     or a portion of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Securities, or (y)
     Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Agreement (as limited by clause (i) of
     this Section 3.03(b)) or (z) other Indebtedness of the Company and of its
     Subsidiaries, in each case in a principal amount not to exceed the
     principal amount so refinanced (or, if such Indebtedness provides for an
     amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a
     declaration of acceleration of the matu-

                                    -25-

<PAGE>

     rity thereof, in an amount not greater than such lesser amount) plus any
     prepayment penalties and premiums, accrued and unpaid interest on the
     Indebtedness so refinanced, plus customary fees, expenses and costs related
     to the incurrence of such refinancing Indebtedness, PROVIDED that, in the
     case of this clause (ii),

               (1) if the Securities are refinanced in part, such new
          Indebtedness is expressly made pari passu or subordinate in right of
          payment to the remaining Securities,



               (2) if the Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinate in right
          of payment to the Securities, such new Indebtedness is subordinate in
          right of payment to the Securities at least to the extent that the
          Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinate in right of payment to
          the Securities,

               (3) if the Indebtedness to be refinanced is pari passu in right
          of payment to the Securities, such new Indebtedness is expressly made
          pari passu or subordinate in right of payment to the Securities, and

               (4) if the Securities are refinanced in part or if the
          Indebtedness to be refinanced is pari passu or subordinate in right of
          payment to the Securities and scheduled to mature after the maturity
          date of the Securities, such new Indebtedness as of the date of
          incurrence does not mature prior to the final scheduled maturity date
          of the Securities and has an Average Life equal to or greater than the
          remaining Average Life of the Securities;

        (iii)  Indebtedness of the Company remaining outstanding immediately
     after the issuance of the Securities;

         (iv)  Indebtedness to a Subsidiary of the Company;

          (v)  Indebtedness incurred in connection with the refurbishment,
     improvement, construction or acquisition (whether by acquisition of stock,
     assets or otherwise) of any Property or Properties of the Company or of any
     Subsidiary that constitute a part of the then present business of the
     Company or of any Subsidiary (or incurred within twelve months of any such
     acquisition or the completion of such refurbishment, improvement or
     construction), PROVIDED THAT at the time of the incurrence thereof:

                                    -26-

<PAGE>

     (a)(1) such Indebtedness, together with any other then
          outstanding Indebtedness incurred during the most recently completed
          four consecutive fiscal quarter period in reliance upon either this
          clause (v) or clause (vi) of Section 3.09 hereof does not exceed, in
          the aggregate, 3% of consolidated net sales of the Company and its
          Subsidiaries during the four consecutive fiscal quarter period ended
          immediately prior to the date of calculation; provided, that for
          purposes of this clause (a)(1), such Indebtedness shall include,
          without limitation, an amount equal to (x) the aggregate outstanding
          principal amount of any mortgages that the Company or any Subsidiary
          is deemed to have entered into in connection with any Sale and
          Leaseback Transaction that the Company or any Subsidiary has entered
          into during the four consecutive fiscal quarter period ended
          immediately prior to the date of calculation, less (y) the aggregate
          principal amount of any Senior Indebtedness that has been repaid with
          the Net Proceeds of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction that the
          Company or any Subsidiary has entered into within twelve months of the
          acquisition, or completion of construction or refurbishment, of the
          Property that is the subject of any such transaction; and

          (2) such Indebtedness, together with all then outstanding Indebtedness
          incurred in reliance upon either this clause (v) or clause (vi) of
          Section 3.09 hereof does not exceed, in the aggregate, 3% of the
          consolidated net sales of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the
          most recently completed twelve consecutive fiscal quarter period;
          provided that, for purposes of this clause (a)(2), such Indebtedness
          shall include, without limitation, an amount equal to (x) the
          aggregate outstanding principal amount of any mortgages that the
          Company or any Subsidiary is deemed to have entered into in connection
          with any Sale and Leaseback Transactions to which the Company or any
          Subsidiary is then a party less (y) the aggregate principal amount of
          any Senior Indebtedness that has been repaid with the Net Proceeds of
          any Sale and Leaseback Transaction that the Company or any Subsidiary
          has entered into within twelve months of the acquisition, or
          completion of construction or refurbishment, of the Property that is
          the subject of any such transaction; except that, for purposes of
          calculating the limitation set forth in clause (a)(2) the seven Sale
          and Leaseback Transactions


                                    -27-

<PAGE>

          identified in clause (ii) of Section 3.05 hereof shall not be
          included; or

      (b)  such Indebtedness (including an amount equal to the sum of (x) the
          aggregate outstanding principal amount of any mortgages that the
          Company or any Subsidiary is deemed to have entered into in connection
          with any Sale and Leaseback Transaction to which the Company or any
          Subsidiary is then a party less (y) the aggregate principal amount of
          any Senior Indebtedness that has been repaid with the Net Proceeds of
          any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) does not exceed the amount of
          proceeds received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from
          insurance policies maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary in
          respect of such Property or Properties;

         (vi)  Indebtedness consisting of Guarantees by the Company of
     Indebtedness of any Subsidiary, provided that such Indebtedness is
     otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

        (vii)  Indebtedness under Interest Swap Obligations, PROVIDED that such
     Interest Swap Obligations are related to payment obligations on
     Indebtedness otherwise permitted under this Section 3.03;

       (viii)  commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit
     incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Company;

         (ix)  Indebtedness represented by industrial revenue or development
     bonds, provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred in
     reliance upon the exception of this clause (ix) or of clause (x) of Section
     3.09 shall not exceed at any one time an aggregate principal amount
     outstanding of $25,000,000;

          (x)  Capitalized Lease Obligations relating to Property used in the
     business of the Company;

         (xi)  Indebtedness incurred in respect of performance bonds and
     performance and completion Guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of
     business;

        (xii) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other
     financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently
     (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient
     funds in the ordinary course of business, PROVIDED that such

                                    -28-
<PAGE>

     Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days from the date of its
     incurrence; and

       (xiii)  other Indebtedness for borrowed money in an amount not to exceed
     $75,000,000 in the aggregate.

SECTION 3.04.  LIMITATION ON LIENS.

          Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall create, incur, assume or
permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to any Property or assets of the
Company or of any Subsidiary or any interest therein or any income or profits
therefrom, other than:

          (i)  any Lien existing as of the date of this Indenture and any Lien
     securing Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Agreement pursuant to the terms
     of such Bank Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

         (ii)  any Lien arising in the ordinary course of business, other than
     in connection with Indebtedness for borrowed money;

         (iii)  any Lien on the Company's or a Subsidiary's accounts receivable,
     inventories, and proceeds thereof securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant
     to the provisions of the Revolving Credit Facility;

         (iv)  any Lien on Property acquired by the Company or by any Subsidiary
     after the date of this Indenture created solely to secure Indebtedness
     incurred to finance such acquisition or assumed in connection with such
     acquisition, whether by acquisition of stock, assets or otherwise (or
     entered into in connection with Indebtedness that is permitted under clause
     (v) of Section 3.03(b) or clause (vi) of Section 3.09), PROVIDED that in
     each case such acquisition does not constitute a Material Acquisition;

          (v)  any Lien on Property acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary
     which constitutes a Material Acquisition created solely to secure
     Indebtedness incurred to finance such Material Acquisition or assumed in
     connection with such Material Acquisition, PROVIDED that after giving
     effect to such Indebtedness the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would
     be greater than the then applicable Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio
     described in Section 3.03(a) above;

         (vi)  any Lien on any asset of the Company or any Subsidiary created
     solely to secure Indebtedness incurred to finance the refurbishment,
     improvement, construction

                                    -29-

<PAGE>

     or acquisition (whether by acquisition of stock, assets or otherwise) of
     such asset (or created within twelve months of any such acquisition or the
     completion of such refurbishment, improvement or construction) or relating
     to Indebtedness assumed in connection with any such acquisition, PROVIDED
     that such Lien secures Indebtedness permitted under clause (v) of Section
     3.03(b), or clause (vi) of Section 3.09;

        (vii)  any Lien created in connection with a Capitalized Lease
     Obligation that the Company or a Subsidiary is permitted to enter into
     under the terms of this Indenture;

       (viii)  any Lien relating to judgments or awards that the Company or any
     Subsidiary is contesting in good faith;

         (ix)  any Lien for taxes that are not yet due or that the Company or
     any Subsidiary is contesting in good faith; and

          (x)  any Lien extending, renewing or replacing any Liens permitted by
     clauses (i), (iv), (v), (vi) or (vii).

In the case of Liens permitted under clauses (i), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) and
(x), such Liens may relate solely to the Property (including any improvements
thereon) subject thereto as of the date of this Indenture or the date such Lien
was incurred, as the case may be (and, in the case of Indebtedness under the
Bank Credit Agreement, any after acquired Property), and may secure the payment
only of the Indebtedness so secured as of such date.

SECTION 3.05.  Limitation on Sale and Leaseback
               TRANSACTIONS.

          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, enter
into, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable with respect to any Sale and
Leaseback Transaction, PROVIDED, that the Company may enter into:

          (i)  a Sale and Leaseback Transaction that, had such Sale and
     Leaseback Transaction been structured as a mortgage rather than as a Sale
     and Leaseback Transaction, the Company would have been permitted to enter
     into such transaction pursuant to clause (v) of Section 3.03(b), clause
     (vi) of Section 3.04 and clause (vi) of Section 3.09, PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
     that such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is entered into within twelve
     months of the acquisition, or completion of construction or

                                    -30-

<PAGE>

     refurbishment, of the Property that is the subject of any such
     transactions;

         (ii)  a Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to the Company's
     Property located in New Fairfield, Connecticut, Dumont, New Jersey,
     Valatie, New York,



     Morrisville, Vermont, Corinth, New York, Tannersville, New York and
     Manchester Center, Vermont; and

        (iii)  a Sale and Leaseback Transaction if within 90 days of entering
     into such arrangement either (1) the Company applies the Net Proceeds of
     the sale of the Property leased pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback
     Transaction to the payment of Senior Indebtedness other than Indebtedness
     incurred under the Bank Credit Agreement (except that Indebtedness under
     the Bank Credit Agreement may be repaid from such Net Proceeds to the
     extent the principal amount of Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Agreement
     permitted by Section 3.03(b) is  permanently reduced by an amount equal to
     the principal amount of the Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Agreement so
     repaid from Net Proceeds) or (2)(a) if such arrangement is entered into
     prior to September 1, 2000, the Company makes a pro rata offer to all
     Holders of Securities to repurchase Securities at 104% of their principal
     amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest through the date of repurchase, or
     (b) if such arrangement is entered into on or after September 1, 2000, the
     Company redeems the Securities, in either case at par plus the then
     applicable premium, if any, and in an aggregate amount equal to the greater
     of the Net Proceeds of the sale of the Property leased pursuant to such
     Sale and Leaseback Transaction or the Fair Market Value of the Property so
     leased at the time of entering into such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

SECTION 3.06.  LIMITATION ON ASSET SALES.

          (a)  The Company shall not consummate, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary to consummate, any Asset Sale unless (i) such sale is for Fair Market
Value and (ii) at least 75% of the Net Proceeds thereof received by the Company
or such Subsidiary is in the form of cash; PROVIDED, that for purposes of this
covenant securities received by the Company or any Subsidiary from such
transferee that are promptly converted by the Company or such Subsidiary into
cash shall be deemed to be cash, and provided further, that notwithstanding any
other provision in this paragraph, the Company or any Subsidiary may consummate
Asset Sales for which it receives, in a single transaction or in a series of
related transactions, aggregate Net Proceeds in an amount not to exceed
$25,000,000 without

                                   -31-

<PAGE>

regard to the foregoing limitation on receiving a specified percentage of the
Net Proceeds in cash.

          To the extent the Company or such Subsidiary has not reinvested such
Net Proceeds in Additional Assets or used such Net Proceeds to repay Senior
Indebtedness (other than the Securities) within twelve months following the
consummation of the Asset Sale (or in the case of Net Proceeds received in the
form of securities, within twelve months after such securities are converted
into cash), the Company shall, not later than ten (10) days after the expiration
of such twelve months, either apply such Net Proceeds (or any portion thereof)
to the repayment of such Senior Indebtedness or commence an offer to repurchase
the Securities to which such Net Proceeds (or the remaining portion thereof)
shall be applied (such offer to repurchase to be made on the terms described in
the following paragraph); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if Net Proceeds of Asset Sales
are applied to reduce the Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Agreement (or any
refinancing or renewal thereof), the principal amount of Indebtedness under the
Bank Credit Agreement permitted by Section 3.03(b) shall be reduced permanently
by an amount equal to the principal amount of the Indebtedness under the Bank
Credit Agreement so repaid from Net Proceeds.

          If (1) no Senior Indebtedness other than the Securities is outstanding
at such time or the Company does not apply any or applies only a portion of such
Net Proceeds to the repayment of Senior Indebtedness other than the Securities
or (2) the application of such Net Proceeds results in the payment of all
outstanding Senior Indebtedness other than the Securities, then such Net
Proceeds or any remaining portion thereof, in each case not so applied to the
reinvestment in Additional Assets or the payment of Senior Indebtedness other
than the Securities, shall, except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, be
applied to a pro rata offer to all Holders of Securities to repurchase the
Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 102% of their principal amount
plus accrued and unpaid interest through the Repurchase Date.  Not less than
twenty (20) nor more than sixty (60) Business Days prior to the Repurchase Date,
the Company shall give Holders prior written notice of such right of repurchase,
mailed by first class mail to the Holders' last addresses as they appear upon
the register.  Such notice shall state: (i) that Holders are entitled to have
their Securities repurchased in whole or in part at 102% of their principal
amount plus accrued and unpaid interest through the Repurchase Date, (ii) the
date of repurchase (the "Repurchase Date"), (iii) the name and address of the
Paying Agent, (iv) that the Securities must be tendered to the Paying Agent by
five Business Days prior to the Repurchase Date to collect the principal,
premium and accrued interest thereon, (v) that any Security not tendered
by five

                                   -32-

<PAGE>

Business Days prior to the Repurchase Date shall continue to accrue interest at
the applicable rate borne by the Security, (vi) that any Security accepted for
payment shall cease to accrue interest after the Repurchase Date, (vii) that
Holders electing to have a Security repurchased shall be required to surrender
the Security, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Repurchase" on
the reverse of the Security completed, to the Paying Agent at the address
specified in the notice on or prior to the close of business on the fifth
Business Day preceding the Repurchase Date, (viii) that Holders shall be
entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than
the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the Repurchase Date, a
telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the
Holder, the principal amount of Securities the Holder delivered for repurchase,
the certificate number(s) of the Securities the Holder delivered for repurchase
and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such
Securities repurchased, (ix) that, if the aggregate repurchase price of the
Securities surrendered exceeds the available Net Proceeds, the Company shall
select the Securities to be purchased on pro rata basis (with such adjustment as
may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Securities in
denominations of $1,000 or multiples thereof shall be purchased); (x) that
Holders whose Securities are purchased in part shall be issued new Securities
equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Securities
surrendered; and (xi) any other information necessary to enable Holders to
tender Securities and have such Securities repurchased pursuant to this Section.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Net Proceeds resulting from any
Asset Sale, after giving effect to any related repayment of Senior Indebtedness
other than Securities and any reinvestment in Additional Assets are less than
$25,000,000, the Company may defer extending such pro rata offer to repurchase
Securities until such time as such Net Proceeds, plus the aggregate amount of
Net Proceeds resulting from any subsequent Asset Sale or Asset Sales not
otherwise reinvested in Additional Assets or applied to repay Senior
Indebtedness other than Securities, are equal to at least $25,000,000, at which
time the Company shall apply the aggregate amount of such Net Proceeds to a pro
rata offer to repurchase the Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to
102% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest through the
date of repurchase.

          (b)  Pending the application thereof in accordance with paragraph (a)
of this Section, the Company shall either apply the Net Proceeds of any Asset
Sale to repay temporarily any Senior Indebtedness other than the Securities or
invest such Net Proceeds in Qualified Investments.

                                   -33-

<PAGE>

SECTION 3.07.  SEC REPORTS.

          (a)  The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 5 days after
filed with the SEC, copies of the annual, quarterly and periodic reports and of
the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any
of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) which the
Company files with the SEC pursuant to Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Whether or not required
by the rules and regulations of the SEC, as long as any Securities are
outstanding, the Company shall continue to file with the SEC for public
availability (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and the Trustee on
the same timely basis such reports, information and other documents as the
Company would be required to file with the SEC if the Company were subject to
the requirements of such Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and had a class
of securities listed on a national securities exchange.  The Company also will
make such information available to Holders who request it in writing and shall
comply with the other provisions of TIA Section 314(a).

          (b)  So long as any of the Securities remain outstanding, the Company
shall cause any annual report to stockholders and any quarterly or other
financial reports furnished by it to stockholders, excluding internal management
reports and distributions to stockholders in their capacity as directors or
officers of the Company, to be filed with the Trustee and mailed to the Holders
at their addresses appearing in the register of Securities maintained by the
Registrar within 5 days after having been provided to stockholders.  If the
Company is not required to furnish annual or quarterly reports to its
stockholders pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Company shall cause its
consolidated financial statements, including any notes thereto, and with respect
to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company's certified
independent accountants, and a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations," comparable to that which would
have been required to appear in annual or quarterly reports filed under Section
13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if the Company had a class of securities listed
on a national securities exchange, to be so filed with the Trustee and mailed to
the Holders at their addresses appearing in the register of Securities
maintained by the Registrar within 100 days after the end of each Fiscal Year
and within 60 days after the end of each of the Company's first three fiscal
quarters in each Fiscal Year.  The Company shall advise the Trustee promptly in
writing of any change of its Fiscal Year, provided that a failure by the Company
to advise the Trustee of such change shall not affect the effectiveness of such
change.

                                   -34-

<PAGE>


          (c)  The Company shall furnish to Holders and to beneficial owners of
Securities and to prospective purchasers of Securities that are designated by
Holders, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant
to Rule 144(A)(d)(4) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


SECTION 3.08.  LIMITATION ON PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS
               AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES.

          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, create
or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual
encumbrance or restriction that by its terms expressly restricts the ability of
any Subsidiary to:

          (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on such Subsidiary's
capital stock or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Subsidiary,

          (b) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Subsidiary, or

          (c) transfer any of its Property to the Company or any Subsidiary,

other than, with respect to clauses (b) and (c) of this Section, encumbrances or
restrictions specifically:

          (i) permitted under the terms of any instrument or agreement relating
     to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary existing on the date
     of this Indenture, including, without limitation, this Indenture or the
     Bank Credit Agreement;

          (ii) relating to any Property acquired by the Company or any of its
     Subsidiaries after the date of this Indenture, provided that such
     encumbrance or restriction relates only to the Property which is acquired,
     and, in the case of any encumbrance or restriction that constitutes a Lien,
     the Company or such Subsidiary would be permitted to incur the Lien under
     Section 3.04 of this Indenture;

          (iii) relating to (x) any industrial revenue or development bonds, (y)
     any obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary
     course of business to pay the purchase price of Property acquired by the
     Company or such Subsidiary, or (z) any lease of Property by the Company or
     such Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, provided that such
     encumbrance or restriction relates only to the Property which is the
     subject of such industrial revenue or development bond, such Property

                                     -35-

<PAGE>


     purchased or such Property leased and any such lease, as the case may be;

          (iv) relating to any Indebtedness of any Subsidiary at the date of
     acquisition of such Subsidiary by the Company or any Subsidiary of the
     Company, provided that such Indebtedness was not incurred in connection
     with or in anticipation of such acquisition and, provided further that
     the Company or Subsidiary would be permitted to incur any Lien securing
     such Indebtedness under Section 3.04 of this Indenture; or

          (v) under any replacement or refinancing agreements of instruments
     referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), provided that the provisions
     relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in any such
     replacement or refinancing agreement or instrument are no more restrictive
     than the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained
     in such original agreement or instrument.

SECTION 3.09.  LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS AND PREFERRED
               STOCK OF SUBSIDIARIES (OTHER THAN
               NON-BORROWING SUBSIDIARIES).

          The Company shall not permit any Subsidiary to create, incur,
guarantee, assume or issue any Indebtedness or issue any preferred or preference
stock, except for:

          (i)  Indebtedness or preferred stock outstanding on the date of this
     Indenture;

          (ii)  Indebtedness or preferred stock issued to and held by the
     Company or a wholly-owned Subsidiary (but only as long as held or owned by
     the Company or a wholly-owned Subsidiary);

          (iii)  Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by a Person prior to the
     time (a) such Person becomes a Subsidiary, (b) such Person merges with or
     into a Subsidiary or (c) a Subsidiary merges with or into such Person,
     provided that such Indebtedness or preferred stock was not issued or
     incurred by such Person in anticipation of the type of transaction
     contemplated by subclauses (a), (b) or (c);

          (iv)  Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Agreement;

          (v)  Indebtedness the proceeds of which are used to refinance any
     other Indebtedness of any Subsidiary, in each case in a principal amount
     not to exceed

                                    -36-
<PAGE>


     the principal amount so refinanced (or, if such Indebtedness provides for
     an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable
     upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof, in an amount
     not greater than such lesser amount), plus any prepayment penalties and
     premiums, accrued and unpaid interest on the Indebtedness so refinanced,
     plus customary fees, expenses and costs related to the incurrence of such
     refinancing Indebtedness;

          (vi)  Indebtedness incurred in connection with the refurbishment,
     improvement, construction or acquisition (whether by acquisition of stock,
     assets or otherwise) of any Property or Properties of a Subsidiary of the
     Company that constitute a part of the then present business of the Company
     or any Subsidiary of the Company (or incurred within twelve months of any
     such acquisition or the completion of such refurbishment, improvement or
     construction), provided that either:



     (a)  (1) such Indebtedness, together with any other then outstanding
          Indebtedness incurred during the most recently completed four
          consecutive fiscal quarter period in reliance upon either this clause
          (vi) or clause (v) of Section 3.03(b) hereof does not exceed in the
          aggregate 3% of consolidated net sales of the Company and its
          Subsidiaries during the four consecutive fiscal quarter period ended
          immediately prior to the date of calculation; provided that for
          purposes of this subclause (a)(1), such Indebtedness shall include,
          without limitation, an amount equal to (x) the aggregate outstanding
          principal amount of any mortgages that the Company or any Subsidiary
          is deemed to have entered into in connection with any Sale and
          Leaseback Transaction that the Company or any Subsidiary has entered
          into during the four consecutive fiscal quarter period ended
          immediately prior to the date of calculation, less (y) the aggregate
          principal amount of any Senior Indebtedness that has been repaid with
          the Net Proceeds of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction that the
          Company or any Subsidiary has entered into within twelve months of the
          acquisition, or completion of construction or refurbishment, of the
          Property that is the subject of any such transaction; and



          (2)  such Indebtedness, together with all then outstanding
          Indebtedness incurred in reliance upon either this clause (vi) or
          clause (v) under Section 3.03(b) hereof does not exceed in the
          aggregate 3%

                                     -37-
<PAGE>


          of the consolidated net sales of the Company and its
          Subsidiaries during the most recently completed twelve consecutive
          fiscal quarter period; provided that, for purposes of this SUBCLAUSE
          (a)(2), such  Indebtedness shall include, without limitation, an
          amount equal to (x) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of any
          mortgages that the Company or any Subsidiary is deemed to have entered
          into in connection with any Sale and Leaseback Transactions to which
          the Company or any Subsidiary is then a party less (y) the aggregate
          principal amount of any Senior Indebtedness that has been repaid with
          the Net Proceeds of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction that the
          Company or any Subsidiary has entered into within twelve months of
          the acquisition, or completion of construction or refurbishment, of
          the Property that is the subject of any such transaction; except that,
          for purposes of calculating the limitation set forth in
          SUBCLAUSE (a)(2), the seven Sale and Leaseback Transactions identified
          in clause (ii) of Section 3.05 shall not be included; or


     (b)  such Indebtedness (including an amount equal to the sum of (x) the
          aggregate outstanding principal amount of any mortgages that the
          Company or any Subsidiary is deemed to have entered into in connection
          with any Sale and Leaseback Transaction to which the Company or any
          Subsidiary is then a party less (y) the aggregate principal amount of
          any Senior Indebtedness that has been repaid with the Net Proceeds of
          any such Sale and Leaseback Transaction) does not exceed the amount of
          proceeds received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from
          insurance maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of
          such Property or Properties;

          (vii)  Indebtedness consisting of Guarantees by a Subsidiary of
     Indebtedness of the Company or any other Subsidiary, provided that such
     Indebtedness is otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

          (viii)  Indebtedness under Interest Swap Obligations, provided that
     such Interest Swap Obligations are related to payment obligations on
     Indebtedness otherwise permitted under this Section 3.09;

          (ix)  commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit
     incurred in the ordinary course of business by a Subsidiary;

                                    -38-

<PAGE>

          (x)  Indebtedness represented by industrial revenue or development
     bonds, provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred in
     reliance upon this clause (x) or clause (ix) of Section 3.03(b) shall not
     exceed at any one time an aggregate principal amount outstanding of
     $25,000,000;

          (xi)  Capitalized Lease Obligations relating to Property used in the
     business of a Subsidiary;

          (xii)  Indebtedness incurred in respect of performance bonds and
     performance and completion Guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of
     business; and

          (xiii)  Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other
     financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently
     (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient
     funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness
     is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence.

SECTION 3.10.  LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS OF NON-BORROWING
               SUBSIDIARIES.


          Notwithstanding Section 3.09, the Company shall not permit any
Non-Borrowing Subsidiary to create, incur, assume, issue or guarantee any
Indebtedness or issue any preferred or preference stock, or to engage in any
Sale and Leaseback Transaction.


SECTION 3.11.  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.


          (a)  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to,
enter into any transaction after the Issue Date of the Securities with any
Affiliate (other than the Company or a Subsidiary) unless (i) the Board of
Directors of the Company determines, in its reasonable good faith judgment, that
such transaction is in the best interests of the Company or such Subsidiary,
based on full disclosure of all relevant facts and circumstances, (ii) such
transaction is on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than
those that could be obtained in a comparable arm's-length transaction with an
entity that is not an Affiliate, and (iii) the transaction is otherwise
permissible under this Indenture.



          (b)  This covenant does not apply to redemptions or repurchases of
common stock in connection with repurchase provisions under employee stock
option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate management
employees, PROVIDED that such redemptions or purchases shall not

                                    -39-
<PAGE>


exceed $2,000,000 in any Fiscal Year or $5,000,000 in the aggregate subsequent
to the date of this Indenture.

          (c)  The provisions of this Section 3.11 shall not prevent the Company
from (i) paying a dividend on Capital Stock within 60 days after the declaration
thereof if, on the date on which the dividend was declared, the Company could
have paid such dividend in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, or
(ii) repurchasing shares of its Capital Stock (x) solely in exchange for other
shares of its Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) or (y) pursuant to a
court order.

SECTION 3.12.  RESTRICTIONS ON BECOMING AN
               INVESTMENT COMPANY.

          Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall become an investment
company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as such
statute and the regulations thereunder and any successor statute or regulations
thereto may from time to time be in effect.

SECTION 3.13.  CONTINUED EXISTENCE AND RIGHTS.

          Subject to Article 4, the Company shall do or cause to be done all
things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its existence
as a corporation, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of
its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as
the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary
and (ii) the licenses, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the
Company and its Subsidiaries; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be
required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate,
partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of
Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable
in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole.

SECTION 3.14.  MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES AND
               OTHER MATTERS.

          (a)  The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to,
maintain its Properties in good working order and condition to the extent
material to the operations of the Company and make all necessary repairs,
renewals, replacements, additions, betterments and improvements thereto,
ordinary wear and tear excepted, to the extent and in the manner customary for
similar types of business; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing in this Section shall
prevent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from discontinuing the

                                    -40-
<PAGE>


operation and maintenance of any of its Properties, if such discontinuance is,
in the judgment of the Company or the Subsidiary, as the case may be,
desirable in the conduct of its respective business and not disadvantageous in
any material respect to the Holders.

          (b)  The Company shall insure and keep insured, and shall cause each
Subsidiary to insure and keep insured, with financially sound and reputable
insurers, so much of their respective Properties and in such amounts as is
usually and customarily insured by companies engaged in a similar business with
respect to Properties of a similar character against loss by fire and the
extended coverage perils.  The Trustee shall not be required to see that such
insurance is effected or maintained.

          (c)  The Company shall keep, and shall cause each Subsidiary to keep,
proper books of record and account in which full and correct entries shall be
made of all its business transactions, and shall reflect in its financial
statements adequate accruals and appropriations to reserves.  The Company shall
cause its books of record and account and those of each of its Subsidiaries to
be examined, either on a consolidated or an individual basis, by one or more
firms of independent public accountants not less frequently than annually and
shall not make any change in the accounting principles applied to its financial
statements not concurred in by such firm or firms.  The Company shall prepare
its financial statements in accordance with GAAP.

          (d)  The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to,
comply with all applicable statutes, laws, orders, ordinances and all rules,
regulations and restrictions of any governmental department, commission, board,
regulatory authority, bureau, agency and instrumentality of the foregoing and to
obtain all licenses, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations
necessary to the ownership or operation of its Properties and to the conduct of
its business, except such as are being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings and except if such non-compliance or failure to obtain
does not materially adversely affect, and as far the Company can at the time
foresee, is not reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the
business, earnings, Properties, prospects or condition, financial or other, of
the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

SECTION 3.15.  TAXES AND CLAIMS.

          The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to,
pay (or, if appropriate, withhold and pay over) prior to delinquency:

                                    -41-
<PAGE>


          (i)  all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or
     levies imposed upon it or its Property (or required by it to withhold and
     pay over), and

         (ii)  all material claims or demands of materialmen, mechanics,
     carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other like Persons which if unpaid
     might result in the creation of a Lien upon its Properties;

PROVIDED that items of the foregoing description need not be paid while being
contested in good faith (and by appropriate proceedings in the opinion of the
Company's independent counsel in any case involving more than $1,000,000); and
PROVIDED FURTHER that adequate book reserves (in the opinion of the Company's
independent accountants) have been established with respect thereto; and
PROVIDED FURTHER that the owning company's title to, and its right to use, its
Property is not materially adversely affected thereby.

SECTION 3.16.  STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS.

          The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that
it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim
or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever
enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants,
or the performance, of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it
may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such
law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay
or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall
suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has
been enacted.

SECTION 3.17.  MONEY FOR SECURITY PAYMENTS
               TO BE HELD IN TRUST.


          (a)  If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall at any time act
as the Paying Agent, it shall, on or before each due date of the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on the Securities, segregate and hold in trust for
the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the
principal, premium, if any, and interest so becoming due until such sum shall be
paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and shall
promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.



          (b)  Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents, it
shall, prior to or by 10:00 a.m. New York City time on each date for the payment
of the principal of or interest on the Securities, deposit immediately available

                                   -42-

<PAGE>

funds with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if
any, and interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit
of the Persons entitled to such payments; and, unless such Paying Agent is the
Trustee, the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or
failure so to act.

          (c)  For the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture or for any other purpose, the Company may at any time pay, or
direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the
Company or by such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the
same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such
Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by the Company or any Paying Agent to the
Trustee, the Company or such Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall be released
from all further liability with respect to such money.

SECTION 3.18.  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE.


          1.  The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after
the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company, an Officers' Certificate, complying
with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA, stating that a review of the activities of
the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding Fiscal Year has been made
under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether
the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under
this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such
certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept,
observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this
Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the
terms, provisions and conditions hereof (or, if a Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Defaults of which
he or she may have knowledge and the status thereof).


          (b)  The Company shall, as long as any of the Securities are
outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, promptly, but in any case within 10
Business Days of any Officer becoming aware of any Default, Event of Default or
default in the performance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in
this Indenture, an Officers' Certificate specifying such Default or Event of
Default and the status thereof.

          (c)  Upon payment in full of all outstanding Indebtedness under the
Bank Credit Agreement, the Company shall deliver an Officers' Certificate to the
Trustee stating that such Indebtedness has been paid in full and discharged.


                                   -43-

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE 4

               SUCCESSORS; CHANGE OF CONTROL; OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT

SECTION 4.01.  WHEN COMPANY MAY MERGE, ETC.;
               CHANGE OF CONTROL; HOLDERS'
               RIGHT OF OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT.

          (a)  The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into, or
transfer, sell or lease all or substantially all of its Property to, another
Person unless (i) the Surviving Corporation is a United States corporation, (ii)
the Surviving Corporation is bound by all the terms of this Indenture, (iii)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default or Event of
Default exists, (iv) the consolidated net worth (determined in accordance with
GAAP) of the Surviving Corporation is equal to or greater than the consolidated
net worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction and (v) in the
case of any such consolidation, merger, transfer, sale or lease other than into
or to a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company, immediately after and giving
effect to any such consolidation, merger, transfer, sale or lease and any
financings or other transactions in connection therewith the Consolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio of the Surviving Corporation would be greater than the
then applicable Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio described under paragraph
(a) of Section 3.03 of this Indenture.

          (b)  In the event of a Change of Control, the Company shall be
obligated to make an offer to purchase all of the then outstanding Securities at
a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of its principal amount plus accrued
interest, after the occurrence of such Change of Control.


          (c)  Not less than 20 nor more than 60 Business Days prior to the
consummation of a merger, consolidation, transfer, sale or lease that would
constitute a Change of Control and not more than 45 Business Days following the
occurrence of any other event constituting a Change of Control, the Company
shall give Holders notice of such right of prepayment, mailed by first class
mail to the Holders' last addresses as they appear upon the register.  Such
notice shall state:  (i) that Holders are entitled to have their Securities
prepaid in whole but not in part at 101% of their principal amount plus accrued
interest through the payment date pursuant to this Section 4.01; (ii) if a
Change of Control has occurred, that a Change of Control has occurred, or, if a
proposed merger, consolidation, transfer, sale or lease would constitute a
Change of Control, the proposed date of the consummation of the merger,
consolidation, transfer, sale or lease; (iii) that Holders shall be entitled to
tender their Securities for repayment, specifying the repayment price and


                                   -44-

<PAGE>


the repayment date (the "Repayment Date") (which, in the case of a merger,
consolidation, transfer, sale or lease that would constitute a Change of Control
shall not be later than the consummation date of the merger, consolidation,
transfer, sale or lease, and, in the case of any other Change of Control, shall
be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days after the date such notice
is mailed) and that Holders shall be entitled to tender their Securities for
repayment until five Business Days prior to the Repayment Date, (iv) the name
and address of the Paying Agent, (v) that the Securities must be tendered to the
Paying Agent by five Business Days prior to the Repayment Date to collect the
principal, premium and accrued interest thereon, (vi) that any Security not
tendered by five Business Days prior to the Repayment Date shall continue to
accrue interest at the applicable rate borne by the Security, (vii) that any
Security accepted for payment shall cease to accrue interest after the Repayment
Date, (viii) that Holders electing to have a Security repurchased shall be
required to surrender the Security, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to
Elect Repurchase" on the reverse of the Security completed, to the Paying Agent
at the address specified in the notice on or prior to the close of business on
the fifth Business Day preceding the Repayment Date, (ix) that Holders shall be
entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than
the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the Repayment Date, a
telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the
Holder, the principal amount of Securities the Holder delivered for repurchase,
the certificate number(s) of the Securities the Holder delivered for repurchase
and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such
Securities repurchased, (x) that Holders electing to have their Securities
repurchased must tender all Securities which they hold, (xi) that the Company
shall have no obligation to consummate a merger, consolidation, transfer, sale
or lease that would constitute a Change of Control that is the subject of any
such notice, provided that the Company shall mail a notice to Holders and the
Trustee, stating that the proposed merger, consolidation, transfer, sale or
lease was not consummated within the specified period and (xii) any other
information necessary to enable Holders to tender Securities and have such
Securities repurchased pursuant to this Section.  Notwithstanding that the
Company shall have given any such notice pursuant to this paragraph, the Company
shall have no obligation to consummate a merger, consolidation, transfer, sale
or lease that would constitute a Change of Control that is the subject of any
such notice, provided that the Company shall mail a notice to Holders and the
Trustee, stating that the proposed merger, consolidation, transfer, sale or
lease was not consummated and that Holders shall not have the right to require
the Company to prepay their Securities, not later than two Business Days after
the


                                   -45-

<PAGE>


Company determines that such proposed merger, consolidation, transfer, sale or
lease shall not be consummated, and the Company shall promptly return any
Securities tendered for prepayment to their respective Holders.


          (d)  The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, contemporaneously with
the mailing of the notice specified in paragraph (c) of this Section informing
Holders of their right to tender their Securities for prepayment, (i) an
Officers' Certificate to the foregoing effect stating that the Holders are
entitled to have their Securities repaid and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating
that the proposed transaction complies with this Indenture and that all
conditions precedent to the consummation of the transaction under this Indenture
have been met.  The Company shall also deliver to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in connection with any Supplemental
Indenture upon the execution thereof, as specified in Section 8.06 of this
Indenture.

                                   ARTICLE 5

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 5.01.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

          Each of the following events is an "EVENT OF DEFAULT":

          (i)  the failure by the Company to pay interest on any Security for a
     period of 30 days after such interest becomes due and payable;

         (ii)  the failure by the Company to pay the principal of (or premium,
     if any, on) any Security when such principal becomes due and payable,
     whether at the stated maturity or upon acceleration, redemption or
     otherwise;

        (iii)  a default in the observance of any other covenant contained in
     this Indenture that continues for 30 days after the Company has been given
     notice of the default by the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal
     amount of the Securities then outstanding;

         (iv)  a default or defaults on other Indebtedness of the Company or any
     Subsidiary, which Indebtedness has an outstanding principal amount of more
     than $15,000,000 individually or in the aggregate if such Indebtedness has
     attained final maturity or if the holders of such Indebtedness have
     accelerated payment thereof under the terms of the instrument under which
     such Indebtedness is or may be outstanding and, in each case, it remains
     unpaid;


                                   -46-

<PAGE>



          (v)  one or more judgments or decrees is entered against the Company
     or any Subsidiary involving a liability (not paid or fully covered by
     insurance) of $5,000,000 or more in the case of any one such judgment or
     decree or $10,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all such judgments and
     decrees for the Company and all its Subsidiaries and all such judgments and
     decrees have not been vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending
     appeal within 30 days from the date of entry thereof;


         (vi)  the Company or any Material Subsidiary pursuant to or within the
     meaning of the Bankruptcy Code:

               (1)  commences a voluntary case in bankruptcy or any other action
          or proceeding for any other relief under any law affecting creditors'
          rights that is similar to the Bankruptcy Code;

               (2)  consents by answer or otherwise to the commencement against
          it of an involuntary case or proceeding of bankruptcy or insolvency;

               (3)  seeks or consents to the appointment of a receiver, trustee,
          assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official (collectively, a
          "Custodian") of it or for all or substantially all of its Property;

               (4)  makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
          or

               (5)  consents to the entry of a judgment, decree or order for
          relief against it in an involuntary case; and


        (vii)  a court of competent jurisdiction enters a judgment, order or
     decree under any Bankruptcy Code that is for relief against the Company or
     any Material Subsidiary in an involuntary case OR proceeding which shall:


               (1)  approve a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement,
          adjustment or composition in respect of the Company or any Material
          Subsidiary of the Company,


               (2)  appoint a Custodian for the Company or any Material
          Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the Property of any of
          them; or


               (3)  order the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any
          Material Subsidiary,


                                   -47-

<PAGE>


     and in each case the judgment, order or decree remains unstayed and in
     effect for 60 days, or any dismissal, stay, rescission or termination
     ceases to remain in effect.




SECTION 5.02.  ACCELERATION.

          If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to the
Company or a Material Subsidiary described in paragraphs (vi) or (vii) of
Section 5.01 of this Indenture) shall have occurred and be continuing, the
Trustee by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the Securities by written notice to the Company and the
Trustee, may declare to be due and payable the principal amount of the
Securities, plus accrued interest, and such amounts shall become due and payable
upon the earlier of (x) five days from the date of such notice, so long as the
Event of Default giving rise to such notice has not been cured or waived and (y)
the acceleration of the Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Agreement (or any
renewal or refinancing thereof).  If an Event of Default relating to the Company
or a Material Subsidiary of the kind described in paragraphs (vi) or (vii) of
Section 5.01 of this Indenture shall occur, such amount shall IPSO FACTO become
immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of
the Trustee or any Holder.

          Subject to Sections 5.07 and 8.02, the Holders of not less than a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities by written
notice to the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities, may
rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment
default that resulted from such acceleration, (a) if the rescission would not
conflict with any judgment or decree, (b) if all existing Events of Default have
been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become
due solely because of acceleration, (c) to the extent the payment of such
interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue
principal, which has become due otherwise than by the declaration of
acceleration, has been paid, and (d) in the event of the cure or waiver of a
Default or Event of Default under Section 5.01(iv), the Trustee shall have
received an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Default or
Event of Default has been cured or waived.  Upon any such rescission, such
Default shall cease to exist and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be
deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no rescission
shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent
thereon.


                                   -48-

<PAGE>


SECTION 5.03.  OTHER REMEDIES.

          (a)  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
pursue any available remedy by an action at law, suit in equity or other
appropriate proceeding to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the
Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or
this Indenture.

          (b)  The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess
any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A
delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy
accruing upon an Event of Default or a Default shall not impair the right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in such Event of Default or a
Default.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 5.04.  WAIVER OF DEFAULTS.


          Subject to Sections 5.07 and 8.02, the Holders of not less than a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities by written
notice to the Trustee may waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment
of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Security as specified in
paragraphs (i) or (ii) of Section 5.01 or (ii) in respect of a covenant or
provision hereof which under Article 8 cannot be modified or amended without the
consent of each Holder affected.  Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease
to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have
been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend
to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.


SECTION 5.05.  CONTROL BY MAJORITY.

          The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power
conferred on it.  However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that
conflicts with law or this Indenture or is unduly prejudicial to the rights of
other Holders or would subject the Trustee to personal liability.  The Company
may, but shall not be obligated to, pursuant to the procedures of paragraph (b)
of Section 8.04 of this Indenture, fix a record date for the purpose of
determining the Holders entitled to vote on the direction of any such
proceeding.


                                   -49-

<PAGE>


SECTION 5.06.  LIMITATION ON SUITS.

          (a)  Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal,
premium (if any) or interest when due (including in connection with an offer to
purchase or call), no Holder may institute any proceeding with respect to this
Indenture or for any remedy hereunder unless such Holder has previously given to
the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default and unless the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Securities have requested the
Trustee in writing to pursue remedies in respect of such Event of Default and
have offered the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against loss,
liability, or expense to be thereby incurred and the Trustee has failed so to
act for 60 days after receipt of the same and during which 60 days no contrary
instruction has been received by the Trustee from the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Securities.

          (b)  A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of
another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

SECTION 5.07.  RIGHTS OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PAYMENT.

          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of
any Holder of a Security to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) and
interest on the Securities on or after the respective due dates expressed in the
Securities (including in connection with an offer to purchase or call), or to
bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective
dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

SECTION 5.08.  COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE.


          If an Event of Default specified in paragraphs (i) or (ii) of Section
5.01 of this Indenture occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to
recover, in any proceeding that it deems, in its sole discretion, most effective
to protect the interests of the Holders, judgment in its own name and as trustee
of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal,
premium (if any) and interest remaining unpaid on the Securities and interest on
overdue principal and to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as
shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel and any other amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to
Section 6.07 hereof.



                                   -50-

<PAGE>


SECTION 5.09.  TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.

          (a)  In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency,
liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or
other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the
Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their
creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities
shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or
otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on
the Company for the payment of overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled
and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,

          (i)  to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (and
     premium, if any) and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities
     and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable
     in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the
     reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
     Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such
     judicial proceeding, and

         (ii)  to collect and receive any moneys or other securities or property
     payable or deliverable upon the conversion or exchange of the Securities or
     upon any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar
official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to
make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall
consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the
Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other
amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07 of this Indenture.

          (b)  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee
to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan
of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the
Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to
vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.


                                   -51-

<PAGE>


SECTION 5.10.  PRIORITIES.

          Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be
paid and applied in the following order:

     First:    to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under
               Section 6.07 of this Indenture;

     Second:   to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for
               principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without
               preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due
               and payable on the Securities for principal, premium, if any, and
               interest, respectively; and

     Third:    to the Company or to such party as a court of competent
               jurisdiction shall direct.

          The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to
Holders under this Section.

SECTION 5.11.  UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.

          In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this
Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted to
be taken by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by
any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit,
and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs including reasonable
attorneys' fees and disbursements, against any party litigant in the suit,
having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by
the party litigant.  This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a
suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 5.06 of this Indenture, or a suit by
Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities.

                                    ARTICLE 6

                                     TRUSTEE

SECTION 6.01.  DUTIES OF TRUSTEE.

          (a)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a
prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his
own affairs.


                                   -52-

<PAGE>


          (b)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

          (1)  the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically
     set forth in this Indenture and no others and no implied covenants or
     obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

          (2)  the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the
     statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, in the
     absence of bad faith on its part, upon certificates or opinions furnished
     to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  The
     Trustee, however, shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine
     whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

          (c)  The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own wilful
misconduct, except that:

          (1)  this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
     Section;

          (2)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
     good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was
     negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and


          (3)  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it
     takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
     received by it pursuant to Section 5.05 of this Indenture or any other
     direction of the Holders permitted under this Indenture.


          (d)  Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the
Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

          (e)  The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right
or power unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense.


          (f)  The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as the Trustee may agree with the Company in writing.
Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law.


          (g)  No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to
expend or risk any of its own funds or incur any liability.


                                   -53-

<PAGE>


SECTION 6.02.  RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

          (a)  The Trustee may rely on any document believed by it to be genuine
and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The Trustee need not
investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.  The Trustee may
conclusively rely as to the identity and addresses of Holders and other matters
contained therein on the register of the Securities maintained by the Registrar
pursuant to Section 2.03 of this Indenture and shall not be affected by notice
to the contrary.

          (b)  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require
an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee shall not be
liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on
such Certificate or Opinion or both.  The Trustee may consult with counsel and
the written advice of such counsel or any opinion of counsel shall be full and
complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered
or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and reliance thereon.

          (c)  The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible
for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

          (d)  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or
powers.

SECTION 6.03.  INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the
owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or any
Affiliate with the same rights it would have as if it were not Trustee.  Any
Agent may do the same with like rights.  The Trustee, however, is subject to
Sections 6.10 and 6.11 of this Indenture.

SECTION 6.04.  TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER.


          The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of
this Indenture or the Securities; it shall not be accountable for the Company's
use of the proceeds from the Securities, or any money paid to the Company or
upon the Company's direction under any provision hereof; it shall not be
responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent
other than the Trustee; and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the
Securities other than its certificate of authentication or for any statement of
the Company in this Indenture.



                                   -54-

<PAGE>


SECTION 6.05.  NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.


          If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is
known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail the Holders a
notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs.
Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment on any Security,
the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of Trust Officers
in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of
Holders.


SECTION 6.06.  REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS.

          If required by the TIA, within 60 days after each February 15
following the date of this Indenture, the Trustee shall mail to Holders and the
Company a brief report dated as of such February 15 that complies with TIA
Section 313(a).  The Trustee shall also comply with TIA Section 313(b)(2) and
transmit all reports in accordance with TIA Section 313(c).

          A copy of each such report shall be filed, at the time of its mailing
to Holders, with the SEC and each stock exchange, if any, on which the
Securities are listed.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing when the
Securities are listed or delisted on or from any stock exchange.

SECTION 6.07.  COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.

          (a)  The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable
compensation for its services.  The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited
by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Company shall
reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred by it.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and
out-of-pocket expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel.


          (b)  The Company shall defend and indemnify the Trustee, its officers,
directors, employees and agents, against any loss or liability incurred by any
of them in connection with the Trustee's duties hereunder except as set forth in
the next paragraph.  The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim
for which it may seek indemnity; PROVIDED that the failure to give prompt notice
shall not release the Company from any liability to the Trustee to the extent
the Company is not prejudiced thereby.  The Company shall defend such claim and
the Trustee shall cooperate in such defense.


          (c)  The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against
any loss or liability incurred by the Trustee through negligence, bad faith or
wilful misconduct.



                                   -55-

<PAGE>


          (d)  The Trustee may have separate counsel, and the Company shall pay
the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.

          (e)  To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section, the
Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or Property held
or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and
interest on particular Securities.  Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture or any other termination under the Bankruptcy Code.

          (f)  When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an
Event of Default specified in paragraph (vi) or (vii) of Section 5.01 of this
Indenture occurs, such expenses and the compensation for such services are
intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Code.


          (g)  The Company's payment obligations under this Section 6.07 shall
survive the discharge of this Indenture.


SECTION 6.08.  REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE.

          (a)  A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a
successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee's
acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

          (b)  The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company.  The Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may remove
the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company.  The Company may remove
the Trustee if:

          (1)  the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.10;

          (2)  the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order
     for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under the Bankruptcy
     Code;

          (3)  a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its
     Property; or

          (4)  the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

          (c)  If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in
the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office,
the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding


                                   -56-

<PAGE>


Securities may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee
appointed by the Company.

          (d)  If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after
the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or
the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding
Securities may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment
of a successor Trustee.

          (e)  If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.10, any Holder may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and
the appointment of a successor Trustee.


          (f)  A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Holders.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all
Property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien
provided for in Section 6.07 of this Indenture.


          (g)  Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
Section 6.08, the Company's obligations under Section 6.07 of this Indenture
hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee in connection with
the rights and duties hereunder prior to such replacement.

SECTION 6.09.  SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC.

          If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all
or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation,
the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor
Trustee.

SECTION 6.10.  ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION.

          This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the
requirements of TIA Section 310(a).  The Trustee shall always have a combined
capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent
published annual report of condition.  Neither the Company nor any Person
directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with
the Company shall serve as trustee.  The Trustee is subject to TIA Section
310(b).


                                   -57-

<PAGE>


SECTION 6.11.  PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF
               CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY.

          The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 311(a).  A Trustee who has
resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent
indicated therein.

SECTION 6.12.  AUTHENTICATING AGENT.

          (a)  Each Authenticating Agent appointed by the Trustee pursuant to
Section 2.02 of this Indenture (an "Authenticating Agent") shall at all times be
a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States,
any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act
as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than
$5,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state
authority.  If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least
annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or
examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital
and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined
capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so
published.  If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in
accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall
resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

          (b)  Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged
or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting
from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent
shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or
corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an
Authenticating Agent, PROVIDED such corporation shall be otherwise eligible
under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further
act on the part of the Company, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

          (c)  An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written
notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company.  The Trustee may at any time
terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof
to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company.  Upon receiving such a notice
of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such
Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 6.12, the Trustee may appoint a successor
Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall mail
written notice of such appointment to all Holders of the Se-


                                   -58-

<PAGE>


curities. Any successor Authenticating Agent, upon acceptance of its
appointment hereunder, shall become vested with all the rights, powers and
duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named
as an Authenticating Agent.  No successor Authenticating Agent shall be
appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.


          (d)  The Company agrees to pay each Authenticating Agent from time to
time reasonable compensation for its services under Section 2.02 of this
Indenture and this Section 6.12 and the Trustee shall be entitled to be
reimbursed for any such payments made by it.


          (e)  If an appointment is made pursuant to Section 2.02 of this
Indenture or this Section 6.12, the Securities may have endorsed thereon, in
addition to the Trustee's certificate of authentication, an alternate
certificate of authentication in the following form:

          "This is one of the 12% Senior Notes due September 1, 2004 issued
     under the within-mentioned Indenture.


     Dated:
                    IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY,
                      as Trustee





                    By:______________________________
                       as Authenticating Agent



                    By:______________________________
                       Authorized Signatory"



                                  ARTICLE 7.

                             DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

SECTION 7.01.  TERMINATION OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS.


          This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except that the
Company's obligations under Sections 6.07 and 7.04 and the Trustee's and Paying
Agent's obligations under Section 7.03 shall survive) when all outstanding
Securities theretofore authenticated and issued have been delivered


                                   -59-

<PAGE>


(other than mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities which have been
replaced or paid) to the Trustee for cancellation, the Company has paid all
sums payable by it hereunder, and the Company has delivered to the Trustee an
Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent specified herein relating to the Indenture ceasing to be of
further effect have been complied with. In addition, subject to the remaining
provisions of this Section 7.01, the Company may, by resolution of its Board of
Directors filed with the Trustee, elect to either (i) terminate its obligations
under this Indenture and the outstanding Securities or (ii) be released and
discharged from its obligations under any covenant contained in Sections 3.02,
3.03, 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 3.08, 3.09, 3.10, 3.11, 3.14 and 4.01 and the omission
to comply with any such covenant shall not constitute a Default or an Event of
Default, if, in either case:



          (1)  the Company has irrevocably deposited in trust with the Trustee
     or, at the option of the Trustee, with a trustee satisfactory to the
     Trustee and the Company under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement
     in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, money or U.S. Government
     Obligations sufficient (without reinvestment thereof) in the opinion of a
     nationally recognized accounting firm to pay principal and interest on the
     Securities to maturity, and to pay all other sums then payable by it to the
     Trustee under Section 6.07 of this Indenture, provided that (i) the trustee
     of the irrevocable trust shall have been irrevocably instructed to pay such
     money or the proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to the Trustee
     and (ii) the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such
     money or the proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to the payment of
     said principal and interest with respect to the Securities; PROVIDED,
     however, that the Trustee shall have received an Opinion of Counsel stating
     that after the passage of 90 days following the deposit of the trust funds
     (except, with respect to any trust funds for the account of any Holder who
     may be deemed to be an "insider" for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code, after
     one year following the deposit) such funds will not be subject to any
     bankruptcy laws affecting creditors' rights generally;




          (2)  the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
     stating that all conditions precedent to (i) the termination of the
     Company's obligations under this Indenture and the outstanding Securities
     or (ii) the Company's release and discharge from the covenants set forth in
     clause (ii) of the second


                                   -60-

<PAGE>


     sentence of this Section 7.01, have been complied with, and an Opinion of
     Counsel to the same effect;



          (3)  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (x) in the case
     of the Company terminating its obligations under the Indenture and the
     Securities pursuant to clause (i) of the second sentence of this Section
     7.01, an Opinion of Counsel (which shall be accompanied by a ruling from
     the Internal Revenue Service), which Opinion of Counsel provides that the
     Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax
     purposes as a result of the Company's exercise of its option under clause
     (i) of the second sentence of this Section 7.01 and will be subject to
     Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the
     same times as would have been the case if such option had not been
     exercised or (y) in the case of the Company being released and discharged
     from the covenants set forth in clause (ii) of the second sentence of this
     Section 7.01, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders will not
     recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result
     of the Company's exercise of its option under clause (ii) of the second
     sentence of this Section 7.01 and will be subject to Federal income tax on
     the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have
     been the case if such option had not been exercised; and



          (4)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to
     the effect that such deposit will not cause the Trustee or the trust so
     created to be subject to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;



and, in each case, the Trustee shall have received such other documents and
assurances as the Trustee may reasonably request.  Then, this Indenture or such
covenants, as the case may be, shall cease to be of further effect (except as
provided below), and the Trustee, on demand of the Company, shall execute proper
instruments acknowledging confirmation of and discharge under this Indenture or
such covenants, as the case may be.  However, in the case of the Company
terminating its obligations under the Indenture and the Securities pursuant to
clause (i) of the second sentence of this Section 7.01, the Company's
obligations in Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 3.17, 6.07, 6.08 and 7.04
and the Trustee's and Paying Agent's obligations in Section 7.02 and 7.03 shall
survive until the Securities are no longer outstanding.  Thereafter, only the
Company's obligations in Section 6.07 and 7.04 and the Trustee's and Paying
Agent's obligations in Section 7.03 shall survive.  In the case of the Company's
being released and discharged from the covenants set forth in


                                   -61-


<PAGE>


clause (ii) of the second sentence of this Section 7.01, all of the remaining
provisions of the Indenture shall survive until the Securities are no longer
outstanding. Thereafter, only the Company's obligations in Section 6.07 and
7.04, and the Trustee's and Paying Agent's obligations in Section 7.03 shall
survive.



          In order to have money available on a payment date to pay principal or
interest on the Securities, the U.S. Government Obligations shall be payable as
to principal or interest on or before such payment date in such amounts as will
provide the necessary money.  U.S. Government Obligations shall not be callable
at the issuer's option.



          "U.S. Government Obligations" means direct obligations of, or
obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which
the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged.


SECTION 7.02.  APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY.


          The Trustee or a trustee satisfactory to the Trustee and the Company
shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it
pursuant to Section 7.01 of this Indenture.  It shall apply the deposited money
and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in
accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal and interest on the
Securities.


SECTION 7.03.  REPAYMENT TO COMPANY.

          (a)  The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the
Company upon written request any excess money or securities held by them at any
time.

          (b)  The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon
written request any money held by them for the payment of principal, premium, if
any, or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after the date upon which
such payment shall have come due; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Trustee or such
Paying Agent, shall, upon the written request and at the expense of the Company,
cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in The City of
New York or mailed to each such Holder, notice that such money remains unclaimed
and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days
from the date of such publication or mailing, any unclaimed balance of such
money then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.  After payment to the
Company, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as
general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another
Person.


                                   -62-

<PAGE>

SECTION 7.04.  REINSTATEMENT.

          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S.
Government Obligations in accordance with Sections 7.01 and 7.02 of this
Indenture by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or
judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or
otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company's obligations under this
Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no
deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 7.01 of this Indenture until such time
as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply such money or U.S.
Government Obligations in accordance with Section 7.01 of this Indenture;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Company has made any payment of interest on or
principal of any Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to
receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the
Trustee or Paying Agent.


                                   ARTICLE 8.

                                   AMENDMENTS

SECTION 8.01.  WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

          The Company, when duly authorized by resolution of its Board of
Directors, and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities without
the consent of any Holder:

          (a)  to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency with any other
     provision herein;

          (b)  to comply with Section 4.01 of this Indenture;


          (c)  to secure the Securities;



          (d)  to make any change that does not adversely affect the legal
     rights hereunder of any Holder; or



          (e)  to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or
     maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.


          After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company
shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing the amendment.


                                    -63-

<PAGE>


SECTION 8.02.  WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

          The Company, when duly authorized by resolution of its Board of
Directors, and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities with the
written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
then outstanding Securities.  However, without the consent of each Holder
affected, an amendment under this Section may not:

          (a)  reduce the amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an
     amendment;

          (b)  reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest,
     including defaulted interest, on any Security;

          (c)  reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any
     Security, or change the date on which any Security may be subject to
     redemption or reduce the Redemption Price therefor;

          (d)  make any Security payable in currency other than that stated in
     the Security;

          (e)  make any change in Section 5.04 or 5.07 or this Section 8.02 of
     this Indenture;

          (f)  make any change in the ranking of the Securities with respect to
     any other obligation of the Company in a way that adversely affects the
     rights of any Holder; or

          (g)  waive a Default in the payment of the principal of, and interest
     on, any Security.

          After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company
shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing the amendment.

SECTION 8.03.  COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

          Every amendment to this Indenture or the Securities shall be set forth
in a supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.


                                   -64-

<PAGE>


SECTION 8.04.  REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS.

          (a)  Until an amendment or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it
by a Holder of a Security is a continuing consent by the Holder and every
subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same
debt as the consenting Holder's Security, even if notation of the consent is not
made on any Security.  However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke
the consent as to his Security or portion of a Security if the Trustee receives
written notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an
Officers' Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal
amount of Securities have consented to such amendment or waiver.  An amendment
or waiver becomes effective upon receipt by the Trustee of such Officers'
Certificate and the written consents from the Holders of the requisite
percentage in principal amount of Securities.

          (b)  The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date
for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment
or waiver, which record date shall be at least 5 Business Days prior to the
first solicitation of such consent.  If a record date is fixed, then
notwithstanding the second and third sentence of paragraph (a) of this Section,
those persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated
proxies), and only those persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment
or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such persons
continue to be Holders after such record date.  No such consent shall be valid
or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

          (c)  After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind
every Holder.

SECTION 8.05.  NOTATION ON EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES.

          Upon the Company's written request, the Trustee shall place an
appropriate notation (to be provided by the Company) about an amendment or
waiver on any Security thereafter authenticated.  The Company in exchange for
all Securities may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Securities that
reflect the amendment or waiver.

SECTION 8.06.  TRUSTEE PROTECTED.

          The Trustee shall sign all supplemental indentures, except that the
Trustee need not sign any supplemental indenture that adversely affects its
rights.  In signing or refusing to sign such amendment or supplemental
indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject to Section 6.01
of this Indenture, shall be fully protected in relying


                                   -65-

<PAGE>


upon, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence
that such amendment or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this
Indenture, that it is not inconsistent herewith, that all conditions precedent
to the execution thereof have been met, that it will be valid and binding upon
the Company in accordance with its terms and that, after the execution thereof,
the Company will not be in Default and no Event of Default will have occurred
and be continuing.


                                   ARTICLE 9.

                                   REDEMPTIONS

SECTION 9.01.  NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.


          If the Company elects to redeem Securities pursuant to the optional
redemption provisions of paragraph 6 of the Securities and Section 9.03 hereof,
the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the
principal amount of Securities to be redeemed, and the Redemption Price and
shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate certifying resolutions of
the Board of Directors authorizing the redemption and an Opinion of Counsel with
respect to the due authorization of such redemption and that such redemption is
being made in accordance with this Indenture and the Securities and does not
violate any other agreement binding on the Company.


          The Company shall give the notice to the Trustee provided for in this
Section at least 45 days (unless such shorter period shall be satisfactory to
the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date.

SECTION 9.02.  SELECTION OF THE SECURITIES TO BE REDEEMED.


          If less than all of the Securities are to be redeemed, the Trustee,
PRO RATA or by lot, or by any manner that is acceptable to the Trustee, shall
select, subject to the remainder of this Section, the Securities to be redeemed.
The Trustee shall make the selection not more than 60 days and not less than 30
days before each Redemption Date from Securities outstanding not previously
called for redemption.  The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the
principal of Securities that have denominations larger than $1,000.  Securities
and portions of them it selects shall be in amounts of $1,000 or integral
multiples of $1,000.  Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities
called for redemption shall also apply to portions of Securities called for
redemption.  The Trustee shall notify the Company



                                   -66-

<PAGE>


promptly in writing of the Securities or portions of Securities to be called for
redemption.


SECTION 9.03.  NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

          (a)  At least 30 but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date,
the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder
whose Securities are to be redeemed at the Holder's last address as it appears
upon the register.

          (b)  The notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall
state:

          (i)  the Redemption Date;

         (ii)  the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest to be
     paid;

        (iii)  the name and address of the Paying Agent;

         (iv)  that the Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to
     the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if
     any;

          (v)  that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption
     payment, interest on the Securities called for redemption ceases to accrue
     on and after the specified Redemption Date; and

          (vi)  if any Security is being redeemed in part, the portion of the
     principal amount (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof) of such
     Security to be redeemed and that, on or after the Redemption Date, upon
     surrender of such Security, a new Security or Securities in principal
     amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.


          At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Company's name and at the Company's expense.


SECTION 9.04.  EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

          Once notice of redemption is mailed pursuant to paragraph 6 of the
Securities and in accordance with Section 9.03 hereof, the Securities called for
redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the specified Redemption Date
at the Redemption Price.  A notice of redemption may not be conditional.


                                   -67-

<PAGE>


          Notice of redemption shall be deemed to be given when mailed, whether
or not the Holder receives such notice.  In any event, failure to give such
notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings
for the redemption of the Securities.

SECTION 9.05.  DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE ON
               OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

          On or before each Redemption Date the Company shall deposit with the
Trustee or the Paying Agent money (which shall be immediately available funds if
deposited on the Redemption Date and which must be received by such Paying Agent
prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time) sufficient to pay the Redemption Price
of and accrued interest on all Securities to be redeemed on that date.  The
Paying Agent shall return to the Company any money not required for that
purpose.

SECTION 9.06.  SECURITIES REDEEMED IN PART.

          Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Company
shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security equal in principal
amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.


                                   ARTICLE 10.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 10.01. TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS.

          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts
with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the
TIA, the required provision shall control.

SECTION 10.02. NOTICES.

          Any notice or communication to the Company or the Trustee is duly
given if in writing and (a) delivered in Person, (b) mailed by first-class mail
or (c) transmitted by facsimile transmission (confirmed by guaranteed overnight
courier) to the following addresses:


                                    -68-

<PAGE>


The Company's address is:


          201 Willowbrook Boulevard
          Wayne, New Jersey  07470
          Attn:  Kenneth R. Baum
          Telephone number:  (201) 890-6000
          Facsimile number:  (201) 890-6540


The Trustee's address is:


          One State Street
          New York, New York  10004
          Attn:  Corporate Trust Department
          Telephone number:  (212) 858-2000
          Facsimile number:  (212) 858-2952


At the date of execution hereof, the Paying Agent's and Registrar's address is:


          One State Street
          New York, New York  10004
          Attn:  Corporate Trust Department
          Telephone number:  (212) 858-2000
          Facsimile number:  (212) 858-2952


          The Company or the Trustee by written notice to the other may
designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications.

          Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class
mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested) or overnight air
courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to his address shown on the register
kept by the Registrar; PROVIDED that items required under the TIA to be sent to
Holders in compliance with TIA Section 313(c) shall be mailed to Holders in
compliance with such section.  Failure to mail a notice or a communication to a
Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to
other Holders.

          If a notice or communication is delivered, mailed or transmitted in
the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether
or not the addressee receives it.

          If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall
mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.


                                   -69-

<PAGE>


SECTION 10.03. COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS
               WITH OTHER HOLDERS.

          Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other
Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities.
The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 312(b).  The
Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and any agent of any of them shall have the
protection of TIA Section 312(c).

SECTION 10.04. CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS
               TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

          Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

          (a)  an Officers' Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the
     signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture
     relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and


          (b)  an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such
     counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with and that any
     such action or inaction does not conflict with the terms of this Indenture.


SECTION 10.05. STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN
               CERTIFICATE OR OPINION.

          Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

          (a)  a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion
     has read such covenant or condition;

          (b)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination
     or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
     certificate or opinion are based;

          (c)  a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such
     examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an
     informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
     complied with; and

          (d)  a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person,
     such condition or covenant has been complied with.


                                   -70-

<PAGE>


SECTION 10.06. RULES BY TRUSTEE AND AGENTS.

          The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of
Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its functions.

SECTION 10.07. LEGAL HOLIDAYS.

          A "Legal Holiday" is a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking
institutions in the State of New York are not required to be open.  If a payment
date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place
on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall
accrue for the intervening period.

SECTION 10.08. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS.

          The Securities and the obligations of the Company under this Indenture
are solely obligations of the Company and no officer, director, employee or
stockholder, as such, shall be liable for any failure by the Company to pay
amounts on the Securities when due or perform any such obligation.

SECTION 10.09. DUPLICATE ORIGINALS.

          The parties may sign any number of copies or counterparts of this
Indenture.  One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

SECTION 10.10. GOVERNING LAW.


          THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN THIS INDENTURE AND THE
SECURITIES, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS RULES THEREOF.


SECTION 10.11. NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION
               OF OTHER AGREEMENTS.

          This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or
debt agreement of the Company or a Subsidiary.  Any such indenture, loan or debt
agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.


                                    -71-

<PAGE>


SECTION 10.12. SUCCESSORS.

          All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Securities
shall bind its successor.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall
bind its successor.

SECTION 10.13. SEVERABILITY.

          In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of
the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 10.14. TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC.

          The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table, and headings of the
Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for the convenience
of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way
modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.


                                   -72-

<PAGE>


SECTION 10.15. BENEFITS OF INDENTURE.

          Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied,
shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors
hereunder and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy
or claim under this Indenture.

                                   SIGNATURES


Dated:  June 15, 1995                          THE GRAND UNION COMPANY



                                               By: /s/ Francis Nicastro
                                                 ------------------------
                                                 Name: Francis E. Nicastro
                                                 Title: Corporate Vice President
                                                        and Treasurer


Attest:



/s/ Linda Villano                              (SEAL)
- - ---------------------------
Assistant Secretary


Dated:  June 15, 1995                          IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST
                                               COMPANY, Trustee

                                               By: /s/ Nancy R. Besse
                                                  ------------------------
                                                  Name: Nancy R. Besse
                                                  Title: Vice President


Attest:



/s/                                            (SEAL)
- - ---------------------------



                                   -73-


<PAGE>
                                                                    Exhibit A

No.                                                                 $________


                             THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

                    Incorporated under the laws of the State
                                   of Delaware

                     12% Senior Notes due September 1, 2004

     THE GRAND UNION COMPANY promises to pay to __________________ or registered
assigns, the principal sum of _______ Dollars on September 1, 2004 and to pay
interest thereon semiannually in arrears from September 1, 1995 (notwithstanding
that the date of issue is prior thereto) at the rate of 12% per annum on March 1
and September 1 of each year commencing March 1, 1996 until the principal hereof
is paid or made available for payment.  Payment of principal and premium, if
any, and interest shall be made in the manner and subject to the terms set forth
in provisions appearing on the reverse hereof, which provisions, in their
entirety, shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this
place.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE GRAND UNION COMPANY has caused this instrument
to be executed in its corporate name by the manual or facsimile signature of its
President or a Vice President and attested by its Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary.

                                                 THE GRAND UNION COMPANY



                                                 By
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                   Name:
                                                   Title:

Attest:
       --------------------
       Name:
       Title:

                                                   SEAL


                                   A-1

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit A


                 FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

          This is one of the 12% Senior Notes due September 1, 2004 issued under
the within-mentioned Indenture.


Dated:

                                       IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY,
                                         as Trustee


                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------
                                          Authorized Signatory




                                   A-2


<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit A

                               (Back of Security)

                             THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

                              12% Senior Notes due
                                September 1, 2004

          1.  INTEREST.  THE GRAND UNION COMPANY (the "Company"), a Delaware
corporation, promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security
at the rate per annum shown above from September 1, 1995.  The Company will pay
interest semiannually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year,
commencing March 1, 1996.  Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most
recent date on which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid,
from September 1, 1995.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day
year of twelve 30-day months.


          2.  METHOD OF PAYMENT.  The Company will pay interest on the
Securities (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders
of Securities at the close of business on the regular record date, which shall
be the February 15 and August 15, as the case may be, next preceding the
interest payment date even though Securities are canceled after the record date
and on or before the interest payment date.  Any such interest not so punctually
paid or duly provided for or paid within the 30-day period in paragraph (i) of
Section 5.01 of the Indenture, and any interest payable on such defaulted
interest (to the extent lawful), will forthwith cease to be payable to the
Holder on such regular record date and shall be payable to the Person in whose
name this Security is registered at the close of business on a special record
date for the payment of such defaulted interest to be fixed by the Company,
notice of which shall be given to Holders not less than 5 days prior to such
special record date.  Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to
collect principal payments.  The Company will pay principal and interest in
money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for
payment of public and private debts.  However, the Company may pay principal,
premium, if any, and interest by check payable in such money.  It may mail an
interest check to a Holder's registered address.



          3.  PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR.  Initially, IBJ Schroder Bank &
Trust Company, a banking company organized under the laws of the State of New
York (the "Trustee"), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may
change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to any Holder.
The Company may act in any such capacity.


          4.  INDENTURE.  The Company has issued the Securities under an
Indenture dated as of June 15, 1995 (the


                                   A-3

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit A

"Indenture") between the Company and the Trustee.  The terms of the Securities
include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb),
as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990, as in effect on the date
of the Indenture ("TIA").  The Securities are subject to all such terms, and
Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms.
The Securities are obligations of the Company limited to $595,475,922 in
aggregate principal amount.  The Securities are unsecured general obligations of
the Company.  Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms shall have
the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

          5.  DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE.  The Securities are in
registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral
multiples thereof.  The transfer of Securities may be registered and Securities
may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar may require a
Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer
documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture.  The Registrar need not exchange or register the transfer of any
Security or portion of a Security selected for redemption.  Also, it need not
exchange or register the transfer of any Securities for a period of 15 days
before a selection of Securities to be redeemed.

          6.  OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.  The Securities may not be redeemed at the
option of the Company prior to September 1, 2000, except as set forth below.  On
or after such date, the Securities may be redeemed at the election of the
Company as a whole at any time or in part from time to time at the Redemption
Prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus
accrued interest to the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the 12-month period
beginning on September 1 of the years indicated below:

               Year                          Percentage

               2000                             104%
               2001                             102
               2002 and thereafter              100


          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Securities may be redeemed at the
election of the Company on or after September 1, 1995 and prior to September 1,
1998 with the proceeds of one or more issuances of equity securities, so long as
such redemption, when aggregated with all prior such redemptions, shall not
result in more than 33 1/3% of the principal amount of the Securities originally
issued having been so redeemed, at the Redemption Prices (expressed in
percentages of


                                   A-4


<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit A


principal amount) set forth below plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date,
if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning September 1 of the years
indicated below:


               Year                          Percentage

               1995                             103%
               1996                             106
               1997                             106

          Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30
days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of
Securities to be redeemed, at his registered address.  Securities in
denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole
multiples of $1,000.  On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue
on Securities or portions of them called for redemption.  The Securities will
not have the benefit of any sinking fund obligation.

          7.  PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.  The registered Holder of a Security may
be treated as its owner for all purposes.

          8.  AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.  Subject to certain exceptions, the
Indenture or the Securities may be amended with the consent of the Holders of at
least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities.
Without the consent of any Holder, the Indenture or the Securities may be
amended to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to comply with Section
4.01 of the Indenture, to secure the Securities, to make any change that does
not adversely affect the legal rights of any Holder or to comply with the
requirements of the SEC to maintain qualification of the Indenture under the
TIA.


          9.   RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS.  The Indenture imposes certain
limitations on the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to, among other
things, pay dividends or make certain other Restricted Payments, incur
additional Indebtedness or Liens, enter into transactions with Affiliates, merge
or consolidate with any other person or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of substantially all of its properties or assets or enter into sale and
leaseback transactions.  The limitations are subject to certain qualifications
and exceptions.



          10.  DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.  An Event of Default, as defined in the
Indenture, is:  a. the failure to pay interest on the Securities for a period of
30 days after such interest becomes due and payable; (ii) the failure to pay the
principal or premium, if any, on the Securities when such principal becomes due
and payable, whether at the stated maturity or


                                   A-5

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit A


upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise; (iii) a default in the observance
of any other covenant contained in the Indenture that continues for 30 days
after the Company has been given notice of the default by the Trustee or
the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding, (iv)
a default or defaults on other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary,
which Indebtedness has an outstanding principal amount of more than $15,000,000
individually or in the aggregate if such Indebtedness has attained final
maturity or if the holders of such Indebtedness have accelerated payment thereof
under the terms of the instrument under which such Indebtedness is or may be
outstanding and it remains unpaid; (v) one or more judgments or decrees is
entered against the Company or any Subsidiary involving a liability (not paid or
fully covered by insurance) of $5,000,000 or more in the case of any one such
judgment or decree or $10,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all such
judgments and decrees for the Company and all its Subsidiaries and all such
judgments and decrees have not been vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded
pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof; or (vi) certain events of
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting the Company or any Material
Subsidiary as provided in the Indenture.


          In case an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default resulting
from bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization of the Company or a Material
Subsidiary) shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee by written notice
to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
Securities by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare to be
due and payable the principal amount of the Securities, plus accrued interest,
and such amounts shall become due and payable upon the earlier of (i) five days
from the date of such notice, so long as the Event of Default giving rise to
such notice has not been cured or waived and (ii) the acceleration of the
Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Agreement (or any renewal or refinancing
thereof).  In case an Event of Default resulting from bankruptcy, insolvency, or
reorganization of the Company or a Material Subsidiary shall occur, such amount
shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or
other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.  Such declaration or
acceleration by the Trustee or the Holders may be rescinded and past defaults
may be waived (except, unless theretofore cured, a default in payment of
principal of or interest on the Securities issued under the Indenture) by the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities upon conditions
provided in the Indenture.  Except to enforce the right to receive payment of
principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder may institute any
proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for any remedy thereunder except as
provided in the Indenture.  Subject to certain


                                   A-6

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit A


restrictions, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities
have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or
power conferred on the Trustee.  The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture, that is unduly prejudicial
to the rights of any Holder, or that would subject the Trustee to personal
liability.  The Company must furnish an annual compliance certificate to the
Trustee.



          11.  PREPAYMENT AT HOLDER'S OPTION UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL EVENTS.  In
the event of a Change of Control, the Company shall be obligated to make an
offer to purchase this Security at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of its
principal amount plus accrued interest, after the occurrence of such Change of
Control.  Holders of Securities which are the subject of such an offer to
repurchase shall receive an offer to repurchase and may elect to have such
Securities repurchased in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.  The
Company shall give the Holder of this Security notice of such right of
repurchase not less than 20 nor more than 60 Business Days prior to the
consummation of a merger, consolidation, transfer, sale or lease that would
constitute a Change of Control and not more than 45 Business Days following any
other event constituting a Change of Control, mailed by first-class mail to the
Holder's last address as it appears upon the register.  The Holder shall have
the right to have this Security repurchased if, among other things, the Security
is tendered for repurchase no later than five Business Days prior to the
applicable repurchase date.  The Company shall have no obligation to consummate
any merger, consolidation, transfer, sale or lease that would constitute a
Change of Control, and, if any such merger, consolidation, transfer, sale or
lease that was the subject of any notice described above is not consummated, the
Holder will not be entitled to have this Security prepaid, and any Securities
tendered for prepayment will be returned.



          12.  TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY.  The Trustee, in its
individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities
and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate with the same rights it
would have as if it were not the Trustee.


          13.  OFFERS TO PURCHASE.  Under certain circumstances, if the
Company or any Subsidiary consummates an Asset Sale, the Company will be
required to make an offer to purchase a portion of the Securities pursuant to
the provisions of Section 3.06 of the Indenture.

          14.  NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee or
stockholder, as such, of the Company shall



                                   A-7

<PAGE>



not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities
or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such
obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Security waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issue of the Securities.



          15.  UNCLAIMED MONEY.  If money for the payment of principal of or
interest on any Security remains unclaimed for two years after the date on which
such payment shall have come due, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money
back to the Company at the Company's written request.  After that, Holders
entitled to this money must look to the Company for payment, unless a law
governing abandoned property designates another Person.



          16.  DISCHARGE UPON REDEMPTION OR MATURITY.  Subject to the terms of
the Indenture, the Indenture will be discharged and canceled upon the payment of
all Securities.  The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of
certain restrictive covenants with respect to this Security (in each case upon
compliance with certain conditions set forth therein).



          17.  AUTHENTICATION.  This Security shall not be valid until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.



          18.  GOVERNING LAW.  The laws of the State of New York shall
govern this Security and the Indenture, without regard to the conflicts of laws
rules thereof.



          19.  ABBREVIATIONS.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name
of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT
(= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and UNIF GIFT
MIN ACT (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).



          The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and
without charge a copy of the Indenture, which contains, in larger type, the text
of this Security.  Requests may be made to The Grand Union Company, 201
Willowbrook Boulevard, Wayne, New Jersey 07470, Attention:  Kenneth R. Baum.



                                   A-8

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit A


                      OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT REPURCHASE



          If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Company
pursuant to Section 3.06 or 4.01 of the Indenture, check the box below*:




     /  / Section 3.06   /  /  Section 4.01



          If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by
the Company pursuant to Section 3.06 of the Indenture, state the amount you
elect to have purchased:
$___________




Date:                             Your signature
     -------------                              ---------------------------
                                  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the
                                  other side of this Security)



                                  Tax Identification No.:
                                                         ----------


Signature Guarantee:

                    ----------------------
                    (Signature must be
                    guaranteed by an eligible
                    institution within the
                    meaning of Rule 17(A)(d)-15
                    under the Securities Exchange
                    Act of 1934, as amended)





- - -------------------------
*  Check applicable box.



                                   A-9

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit A

                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM


To assign this Security, fill in the form below:  I or we assign and transfer
this Security to



_______________________________________________________________________________
(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)



_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint_____________________  agent to transfer this Security on
the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.



_______________________________________________________________________________





Date:                    Your signature
     -----------------                  -------------------
                         (Sign exactly as your name
                         appears on the other side of
                         this Security)


Signature Guarantee:
                    --------------------------------------
                    (Signature must be guaranteed by an eligible institution
                    within the meaning of Rule 17(A)(d)-15 under the Securities
                    Exchange Act of 1934, as amended)

                                   A-10


<PAGE>



                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                            BORROWER PLEDGE AGREEMENT


          AMENDED AND RESTATED BORROWER PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"),
dated as of June 15, 1995, made by THE GRAND UNION COMPANY, a Delaware
corporation (the "Pledgor"), to BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, as Collateral Agent, (the
"Pledgee") for the benefit of (x) the Banks and the Agent from time to time
party to the Credit Agreement hereinafter referred to (such Banks and the Agent,
the "Bank Creditors"), and (y) any Bank that enters into an interest rate
protection agreement (including, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps,
floors, collars and similar agreements, collectively, the "Interest Rate
Protection Agreements") guaranteed by the Pledgor, even if such Bank sub-
sequently ceases to be a Bank under the Credit Agreement for any reason and for
so long as any such Bank participates in the extension of any Interest Rate
Protection Agreements, and any subsequent assignee, (collectively, the "Interest
Rate Protection Creditors" and, together with the Bank Creditors, the "Secured
Creditors").  Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein
and defined in the Credit Agreement shall be used herein as so defined.


                              W I T N E S S E T H :


          WHEREAS, certain of the parties hereto entered into the Original
Credit Agreement;

          WHEREAS, the Pledgor, the various Banks from time to time party
thereto and Bankers Trust Company, as Agent (the "Agent") have agreed to amend
and restate the Original Credit Agreement and have entered into the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1995, providing for the making
of Loans and the issuance of, and participation in, Letters of Credit as contem-
plated therein (as used herein, the term "Credit Agreement" means the Credit
Agreement described above in this paragraph, as the same may be amended,
modified, extended, renewed, restated or supplemented from time to time, and
including any agreement extending the maturity of, or restructuring (including,
but not limited to, any increase in the amount


<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 2

borrowed) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or any
successor agreements;

          WHEREAS, the Pledgor may at any time and from time to time enter into
one or more Interest Rate Protection Agreements with one or more Interest Rate
Protection Creditors in compliance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement;

          WHEREAS, the parties hereto (or their predecessors) entered into the
Borrower Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1992, and now desire to amend
and restate such pledge in its entirety;

          WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to each of the above-described
extensions of credit to the Pledgor that Pledgor shall have executed and
delivered to the Pledgee this Agreement;

          WHEREAS, the Pledgor desires to execute and deliver this Agreement to
satisfy the conditions described in the preceding paragraph;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above-described extensions of
credit made and to be made to the Pledgor and other benefits accruing to the
Pledgor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the
Pledgor hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Pledgee
for the benefit of the Secured Creditors and hereby covenants and agrees with
the Pledgee for the benefit of the Secured Creditors as follows:

          1.  SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS.  This Agreement is made by the Pledgor
for the benefit of the Secured Creditors to secure:

          (i)  the full and prompt payment when due (whether at the stated
     maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of (x) the principal of, and
     interest on, the Notes issued, and Loans made, under the Credit Agreement,
     and all reimbursement obligations and Unpaid Drawings with respect to the
     Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement and (y) all other obligations
     and indebtedness (including, without limitation, indemnities, Fees and
     interest thereon) of the Pledgor to the Bank Creditors now existing or


<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 3

     hereafter incurred under, arising out of, or in connection with the Credit
     Agreement and the due performance and compliance by the Pledgor with all of
     the terms, conditions and agreements contained in the Credit Agreement (all
     such principal, interest, obligations and liabilities described in this
     clause (i), the "Credit Agreement Obligations");

        (ii)   the full and prompt payment when due (whether at the stated
     maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all obligations and liabilities
     owing by the Pledgor to the Interest Rate Protection Creditors under, or
     with respect to, any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, whether such
     Interest Rate Protection Agreement is now in existence or hereafter
     arising, and the due performance and compliance by the Pledgor with the
     terms, conditions and agreements contained therein (all such obligations
     and liabilities described in this clause (iii), the "Interest Rate
     Protection Obligations");

         (iii) any and all sums advanced by the Pledgee in order to preserve the
     Collateral (as hereinafter defined) or preserve its security interest in
     the Collateral in a manner not in violation of the terms hereof; and

          (iv) in the event of any proceeding for the collection or enforcement
     of any indebtedness, obligations, or liabilities of the Pledgor referred to
     in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) after an Event of Default shall have
     occurred and be continuing, the reasonable expenses of retaking, holding,
     preparing for sale or lease, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing
     on the Collateral, or of any exercise by the Pledgee of its rights
     hereunder, together with reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs.

All such obligations, liabilities, sums and expenses set forth in clauses (i)
through (iv) of this Section 1 being herein collectively called the
"Obligations," it being acknowledged and agreed that the "Obligations" shall
include extensions of credit of the types described above, whether outstanding
on the date of this Agreement or extended from time to time after the date of
this Agreement.


<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 4

          2.  DEFINITION OF STOCK, NOTES, SECURITIES, ETC.  As used herein, (i)
the term "Stock" shall mean all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital
stock at any time owned by the Pledgor of any Person and (ii) the term "Notes"
shall mean all promissory notes at any time issued to the Pledgor by any Person.
As used herein, the term "Securities" shall mean all of the Stock and Notes.
The Pledgor represents and warrants, as to the stock of corporations and
promissory notes owned by the Pledgor, that on the date hereof (a) the Stock
consists of the number and type of shares of the stock of the corporations as
described in Part I of Annex A hereto; (b) such Stock constitutes that
percentage of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the issuing
corporation as is set forth in Part I of Annex A hereto; (c) the Notes consist
of the promissory notes described in Part II of Annex A hereto; and (d) the
Pledgor is the holder of record and sole beneficial owner of the Stock and the
Notes and there exist no options or preemption rights in respect of any of the
Stock.

          3.  PLEDGE OF SECURITIES, ETC.

          3.1.  PLEDGE.  To secure the Obligations and for the purposes set
forth in Section 1, the Pledgor hereby (i) grants to the Pledgee a security
interest in all of the Collateral, (ii) pledges and deposits with the Pledgee
the Securities owned by the Pledgor on the date hereof, and delivers to the
Pledgee certificates or instruments therefor, duly endorsed in blank in the case
of promissory notes and accompanied by undated stock powers duly executed in
blank by the Pledgor in the case of capital stock, or such other instruments of
transfer as are acceptable to the Pledgee and (iii) assigns, transfers, hypothe-
cates and sets over to the Pledgee all of the Pledgor's right, title and
interest in, to and under such Securities (and in, to and under the certificates
or instruments evidencing such Securities), and all principal, interest,
dividends, cash, certificates, instruments and other property from time to time
received, receivable, or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for
any and all of such Securities and all proceeds of the foregoing, all to be held
by the Pledgee, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.


<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 5

          3.2.  SUBSEQUENTLY ACQUIRED SECURITIES.  If the Pledgor shall acquire
(by purchase, stock dividend or otherwise) any additional Securities at any time
or from time to time after the date hereof, the Pledgor will promptly thereafter
pledge and deposit such Securities (or certificates or instruments representing
Securities) as security with the Pledgee and deliver to the Pledgee certificates
or instruments therefor, duly endorsed in blank in the case of promissory notes
and accompanied by undated stock powers duly executed in blank by the Pledgor in
the case of capital stock, or such other instruments of transfer as are accept-
able to the Pledgee, and will promptly thereafter deliver to the Pledgee a
certificate executed by an Authorized Officer of the Pledgor describing such
Securities and certifying that the same has been duly pledged with the Pledgee
hereunder.

          3.3.  UNCERTIFICATED SECURITIES.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, if any Securities (whether now owned
or hereafter acquired) are uncertificated securities, the Pledgor shall promptly
notify the Pledgee thereof, and shall promptly take all actions required to
perfect the security interest of the Pledgee under applicable law (including, in
any event, under Sections 8-313 and 8-321 of the New York Uniform Commercial
Code if applicable).  The Pledgor further agrees to take such actions as the
Pledgee deems necessary or desirable to effect the foregoing and to permit the
Pledgee to exercise any of its rights and remedies hereunder, and agrees to
provide an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Pledgee with
respect to any such pledge of uncertificated Securities promptly upon request of
the Pledgee.

          3.4.  DEFINITIONS OF PLEDGED STOCK; PLEDGED NOTES; PLEDGED SECURITIES
AND COLLATERAL.  All Stock at any time pledged or required to be pledged
hereunder is hereinafter called the "Pledged Stock;" all Notes at any time
pledged or required to be pledged hereunder are hereinafter called the "Pledged
Notes;" all Pledged Stock and Pledged Notes together are called the "Pledged
Securities;" and the Pledged Securities, together with all proceeds thereof,
including any securities and moneys received and at the time held by the Pledgee
hereunder, are hereinafter called the "Collateral."


<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 6

          4.  APPOINTMENT OF SUB-AGENTS; ENDORSEMENTS, ETC.  The Pledgee shall
have the right to appoint one or more sub-agents for the purpose of retaining
physical possession of the Pledged Securities, which may be held (in the discre-
tion of the Pledgee) in the name of the Pledgor, endorsed or assigned in blank
or in favor of the Pledgee or any nominee or nominees of the Pledgee or a sub-
agent appointed by the Pledgee.

          5.  VOTING, ETC., WHILE NO SPECIFIED EVENT OF DEFAULT.  Unless and
until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Pledgee,
acting at the direction of the Required Banks, shall have notified the Pledgor
that the Pledgor may no longer exercise the rights referred to below (except
that no such notice shall be required in the case of a Bankruptcy Default (as
defined in the Borrower Security Agreement) with respect to the Pledgor), the
Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise all voting rights attaching to any and all
Pledged Securities, and to give consents, waivers or ratifications in respect
thereof, PROVIDED that no vote shall be cast or any consent, waiver or
ratification given or any action taken which would violate, or be inconsistent
with, any of the terms of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement, or which would
have the effect of impairing the position or interests of the Pledgee or any
Secured Creditor.  All such rights of the Pledgor to vote and to give consents,
waivers and ratifications shall cease in case an Event of Default shall occur
and be continuing and, except in the case of a Bankruptcy Default with respect
to the Pledgor, the Pledgee, acting at the direction of the Required Banks,
shall have notified the Pledgor of such cessation, and Section 7 hereof shall
become applicable.  The Pledgor will not, at any time, amend, restate, sup-
plement, waive or otherwise modify in any respect adverse to the interests of
the Secured Creditors any provision of any Pledged Note, nor take any action
which would release or render unenforceable any of the obligations of any Person
under its respective Pledged Note.

          6.  DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS.  Unless and until there shall
have occurred and be continuing (i) a Bankruptcy Default or Notified
Acceleration Event (as defined in the Borrower Security Agreement) or (ii) any
other Event of Default or Acceleration Event (as defined in the Borrower
Security Agreement), but in the case of this


<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 7

clause (ii) only to the extent the Pledgee (acting at the direction of the
Required Banks) has so notified the Pledgor, all dividends and distributions
payable in respect of the Pledged Stock and all payments in respect of the
Pledged Notes shall be paid to the Pledgor, provided that the Pledgee shall
be entitled to receive directly, and to retain as part of the Collateral:

          (a)  all other or additional stock or securities (other than cash)
     paid or distributed by way of dividend or otherwise, as the case may be, in
     respect of the Pledged Stock;

          (b)  all other or additional stock or other securities paid or distri-
     buted in respect of the Pledged Stock by way of stock-split, spin-off,
     split-up, reclassification, combination of shares or similar rearrangement;

          (c)  all other or additional stock or other securities or property
     (excluding cash) which may be paid in respect of the Collateral by reason
     of any consolidation, merger, exchange of stock, conveyance of assets,
     liquidation or similar corporate reorganization; and

          (d)  unless the payment or any such cash dividend shall have been
     consented to by the Pledgee (acting at the direction of the Required
     Banks), any cash dividends or distributions declared or paid in violation
     of the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

Nothing contained in this Section 6 shall limit or restrict in any way the
Pledgee's right to receive proceeds of the Collateral in any form in accordance
with Section 3 of this Agreement.  All dividends, distributions or other
payments which are received by the Pledgor contrary to the provisions of this
Section 6 or Section 7 shall be received in trust for the benefit of the
Pledgee, shall be segregated from other property or funds of the Pledgor and
shall be forthwith paid over to the Pledgee as Collateral in the same form as so
received (with any necessary endorsement).

          7.  REMEDIES IN CASE OF SPECIFIED EVENTS.  If there shall have
occurred and be continuing (i) a Bankruptcy Default or Notified Acceleration
Event or (ii)


<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 8

any other Event of Default or Acceleration Event, but in the case of this
clause (ii) only to the extent the Required Banks have so directed, then
and in every such case, the Pledgee shall be entitled to exercise all of the
rights, powers and remedies (whether vested in it by this Agreement, any other
Credit Document, any Interest Rate Protection Agreement or by law) for the
protection and enforcement of its rights in respect of the Collateral, and the
Pledgee shall be entitled to exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured
party under the Uniform Commercial Code and also shall be entitled, without
limitation, to exercise the following rights, which the Pledgor hereby agrees to
be commercially reasonable:

          (a)  to receive all amounts payable in respect of
    the Collateral otherwise payable under Section 6 to the Pledgor;

          (b)  to transfer all or any part of the Collateral
     into the Pledgee's name or the name of its nominee or nominees;

          (c)  to accelerate any Pledged Note which may be accelerated in
     accordance with its terms, and take any other lawful action to collect upon
     any Pledged Note;

          (d)  to vote all or any part of the Pledged Stock (whether or not
     transferred into the name of the Pledgee) and give all consents, waivers
     and ratifications in respect of the Collateral and otherwise act with
     respect thereto as though it were the outright owner thereof (the Pledgor
     hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing the Pledgee the proxy and
     attorney-in-fact of the Pledgor, with full power of substitution to do so);
     and

          (e)  at any time or from time to time to sell, assign and deliver, or
     grant options to purchase, all or any part of the Collateral, or any
     interest therein, at any public or private sale, without demand of per-
     formance, advertisement or notice of intention to sell or of the time or
     place of sale or adjournment thereof or to redeem or otherwise (all of
     which are hereby waived by the Pledgor), for cash, on credit or for other
     property, for immediate or future delivery



<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 9


     without any assumption of credit risk, and for such price or prices
     and on such terms as the Pledgee in its absolute discretion may
     determine, PROVIDED that at least 10 days' notice of the time
     and place of any such sale shall be given to the Pledgor.  The
     Pledgee shall not be obligated to make any such sale of Collateral
     regardless of whether any such notice of sale has theretofore been given.
     The Pledgor hereby waives and releases to the fullest extent permitted by
     law any right or equity of redemption with respect to the Collateral,
     whether before or after sale hereunder, and all rights, if any, of
     marshalling the Collateral and any other security for the Obligations or
     otherwise.  At any such sale, unless prohibited by applicable law, the
     Pledgee on behalf of a Class (or, to the extent agreed to by the Required
     Creditors of each such Class, two or more Classes acting together) may bid
     for and purchase all or any part of the Collateral so sold free from any
     such right or equity of redemption.  Neither the Pledgee nor any Secured
     Creditor shall be liable for failure to collect or realize upon any or all
     of the Collateral or for any delay in so doing nor shall any of them be
     under any obligation to take any action whatsoever with regard thereto.

          (e)  to settle, adjust, compromise and arrange all accounts,
     controversies, questions, claims and demands whatsoever in relation to all
     or any part of the Collateral;

          (f)  in respect of the Collateral, to execute all such contracts,
     agreements, deeds, documents and instruments; to bring, defend and abandon
     all such actions, suits and proceedings, and to take all actions in
     relation to all or any part of the Collateral as the Pledgee in its
     absolute discretion may determine;

          (g)  to appoint managers, sub-agents, officers and servants for any of
     the purposes mentioned in the foregoing provisions of this Section 7 and to
     dismiss the same, all as the Pledgee in its absolute discretion may
     determine; and

          (h)  generally, to take all such other action as the Pledgee in its
     absolute discretion may determine


<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 10



     as incidental or conducive to any of the matters or powers mentioned
     in the foregoing provisions of this Section 7 and which the Pledgee
     may or can do lawfully and to use the name of the Pledgor for the
     purposes aforesaid and in any proceedings arising therefrom.

          8.  REMEDIES, ETC., CUMULATIVE.  Each and every right, power and
remedy of the Pledgee provided for in this Agreement, the other Credit Documents
or the Interest Rate Protection Agreements, or now or hereafter existing at law
or in equity or by statute shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in
addition to every other such right, power or remedy.  The exercise or beginning
of the exercise by the Pledgee or any Secured Creditor of any one or more of the
rights, powers or remedies provided for in this Agreement, the other Credit
Documents, or the Interest Rate Protection Agreements or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise shall not preclude the
simultaneous or later exercise by the Pledgee or any Secured Creditor of all
such other rights, powers or remedies, and no failure or delay on the part of
the Pledgee or any Secured Creditor to exercise any such right, power or remedy
shall operate as a waiver thereof.  No notice to or demand on the Pledgor in any
case shall entitle it to any other or further notice or demand in similar or
other circumstances or constitute a waiver of any of the rights of the Pledgee
or any Secured Creditor to any other or further action in any circumstances
without notice or demand.

          9.  APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS.  All moneys collected by the Pledgee upon
any sale or other disposition of the Collateral, together with all other moneys
received by the Pledgee hereunder, shall be applied to the payment of the
Obligations in the manner provided by Section 7.4 of the Borrower Security
Agreement.

          10.  PURCHASERS OF COLLATERAL.  Upon any sale of the Collateral by the
Pledgee hereunder (whether by virtue of the power of sale herein granted,
pursuant to judicial process or otherwise), the receipt of the Pledgee or the
officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or
purchasers of the Collateral so sold, and such purchaser or purchasers shall not
be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid


<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 11

over to the Pledgee or such officer or be answerable in any way for the
misapplication or nonapplication thereof.

           11.  INDEMNITY.  The Pledgor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
the Pledgee and each Secured Creditor and their respective successors, assigns,
employees, agents and servants (individually an "Indemnitee," and collectively
the "Indemnitees") from and against any and all  claims, demands, losses,
judgments and liabilities (including liabilities for penalties) of whatsoever
kind or nature, and to reimburse each Indemnitee for all costs and expenses,
including reasonable attorneys' fees, growing out of or resulting from this
Agreement or the exercise by any Indemnitee of any right or remedy granted to it
hereunder or under the other Credit Documents or the Interest Rate Protection
Agreements, PROVIDED that the Pledgor shall not be required to indemnify any
Indemnitee in respect of any claims, demands, losses, judgments, liabilities,
costs or expenses arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
such Indemnitee.  In no event shall any Indemnitee be liable, in the absence of
gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part, for any matter or thing in
connection with this Agreement other than to account for moneys actually
received by it in accordance with the terms hereof.  If and to the extent that
the obligations of the Pledgor under this Section 11 are unenforceable  for any
reason, the Pledgor hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the
payment and satisfaction of such obligations which is permissible under appli-
cable law.  The Pledgor agrees that upon written notice by any Indemnitee of the
assertion of any liability, obligation, damage, injury, penalty, claim, demand,
action, suit or judgment, the Pledgor shall assume full responsibility for the
defense thereof.  Each Indemnitee agrees to use its best efforts to promptly
notify the Pledgor of any such assertion of which such Indemnitee has knowledge.

          12.  FURTHER ASSURANCES; POWER-OF-ATTORNEY.  (a)  The Pledgor agrees
that it will join with the Pledgee in executing and, at its own expense, file
and refile under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law such finan-
cing statements, continuation statements and other documents in such offices as
the Pledgee may deem necessary or appropriate and wherever required by law in
order to perfect and preserve the Pledgee's security interest in the Collateral
and hereby authorizes the Pledgee to file finan-


<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 12

cing statements and amendments thereto relative to all or any part of the
Collateral without the signature of the Pledgor where permitted by law, and
agrees to do such further acts and things and to execute and deliver to the
Pledgee such additional conveyances, assignments, agreements and instruments
(including, without limitation, proxies and dividend payment orders) as the
Pledgee may reasonably require or deem advisable to carry into effect the
purposes of this Agreement or to further assure and confirm unto the Pledgee
its rights, powers and remedies hereunder.

          (b)  The Pledgor hereby appoints the Pledgee the Pledgor's attorney-
in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of the Pledgor and in the
name of the Pledgor or otherwise, from time to time after the occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default, in the Pledgee's discretion to
take any action and to execute any instrument which the Pledgee may reasonably
deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement.

          13.  THE PLEDGEE AS AGENT.  The Pledgee will hold in accordance with
this Agreement all items of the Collateral at any time received under this
Agreement.  It is expressly understood and  agreed that the obligations of the
Pledgee as holder of the Collateral and interests therein and with respect to
the disposition thereof, and otherwise under this Agreement, are only those
expressly set forth in this Agreement.  The Pledgee shall act hereunder on the
terms and conditions set forth herein and in Annex B hereto.

           14.  TRANSFER BY THE PLEDGOR.  Except for sales of Collateral
permitted (i) pursuant to the Credit Agreement or (ii) at any time with the
written consent of the Required Banks, the Pledgor will not sell or otherwise
dispose of, grant any option with respect to, or mortgage, pledge or otherwise
encumber any of the Collateral or any interest therein (except in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement).

          15.  REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE PLEDGOR.  The
Pledgor represents and warrants that (a) it is, or at the time when pledged
hereunder will be, the legal, record and beneficial owner of, and has (or will


<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 13

have) good and merchantable title to, all Securities pledged hereunder, subject
to no Lien (except the Lien created by this Agreement); (b) it has full
corporate power, authority and legal right to pledge all the Securities pursuant
to this Agreement; (c) all the shares of the Stock have been duly and validly
issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are subject to no options to
purchase or similar rights; (d) no consent of any other party and no order,
consent, license, permit, approval, validation or authorization of, exemption
by, notice to or registration, recording, filing or declaration with, any
governmental or public body or authority is required to be obtained by the
Pledgor in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this
Agreement or consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including,
without limitation, the exercise by the Pledgee of the voting or other rights
provided for in this Agreement or the remedies in respect of the Collateral
pursuant to this Agreement (except in connection with the disposition of the
Pledged Securities by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities
generally); (e) the pledge, assignment and delivery of the Securities, pursuant
to this Agreement, creates a valid and perfected security interest in the
Securities and the proceeds thereof superior to and prior to the rights of all
other Persons therein (as provided in the Uniform Commercial Code) and (f) each
of the Pledged Notes, when executed by the obligor thereof, will be the legal,
valid and binding obligation of such obligor, enforceable in accordance with its
terms, except to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws
generally affecting creditors' rights and equitable principles (regardless of
whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).  The Pledgor covenants and
agrees that it will defend the Pledgee's right, title and security interest in
and to the Securities and the proceeds thereof against the claims and demands of
all persons whomsoever; and the Pledgor covenants and agrees that it will have
like title to and right to pledge any other property at any time hereafter
pledged to the Pledgee as Collateral hereunder and will likewise defend the
right thereto and security interest therein of the Pledgee and the Secured
Creditors.  The Pledgor covenants and agrees that the Pledgor will not, with
respect to any Collateral, enter into any shareholder agreements, voting


<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 14



agreements, voting trusts, trust deeds, irrevocable proxies or any other similar
agreements or instruments.

           16.  PLEDGOR'S OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE ETC.  The Obligations of the
Pledgor under this Agreement shall be absolute and unconditional and shall
remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released,
suspended, discharged, terminated or otherwise affected by, any circumstance or
occurrence whatsoever, including, without limitation:  (a) any change in the
time, place or manner of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the
Obligations, any renewal, extension, amendment or modification of or addition or
supplement to or deletion from the Credit Documents, the Interest Rate
Protection Agreements or any other instrument or agreement referred to therein,
or any assignment or transfer of any thereof; (b)  any waiver, consent,
extension, indulgence or other action or inaction under or in respect of any
such agreement or instrument including, without limitation, this Agreement; (c)
any furnishing of any additional security to the Pledgee or its assignee or any
acceptance thereof or any release of any security by the Pledgee or its
assignee; (d) any limitation on any party's liability or obligations under any
such instrument or agreement or any invalidity or unenforceability, in whole or
in part, of any such instrument or agreement or any term thereof; (e) any
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, composition, adjustment, dissolution,
liquidation or other like proceeding relating to the Pledgor or any Subsidiary
of the Pledgor, or any action taken with respect to this Agreement by any
trustee or receiver, or by any court, in any such proceeding, whether or not the
Pledgor shall have notice or knowledge of any of the foregoing; or (f) any other
circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a
discharge of, the Pledgor.

           17.  REGISTRATION, ETC.  (a)  If there shall have occurred and be
continuing (i) a Bankruptcy Default or Notified Acceleration Event or (ii) any
other Event of Default or Acceleration Event, but in the case of this clause
(ii) only to the extent the Required Banks have so directed then, and in every
such case, upon receipt by the Pledgor from the Pledgee of a written request or
requests that the Pledgor cause any registration, qualification or compliance
under any Federal or state securities law or laws to be effected with respect to
all or any part of the


<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 15

Pledged Stock, the Pledgor as soon as practicable and at its expense will
use its best efforts to cause such registration to be effected (and be
kept effective) and will use its best efforts to cause such qualification
and compliance to be effected (and be kept effective) as may be so
requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of such
Pledged Stock, including, without limitation, registration under the Securities
Act of 1933, as then in effect (or any similar statute then in effect),
appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities
laws and appropriate compliance with any other government requirements, PROVIDED
that the Pledgee shall furnish to the Pledgor such information regarding the
Pledgee as the Pledgor may request in writing and as shall be required in
connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance.  The Pledgor
will cause the Pledgee to be kept reasonably advised in writing as to the
progress of each such registration, qualification or compliance and as to the
completion thereof, will furnish to the Pledgee such number of prospectuses,
offering circulars or other documents incident thereto as the Pledgee from time
to time may reasonably request, and will indemnify the Pledgee and all others
participating in the distribution of such Pledged Stock against all claims, los-
ses, damages and liabilities caused by any untrue statement (or alleged untrue
statement) of a material fact contained therein (or in any related registration
statement, notification or the like) or by any omission (or alleged omission) to
state therein (or in any related registration statement, notification or the
like) a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same may have been
caused by an untrue statement or omission based upon information furnished in
writing to the Pledgor by the Pledgee expressly for use therein.

          (b)  If at any time when the Pledgee shall determine to exercise its
right to sell all or any part of the Pledged Securities pursuant to Section 7,
and such Pledged Securities or the part thereof to be sold shall not, for any
reason whatsoever, be effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933,
as then in effect, the Pledgee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, sell
such Pledged Securities or part thereof by private sale in such manner and under
such circumstances as Pledgee may deem


<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 16

necessary or advisable in order that such sale may legally be effected
without such registration.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
in any such event the Pledgee, in its sole and absolute discretion (i) may
proceed to make such private sale notwithstanding that a registration
statement for the purpose of registering such Pledged Securities or part
thereof shall have been filed under such Securities Act, (ii) may approach
and negotiate with a single possible purchaser to effect such sale, and
(iii) may restrict such sale to a purchaser who will represent and agree
that such purchaser is purchasing for its own account, for investment, and not
with a view to the distribution or sale of such Pledged Securities or part
thereof.  In the event of any such sale, the Pledgee shall incur no
responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Pledged
Securities at a price which the Pledgee, in its sole and absolute discretion,
may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the
possibility that a substantially higher price might be realized if the sale were
deferred until after registration as aforesaid.

          18.  TERMINATION; RELEASE.  (a)  After the Termination Date (as
defined below), this Agreement shall terminate, and the Pledgee, at the request
and expense of the Pledgor, will execute and deliver to the  Pledgor a proper
instrument or instruments acknowledging the satisfaction and termination of this
Agreement, and will duly assign, transfer and deliver to the Pledgor (without
recourse and without any representation or warranty) such of the Collateral as
may be in the possession of the Pledgee and has not theretofore been sold or
otherwise applied or released pursuant to this Agreement.  As used in this
Agreement, "Termination Date" shall mean the date upon which the Total
Commitment has been terminated, no Note remains outstanding, all Letters of
Credit have been terminated and all Credit Agreement Obligations then owing by
the Pledgor have been paid in full.

          (b)  It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that the Liens and
security interests granted under this Agreement for the benefit of the Secured
Creditors (i) with respect to any portion of the Collateral sold in accordance
with the Credit Agreement, shall be released in connection with such sale and
(ii) with respect to all of the Collateral, shall be released on the Termination
Date.


<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 17

Upon any release of the type described in the preceding sentence, the
Pledgee shall, at the request and expense of the Pledgor, and without the
further consent of, or liability to, any Secured Creditor, release such
Collateral and execute and deliver to the Pledgor a proper instrument or
instruments acknowledging the release of such Collateral from this Agreement,
and will duly assign, transfer and deliver to the Pledgor (without recourse and
without any representation or warranty) the Collateral being sold or released as
described above; and

          (c)  At any time that the Pledgor desires that Collateral be released
as provided in the foregoing Section 18 (a) or (b), it shall deliver to the
Pledgee a certificate signed by its chief financial officer stating that the
release of the respective Collateral is permitted pursuant to such Section 18
(a) or (b), as the case may be.

          19.  NOTICES ETC.  All notices and other communications hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be delivered or mailed by first class mail,
postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

          (a)  if to the Pledgor, at:

               The Grand Union Company
               201 Willowbrook Boulevard
               Wayne, New Jersey  07470-6799
               Attention:  Robert Terrence Galvin

          (b)  if to the Pledgee, at:

               Bankers Trust Company
               One Bankers Trust Plaza
               New York, New York  10006
               Attention:  Mary Kay Coyle

          (c)  if to any Bank Creditor, either (x) to the Agent, at the address
     of the Agent specified in the Credit Agreement or (y) at such address as
     such Bank Creditor shall have specified in the Credit Agreement;

          (d)  if to any Interest Rate Protection Creditor, either (x) to the
     paying agent or other representative for the Interest Rate Protection
     Creditors, at such address as such representative may have provided to


<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 18

     the Pledgor and the Pledgee from time to time, or (y) directly to the
     Interest Rate Protection Creditors at such address as the Interest Rate
     Protection Creditors shall have specified in writing to the Pledgor and
     the Pledgee.

          20.  WAIVER; AMENDMENT.  None of the terms and conditions of this
Agreement may be changed, waived, modified or varied in any manner whatsoever
unless in writing duly signed by the Pledgor and the Pledgee (with the written
consent of the Required Banks); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any change, waiver,
modification or variance affecting the rights and benefits of a single Class (as
defined below) of Secured Creditors (and not all Secured Creditors in a like or
similar manner) shall require the written consent of the Required Creditors (as
defined in the Borrower Security Agreement) of such affected Class.  For the
purpose of this Agreement, the term "Class" shall mean each class of Secured
Creditors, I.E., whether (x) the Bank Creditors as holders of the Credit
Agreement Obligations, or (y) the Interest Rate Protection Creditors as the
holders of the Interest Rate Protection Obligations.

          21.  MISCELLANEOUS.  This Agreement shall create a continuing security
interest in the Collateral, shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of
the Pledgor and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Pledgee
and its successors and assigns.  This Agreement shall be construed and enforced
in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.  The
headings in this Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not
limit or define the meaning hereof.  This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which
shall constitute one instrument.  In the event that any provision of this Agree-
ment shall prove to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed
to be severable from the other provisions of this Agreement which shall remain
binding on all parties hereto.

          22.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  The Pledgor hereby irrevocably waives all
right to a trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out
of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.


<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 19



          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Pledgor and the Pledgee have caused this
Agreement to be executed by their duly elected officers duly authorized as of
the date first above written.

                         THE GRAND UNION COMPANY,
                           as Pledgor


                         By /s/ Francis E. Nicastro
                           ---------------------------
                           Title: Vice President and Treasurer


                         BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                           as Collateral Agent, as Pledgee


                         By /s/ Mary Kay Coyle
                           ----------------------------
                           Title: Vice President



<PAGE>





                                                    ANNEX A
                                                       to
                                          BORROWER PLEDGE AGREEMENT
                                          -------------------------



             Part I.  PLEDGED STOCK
                      -------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          NUMBER OF      PERCENTAGE OF OUTSTANDING
NAME OF ISSUING CORPORATION      TYPE OF SHARES      CERTIFICATE NUMBER  SHARES PLEDGED  SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK
- - ---------------------------      --------------      ------------------  --------------  -------------------------
<S>                              <C>                 <C>                 <C>             <C>
Merchandising Services, Inc.     Common Stock        2                        500                100%

Grand Union Stores, Inc. of      Common Stock        6                         45                 90%
 Vermont

Grand Union Stores of            Common Stock        7,8                      200                100%
 New Hampshire, Inc.

</TABLE>




<PAGE>

                                                                      ANNEX A
                                                                       Page 2




                    Part II.  PLEDGED NOTES
                              -------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PRINCIPAL
   LENDER                          BORROWER                                AMOUNT
- - ------------                       --------------                          -------------
<S>                                <C>                                     <C>
   (1)The Grand Union Company      Myron Hunt                                525,000.00
   (2)The Grand Union Company      Burlington Coat Factory Whse. Corp.     1,100,000.00
   (3)The Grand Union Company      Hillside K Food Corp.                     330,000.00
   (4)The Grand Union Company      Bonfeld Incorporated                       47,400.00
   (5)The Grand Union Company      3151 Westchester Ave. Food Corp.          500,000.00
   (6)The Grand Union Company      DeCicco of New City, Inc.                 400,000.00
   (7)The Grand Union Company      Hansfood II Corp.                         100,000.00
   (8)The Grand Union Company      Westfall Town Center Joint Venture      1,733,000.00
   (9)The Grand Union Company      289 North Main Street, Inc.               200,000.00
   (10)The Grand Union Company     Shree Bhagyalaxmi, Inc.                   100,000.00
   (11)The Grand Union Company     Friends of Elmendorph, Inc.                28,000.00
   (12)The Grand Union Company     James M. Holmes and Myra Holmes            26,000.00

</TABLE>





<PAGE>




                                                   ANNEX B
                                                      to
                                          BORROWER PLEDGE AGREEMENT
                                          -------------------------

                                   THE PLEDGEE


                       1.  APPOINTMENT.  The Secured Creditors (all
             capitalized   terms  used  herein  and  not  otherwise
             defined shall have the respective meanings provided in
             the Pledge Agreement to which this Annex B is attached
             (the "Pledge Agreement")), by their  acceptance of the
             benefits of  the Pledge Agreement,  hereby irrevocably
             designate Bankers  Trust Company as Pledgee  to act as
             specified herein and  in the Pledge  Agreement.   Each
             Secured  Creditor hereby  irrevocably authorizes,  and
             each holder of  any promissory note  which is  secured
             pursuant to the  Pledge Agreement (each  a "Note"  and
             collectively the "Notes")  by the  acceptance of  such
             Note  shall be  deemed irrevocably  to  authorize, the
             Pledgee to take  such action on  its behalf under  the
             provisions  of  the  Pledge Agreement  and  any  other
             instruments  and  agreements  referred  to  herein  or
             therein  and to  exercise such  powers and  to perform
             such duties  hereunder  and  thereunder  as  are  spe-
             cifically delegated  to or required of  the Pledgee by
             the terms hereof and thereof and such other powers  as
             are  reasonably incidental thereto.   The  Pledgee may
             perform any of its duties  hereunder by or through its
             agents or employees.

                       2.  NATURE  OF  DUTIES.  The  Pledgee  shall
             have   no  duties  or  responsibilities  except  those
             expressly set forth in the Pledge Agreement.   Neither
             the  Pledgee  nor  any  of  its  officers,  directors,
             employees  or agents  shall be  liable for  any action
             taken or omitted by it as such under the Pledge Agree-
             ment or hereunder or in connection herewith or  there-
             with, unless  caused by its or  their gross negligence
             or willful  misconduct.   The  duties of  the  Pledgee
             shall be  mechanical and administrative in nature; the
             Pledgee  shall  not  have  by  reason  of  the  Pledge
             Agreement or any other  Financing Document a fiduciary
             relationship in  respect of any  Secured Creditor; and
             nothing in the Pledge Agreement, expressed or implied,
             is intended to  or shall be so construed  as to impose
             upon  the Pledgee  any obligations  in respect  of the
             Pledge Agreement except as expressly set forth herein.

                       3.  LACK   OF   RELIANCE   ON   THE PLEDGEE.
             Independently and without  reliance upon  the Pledgee,
             each  Secured  Creditor,   to   the  extent  it  deems
             appropriate, has  made and shall continue  to make (i)
             its  own  independent investigation  of  the financial
             condition and  affairs of  the  Pledgor and  its  Sub-
             sidiaries in  connection with the making  and the con-
             tinuance

<PAGE>

                                                            Annex B
                                                             page 2



             of  the Obligations  and  the  taking  or  not  taking
             of any action  in  connection  therewith, and (ii) its
             own  appraisal  of the creditworthiness of the Pledgor
             and  its  Subsidiaries,  and the Pledgee shall have no
             duty or  responsibility,  either  initially  or  on  a
             continuing  basis,  to  provide  any  Secured Creditor
             with  any  credit or  other  information with  respect
             thereto, whether coming into its possession before the
             extension of any  Obligations or the  purchase of  any
             Notes,  or  at  any time  or  times  thereafter.   The
             Pledgee  shall  not  be  responsible  to  any  Secured
             Creditor  for any  recitals, statements,  information,
             representations or  warranties herein or in  any docu-
             ment,  certificate  or   other  writing  delivered  in
             connection  herewith  or  for  the  execution,  effec-
             tiveness, genuineness,  validity, enforceability, per-
             fection,  collectibility, priority  or sufficiency  of
             the Pledge Agreement or the financial condition of the
             Pledgor  or  any  Subsidiary  of  the  Pledgor  or  be
             required  to make  any inquiry  concerning either  the
             performance   or  observance  of  any  of  the  terms,
             provisions or conditions  of the Pledge Agreement,  or
             the  financial  condition  of   the  Pledgor  or   any
             Subsidiary  of  the  Pledgor,  or  the   existence  or
             possible existence of any Event of Default.

                       4.  CERTAIN   RIGHTS  OF   THE  PLEDGEE.  No
             Secured  Creditor shall  have the  right to  cause the
             Pledgee  to  take  any  action  with  respect  to  the
             Collateral,  with   only   the  Required   Banks   (as
             hereinafter  defined) having the  right to  direct the
             Pledgee to take any such action.  If the Pledgee shall
             request  instructions  from  the  Required  Banks with
             respect  to any  act or  action (including  failure to
             act)  in  connection with  the  Pledge Agreement,  the
             Pledgee shall be entitled to  refrain from such act or
             taking such  action unless  and  until it  shall  have
             received instructions from the Required Banks,  and to
             the extent  requested, appropriate  indemnification in
             respect of actions  to be taken; and the Pledgee shall
             not  incur liability  to any  Person by  reason of  so
             refraining.    Without  limiting  the   foregoing,  no
             Secured  Creditor  shall  have  any  right  of  action
             whatsoever against  the Pledgee  as  a result  of  the
             Pledgee acting or refraining from acting (x) hereunder
             in accordance with  the instructions  of the  Required
             Banks  or (y) under any other  Credit Document as pro-
             vided for therein.

                       5.  RELIANCE.  The Pledgee shall be entitled
             to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon
             any  note,  writing,  resolution,  notice,  statement,
             certificate,  telex,

<PAGE>

                                                            Annex B
                                                             page 3





             teletype or facsimile  message, cablegram,  radiogram,
             order or other document  or telephone message  signed,
             sent  or  made  by the proper Person  or  entity, and,
             with respect to all legal matters  pertaining  to  the
             Pledge  Agreement  and  its  duties  thereunder,  upon
             advice  of counsel selected by it.

                       6.  INDEMNIFICATION.    To  the  extent  the
             Pledgee  is  not  reimbursed  and  indemnified by  the
             Pledgor and/or its Subsidiaries, the Secured Creditors
             will   reimburse   and  indemnify   the   Pledgee,  in
             proportion  to their  respective principal  amounts of
             Obligations,  for and against any and all liabilities,
             obligations, losses, damages,penalties, actions, judg-
             ments, suits,  costs, expenses or disbursements of any
             kind  or nature  whatsoever which  may be  imposed on,
             incurred  by  or  asserted   against  the  Pledgee  in
             performing its  duties hereunder or  under the  Pledge
             Agreement, or in any way relating to or arising out of
             the Pledge Agreement except for those resulting solely
             from  the  Pledgee's own  gross negligence  or willful
             misconduct.

                       7.  THE    PLEDGEE    IN   ITS    INDIVIDUAL
             CAPACITY.  With respect to its obligations as a lender
             under  the  Credit  Agreement  and  any  other  credit
             facilities to which the Pledgee is a party, and to act
             as agent under one or  more of such credit facilities,
             the Pledgee shall have the rights and powers specified
             therein and herein for a "Bank", and may  exercise the
             same  rights and  powers as  though  it were  not per-
             forming  the duties  specified herein;  and  the terms
             "Banks", "holders  of  notes", or  any  similar  terms
             shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates,
             include the  Pledgee in its individual  capacity.  The
             Pledgee may  accept deposits from, lend  money to, and
             generally engage  in any  kind  of banking,  trust  or
             other  business  with  Pledgor  or  any  affiliate  or
             Subsidiary of Pledgor as if it were not performing the
             duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other
             consideration  from Pledgor for services in connection
             with the Credit Agreement, the other Credit  Documents
             and otherwise  without having to account  for the same
             to the Secured Creditors.

                       8.  HOLDERS.  The Pledgee may deem and treat
             the payee  of any  Note as the  owner thereof  for all
             purposes hereof  unless and until a  written notice of
             the  assignment, transfer  or endorsement  thereof, as
             the case  may  be,  shall have  been  filed  with  the
             Pledgee.   Any  request, authority  or

<PAGE>

                                                            Annex B
                                                             page 4

             consent of any person or  entity  who, at  the time of
             making  such  request  or  giving  such  authority  or
             consent, is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive
             and  binding  on  any  subsequent  holder, transferee,
             assignee or endorsee, as the case may be, of such Note
             or any Note(s) issued in exchange therefor.

                       9.  RESIGNATION  BY THE  PLEDGEE.  (a)   The
             Pledgee  may resign  from the  performance of  all its
             functions and duties under the Pledge Agreement at any
             time by giving 20 Business Days' prior written  notice
             (as provided  in the Pledge Agreement)  to the Pledgor
             and  the Secured  Creditors.   Such resignation  shall
             take  effect  upon  the  appointment  of  a  successor
             Pledgee pursuant to clauses (b) and (c) below.

                       (b)   Upon any  such notice  of resignation,
             the Required  Banks shall appoint a  successor Pledgee
             hereunder  who shall  be  a commercial  bank organized
             under the laws of the  United States of America or any
             State  thereof and having combined capital and surplus
             of at least $500,000,000.

                       (c)   If a successor Pledgee  shall not have
             been so appointed within said 20 Business Day  period,
             the Pledgor shall then appoint a successor Pledgee who
             shall  serve as Pledgee  hereunder or thereunder until
             such  time, if any,  as the  Required Banks  appoint a
             successor Pledgee as provided above.

                       (d)   If  no successor Pledgee  is appointed
             pursuant to clauses (b)  and (c) above within  said 20
             Business Day  period, the  resignation of the  Pledgee
             shall become  effective and the duties  of the Pledgee
             shall be performed by the Required Banks.



<PAGE>
                                                                  Exhibit 4.4


                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                           BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT

                                     between

                             THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

                                       and

                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                               as Collateral Agent


                            Dated as of June 15, 1995
<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page

ARTICLE I  SECURITY INTERESTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     1.1.   Grant of Security Interests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     1.2.   Power of Attorney. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

ARTICLE II  GENERAL REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND
            COVENANTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     2.1.   Necessary Filings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     2.2.   No Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     2.3.   Other Financing Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
     2.4.   Chief Executive Office; Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
     2.5.   Location of Inventory and Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
     2.6.   Location of Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
     2.7.   Recourse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
     2.8.   Trade Names; Change of Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

ARTICLE III SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING
            RECEIVABLES; CONTRACT RIGHTS;
            INSTRUMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
     3.1.   Additional Representations and Warranties. . . . . . . . . . . .  10
     3.2.   Maintenance of Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
     3.3.   Direction to Account Debtors; Contracting Parties; etc.. . . . .  11
     3.4.   Modification of Terms; etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
     3.5.   Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
     3.6.   Instruments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
     3.7.   Further Actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

ARTICLE IV  SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING MARKS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
     4.1.   Additional Representations and Warranties. . . . . . . . . . . .  13
     4.2.   Licenses and Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
     4.3.   Infringements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
     4.4.   Preservation of Marks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     4.5.   Maintenance of Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     4.6.   Future Registered Marks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
     4.7.   Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

<PAGE>

ARTICLE V   SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING PATENTS
            AND COPYRIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
     5.1.   Additional Representations and Warranties. . . . . . . . . . . .  17
     5.2.   Licenses and Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
     5.3.   Infringements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
     5.4.   Maintenance of Patents and Copyrights. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
     5.5.   Prosecution of Patent Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
     5.6.   Other Patents and Copyrights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
     5.7.   Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

ARTICLE VI  PROVISIONS CONCERNING ALL COLLATERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
     6.1.   Protection of Collateral Agent's Security. . . . . . . . . . . .  20
     6.2.   Warehouse Receipts Non-negotiable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
     6.3.   Further Actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
     6.4.   Financing Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21

ARTICLE VII REMEDIES UPON OCCURRENCE OF
            SPECIFIED EVENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
     7.1.   Remedies; Obtaining the Collateral Upon Default. . . . . . . . .  22
     7.2.   Remedies; Disposition of the Collateral. . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
     7.3.   Waiver of Claims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     7.4.   Application of Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
     7.5.   Remedies Cumulative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
     7.6.   Discontinuance of Proceedings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30

ARTICLE VIII  INDEMNITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
     8.1.   Indemnity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
     8.2.   Indemnity Obligations Secured by Collateral; Survival. . . . . .  32

ARTICLE IX  DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32

ARTICLE X   THE COLLATERAL AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
     10.1.  Appointment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
     10.2.  Nature of Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
     10.3.  Lack of Reliance on the Collateral Agent . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
     10.4.  Certain Rights of the Collateral Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
     10.5.  Reliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
     10.6.  Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
     10.7.  The Collateral Agent in its Individual Capacity. . . . . . . . .  44
     10.8.  Holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
     10.9.  Resignation by the Collateral Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     10.10. Fees and Expenses of Collateral Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45

                                   (ii)
<PAGE>

ARTICLE XI  MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
     11.1.  Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
     11.2.  Waiver; Amendment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
     11.3.  Obligations Absolute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
     11.4.  Successors and Assigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
     11.5.  Headings Descriptive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
     11.6.  Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
     11.7.  GOVERNING LAW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
     11.8.  Assignor's Duties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
     11.9.  Termination; Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
     11.10. Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50


ANNEX A     Schedule of Permitted Filings
ANNEX B     Schedule of Record Locations
ANNEX C     Schedule of Inventory and Equipment Locations
ANNEX D     Schedule of Vehicles Locations
ANNEX E     Schedule of Trade, Fictitious and Other Names
ANNEX F     Schedule of Marks
ANNEX G     Schedule of License Agreements and Assignments
ANNEX H     Schedule of Patents and Applications
ANNEX I     Schedule of Copyrights and Applications

EXHIBIT 1   U.S. Trademark Security Agreement
EXHIBIT 2   U.S. Patent Security Agreement
EXHIBIT 3   U.S. Copyright Security Agreement



                                   (iii)
<PAGE>

                AMENDED AND RESTATED BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT


          AMENDED AND RESTATED BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"),
dated as of June 15, 1995, between THE GRAND UNION COMPANY, a Delaware
corporation (the "Assignor"), and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, as Collateral Agent
(the "Collateral Agent") for the benefit of (x) the Banks and the Agent from
time to time party to the Credit Agreement hereinafter referred to (such Banks
and the Agent the "Bank Creditors") and (y) any Bank that enters into an
interest rate protection agreement (including, without limitation, interest rate
swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements, collectively, the "Interest
Rate Protection Agreements") guaranteed by the Assignor, even if any such Bank
subsequently ceases to be a Bank under the Credit Agreement for any reason and
for so long as any such Bank participates in the extension of any such Interest
Rate Protection Agreements, and any subsequent assignee, (collectively, the
"Interest Rate Protection Creditors" and, together with the Bank Creditors, the
"Secured Creditors").  All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings
provided in Article IX of this Agreement and, if not so defined herein,
capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Credit Agreement shall be used
herein as so defined.  The schedules, annexes and exhibits hereto are
incorporated herein by reference and this Agreement together with all schedules,
annexes and exhibits hereto and any future filings of any of the exhibits hereto
shall constitute the "Borrower Security Agreement" referred to in the Credit
Agreement.


                              W I T N E S S E T H :


          WHEREAS, certain of the parties hereto entered into the Original
Credit Agreement;

          WHEREAS, the Assignor, the various Banks from time to time party
thereto, and Bankers Trust Company, as Agent (the "Agent") have agreed to amend
and restate the Original Credit Agreement and have entered into the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1995, providing for the making
of Loans and the issuance

<PAGE>
                                                                        Page 2


of, and participation in, Letters of Credit as contemplated therein (as used
herein, the term "Credit Agreement" means the Credit Agreement described above
in this paragraph, as the same may be amended, modified, extended, renewed,
restated or supplemented from time to time, and including any agreement
extending the maturity of, or restructuring (including, but not limited to, any
increase in the amount borrowed) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under
such agreement or any successor agreements;

          WHEREAS, the Assignor may at any time and from time to time enter into
one or more Interest Rate Protection Agreements with one or more Interest Rate
Protection Creditors in compliance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement;

          WHEREAS, the parties hereto (or their predecessors) entered into the
Borrower Security Agreement dated as of July 14, 1992, and now desire to amend
and restate such agreement in its entirety;

          WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to each of the above-described
extensions of credit to the Assignor that the Assignor shall have executed and
delivered to the Collateral Agent this Agreement;

          WHEREAS, the Assignor desires to execute and deliver this Agreement to
satisfy the conditions described in the preceding paragraph;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the extensions of credit made and
to be made to the Assignor and other benefits accruing to the Assignor, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Assignor hereby
makes the following representations and warranties to the Collateral Agent for
the benefit of the Secured Creditors and hereby covenants and agrees with the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                               SECURITY INTERESTS

<PAGE>
                                                                        Page 3

          1.1.  GRANT OF SECURITY INTERESTS.  (a)  As security for the full and
prompt payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise) of all of the Obligations, the Assignor does hereby
sell, assign and transfer unto the Collateral Agent, and does hereby grant to
the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Creditors, a continuing
security interest of first priority (subject to Liens evidenced by Permitted
Filings and other Liens permitted under Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement and
existing on the Effective Date) in, all of the right, title and interest of the
Assignor in, to and under all of the following, whether now existing or
hereafter from time to time acquired (collectively, the "Collateral"):  (i) each
and every Receivable, (ii) all Contracts, together with all Contract Rights
arising thereunder, (iii) all Inventory, (iv) the Cash Collateral Account
established for the Assignor and all monies, securities and instruments
deposited or required to be deposited in such Cash Collateral Account, (v) all
Equipment, including, without limitation, all of the Vehicles (and the
certificates of title and other registrations relating thereto), (vi) all Marks
and the goodwill of the business of the Assignor symbolized by the Marks, (vii)
all Patents and Copyrights, (viii) all computer programs of the Assignor and all
intellectual property rights therein and all other proprietary information of
the Assignor, including, but not limited to, trade secrets, (ix) all other
Goods, General Intangibles, Chattel Paper, Documents and Instruments (other than
the Pledged Securities and any other capital stock or promissory notes not
required to be pledged pursuant to the Borrower Pledge Agreement), (x) any and
all books and records relating to any of the property described in the foregoing
clauses (i) through (ix) and (xi) all Proceeds and products of any and all
Collateral referred to in clauses (i) through (x) above and this clause (xi);
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that to the extent that any Contract may be terminated (in
accordance with the terms thereof after giving effect to any applicable laws) in
the event of granting of a security interest therein, or in the event the
granting of a security interest in any Contract shall violate applicable law,
then the security interest granted hereby shall be limited to the extent
necessary so that such Contract may not be so terminated or no such violation of
law shall exist, as the case may be; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that upon the
termination or expiration of such prohibition

<PAGE>
                                                                        Page 4

or restriction, such Contract shall become subject to the security deemed
to be Collateral.

          (b)  The security interests of the Collateral Agent under this
Agreement extend to all Collateral now existing or hereafter acquired, of the
kind which is the subject of this Agreement which the Assignor may acquire at
any time during the continuation of this Agreement.

          (c) If (i) a Bankruptcy Default or Notified Acceleration Event has
occurred and is continuing or (ii) any other Event of Default or Acceleration
Event has occurred and is continuing, but in the case of this clause (ii) only
if, and to the extent that, the Collateral Agent (acting at the direction of the
Required Banks) has given notice to the Assignor to take the actions specified
below in this sentence, then in either such case all cash Proceeds of, and cash
payments received in respect of, Collateral shall be paid by the Assignor (or
the respective payor) directly to the Cash Collateral Account or as otherwise
directed by the Collateral Agent.  At any time while the circumstances described
in the immediately preceding sentence do not exist, all cash payments received
in respect of the Collateral (including, without limitation, all payments
received in respect of Receivables and Contracts, or in payment for sales of
Inventory, but excluding cash Proceeds of sales of other Collateral unless the
respective sale and release of Collateral is permitted pursuant to this
Agreement and the Credit Agreement) shall be paid to the Assignor for
application in accordance with (and to the extent provided by) the Credit
Agreement.

          1.2.  POWER OF ATTORNEY.  The Assignor hereby constitutes and appoints
the Collateral Agent its true and lawful attorney, irrevocably, with full power
after the occurrence of and during the continuance of an Event of Default (in
the name of the Assignor or otherwise), in the Collateral Agent's discretion, to
take any action and to execute any instrument which the Collateral Agent may
reasonably deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this
Agreement, which appointment as attorney is coupled with an interest.

<PAGE>
                                                                        Page 5

                                   ARTICLE II

                GENERAL REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

          The Assignor represents, warrants and covenants, which
representations, warranties and covenants shall survive execution and delivery
of this Agreement, as follows:

          2.1.  NECESSARY FILINGS.  All filings, registrations and recordings,
including filings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United
States Copyright Office or similar agencies in any State thereof or political
subdivision thereof necessary or appropriate to create, preserve, protect and
perfect the security interest granted by the Assignor to the Collateral Agent
hereby in respect of the Collateral have been or shall have been accomplished in
a timely manner and the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent
pursuant to this Agreement in and to the Collateral constitutes or shall
constitute a perfected security interest therein (as provided in the Uniform
Commercial Code), which is superior and prior to the rights of all other Persons
therein and subject to no other Liens (except that the Collateral may be subject
to the security interests evidenced by the financing statements disclosed on
Annex A hereto, but only to the respective date, if any, set forth on Annex A
(the "Permitted Filings") and to any other Liens permitted under Section 8.2 of
the Credit Agreement and existing on the Effective Date) and is or shall be
entitled to all the rights, priorities and benefits afforded by the Uniform
Commercial Code or other relevant law as enacted in any relevant jurisdiction to
perfected security interests.

          2.2.  NO LIENS.  The Assignor is, and as to Collateral acquired by it
from time to time after the date hereof, the Assignor will be, the owner of all
Collateral free from any Lien, security interest, encumbrance or other right,
title or interest of any Person (other than Liens created hereby, Liens
permitted under Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement or evidenced by the
Permitted Filings), and the Assignor shall defend the Collateral against all
claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming the same or any interest
therein adverse to the Collateral Agent.

<PAGE>
                                                                        Page 6

          2.3.  OTHER FINANCING STATEMENTS.  As of the date hereof, there is no
financing statement (or similar statement or instrument of registration under
the law of any jurisdiction) on file or of record in any relevant jurisdiction
covering or purporting to cover any interest of any kind in the Collateral
except as disclosed in Annex A hereto and so long as the Termination Date has
not occurred or any of the Credit Agreement Obligations remain unpaid, the
Assignor will not execute or authorize to be filed in any public office any
financing statement (or similar statement or instrument of registration under
the law of any jurisdiction) or statements relating to the Collateral, except
financing statements filed or to be filed in respect of and covering the
security interests granted hereby by the Assignor and to the extent permitted to
be granted by the Assignor pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement.

          2.4.  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE; RECORDS.  The chief executive office of
the Assignor is located at 201 Willowbrook Boulevard, Wayne, New Jersey 07470-
6799.  The Assignor will not move its chief executive office except to such new
location as the Assignor may establish in accordance with the last sentence of
this Section 2.4.  The originals of all documents evidencing all Receivables and
Contract Rights of the Assignor and the only original books of account and
records of the Assignor relating thereto are, and will continue to be, kept at
such chief executive office, at such other locations shown on Annex B hereto or
at such new locations as the Assignor may establish in accordance with the last
sentence of this Section 2.4, PROVIDED that, so long as (x) true and correct
copies of all documents evidencing such Receivables and Contract Rights and
copies of such books and records are kept at such chief executive office or at
such other locations shown on Annex B hereto, and (y) the failure to maintain
any original copies of the foregoing at such locations could not have an adverse
effect upon the validity, perfection or priority of any security interest
granted hereunder, the Assignor shall be permitted to keep original copies of
the foregoing at other locations to be determined in a manner consistent with
its past practices.  All Receivables and Contract Rights of the Assignor are,
and will continue to be, maintained at, and controlled and directed (including,
without limitation, for general accounting purposes) from, the office locations
described

<PAGE>
                                                                        Page 7

above.  The Assignor shall not establish new locations for such
offices until (i) it shall have given to the Collateral Agent not less than 45
days' prior written notice of its intention so to do, clearly describing such
new location and providing such other information in connection therewith as the
Collateral Agent may reasonably request, (ii) with respect to such new location,
it shall have taken all action to maintain the security interest of the
Collateral Agent in the Collateral intended to be granted hereby at all times
fully perfected and in full force and effect and (iii) at the request of the
Collateral Agent, it shall have furnished an opinion of counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Collateral Agent to the effect that all financing or
continuation statements and amendments or supplements thereto have been filed in
the appropriate filing office or offices, and all other actions (including,
without limitation, the payment of all filing fees and taxes, if any, payable in
connection with such filings) have been taken, in order to perfect (and maintain
the perfection and priority of) the security interest granted hereby.

          2.5.  LOCATION OF INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT.  All Inventory and
Equipment (other than Vehicles) held on the date hereof by the Assignor is
located at one of the locations shown on Annex C hereto.  The Assignor agrees
that all Inventory and all Equipment (other than Vehicles) now held or
subsequently acquired by it shall be kept at (or shall be in transport to) any
one of the locations shown on Annex C hereto, or such new location as the
Assignor may establish in accordance with the last sentence of this Section 2.5.
The Assignor may establish a new location for Inventory and Equipment (other
than Vehicles) only if (i) it shall give to the Collateral Agent written notice
of such new location as promptly as practicable and in no event later than 60
days after the establishment thereof, clearly describing such new location and
providing such other information in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent
may reasonably request, (ii) with respect to such new location, as promptly as
practicable and in no event later than 75 days after the establishment thereof,
it shall have taken all action to maintain the security interest of the
Collateral Agent in the Collateral intended to be granted hereby at all times
fully perfected and in full force and effect and (iii) at the request of the
Collateral Agent, it shall have furnished an opinion of counsel reasonably

<PAGE>
                                                                        Page 8

acceptable to the Collateral Agent to the effect that all financing or
continuation statements and amendments or supplements thereto have been filed in
the appropriate filing office or offices, and all other actions (including,
without limitation, the payment of all filing fees and taxes, if any, payable in
connection with such filings) have been taken, in order to perfect (and maintain
the perfection and priority of) the security interest granted hereby.

          2.6.  LOCATION OF VEHICLES.  (a)  All vehicles owned on the date
hereof by the Assignor are of the type and quantity, bear the certificate of
title numbers and are registered in the jurisdictions listed on Annex D
hereto (the "Vehicles").  The Assignor agrees that after acquiring any
Vehicle subsequent to the date hereof, it shall (i) give the Collateral Agent
written notice of such acquisition in accordance with Section 11.9(c) hereof
and provide the type(s), quantity, certificate of title number(s) and
jurisdiction(s) of registration of each such Vehicle and provide such other
information in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably
request and (ii) with respect to each such subsequently acquired Vehicle,
take such action reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent as is
necessary or appropriate to create, preserve, protect and perfect the
security interest of the Collateral Agent in such Vehicle intended to be
granted hereby.  The Assignor further agrees (except as otherwise provided in
Section 11.9(c) hereof) that it shall (i) not remove any Vehicle now owned or
hereafter acquired from (x) with respect to Vehicles held on the date hereof,
the jurisdiction in which such Vehicle is registered on the date hereof or
(y) with respect to Vehicles acquired after the date hereof, the jurisdiction
in which such Vehicle is registered at the time of its acquisition, in each
case, to the extent the removal of such Vehicle from such jurisdiction would
require the Collateral Agent to take any action whatsoever with respect to
such Vehicle in order to maintain the security interest of the Collateral
Agent in the Vehicle so removed at all times fully perfected and in full
force and effect, unless the Assignor shall have given not less than 30 days'
prior written notice to the Collateral Agent of the requirement to take any
such action and (ii) take such action reasonably satisfactory to the
Collateral Agent as is necessary or appropriate to maintain the security
interest of the Collateral Agent in the

<PAGE>
                                                                        Page 9

Vehicle so removed at all times fully perfected and in full force and effect.

          2.7.  RECOURSE.  This Agreement is made with full recourse to the
Assignor and pursuant to and upon all the warranties, representations,
covenants, and agreements on the part of the Assignor contained herein, in the
other Credit Documents, in the Interest Rate Protection Agreements and otherwise
in writing in connection herewith or therewith.

          2.8.  TRADE NAMES; CHANGE OF NAME.  The Assignor does not have or
operate in any jurisdiction under, or in the preceding 12 months has not had or
has not operated in any jurisdiction under, any trade names, fictitious names or
other names (including, without limitation, any names of divisions or
operations) except its legal name and such other trade, fictitious or other
names as are listed on Annex E hereto.  The Assignor shall not change its legal
name or assume or operate in any jurisdiction under any trade, fictitious or
other name except those names listed on Annex E hereto and new names (including,
without limitation, any names of divisions or operations) established in
accordance with the last sentence of this Section 2.8.  The Assignor shall not
assume or operate in any jurisdiction under any new trade, fictitious or other
name until (i) it shall have given to the Collateral Agent not less than 30
days' prior written notice of its intention so to do, clearly describing such
new name and the jurisdictions in which such new name shall be used and
providing such other information in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent
may reasonably request, (ii) with respect to such new name, it shall have taken
all action to maintain the security interest of the Collateral Agent in the
Collateral intended to be granted hereby at all times fully perfected and in
full force and effect and (iii) at the request of the Collateral Agent, it shall
have furnished an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Collateral
Agent to the effect that all financing or continuation statements and amendments
or supplements thereto have been filed in the appropriate filing office or
offices, and all other actions (including, without limitation, the payment of
all filing fees and taxes, if any, payable in connection with such filings) have
been taken, in order to perfect (and maintain the perfection and priority of)
the security interest granted hereby.

<PAGE>
                                                                        Page 10

                                   ARTICLE III

                          SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING
                    RECEIVABLES; CONTRACT RIGHTS; INSTRUMENTS

          3.1.  ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  As of the time when
each of its Receivables arises, the Assignor shall be deemed to have represented
and warranted that (x) such Receivable, and all records, papers and documents
relating thereto (if any) are genuine and in all respects what they purport to
be, and that all papers and documents (if any) relating thereto (i) will
represent the obligation of the account debtor evidencing indebtedness unpaid
and owed by the respective account debtor arising out of the performance of
labor or services or the sale or lease and delivery of the merchandise listed
therein, or both, (ii) will be the only original writings evidencing and
embodying such obligation of the account debtor named therein (other than copies
created for general accounting purposes), and (iii) will be in compliance and
will conform in all material respects with all applicable federal, state and
local laws and applicable laws of any relevant foreign jurisdiction and
(y) there is no fact or circumstance known to Assignor which would suggest that
any such Receivable (i) will not represent the genuine, legal, valid and binding
obligation of such account debtor or (ii) will not evidence true and valid
obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except to
the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws generally
affecting creditors' rights and by equitable principles (regardless of whether
enforcement is sought in equity or at law).

          3.2.  MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS.  The Assignor will keep and maintain at
its own cost and expense satisfactory and complete records of its Receivables
and Contracts, including, but not limited to, the originals of all documentation
(including each Contract) with respect thereto, records of all payments
received, all credits granted thereon, all merchandise returned and all other
dealings therewith, and the Assignor will make the same available on the
Assignor's premises to the Collateral Agent for inspection, at the Assignor's
own cost and expense, at any and all reasonable times upon demand.  Upon

<PAGE>
                                                                        Page 11

the occurrence and during the continuance of any of the conditions specified
in the first sentence of Section 1.1(c) of this Agreement, and upon the
request of the Collateral Agent, the Assignor shall, at its own cost and
expense, deliver all tangible evidence of its Receivables and Contract Rights
(including, without limitation, all documents evidencing the Receivables and
all Contracts) and such books and records to the Collateral Agent or to its
representatives (copies of which evidence and books and records may be
retained by the Assignor).  If the Collateral Agent so directs, the Assignor
shall legend, in form and manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral
Agent, the Receivables and the Contracts, as well as books, records and
documents of the Assignor evidencing or pertaining to such Receivables and
Contracts with an appropriate reference to the fact that such Receivables and
Contracts have been assigned to the Collateral Agent and that the Collateral
Agent has a security interest therein.

          3.3.  DIRECTION TO ACCOUNT DEBTORS; CONTRACTING PARTIES; ETC.  Upon
the occurrence and during the continuance of any of the conditions described in
the first sentence of Section 1.1(c) of this Agreement, and if the Collateral
Agent so directs the Assignor, the Assignor agrees (x) to cause all payments on
account of the Receivables and Contracts to be made directly to the Cash
Collateral Account established for the Assignor, (y) that the Collateral Agent
may, at its option, directly notify the obligors with respect to any Receivables
and/or under any Contracts to make payments with respect thereto as provided in
preceding clause (x) and (z) that the Collateral Agent may enforce collection of
any such Receivables and Contracts and may adjust, settle or compromise the
amount of payment thereof, in the same manner and to the same extent that the
Assignor might have done.  Without notice to or assent by the Assignor, the
Collateral Agent may apply any or all amounts then in, or thereafter deposited
in, the Cash Collateral Account in the manner provided in Section 7.4 of this
Agreement.  The reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees) of
collection, whether incurred by the Assignor or the Collateral Agent, shall be
borne by the Assignor.

          3.4.  MODIFICATION OF TERMS; ETC.  The Assignor shall not rescind or
cancel any indebtedness evidenced by any Receivable or under any Contract, or
modify any term

<PAGE>
                                                                        Page 12

thereof or make any adjustment with respect thereto, or extend or renew the
same, or compromise or settle any material dispute, claim, suit or legal
proceeding relating thereto, or sell any Receivable or Contract, or interest
therein, without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, except as
permitted by Section 3.5 and except, so long as none of the conditions
described in the first sentence of Section 1.1(c) shall occur and be
continuing, such modifications, adjustments and sales effected by the
Assignor in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.
The Assignor will duly fulfill all obligations on its part to be fulfilled
under or in connection with the Receivables and Contracts and will do nothing
to impair the rights of the Collateral Agent in the Receivables or Contracts.

          3.5.  COLLECTION.  The Assignor shall endeavor to cause to be
collected from the account debtor named in each of its Receivables or obligor
under any Contract, as and when due (including, without limitation, amounts
which are delinquent, such amounts to be collected in accordance with generally
accepted lawful collection procedures) any and all amounts owing under or on
account of such Receivable or Contract, and apply forthwith upon receipt thereof
all such amounts as are so collected to the outstanding balance of such
Receivable or under such Contract, except that, at any time when payments in
respect of Receivables and Contracts may be made to the Assignor in accordance
with the second sentence of Section 1.1(c) of this Agreement, the Assignor may
allow in the ordinary course of business as adjustments to amounts owing under
its Receivables and Contracts (i) an extension or renewal of the time or times
of payment, or settlement for less than the total unpaid balance, which the
Assignor finds appropriate in accordance with sound business judgment and (ii) a
refund or credit due as a result of returned or damaged merchandise or
improperly performed services.  The reasonable costs and expenses (including,
without limitation, attorneys' fees) of collection, whether incurred by the
Assignor or the Collateral Agent, shall be borne by the Assignor.

          3.6.  INSTRUMENTS.  If the Assignor owns or acquires any Instrument
constituting Collateral in an amount equal to or greater than $1,000,000, the
Assignor will within ten days notify the Collateral Agent thereof, and upon
request by the Collateral Agent will promptly deliver

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 13

such Instrument to the Collateral Agent appropriately endorsed to the order
of the Collateral Agent as further security hereunder.  Upon the occurrence
and during the continuance of any of the conditions described in the first
sentence of Section 1.1(c) of this Agreement, if any of the Receivables
becomes evidenced by an Instrument, the Assignor will within 10 days notify
the Collateral Agent thereof, and upon written request by the Collateral
Agent promptly deliver such Instrument to the Collateral Agent appropriately
endorsed to the order of the Collateral Agent as further security hereunder.

          3.7.  FURTHER ACTIONS.  The Assignor will, at its own expense, make,
execute, endorse, acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent from
time to time such vouchers, invoices, schedules, confirmatory assignments,
conveyances, financing statements, transfer endorsements, powers of attorney,
certificates, reports and other assurances or instruments and take such further
steps relating to its Receivables, Contracts, Instruments and other property or
rights covered by the security interest hereby granted, as the Collateral Agent
may reasonably require.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                       SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING MARKS

          4.1.  ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The Assignor
represents and warrants that it is the true and lawful exclusive owner of the
Marks listed in Annex F hereto and that Annex F includes all the Marks that are
registered or applied for and all material unregistered Marks that the Assignor
now owns in connection with its business.  The Assignor represents and warrants
that it is the sole and exclusive beneficial owner of each Mark.  The Assignor
represents and warrants that it owns or is licensed to use all Marks that it
uses.  The Assignor represents and warrants that it is the owner of record of
all registrations and applications listed in Annex E hereto and that said
registrations are valid, subsisting, have not been cancelled and that the
Assignor is not aware of any third-party claim pending, threatened or
supportable that any of said registrations is invalid or unenforceable.  The
Assignor represents and warrants that all registration and

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 14

maintenance fees that have become due and payable in respect of any Mark have
been paid and, to the best knowledge of the assignor, no act has been done or
omitted to be done by the Assignor to entitle any governmental authority to
cancel, forfeit, modify or hold abandoned any of the Marks.  The Assignor
represents and warrants that there are no pending or threatened suits,
claims, oppositions, or other challenges by any person against the ownership
by the Assignor of any of the Marks, and the conduct of the business of the
Assignor and its use of any Mark in connection therewith does not infringe
upon or otherwise violate any right of any third party.  The Assignor hereby
grants to the Collateral Agent an absolute power of attorney to sign, upon
the occurrence and during the continuance of (i) a Bankruptcy Default or
Notified Acceleration Event or (ii) any other Event of Default or
Acceleration Event, but in the case of this clause (ii) only to the extent
the Required Banks have so directed, any document which may be required by
the United States Patent and Trademark Office in order to effect an absolute
assignment of all right, title and interest in each Mark, and record the same.

          4.2.  LICENSES AND ASSIGNMENTS.  The Assignor represents and warrants
that Annex G sets forth a complete and accurate list of all license agreements
and other agreements pursuant to which the Assignor has granted to any third
party any right in and to any of the Marks.  Other than the license agreements
listed on Annex G hereto and any extensions or renewals thereof, the Assignor
hereby agrees not to divest itself of any right under any Mark absent prior
written approval of the Collateral Agent.

          4.3.  INFRINGEMENTS.  The Assignor agrees, promptly upon learning
thereof, to notify the Collateral Agent in writing of the name and address of,
and to furnish such pertinent information that may be available with respect to,
any party who, in any material respect, may be infringing or otherwise violating
any of the Assignor's rights in and to any Mark, or with respect to any party
claiming that the Assignor's use of any Mark violates or infringes upon, in any
material respect, any right of that party.  The Assignor further agrees, unless
otherwise agreed by the Collateral Agent, diligently to prosecute any Person
infringing, in any material respect, any material Mark.

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 15

          4.4.  PRESERVATION OF MARKS.  The Assignor agrees to use each of its
material Marks in interstate or foreign commerce in each and every trademark
class of goods and/or services in which such Mark is currently used during the
time in which this Agreement is in effect, sufficiently to preserve such Marks
as trademarks or service marks under the laws of the United States, any State
thereof or any political subdivision thereof.  The Assignor agrees that (i) it
shall maintain at a level at least in accordance with past practice the quality
of products and services offered under the Marks, (ii) it shall employ such
Marks as are registered with the notice of Federal or other registration as the
case may be, (iii) it shall not use any Mark or otherwise operate its business
in violation of any third party's rights, and (iv) it shall not (and shall not
permit any licensee or sublicensee to) do any act or omit to do any act that
could result in cancellation, forfeiture, modification or abandonment of any
Mark.

          4.5.  MAINTENANCE OF REGISTRATION.  The Assignor shall, at its own
expense, diligently process all documents required by the Trademark Act of
1946, 15 U.S.C. Sections 1051 ET SEQ. to maintain trademark registration (or,
with respect to applications, to make best efforts to have a registration
issue therefrom), including but not limited to affidavits of use and
applications for renewals of registration in the United States Patent and
Trademark Office for all of its material Marks pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Sections
1058(a), 1059 and 1065, and shall pay all fees and disbursements in
connection therewith and shall not abandon any registration or application
for any Mark prior to the exhaustion of all administrative and judicial
remedies without prior written consent of the Collateral Agent.  The Assignor
agrees to notify the Collateral Agent six (6) months prior to the dates on
which the affidavits of use or the applications for renewal registration are
due with respect to any material Mark, that the affidavits of use or the
renewal has been filed with the appropriate agency and is being processed
thereby.

          4.6.  FUTURE REGISTERED MARKS.  If any Mark registration issues
hereafter to the Assignor as a result of any application now or hereafter
pending before the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar
office or any similar office or agency of any jurisdiction, or if the Assignor
acquires any Marks within thirty (30)


<PAGE>                                                                  Page 16

days of receipt of such certificate or the effectiveness of the
acquisition thereof, as appropriate, the Assignor shall deliver a copy of
such certificate or sufficient documents to evidence such acquisition, and a
grant of security in such mark to the Collateral Agent, confirming the grant
thereof hereunder substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 hereto or, for
registrations and applications for registration of any Mark in any foreign
jurisdiction, such form as is acceptable to the Collateral Agent for use in
such jurisdiction.

          4.7.  REMEDIES.  If there shall occur and be continuing (i) a
Bankruptcy Default or Notified Acceleration Event or (ii) any other Event of
Default or Acceleration Event, but in the case of this clause (ii) only to the
extent the Required Banks have so directed, the Collateral Agent may, by written
notice to the Assignor, take any or all of the following actions:  (i) declare
the entire right, title and interest of the Assignor in and to each of the
Marks, together with all trademark rights and rights of protection to the same,
vested, in which event such rights, title and interest shall immediately vest,
in the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors, in which case
the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to exercise the power of attorney
referred to in Section 4.1 to execute, cause to be acknowledged and notarized
and record said absolute assignment with the applicable agency; (ii) take and
use or sell the Marks and the goodwill of the Assignor's business symbolized by
the Marks and the right to carry on the business and use the assets of the
Assignor in connection with which the Marks have been used; and (iii) direct the
Assignor to refrain, in which event the Assignor shall refrain, from using the
Marks in any manner whatsoever, directly or indirectly, and, if requested by the
Collateral Agent, change the Assignor's corporate name to eliminate therefrom
any use of any Mark and execute such other and further documents that the
Collateral Agent may request to further confirm this and to transfer ownership
of the Marks and registrations and any pending trademark application in the
United States Patent and Trademark Office to the Collateral Agent.

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 17

                                    ARTICLE V

                          SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING
                             PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS

          5.1.  ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The Assignor
represents and warrants that it is the true and lawful exclusive owner of all
rights in the Patents listed in Annex H hereto and in the Copyrights listed in
Annex I hereto, that said Patents include all the Patents that the Assignor now
owns and that said Copyrights constitute all the Copyrights registered with the
United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency of any
jurisdiction and applications for copyright registration that the Assignor now
owns and all material unregistered copyrights, including without limitation
copyrights in computer software, that the Assignor now owns.  The Assignor
represents and warrants that it owns or is licensed to practice under all
Patents and Copyrights that it now uses or practices under.  The Assignor
represents and warrants that all registration and maintenance fees that have
become due and payable in respect of any Patent or Copyright have been paid and
no act has been done or omitted to be done by the Assignor to impair or dedicate
to the public, or to otherwise entitle any governmental authority to cancel,
forfeit, modify or hold abandoned any of the Patents or Copyrights.  The
Assignor represents and warrants that there are no pending or threatened suits,
claims, oppositions, or other challenges by any person against the ownership by
the Assignor of any of the Patents or Copyrights, and the conduct of the present
or contemplated business of the Assignor and its use of any Patent or Copyright
in connection therewith does not infringe upon or otherwise violate any right of
any third party.  The Assignor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent an absolute
power of attorney to sign, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of (i)
a Bankruptcy Default or Notified Acceleration Event or (ii) any other Event of
Default or Acceleration Event, but in the case of this clause (ii) only to the
extent the Required Banks have so directed, any document which may be required
by the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright
Office in order to effect an absolute assignment of all right, title and
interest in each Patent and Copyright, and record the same.

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 18

          5.2.  LICENSES AND ASSIGNMENTS.  The Assignor represents and warrants
that Annex G sets forth a complete and accurate list of all license agreements
and other agreements pursuant to which the Assignor has granted to any third
party any right in and to any of the Patents or Copyrights.  Other than the
license agreements listed on Annex G hereto and any extensions or renewals
thereof, the Assignor hereby agrees not to divest itself of any right under any
Patent or Copyright absent prior written approval of the Collateral Agent.

          5.3.  INFRINGEMENTS.  The Assignor agrees that it shall not use its
Patents or Copyrights or otherwise operate its business in violation of any
third party's rights.  The Assignor agrees, promptly upon learning thereof, to
furnish the Collateral Agent in writing with all pertinent information available
to the Assignor with respect to any material infringement or other material
violation of the Assignor's rights in any Patent or Copyright, or with respect
to any claim that practice of any Patent or Copyright materially violates any
right of any party.  The Assignor further agrees, absent direction of the
Collateral Agent to the contrary, diligently to prosecute any Person infringing,
in any material respect, any significant Patent or Copyright.

          5.4.  MAINTENANCE OF PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS.  At its own expense,
the Assignor shall make timely payment of all post-issuance fees required
pursuant to 35 U.S.C. Section 41 to maintain in force rights under each
Patent.  The Assignor agrees that it shall not (and shall not permit any
licensee or sublicensee to) do or omit any act that could result in the
impairment, cancellation, forfeiture, modification, abandonment, or
dedication to the public of any Patent or Copyright.

          5.5.  PROSECUTION OF PATENT APPLICATION.  At its own expense, the
Assignor shall diligently prosecute all applications for Patents listed in Annex
H hereto and all applications for Copyright registration listed in Annex I
hereto and shall not abandon any such application prior to exhaustion of all
administrative and judicial remedies, absent written consent of the Collateral
Agent.

          5.6.  OTHER PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS.  Within 30 days of acquisition,
issuance or registration of a Patent

<PAGE>                                                                   Page 19

or Copyright, or of filing of an application for a United States
Patent or Copyright, the Assignor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a
copy of said Patent or Copyright or such application, as the case may be,
with a grant of security as to such Patent or Copyright, as the case may be,
confirming the grant thereof hereunder, the form of such confirmatory grant
to be substantially in the form of Exhibit 2 hereto (for Patents) or Exhibit
3 hereto (for Copyrights), as appropriate, or, for any Patents and Copyright
registrations and applications for the foregoing in any foreign jurisdiction,
such form as is acceptable to the Collateral Agent for use in such
jurisdiction.

          5.7.  REMEDIES.  If there shall occur and be continuing (i) a
Bankruptcy Default or Notified Acceleration Event or (ii) any other Event of
Default or Acceleration Event, but in the case of this clause (ii) only to the
extent the Required Banks have so directed, the Collateral Agent may by written
notice to the Assignor, take any or all of the following actions:  (i) declare
the entire right, title, and interest of the Assignor in each of the Patents and
Copyrights vested, in which event such right, title, and interest shall
immediately vest in the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured
Creditors, in which case the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to exercise the
power of attorney referred to in Section 5.1 to execute, cause to be
acknowledged and notarized and record said absolute assignment with the
applicable agency; (ii) take and practice or sell the Patents and Copyrights;
and (iii) direct the Assignor to refrain, in which event the Assignor shall
refrain, from practicing the Patents and Copyrights directly or indirectly, and
the Assignor shall execute such other and further documents as the Collateral
Agent may request further to confirm this and to transfer ownership of the
Patents and Copyrights to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured
Creditors.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                      PROVISIONS CONCERNING ALL COLLATERAL

          6.1.  PROTECTION OF COLLATERAL AGENT'S SECURITY.  The Assignor will do
nothing to impair the rights of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral.  The
Assignor will at all times keep its Inventory and Equipment (including,

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 20

without limitation, the Vehicles) insured in favor of the Collateral Agent,
at the Assignor's own expense to the extent and in the manner provided in the
Credit Agreement; all policies or certificates (or certified copies thereof)
with respect to such insurance (and any other insurance maintained by the
Assignor) (i) shall be endorsed to the Collateral Agent's satisfaction for
the benefit of the Collateral Agent (including, without limitation, by naming
the Collateral Agent as loss payee), (ii) shall state that such insurance
policies shall not be cancelled or revised without 30 days' prior written
notice thereof by the insurer to the Collateral Agent (but only 10 days'
prior written notice of cancellation for failure to make payments under such
policies), (iii) shall provide that the respective insurers irrevocably waive
any and all rights of subrogation with respect to the Collateral Agent and
the Secured Creditors and (iv) shall be deposited with the Collateral Agent.
If the Assignor shall fail to insure its Inventory and Equipment in
accordance with the preceding sentence, or if the Assignor shall fail to so
endorse and deposit all policies or certificates with respect thereto, the
Collateral Agent shall have the right (but shall be under no obligation) to
procure such insurance and the Assignor agrees to reimburse the Collateral
Agent for all costs and expenses of procuring such insurance.  The Collateral
Agent may apply any proceeds of such insurance in accordance with Section
7.4.  The Assignor assumes all liability and responsibility in connection
with the Collateral acquired by it and the liability of the Assignor to pay
the Obligations shall in no way be affected or diminished by reason of the
fact that such Collateral may be lost, destroyed, stolen, damaged or for any
reason whatsoever unavailable to the Assignor.

          6.2.  WAREHOUSE RECEIPTS NON-NEGOTIABLE.  The Assignor agrees that if
any warehouse receipt or receipt in the nature of a warehouse receipt is issued
with respect to any of its Inventory, such warehouse receipt or receipt in the
nature thereof shall not be "negotiable" (as such term is used in Section 7-104
of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction or
under other relevant law).

          6.3.  FURTHER ACTIONS.  The Assignor will, at its own expense, make,
execute, endorse, acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent from
time to time

<PAGE>                                                                   Page 21

such lists, descriptions and designations of its Collateral, warehouse
receipts, receipts in the nature of warehouse receipts, bills of lading,
documents of title (including, without limitation, original certificates of
title, and other registration with respect to the Vehicles), vouchers,
invoices, schedules, confirmatory assignments, conveyances, financing
statements, transfer endorsements, powers of attorney, certificates, reports
and other assurances or instruments and take such further steps relating to
the Collateral and other property or rights covered by the security interest
hereby granted, which the Collateral Agent deems reasonably appropriate or
advisable to perfect, preserve or protect its security interest in the
Collateral.

          6.4.  FINANCING STATEMENTS.  The Assignor agrees to execute and
deliver to the Collateral Agent such financing statements, in form acceptable to
the Collateral Agent, as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably
request or as are necessary or desirable in the opinion of the Collateral Agent
to establish and maintain a valid, enforceable, first priority perfected
security interest in the Collateral as provided herein and the other rights and
security contemplated hereby all in accordance with the Uniform Commercial Code
as enacted in any and all relevant jurisdictions or any other relevant law.  The
Assignor will pay any applicable filing fees, recordation taxes and related
expenses.  The Assignor authorizes the Collateral Agent to file any such
financing statements without the signature of the Assignor where permitted by
law.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                  REMEDIES UPON OCCURRENCE OF SPECIFIED EVENTS

          7.1.  REMEDIES; OBTAINING THE COLLATERAL UPON DEFAULT.  The Assignor
agrees that, if there shall have occurred and be continuing (i) a Bankruptcy
Default or Notified Acceleration Event or (ii) any other Event of Default or
Acceleration Event, but in the case of this clause (ii) only to the extent the
Required Banks have so directed, then and in every such case, subject to any
mandatory requirements of applicable law then in effect, the Collateral Agent,
in addition to any rights now or hereafter existing under applicable law, shall
have all

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 22

rights as a secured creditor under the Uniform Commercial Code in all
relevant jurisdictions and may also:

          (a)  personally, or by agents or attorneys, immediately retake
     possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, from the Assignor or any
     other Person who then has possession of any part thereof with or without
     notice or process of law, and for that purpose may enter upon the
     Assignor's premises or, to the extent that the Assignor has a right to
     consent thereto, such other Person's premises where any of the Collateral
     is located and remove the same and use in connection with such removal any
     and all services, supplies, aids and other facilities of the Assignor; and

          (b)  instruct the obligor or obligors on any agreement, instrument or
     other obligation (including, without limitation, the Receivables and the
     Contracts) constituting the Collateral to make any payment required by the
     terms of such agreement, instrument or other obligation directly to the
     Collateral Agent and may exercise any and all remedies of the Assignor in
     respect of such Collateral; and

          (c)  withdraw all monies, securities and instruments in the Cash
     Collateral Account for application to the Obligations in accordance with
     Section 7.4; and

          (d)  sell, assign or otherwise liquidate, or direct the Assignor to
     sell, assign or otherwise liquidate, any or all of the Collateral or any
     part thereof, and take possession of the proceeds of any such sale or
     liquidation; and

          (e)  take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, by
     directing the Assignor in writing to deliver the same to the Collateral
     Agent at any place or places designated by the Collateral Agent, in which
     event the Assignor shall at its own expense:

               (i)  forthwith cause the same to be moved to the place or places
          so designated by the Collateral Agent and there delivered to the
          Collateral Agent, and

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 23

              (ii)  store and keep any Collateral so delivered to the Collateral
          Agent at such place or places pending further action by the Collateral
          Agent as provided in Section 7.2, and

             (iii)  while the Collateral shall be so stored and kept, provide
          such guards and maintenance services as shall be necessary to protect
          the same and to preserve and maintain them in good condition; and

          (f)  license or sublicense, whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive
     basis, any Marks, Patents or Copyrights included in the Collateral for such
     term and on such conditions and in such manner as the Collateral Agent
     shall in its sole judgment determine;

it being understood that the Assignor's obligation so to deliver the Collateral
is of the essence of this Agreement and that, accordingly, upon application to a
court of equity having jurisdiction, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to a
decree requiring specific performance by the Assignor of said obligation.

          7.2.  REMEDIES; DISPOSITION OF THE COLLATERAL.  Any Collateral
repossessed by the Collateral Agent under or pursuant to Section 7.1 and any
other Collateral whether or not so repossessed by the Collateral Agent, may be
sold, assigned, leased or otherwise disposed of under one or more contracts or
as an entirety, and without the necessity of gathering at the place of sale the
property to be sold, and in general in such manner, at such time or times, at
such place or places and on such terms as the Collateral Agent may, in
compliance with any mandatory requirements of applicable law, determine to be
commercially reasonable.  Any of the Collateral may be sold, leased or otherwise
disposed of, in the condition in which the same existed when taken by the
Collateral Agent or after any overhaul or repair which the Collateral Agent
shall determine to be commercially reasonable.  Any such disposition which shall
be a private sale or other private proceedings permitted by such requirements
shall be made upon not less than 10 days' written notice to the Assignor
specifying the time at which such disposition is to be made and the intended
sale price or other consideration therefor, and shall be subject, for the 10
days after the giving of such notice, to the right

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 24

of the Assignor or any nominee of the Assignor to acquire the Collateral
involved at a price or for such other consideration at least equal to the
intended sale price or other consideration so specified.  Any such
disposition which shall be a public sale permitted by such requirements shall
be made upon not less than 10 days' written notice to the Assignor specifying
the time and place of such sale and, in the absence of applicable
requirements of law, shall be by public auction (which may, at the Collateral
Agent's option, be subject to reserve), after publication of notice of such
auction not less than 10 days prior thereto in two newspapers in general
circulation in the City of New York.  To the extent permitted by any such
requirement of law, the Collateral Agent and the Secured Creditors may bid
for and become the purchaser of the Collateral or any item thereof, offered
for sale in accordance with this Section without accountability to the
Assignor.  In the payment of the purchase price of the Collateral, the
purchaser shall be entitled to have credit on account of the purchase price
thereof of amounts owing to such purchaser on account of any of the
Obligations which would be payable to it in accordance with the terms and
provisions of the Credit Agreement, and any such purchaser may deliver notes,
claims for interest, or claims for other payment with respect to such
Obligations in lieu of cash up to the amount which would, upon distribution
of the net proceeds of such sale, be payable thereon.  Such notes, if the
amount payable hereunder shall be less than the amount due thereon, shall be
returned to the holder thereof after being appropriately stamped to show
partial payment.  If, under mandatory requirements of applicable law, the
Collateral Agent shall be required to make disposition of the Collateral
within a period of time which does not permit the giving of notice to the
Assignor as hereinabove specified, the Collateral Agent need give the
Assignor only such notice of disposition as shall be reasonably practicable
in view of such mandatory requirements of applicable law.  The Assignor
agrees to do or cause to be done all such other acts and things as may be
reasonably necessary to make such sale or sales of all or any portion of the
Collateral valid and binding and in compliance with any and all applicable
laws, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions, decrees or awards of any and
all courts, arbitrators or governmental instrumentalities, domestic or
foreign, having jurisdiction over any such sale or sales, all at the
Assignor's expense.

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 25

          7.3.  WAIVER OF CLAIMS.  Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, THE ASSIGNOR HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
LAW, NOTICE AND JUDICIAL HEARING IN CONNECTION WITH THE COLLATERAL AGENT'S
TAKING POSSESSION OR THE COLLATERAL AGENT'S DISPOSITION OF ANY OF THE
COLLATERAL, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY AND ALL PRIOR NOTICE AND HEARING
FOR ANY PREJUDGMENT REMEDY OR REMEDIES AND ANY SUCH RIGHT WHICH ASSIGNOR WOULD
OTHERWISE HAVE UNDER THE CONSTITUTION OR ANY STATUTE OF THE UNITED STATES OR OF
ANY STATE, and the Assignor hereby further waives, to the extent permitted by
law:

          (a)  all damages occasioned by such taking of possession except any
     damages which are the direct result of the Collateral Agent's gross
     negligence or willful misconduct;

          (b)  all other requirements as to the time, place and terms of sale or
     other requirements with respect to the enforcement of the Collateral
     Agent's rights hereunder; and

          (c)  all rights of redemption, appraisement, valuation, stay,
     extension or moratorium now or hereafter in force under any applicable law
     in order to prevent or delay the enforcement of this Agreement or the
     absolute sale of the Collateral or any portion thereof, and the Assignor,
     for itself and all who may claim under it, insofar as it or they now or
     hereafter lawfully may, hereby waives the benefit of all such laws.

Any sale of, or the grant of options to purchase, or any other realization upon,
any Collateral shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and
demand, either at law or in equity, of the Assignor therein and thereto, and
shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against the Assignor and
against any and all Persons claiming or attempting to claim the Collateral so
sold, optioned or realized upon, or any part thereof, from, through and under
the Assignor.

          7.4.  APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS.  (a)  All moneys collected by the
Collateral Agent (or, to the extent a Mortgage to which the Borrower is a party
requires proceeds of Collateral under such agreement to be applied in


<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 26

accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Mortgagee under such
other agreement) upon any sale or other disposition of the Collateral,
together with all other moneys received by the Collateral Agent hereunder,
shall be applied, subject to the following clause (b), as follows:

          (i)  first, to the payment of all amounts owing the Collateral Agent
     of the type described in clauses (iii) and (iv) of the definition of
     "Obligations";

         (ii)  second, to the extent proceeds remain after the application
     pursuant to the preceding clause (i), an amount equal to the outstanding
     Primary Obligations (as defined below) shall be paid to the Secured
     Creditors as provided in Section 7.4(f), with each Secured Creditor
     receiving an amount equal to such outstanding Primary Obligations or, if
     the proceeds are insufficient to pay in full all such Primary Obligations,
     its Pro Rata Share (as defined below) of the amount remaining to be
     distributed;

        (iii)  third, to the extent proceeds remain after the application
     pursuant to the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), an amount equal to the
     outstanding Secondary Obligations (as defined below) shall be paid to the
     Secured Creditors as provided in Section 7.4(f), with each Secured Creditor
     receiving an amount equal to its outstanding Secondary Obligations or, if
     the proceeds are insufficient to pay in full all such Secondary
     Obligations, its Pro Rata Share of the amount remaining to be distributed;
     and

         (iv)  fourth, to the extent proceeds remain after the application
     pursuant to the preceding clauses (i) through (iii), inclusive, and
     following the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.9(a)
     hereof, to the Assignor or to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive
     such surplus.

          (b)  For purposes of this Agreement (w) "Pro Rata Share" shall mean,
when calculating a Secured Creditor's portion of any distribution or amount,
that amount (expressed as a percentage) equal to a fraction the numerator of
which is the then unpaid amount of such Secured Creditor's Primary Obligations
or Secondary

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 27

Obligations, as the case may be, and the denominator of which is the then
outstanding amount of all Primary Obligations or Secondary Obligations, as
the case may be, (x) "Primary Obligations" shall mean (i) in the case of the
Credit Agreement Obligations, all principal of, and interest on, all Loans
under the Credit Agreement, all Unpaid Drawings theretofore made (together
with all interest accrued thereon), and the aggregate Stated Amounts of all
Letters of Credit issued (or deemed issued) under the Credit Agreement, and
all regularly accruing fees owing by the Assignor under the Credit Agreement,
and (ii) in the case of the Interest Rate Protection Obligations, all amounts
due under the Interest Rate Protection Agreements (other than indemnities,
fees (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees) and similar obligations
and liabilities) and (y) "Secondary Obligations" shall mean all Obligations
other than Primary Obligations.

          (c)  When payments to Secured Creditors are based upon their
respective Pro Rata Shares, the amounts received by such Secured Creditors
hereunder shall be applied (for purposes of making determinations under this
Section 7.4 only) (i) first, to their Primary Obligations and (ii) second, to
their Secondary Obligations.  If any payment to any Secured Creditor of its Pro
Rata Share of any distribution would result in overpayment to such Secured
Creditor, such excess amount shall instead be distributed in respect of the
unpaid Primary Obligations or Secondary Obligations, as the case may be, of the
other Secured Creditors, with each Secured Creditor whose Primary Obligations or
Secondary Obligations, as the case may be, have not been paid in full to receive
an amount equal to such excess amount multiplied by a fraction the numerator of
which is the unpaid Primary Obligations or Secondary Obligations, as the case
may be, of such Secured Creditor and the denominator of which is the unpaid
Primary Obligations or Secondary Obligations, as the case may be, of all Secured
Creditors entitled to such distribution.

          (d)  Each of the Secured Creditors agrees and acknowledges that if the
Bank Creditors are to receive a distribution on account of undrawn amounts with
respect to Letters of Credit issued (or deemed issued) under the Credit
Agreement (which shall only occur after all outstanding Loans and Unpaid
Drawings with respect to such Letters of Credit have been paid in full), such
amounts

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 28

shall be paid to the Agent under the Credit Agreement and held by it,
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Bank Creditors, as cash security for
the repayment of Obligations owing to the Bank Creditors as such.  If any
amounts are held as cash security pursuant to the immediately preceding
sentence, then upon the termination of all outstanding Letters of Credit, and
after the application of all such cash security to the repayment of all
Obligations owing to the Bank Creditors after giving effect to the termination
of all such Letters of Credit, if there remains any excess cash, such excess
cash shall be returned by the Agent to the Collateral Agent for distribution in
accordance with Section 7.4(a) hereof.

          (e)  All payments required to be made hereunder shall be made to the
respective Representative of the Secured Creditors entitled to such payments.

          (f)  For purposes of applying payments received in accordance with
this Section 7.4, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon the
respective Representatives for a determination (which each Representative for
any Secured Creditors and the Secured Creditors agree (or shall agree) to
provide upon request of the Collateral Agent) of the outstanding Primary
Obligations and Secondary Obligations owed to the Bank Creditors or the Interest
Rate Protection Creditors, as the case may be.  Unless it has actual knowledge
(including by way of written notice from a Bank Creditor or an Interest Rate
Protection Creditor) to the contrary, each Representative, in furnishing
information pursuant to the preceding sentence, and the Collateral Agent, in
acting hereunder, shall be entitled to assume that no Secondary Obligations are
outstanding.  Unless it has actual knowledge (including by way of written notice
from an Interest Rate Protection Creditor) to the contrary, the Collateral
Agent, in acting hereunder, shall be entitled to assume that no Interest Rate
Protection Agreements are in existence.

          (g)  It is understood and agreed that the Assignor shall remain liable
to the extent of any deficiency between the amount of the proceeds of the
Collateral hereunder and the aggregate amount of the sums referred to in clauses
(i) through (iii), inclusive, of Section 7.4(a).

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 29

          7.5.  REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.  Each and every right, power and remedy
hereby specifically given to the Collateral Agent shall be in addition to every
other right, power and remedy specifically given under this Agreement, the
Interest Rate Protection Agreements or the other Credit Documents or now or
hereafter existing at law or in equity, or by statute and each and every right,
power and remedy whether specifically herein given or otherwise existing may be
exercised from time to time or simultaneously and as often and in such order as
may be deemed expedient by the Collateral Agent.  All such rights, powers and
remedies shall be cumulative and the exercise or the beginning of exercise of
one shall not be deemed a waiver of the right to exercise of any other or
others.  No delay or omission of the Collateral Agent in the exercise of any
such right, power or remedy and no renewal or extension of any of the
Obligations shall impair any such right, power or remedy or shall be construed
to be a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.
No notice to or demand on the Assignor in any case shall entitle it to any other
or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a
waiver of any of the rights of the Collateral Agent to any other or further
action in any circumstances without notice or demand.  In the event that the
Collateral Agent shall bring any suit to enforce any of its rights hereunder and
shall be entitled to judgment, then in such suit the Collateral Agent may
recover reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, and the amounts thereof
shall be included in such judgment.

          7.6.  DISCONTINUANCE OF PROCEEDINGS.  In case the Collateral Agent
shall have instituted any proceeding to enforce any right, power or remedy under
this Agreement by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceeding
shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been
determined adversely to the Collateral Agent, then and in every such case the
Assignor, the Collateral Agent and each holder of any of the Obligations shall
be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder with respect to the
Collateral subject to the security interest created under this Agreement, and
all rights, remedies and powers of the Collateral Agent shall continue as if no
such proceeding had been instituted.

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 30

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                    INDEMNITY

          8.1.  INDEMNITY.  (a)  The Assignor agrees to indemnify, reimburse and
hold the Collateral Agent, each Secured Creditor and their respective
successors, assigns, employees, agents and servants (hereinafter in this Section
8.1 referred to individually as "Indemnitee," and collectively as "Indemnitees")
harmless from any and all liabilities, obligations, damages, injuries,
penalties, claims, demands, actions, suits, judgments and any and all costs,
expenses or disbursements (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses)
(for the purposes of this Section 8.1 the foregoing are collectively called
"expenses") of whatsoever kind and nature imposed on, asserted against or
incurred by any of the Indemnitees in any way relating to or arising out of this
Agreement, any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, any other Credit Document or
any other document executed in connection herewith and therewith or in any other
way connected with the administration of the transactions contemplated hereby
and thereby or the enforcement of any of the terms of, or the preservation of
any rights under any thereof, or in any way relating to or arising out of the
manufacture, ownership, ordering, purchase, delivery, control, acceptance,
lease, financing, possession, operation, condition, sale, return or other
disposition, or use of the Collateral (including, without limitation, latent or
other defects, whether or not discoverable), any contract claim or, to the
maximum extent permitted under applicable law, the violation of the laws of any
country, state or other governmental body or unit, or any tort (including,
without limitation, claims arising or imposed under the doctrine of strict
liability, or for or on account of injury to or the death of any Person
(including any Indemnitee), or property damage); provided that no Indemnitee
shall be indemnified pursuant to this Section 8.1(a) for expenses to the extent
caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.  The
Assignor agrees that upon written notice by any Indemnitee of the assertion of
such a liability, obligation, damage, injury, penalty, claim, demand, action,
suit or judgment, the Assignor shall assume full responsibility for the defense
thereof.  Each Indemnitee agrees to use its best efforts to promptly notify the

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 31

Assignor of any such assertion to which such Indemnitee has knowledge.

          (b)  Without limiting the application of Section 8.1(a), the Assignor
agrees to pay, or reimburse the Collateral Agent for (if the Collateral Agent
shall have incurred fees, costs or expenses because the Assignor shall have
failed to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, any other Credit
Document or any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, any and all fees, costs and
expenses of whatever kind or nature incurred in connection with the creation,
preservation or protection of the Collateral Agent's Liens on, and security
interest in, the Collateral, including, without limitation, all fees and taxes
in connection with the recording or filing of instruments and documents in
public offices, payment or discharge of any taxes or Liens upon or in respect of
the Collateral, premiums for insurance with respect to the Collateral and all
other fees, costs and expenses in connection with protecting, maintaining or
preserving the Collateral and the Collateral Agent's interest therein, whether
through judicial proceedings or otherwise, or in defending or prosecuting any
actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or relating to the Collateral.

          (c)  Without limiting the application of Section 8.1(a) or (b), the
Assignor agrees to pay, indemnify and hold each Indemnitee harmless from and
against any loss, costs, damages and expenses which such Indemnitee may suffer,
expend or incur in consequence of or growing out of any misrepresentation by the
Assignor in this Agreement, any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, any other
Credit Document, or in any writing contemplated by or made or delivered pursuant
to or in connection with this Agreement, any Interest Rate Protection Agreement,
or any other Credit Document.

          (d)  If and to the extent that the obligations of the Assignor under
this Section 8.1 are unenforceable for any reason, the Assignor hereby agrees to
make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of such
obligations which is permissible under applicable law.

          8.2.  INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS SECURED BY COLLATERAL; SURVIVAL.  Any
amounts paid by any Indemnitee as to which such Indemnitee has the right to
reimbursement

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 32

shall constitute Obligations secured by the Collateral.  The indemnity
obligations of the Assignor contained in this Article VIII shall continue in
full force and effect notwithstanding the full payment of all the Notes
issued under the Credit Agreement, the termination of all Interest Rate
Protection Agreements and the payment of all other Obligations and
notwithstanding the discharge thereof.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   DEFINITIONS

          The following terms shall have the meanings herein specified.  Such
definitions shall be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the
terms defined.  Except as otherwise defined herein, including in the recital
paragraphs, capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Credit Agreement
shall be used herein as so defined.

          "Acceleration Event" shall mean the acceleration prior to the stated
final maturity, or the failure to pay at the stated final maturity, of
Obligations representing principal of, or interest on, extensions of credit
(including without limitation all Letter of Credit Outstandings) pursuant to the
Credit Agreement or any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, PROVIDED that in
each case, any such Acceleration Event shall cease to exist upon payment in full
of the Obligations so accelerated or not paid.

          "Agent" shall have the meaning provided in the second WHEREAS clause
of this Agreement.

          "Agreement" shall mean this Borrower Security Agreement including all
schedules, annexes and exhibits hereto and any future filings of any of the
exhibits hereto, in each case as the same may be modified, supplemented or
amended from time to time in accordance with its terms (it being understood that
the foregoing collectively consititute the "Borrower Security Agreement"
referred to in the Credit Agreement).

          "Assignor" shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph of
this Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 33

          "Bank Creditor" shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph
of this Agreement.

          "Bankruptcy Default" shall mean any Default or Event of Default with
respect to the Assignor pursuant to Section 9.5 of the Credit Agreement.

          "Banks" shall have the meaning provided in the second WHEREAS clause
of this Agreement.

          "Cash Collateral Account" shall mean a non-interest bearing cash
collateral account maintained with, and in the sole dominion and control of, the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors.

          "Chattel Paper" shall have the meaning provided in the Uniform
Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York.

          "Class" shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.2 of this
Agreement.

          "Collateral" shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.1(a) of this
Agreement.

          "Collateral Agent" shall have the meaning provided in the first
paragraph of this Agreement.

          "Contract Rights" shall mean all rights of the Assignor (including,
without limitation, all rights to payment) under each Contract.

          "Contracts" shall mean all contracts, licenses and other agreements
between the Assignor and one or more additional parties as such Contract may be
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

          "Copyrights" shall mean any copyright now held or hereafter acquired
by the Assignor and all registrations and applications to register the same in
the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency of any other
jurisdiction, and all renewals thereof, now held or hereafter acquired or made
by the Assignor.

          "Credit Agreement" shall have the meaning provided in the second
WHEREAS clause of this Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 34


          "Credit Agreement Obligations" shall have the meaning provided in the
definition of "Obligations" in this Article IX.

          "Default" shall mean any event which, with notice or lapse of time, or
both, would constitute an Event of Default.

          "Documents" shall have the meaning provided in the Uniform Commercial
Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York.

          "Equipment" shall mean any "equipment," as such term is defined in the
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New
York, now or hereafter owned by the Assignor and, in any event, shall include,
but shall not be limited to, the Vehicles, all machinery, all manufacturing,
distributing, selling, data processing and office equipment, all computers, all
furniture, furnishings, movable trade fixtures and vehicles now or hereafter
owned by the Assignor and any and all additions, substitutions and replacements
of any of the foregoing, wherever located, together with all attachments,
components, parts, equipment and accessories installed thereon or affixed
thereto.

          "Event of Default" shall mean any Event of Default under, and as
defined in, the Credit Agreement and shall in any event, without limitation,
include any payment default on any of the Obligations after the expiration of
any applicable grace period.

          "General Intangibles" shall have the meaning provided in the Uniform
Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York and
shall in any event include all of the Assignor's claims, rights, powers,
privileges, authority, options, security interests, liens and remedies under any
partnership agreement to which the Assignor is a party or with respect to any
partnership of which the Assignor is a partner.

          "Goods" shall have the meaning provided in the Uniform Commercial Code
as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York.

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 35


          "Indemnitee" shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.1 of this
Agreement.

          "Instruments" shall mean all notes, drafts, stocks, bonds and debt and
equity securities, whether or not certificated, and warrants, options, puts and
other rights to acquire or otherwise relating to the same and all other writings
which evidence a right to payment for money, including, in any event, and
without limitation, all "instruments," "certificated securities" or
"uncertificated securities" each as defined the Uniform Commercial Code as in
effect on the date hereof in the State of New York and all payments thereunder
and instruments and other property from time to time delivered in respect
thereof or in exchange therefor, together with all security pledged, assigned,
hypothecated, granted or held to secure the foregoing.

          "Interest Rate Protection Agreements" shall have the meaning provided
in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

          "Interest Rate Protection Creditors" shall have the meaning provided
in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

          "Interest Rate Protection Obligations" shall have the meaning provided
in the definition of "Obligations" in this Article IX.

          "Inventory" shall mean merchandise, inventory and goods, and all
additions, substitutions and replacements thereof, wherever located, together
with all goods, supplies, incidentals, packaging materials, labels, materials
and any other items used or usable in manufacturing, processing, packaging or
shipping same; in all stages of production -- from raw materials through work-
in-process to finished goods -- and all products and proceeds of whatever sort
and wherever located and any portion thereof which may be returned, rejected,
reclaimed or repossessed by the Collateral Agent from the Assignor's customers,
and shall specifically include all "inventory" as such term is defined in the
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New
York, now or hereafter owned by the Assignor.

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 36


          "Marks" shall mean any trademarks and service marks now held or
hereafter acquired by the Assignor, which are registered in the United States
Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United
States, any State thereof or any foreign jurisdiction or any political
subdivision thereof and any renewal or application for such trademarks and
service marks now held or hereafter acquired or made by the Assignor, as well as
any unregistered trademarks, service marks, logos, designs, trade names, trade
dress, company names, business names, fictitious business names and other
business identifiers or similar indications of source or origin now held or
hereafter acquired by the Assignor.

          "Notified Acceleration Event" shall mean any Acceleration Event with
respect to which the Required Banks have given written notice to the Collateral
Agent that a "Notified Acceleration Event" exists, PROVIDED that such written
notice may only be given if such Acceleration Event is continuing and, PROVIDED
FURTHER that any such Notified Acceleration Event shall cease to exist once
there is no longer any Acceleration Event in existence.

          "Obligations" shall mean (i) (x) the principal of and interest on the
Notes issued, and Loans made, under the Credit Agreement, and all reimbursement
obligations and Unpaid Drawings with respect to the Letters of Credit under the
Credit Agreement and (y) all other obligations and indebtedness (including,
without limitation, indemnities, Fees and interest thereon) of the Assignor to
the Bank Creditors now existing or hereafter incurred under, arising out of, or
in connection with the Credit Agreement and the due performance and compliance
by the Assignor with all of the terms, conditions and agreements contained in
the Credit Agreement (all such principal, interest, obligations and liabilities,
the "Credit Agreement Obligations"); (ii) all obligations and liabilities owing
by the Assignor to the Interest Rate Protection Creditors under, or with respect
to, any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, whether such Interest Rate
Protection Agreement is now in existence or hereafter arising, and the due
performance and compliance by the Assignor with all of the terms, conditions and
agreements contained therein (all such obligations and liabilities described in
this clause (ii), the "Interest Rate Protection Obligations"); (iii) any and all
sums advanced by the Collateral Agent in order to preserve the

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 37

Collateral or preserve its security interest in the Collateral; (iv) in the
event of any proceeding for the collection or enforcement of any
indebtedness, obligations, or liabilities of the Assignor referred to in
clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), after an Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, the reasonable expenses of re-taking, holding, preparing
for sale or lease, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing on the
Collateral, or of any exercise by the Collateral Agent of its rights
hereunder, together with reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs; and (v)
all amounts paid by any Indemnitee as to which such Indemnitee has the right
to reimbursement under Section 8.1 of this Agreement.  It is acknowledged and
agreed that the "Obligations" shall include extensions of credit of the types
described above, whether outstanding on the date of this Agreement or
extended from time to time after the date of this Agreement.

          "Patents" shall mean any United States or foreign patent and all
reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, renewals and
extensions thereof now held or hereafter made or acquired by the Assignor, as
well as any application for a United States patent now held or hereafter made or
acquired by the Assignor, and all inventions and improvements described and
claimed in any of the foregoing.

          "Permitted Filings" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1 of
this Agreement.

          "Pledged Securities" shall have the meaning provided in the Borrower
Pledge Agreement.

          "Primary Obligations" shall have the meaning provided in Section
7.4(b) of this Agreement.

          "Pro Rata Share" shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.4(b) of
this Agreement.

          "Proceeds" shall have the meaning provided in the Uniform Commercial
Code as in effect in the State of New York on the date hereof or under other
relevant law and, in any event, shall include, but not be limited to, (i) any
and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to
the Collateral Agent or the Assignor from time to time with respect to any of
the Collateral,

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 38

(ii) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due and payable to
the Assignor from time to time in connection with any requisition,
confiscation, condemnation, seizure or forfeiture of all or any part of the
Collateral by any governmental authority (or any person acting under color of
governmental authority) and (iii) any and all other amounts from time to time
paid or payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral.

          "Receivables" shall mean any "account" as such term is defined in the
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof, now or hereafter owned
by the Assignor and, in any event, shall include, but shall not be limited to,
all of the Assignor's rights to payment for goods sold or leased or services
performed by the Assignor, whether now in existence or arising from time to time
hereafter, including, without limitation, rights evidenced by an account, note,
contract, security agreement, chattel paper, or other evidence of indebtedness
or security, together with (a) all security pledged, assigned, hypothecated or
granted to or held by the Assignor to secure the foregoing, (b) all of the
Assignor's right, title and interest in and to any goods, the sale of which gave
rise thereto, (c) all guarantees, endorsements and indemnifications on, or of,
any of the foregoing, (d) all powers of attorney for the execution of any
evidence of indebtedness or security or other writing in connection therewith,
(e) all books, records, ledger cards, and invoices relating thereto, (f) all
evidences of the filing of financing statements and other statements and the
registration of other instruments in connection therewith and amendments
thereto, notices to other creditors or secured parties, and certificates from
filing or other registration officers, (g) all credit information, reports and
memoranda relating thereto, and (h) all other writings related in any way to the
foregoing; PROVIDED that "Receivables" shall not include any Pledged Note or
other promissory note not required to be pledged pursuant to the Borrower Pledge
Agreement.

          "Representative" shall mean (x) for the Bank Creditors, the Agent
under the Credit Agreement and (y) for the Interest Rate Protection Creditors,
the Representative for the Interest Rate Protection Creditors or, in the absence
of such a Representative, the Interest Rate Protection Creditors.

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 39

          "Required Creditors" shall mean the requisite percentage of Secured
Creditors which are needed to take actions with respect to a given Class of
Obligations, I.E., whether the Required Banks or the Required Interest Rate
Protection Creditors.

          "Required Interest Rate Protection Creditors" shall mean the holders
of 51% of all Obligations outstanding from time to time under the Interest Rate
Protection Agreements, determined in such reasonable fashion as is acceptable to
the Collateral Agent.

          "Secondary Obligations" shall have the meaning provided in Section
7.4(b) of this Agreement.

          "Secured Creditors" shall have the meaning provided in the first
paragraph of this Agreement.

          "Termination Date" shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.9 of
this Agreement.

          "Vehicles" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.6 of this
Agreement.


                                    ARTICLE X

                              THE COLLATERAL AGENT

          10.1.  APPOINTMENT.  The Secured Creditors, by their acceptance of the
benefits of this Agreement hereby irrevocably designate Bankers Trust Company,
as Collateral Agent, to act as specified herein.  Each Secured Creditor hereby
irrevocably authorizes, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance of such
Note, and by the acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement shall be deemed
irrevocably to authorize, the Collateral Agent to take such action on its behalf
under the provisions of this Agreement and any other instruments and agreements
referred to herein and to exercise such powers and to perform such duties
hereunder as are specifically delegated to or required of the Collateral Agent
by the terms hereof and such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
The Collateral Agent may perform any of its duties hereunder or thereunder by or
through its authorized agents or employees.

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 40

          10.2.  NATURE OF DUTIES.  (a)  The Collateral Agent shall have no
duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement.
The duties of the Collateral Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in
nature; the Collateral Agent shall not have by reason of this Agreement, any
other Credit Document or any Interest Rate Protection Agreement a fiduciary
relationship in respect of any Secured Creditor; and nothing in this Agreement,
any other Credit Document or any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, expressed
or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon the
Collateral Agent any obligations in respect of this Agreement except as
expressly set forth herein.

          (b)  The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for insuring the
Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges or assessments or discharging of
liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral.

          (c)  The Collateral Agent shall not be required to ascertain or
inquire as to the performance by the Assignor of any of the covenants or
agreements contained in this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any
Interest Rate Protection Agreement.

          (d)  The Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation or duty to take
any action under this Agreement or any Credit Document if taking such action (i)
would subject the Collateral Agent to a tax in any jurisdiction where it is not
then subject to a tax or (ii) would require the Collateral Agent to qualify to
do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, unless the
Collateral Agent receives security or indemnity satisfactory to it against such
tax (or equivalent liability), or any liability resulting from such
qualification, in each case as results from the taking of such action under this
Agreement or (iii) would subject the Collateral Agent to IN PERSONAM
jurisdiction in any locations where it is not then so subject.

          (e)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither
the Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, affiliates
or agents shall, in its individual capacity, be personally liable for any action
taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 41

with this Agreement except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

          10.3.  LACK OF RELIANCE ON THE COLLATERAL AGENT.  Independently and
without reliance upon the Collateral Agent, each Secured Creditor, to the extent
it deems appropriate, has made and shall continue to make (i) its own
independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Assignor
and its Subsidiaries in connection with the making and the continuance of the
Obligations and the taking or not taking of any action in connection therewith,
and (ii) its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Assignor and its
Subsidiaries, and the Collateral Agent shall have no duty or responsibility,
either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Secured Creditor with
any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its
possession before the extension of any Obligations or the purchase of any Notes
or at any time or times thereafter.  The Collateral Agent shall not be
responsible in any manner whatsoever to any Secured Creditor for the correctness
of any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties herein
or in any document, certificate or other writing delivered in connection
herewith or for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity,
enforceability, perfection, collectibility, priority or sufficiency of this
Agreement or the security interests granted hereunder or the financial condition
of the Assignor or any Subsidiary of the Assignor or be required to make any
inquiry concerning either the performance or observance of any of the terms,
provisions or conditions of this Agreement, or the financial condition of the
Assignor or any Subsidiary of the Assignor, or the existence or possible
existence of any Default or Event of Default.  The Collateral Agent makes no
representations as to the value or condition of the Collateral or any part
thereof, or as to the title of the Assignor thereto or as to the security
afforded by this Agreement.

          10.4.  CERTAIN RIGHTS OF THE COLLATERAL AGENT.  (a)  No Secured
Creditor shall have the right to cause the Collateral Agent to take any action
with respect to the Collateral, with only the Required Banks having the right to
direct the Collateral Agent to take any such action.  If the Collateral Agent
shall request instructions from the Required Banks, with respect to any act or
action

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 42

(including failure to act) in connection with this Agreement, the Collateral
Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such act or taking such action unless
and until it shall have received instructions from the Required Banks and to
the extent requested, appropriate indemnification in respect of actions to be
taken, and the Collateral Agent shall not incur liability to any Person by
reason of so refraining.  Without limiting the foregoing, no Secured Creditor
shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Collateral Agent as a
result of the Collateral Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder in
accordance with the instructions of the Required Banks.

          (b)  The Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation to exercise any
of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement at the request or
direction of any of the Secured Creditors, unless such Secured Creditors shall
have offered to the Collateral Agent reasonable security or indemnity against
the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance
with such request or direction.

          10.5.  RELIANCE.  The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and
shall be fully protected in relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice,
statement, certificate, telex, teletype or telecopier message, cablegram,
radiogram, order or other document or telephone message signed, sent or made by
the proper Person or entity, and, with respect to all legal matters pertaining
to this Agreement and the other Security Documents and its duties thereunder and
hereunder, upon advice of counsel selected by it.

          10.6.  INDEMNIFICATION.  To the extent the Collateral Agent is not
reimbursed and indemnified by the Assignor under this Agreement, the Secured
Creditors will reimburse and indemnify the Collateral Agent, in proportion to
their respective outstanding principal amounts (including, for this purpose, the
stated amount of outstanding letters of credit and any unreimbursed drawings in
respect of letters of credit, as well as any unpaid Primary Obligations in
respect of Interest Rate Protection Agreements, as outstanding principal) of
Obligations, for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses,
damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements
of any kind or nature whatsoever

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 43

which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Collateral Agent
in performing its duties hereunder, or in any way relating to or arising out
of its actions as Collateral Agent in respect of this Agreement except for
those resulting solely from the Collateral Agent's own gross negligence or
willful misconduct.  The indemnities set forth in this Article X shall
survive the repayment of all Obligations, with the respective indemnification
at such time to be based upon the outstanding principal amounts (determined
as described above) of Obligations at the time of the respective occurrence
upon which the claim against the Collateral Agent is based or, if same is not
reasonably determinable, based upon the outstanding principal amounts
(determined as described above) of Obligations as in effect immediately prior
to the termination of this Agreement.  The indemnities set forth in this
Article X are in addition to any indemnities provided by the Banks to the
Collateral Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement, with the effect being that
the Banks shall be responsible for indemnifying the Collateral Agent to the
extent the Collateral Agent does not receive payments pursuant to this
Section 10.6 from the Secured Creditors (although in such event, and upon the
payment in full of all such amounts owing to the Collateral Agent, the
respective Banks who paid same shall be subrogated to the rights of the
Collateral Agent to receive payment from the Secured Creditors).

          10.7.  THE COLLATERAL AGENT IN ITS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY.  With respect
to its obligations as a lender under the Credit Agreement and any other Credit
Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party, and to act as agent under
one or more of such Credit Documents, the Collateral Agent shall have the rights
and powers specified therein and herein for a "Bank" or an "Agent", and may
exercise the same rights and powers as though it were not performing the duties
specified herein; and the terms "Banks," "holders of Notes," or any similar
terms shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include the
Collateral Agent in its individual capacity.  The Collateral Agent may accept
deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust
or other business with the Assignor or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the
Assignor as if it were not performing the duties specified herein or in the
other Credit Documents, and may accept fees and other consideration from the
Assignor for

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 44

services in connection with the Credit Agreement, the other Credit
Documents and otherwise without having to account for the same to the Secured
Creditors.

          10.8.  HOLDERS.  The Collateral Agent may deem and treat the payee of
any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes hereof unless and until written
notice of the assignment, transfer or endorsement thereof, as the case may be,
shall have been  filed with the Collateral Agent.  Any request, authority or
consent of any person or entity who, at the time of making such request or
giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be final and
conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, transferee, assignee or
endorsee, as the case may be, of such Note or Note issued in exchange therefor.

          10.9.  RESIGNATION BY THE COLLATERAL AGENT.  (a) The Collateral Agent
may resign from the performance of all of its functions and duties under this
Agreement at any time by giving 20 Business Days' prior written notice to the
Assignor and the Secured Creditors.  Such resignation shall take effect upon the
appointment of a successor Collateral Agent pursuant to clause (b), (c) or (d)
below.

          (b)  If a successor Collateral Agent shall not have been appointed
within said 20 Business Day period by the Required Banks, the Collateral Agent,
with the consent of the Assignor, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld, shall then appoint a successor Collateral Agent who shall serve as
Collateral Agent hereunder or thereunder until such time, if any, as the
Required Banks appoint a successor Collateral Agent as provided above.

          (c)  If no successor Collateral Agent has been appointed pursuant to
clause (b) above by the 20th Business Day after the date of such notice of
resignation was given by the Collateral Agent, as a result of a failure by the
Assignor to consent to the appointment of such a successor Collateral Agent, the
Required Banks shall then appoint a successor Collateral Agent who shall serve
as Collateral Agent hereunder or thereunder until such time, if any, as the
Required Banks appoint a successor Collateral Agent as provided above.

          (d)  If no successor Collateral Agent is appointed pursuant to clauses
(b) and (c) above within said

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 45

20 Business Day period, the resignation of the Collateral Agent shall become
effective and the duties of the Collateral Agent shall be performed by the
Required Banks.

          10.10.  FEES AND EXPENSES OF COLLATERAL AGENT.  (a) The Assignor (by
its execution and delivery hereof) hereby agrees that it shall pay to Bankers
Trust Company as the original Collateral Agent, such fees as have been
separately agreed to in writing with Bankers Trust Company for acting as Agent
and as Collateral Agent hereunder.  In the event a successor Collateral Agent is
at any time appointed pursuant to the preceding Section 10.9, the Assignor
hereby agrees to pay such successor Collateral Agent such fees for acting as
such as would customarily be charged by such Collateral Agent for acting in such
capacity in similar situations.

          (b)  In addition, the Assignor agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-
pocket costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent in connection with this
Agreement and any actions taken by the Collateral Agent hereunder, and agrees to
pay all costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent in connection with the
enforcement of this Agreement and the documents and instruments referred to
herein (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of
counsel for the Collateral Agent).


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          11.1.  NOTICES.  Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices,
requests, demands or other communications to or upon the respective parties
hereto shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered to the
party to which such notice, request, demand or other communication is required
or permitted to be given or made under this Agreement, addressed as follows:

          (a)  if to the Assignor, at:

               The Grand Union Company
               201 Willowbrook Boulevard
               Wayne, New Jersey  07470-6799
               Attention:  Robert Terrence Galvin

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 46

          (b)  if to the Collateral Agent:

               Bankers Trust Company
               One Bankers Trust Plaza
               New York, New York  10006
               Attention:  Mary Kay Coyle

          (c)  if to any Bank Creditor, either (x) to the Agent, at the address
     of the Agent specified in the Credit Agreement or (y) at such address as
     such Bank Creditor shall have specified in the Credit Agreement;

          (d)  if to any Interest Rate Protection Creditor, either (x) to the
     Representative for the Interest Rate Protection Creditors, at such address
     as such Representative may have provided to the Assignor and the Collateral
     Agent from time to time, or (y) directly to the Interest Rate Protection
     Creditors at such address as the Interest Rate Protection Creditors shall
     have specified in writing to the Assignor and the Collateral Agent.

          11.2.  WAIVER; AMENDMENT.  None of the terms and conditions of this
Agreement may be changed, waived, modified or varied in any manner whatsoever
unless in writing duly signed by the Assignor and the Collateral Agent with the
consent of the Required Banks, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no modifications shall be
made to Section 7.4(a) of this Agreement without the consent of each Secured
Creditor adversely affected thereby; and PROVIDED FURTHER that any change,
waiver, modification or variance affecting the rights and benefits of a single
Class (as defined below) of Secured Creditors (and not all Secured Creditors in
a like or similar manner) shall require the written consent of the Required
Creditors of such affected Class.  For the purpose of this Agreement, the term
"Class" shall mean each class of Secured Creditors, I.E., whether (x) the Bank
Creditors as holders of the Credit Agreement Obligations or (y) the Interest
Rate Protection Creditors as the holders of the Interest Rate Protection
Obligations.

          11.3.  OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.  The obligations of the Assignor
hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional in accordance with its terms and
shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be
impaired, released, discharged, terminated or otherwise affected by

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 47

any circumstance or occurrence whatsoever, including, without limitation: (a)
any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment,
composition, liquidation or the like of the Assignor; (b) any exercise or
non-exercise, or any waiver of, any right, remedy, power or privilege under
or in respect of this Agreement, any other Credit Document, or any Interest
Rate Protection Agreement except as specifically set forth in a waiver
granted pursuant to Section 11.2 hereof; (c) any furnishing of any additional
security to the Collateral Agent, the other Secured Creditors or their
assignees or any acceptance thereof or any release of any security by the
Collateral Agent, the other Secured Creditors or their assignees; (d) any
lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any Note, any
Interest Rate Protection Agreement, any other Credit Document or any other
documents, instruments or agreements referred to therein or any assignment or
transfer of any thereof; (e) any limitation on any party's liability or
obligations under any such instrument or agreement or any invalidity or
unenforceability, in whole or in part, of any such instrument or agreement or
any term thereof; (f) any amendment, indulgence, renewal, extension,
modification or addition, consent or supplement to or deletion from any
Credit Document or any Interest Rate Protection Agreement or any security for
any of the Obligations; whether or not the Assignor shall have notice or
knowledge of any of the foregoing or (g) any other circumstance which might
otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of the Assignor.
The rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent herein provided are
cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which the Collateral
Agent would otherwise have.

          11.4.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
the Assignor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of
the Collateral Agent and each Secured Creditor and their respective successors
and assigns, provided that the Assignor may not transfer or assign any or all of
its rights or obligations hereunder without the written consent of the Required
Banks.  All agreements, statements, representations and warranties made by the
Assignor herein or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by the
Assignor or on its behalf under this Agreement shall be considered to have been
relied upon by the Secured Creditors and shall

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 48

survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the other Credit
Documents and the Interest Rate Protection Agreements regardless of any
investigation made by the Secured Creditors or on their behalf.

          11.5.  HEADINGS DESCRIPTIVE.  The headings of the several sections of
this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect
the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

          11.6.  SEVERABILITY.  Any provision of this Agreement which is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

          11.7.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED
BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          11.8.  ASSIGNOR'S DUTIES.  It is expressly agreed, anything herein
contained to the contrary notwithstanding, that the Assignor shall remain liable
to perform all of the obligations, if any, assumed by it with respect to the
Collateral and the Collateral Agent shall not have any obligations or
liabilities with respect to any Collateral by reason of or arising out of this
Agreement, nor shall the Collateral Agent be required or obligated in any manner
to perform or fulfill any of the obligations of the Assignor under or with
respect to any Collateral.

          11.9.  TERMINATION; RELEASE.  (a)  After the Termination Date, this
Agreement shall terminate and the Collateral Agent, at the request and expense
of the Assignor, will execute and deliver to the Assignor a proper instrument or
instruments acknowledging the satisfaction and termination of this Agreement,
and will duly assign, transfer and deliver to the Assignor (without recourse and
without any representation or warranty) such of the Collateral of the Assignor
as may be in the possession of the Collateral Agent and as has not theretofore
been sold or otherwise applied or released pursuant to this

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 49

Agreement.  As used in this Agreement, "Termination Date" shall mean the date
upon which the Total Commitment has been terminated, no Note remains
outstanding, all Letters of Credit have been terminated and all Credit
Agreement Obligations then owing by the Assignor have been paid in full.

          (b)  It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that all or a portion of
the Collateral shall be released from the Liens and security interests created
hereunder upon any sale thereof from time to time to the extent permitted by,
and in accordance with the terms of, the Credit Agreement.  Upon any sale of the
type described in the preceding sentence, the Collateral Agent shall, at the
request and expense of the Assignor, and without the further consent of, or
liability to, any Secured Creditor, release such Collateral and execute and
deliver to the Assignor a proper instrument or instruments acknowledging the
release of such Collateral from this Agreement, and will duly assign, transfer
and deliver to the Assignor (without recourse and without any representation or
warranty) the Collateral being sold or released as described above.

          (c)  At any time that the Assignor desires that the Collateral Agent
take any action to acknowledge or give effect to any release of Collateral
pursuant to the foregoing Section 11.9(a) or (b), it shall deliver to the
Collateral Agent a certificate signed by its chief financial officer stating
that the release of the respective Collateral is permitted pursuant to Section
11.9(a) or (b).  If requested by the Collateral Agent (although the Collateral
Agent shall have no obligation to make any such request), the Assignor shall
furnish appropriate legal opinions (from counsel acceptable to the Collateral
Agent) to the effect set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.  The
Collateral Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to any Secured Creditor as
the result of any release of Collateral by it as permitted by this Section 11.9.
Upon any release of Collateral pursuant to Section 11.9(a) or (b), none of the
Secured Creditors shall have any continuing right or interest in such
Collateral, or the proceeds thereof.

          11.10.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each
of which when

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 50

so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall
together constitute one and the same instrument.  A set of counterparts
executed by all the parties hereto shall be lodged with Assignor and the
Collateral Agent.

<PAGE>
                                                                       Page 51

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first
above written.


ADDRESSES

201 Willowbrook Boulevard       THE GRAND UNION COMPANY,
Wayne, New Jersey  07470          as Assignor
Attn:  Robert Terrence Galvin   By /s/ Francis E. Nicastro
                                  -----------------------------
                                  Name: Francis E. Nicastro
                                  Title: Vice President and Treasurer


One Bankers Trust Plaza         BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
New York, New York  10006         as Collateral Agent
Attn:  Mary Kay Coyle
                                By /s/ Mary K. Coyle
                                  ------------------------------
                                  Name: Mary Kay Coyle
                                  Title: Vice President
<PAGE>
                                                              ANNEX A
                                                                 to
                                                     BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT


                          SCHEDULE OF PERMITTED FILINGS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  SECURED                ORIGINAL     DESCRIPTION
LOCATION          PARTY/IES    NUMBER    FILE DATE    OF COLLATERAL   PERMITTED
- - --------          ---------    ------    ---------    -------------   ---------
<S>               <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>             <C>
                                   SEE ATTACHED


</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                                               ANNEX B
                                                                 to
                                                     BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT




                          SCHEDULE OF RECORD LOCATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

              LOCATION                                COUNTY
              --------                                ------
              <S>                                     <C>
              THE GRAND UNION COMPANY                 Passaic
              201 Willowbrook Blvd.
              Wayne, NJ  07407

              THE GRAND UNION COMPANY                 Saratoga
              150 Hudson River Road
              Waterford, NY  12188

              THE GRAND UNION COMPANY                 Westchester
              333 N. Bedford Road
              Mt. Kisco, NY  10549

              THE GRAND UNION COMPANY                 Orange
              7 Governor Drive
              Newburgh, NY  12550

              THE GRAND UNION COMPANY -               Orange
                MONTGOMERY WAREHOUSE
              124 Bracken Road
              Montgomery, NY  12549

              BIG STAR                                Fulton
              2251 N. Sylvan Road
              Eastpoint, GA  30344

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                                               ANNEX C
                                                                 to
                                                     BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT


                  SCHEDULE OF INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS



                                  SEE ATTACHED


<PAGE>

                                                               ANNEX D
                                                                 to
                                                     BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT



                              SCHEDULE OF VEHICLES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      QUANTITY OF    CERTIFICATE     STATE OF
     TYPE OF VEHICLE                    VEHICLES      OF TITLE      REGISTRATION
     ---------------                  -----------    -----------    ------------
     <S>                              <C>            <C>            <C>

                                      See Attached

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                                               ANNEX E
                                                                 to
                                                     BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT



                  SCHEDULE OF TRADE, FICTITIOUS AND OTHER NAMES




Grand Union Insurance Services

Laurent

<PAGE>
                                                                ANNEX F
                                                                  to
                                                     BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT


                                     SCHEDULE OF MARKS


                                 TRADEMARKS CURRENTLY IN USE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

MARK                         JURISDICTION     REGISTRATION #                  STATUS               REG. DATE
- - ----                         ------------     --------------                  ------               ---------
<S>                          <C>              <C>                        <C>                       <C>
Aisle of Values                   US          supplemental register
Basics Food Warehouse             US          1159551                    not in use
                                                                         to be abandoned            6/30/81
The Big Freezer                   US          1847154                    valid in use               7/26/94
Big Gold Top                      US          1893249                    valid in use               5/9/95
Clean, Fresh & Good               US          1851804                    valid in use               8/30/94
Colonial                          US          1035986                    not in use                 3/16/76
                                                                         to be abandoned
Colonial                          GA          None                       not in use
                                                                         to be abandoned            3/24/50
Colonial and Design               US          390269                     not in use                 9/16/41
                                                                         to be abandoned
Consumer Price Finder             US          1653649                    valid in use               8/13/91
Consumer Price Finder             US          1326461                    to be abandoned            3/19/85
                                              supplemental register
Dancers                           US          1191747                    not in use
                                                                         to be abandoned            3/9/82
Date Line Dairy                   US          1891492                    valid in use               4/25/95
Farm Charm                        US          961628                     not in use                 6/19/73
                                                                         to be abandoned
Farm Charm                        US          880973                     not in use                 11/18/69
                                                                         to be abandoned
Freshbake                         US          875718                     not in use                 8/26/69
                                                                         to be abandoned
Freshpak                          US          635293                     not in use                 10/02/56
                                                                         to be abandoned
Gold Label                        US          1031628                    not in use                 1/27/76
                                                                         to be abandoned
Grand Classics                    US          1866538                    not in use                 12/6/94
                                                                         to be abandoned
Grand Premium                     US          App. #576481               pending
Grand Rx                          US          927516                     valid in use               1/18/72
Grand Savings Plus and Design     US          App. #454391               pending
Grand Union                       Canada      189/48026                  to be abandoned            6/17/83
Grand Union                       US          961583**                   see note                   6/19/73
Grand Union                       US          872242**                   see note                   7/1/69
Grand Union                       US          427406**                   see note                   2/11/47
Grand Union                       US          64732**                    see note                   8/20/07
Grand Union                       VT          2548                       to be abandoned            12/9/85

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX F
                                                                          Page 2

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

MARK                         JURISDICTION     REGISTRATION #                  STATUS               REG. DATE
- - ----                         ------------     --------------                  ------               ---------
<S>                          <C>              <C>                        <C>                       <C>
Grand Union                       W. VA                                  to be abandoned             8/5/65
Grand Union and Design            US          1834134                    valid in use                5/3/94
Grand Union and G Design          US          817482                     not in use                10/25/66
                                                                         to be abandoned
Grand Union Food Markets          US          624620                     not in use                  4/3/56
  & Design                                                               to be abandoned
Grand Union G                     NH                                     to be abandoned            6/13/75
Grand Union G and Design          VT          4121                       to be abandoned            6/21/75
Grand Union Design Only           NY          0S11898                    to be abandoned            2/22/90
Grand Union G (Design)            US          909392                     not in use                  3/9/71
                                                                         to be abandoned
Grand Union G and Design          US          817567                     not in use
                                                                         to be abandoned           10/25/66
Grand Union Housemark             US          App. #424141               pending
Grand Union Suntime               US          App. #562067               to be abandoned
Grand Way                         W. VA                                  to be abandoned            6/28/65
Grand-Way                         US          666060                     not in use                 8/19/58
                                                                         to be abandoned
Holland Hall                      US          App. #437650               pending
Homestead                         US          1683445                    not in use
                                                                         to be abandoned            4/14/92
Laurent                           US          1613089                    valid in use               9/11/90
Laurent and Design                US          1354484                    not in use                 8/13/85
                                                                         to be abandoned
Nancy Lynn                        US          621415                     not in use
                                                                         to be abandoned            2/14/56
Our Pride                         US          1053702                    not in use
                                                                         to be abandoned           11/30/76
Penguin                           US          1536635                    valid in use
Penguin                           US          855169                     valid in use
Red Dot                           NJ          SM1081***                  valid in use               1/10/80
Red Dot                           CT          4569***                    vallid in use              5/12/80
Red Dot Design                    US          App. #415618               pending
Red Dot Special                   US          App. #415614               pending
Red Gate                          US          696545                     not in use
                                                                         to be abandoned            4/19/60
Rogers Gold Label and Design      US          326008                     not in use
                                                                         to be abandoned             7/9/35
Sugar & Spice                     US          859005                     not in use
                                                                         to be abandoned           10/22/68
The Taste Place                   US          1854767                    valid in use               9/20/94
Today's Catch                     US          1887313                    valid in use                4/4/95
Ultra Trim                        US          1479798                    valid in use                3/8/88
Ultra Trim                        NJ                                     to be abandoned            7/30/87
USDA Choice A Cut Above           US          1876769                    valid in use               1/31/95

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX F
                                                                          Page 3

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

MARK                         JURISDICTION     REGISTRATION #                  STATUS               REG. DATE
- - ----                         ------------     --------------                  ------               ---------
<S>                          <C>              <C>                        <C>                       <C>


  & Design
Warehouse Buy                US               1841076                    valid in use               6/21/94
When You See The Dot, You    US               1860129                    valid in use              10/25/94
  Save A Lot

<FN>
*   The Company has certain common law rights in and to the Marks "Corner Deli",
    "Early Morn" and "Just Baked."  However, there are no unregistered or
    unapplied for material trademarks.

**  Will most likely not be renewed upon registration of housemark.

*** Will not be renewed if registered with US Trademark Commission.

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                                               ANNEX G
                                                                 to
                                                     BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT


                 SCHEDULE OF LICENSE AGREEMENTS AND ASSIGNMENTS

1.   Florida Supermarkets, Inc. t/a Grand Union Supermarkets of Virgin Islands,
     Inc. dated September 15, 1986 to use "Grand Union".

2.   Food-A-Rama-GU, Inc., dated March 26, 1984 to use "Basics Food Warehouse".

<PAGE>
                                                               ANNEX H
                                                                 to
                                                     BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT


                      SCHEDULE OF PATENTS AND APPLICATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         PATENT NUMBER      DATE ISSUED                   RECORD
TITLE      INVENTOR      (APPLICATION)       (APPLIED)        STATUS      OWNER
- - -----      --------      -------------      -----------       ------      ------
<S>        <C>           <C>                <C>               <C>         <C>
                                      NONE

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                                               ANNEX I
                                                                 to
                                                     BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT


                     SCHEDULE OF COPYRIGHTS AND APPLICATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 REG. NO.            REG. DATE                           RECORD
TITLE         (APPLICATION)           (FILING)          STATUS            OWNER
- - -----         -------------          ----------         ------           ------
<S>           <C>                    <C>                <C>              <C>
                                      NONE

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                                                      Exhibit 1
                                                           Amended and Restated
                                                    BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT

                             U.S. TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

          TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT ("Agreement") dated as of
__________________, 1995, is entered into between The Grand Union Company, a
Delaware corporation ("Assignor") with principal offices at 201 Willowbrook
Boulevard, Wayne, New Jersey 07470-6799 and Bankers Trust Company, a New York
corporation, as collateral agent, with principal offices at One Bankers Trust
Plaza, New York, New York  10006 ("Collateral Agent").  Capitalized terms not
otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Amended and Restated
Borrower Security Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1995, among, INTER ALIA,
Assignor and Collateral Agent ("Security Agreement").

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Assignor is granting a
security interest to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of itself and the
Secured Creditors in certain collateral, including the Marks (as defined
herein),

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good
and valuable consideration, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, Assignor and Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:

          1.   GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

               (a)  As security for the full and prompt payment and performance
when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all
the Obligations, the Assignor does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto the
Collateral Agent, and does hereby grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit
of the Secured Creditors, a continuing security interest in all of the right,
title and interest of the Assignor in, to and under the U.S. trademarks,
trademark registrations, and trademark applications (the "Marks") more
particularly set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, together with the goodwill
of the business symbolized by the Marks.

               (b)  The security interest granted hereby is granted in
conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent under the
Security Agreement.  The rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent on behalf
of itself and the other Secured Creditors with respect to the security interest
granted hereby are in addition to those

<PAGE>

set forth in the Security Agreement and the other Credit Documents and those
which are now or hereafter available to Collateral Agent on behalf of itself
and the other Secured Creditors as a matter of law or equity.  Each right,
power and remedy of the Collateral Agent provided for herein, in the Security
Agreement, in the other Credit Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law
or in equity shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to
every right, power, or remedy provided for herein, and the exercise by
Collateral Agent on behalf of itself and the other Secured Parties of any one
or more of the rights, powers or remedies provided for in this Agreement, in
the Security Agreement, in the other Credit Documents or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity shall not preclude the simultaneous or later
exercise by any person, including Collateral Agent, of any or all other
rights, powers or remedies.

          2.   GOVERNING LAW

          THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER
SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK.

          3.   COUNTERPARTS

          This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.


                              THE GRAND UNION COMPANY,
                                  as Assignor


                              By: ______________________
                              Name: ____________________
                              Title: ___________________


                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                                as Collateral Agent

                              By: ______________________
                              Name: ____________________
                              Title: ___________________

<PAGE>


STATE OF _______________ )
                         )    ss.:
COUNTY OF ______________ )

          On this ___ day of _________, 1995, before me personally appeared
_________________, to me known who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say
that he is ___________________ of The Grand Union Company, described herein and
which executed the foregoing instrument and that s/he signed his/her name
thereto pursuant to the authority granted by The Grand Union Company.



                                   ______________________
                                   Notary Public

<PAGE>

STATE OF _______________ )
                         )    ss.:
COUNTY OF ______________ )

          On this ___ day of _________, 1995, before me personally appeared
_________________, to me known who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say
that he is ___________________ of Bankers Trust Company, described herein and
which executed the foregoing instrument and that s/he signed his/her name
thereto pursuant to the authority granted by Bankers Trust Company.



                                   ______________________
                                   Notary Public

<PAGE>

                                                                    SCHEDULE A

                        U.S. TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      REG. NO.           REG. DATE
                    MARK            (SERIAL NO.)       (FILING DATE)
                    ----            ------------       -------------
                    <S>             <C>                <C>

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                                                      Exhibit 2
                                                           Amended and Restated
                                                    BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT


                         U.S. PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT


          PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT ("Agreement") dated as of
__________________, 1995, is entered into between The Grand Union Company, a
Delaware corporation ("Assignor") with principal offices at 201 Willowbrook
Boulevard, Wayne, New Jersey 07470-6799 and Bankers Trust Company, a New York
corporation, as collateral agent, with principal offices at One Bankers Trust
Plaza, New York, New York  10006 ("Collateral Agent").  Capitalized terms not
otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Amended and Restated
Borrower Security Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1995, among, INTER ALIA,
Assignor and Collateral Agent ("Security Agreement").

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Assignor is granting a
security interest to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of itself and the
Secured Creditors in certain collateral, including the Patents (as defined
herein),

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good
and valuable consideration, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, Assignor and Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:

          1.   GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

             (a)  As security for the full and prompt payment and performance
when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all
the Obligations, the Assignor does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto the
Collateral Agent, and does hereby grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit
of the Secured Creditors, a continuing security interest in all of the right,
title and interest of the Assignor in, to and under the U.S. patent and patent
applications and all inventions and improvements described and claimed in any of
the foregoing (the "Patents") more particularly set forth on Schedule A attached
hereto.

             (b)  The security interest granted hereby is granted in
conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent under the
Security Agreement.  The rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent on behalf
of itself and the other Secured Creditors with respect to the security interest
granted hereby are in addition to those

<PAGE>

set forth in the Security Agreement and the other Credit Documents and those
which are now or hereafter available to Collateral Agent on behalf of itself
and the other Secured Creditors as a matter of law or equity.  Each right,
power and remedy of the Collateral Agent provided for herein, in the Security
Agreement, in the other Credit Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law
or in equity shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to
every right, power, or remedy provided for herein, and the exercise by
Collateral Agent on behalf of itself and the other Secured Parties of any one
or more of the rights, powers or remedies provided for in this Agreement, in
the Security Agreement, in the other Credit Documents, or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity shall not preclude the simultaneous or later
exercise by any person, including Collateral Agent, of any or all other
rights, powers or remedies.

          2.   GOVERNING LAW

          THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER
SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK.

          3.   COUNTERPARTS

          This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.


                              THE GRAND UNION COMPANY,
                                  as Assignor


                              By: ______________________
                              Name: ____________________
                              Title: ___________________


                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                                as Collateral Agent

                              By: ______________________
                              Name: ____________________
                              Title: ___________________

<PAGE>

STATE OF _______________ )
                         )    ss.:
COUNTY OF ______________ )

          On this ___ day of _________, 1995, before me personally appeared
_________________, to me known who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say
that he is ___________________ of The Grand Union Company, described herein and
which executed the foregoing instrument and that s/he signed his/her name
thereto pursuant to the authority granted by The Grand Union Company.



                                   ______________________
                                   Notary Public

<PAGE>

STATE OF _______________ )
                         )    ss.:
COUNTY OF ______________ )

          On this ___ day of _________, 1995, before me personally appeared
_________________, to me known who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say
that he is ___________________ of Bankers Trust Company, described herein and
which executed the foregoing instrument and that s/he signed his/her name
thereto pursuant to the authority granted by Bankers Trust Company.



                                   ______________________
                                   Notary Public

<PAGE>

                                                                    SCHEDULE A
                          U.S. PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           PATENT NO.         DATE ISSUED
          TITLE          INVENTOR          (APP. NO.)         (APP. DATE)
          -----          --------          ----------         -----------
          <S>            <C>               <C>                <C>

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                                                      Exhibit 3
                                                           Amended and Restated
                                                    BORROWER SECURITY AGREEMENT

                         U.S. COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

          COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT ("Agreement") dated as of
__________________, 1995, is entered into between The Grand Union Company, a
Delaware corporation ("Assignor") with principal offices at 201 Willowbrook
Boulevard, Wayne, New Jersey 07470-6799 and Bankers Trust Company, a New York
corporation, as collateral agent, with principal offices at One Bankers Trust
Plaza, New York, New York  10006 ("Collateral Agent").  Capitalized terms not
otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Amended and Restated
Borrower Security Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1995, among, INTER ALIA,
Assignor and Collateral Agent ("Security Agreement").

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Assignor is granting a
security interest to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of itself and the
Secured Creditors in certain collateral, including the Copyrights (as defined
herein),

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good
and valuable consideration, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, Assignor and Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:

          1.   GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

               (a)  As security for the full and prompt payment and performance
when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all
the Obligations, the Assignor does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto the
Collateral Agent, and does hereby grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit
of the Secured Creditors, a continuing security interest in all of the right,
title and interest of the Assignor in, to and under the U.S. copyrights and all
registrations and applications to register the same in the United States
Copyright Office, and all renewals thereof (the "Copyrights") more particularly
set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

               (b)  The security interest granted hereby is granted in
conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent under the
Security Agreement.  The rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent on behalf
of itself and the other Secured Creditors with respect to the security interest
granted hereby are in addition to those

<PAGE>

set forth in the Security Agreement and the other Credit Documents and those
which are now or hereafter available to Collateral Agent on behalf of itself
and the other Secured Creditors as a matter of law or equity.  Each right,
power and remedy of the Collateral Agent provided for herein, in the Security
Agreement, in the other Credit Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law
or in equity shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to
every right, power, or remedy provided for herein, and the exercise by
Collateral Agent on behalf of itself and the other Secured Parties of any one
or more of the rights, powers or remedies provided for in this Agreement, in
the Security Agreement, in the other Credit Documents or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity shall not preclude the simultaneous or later
exercise by any person, including Collateral Agent, of any or all other
rights, powers or remedies.

          2.   GOVERNING LAW

          THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER
SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK.

          3.   COUNTERPARTS

          This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

                              THE GRAND UNION COMPANY,
                                  as Assignor


                              By: ______________________
                              Name: ____________________
                              Title: ___________________


                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                                as Collateral Agent

                              By: ______________________
                              Name: ____________________
                              Title: ___________________

<PAGE>

STATE OF _______________ )
                         )    ss.:
COUNTY OF ______________ )

          On this ___ day of _________, 1995, before me personally appeared
_________________, to me known who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say
that he is ___________________ of The Grand Union Company, described herein and
which executed the foregoing instrument and that s/he signed his/her name
thereto pursuant to the authority granted by The Grand Union Company.



                                   ______________________
                                   Notary Public

<PAGE>

STATE OF _______________ )
                         )    ss.:
COUNTY OF ______________ )

          On this ___ day of _________, 1995, before me personally appeared
_________________, to me known who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say
that he is ___________________ of Bankers Trust Company, described herein and
which executed the foregoing instrument and that s/he signed his/her name
thereto pursuant to the authority granted by Bankers Trust Company.



                                   ______________________
                                   Notary Public

<PAGE>

                                                                     SCHEDULE A

                        U.S. COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           REG. NO.       REG. DATE
               TITLE                      (APP. NO.)     (APP. DATE)
                                          ----------     -----------
               <S>                        <C>            <C>

</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                                                                  Exhibit 4.5
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                     between

                             THE GRAND UNION COMPANY
                                       and

                     AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY

                                as Warrant Agent



                            300,000 Series 1 Warrants
                            600,000 Series 2 Warrants

                           Dated as of June 15, 1995

- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

ARTICLE 1   DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

ARTICLE 2   ISSUANCE OF WARRANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

     2.1    Initial Issuance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     2.2    Initial Share Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     2.3    Form of Warrant Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     2.4    Execution of Warrant Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     2.5    Countersignature of Warrant Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

ARTICLE 3   EXERCISE PERIOD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

ARTICLE 4   EXERCISE PRICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

     4.1    Series 1.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     4.2    Series 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

ARTICLE 5   EXERCISE OF WARRANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

     5.1    Manner of Exercise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     5.2    When Exercise Effective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     5.3    Delivery of Certificates, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     5.4    Fractional Shares. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

ARTICLE 6   ADJUSTMENT OF THE AMOUNT OF COMMON STOCK
            ISSUABLE AND THE EXERCISE PRICES UPON EXERCISE . . . . . . . . . .10

     6.1    Stock Dividends, Split-ups and Combinations
            of Shares. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     6.2    Distributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     6.3    Common Stock (or Other Securities) Issued for
            less than Fair Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
     6.4    Adjustments for Mergers and Consolidations . . . . . . . . . . . .13
     6.5    Calculation to Nearest Cent and One-hundredth
            of Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
     6.6    Notice of Adjustment in Exercise Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
     6.7    Other Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
     6.8    No Change in Warrant Terms on Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
     6.9    Treasury Shares. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

ARTICLE 7   CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

     7.1    Cancellation of Warrants upon Non-Surviving
            Merger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
     7.2    Assumption of Obligations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

ARTICLE 8   LISTING RIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

ARTICLE 9   NO DILUTION OR IMPAIRMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

ARTICLE 10  REPORTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

                                      -i-

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

ARTICLE 11  NOTIFICATION OF CERTAIN EVENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

     11.1   Corporate Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
     11.2   Available Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

ARTICLE 12  RESERVATION OF STOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

     12.1   Reservation; Due Authorization, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
     12.2   Compliance with Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

ARTICLE 13  PAYMENT OF TAXES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

ARTICLE 14  LOSS OR MUTILATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

ARTICLE 15  WARRANT REGISTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

     15.1   Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
     15.2   Transfer or Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
     15.3   Valid and Enforceable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
     15.4   Endorsement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
     15.5   No Service Charge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
     15.6   Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

ARTICLE 16  WARRANT AGENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

     16.1   Obligations Binding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
     16.2   No Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
     16.3   Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
     16.4   Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
     16.5   Cooperation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
     16.6   Agent Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
     16.7   Right to Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
     16.8   Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
     16.9   Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
     16.10  No Conflict. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
     16.11  Resignation; Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
     16.12  Change of Warrant Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
     16.13  Successor Warrant Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

ARTICLE 17  REMEDIES, ETC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

     17.1   Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
     17.2   Warrant Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder. . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
     17.3   Right of Action. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

ARTICLE 18  MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

     18.1   Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
     18.2   Governing Law and Consent to Forum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
     18.3   Benefits of this Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
     18.4   Agreement of Holders of Warrant Certificates . . . . . . . . . . .29
     18.5   Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29

                                      -ii-

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

     18.6   Amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
     18.7   Consent to Jurisdiction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
     18.8   Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30

                                      -iii-

<PAGE>

EXHIBITS

          Exhibit A:  Forms of Warrant Certificate
                         A-1: Series 1 Warrant Certificate
                         A-2: Series 2 Warrant Certificate

          Exhibit  B:  Release

                                      -iv-

<PAGE>

                                WARRANT AGREEMENT


     THIS WARRANT AGREEMENT, is made and entered into as of June 15, 1995
(the "Agreement"), by and between THE GRAND UNION COMPANY, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, as
Warrant Agent (the "Warrant Agent").

                                   WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS, in connection with the financial restructuring of the Company
pursuant to its plan of reorganization (the "Plan"), and in settlement of
certain litigation in the Bankruptcy Case and in the Capital Case (each as
defined herein) (the "Settlement"), the Company proposes, INTER ALIA, to
issue two series of warrants which, in aggregate, are exercisable to purchase
up to 900,000 shares of Common Stock (as defined herein), subject to
adjustment as provided herein (the "Warrants"), to the holders of the Zero
Coupon Notes (as defined herein) in exchange for such Zero Coupon Notes and
any and all claims such holders may have against the Company and in exchange
for the release by such holders of any and all claims against or interests in
the Released Persons; and

     WHEREAS, the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the
Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to act, in connection with the
issuance, transfer, exchange, replacement and exercise of the Warrant
Certificates and other matters as provided herein; and

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to enter into this Agreement to set forth
the terms and conditions of the Warrants and the rights of the holders
thereof;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and of the
mutual agreements set forth herein, the Company and the Warrant Agent hereby
agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

     As used herein, the following terms have the following respective
meanings:

     "AFFILIATE" means with respect to any Person, any Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such Person.  For purposes of this definition, (a) "control"
when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management
and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the
ownership of voting Common Stock (or equivalent equity interests), by
contract or otherwise, and the terms "controlling" or "controlled" have
meanings correlative to the foregoing, and



<PAGE>

(b) a subsidiary of a Person is an Affiliate of such Person and of each other
subsidiary of that Person.

     "AGREEMENT" means this Warrant Agreement, as the same may be amended or
modified from time to time hereafter.

     "BANKRUPTCY CODE"  means title 11, United States Code.

     "BANKRUPTCY COURT" means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Delaware.

     "BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday or a day
on which commercial banking institutions in New York City, New York are
authorized or required by law to be closed; PROVIDED THAT, in determining the
period within which certificates or Warrants are to be issued and delivered
at a time when shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities) are listed or
admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or in the
over-the-counter market and in determining the Fair Value of any securities
listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or in the
over-the-counter market, "Business Day" shall mean any day when the principal
exchange on which such securities are then listed or admitted to trading is
open for trading or, if such securities are traded in the over-the-counter
market in the United States, such market is open for trading; AND PROVIDED
FURTHER that any reference in this Agreement to "days" (unless Business Days
are specified) shall mean calendar days.

     "CAPITAL" means Grand Union Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation,
and the corporate parent of the Company prior to the Effective Date.

     "CAPITAL CASE" means the case under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
concerning Capital which was commenced on February 6, 1995 before the
Bankruptcy Court.

     "CHAPTER 11 CASE" means the case under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
concerning the Company which was commenced January 25, 1995 before the
Bankruptcy Court.

     "COMMON STOCK" means the Company's Common Stock par value $1.00 per
share as authorized from and after the Effective Date.

     "COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other
Federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act or the Exchange
Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.

     "COMPANY" means The Grand Union Company, a Delaware corporation.

     "EFFECTIVE DATE" has the meaning specified in the Plan.

     "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any
successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be amended and in effect at
the time.  Reference to a particular section of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 shall include a reference to the comparable section, if any, of any
such successor Federal statute.

     "EXERCISE PERIOD" has the meaning specified in Article 3.

     "EXERCISE PRICE" has the meaning specified in Article 4.

     "FAIR VALUE" means (i) with respect to Common Stock or any Other
Security, in each case if such security is listed on one or more stock
exchanges or quoted on the National Market System of NASDAQ (the "National
Market System"), the average of the closing sales prices of a share of such
Common Stock or, if an Other Security in the minimum denomination in which
such security is traded, on the primary national or regional stock exchange
on which such security is listed or on the National Market System if quoted
thereon or (ii) if the Common Stock or Other Security, as the case may be, is
not so listed or quoted but is traded in the over-the-counter market (other
than the National Market System), the average of the closing bid and asked
prices of a share of such Common Stock or Other Security, in each case for
the 30 Business Days (or such lesser number of Business Days as such Common
Stock or other security shall have been so listed, quoted or traded) next
preceding the date of measurement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if no such sales
price or bid and asked prices have been quoted during the preceding 30-day
period or there is otherwise no established trading market for such security,
then "Fair Value" means the value of such Common Stock or Other Security as
determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company; AND PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER, that in the event the current market
price of a share of such Common Stock or of the minimum traded denomination
of such Other Security is determined during a period following the
announcement by the Company of (i) a dividend or distribution on the Common
Stock or Other Security payable in shares of Common Stock or in such Other
Security, or (ii) any subdivision, combination or reclassification of the
Common Stock or Other Security, and prior to the expiration of 30 Business
Days after the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the
record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, then, and
in each such case, the "Fair Value" shall be appropriately adjusted to take
into account ex-dividend trading.  Anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, in case the Company shall issue any shares of Common Stock,
rights, options, or Other Securities in connection with the acquisition by
the Company of the stock or assets of any other Person or the merger of any
other Person into the Company, the Fair Value of the Common Stock or Other
Securities so issued shall be determined as of the date the number of shares
of Common Stock, rights, options or Other Securities was determined (as set
forth in a written agreement between the Company and the other party to the
transaction) rather than on the date of issuance of such shares of Common
Stock, rights, options or Other Securities.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

     "JUNIOR ZERO COUPON NOTES" means the aggregate $745 million principal
amount 16.50% Junior Subordinated Zero Coupon Notes of Capital due January
15, 2007.

     "ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE" has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

     "OTHER SECURITIES" means any stock (other than Common Stock) and other
securities of the Company or any other Person (corporate or otherwise) that
the holders of the Warrants at any time shall be entitled to receive, or
shall have received, upon the exercise of the Warrants, in lieu of or in
addition to Common Stock, or that at any time shall be issuable or shall have
been issued in exchange for or in replacement of Common Stock or Other
Securities.

     "PERSON" means any individual, partnership, association, joint venture,
corporation, business, trust, unincorporated organization, government or
department, agency or subdivision thereof, or other person or entity.

     "PLAN" means the plan of reorganization of the Company, as confirmed by
order of the Bankruptcy Court entered on May 31, 1995.

     "PUBLIC OFFERING" means any offering of Common Stock (or Other
Securities) to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act.

     "RELEASE" means the release to be executed by the holders of the Zero
Coupon Notes which hold, in aggregate, $200,000 or more in face amount of the
Zero Coupon Notes, as a condition to their receipt of the Warrants, such
release in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

     "RELEASED PERSONS" means the beneficiaries of the Release, as set forth
therein.

     "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, or any successor
Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder,
all as the same shall be amended and in effect at the time.  Reference to a
particular section of the Securities Act of 1933 shall include a reference to
the comparable section, if any, of any such successor Federal statute.

     "SENIOR ZERO COUPON NOTES" means the aggregate $343 million principal
amount 15.00% Senior Zero Coupon Notes of Capital due July 15, 2004.

     "SERIES 1 WARRANTS" means the Warrants to purchase, in aggregate, 300,000
shares of Common Stock at the Exercise Price described herein, subject to
adjustment as provided herein, issued in exchange for Zero Coupon Notes pursuant
to the Plan and the Settlement.

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

     "SERIES 2 WARRANTS" means the Warrants to purchase, in aggregate,
600,000 shares of Common Stock at the Exercise Price described herein,
subject to adjustment as provided herein, issued in exchange for Zero Coupon
Notes pursuant to the Plan and the Settlement.

     "SETTLEMENT" means the settlement of certain litigation in the Capital
Case and the Chapter 11 Case effected pursuant to the Plan pursuant to which
the Company has assumed claims arising from and relating to the Zero Coupon
Notes.

     "WARRANT AGENT" means American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

     "WARRANT CERTIFICATES" has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.

     "WARRANTS" means, collectively, the two series of the Company's Warrants
to purchase up to an aggregate of 900,000 shares of Common Stock at the
Exercise Price specified for each such series, subject to adjustment as
provided herein, issued in exchange for the Zero Coupon Notes pursuant to the
Plan and the Settlement.

     "ZERO COUPON NOTES" means, collectively, the Senior Zero Coupon Notes
and the Junior Zero Coupon Notes.

                                    ARTICLE 2

                              ISSUANCE OF WARRANTS

     2.1  INITIAL ISSUANCE.  On the date hereof (the "Original Issue Date"),
which is also the Effective Date, the Company shall, pursuant to the Plan and
the Settlement, deliver to the Company's disbursing agent under the Plan for
re-distribution to the holders of the Zero Coupon Notes, global certificates
for an aggregate of 900,000 Warrants, consisting of 300,000 Series 1 Warrants
and 600,000 Series 2 Warrants.  The global certificates shall be issued in
the following denominations: (i) for the holders of the Senior Zero Coupon
Notes, a global certificate for  240,000 Series 1 Warrants and a global
certificate for 480,000 Series 2 Warrants; and (b) for the holders of the
Junior Zero Coupon Notes, a global certificate for 60,000 Series 1 Warrants
and a global certificate for 120,000 Series 2 Warrants.  Subject, solely with
respect to any holder of Zero Coupon Notes which holds, in aggregate,
$200,000 or more in face amount of Zero Coupon Notes, to the delivery by such
holder to the Company of an executed Release in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit B by each holder of a Zero Coupon Note which is to receive a Warrant
as a condition to such receipt, and upon the direction of the Company, the
Warrant Agent shall issue and deliver such additional Warrant Certificates,
as increments of, and in reduction of, the global certificates described
above, as are required from time to time in order to effect the distributions
with respect to the Zero Coupon Notes provided under the Plan and Settlement.


                                      -5-

<PAGE>

     2.2  INITIAL SHARE AMOUNT.   The number of shares of Common Stock
purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants shall be one (1) Warrant to one (1)
share of Common Stock, subject to adjustments from and after the Original
Issue Date as provided in Article 6 of this Agreement.

     2.3  FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATES.  The Series 1 Warrants and Series 2
Warrants shall be evidenced, respectively, by certificates substantially in
the forms attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 and A-2 (collectively, the "Warrant
Certificates").  Each Warrant Certificate shall be dated as of the date on
which it is countersigned by the Warrant Agent, which shall be on the
Original Issue Date or, in the event of a division, exchange, substitution or
transfer of any of the Warrants, on the date of such event.  The Warrant
Certificate may have such further legends and endorsements stamped, printed,
lithographed or engraved thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as
are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be
required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation pursuant
thereto or with any rule or regulation of any securities exchange on which
the Warrants may be listed.

     2.4  EXECUTION OF WARRANT CERTIFICATES.  Warrant Certificates shall be
executed on behalf of the Company by its President, any Vice President, its
Treasurer or Secretary, either manually or by facsimile signature printed
thereon.  In case any such officer of the Company whose signature shall have
been placed upon any Warrant Certificate shall cease to be such officer of
the Company before countersignature by the Warrant Agent or issuance and
delivery thereof, such Warrant Certificate nevertheless may be countersigned
by the Warrant Agent and issued and delivered with the same force and effect
as though such person had not ceased to be such officer of the Company.

     2.5  COUNTERSIGNATURE OF WARRANT CERTIFICATES.  Warrant Certificates
shall be manually countersigned by an authorized signatory of the Warrant
Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless so countersigned.  Such
manual countersignature shall constitute conclusive evidence of such
authorization. The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign, in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.5, and deliver any new
Warrant Certificates, as directed by the Company pursuant to Section 2.1 and
as and when required pursuant to the provisions of Articles 14 and 15.  Each
Warrant Certificate shall, when manually countersigned by an authorized
signatory of the Warrant Agent, entitle the registered holder thereof to
exercise the rights as the holder of the number of Warrants set forth
thereon, subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

                                      -6-

<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE 3

                                 EXERCISE PERIOD

     Each Warrant shall entitle the holder thereof to purchase from the
Company one (1) share of Common Stock (subject to the adjustments provided
herein), at any time during the five (5) year period that commences on the
First Business Day that is one (1) day after the Original Issue Date, and
that terminates at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the First Business Day
that is five (5) years after the Original Issue Date (the "Exercise Period");
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event of a reorganization of the Company of
the nature described in Article 7.1 hereof, any Warrants that are not
exercised prior to consummation of such transaction shall be cancelled upon
consummation of such transaction, and the holders of such cancelled Warrants
shall not be entitled to receive any property with respect to their cancelled
Warrants.

                                    ARTICLE 4

                                 EXERCISE PRICES

     4.1  SERIES 1.  The Exercise Price for the Series 1 Warrants shall be
$30.00 per share of Common Stock (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 6
hereof).

     4.2  SERIES 2.  The Exercise Price for the Series 2 Warrants shall be
$42.00 per share of Common Stock (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 6
hereof).

                                    ARTICLE 5

                              EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

     5.1  MANNER OF EXERCISE.  All or any of the Warrants represented by a
Warrant Certificate may be exercised by the registered holder thereof during
normal business hours on any Business Day, by surrendering such Warrant
Certificate, with the subscription form set forth therein duly executed by
such holder, by hand or by mail to the Warrant Agent at its office addressed
to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 40 Wall Street, New York, New
York 10005, or, if such exercise shall be in connection with an underwritten
Public Offering, at the location designated by the Company.  Such Warrant
Certificate shall be accompanied by payment in respect of each Warrant that
is exercised, which shall be made by certified or official bank or bank
cashier's check payable to the order of the Company, except as otherwise
provided herein.  Such payment shall be in an amount equal to the product of
the number of shares of Common Stock (without giving effect to any adjustment
therein) designated in such subscription form multiplied by the original
Exercise Price for the Series of Warrants being exercised (plus such
additional consideration as may be provided herein).  Upon such surrender and
payment, such holder shall thereupon be entitled to receive the number of
duly

                                      -7-

<PAGE>

authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common
Stock (or Other Securities) determined as provided in Articles 2 and 3, and
as and if adjusted pursuant to Article 6.

     5.2  WHEN EXERCISE EFFECTIVE.  Each exercise of any Warrant pursuant to
Section 5.1 shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the
close of business on the Business Day on which the Warrant Certificate
representing such Warrant, duly executed, with accompanying payment shall
have been delivered as provided in Section 5.1, and at such time the Person
or Persons in whose name or names the certificate or certificates for Common
Stock (or Other Securities) shall be issuable upon such exercise as provided
in Section 5.3 shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record
thereof.

     5.3  DELIVERY OF CERTIFICATES, ETC.  (a)  As promptly as practicable
after the exercise of any Warrant, and in any event within five (5) Business
Days thereafter (or, if such exercise is in connection with an underwritten
Public Offering, concurrently with such exercise), the Company at its expense
(other than as to payment of transfer taxes which will be paid by the holder)
will cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or as such holder may
otherwise direct in writing (subject to Article 14),

          (i)  a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common
     Stock (or Other Securities) to which such holder is entitled, and

          (ii)  if less than all the Warrants represented by a Warrant
     Certificate are exercised, a new Warrant Certificate or Certificates of the
     same tenor and for the aggregate number of Warrants that were not
     exercised, executed and countersigned in accordance with Sections 2.4 and
     2.5.

     (b)  The Warrant Agent shall countersign any new Warrant Certificate,
register it in such name or names as may be directed in writing by such holder,
and shall deliver it to the person entitled to receive the same in accordance
with this Section 5.3.  The Company, whenever required by the Warrant Agent,
will supply the Warrant Agent with Warrant Certificates executed on behalf of
the Company for such purpose.

     5.4  FRACTIONAL SHARES.  No fractional shares of Common Stock (or Other
Securities) shall be issued upon any exercise of Warrants.  If more than one
Warrant Certificate shall be delivered for exercise at one time by the same
holder, the number of full shares or securities that shall be issuable upon
exercise shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of Warrants
exercised.  As to any fraction of a share of Common Stock (or Other
Securities), the Company shall pay a cash adjustment in respect thereto in an
amount equal to the product of the Fair Value per share of Common Stock (or
Other Securities) as of the Business Day next preceding the date of such
exercise multiplied by such fraction of a share.

                                      -8-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 6

              ADJUSTMENT OF THE AMOUNT OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE AND THE
                          EXERCISE PRICES UPON EXERCISE

     6.1  STOCK DIVIDENDS, SPLIT-UPS AND COMBINATIONS OF SHARES.  If after
the date hereof the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is increased
by a dividend or share distribution in each case payable in shares of Common
Stock or by a split-up or other reclassification of shares of Common Stock,
then, in the case of such events, the amount of Common Stock issuable for
each Warrant and the Exercise Price will be adjusted as follows:  on the day
following the date fixed for the determination of holders of shares of Common
Stock entitled to receive such dividend or share distribution, and in the
cases of split-ups, combinations and other reclassifications, on the day
following the effective date thereof:  (a) the Exercise Price in effect
immediately prior to such action shall be adjusted to a new Exercise Price
that bears the same relationship to the Exercise Price in effect immediately
prior to such event as the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately prior to such action bears to the total number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event, and (b) the number of
shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of any Warrant after
such event shall be the number of Shares of Common Stock obtained by
multiplying the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable immediately
prior to such adjustment upon the exercise of such Warrant by the Exercise
Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product
so obtained by the Exercise Price in effect after such adjustment.

     6.2  DISTRIBUTIONS.  If after the date hereof the Company shall
distribute to all holders of its shares of Common Stock evidences of its
indebtedness or assets (excluding cash distributions made as a dividend
payable out of earnings or out of surplus legally available for dividends
under the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company) or rights
to subscribe to shares of Common Stock expiring more than 45 days after the
issuance thereof, then in each such case the Exercise Price in effect
immediately prior to such distribution shall be decreased to an amount
determined by multiplying such Exercise Price by a fraction, the numerator of
which is the Fair Value of a share of the Common Stock at the date of such
distribution less the Fair Value per share of Common Stock outstanding at
such date of the assets or evidences of indebtedness so distributed or of
such subscription rights (as determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company, whose determination shall be conclusive, and described in a
statement filed with the Warrant Agent) and the denominator of which is the
Fair Value of a share of Common Stock at such date.  Such adjustment shall be
made whenever any such distribution is made, and shall become effective
retroactively on the date immediately after the record date for the
determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution.

                                      -9-

<PAGE>

     6.3  COMMON STOCK (OR OTHER SECURITIES) ISSUED FOR LESS THAN FAIR
VALUE. (a) If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date
shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities) shall be issued, distributed or
sold to holders of Common Stock for a consideration less than Fair Value (or,
with respect to distributions of Other Securities, for no consideration),
then the equivalent number of shares of Common Stock (or such Other
Securities) shall also be issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, and the
Exercise Price shall be adjusted to include the Fair Value of the
consideration paid by holders of Common Stock for such shares of Common Stock
(or Other Securities), if any; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that only such shares of
Common Stock (or Other Securities) issued for consideration less than Fair
Value (or, with respect to Other Securities, without consideration) shall be
taken into account for purposes of this adjustment; AND PROVIDED FURTHER,
that any consideration paid, in whatever form, by the holders of Common Stock
for such Common Stock (or Other Securities) shall be taken into account for
purposes of determining the adjustment required to be made hereunder, such
that an adjustment shall be made solely if and to the extent that the Fair
Value of such Common Stock (or Other Securities) exceeds the Fair Value of
any consideration paid.

     (b)  For purposes of this Section 6.3, Common Stock (or Other
Securities) shall be deemed to have been issued for Fair Value if issued to
the Company's employees or directors under BONA FIDE employee benefit or
stock option plans, or issued by the Company pursuant to an employment
agreement or consulting agreement, which plan or agreement has been adopted
or approved by the board of directors of the Company and, when required by
law, approved by the holders of Common Stock.

     (c)  All options or convertible securities issued or delivered in
payment of any dividend or other distribution on any class of stock of the
Company, shall be deemed to have been issued without consideration.

     (d)  For purposes of this Section 6.3, and except as otherwise provided
herein, options or convertible securities shall be deemed to have been issued
for a consideration per share determined by dividing

          (i)  the total amount, if any, received and receivable by the Company
     as consideration for the issuance, sale, grant or assumption of the
     relevant options or convertible securities, plus the minimum aggregate
     amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments
     relating thereto, without regard to any provision thereof for subsequent
     adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Company upon the exercise
     in full of such options or the conversion or exchange of such convertible
     securities (and in the case of options for convertible securities, the
     exercise of such options and the conversion or exchange of such convertible
     securities),

                                      -10-

<PAGE>

          by

         (ii)  the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable (as set
     forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision
     thereof for subsequent adjustment of such number) upon the exercise of
     such options or the conversion or exchange of such convertible securities
     (and in the case of options for convertible securities, the exercise of
     such options and the conversion or exchange of such convertible
     securities).

          6.4  ADJUSTMENTS FOR MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS.  In case the
Company, after the date hereof, shall merge or consolidate with another
Person, other than in a Non-Surviving Merger (upon which, pursuant to Section
7.1, the Warrants shall be cancelled), then, in the case of any such
transaction, proper provision shall be made so that, upon the basis and terms
and in the manner provided in this Warrant Agreement, the holders of the
Warrants, upon the exercise thereof at any time after the consummation of
such transaction (subject to the Exercise Period), shall be entitled to
receive (at the aggregate Exercise Price in effect at the time of the
transaction for all Common Stock or Other Securities issuable upon such
exercise immediately prior to such consummation), in lieu of the Common Stock
or Other Securities issuable upon such exercise prior to such consummation,
the greatest amount of securities, cash or other property to which such
holder would have been entitled as a holder of Common Stock (or Other
Securities) upon such consummation if such holder had exercised the rights
represented by the Warrants held by such holder immediately prior thereto,
subject to adjustments (subsequent to such consummation) as nearly equivalent
as possible to the adjustments provided for in Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3
hereof.

     6.5  CALCULATION TO NEAREST CENT AND ONE-HUNDREDTH OF SHARE.  All
calculations under this Article 6 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the
nearest one-hundredth of a share, as the case may be.

     6.6  NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENT IN EXERCISE PRICE.  Whenever the Exercise Price
and securities issuable shall be adjusted as provided in this Article 6, the
Company shall forthwith file with the Warrant Agent a statement, signed by the
Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors,
the President or any Vice President of the Company and by its Treasurer or an
Assistant Treasurer or its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, stating in
detail the facts requiring such adjustment, the Exercise Price that will be
effective after such adjustment and the impact of such adjustment on the number
and kind of securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.  The Company
shall also cause a notice setting forth any such adjustments to be sent by mail,
first class, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of Warrants at his
address appearing on the Warrant register.  The Warrant Agent shall have no duty
with respect to any statement filed with it except to keep the same on

                                      -11-

<PAGE>

file and available for inspection by registered holders of Warrants during
reasonable business hours.  The Warrant Agent shall not at any time be under
any duty or responsibility to any holder of a Warrant to determine whether
any facts exist which may require any adjustment to the Exercise Price or
securities issuable, or with respect to the nature or extent of any
adjustment of the Exercise Price or securities issuable when made or with
respect to the method employed in making such adjustment.

     6.7  OTHER NOTICES.  In case the Company after the date hereof shall
propose to take any action of the type described in sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 or
6.4 of this Article 6, the Company shall give notice to the Warrant Agent and
to each registered holder of a Warrant in the manner set forth in subsection
6.6 of this Article 6, which notice shall specify, in the case of action of
the type specified in subsection 6.2, 6.3 or 6.4, the date on which a record
shall be taken with respect to any such action.  Such notice shall be given,
in the case of any action of the type specified in subsection 6.2, 6.3 or
6.4, at least ten days prior to the record date with respect thereto.
Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the
legality or validity of any such action.  Where appropriate, such notice may
be given in advance and may be included as part of a notice required to be
mailed under the provisions of subsection 6.6 of this Article 6.

     6.8  NO CHANGE IN WARRANT TERMS ON ADJUSTMENT.  Irrespective of any
adjustments in the Exercise Price or the number of shares of Common Stock (or
any inclusion of Other Securities) issuable upon exercise, Warrants
theretofore or thereafter issued may continue to express the same prices and
number of shares as are stated in the similar Warrants issuable initially, or
at some subsequent time, pursuant to this Agreement, and the Exercise Price
and such number of shares issuable upon exercise specified thereon shall be
deemed to have been so adjusted.

     6.9  TREASURY SHARES.  Shares of Common Stock at any time owned by the
Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purposes of any
computation under this Article 6.

                                    ARTICLE 7

                          CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC.

     7.1  CANCELLATION OF WARRANTS UPON NON-SURVIVING MERGER.  In the event
of a merger or consolidation of the Company with another Person in which (i)
the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation of such
consolidation or merger AND (ii) immediately prior to the transaction either
(x) such continuing or surviving corporation was not an Affiliate of the
Company or (y) such continuing or surviving corporation was an Affiliate of
the Company but the board of directors of the Company has determined in good
faith that the merger or consolidation is an arms length transaction, i.e.,
on terms comparable to those on which the Company would enter into a
transaction with a non-

                                      -12-

<PAGE>

Affiliate, then any Warrants which are not exercised prior to consummation of
such merger or consolidation (a "Non-Surviving Merger") shall be cancelled
upon consummation of the transaction, and the holders of such cancelled
Warrants shall not be entitled to receive any property with respect to their
cancelled Warrants.

     7.2  ASSUMPTION OF OBLIGATIONS.  Notwithstanding anything contained
herein to the contrary, the Company will not effect a merger or consolidation
other than a Non-Surviving Merger unless, prior to the consummation of such
transaction, each Person (other than the Company) which may be required to
deliver any Common Stock, Other Securities, securities, cash or property upon
the exercise of this Warrant as provided herein shall assume, by written
instrument delivered to the Warrant Agent, with a copy delivered to each
holder of a Warrant hereunder, the obligations of the Company under this
Warrant Agreement and under each of the Warrants, including, without
limitation, the obligation to deliver such shares of Common Stock, Other
Securities, cash or property as may be required pursuant to Article 6 hereof.

                                    ARTICLE 8

                                 LISTING RIGHTS

     If the Common Stock is listed on one or more stock exchanges or quoted
on the National Market System, then the Company shall use its best efforts to
have the Warrants listed on such stock exchange(s) or quoted on the National
Market System, as applicable.

                                    ARTICLE 9

                            NO DILUTION OR IMPAIRMENT

     The Company will not, by amendment of its certificate of incorporation
or through any consolidation, merger, reorganization, transfer of assets,
dissolution, issuance or sale of securities or any other voluntary action or
omission, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the
terms of this Agreement or any of the Warrants issued hereunder, but will at
all times in good faith observe and perform all such terms and take all such
action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of
each holder of a Warrant against dilution or other impairment of the kind
specified herein PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, subject to compliance with the
applicable provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall not be prohibited
by this Article 9 or by any provision of this Agreement from making decisions
providing for, INTER ALIA, the merger or consolidation of the Company or the
sale of its assets which transactions, in the judgment of the Company's board
of directors, are in the best interests of the Company and the shareholders.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company (a) will not
permit the par value of any shares of stock receivable upon the exercise of
any Warrant to exceed the

                                      -13-

<PAGE>

amount payable therefor upon such exercise, (b) will take all such action as
may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and
legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of stock upon the exercise
of all of the Warrants from time to time outstanding, (c) will not take any
action that results in any adjustment of the shares issuable upon exercise of
the Warrants (or which entitles the holders of the Warrants to receive Other
Securities upon such exercise) if the total number of shares of Common Stock
(or Other Securities) issuable after the action upon the exercise of all of
the Warrants would exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock (or
Other Securities) then authorized by the Company's certificate of
incorporation and available for the purpose of issuance upon such exercise
and (d) will not issue any capital stock of any class that is preferred as to
dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon voluntary or involuntary
dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, unless such stock is sold for a cash
consideration at least equal to the amount of such preference upon voluntary
or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

                                   ARTICLE 10

                                     REPORTS

     In each case of any adjustment or readjustment in the shares of Common
Stock (or Other Securities) issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants, the
Company at its expense will promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment
after giving effect to such, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement
and shall prepare a report setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and
showing in reasonable detail the method of calculation thereof and the facts
upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Company will
forthwith mail a copy of each such report to the Warrant Agent, which shall
promptly mail a copy to each holder of a Warrant.  The Warrant Agent will
cause the same to be available for inspection at its principal office during
normal business hours by any holder of a Warrant or any prospective purchaser
of a Warrant designated by the holder thereof.

                                   ARTICLE 11

                         NOTIFICATION OF CERTAIN EVENTS

     11.1  CORPORATE ACTION.  In the event of:

     (a)  any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class
of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are
entitled to receive any dividend (other than a regular periodic dividend
payable in cash out of earned surplus) or other distribution of any kind, or
any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock
of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other
right or interest of any kind; or

                                      -14-

<PAGE>

     (b) (i) any capital reorganization of the Company, (ii) any
reclassification of the capital shares of the Company (other than a change in
par value or from par value to no par value or from no par value to par value
or as a result of a split-up or combination), (iii) the consolidation or
merger of the Company with or into any other corporation (other than a
consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation
and which does not result in any change in the shares of Common Stock)
including a consolidation or merger which would result in the cancellation of
any outstanding Warrants pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof, (iv) the sale of the
properties and assets of the Company as, or substantially as, an entirety to
another Person, or (v) an exchange offer for Common Stock (or Other
Securities); or

     (c)  the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation, or winding
up of the Company,

the Company shall cause to be filed with the Warrant Agent and mailed to each
holder of a Warrant a notice specifying (x) the date or expected date on
which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend,
distribution, rights, event, transaction or amendment (or vote thereon) and
the amount and character of any such dividend, distribution, exchange,
rights, or vote, or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the
holders of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend,
distribution, exchange or rights are to be determined, and the amount and
character of such dividend, distribution or rights, or (y) the date or
expected date on which any such reorganization, reclassification,
recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, exchange offer,
dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and
the time, if any such time is to be fixed, as of which holders of record of
Common Stock (or Other Securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares
of Common Stock (or Other Securities) for the securities or other property
deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization,
consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, exchange offer, dissolution,
liquidation or winding up and in the case of a transaction which would cause
the cancellation of any outstanding Warrants, the effect of such transaction,
if known.  Such notice shall be delivered not less than 20 days prior to such
date therein specified, in the case of any such date referred to in clause
(x) of the preceding sentence, and not less than 30 days prior to such date
therein specified, in the case of any such date referred to in clause (y) of
the preceding sentence.  Failure to give such notice within the time provided
or any defect therein shall not affect the legality or validity of any such
action.

     11.2  AVAILABLE INFORMATION.  The Company shall promptly file with the
Warrant Agent copies of its annual reports and of the information, documents
and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the
Commission may by rules and regulations prescribe) that the Company is
required to file

                                      -15-

<PAGE>

with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. If
the Company is not required to make such filings, the Company shall promptly
deliver to the Warrant Agent copies of any annual, quarterly or other reports
and financial statements that are provided to any holders of equity or debt
securities of the Company (other than bank debt) in their capacity as holders
of such securities.


                                   ARTICLE 12

                              RESERVATION OF STOCK

     12.1  RESERVATION; DUE AUTHORIZATION, ETC.  The Company shall at all
times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of its
authorized but unissued Common Stock (or out of authorized Other Securities),
solely for issuance and delivery upon exercise of Warrants, the full number
of shares of Common Stock (and Other Securities) from time to time issuable
upon the exercise of all Warrants and any other outstanding warrants, options
or similar rights, from time to time outstanding.  All shares of Common Stock
(and Other Securities) shall be duly authorized and, when issued upon such
exercise, shall be duly and validly issued, and (in the case of shares) fully
paid and nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens, charges, security
interests, encumbrances and other restrictions created by or through the
Company.

     12.2  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  The Company will use its best efforts, at
its expense and on a continual basis, to assure that all shares of Common
Stock (and Other Securities) that may be issued upon exercise of Warrants may
be so issued and delivered without violation of any Federal or state
securities law or regulation, or any other law or regulation applicable to
the Company or any of its subsidiaries, PROVIDED THAT with respect to any
such exercise involving a sale or transfer of Warrants or any such securities
issuable upon such exercise, the Company shall have no obligation to register
such Warrants or securities under any such securities law except as provided
in Article 8 hereof or in a registration rights agreement entered into by the
parties.

                                   ARTICLE 13

                                PAYMENT OF TAXES

     The Company will pay any and all documentary stamp or similar issue
taxes payable to the United States of America or any State, or any political
subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, in respect of the
issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities) on
exercise of Warrants, PROVIDED that the Company shall not be required to pay
any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer of a Warrant or any
transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of Common Stock (or Other
Securities) in a name other than that of the registered holder of the
Warrants to be exercised, and no

                                      -16-

<PAGE>

such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person
requesting such issuance has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax
or has established, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company, that such
tax has been paid.

                                   ARTICLE 14

                               LOSS OR MUTILATION

     Upon receipt by the Company and the Warrant Agent of evidence reasonably
satisfactory to them of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or
mutilation of any Warrant Certificate and of an indemnity bond reasonably
satisfactory to them in form or amount, and (in the case of mutilation) upon
surrender and cancellation thereof, then, in the absence of notice to the
Company or the Warrant Agent that the Warrants represented thereby have been
acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and deliver to
the Warrant Agent and, upon the Company's request, an authorized signatory of
the Warrant Agent shall manually countersign and deliver, to the registered
holder of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant Certificate, in
exchange for or in lieu thereof, a new Warrant Certificate of the same tenor
and for a like aggregate number of Warrants.  Upon the issuance of any new
Warrant Certificate under this Article 14, the Company may require the
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge
that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the
reasonable fees and expenses of the Warrant Agent) in connection therewith.
Every new Warrant Certificate executed and delivered pursuant to this Article
14 in lieu of any lost, stolen or destroyed Warrant Certificate shall be
entitled to the same benefits of this Agreement equally and proportionately
with any and all other Warrant Certificates, whether or not the allegedly
lost, stolen or destroyed Warrant Certificate shall be at any time
enforceable by anyone.  The provisions of this Article 14 are exclusive and
shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights or remedies with
respect to the replacement of mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed Warrant
Certificates.

                                   ARTICLE 15

                              WARRANT REGISTRATION

     15.1  REGISTRATION.  The Warrant Certificates shall be issued in
registered form only and shall be registered in the names of the record
holders of the Warrant Certificates to whom they are to be delivered.  The
Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained a register in which, subject
to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide
for the registration of Warrants and of transfers or exchanges of Warrant
Certificates as provided in this Agreement.  Such register shall be
maintained at the office of the Company or the Warrant Agent located at the
respective address therefor as provided in Section 18.1.  Such register shall
be open for

                                      -17-

<PAGE>

inspection upon notice at all reasonable times by the Warrant Agent and each
holder of a Warrant.

     15.2  TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE.  Subject to Section 2.1 hereof, at the
option of the holder, Warrant Certificates may be exchanged or transferred
for other Warrant Certificates for a like aggregate number of Warrants, upon
surrender of the Warrant Certificates to be exchanged at the office of the
Company or the Warrant Agent maintained for such purpose at the respective
address therefor as provided in Section 18.1, and upon payment of the charges
herein provided. Whenever any Warrant Certificates are so surrendered for
exchange or transfer, the Company shall execute, and an authorized signatory
of the Warrant Agent shall manually countersign and deliver, the Warrant
Certificates that the holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

     15.3  VALID AND ENFORCEABLE.  All Warrant Certificates issued upon any
registration of transfer or exchange of Warrant Certificates shall be the
valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same obligations, and
entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement, as the Warrant
Certificates surrendered for such registration of transfer or exchange.

     15.4  ENDORSEMENT.  Every Warrant Certificate surrendered for
registration of transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or
the Warrant Agent) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by an instrument of
transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Warrant Agent
and duly executed by the registered holder thereof or such holder's officer
or representative duly authorized in writing.

     15.5  NO SERVICE CHARGE.  No service charge shall be made for any
registration of transfer or exchange of Warrant Certificates.

     15.6  CANCELLATION.  Any Warrant Certificate surrendered for
registration of transfer, exchange or the exercise of the Warrants
represented thereby shall, if surrendered to the Company, be delivered to the
Warrant Agent, and all Warrant Certificates surrendered or so delivered to
the Warrant Agent shall be promptly cancelled by the Warrant Agent.  Any such
Warrant Certificate shall not be reissued by the Company and, except as
provided in this Article 15 in case of an exchange or transfer, in Article 14
in case of a mutilated Warrant Certificate and in Article 3 in case of the
exercise of less than all the Warrants represented thereby, no Warrant
Certificate shall be issued hereunder in lieu thereof.  The Warrant Agent
shall deliver to the Company from time to time or otherwise dispose of such
cancelled Warrant Certificates in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the
Company.

                                      -18-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 16

                                  WARRANT AGENT

     16.1  OBLIGATIONS BINDING.  The Warrant Agent undertakes the duties and
obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the terms and conditions set forth
in this Article 16.  The Company, and the holders of Warrants by their
acceptance thereof, shall be bound by all of such terms and conditions.

     16.2  NO LIABILITY.  The Warrant Agent shall not by countersigning
Warrant Certificates or by any other act hereunder be accountable with
respect to or be deemed to make any representations as to the validity or
authorization of the Warrants or the Warrant Certificates (except as to its
countersignature thereon), as to the validity, authorization or value (or
kind or amount) of any Common Stock or of any Other Securities or other
property delivered or deliverable upon exercise of any Warrant, or as to the
purchase price of such Common Stock, securities or other property.  The
Warrant Agent shall not (i) be liable for any recital or statement of fact
contained herein or in the Warrant Certificates or for any action taken,
suffered or omitted by the Warrant Agent in good faith in the belief that any
Warrant Certificate or any other document or any signature is genuine or
properly authorized, (ii) be responsible for determining whether any facts
exist that may require any adjustment of the purchase price and the number of
shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of Warrants, or with respect
to the nature or extent of any such adjustments when made, or with respect to
the method of adjustment employed, (iii) be responsible for any failure on
the part of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any Common Stock or
Other Securities or property upon the surrender of any Warrant for the
purpose of exercise or to comply with any other of the Company's covenants
and obligations contained in this Agreement or in the Warrant Certificates or
(iv) be liable for any act or omission in connection with this Agreement
except for its own bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct.

     16.3  INSTRUCTIONS.  The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to accept
instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from the
President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of
the Company and to apply to any such officer for advice or instructions.  The
Warrant Agent shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted
by it in good faith in accordance with the instructions of any such officer.

     16.4  AGENTS.  The Warrant Agent may execute and exercise any of the
rights and powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either
itself or by or through its attorneys, agents or employees, provided
reasonable care has been exercised in the selection and in the continued
employment of any such attorney, agent or employee.  The Warrant Agent shall
not be under any obligation or duty to institute, appear in, or defend

                                      -19-

<PAGE>

any action, suit or legal proceeding in respect hereof, but this provision
shall not affect the power of the Warrant Agent to take such action as the
Warrant Agent may consider proper.  The Warrant Agent shall promptly notify
the Company in writing of any claim made or action, suit or proceeding
instituted against the Warrant Agent arising out of or in connection with
this Agreement.

     16.5  COOPERATION.  The Company will perform, execute, acknowledge and
deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all
such further acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required
by the Warrant Agent in order to enable the Warrant Agent to carry out or
perform its duties under this Agreement.

     16.6  AGENT ONLY.  The Warrant Agent shall act solely as agent.  The
Warrant Agent shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties
as are specifically set forth herein, and no implied covenants or obligations
shall be read into this Agreement against the Warrant Agent, whose duties and
obligations shall be determined solely by the express provisions hereof.

     16.7  RIGHT TO COUNSEL.  The Warrant Agent may at any time consult with
legal counsel satisfactory to it (who may be legal counsel for the Company)
and the Warrant Agent shall incur no liability or responsibility to the
Company or to any Warrant holder for any action taken, suffered or omitted by
the Warrant Agent in good faith in accordance with the opinion or advice of
such counsel.

     16.8  COMPENSATION.  The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent
reasonable compensation for its services hereunder and to reimburse the
Warrant Agent for its reasonable expenses hereunder; and further agrees to
indemnify the Warrant Agent and hold it harmless against any and all
liabilities, including, but not limited to, judgments, costs and counsel
fees, for anything done, suffered or omitted by the Warrant Agent in the
execution of its duties and powers hereunder, except for any such liabilities
that arise as a result of the Warrant Agent's bad faith, negligence or
willful misconduct.

     16.9  ACCOUNTING.  The Warrant Agent shall account promptly to the
Company with respect to Warrants exercised and concurrently pay to the
Company all moneys received by the Warrant Agent on behalf of the Company on
the purchase of shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities) through the
exercise of Warrants.

     16.10  NO CONFLICT.  The Warrant Agent and any stockholder, director,
officer or employee of the Warrant Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the
Warrants or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested
in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with
or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though
it were not Warrant Agent under this Agreement.  Nothing herein shall

                                      -20-

<PAGE>

preclude the Warrant Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company
or for any other legal entity.

     16.11  RESIGNATION; TERMINATION.  The Warrant Agent may resign its
duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder
(except liabilities arising as a result of the Warrant Agent's negligence or
willful misconduct), after giving 30 days' prior written notice to the
Company.  The Company may remove the Warrant Agent upon 30 days written
notice, and the Warrant Agent shall thereupon in like manner be discharged
from all further duties and liabilities hereunder, except as to liabilities
arising as a result of the Warrant Agent's bad faith, negligence or willful
misconduct.  The Company shall cause to be mailed (by first class mail,
postage prepaid) to each registered holder of a Warrant at such, holder's
last address as shown on the register of the Company, at the Company's
expense, a copy of such notice of resignation or notice of removal, as the
case may be.  Upon such resignation or removal the Company shall promptly
appoint in writing a new warrant agent.  If the Company shall fail to make
such appointment within a period of 30 days after it has been notified in
writing of such resignation by the resigning Warrant Agent or after such
removal, then the holder of any Warrant may apply to any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a new warrant agent. Pending appointment
of a successor to the Warrant Agent, either by the Company or by such a
court, the duties of the Warrant Agent shall be carried out by the Company.
Any successor warrant agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a
court, shall be a corporation, incorporated under the laws of the United
States or of any State thereof and authorized under such laws to exercise
corporate trust powers, be subject to supervision and examination by Federal
or State authority, and have a combined capital and surplus of not less than
$100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of
condition.  After acceptance in writing of such appointment by the new
warrant agent it shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and
responsibilities as if it had been originally named herein as the Warrant
Agent, without any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed; but if for any
reason it shall be necessary or expedient to execute and deliver any further
assurance, conveyance, act or deed, the same shall be done at the expense of
the Company and shall be legally and validly executed and delivered by the
resigning or removed Warrant Agent.  Not later than the effective date of any
such appointment the Company shall file notice thereof with the resigning or
removed Warrant Agent and shall forthwith cause at copy of such notice to be
mailed (by first class mail, postage prepaid) to each registered holder of a
Warrant at such holder's last address as shown on the register of the
Company.  Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 16.11, or
any defect in any such notice, shall not affect the legality or validity of
the resignation of the Warrant Agent or the appointment of a new warrant
agent, as the case may be.

     16.12  CHANGE OF WARRANT AGENT.  If at any time the name of the Warrant
Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the

                                      -21-

<PAGE>

Warrant Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the
Warrant Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver
Warrant Certificates so countersigned; and if at that time any of the Warrant
Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Warrant Agent may
countersign such Warrant Certificates either in its prior name or in its
changed name; and in all such cases such Warrant Certificates shall have the
full force and effect provided in the Warrant Certificates and this Agreement.

     16.13  SUCCESSOR WARRANT AGENT.  Any corporation into which the Warrant
Agent or any new warrant agent may be merged or any corporation resulting
from any consolidation to which the Warrant Agent or any new warrant agent
shall be a party or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all
the agency business of the Warrant Agent or any new warrant agent shall be a
successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement without any further act,
PROVIDED that such corporation would be eligible for appointment as a new
warrant agent under the provisions of Section 16.11 of this Article 16.  The
Company shall promptly cause notice of the succession as Warrant Agent of any
such successor Warrant Agent to be mailed (by first class mail, postage
prepaid) to each registered holder of a Warrant at his last address as shown
on the register of the Company.

                                   ARTICLE 17

                                 REMEDIES, ETC.

     17.1  REMEDIES.  The Company stipulates that the remedies at law of each
holder of a Warrant in the event of any default or threatened default by the
Company in the performance of or compliance with any of the terms of this
Warrant Agreement are not and will not be adequate and that, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, such terms may be specifically enforced by a decree
for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or by an
injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or otherwise.

     17.2  WARRANT HOLDER NOT DEEMED A STOCKHOLDER.  Prior to the exercise of
the Warrants represented thereby no holder of a Warrant Certificate, as such,
shall be entitled to any rights of a stockholder of the Company, including,
but not limited to, the right to vote, to receive dividends or other
distributions, to exercise any preemptive right or, except as otherwise
provided herein, to receive any notice of meetings of stockholders, and no
such holder shall be entitled to receive notice of any proceedings of the
Company except as provided in this Agreement.  Nothing contained in this
Agreement shall be construed as imposing any liabilities on such holder to
purchase any securities or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such
liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors or stockholders of
the Company or otherwise.

                                      -22-

<PAGE>

     17.3  RIGHT OF ACTION.  All rights of action in respect of this
Agreement are vested in the registered holders of the Warrants.  Any
registered holder of any Warrant, without the consent of the Warrant Agent or
the registered holder of any other Warrant, may in such holder's own behalf
and for such holder's own benefit enforce, and may institute and maintain any
suit, action or proceeding against the Company suitable to enforce, or
otherwise in respect of, such holder's right to exercise such holder's
Warrants in the manner provided in the Warrant Certificate representing such
Warrants and the Company's obligations under this Agreement and the Warrants.

                                   ARTICLE 18

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     18.1  NOTICES.  Any notice, demand or delivery authorized by this
Agreement shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first class mail,
postage prepaid, addressed to any registered holder of a Warrant at such
holder's last known address appearing on the register of the Company, and to
the Company or the Warrant Agent as follows:

          If to the Company:

               The Grand Union Company
               201 Willowbrook Boulevard
               Wayne, New Jersey  07470
               Attn:  Mr. Kenneth Baum
               Telephone:  (201) 890-6000
               Facsimile:  (201) 890-6012

          If to the Warrant Agent:

               American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
               40 Wall Street
               New York, New York  10005
               Attn:  Ms. Susan Silber
               Telephone:  (718) 921-8217
               Facsimile:  (718) 236-4588

or such other address as shall have been furnished in writing, in accordance
with this Section 18.1, to the party giving or making such notice, demand or
delivery.

     18.2  GOVERNING LAW AND CONSENT TO FORUM.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW
YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.  THE COMPANY AND THE
PARTIES EACH HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK
STATE COURT SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN
THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT
OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND EACH IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND
IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY,

                                      -23-

<PAGE>

GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS.
NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PERSON TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY
MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED
AGAINST THE COMPANY IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

     18.3  BENEFITS OF THIS AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Warrant Agent and their
respective successors and assigns, and the registered and beneficial holders
from time to time of the Warrants and of holders of the Common Stock, where
applicable. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to
confer upon any other person, any right, remedy or claim under or by reason
of this Agreement or any part hereof.

     18.4  AGREEMENT OF HOLDERS OF WARRANT CERTIFICATES.  Every holder of a
Warrant Certificate, by accepting the same, covenants and agrees with the
Company, the Warrant Agent and with every other holder of a Warrant
Certificate that the Warrant Certificates are transferable on the registry
books of the Warrant Agent only upon the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement, and the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the
person in whose name the Warrant Certificate is registered as the absolute
owner for all purposes whatsoever and neither the Company nor the Warrant
Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

     18.5  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and each such counterpart shall for all purposes be deemed to be
an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and
the same instrument.

     18.6  AMENDMENTS.  The Warrant Agent may, without the consent or
concurrence of the holders of the Warrants, by supplemental agreement or
other writing, join with the Company in making any amendments or
modifications of this Agreement that they shall have been advised by counsel
(a) are required to cure any ambiguity or to correct any defective or
inconsistent provision or clerical omission or mistake or manifest error
herein contained and which do not accurately reflect the understanding of the
parties hereto, (b) add to the covenants and agreements of the Company in
this Agreement further covenants and agreements of the Company thereafter to
be observed, or surrender any rights or power reserved to or conferred upon
the Company in this Agreement or (c) do not and will not adversely affect,
alter or change the rights, privileges or immunities of the registered
holders of Warrants or of any person entitled to the benefits of this
Agreement who has not assented to such change, in writing. Any other
amendment to this Agreement may be effected only with the consent of all of
the parties entitled to benefit hereunder who would be affected by such
change.

     18.7 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.  The parties hereby expressly acknowledge
and agree that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Bankruptcy
Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction to

                                      -24-

<PAGE>

hear and determine any and all disputes concerning the distribution of
Warrants hereunder to holders of Zero Coupon Notes pursuant to the Plan.  The
Warrant Agent hereby assents to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court with
respect to any such disputes and waives any argument of lack of such
jurisdiction.

     18.8  HEADINGS.  The table of contents hereto and the descriptive
headings of the several sections hereof are inserted for convenience only and
shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the
provisions hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed, as of the day and year first above written.

                              THE GRAND UNION COMPANY


                              By:/s/ Frances E. Nicastro
                                 -----------------------
                                 Name: Francis E. Nicastro
                                 Title: Corporate Vice President and Treasurer


                              AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER &
                                TRUST COMPANY


                              By:/s/ Herbert J Lemmer
                                 --------------------
                                 Name: Herbert J Lemmer
                                 Title: Vice President

                                      -25-


<PAGE>





                                    EXHIBIT A







                          FORMS OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE










<PAGE>





                                  EXHIBIT A-1





                      FORM OF SERIES 1 WARRANT CERTIFICATE







<PAGE>





                 [FORM OF FACE OF SERIES 1 WARRANT CERTIFICATE]



Series 1 Warrant                             Number of Series 1 Warrant(s):

No.   ______                                                 ______

             Exercisable During the Period Commencing June ___, 1995
                   and Terminating at 5:00 p.m. June ___, 2000
                            except as provided below


                          SERIES 1 WARRANT TO PURCHASE
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                       OF
                             THE GRAND UNION COMPANY


     This Certifies that __________ or registered assigns, is the owner of
the number of SERIES 1 WARRANTS set forth above, each of which represents
the right, at any time after June ___, 1995 and on or before 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on June ___, 2000, subject to acceleration as provided
below, to purchase from The Grand Union Company, a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), at the price of $30.00 (the "Exercise Price"), one share
of Common Stock, $1.00 par value, of the Company as such stock was
constituted as of June ___, 1995, subject to adjustment as provided in the
Warrant Agreement hereinafter referred to, upon surrender hereof, with the
subscription form on the reverse hereof duly executed, by hand or by mail
to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 40 Wall Street, New York, New
York 10005, or to any successor thereto, as the warrant agent under the
Warrant Agreement, at the office of such successor maintained for such
purpose (any such warrant agent being herein called the "Warrant Agent")
(or, if such exercise shall be in connection with an underwritten Public
Offering of shares of such Common Stock (or Other Securities) (as such
term and other capitalized terms used herein are defined in the Warrant
Agreement) subject to the Warrant Agreement, at the location at which the
Company shall have agreed to deliver such securities), and simultaneous
payment in full (by certified or official bank or bank cashier's check
payable to the order of the Company) of the Exercise Price in respect of
each Warrant represented by this Warrant Certificate that is so exercised,
all subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the Warrant
Agreement.

     Upon any partial exercise of the Warrants represented by this Warrant
Certificate, there shall be issued to the holder




<PAGE>


hereof a new Warrant Certificate representing the Warrants that were not
exercised.

     No fractional shares may be issued upon the exercise of rights to
purchase hereunder, and as to any fraction of a share otherwise issuable,
the Company will make a cash adjustment in lieu of such issuance, as
provided in the Warrant Agreement..

     This Warrant Certificate is issued under and in accordance with a
Warrant Agreement, dated as of June ___, 1995 (the "Warrant Agreement"),
between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as
Warrant Agent, and is subject to the terms and provisions contained
therein, all of which terms and provisions the holder of this Warrant
Certificate consents to by acceptance hereof.  Copies of the Warrant
Agreement are on file at the above-mentioned office of the Warrant Agent
and may be obtained by writing to the Warrant Agent.

     REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS WARRANT
SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF, WHICH FURTHER PROVISIONS SHALL FOR ALL
PURPOSES HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS IF SET FORTH AT THIS PLACE.

Dated:                                 THE GRAND UNION COMPANY


                                       By:_________________________
                                    Title:

Countersigned:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,
  as Warrant Agent


By:_________________________
     Authorized Signatory








                                     -2-
<PAGE>


                    [FORM OF REVERSE OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE]

                             THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

     The transfer of this Warrant Certificate and all rights hereunder is
registrable by the registered holder hereof, in whole or in part, on the
register of the Company upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate at the
office or agency of the Company or the office of the Warrant Agent
maintained for such purpose at American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,
40 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, attention: _________________,
duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly
executed and in form satisfactory to the Company and the Warrant Agent, by
the registered holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing and
upon payment of any necessary transfer tax or other governmental charge
imposed upon such transfer or registration thereof. Upon any partial
transfer the Company will cause to be delivered to such holder a new
Warrant Certificate or Certificates with respect to any portion not so
transferred.

     This Warrant Certificate may be exchanged at the office or agency of
the Company or the office of the Warrant Agent maintained for such purpose
at American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 40 Wall Street, New York, New
York 10005, attention: _________________, for Warrant Certificates
representing the same aggregate number of Warrants, each new Warrant
Certificate to represent such number of Warrants as the holder hereof
shall designate at the time of such exchange.

     Prior to the exercise of the Warrants represented hereby, the holder
of this Warrant Certificate, as such, shall not be entitled to any rights
of a stockholder of the Company, including, but not limited to, the right
to vote, to receive dividends or other distributions, to exercise any
preemptive right or, except as provided in the Warrant Agreement, to
receive any notice of meetings of stockholders, and shall not be entitled
to receive notice of any proceedings of the Company except as provided in
the Warrant Agreement.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed as
imposing any liabilities upon the holder of this Warrant Certificate to
purchase any securities or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such
liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors or stockholders of
the Company or otherwise.

     This Warrant Certificate shall be void and all rights represented
hereby shall cease unless exercised on or before the close of business on
June ___, 2000.

     PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE EXERCISE PERIOD, THE COMPANY MAY
ENGAGE IN A CONSOLIDATION OR MERGER AS TO WHICH IT IS NOT THE SURVIVING
COMPANY AND IN CERTAIN SUCH EVENTS ANY WARRANTS WHICH ARE NOT EXERCISED
PRIOR TO THE CONSUMMATION OF SUCH TRANSACTION WILL BE CANCELED.
WARRANTHOLDERS WILL RECEIVE PRIOR NOTICE OF


<PAGE>


ANY SUCH TRANSACTION, AND WILL HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO EXERCISE THEIR
WARRANTS AND, UPON SUCH EXERCISE, EXERCISE THEIR RIGHTS AS HOLDERS OF
COMMON STOCK, PRIOR TO ITS CONSUMMATION.

     This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose until it
shall have been manually countersigned by an authorized signatory of the
Warrant Agent.

     Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the signature of its
duly authorized officer.










                                     -2-
<PAGE>


                                SUBSCRIPTION FORM
                 (TO BE EXECUTED ONLY UPON EXERCISE OF WARRANT)



TO THE GRAND UNION COMPANY
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Warrant Agent
Attention: _________________

     The undersigned (i) irrevocably exercises the Warrants represented by
the within Warrant Certificate, (ii) purchases one share of Common Stock
of The Grand Union Company (before giving effect to the adjustments
provided in the Warrant Agreement referred to in the within Warrant
Certificate) for each Warrant so exercised and herewith makes payment in
full of the purchase price of $30.00 in respect of each Warrant so
exercised as provided in the Warrant Agreement (such payment being by
certified or official bank or bank cashier's check payable to the order of
The Grand Union Company, all on the terms and conditions specified in the
within Warrant Certificate and the Warrant Agreement, (iii) surrenders
this Warrant Certificate and all right, title and interest therein to The
Grand Union Company and (iv) directs that the securities or other property
deliverable upon the exercise of such Warrants be registered or placed in
the name and at the address specified below and delivered thereto.


Dated: ____________, 19__


                                       _________________________
                                                (Owner)*


                                       _________________________
                                        (Signature of Authorized
                                             Representative)


                                       _________________________
                                            (Street Address)


                                       _________________________
                                       (City) (State) (Zip Code)


<PAGE>

Securities or property to be
issued and delivered to:               __________________________
                                         Signature Guaranteed**

  Please insert social
   security or other
  identifying number

    ______________


Name ______________________________________________________________________


Street Address ____________________________________________________________


City, State and Zip Code __________________________________________________














                                     -2-
<PAGE>


                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned registered holder of the within Warrant
Certificate hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Assignee named below
all of the rights of the undersigned under the within Warrant Certificate, with
respect to the number of warrants set forth below:


<TABLE>

          Name of                                           No.  of
         ASSIGNEE                  ADDRESS                 WARRANTS
         -------                   -------                 --------
         <S>              <S>                              <S>




</TABLE>

Please insert social
security or other
identifying number
of Assignee

   ___________


and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint __________ attorney to
make such transfer on the books of The Grand Union Company maintained for
the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: __________, 19__

                                       Name _________________________*


                                       Signature of Authorized
                                       Representative ________________


                                       Signature Guaranteed ________**



_______________
     * The signature must correspond with the name as written upon the
face of the within Warrant Certificate in every particular, without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

    ** The signature must be guaranteed by a securities transfer agents
medallion program ("stamp") participant or an institution receiving prior
approval from the Warrant Agent.



<PAGE>







                                   EXHIBIT A-2







                      FORM OF SERIES 2 WARRANT CERTIFICATE










<PAGE>


                 [FORM OF FACE OF SERIES 2 WARRANT CERTIFICATE]


Series 2 Warrant                             Number of Series 2 Warrant(s):

No.   ______                                               ______


             Exercisable During the Period Commencing June ___, 1995
                   and Terminating at 5:00 p.m. June ___, 2000
                            except as provided below


                          SERIES 2 WARRANT TO PURCHASE
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                       OF
                             THE GRAND UNION COMPANY


     This Certifies that __________ or registered assigns, is the owner of
the number of SERIES 2 WARRANTS set forth above, each of which represents
the right, at any time after June ___, 1995 and on or before 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on June ___, 2000 subject to acceleration as provided
below, to purchase from The Grand Union Company, a Delaware Corporation
(the "Company"), at the price of $42.00 (the "Exercise Price"), one share
of Common Stock, $1.00 par value, of the Company as such stock was
constituted as of June ___, 1995, subject to adjustment as provided in the
Warrant Agreement hereinafter referred to, upon surrender hereof, with the
subscription form on the reverse hereof duly executed, by hand or by mail
to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Warrant Agent under the
Warrant Agreement, at 40 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, attention:
_________________, or to any successor thereto, as the warrant agent under
the Warrant Agreement, at the office of such successor maintained for such
purpose (any such warrant agent being herein called the "Warrant Agent")
(or, if such exercise shall be in connection with an underwritten Public
Offering of shares of such Common Stock (or Other Securities) (as such
term and other capitalized terms used herein are defined in the Warrant
Agreement) subject to the Warrant Agreement, at the location at which the
Company shall have agreed to deliver such securities), and simultaneous
payment in full (by certified or official bank or bank cashier's check
payable to the order of the Company) of the Exercise Price in respect of
each Warrant represented by this Warrant Certificate that is so exercised,
all subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the Warrant
Agreement.

     Upon any partial exercise of the Warrants represented by this Warrant
Certificate, there shall be issued to the holder



<PAGE>


hereof a new Warrant Certificate representing the Warrants that were not
exercised.

     No fractional shares may be issued upon the exercise of rights to
purchase hereunder, and as to any fraction of a share otherwise issuable,
the Company will make a cash adjustment in lieu of such issuance, as
provided in the Warrant Agreement.

     This Warrant Certificate is issued under and in accordance with a
Warrant Agreement, dated as of June ___, 1995 (the "Warrant Agreement"),
between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as
Warrant Agent, and is subject to the terms and provisions contained
therein, all of which terms and provisions the holder of this Warrant
Certificate consents to by acceptance hereof.  Copies of the Warrant
Agreement are on file at the above-mentioned office of the Warrant Agent
and may be obtained by writing to the Warrant Agent.

     REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS WARRANT
SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF, WHICH FURTHER PROVISIONS SHALL FOR ALL
PURPOSES HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS IF SET FORTH AT THIS PLACE.


Dated:                                 THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

                                       By:_________________________
                                    Title:


Countersigned:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,
  as Warrant Agent

By:_________________________
     Authorized Signatory


<PAGE>


                    [FORM OF REVERSE OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE]

                             THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

     The transfer of this Warrant Certificate and all rights hereunder is
registrable by the registered holder hereof, in whole or in part, on the
register of the Company upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate at the
office or agency of the Company or the office of the Warrant Agent
maintained for such purpose at American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,
40 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, duly endorsed or accompanied by
a written instrument of transfer duly executed and in form satisfactory to
the Company and the Warrant Agent, by the registered holder hereof or his
attorney duly authorized in writing and upon payment of any necessary
transfer tax or other governmental charge imposed upon such transfer or
registration thereof.  Upon any partial transfer the Company will cause to
be delivered to such holder a new Warrant Certificate or Certificates with
respect to any portion not so transferred.

     This Warrant Certificate may be exchanged at the office or agency of
the Company or the office of the Warrant Agent maintained for such purpose
at American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 40 Wall Street, New York, New
York 10005, for Warrant Certificates representing the same aggregate
number of Warrants, each new Warrant Certificate to represent such number
of Warrants as the holder hereof shall designate at the time of such
exchange.

     Prior to the exercise of the Warrants represented hereby, the holder
of this Warrant Certificate, as such, shall not be entitled to any rights
of a stockholder of the Company, including, but not limited to, the right
to vote, to receive dividends or other distributions, to exercise any
preemptive right or, except as provided in the Warrant Agreement, to
receive any notice of meetings of stockholders, and shall not be entitled
to receive notice of any proceedings of the Company except as provided in
the Warrant Agreement.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed as
imposing any liabilities upon the holder of this Warrant Certificate to
purchase any securities or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such
liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors or stockholders of
the Company or otherwise.



     This Warrant Certificate shall be void and all rights represented
hereby shall cease unless exercised on or before the close of business on
June ___, 2000.

     PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE EXERCISE PERIOD, THE COMPANY MAY
ENGAGE IN A CONSOLIDATION OR MERGER AS TO WHICH IT IS NOT THE SURVIVING
COMPANY AND IN CERTAIN SUCH EVENTS ANY WARRANTS WHICH ARE NOT EXERCISED
PRIOR TO THE CONSUMMATION OF SUCH TRANSACTION WILL BE CANCELED.  WARRANT
HOLDERS WILL RECEIVE PRIOR NOTICE OF



<PAGE>


ANY SUCH TRANSACTION, AND WILL HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO EXERCISE THEIR
WARRANTS AND, UPON SUCH EXERCISE, EXERCISE THEIR RIGHTS AS HOLDERS OF
COMMON STOCK, PRIOR TO ITS CONSUMMATION.

     This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose until it
shall have been manually countersigned by an authorized signatory of the
Warrant Agent.

     Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the signature of its
duly authorized officer.


<PAGE>


                                SUBSCRIPTION FORM
                 (TO BE EXECUTED ONLY UPON EXERCISE OF WARRANT)



TO THE GRAND UNION COMPANY
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Warrant Agent

The undersigned (i) irrevocably exercises the Warrants represented by the
within Warrant Certificate, (ii) purchases one share of Common Stock of
The Grand Union Company (before giving effect to the adjustments provided
in the Warrant Agreement referred to in the within Warrant Certificate)
for each Warrant so exercised and herewith makes payment in full of the
purchase price of $42.00 in respect of each Warrant so exercised as
provided in the Warrant Agreement (such payment being by certified or
official bank or bank cashier's check payable to the order of The Grand
Union Company), all on the terms and conditions specified in the within
Warrant Certificate and the Warrant Agreement, (iii) surrenders this
Warrant Certificate and all right, title and interest therein to The Grand
Union Company and (iv) directs that the securities or other property
deliverable upon the exercise of such Warrants be registered or placed in
the name and at the address specified below and delivered thereto.


Dated: ____________, 19__


                                       _________________________
                                                (Owner)*


                                       _________________________
                                       (Signature of Authorized
                                            Representative)


                                       _________________________
                                             (Street Address)


                                       _________________________
                                       (City) (State) (Zip Code)

<PAGE>


Securities or property to be
issued and delivered to:               _________________________
                                         Signature Guaranteed**

  Please insert social
  security or other
  identifying number

     ____________



Name ____________________________________________________________________


Street Address __________________________________________________________


City, State and Zip Code ________________________________________________


<PAGE>


                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned registered holder of the within
Warrant Certificate hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Assignee
named below all of the rights of the undersigned under the within Warrant
Certificate, with respect to the number of warrants set forth below:


<TABLE>

          Name of                                                 No.  of
         ASSIGNEE                  ADDRESS                       WARRANTS
         --------                  -------                       --------
         <S>                <C>                                  <C>




</TABLE>


Please insert social
security or other
identifying number
of Assignee

 ___________


and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint __________ attorney to
make such transfer on the books of The Grand Union Company maintained for
the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated: __________, 19__

                                       Name _________________________*


                                       Signature of Authorized
                                       Representative ________________


                                       Signature Guaranteed ________**



_______________
     * The signature must correspond with the name as written upon the
face of the within Warrant Certificate in every particular, without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

    ** The signature must be guaranteed by a securities transfer agents
medallion program ("stamp") participant or an institution receiving prior
approval from the Warrant Agent.


<PAGE>









                                    EXHIBIT B







                                     RELEASE


<PAGE>


                                     RELEASE

          For good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is
hereby acknowledged, including, without limitation, the issuance of
warrants to purchase common stock of Reorganized Grand Union pursuant to
the Plan, the undersigned hereby unconditionally and irrevocably releases
the following persons, subject to the Warrants having been released for
distribution: the Company, Capital, and Holdings, the respective
affiliates of the Company, Capital, and Holdings, present and former
stockholders, directors, and officers of the Company, Capital, and
Holdings, including Miller Tabak Hirsch & Co. ("MTH") and its present and
former partners, directors, officers, employees, advisors, attorneys,
consultants, agents, and representatives including, without limitation,
Messrs. Martin A. Fox, Glenn L. Goldberg, Claude Incaudo and James A.
Lash, and any person or entity that directly or indirectly controls MTH,
including Gary Hirsch, Jeffrey Miller and Jeffrey Tabak, the members of
each of the Official Committee and the Informal Committees, each of the
Post-Confirmation Banks, BT Securities Corporation, Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
and each of the foregoing entity's and/or person's respective attorneys,
advisors, financial advisors, investment bankers, employees, successors,
agents, and assigns, and any other person and/or entity against whom the
undersigned may have a Released Claim, as defined below (collectively, the
"Released Persons"), from any and all claims, demands, actions, causes of
action, suits, costs, dues, sums of money, accounts, bills, bonds,
covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, promises, variances,
trespasses, damages, judgments, expenses, and liability whatsoever, known
or unknown, at law or in equity, irrespective of whether such claims arise
out of contract, tort, violation of laws or other regulations or
otherwise, which the undersigned ever had or now has against the Released
Persons or any of them, for, or by reason of, any matter, cause or thing
whatsoever from the beginning of the world to and including the date
hereof arising out of or in connection with, or related in any manner to,
the issuance, ownership, purchase, and/or sale of the Zero Coupon Notes
including, without limitation, any claim for substantive consolidation of
the Company's Bankruptcy Case and Capital's Bankruptcy Case, any claims
arising under any state or federal securities law and/or any claims
arising under Sections 544, 548 and 550 of the Bankruptcy Code or under
similar state laws, including fraudulent conveyance claims (the "Released
Claims"); provided, however, that the undersigned is not hereby releasing
the right to receive Warrants pursuant to the Plan or any Allowed Claim in
Classes 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 of the Plan held by the undersigned.




                                       ____________________________
                                       /s/


<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit 4.6
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________


                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                                      among

                             THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

                                       and

                 EACH OF THE PERSONS NAMED IN SCHEDULE A HERETO

                          dated as of June 15, 1995

________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________


                                NEW COMMON STOCK


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE


ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

     1.1  Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

ARTICLE 2 SHELF REGISTRATION RIGHTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

     2.1  Initial Shelf Registration.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     2.2  Subsequent Shelf Registrations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     2.3  Amendments or Subsequent Shelf Registrations.. . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     2.4  Effectiveness Period.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     2.5  Option to Extend Initial Shelf Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     2.6  Blackout Periods.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     2.7  Supplements and Amendments.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     2.8  Inclusion of Other Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

ARTICLE 3 PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION RIGHTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

     3.1  Incidental Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     3.2  Cut-Backs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

ARTICLE 4 HOLDBACK AGREEMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

     4.1  Restrictions on Sales by Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     4.2  Restrictions on Sales by the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

ARTICLE 5 REGISTRATION PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

     5.1  Company Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     5.2  Furnish Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     5.3  Holder Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

ARTICLE 6 REGISTRATION EXPENSES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

     6.1  Registration Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

ARTICLE 7 CONFIDENTIALITY; INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . .12

     7.1  Confidentiality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
     7.2  Indemnification by the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13



                                      -i-


<PAGE>
                                                                            PAGE

     7.3  Indemnification by Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
     7.4  Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
     7.5  Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

ARTICLE 8 PARTICIPATION IN UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . .15

     8.1  Participation in Underwritten Registrations. . . . . . . . . . . . .15

ARTICLE 9 COOPERATION WITH THE COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

     9.1  Cooperation with the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

ARTICLE 10     MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

     10.1 No Inconsistent Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
     10.2 Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
     10.3 Amendments and Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
     10.4 Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
     10.5 Successors and Assigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
     10.6 Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
     10.7 Headings; Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
     10.8 Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Captions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
     10.9 Agreement; Severability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18


Schedule A:  Certain Securities Holders




                                      -ii-

<PAGE>

                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


     THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated as of June 15, 1995 (this
"Agreement") is made and entered into by and among The Grand Union Company, a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and each of the holders of the Common
Stock (as defined herein) listed on Schedule A attached hereto (the "Initial
Holders").

     WHEREAS, pursuant to a Disclosure Statement, dated as of April 19, 1995,
the Company has solicited from the holders of the Old Notes (as defined herein),
which holders included the Initial Holders, acceptances of a plan of
reorganization (the "Plan") of the Company; and

     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Plan, the holders of the Old Notes are to receive,
in exchange for their Old Notes, shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per
share, of the Company (the "Common Stock"), constituting in the aggregate one
hundred percent (100%) of the Common Stock outstanding upon consummation of the
Restructuring; and

     WHEREAS, it is the intent of the parties that the Common Stock shall be
freely tradable; and

     WHEREAS, in order to induce the Initial Holders to agree to the
restructuring of their claims against the Company represented by the Old Notes,
the Company has agreed to grant them certain registration rights with respect to
the Common Stock.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the aforesaid and the mutual promises
hereinafter made, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

     1.1   DEFINITIONS.  In addition to the other terms defined elsewhere
herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below.

     "AFFILIATE"  means, with respect to any Person, a Person that directly, or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or
is under common control with such Person.

     "AGREEMENT" means this Registration Rights Agreement, as the same may be
amended from time to time.


<PAGE>

     "BUSINESS DAY" means any day, excluding Saturday or Sunday or any day on
which banking institutions located in New York, New York are authorized or
compelled by law or other governmental action to be closed.

     "COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other
federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act.

     "COMMON STOCK" means the Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the
Company issued to the holders of the Old Notes pursuant to the Plan.

     "COMPANY" means The Grand Union Company, a Delaware corporation, and its
successors and assigns.

     "EFFECTIVE DATE" means the effective date of the Plan pursuant to the terms
thereof.

     "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or
any similar successor federal statute), and the rules and regulations
thereunder, as in effect from time to time.

     "HOLDER" means (i) the Initial Holders and (ii) any transferees of the
Registrable Securities, directly or indirectly, from such Person whose
securities continue to be Registrable Securities and to which the transferor
assigns its rights hereunder.  For purposes of this Agreement, the Company may
deem and treat the registered holder of a Registrable Security as the Holder and
absolute owner thereof.

     "MAJORITY REGISTERED HOLDERS" means, in the case of any Registration
Statement, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered
thereby.

     "OLD NOTES" means, collectively, (i) the 12 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2002 of the Company, (ii) the 12 1/4% Subordinated Notes due 2002, Series A,
of the Company and (iii) the 13% Senior Subordinated Notes due 1998 of the
Company, each to be exchanged pursuant to the Plan for the Common Stock.

     "PERSON" means any individual, partnership, corporation (including a
business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint
venture, or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or
agency.

     "PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION" means any Registration of Registrable Securities
effected pursuant to ARTICLE 3 hereof.

     "PUBLIC OFFERING" means a public offering and sale of securities pursuant
to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.


                                     -2-

<PAGE>

     "REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" means the Common Stock held by the Initial Holders
and any securities issued or exchanged for such Common Stock by way of a stock
dividend or other distribution on such securities, stock split or combination of
shares, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or exchange
offer.  For purposes of this Agreement, a Registrable Security ceases to be a
Registrable Security when (1) it has been effectively registered under the
Securities Act and sold or distributed to any Person pursuant to an effective
registration statement covering it, (2) it has been sold or distributed to any
Person pursuant to Rule 144, or (3) it has been sold or distributed pursuant to
an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act to any
Person other than an Affiliate of any Holder or other than pursuant to Section
3(a) of the Securities Act or Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code; PROVIDED THAT
Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities upon the
delivery to the Holder of such Registrable Securities of an opinion, reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to such Holder, by legal counsel reasonably
acceptable to such Holder, to the effect that the public sale of such securities
without restriction under the Securities Act or state securities law does not
require registration under the Securities Act or state securities laws.

     "REGISTRATION" means any Shelf Registration or Piggyback Registration
hereunder.

     "REGISTRATION STATEMENT" means any registration statement of the Company
that covers any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement,
including the prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration
statement or prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all
exhibits thereto, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be
incorporated by reference.

     "RULE 10B-6" means Rule 10b-6 promulgated by the Commission under the
Exchange Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar
successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

     "RULE 144", RULE 145", "RULE 415" and "RULE 424" mean, respectively, Rule
144, Rule 145, Rule 415 and Rule 424, each promulgated by the Commission under
the Securities Act, in each case as amended from time to time, or any similar
successor rule thereto that may be promulgated by the Commission.

     "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or any
similar successor federal statute), and the rules and regulations thereunder, as
the same are in effect from time to time.

     "SHELF REGISTRATION" means any registration of Registrable Securities
effected pursuant to ARTICLE 2 hereof.



                                     -3-

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE 2

                            SHELF REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     2.1  INITIAL SHELF REGISTRATION.  The Company shall prepare, as promptly as
reasonably practicable, a Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a
continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act covering all of
the Registrable Securities (the "Initial Shelf Registration").  Subject to the
limitations set forth in SECTION 2.6 below, the Company shall file the Initial
Shelf Registration within 90 days after the Effective Date, and shall use its
best efforts to cause the same to be declared effective by the Commission as
promptly thereafter as reasonably practicable, and in any event within 135 days
of the Effective Date.

     2.2  SUBSEQUENT SHELF REGISTRATIONS.  If the Initial Shelf Registration
terminates prior to the end of the Effectiveness Period (as defined in SECTION
2.4 hereof), then prior to the termination of the effectiveness of the Initial
Shelf Registration the Company shall file, and, subject to the limitations set
forth in SECTION 2.6 below, shall use its best efforts to cause the Commission
to declare effective, a subsequent Registration Statement for an offering to be
made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
covering all of the Registrable Securities which remain outstanding (the
"Subsequent Shelf Registration").  The Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be
filed by the Company at such time prior to the termination of the effectiveness
of the Initial Shelf Registration which is reasonably calculated to cause the
Subsequent Shelf Registration to become effective on or before the date on which
the effectiveness of the Initial Shelf Registration terminates, and shall, in
any event, be filed on or before 180 days prior to the termination of such
effectiveness of the Initial Shelf Registration.

     2.3  AMENDMENTS OR SUBSEQUENT SHELF REGISTRATIONS.  If the Initial Shelf
Registration (except as provided in SECTION 2.2) or any Subsequent Shelf
Registration ceases to be effective for any reason at any time during the
Effectiveness Period (as defined in SECTION 2.4 hereof) for a reason other than
because of the sale of all of the Registrable Securities covered thereby,
subject to SECTION 2.6, the Company shall use its best efforts to obtain the
prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness thereof, and in any
event shall, within 60 days of such cessation of effectiveness, amend such
Initial Shelf Registration or Subsequent Shelf Registration in a manner
reasonably calculated to obtain the withdrawal of the order suspending the
effectiveness thereof, or shall file an additional "shelf" Registration
Statement pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of such Registrable Securities which
remain unsold.  "Subsequent Shelf Registration" means any Shelf Registration
after the Initial Shelf Registration, pursuant to SECTION 2.2 or this Section
2.3.

     2.4  EFFECTIVENESS PERIOD.  The Company shall use its best efforts to keep
the Shelf Registration (including the Initial Shelf Registration and any
Subsequent Shelf Registration) continuously effective under the Securities Act
for a period of four (4) years following the date on which the Initial Shelf
Registration became effective (the "Effectiveness Period"), or such shorter
period ending when all Registrable Securities covered by the Initial Shelf
Registration


                                     -4-
<PAGE>

have been sold.  If a Subsequent Shelf Registration is filed, pursuant to
SECTION 2.2 or 2.3 hereof, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause the
Subsequent Shelf Registration to be declared effective as soon as practicable
after such filing and to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective
for a period after such effectiveness equal to the Effectiveness Period, less
the aggregate number of days during which the Initial Shelf Registration or
any Subsequent Shelf Registration was previously in effect.  The intent of this
provision is that the Shelf Registration (including the Initial Shelf
Registration and any Subsequent Shelf Registrations) shall be in effect for a
number of days, in aggregate, equal to four (4) years; PROVIDED THAT a Shelf
Registration shall not be required to be maintained in effect after all of the
Registrable Securities have been sold through a Public Offering or are otherwise
distributed such that they are no longer deemed to be Registrable Securities
hereunder.

     2.5  OPTION TO EXTEND INITIAL SHELF REGISTRATION.  In lieu of filing the
Subsequent Shelf Registration, required under SECTION 2.2 hereof, the Company
may, in its sole discretion and if permitted by applicable law, keep the Initial
Shelf Registration continuously effective for the remainder of the Effectiveness
Period or, if earlier, until all of the Registrable Securities eligible to be
included in the Subsequent Required Registration have been sold such that they
are no longer Registrable Securities hereunder.

     2.6  BLACKOUT PERIODS.  With respect to a Shelf Registration filed or to be
filed pursuant to this Article 2, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall
determine, in its good faith reasonable judgment, that to maintain the
effectiveness of such Registration Statement or to permit such Registration
Statement to become effective (or if no Registration Statement has yet been
filed, to file such Registration Statement) would be significantly
disadvantageous to the Company's financial condition, business or prospects (a
"Disadvantageous Condition") in light of the existence, or in anticipation, of
(i) any acquisition or financing activity involving the Company, or any
subsidiary of the Company, including a proposed public offering, (ii) an
undisclosed material event, the public disclosure of which would have a material
adverse effect on the Company, (iii) a proposed material transaction involving
the Company or a substantial amount of its assets, or (iv) any other
circumstance or condition the disclosure of which would materially disadvantage
the Company, and the existence of which renders any to be filed, then filed or
effective Registration Statement inadequate as failing to include material
information, then the Company may, until such Disadvantageous Condition no
longer exists (but not with respect to more than four occasions in excess of 120
days in the aggregate nor involving more than 45 days in the aggregate during
any continuous 12-month period) cause such Registration Statement to be
withdrawn and the effectiveness of such Registration Statement to be terminated
or, if no Registration Statement has yet been filed, elect not to file such
Registration Statement.  If the Company determines to take any action pursuant
to the preceding sentence, the Company shall deliver a notice to any Holder of
Registrable Securities covered or to be covered under such withdrawn or not to
be filed Registration Statement, which indicates that the Registration Statement
is no longer effective or will not be filed.  Upon the receipt of any such
notice, such Persons shall forthwith discontinue use of the prospectus contained
in such Registration Statement.  If any Disadvantageous Condition shall cease to
exist, the Company shall promptly notify any Holders who shall have ceased
selling Registrable Securities pursuant

                                     -5-

<PAGE>

to an effective Registration Statement as a result of such Disadvantageous
Condition indicating such cessation and disclosing in reasonable detail the
nature and outcome of such Disadvantageous Condition.  The Company shall, if
any Registration Statement required to be filed or maintained under this
Agreement has been withdrawn or not filed, file promptly, at such time as it
in good faith deems appropriate, a new Registration Statement covering the
Registrable Securities that were covered by such withdrawn Registration
Statement or to be covered by such unfiled Registration Statement.

     2.7  SUPPLEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS.  The Company shall supplement and amend
the Shelf Registration Statement if and to the extent (i) required by the rules,
regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used for such
Shelf Registration, (ii) otherwise required by the Securities Act or other
applicable law, or (iii) reasonably requested by (a) the Holders of a majority
of the Registrable Securities covered thereby or (b) any underwriter of the
registration.

     2.8  INCLUSION OF OTHER SECURITIES.  The Company may include in a Shelf
Registration securities held by other Persons who have piggyback registration
rights pursuant to written agreements with the Company.  If any securities other
than Registrable Securities are included, Registrable Securities shall have
absolute priority over securities included by the Company at the request of such
other Persons.  The parties hereby acknowledge and recognize that if any
Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement filed by the
Company pursuant to demand registration rights granted by the Company to Persons
other than the Holders, the Company may provide in the appropriate agreement
that such other Persons' securities shall have absolute priority over
Registrable Securities requested by Holders to be included, pursuant to ARTICLE
3 hereof, in such other Persons' demand registration.

                                    ARTICLE 3

                          PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     3.1  INCIDENTAL REGISTRATION.  If, but without any obligation to do so, the
Company proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with
respect to any class of equity securities (other than in connection with the
registration of securities issued or issuable pursuant to an employee stock
option, stock purchase, stock bonus or similar plan or dividend reinvestment
plan or pursuant to a merger, exchange offer or transaction of the type
specified in Rule 145(a) under the Securities Act), including, but not limited
to, a registration statement pursuant to demand registration rights granted by
the Company to Persons other than the Holders, so long as there remain
Registrable Securities outstanding, and during or with respect to any period
within which no Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities is
in effect, then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to
the Holders at least 15 days before the anticipated filing date, and such notice
shall offer the Holders the opportunity to register such amount of Registrable
Securities as each such Holder may request.  The Company shall use its
reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters of a
proposed underwritten offering to permit the inclusion therein of any
Registrable Securities

                                     -6-

<PAGE>

the Holders of which request, within 10 days after receiving written notice of
the proposed filing from the Company, such inclusion, on the same terms and
conditions as any similar securities of the Company so included.  Any Holder's
request for such inclusion may be withdrawn, in whole or in part, at any time
prior to five days prior to the effective date of the registration statement for
such offering.  The Company shall be under no obligation to the Holders to
complete any offering of its securities it proposes to make under this
SECTION 3.1 and shall incur no liability to any Holder for its failure to do so.

     3.2  CUT-BACKS.  Notwithstanding the provisions of SECTION 3.1 hereof, if
the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering as
described in such SECTION 3.1 advise in writing the Holders requesting inclusion
of their Registrable Securities that the total amount or kind of securities that
they and any other Persons seek to include in such offering would materially and
adversely affect the success of such offering, then the amount or kind of
securities, including Registrable Securities, to be offered for the accounts of
Holders and of Persons exercising piggyback registration rights pursuant to
written agreements with the Company shall be reduced PRO RATA to the extent
necessary to reduce the total amount of securities, including Registrable
Securities, to be included in such offering to that recommended by such managing
underwriter or underwriters (which amount may be zero).

                                    ARTICLE 4

                               HOLDBACK AGREEMENTS

     4.1  RESTRICTIONS ON SALES BY HOLDERS.  To the extent not inconsistent with
applicable law, each Holder of Registrable Securities that is timely notified in
writing by the managing underwriter or underwriters of any securities being
registered in an underwritten offering (other than pursuant to an employee stock
option, stock purchase, stock bonus or similar plan, or dividend reinvestment
plan or pursuant to a merger, exchange offer or a transaction of the type
specified in Rule 145(a) under the Securities Act), shall not effect any sale or
distribution (including a sale pursuant to Rule 144) of any Registrable
Securities that are of the same type as any securities which are to be the
subject of such an offering or any Registrable Securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for any such securities, during the 10-day period
prior to, and during the 90-day period beginning on, the effective date of the
applicable Registration Statement, except as part of such registration, without
the prior written consent of such underwriters.

     4.2  RESTRICTIONS ON SALES BY THE COMPANY.  The Company shall not effect
any sale of any securities of the Company of the same type as any Registrable
Securities covered under a Registration Statement filed pursuant to ARTICLE 2
hereof or any securities of the Company convertible into or exchangeable or
exercisable for any such Registrable Securities, during the 10-day period prior
to, and during the 90-day period beginning on, the effective date of such a
Registration Statement, except pursuant to an employee stock option, stock
purchase, stock bonus or similar plan or dividend reinvestment plan or pursuant
to a merger, exchange offer or a transaction specified in Rule 145(a) under the
Securities Act.

                                     -7-
<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE 5

                             REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

     5.1  COMPANY PROCEDURES.  Whenever the Company is required by this
Agreement to effect the Registration of any Registrable Securities under the
Securities Act pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company shall use its
best efforts to effect each such registration to permit the sale of such
Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of
disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall, as soon as
practicable:

          (1)  prepare and file with the Commission the requisite Registration
Statement to effect such Registration and thereafter use its best efforts to
cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective as soon as
practicable and to remain continuously effective for the time period required by
this Agreement to the extent permitted under the Securities Act; PROVIDED that
prior to the filing of any Registration Statement required to be filed hereunder
or any related prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, other than any
amendment or supplement made solely as a result of incorporation by reference of
documents filed with the Commission subsequent to the filing of such
Registration Statement, the Company shall furnish to the Holders of the
Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement copies of all such
documents proposed to be filed no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the
initial filing of a Registration Statement and no later than three (3) Business
Days prior to the filing of an amendment or supplement thereto.  The Company
shall not file any Registration Statement or amendment thereto or any prospectus
or any supplement thereto (other than any amendment or supplement made solely as
a result of incorporation by reference of documents filed with the Commission
subsequent to the filing of such Registration Statement) to which the Majority
Registered Holders shall have reasonably objected in writing within two (2)
Business Days after receipt of such documents to the effect that such
Registration Statement or amendment thereto or prospectus or supplement thereto
does not comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities
Act (PROVIDED that the foregoing shall not limit the right of any Holder whose
Registrable Securities are covered by a Registration Statement to reasonably
object within two (2) Business Days after receipt of such documents, to any
particular information that is to be contained in such Registration Statement,
amendment, prospectus or supplement and relates specifically to such Holder,
including, without limitation, any information describing the manner in which
such Holder acquired such Registrable Securities and the intended method or
methods of distribution of such Registrable Securities), and if the Company is
unable to file any such document due to the objections of such Holders, the
Company shall use its best efforts to cooperate with such Holders to prepare, as
soon as practicable, a document that is responsive in all material respects to
the reasonable objections of such Holders;

          (2)  prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-
effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep
such Registration Statement continuously effective and current for the period
required by this Agreement to the extent permitted under the Securities Act; and
cause each related prospectus to be supplemented

                                     -8-

<PAGE>

by any prospectus supplement as may be required, and as so supplemented to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and otherwise comply with
the provisions of the Securities Act as may be necessary to facilitate the
offering of all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement
during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods
of disposition by the selling Holders thereof set forth in such Registration
Statement or such prospectus or prospectus supplement;

          (3)  in the case of a registration under Section 3.1 hereof, notify
the Holders of the applicable offering (providing, if requested by any such
Persons, confirmation in writing) as soon as practicable after becoming aware
of: (A) the filing of any prospectus or prospectus supplement or the filing or
effectiveness (or anticipated date of effectiveness) of such Registration
Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto; (B) any request by the
Commission for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or the
related prospectus or for additional information; (C) the issuance by the
Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration
Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (D) the receipt
by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the
qualification or registration (or exemption therefrom) of any Registrable
Securities for sale in any jurisdiction in the United States or the initiation
or threatening of any proceeding for such purposes; or (E) the happening of any
event that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or in any
related prospectus, prospectus supplement, amendment or document incorporated
therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires the making
of any changes in such Registration Statement or in any such prospectus,
supplement, amendment or other such document so that it will not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of
any prospectus in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not
misleading;

          (4)  except to the extent that such suspension shall have been for
reasons related to a Holder of Registrable Securities and not to an act or
omission by the Company, make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal
of any order or other action suspending the effectiveness of any such
Registration Statement or suspending the qualification or registration (or
exemption therefrom) of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction;

          (5)  as soon as practicable after filing such documents with the
Commission, furnish to the Holders and each of the underwriters, if any, without
charge, at least one manually signed or conformed copy of such Registration
Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial
statements and schedules; and as soon as practicable after the request of any
Holder or underwriter, furnish to such Holder or underwriter, as the case may
be, at least one copy of any document incorporated by reference in such
Registration Statement or in any related prospectus, prospectus supplement or
amendment, together with all exhibits thereto (including those previously
furnished or incorporated by reference);

          (6)  deliver to the Holders and to each of the underwriters, if any,
without charge, as many copies of the prospectus or prospectuses (including each
preliminary

                                     -9-

<PAGE>

prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons may
reasonably request; the Company consents to the lawful use of any such
prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by the Holders and the
underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the
Registrable Securities covered by any such prospectus or any amendment or
supplement thereto;

          (7)  use its best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable
Securities covered by such Registration Statement under such other securities or
blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the
Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith
or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent
to service of process in any such states or jurisdiction or to subject itself to
taxation in any such jurisdiction or to consent to any material condition which
is not reasonable in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company;

          (8)  If any event described in SECTION 5.1(3) hereof occurs, use its
best efforts to cooperate with the Commission to prepare, as soon as
practicable, any amendment or supplement to such registration statement or such
related prospectus and any other additional information, or to take other action
that may have been requested by the Commission;

          (9)  use its best efforts to cause all Common Stock constituting
Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on
each securities exchange (or quotation system operated by a national securities
association) on which the Common Stock of the Company is then listed (or
included), if so requested by the Holders of a majority of the shares of Common
Stock which are then Registrable Securities, if any, and enter into customary
agreements including, if necessary, a listing application in customary form, and
provide a transfer agent for such Registrable Securities no later than the
effective date of such registration statement; use its best efforts to cause any
other Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed
(or included) on each securities exchange (or quotation system operated by a
national securities association) on which securities of the same class and
series, if any, are then listed (or included) (or on any exchange or quotation
system on which any Person other than a Holder shall have the right to have
securities of the same class and series, if any, listed or included), if so
requested by such Holders and enter into customary agreements including, if
necessary, a listing application in customary form, and, if necessary, provide a
transfer agent for such securities no later than the effective date of such
registration statement;

          (10)  provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Securities no later
than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

          (11)  enter into customary agreements and take all such other
reasonable actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate
the disposition of the Registrable Securities included in such registration
statement.

                                     -10-

<PAGE>

          (12)  make available, for inspection by the Holders of the Registrable
Securities included in such registration and any attorney, accountant or other
representative retained by such selling Holders, all pertinent financial and
other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company,
and cause the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all
information reasonably requested by any such Holder, attorney, accountant or
other representative in connection with such registration, subject to such
Person's entry into such confidentiality agreements as the Company may
reasonably request;

          (13)  otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable
rules and regulations of the Commission relating to such registration and the
distribution of the securities being offered (including, without limitation,
Rule 10b-6 and make generally available to its security holders earning
statements satisfying the provisions of SECTION 11(A) of the Securities Act
beginning with the first month of the Company's first fiscal quarter commencing
after the effective date of such registration statement, which earning
statements shall cover the 12-month periods thereafter;

          (14)  cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.; and

          (15)  use its best efforts to take all other reasonable steps
necessary and appropriate to effect such registration in the manner contemplated
by this Agreement.

     5.2  FURNISH INFORMATION.  It shall be a condition precedent to the
obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Agreement that
the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding
themselves or the Registrable Securities held by them, and the intended method
of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the
registration of their Registrable Securities.

     5.3  HOLDER PROCEDURES.  Each Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice
from the Company of the happening of any event described in SECTION 5.1(3)(B),
(C), (D), OR (E), such Holder shall forthwith discontinue disposition of any
Registrable Securities (but, in the case of an event described in
SECTION 5.1(3)(D), in the affected jurisdiction or jurisdictions only) covered
by the affected registration statement or prospectus until such Holder's receipt
of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by SECTION
5.1(3) OR 5.1(11) hereof or until such Holder is (it being agreed by the Company
that the underwriters, if any, shall also be) advised in writing (the "Advice")
by the Company that the use of the applicable prospectus may be resumed.  If the
Company shall have given any such notice during a period when a Shelf
Registration is in effect, the period described in ARTICLES 2 for the
effectiveness of such Registration shall be extended by the number of days from
and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date
when each Holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration shall
have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated
by SECTION 5.1(3) OR 5.1(11) hereof or the Advice, as the case may be.

                                     -11-

<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE 6

                              REGISTRATION EXPENSES

     6.1  REGISTRATION EXPENSES.  All expenses incident to the Company's
performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including without limitation
all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with
securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of
counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications or registrations (or the
obtaining of exemptions therefrom) of the Registrable Securities), printing
expenses (including expenses of printing prospectuses), messenger and delivery
expenses, internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and
expenses of its officers and employees of the Company performing legal or
accounting duties), fees and disbursements of its counsel and its independent
certified public accountants (including the expenses of any special audit or
"comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance or compliance),
securities acts liability insurance (if the Company elects to obtain such
insurance), fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in
connection with any registration hereunder, fees and expenses of other Persons
retained by the Company, reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel for the
Holders, selected by the Majority Registered Holders, incurred in connection
with each registration hereunder (all such expenses being herein referred to as
"Registration Expenses"), shall be borne by the Company; PROVIDED that
Registration Expenses shall not include any underwriting discounts, commissions
or fees attributable to the sale of the Registrable Securities.

                                    ARTICLE 7

                 CONFIDENTIALITY; INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION

     7.1  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall maintain
the confidentiality of any confidential information received from or otherwise
made available by the Company to such Holder of Registrable Securities pursuant
to this Agreement and identified in writing by the Company as confidential and
shall enter into such confidentiality agreements as the Company shall reasonably
request in connection with its receipt of such information.  Information that
(i) is or becomes available to a Holder of Registrable Securities from a public
source, (ii) is disclosed to a Holder of Registrable Securities by a third-party
source whom the Holder of Registrable Securities reasonably believes has the
right to disclose such information or (iii) is or becomes required to be
disclosed by a Holder of Registrable Securities by law, including, but not
limited to, administrative or court orders, shall not be deemed to be
confidential information for purposes of this Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
to the extent sufficient time is available prior to such disclosure being
required to be made pursuant to clause (iii) hereof, the Holders of Registrable
Securities shall promptly notify the Company of any request for disclosure and
any proposed disclosure pursuant to such clause (iii).  The Holders of
Registrable Securities shall not grant access, and the Company shall not be
required to grant access, to information to any Person who will not agree to
maintain the confidentiality (to the same extent a Holder is required to
maintain the confidentiality) of any confidential information

                                    -12-

<PAGE>
received from or otherwise made available to it by the Company or the Holders
of Registrable Securities under this Agreement and identified in writing by
the Company as confidential.

     7.2  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY.  In the event any Registrable
Securities are included in a Registration Statement under this Agreement, the
Company shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, each Holder of
Registrable Securities, its officers, directors, employees and agents, each
Person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and
any investment adviser thereof or agent therefor, against all losses, claims,
damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation
and legal expenses) arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement covering
any Registrable Securities, any related prospectus or preliminary prospectus, or
any amendment or supplement thereto, or any omission or alleged omission to
state in any thereof a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
to make the statements therein (in the case of a prospectus or prospectus
supplement, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not
misleading unless such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission
or alleged omission was contained in a preliminary prospectus and corrected in a
final or amended prospectus and the seller failed to deliver a copy of the final
or amended prospects at or prior to the confirmation of the sale of the
Registrable Securities to the Persons asserting any such loss, claim, damage or
liability in the case where such delivery by the selling Holder is required by
the Securities Act, except in each case insofar, but only insofar, as the same
arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact or an omission or alleged omission to state a material fact
in such registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus, amendment or
supplement, as the case may be, made or omitted, as the case may be, in reliance
upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such
Holder expressly for use therein.  This indemnity is in addition to any
liability that the Company may otherwise have.  The Company shall also indemnify
any underwriters of the Registrable Securities, selling brokers, dealer managers
and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution
and their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters
or other Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the extent
provided in the applicable underwriting agreement.

     7.3  INDEMNIFICATION BY HOLDERS.  In connection with any registration
statement covering Registrable Securities, each Holder any of whose Registrable
Securities are covered thereby shall furnish to the Company in writing such
information and affidavits with respect to such Holder as the Company reasonably
requests for use in connection with such registration statement, any related
prospectus or preliminary prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto,
and shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, the Company, the
Company's directors, officers, employees and agents, each Person who controls
the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any investment
adviser thereof or agent therefor, against all losses, claims, damages,
liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal
expenses) arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of
a material fact contained in any registration statement covering any Registrable
Securities, any related prospectus or preliminary prospectus, or any amendment
or supplement thereto, or any

                                     -13-
<PAGE>

omission or alleged omission to state in any thereof a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of
a prospectus or prospectus supplement, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made) not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to
the extent, that the same arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement
or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or an omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact in such registration statement or in such
related prospectus, preliminary prospectus, amendment or supplement, as the
case may be, made or omitted, as the case may be, in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder
expressly for use therein; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall the
liability of any Holder for indemnification under this SECTION 7.2 exceed the
proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities
under the applicable registration statement.  This indemnity is in addition
to any liability that a Holder may otherwise have.  Each Holder participating
in an offering of Registrable Securities shall, if requested by the managing
underwriter or underwriters of such offering, also indemnify any underwriters
of such Registrable Securities, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar
securities industry professionals participating in the distribution of such
Registrable Securities and their officers and directors and each Person who
controls such underwriters or other Persons (within the meaning of the
Securities Act) to the extent provided in the applicable underwriting
agreement.

     7.4  CONDUCT OF INDEMNIFICATION PROCEEDINGS.  Any Person entitled to
indemnification under this ARTICLE 7 agrees to give prompt written notice to the
indemnifying party after the receipt by such Person of any written notice of the
commencement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation or threat thereof
made in writing for which such Person will claim indemnification or contribution
pursuant to this Agreement and the indemnifying party shall have the right to
participate in, and, unless in the reasonable judgment of such indemnified party
a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and the
indemnifying party with respect to such claim, permit the indemnifying party to
assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably and mutually
satisfactory to the parties.  If the indemnifying party is not entitled to, or
elects not to, assume the defense of a claim, it shall not be obligated to pay
the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one counsel with respect to such
claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of counsel to such indemnified party,
expressed in a writing delivered to the indemnifying party, a conflict of
interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other indemnified
party with respect to such claim, in which event the indemnifying party shall be
obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel or
counsels (which shall be limited to one counsel per indemnified party).  The
indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made
without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  The
failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable
time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to
defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to
the indemnified party under this ARTICLE 7 to the extent of such prejudice.

     7.5  CONTRIBUTION.  If the indemnification provided for in this ARTICLE 7
from the indemnifying party is unavailable to an indemnified party hereunder in
respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to
therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu

                                     -14-
<PAGE>

of indemnifying such indemnified  party, shall contribute to the amount paid or
payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to
reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified parties
in connection with the actions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall the liability of
any Holder for contribution under this SECTION 7.4 exceed the proceeds
received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities under the
applicable registration statement.  The relative fault of such indemnifying
party and indemnified parties shall be determined by reference to, among
other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state
a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by,
such indemnifying party or indemnified parties, and the parties' relative
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or
prevent such action.  The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of
the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall
be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in SECTION 7.3
hereof, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party
in connection with any investigation or proceeding.  The parties hereto agree
that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this
SECTION 7.4 were determined by PRO RATA allocation or by any other method of
allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations
referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. No Person guilty of
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the
Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  If indemnification is available
under this ARTICLE 7, the indemnifying parties shall indemnify each
indemnified party to the full extent provided in SECTION 7.1 and SECTION 7.2
hereof without regard to the relative fault of said indemnifying party or
indemnified party or any other equitable consideration provided for in this
SECTION 7.4.

                                    ARTICLE 8

                  PARTICIPATION IN UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS.

     8.1  PARTICIPATION IN UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS.  No Person may
participate in any underwritten registration under ARTICLE 3 HEREOF unless such
Person (a) agrees to sell such Person's securities on the basis provided in any
underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve
such arrangements, (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of
attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably
required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and (c) agrees to pay
such Person's PRO RATA portion of all underwriting discounts and commissions.

                                     -15-
<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE 9

                          COOPERATION WITH THE COMPANY

     9.1  COOPERATION WITH THE COMPANY.  Each Holder by the acceptance of
Registrable Securities agrees to use its best efforts to cooperate with the
Company in all reasonable respects in connection with the preparation and filing
of Registration Statements hereunder in which such Registrable Securities are
included or requested to be included.


                                   ARTICLE 10

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     10.1 NO INCONSISTENT AGREEMENTS.  The Company shall not hereafter enter
into any agreement with respect to any of its securities that contains
provisions that conflict with the provisions hereof in any material respect.
The parties hereby acknowledge and agree, however, that the Company may grant to
other Persons registration rights, and that if such registration rights are
granted, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the registration
rights granted to such Persons shall be PARI PASSU with the registration rights
of the Holders as provided herein.

     10.2 REMEDIES.  Each Holder of Registrable Securities, in addition to being
entitled to exercise all rights in an action at law, including recovery of
damages, shall be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this
Agreement.  The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate
compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions
of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive the defense in any action for
specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

     10.3 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the
provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and
waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given
unless the company shall have obtained the prior written consent of (i) the
Holders of a majority of shares of the Common Stock then constituting
Registrable Securities and (ii) each such Holder materially and adversely
affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or departure.

     10.4 NOTICES.  All notices, requests, waivers, releases, consents, and
other communications required or permitted by this Agreement (collectively,
"Notices") shall be in writing.  Notices shall be deemed sufficiently given for
all purposes under this Agreement when delivered in person, when dispatched by
telegram or (upon written confirmation of receipt) by electronic facsimile
transmission or (upon written confirmation of receipt), when dispatched by a
nationally recognized overnight courier service, or five (5) Business Days after
being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed.  All Notices shall be
delivered as follows:

                                     -16-
<PAGE>

          (i)  if to Putnam Investment Management, and the funds advised by it,
               to them at

                    Putnam Investment Management
                    One Post Office Square
                    Boston, Massachusetts 02109
                    Attn: Mr. Steven Asher, Esq.
                          Assistant General Counsel


          (ii) if to other Holders, at the address indicated on Schedule A;

         (iii) if to the Company, to it at

                    The Grand Union Company
                    201 Willowbrook Boulevard
                    Wayne, New Jersey  07470
                    Attn:  Mr. Kenneth Baum
                    Telephone: (201) 890-6000
                    Facsimile: (201) 890-6012

     10.5 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto,
including any successors by merger to the Company.

     10.6 COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

     10.7 HEADINGS; CONSTRUCTION.  The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the
meaning hereof.  Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to
Articles or Sections are to Articles or Sections of this Agreement, "or" is
inclusively disjunctive, and words in the singular include the plural and VICE
VERSA.  In computing any period of time specified in this Agreement, the date of
the act or event from which such period of time is to be measured shall be
included, any such period shall expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
last day of such period, and any such period denominated in months shall expire
on the date in the last month of such period that has the same numerical
designation as the date of the act or event from which such period is to be
measured; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if there is no date in the last month of such
period that has the same numerical designation as the date of such act or event,
such period shall expire on the last day of the last month of such period.

                                     -17-
<PAGE>


     10.8 GOVERNING LAW; CHOICE OF FORUM; CAPTIONS.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT
REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.  THE COMPANY AND THE PARTIES EACH
HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT
SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE CITY OF
NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND EACH IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN
RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION
OF THE AFORESAID COURTS.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY
TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST THE COMPANY IN ANY OTHER
JURISDICTION.

     10.9 AGREEMENT; SEVERABILITY.  This Agreement is intended by the Company
and the Holders to be a final expression thereof and is intended to be a
complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the
Company and the Holders in respect of the subject matter contained herein.
There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than
those set forth or referred to herein.  This Agreement supersedes all prior
agreements and understandings among the Company and any Holders with respect to
such subject matter. If one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the
application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect, for any reason, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any
way affected or impaired thereby, and the provision held to be invalid, illegal
or unenforceable shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary, and in a
manner as consistent with the purposes thereof as is practicable, so as to
render it valid, legal and enforceable, it being intended that all of the rights
and privileges of the Holders hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest
extent permitted by law.




















                                     -18-
<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by themselves or by their respective representatives thereunto duly
authorized as of the date first above set forth.

                                   THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

                              By:   /s/ Francis E. Nicastro
                                 -------------------------------

                                 Name:  Francis E. Nicastro
                                        ------------------------

                                 Title: Corporate Vice President
                                        ------------------------
                                        and Treasurer








                                     -19-
<PAGE>


  IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by themselves or by their respective representatives thereunto duly
authorized as of the date first above set forth.

PUTNAM FUNDS


EACH OF PUTNAM DIVERSIFIED
INCOME TRUST, PUTNAM HIGH
INCOME CONVERTIBLE AND BOND
FUND, PUTNAM MANAGED HIGH
YIELD TRUST, PUTNAM CAPITAL
MANAGER TRUST -- PCM HIGH
YIELD FUND, PUTNAM MASTER
INCOME TRUST, PUTNAM PREMIER
INCOME TRUST, PUTNAM MASTER
INTERMEDIATE INCOME TRUST,
PUTNAM CAPITAL MANAGER TRUST -
- - - PCM DIVERSIFIED INCOME,
PUTNAM ASSET ALLOCATION FUNDS
- - -- BALANCED  PORTFOLIO, PUTNAM
ASSET ALLOCATION FUNDS --
CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO, PUTNAM
ASSET ALLOCATION FUNDS --
GROWTH PORTFOLIO, PUTNAM HIGH
YIELD MUNICIPAL TRUST, PUTNAM
GLOBAL GOVERNMENTAL INCOME
TRUST, PUTNAM HIGH YIELD
ADVANTAGE FUND, PUTNAM HIGH
YIELD TRUST AND PUTNAM MANAGED
HIGH YIELD TRUST

By: /s/
   -------------------------
   Senior Vice President

PUTNAM DIVERSIFIED INCOME
PORTFOLIO / SMITH BARNEY
TRAVELERS SERIES FUND BY
PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT,
INC.

By: /s/
   -------------------------
   Senior Vice President

EACH OF SOUTHERN FARM BUREAU
ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY,
AMERITECH PENSION TRUST, US
BOND TRUST 93, US BOND TRUST
91, US BOND TRUST 92, US BOND
TRUST 94-03, US BOND TRUST 93-
11, CENTRAL STATES, SOUTHEAST
AND SOUTHWEST AREAS PENSION
FUND, US BOND TRUST 91-12, US
BOND TRUST 90, MARSH &
McLENNAN COMPANIES, INC. U.S.
RETIREMENT PLAN AND PUTNAM
EMBASSY FUNDS LTD. DIVERSIFIED
INCOME FUND BY THE PUTNAM
ADVISORY COMPANY, INC.

By: /s/
   -------------------------
   Senior Vice President


                                     -20-
<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE A
                                     TO
                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                  INITIAL HOLDERS OF REGISTRABLE SECURITIES


EACH OF PUTNAM DIVERSIFIED INCOME TRUST, PUTNAM HIGH INCOME CONVERTIBLE AND BOND
FUND, PUTNAM MANAGED HIGH YIELD TRUST, PUTNAM CAPITAL MANAGER TRUST -- PCM HIGH
YIELD FUND, PUTNAM MASTER INCOME TRUST, PUTNAM PREMIER INCOME TRUST, PUTNAM
MASTER INTERMEDIATE INCOME TRUST, PUTNAM CAPITAL MANAGER TRUST -- PCM
DIVERSIFIED INCOME, PUTNAM ASSET ALLOCATION FUNDS -- BALANCED  PORTFOLIO, PUTNAM
ASSET ALLOCATION FUNDS -- CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO, PUTNAM ASSET ALLOCATION FUNDS
- - -- GROWTH PORTFOLIO, PUTNAM HIGH YIELD MUNICIPAL TRUST, PUTNAM GLOBAL
GOVERNMENTAL INCOME TRUST, PUTNAM HIGH YIELD ADVANTAGE FUND, PUTNAM HIGH YIELD
TRUST AND PUTNAM MANAGED HIGH YIELD TRUST

PUTNAM DIVERSIFIED INCOME PORTFOLIO / SMITH BARNEY TRAVELERS SERIES FUND BY
PUTNAM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

EACH OF SOUTHERN FARM BUREAU ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY, AMERITECH PENSION TRUST,
US BOND TRUST 93, US BOND TRUST 91, US BOND TRUST 92, US BOND TRUST 94-03, US
BOND TRUST 93-11, CENTRAL STATES, SOUTHEAST AND SOUTHWEST AREAS PENSION FUND, US
BOND TRUST 91-12, US BOND TRUST 90, MARSH & McLENNAN COMPANIES, INC. U.S.
RETIREMENT PLAN AND PUTNAM EMBASSY FUNDS LTD. DIVERSIFIED INCOME FUND BY THE
PUTNAM ADVISORY COMPANY, INC.



                                     -21-



<PAGE>
                                                                  EXHIBIT 4.7
================================================================================





                            REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT



                                      BY AND AMONG


                                 THE GRAND UNION COMPANY


                                          AND


                                  THE HOLDERS NAMED HEREIN


                                  ________________________

                                  DATED AS OF JUNE 15, 1995
                                  ________________________




================================================================================

<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE


1.   DEFINITIONS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

2.   INITIAL REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.. . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     (a)  INITIAL SHELF REGISTRATION.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     (b)  SUBSEQUENT SHELF REGISTRATIONS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
     (c)  AMENDMENTS OR SUBSEQUENT SHELF REGISTRATIONS . . . . . . . . . . .   4
     (d)  EFFECTIVENESS PERIOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
     (e)  OPTION TO EXTEND INITIAL SHELF REGISTRATION. . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     (f)  SELECTION OF UNDERWRITERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

3.   PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

4.   BLACKOUT PERIODS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

5.   EXPENSES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

6.   REGISTRATION PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

7.   UNDERWRITTEN OFFERINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
     (a)  REQUESTED UNDERWRITTEN OFFERINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
     (b)  PIGGYBACK UNDERWRITTEN OFFERINGS; PRIORITY . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
     (c)  HOLDERS OF REGISTRABLE NOTES TO BE PARTIES TO UNDERWRITING
          AGREEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
     (d)  SELECTION OF UNDERWRITERS FOR PIGGYBACK UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING. . .  13

8.   PREPARATION; REASONABLE INVESTIGATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
     (a)  REGISTRATION STATEMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
     (b)  CONFIDENTIALITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14

9.   INDEMNIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     (a)  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     (b)  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE OFFERORS AND SELLERS. . . . . . . . . . . .  16
     (c)  NOTICES OF LOSSES, ETC.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
     (d)  CONTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
     (e)  OTHER INDEMNIFICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
     (f)  INDEMNIFICATION PAYMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

10.  REGISTRATION RIGHTS TO OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

11.  ADJUSTMENTS AFFECTING REGISTRABLE NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

12.  RULE 144 AND RULE 144A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

13.  AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

                                         -i-

<PAGE>

14.  NOMINEES FOR BENEFICIAL OWNERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

15.  ASSIGNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20

16.  CALCULATION OF PERCENTAGE OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF REGISTRABLE NOTES. . .  20

17.  MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
     (a)  FURTHER ASSURANCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
     (b)  HEADINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
     (c)  NO INCONSISTENT AGREEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
     (d)  REMEDIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
     (e)  ENTIRE AGREEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
     (f)  NOTICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
     (g)  GOVERNING LAW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
     (h)  SEVERABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
     (i)  COUNTERPARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22













Schedules:

Schedule A -- Holders of Registrable Notes
Schedule B -- Notices


                                        -ii-
<PAGE>

                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

     REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of June 15, 1995 (this
"Agreement"), by and among The Grand Union Company, a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and the holders of Registrable Notes (as hereinafter defined) who
are signatories to this Agreement (the "Holders").

     This Agreement is being entered into in accordance with the Plan in
connection with the acquisition of Notes (as hereinafter defined) by certain
holders (the "Original Holders") pursuant to the Plan (as hereinafter defined).
Each Original Holder owns the aggregate principal amount of Notes specified with
respect to such Original Holder in Schedule A hereto as such Schedule A may be
amended from time to time in accordance with the Plan and the order confirming
the Plan.

     To induce the holders of Registrable Notes (as hereinafter defined) to vote
in favor of the Plan and to accept the issuance of the Notes by the Company
under the Plan, the Company has undertaken to register Registrable Notes under
the Securities Act (as hereinafter defined) and to take certain other actions
with respect to the Registrable Notes.  This Agreement sets forth the terms and
conditions of such undertaking.

     In consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements set forth
herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

     1.   DEFINITIONS.  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used
herein and in the recitals above shall have the following meanings:

     "AFFILIATE" of a Person means any Person that controls, is under common
control with, or is controlled by, such other Person.  For purposes of this
definition, "control" means the ability of one Person to direct the management
and policies of another Person.

     "BUSINESS DAY" means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on
which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to be
closed.

     "COMMISSION" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "EFFECTIVE DATE" means the effective date of the Plan pursuant to the terms
thereof.

     "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
the rules and regulations thereunder, or any similar or successor statute.

<PAGE>

     "EXPENSES" means all expenses incident to the Company's performance of or
compliance with its obligations under this Agreement, including, without
limitation, all registration, filing, listing, stock exchange and NASD fees, all
fees and expenses of complying with state securities or blue sky laws (including
fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel for the underwriters in
connection with blue sky filings), all word processing, duplicating and printing
expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, all rating agency fees, the fees,
disbursements and other charges of counsel for the Company and of its
independent public accountants, including the expenses incurred in connection
with "comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance and
compliance, any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by
issuers and sellers of securities and the reasonable fees, disbursements and
other charges of one firm of counsel (per registration prepared) chosen by the
Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Notes,
but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and applicable transfer
taxes, if any, which discounts, commissions and transfer taxes shall be borne by
the seller or sellers of Registrable Notes in all cases.

     "Holder" means (i) the Original Holders and (ii) any transferees of the
Registrable Notes (a) whose Notes continue to be Registrable Notes and (b) who
have been assigned the Transferor's rights under Section 15 hereof.

     "INDENTURE" means the Indenture between the Company and IBJ Schroder
Bank & Trust Company, as trustee (the "Trustee"), dated as of June 15, 1995, as
amended from time to time, relating to the Notes.

     "INITIAL SHELF REGISTRATION" has the meaning set forth in Section 2 hereof.

     "NASD" means the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

     "NASDAQ" means the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
Automated Quotation System.

     "NOTES" means up to $595,475,922 in aggregate principal amount of 12%
Senior Notes due September 1, 2004 to be issued pursuant to the Plan, and
includes any securities of the Company issued or issuable with respect to such
securities by way of a recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other
reorganization or otherwise.

     "PERSON" means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint
venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,
governmental or regulatory body or subdivision thereof or other entity.

                                   -2-
<PAGE>

     "PLAN" means the Second Amended Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization under
Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code for The Grand Union Company, as
the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in
accordance with the terms thereof.

     "PUBLIC OFFERING" means a public offering and sale of securities pursuant
to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

     "REGISTRABLE NOTES" means the Notes held by the Initial Holders (and
Transferees of such Registrable Notes which are "Holders" hereunder); PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that Registrable Notes shall cease to be Registrable Notes upon (i) any
sale or distribution pursuant to a registration statement; (ii) any sale or
distribution permitting the recipient thereof to sell such Notes without
restriction under the Securities Act and any state securities laws; or (iii) the
receipt by a Holder of Registrable Notes of an opinion, satisfactory in form and
substance to such Holder, by legal counsel, reasonably acceptable to such
Holder, to the effect that the public sale of such Notes without restriction
under the Securities Act and any state securities laws does not require the
registration of such Notes under the Securities Act and any state securities
laws.

     "REQUESTING HOLDERS" has the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof.

     "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the
rules and regulations thereunder, or any similar or successor statute.

     "SUBSEQUENT SHELF REGISTRATION" has the meaning set forth in Section 2
hereof.

     "TRANSFER" means any transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or
other disposition of any interest.  "TRANSFEROR" and "TRANSFEREE" have
correlative meanings.

     2.   INITIAL REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

          (a)  INITIAL SHELF REGISTRATION.  The Company shall (i) cause to be
     filed as soon as practicable, but not later than 90 days after the
     Effective Date, a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415
     promulgated under the Securities Act (the "Initial Shelf Registration")
     providing for the sale by the Holders of all of the Registrable Notes and
     (ii) use its best efforts to have such Initial Shelf Registration
     thereafter declared effective by the Commission not later than 135 days
     after the Effective Date.

                                   -3-

<PAGE>

          (b)  SUBSEQUENT SHELF REGISTRATIONS.  If the Initial Shelf
     Registration terminates prior to the end of the Effectiveness Period (as
     defined in Section 2(d) hereof), then prior to the termination of the
     effectiveness of the Initial Shelf Registration the Company shall file, and
     shall use its best efforts to cause the Commission to declare effective, a
     subsequent Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a
     continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act covering all
     of the Registrable Notes which remain outstanding (the "Subsequent Shelf
     Registration").  The Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be filed by the
     Company at such time prior to the termination of the effectiveness of the
     Initial Shelf Registration which is reasonably calculated to cause the
     Subsequent Shelf Registration to become effective on or before the date on
     which the effectiveness of the Initial Shelf Registration terminates, and
     shall, in any event, be filed on or before 180 days prior to the
     termination of such effectiveness of the Initial Shelf Registration.

          (c)  AMENDMENTS OR SUBSEQUENT SHELF REGISTRATIONS.  If the Initial
     Shelf Registration (except as provided in Section 2(b)) or any Subsequent
     Shelf Registration ceases to be effective for any reason at any time during
     the Effectiveness Period (as defined in Section 2(d) hereof) for a reason
     other than because of the sale of all of the Registrable Notes covered
     thereby, subject to Section 2(b), the Company shall use its best efforts to
     obtain the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness
     thereof, and in any event shall, within 60 days of such cessation of
     effectiveness, amend such Initial Shelf Registration or Subsequent Shelf
     Registration in a manner reasonably calculated to obtain the withdrawal of
     the order suspending the effectiveness thereof, or shall file an additional
     "shelf" Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of such
     Registrable Notes which remain unsold.  "Subsequent Shelf Registration"
     means any Shelf Registration after the Initial Shelf Registration, pursuant
     to Section 2(b) or this Section 2(c). (Each of the Initial Shelf
     Registration and the Subsequent Shelf Registration are referred to
     individually herein as a "Shelf Registration" and collectively as the
     "Shelf Registrations").

          (d)  EFFECTIVENESS PERIOD.  The Company shall use its best efforts to
     keep the Shelf Registration (including the Initial Shelf Registration and
     any Subsequent Shelf Registration) continuously effective under the
     Securities Act for a period of four (4) years following the date on which
     the Initial Shelf Registration became effective (the "Effectiveness
     Period"), or such shorter period ending when all Registrable Notes covered
     by the Initial Shelf


                                   -4-
<PAGE>


     Registration have been sold; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Effectiveness
     Period shall be extended by any period during which a Shelf Registration
     is not in effect or during which sales have been suspended, whether
     pursuant to Section 4, Section 6(g) hereof or otherwise. If a Subsequent
     Shelf Registration is filed, pursuant to Section 2(b) or 2(c) hereof, the
     Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Subsequent Shelf
     Registration to be declared effective as soon as practicable after such
     filing and to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective
     for a period after such effectiveness equal to the Effectiveness Period,
     less the aggregate number of days during which the Initial Shelf
     Registration or any Subsequent Shelf Registration was previously in effect.
     The intent of this provision is that the Shelf Registration (including the
     Initial Shelf Registration and any Subsequent Shelf Registration) shall be
     in effect for a number of days, in aggregate, equal to four (4) years;
     PROVIDED THAT a Shelf Registration shall not be required to be maintained
     in effect after all of the Registrable Notes have been sold or otherwise
     distributed such that they are no longer deemed to be Registrable Notes
     hereunder.

          (e)  OPTION TO EXTEND INITIAL SHELF REGISTRATION.  In lieu of filing
     the Subsequent Shelf Registration required under Section 2(b) hereof, the
     Company may, in its sole discretion and if permitted by applicable law,
     keep the Initial Shelf Registration continuously effective for the
     remainder of the Effectiveness Period or, if earlier, until all of the
     Registrable Notes eligible to be included in the Subsequent Required
     Registration have been sold such that they are no longer Registrable Notes
     hereunder.

          (f)  SELECTION OF UNDERWRITERS.  The underwriter or underwriters of
     each underwritten offering, if any, of the Registrable Notes to be
     registered pursuant to Section 2 hereof (i) shall be a nationally
     recognized underwriter (or underwriters), (ii) shall be selected by the
     Holders owning at least a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal
     amount of Registrable Notes being sold in any such underwritten offering
     and (iii) shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.

     3.   PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION.  If the Company, at any time prior to the
expiration of the Effectiveness Period when there is not an effective Shelf
Registration for the Registrable Notes, proposes to register any of its
securities under the Securities Act by registration on any forms (other than in
connection with the registration of securities issued or issuable pursuant to an
employee stock option, stock purchase, stock bonus or similar plan or dividend
reinvestment plan or pursuant to a merger, exchange offer or transaction of the
type

                                   -5-
<PAGE>


specified in Rule 145(a) under the Securities Act), whether or not pursuant
to registration rights granted to other holders of its securities and whether
or not for sale for its own account, it shall give prompt written notice to
all of the Holders of its intention to do so and of such Holders' rights (if
any) under this Section 3, which notice, in any event, shall be given at least
30 days prior to such proposed registration.  Upon the written request of any
Holder receiving notice of such proposed registration (a "Requesting Holder")
made within 20 days after the receipt of any such notice (10 days if the
Company states in such written notice or gives telephonic notice to the
relevant security holders, with written confirmation to follow promptly
thereafter, stating that (i) such registration will be on Form S-3 and (ii)
such shorter period of time is required because of a planned filing date),
which request shall specify the Registrable Notes intended to be disposed of
by such Requesting Holder and the minimum offering price per $1,000 principal
amount of Note at which the Holder is willing to sell its Registrable Notes,
the Company shall, subject to Section 6(b) hereof, effect the registration
under the Securities Act of all Registrable Notes; PROVIDED, THAT,

               (A)  with respect to a registration of Notes, prior to the
          effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with
          such registration, promptly following receipt of notification by the
          Company from the managing underwriter of the price at which such
          securities are to be sold, if applicable, the Company shall so advise
          each Requesting Holder of such price, and if such price is below the
          minimum price which any Requesting Holder shall have indicated to be
          acceptable to such Requesting Holder, such Requesting Holder shall
          then have the right irrevocably to withdraw its request to have its
          Registrable Notes included in such registration statement, by delivery
          of written notice of such withdrawal to the Company within five
          business days of its being advised of such price, without prejudice to
          the rights of any Holder or Holders of Registrable Notes to include
          Registrable Notes in any future registration (or registrations)
          pursuant to this Section 3; and

               (B)  with respect to a registration of Notes, if at any time
          after giving written notice of its intention to register any
          securities and prior to the effective date of the registration
          statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company
          shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay
          registration of such securities, the Company may, at its election,
          give written notice of such determination to each Requesting Holder
          and (i) in the

                                   -6-
<PAGE>
          case of a determination not to register, shall be relieved of its
          obligation to register any Registrable Notes in connection with such
          registration (but not from any obligation of the Company to pay the
          Expenses in connection therewith), without prejudice, however, to
          the rights of any Holder to include Registrable Notes in any
          future registration (or registrations) pursuant to this Section 3
          and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay registering, shall
          be permitted to delay registering any Registrable Notes, for the
          same period as the delay in registering such other securities.

No registration effected under this Section 3 shall relieve the Company of its
obligations under Section 2 hereof.

     4.   BLACKOUT PERIODS.  With respect to a Shelf Registration filed or to be
filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof, if the Board of Directors of the Company
shall determine, in its good faith reasonable judgment, that to maintain the
effectiveness of such Shelf Registration or to permit such Shelf Registration to
become effective (or if no Shelf Registration has yet been filed, to file such
Shelf Registration) would be significantly disadvantageous to the Company's
financial condition, business or prospects (a "Disadvantageous Condition") in
light of the existence, or in anticipation, of (i) any acquisition or financing
activity involving the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, including a
proposed public offering, (ii) an undisclosed material event, the public
disclosure of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company, (iii) a
proposed material transaction involving the Company or a substantial amount of
its assets, or (iv) any other circumstance or condition the disclosure of which
would materially disadvantage the Company, and the existence of which renders
any to be filed, then filed or effective Shelf Registration inadequate as
failing to include material information, then the Company may, until such
Disadvantageous Condition no longer exists (but not with respect to more than
four occasions nor for more than 120 days in the aggregate nor involving more
than 45 days in the aggregate during any continuous 12-month period) cause such
Shelf Registration to be withdrawn and the effectiveness of such Shelf
Registration to be terminated or, if no Shelf Registration has yet been filed,
elect not to file such Shelf Registration.  If the Company determines to take
any action pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Company shall deliver a
notice to any Holder of Registrable Notes covered or to be covered under such
withdrawn or not to be filed Shelf Registration, which indicates that the Shelf
Registration is no longer effective or will not be filed.  Upon the receipt of
any such notice, such Persons shall forthwith discontinue use of the prospectus
contained in such Shelf Registration.  If any Disadvantageous Condition shall
cease to exist, the Company

                                   -7-
<PAGE>


shall promptly notify any Holders, who shall have ceased selling Registrable
Notes pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration as a result of such
Disadvantageous Condition, indicating such cessation and disclosing in
reasonable detail the nature and outcome of such Disadvantageous Condition.
The Company shall, if any Shelf Registration required to be filed or
maintained under this Agreement has been withdrawn or not filed, file promptly,
at such time as it in good faith deems appropriate, a new Shelf Registration
covering the Registrable Notes that were covered by such withdrawn Shelf
Registration or to be covered by such unfiled Shelf Registration.

     5.   EXPENSES.  The Company shall pay all Expenses in connection with any
registration initiated pursuant to Section 2 or 3 hereof, whether or not such
registration shall become effective.

     6.   REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.  If and whenever the Company is required to
effect any registration under the Securities Act as provided in Sections 2 and 3
hereof, the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible:

          (a)  promptly prepare and file with the Commission the requisite
     registration statement to effect such registration and thereafter use its
     reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become
     effective; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company may discontinue any
     registration of its securities that are not Registrable Notes (and, under
     the circumstances specified in Sections 3 and 7(b) hereof, its securities
     that are Registrable Notes) at any time prior to the effective date of the
     registration statement relating thereto;

          (b)  prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and
     supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in
     connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration
     statement effective and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act
     with respect to the offering of all Registrable Notes covered by such
     registration statement until such time as all of such Registrable Notes
     have been disposed of in accordance with the method of disposition set
     forth in such registration statement;

          (c)  in the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2 or 3 hereof,
     furnish to each seller of Registrable Notes covered by such registration
     statement such number of copies of such drafts and final conformed versions
     of such registration statement and of each such amendment and supplement
     thereto (in each case including all exhibits and any documents incorporated
     by reference), such number of copies of such drafts and final versions of
     the prospectus

                                   -8-
<PAGE>

     contained in such registration statement (including each preliminary
     prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus
     filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, in conformity with the
     requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents, as such
     seller may reasonably request in writing;

          (d)  use its best efforts (i) to register or qualify all Registrable
     Notes and other securities covered by such registration statement under
     such other securities or blue sky laws of such states or other
     jurisdictions of the United States of America as the sellers of Registrable
     Notes covered by such registration statement shall reasonably request in
     writing, (ii) to keep such registration or qualification in effect for so
     long as such registration statement remains in effect and (iii) to take any
     other action that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such
     sellers to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the
     securities to be sold by such sellers, except that the Company shall not
     for any such purpose be required to qualify generally to do business as a
     foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not but for the
     requirements of this subsection (d) be obligated to be so qualified, to
     subject itself to taxation in such jurisdiction or to consent to general
     service of process in any such jurisdiction;

          (e)  use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Notes covered by
     such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other
     federal or state governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary
     in the opinion of counsel to the Company and counsel to the seller or
     sellers of Registrable Notes to enable the seller or sellers thereof to
     consummate the offering of such Registrable Notes;

          (f)  use its best efforts to obtain and, if obtained, furnish a copy
     to each seller of Registrable Notes, and each such seller's underwriters,
     if any, of

               (i)  an opinion of counsel for the Company, dated the effective
          date of such registration statement (and, if such registration
          involves an underwritten offering, dated the date of the closing under
          the underwriting agreement), reasonably satisfactory in form and
          substance to counsel to the Holders chosen by Holders of a majority of
          the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Notes being registered,
          and

              (ii)  a "comfort" letter, dated the effective date of such
          registration statement (and, if such registration involves an
          underwritten offering, dated

                                   -9-
<PAGE>
          the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement) and signed
          by the independent public accountants who have certified the
          Company's financial statements included or incorporated by reference
          in such registration statement, reasonably satisfactory in form and
          substance to counsel to the Holders chosen by Holders of a majority
          of the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Notes being
          registered,

     in each case, covering substantially the same matters with respect to such
     registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) and, in the
     case of the accountants' comfort letter, with respect to events subsequent
     to the date of such financial statements and matters contained in such
     registration statement, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer's
     counsel and in accountants' comfort letters delivered to underwriters in
     underwritten Public Offerings of securities;

          (g)  notify the sellers of Registrable Notes (providing, if requested
     by any such Persons, confirmation in writing) as soon as practicable after
     becoming aware of:  (A) the filing of any prospectus or prospectus
     supplement or the filing or effectiveness (or anticipated date of
     effectiveness) of such registration statement or any post-effective
     amendment thereto; (B) any request by the Commission for amendments or
     supplements to such registration statement or the related prospectus or for
     additional information; (C) the issuance by the Commission of any stop
     order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or the
     initiation of any proceedings for the purpose; (D) the receipt by the
     Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the
     qualification or registration (or exemption therefrom) of any Registrable
     Securities for sale in any jurisdiction in the United States or the
     initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purposes; or (E) the
     happening of any event that makes any statement made in such registration
     statement or in any related prospectus, prospectus supplement, amendment or
     document incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect
     or that requires the making of any changes in such registration statement
     or in any such prospectus, supplement, amendment or other such document so
     that it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
     state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
     the statements therein (in the case of any prospectus in the light of the
     circumstances under which they were made) not misleading;

          (h)  otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the
     Commission and any other governmental

                                   -10-
<PAGE>

     agency or authority having jurisdiction over the offering, and make
     available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an
     earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months, but not
     more than eighteen months, beginning with the first full calendar month
     after the effective date of such registration statement, which earnings
     statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities
     Act and Rule 158 promulgated thereunder, and furnish to each seller of
     Registrable Notes at least three (3) Business Days prior to the filing
     thereof a copy of any amendment or supplement to such registration
     statement or prospectus;

          (i)  use its best efforts to cause, on or before the date which is one
     hundred twenty (120) days after the Effective Date, all such Registrable
     Notes covered by such registration statement (a) to be listed on a national
     securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are
     then listed, if the listing of such Registrable Notes is then permitted
     under the rules of such exchange or (b) if the Company is not required
     pursuant to clause (a) above to list such securities covered by such
     registration statement on a national securities exchange, use its best
     efforts to secure designation of all Registrable Notes covered by such
     registration statement as a NASDAQ "national market system security" within
     the meaning of Rule 11Aa2-1 of the Commission or, failing that, to secure
     NASDAQ authorization for such Registrable Notes and, without limiting the
     generality of the foregoing, to use reasonable efforts to arrange for at
     least two market makers to register with the NASD as such with respect to
     such Registrable Notes;

          (j)  obtain a CUSIP number for all Registrable Notes;

          (k)  enter into customary agreements and take all such other
     reasonable actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or
     facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Notes included in such
     registration statement;

          (l)  make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any
     order or other action suspending the effectiveness of any such registration
     statement or suspending the qualification or registration (or exemption
     therefrom) of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction; and

          (m)  if any event described in subsection (g) hereof occurs, use its
     best efforts to cooperate with the Commission to prepare, as soon as
     practicable, any amendment or supplement to such registration statement or
     such related prospectus and any other additional

                                   -11-
<PAGE>

     information, or to take other action that may have been requested by the
     Commission.

          It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to
take action pursuant to this Agreement that the selling Holders shall furnish to
the Company such information regarding themselves and the Registrable Notes held

by them, and the intended method of disposition of such securities, as shall be
required to effect the registration of their Registrable Notes.

     In the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2 or 3 hereof, each
Holder agrees that as of the date that a final prospectus is made available to
it for distribution to prospective purchasers of Registrable Notes it shall
cease to distribute copies of any preliminary prospectus prepared in connection
with the offer and sale of such Registrable Notes.  Each Holder further agrees
that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event
of the kind described in subsection (g) of this Section 5, such Holder shall
forthwith discontinue such Holder's disposition of Registrable Notes pursuant to
the registration statement relating to such Registrable Notes until such
Holder's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus
contemplated by subsection (m) of this Section 5 and, if so directed by the
Company, shall deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies,
other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder's possession of the
prospectus relating to such Registrable Notes current at the time of receipt
of such notice.

     7.   UNDERWRITTEN OFFERINGS.

          (a)  REQUESTED UNDERWRITTEN OFFERINGS.  If requested by the
     underwriters (if any) in connection with registration under Section 2
     hereof, the Company shall enter into a firm commitment underwriting
     agreement with such underwriters for such offering, such agreement to be
     reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Company and a majority
     of the Holders whose Registrable Notes are included in such registration,
     and the underwriters and to contain such representations and warranties by
     the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements
     of that type, including, without limitation, indemnification and
     contribution to the effect and to the extent provided in Section 9 hereof.

          (b)  PIGGYBACK UNDERWRITTEN OFFERINGS; PRIORITY.  If the Company
     proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act and the
     Holders have piggyback rights pursuant to Section 3 hereof with respect to
     such registration and any such securities are to be distributed by or
     through one or more underwriters, the Company shall

                                   -12-

<PAGE>

     use reasonable efforts to arrange for such underwriters to include all of
     the Registrable Notes to be offered and sold by the Holders thereof among
     the securities of the Company to be distributed by such underwriters;
     provided, that, notwithstanding any other provision herein contained, if
     the managing underwriter of such underwritten offering shall advise the
     Company in writing (with a copy to the Holders) that the inclusion of the
     Registrable Notes in such registration would materially and adversely
     affect the success of such offering, then the number of Registrable Notes
     to be included shall be reduced to the extent necessary to reduce the
     Registrable Notes to the number recommended by the underwriter (which
     amount may be zero); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such reduction in the
     number of Registrable Notes to be included shall not take effect if the
     effect of such reduction would be to allow holders of piggyback rights
     relating to other debt securities of the Company to include any of their
     debt securities in any such offering.

          (c)  HOLDERS OF REGISTRABLE NOTES TO BE PARTIES TO UNDERWRITING
     AGREEMENT.  The Holders of Registrable Notes to be distributed by
     underwriters in an underwritten Offering contemplated by subsections (a) or
     (b) of this Section 6 shall be parties to the underwriting agreement
     between the Company and such underwriters and any such Holder, at its
     option, may require that any or all of the representations and warranties
     by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the
     benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of
     such Holders and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the
     obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement be
     conditions precedent to the obligations of such Holders.  No such Holder
     shall be required to make any representations or warranties to or
     agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations,
     warranties or agreements regarding such Holder, such Holder's Registrable
     Notes and such Holder's intended method of distribution and indemnification
     and contribution customary in secondary offerings to the effect and to the
     extent provided in Section 9 hereof.

          (d)  SELECTION OF UNDERWRITERS FOR PIGGYBACK UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING.
     The underwriter or underwriters of each piggyback underwritten offering
     pursuant to this Section 6 shall be a nationally recognized underwriter (or
     underwriters) selected by the Company.

                                   -13-
<PAGE>

     8.   PREPARATION; REASONABLE INVESTIGATION.

          (a)  REGISTRATION STATEMENTS.  In connection with the preparation and
     filing of each registration statement under the Securities Act pursuant to
     this Agreement, the Company shall give each holder of Registrable Notes
     registered under such registration statement, the underwriters, if any, and
     its respective counsel and accountants the reasonable opportunity to
     participate in the preparation of such registration statement, each
     prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission, and each
     amendment thereof or supplement thereto, and shall give each of them such
     reasonable access to its books and records and such reasonable
     opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its officers
     and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial
     statements as shall be necessary, in the reasonable opinion of any such
     Holders' and such underwriters' respective counsel, to conduct a
     reasonable investigation within the meaning of the Securities Act.

          (b)  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Each Holder of Registrable Notes shall maintain
     the confidentiality of any confidential information received from or
     otherwise made available by the Company to such Holder of Registrable Notes
     pursuant to this Agreement and identified in writing by the Company as
     confidential and shall enter into such confidentiality agreements as the
     Company shall reasonably request.  Information that (i) is or becomes
     available to a Holder of Registrable Notes from a public source, (ii) is
     disclosed to a Holder of Registrable Notes by a third-party source whom the
     Holder of Registrable Notes reasonably believes has the right to disclose
     such information or (iii) is or becomes required to be disclosed by a
     Holder of Registrable Notes by law, including, but not limited to,
     administrative or court orders, shall not be deemed to be confidential
     information for purposes of this Agreement; provided, however, that to the
     extent sufficient time is available prior to such disclosure being required
     to be made pursuant to clause (iii) hereof, the Holders of Registrable
     Notes shall promptly notify the Company of any request for disclosure and
     any proposed disclosure pursuant to such clause (iii).  The Holders of
     Registrable Notes shall not grant access, and the Company shall not be
     required to grant access, to information under this Section 7 to any Person
     who will not agree to maintain the confidentiality (to the same extent a
     Holder is required to maintain the confidentiality) of any confidential
     information received from or otherwise made available to it by the Company
     or the holders of Registrable Notes under this Agreement and identified in
     writing by the Company as confidential.

                                   -14-

<PAGE>

     9.   INDEMNIFICATION.

          (a)  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY.  In connection with any
     registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Section 2 or 3
     hereof, the Company shall, and hereby agrees to, indemnify and hold
     harmless, each Holder and seller of any Registrable Notes covered by such
     registration statement and each other Person who participates as an
     underwriter in the offering or sale of such securities and each other
     Person, if any, who controls such Holder or seller or any such underwriter,
     and their respective directors, officers, partners, agents and Affiliates
     (each, a "Company Indemnitee" for purposes of this Section 9(a)), against
     any losses, claims, damages, liabilities (or actions or proceedings,
     whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof and whether or not
     such Indemnified Party is a party thereto), joint or several, and expenses,
     including, without limitation, the reasonable fees, disbursements and other
     charges of legal counsel and reasonable out-of-pocket costs of
     investigation, to which such Company Indemnitee may become subject under
     the Securities Act or otherwise (collectively, a "Loss" or "Losses"),
     insofar as such Losses arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement
     or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any
     registration statement under which such securities were registered pursuant
     to this Agreement, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary
     prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto
     (collectively, "Offering Documents"), or any omission or alleged omission
     to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
     to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances in which
     they were made not misleading; PROVIDED, THAT, the Company shall not be
     liable in any such case to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or
     is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission
     or alleged omission made in such Offering Documents in reliance upon and in
     conformity with written information furnished to the Company through an
     instrument duly executed by or on behalf of such Company Indemnitee
     specifically stating that it is expressly for use therein; and PROVIDED,
     FURTHER, that the Company shall not be liable to any Person who
     participates in the offering or sale of Registrable Notes or any other
     Person, if any, who controls such Person, in any such case to the extent
     that any such Loss arises out of such Person's failure to send or give a
     copy of the final prospectus (including any documents incorporated by
     reference therein), as the same may be then supplemented or amended, to the
     Person asserting an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or
     omission or alleged omission at or prior to the written confirmation of the
     sale of Registrable Notes to such Person if such

                                   -15-
<PAGE>

     statement or omission was corrected in such final prospectus.  Such
     indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any
     investigation made by or on behalf of such Company Indemnitee and shall
     survive the transfer of such securities by such Company Indemnitee.

          (b)  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE OFFERORS AND SELLERS.  In connection with
     any registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Section 2 or 3
     hereof in which a Holder has registered for sale Registrable Notes, each
     such Holder or seller of Registrable Notes shall, and hereby agrees to,
     indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its directors,
     officers, employees and agents, each other Person who participates as an
     underwriter in the offering or sale of such securities, each other Person,
     if any, who controls the Company, any such underwriter and each other
     seller and such underwriter's or seller's directors, officers,
     stockholders, partners, employees, agents and affiliates (each a "Holder
     Indemnitee" for purposes of this Section 9(b)), against all Losses insofar
     as such Losses arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or
     alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Offering
     Documents (or any document incorporated by reference therein) or any
     omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to
     be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in the light
     of circumstances in which they were made not misleading, if such untrue
     statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was
     made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished
     to the Company through an instrument duly executed by such Holder or seller
     of Registrable Notes specifically stating that it is expressly for use
     therein; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the liability of such indemnifying party
     under this Section 9(b) shall be limited to the amount of the net proceeds
     received by such indemnifying party in the offering giving rise to such
     liability.  Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect,
     regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Holder
     Indemnitee and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such
     Holder.

          (c)  NOTICES OF LOSSES, ETC.  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified
     party of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding involving a
     Loss referred to in the preceding subsections of this Section 9, such
     indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against
     an indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the
     commencement of such action; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure of any
     indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the
     indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding subsections of
     this Section 9, except to the extent that

                                   -16-
<PAGE>

     the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give
     notice.  In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party,
     the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, unless in
     such indemnified party's reasonable judgment a conflict of interest
     between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of
     such Loss, to assume and control the defense thereof, in each case at its
     own expense, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified,
     to the extent that it may wish, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to
     such indemnified party, and after notice from such indemnifying party of
     its assumption of the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not
     be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses
     subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof
     other than reasonable costs of investigation.  No indemnifying party shall
     be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding effected
     without its written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
     No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party,
     consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does
     not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant
     or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in
     respect of such Loss or which requires action on the part of such
     indemnified party or otherwise subjects the indemnified party to any
     obligation or restriction to which it would not otherwise be subject.

          (d)  CONTRIBUTION.  If the indemnification provided for in this
     Section 9 shall for any reason be unavailable to an indemnified party under
     subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 9 in respect of any Loss, then, in
     lieu of the amount paid or payable under subsection (a) or (b) of this
     Section 9, the indemnified party and the indemnifying party under
     subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 9 shall contribute to the aggregate
     Losses (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection
     with investigating the same) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to
     reflect the relative fault of the Company and the prospective sellers of
     Registrable Notes covered by the registration statement which resulted in
     such Loss or action in respect thereof, with respect to the statements,
     omissions or action which resulted in such Loss or action in respect
     thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations, or (ii) if
     the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable
     law, in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative
     benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and such prospective
     sellers, on the other hand, from their sale of Registrable Notes; PROVIDED,
     THAT, for purposes of

                                   -17-
<PAGE>

     this clause (ii), the relative benefits received by the prospective sellers
     shall be deemed not to exceed the amount received by such sellers.  No
     Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of
     Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution
     from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent  misrepresentation.
     The obligations, if any, of the selling holders of Registrable Notes to
     contribute as provided in this subsection (d) are several in proportion
     to the relative value of their respective Registrable Notes covered by
     such registration statement and not joint.  In addition, no Person shall
     be obligated to contribute hereunder any amounts in payment for any
     settlement of any action or Loss effected without such Person's consent.

          (e)  OTHER INDEMNIFICATION.  The Company and, in connection with any
     registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Section 2, each
     Holder shall, and, in connection with any registration statement filed by
     the Company pursuant to Section 3, each Holder who has registered for sale
     Registrable Notes, shall, with respect to any required registration or
     other qualification of securities under any Federal or state law or
     regulation of any governmental authority other than the Securities Act,
     indemnify Holder Indemnitees and Company Indemnitees, respectively, against
     Losses, or, to the extent that indemnification shall be unavailable to a
     Holder Indemnitee or Company Indemnitee, contribute to the aggregate Losses
     of such Holder Indemnitee or Company Indemnitee in a manner similar to that
     specified in the preceding subsections of this Section 9 (with appropriate
     modifications).

          (f)  INDEMNIFICATION PAYMENTS.  The indemnification and contribution
     required by this Section 9 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount
     thereof during the course of any investigation or defense, as and when
     bills are received or any Loss is incurred.

     10.  REGISTRATION RIGHTS TO OTHERS.

     If the Company shall at any time hereafter provide to any holder of any
securities of the Company rights with respect to the registration of such
securities under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, such rights shall not
be in conflict with or adversely affect any of the rights provided in this
Agreement to the holders of Registrable Notes.

     11.  ADJUSTMENTS AFFECTING REGISTRABLE NOTES.

     The Company shall not effect or permit to occur any combination,
subdivision or reclassification of Registrable Notes that would materially
adversely affect the ability of the

                                   -18-
<PAGE>

Holders to include such Registrable Notes in any registration of its securities
under the Securities Act contemplated by this Agreement or the marketability
of such Registrable Notes under any such registration or other offering.

     12.  RULE 144 AND RULE 144A.

     Prior to the expiration of the Effectiveness Period, the Company shall take
all actions reasonably necessary to enable Holders to sell Registrable Notes
without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the
exemptions provided by (a) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may
be amended from time to time, (b) Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such
Rule may be amended from time to time, or (c) any similar rules or regulations
hereafter adopted by the Commission, including, without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, filing on a timely basis all reports required to be filed
under the Exchange Act.  Upon the request of any Holder, the Company shall
deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with
such requirements.  This paragraph is in addition to and not in derogation of
any rights the Holders may have under the Indenture.

     13.  AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.

     Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may
not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures
from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company shall have
obtained the prior written consent of (i) the Holders of at least a majority of
the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Notes affected by such amendment,
modification or waiver and (ii) each such Holder materially and adversely
affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or departure.

     14.  NOMINEES FOR BENEFICIAL OWNERS.

     In the event that any Registrable Note is held by a nominee for the
beneficial owner thereof, the beneficial owner thereof may, at its election in
writing delivered to the Company, be treated as the Holder of such Registrable
Note for purposes of any request or other action by any Holder or Holders
pursuant to this Agreement or any determination of the number or percentage of
principal amount of Registrable Notes held by any Holder or Holders contemplated
by this Agreement.  If the beneficial owner of any Registrable Notes so elects,
the Company may require assurances reasonably satisfactory to it of such owner's
beneficial ownership of such Registrable Notes.






                                   -19-
<PAGE>

     15.  ASSIGNMENT.

     The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and assigns
including any successor-by-merger of the Company.  Any Holder may assign to any
permitted Transferee of its Registrable Notes holding Registrable Notes its
rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that such Transferee shall
agree in writing with the parties hereto prior to the assignment to be bound by
this Agreement as if it were an original party hereto, whereupon such assignee
shall for all purposes be deemed to be a Holder under this Agreement.

     16.  CALCULATION OF PERCENTAGE OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF REGISTRABLE NOTES.

     For purposes of this Agreement, all references to an aggregate principal
amount of Registrable Notes or a percentage thereof shall be calculated based
upon the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Notes outstanding at the time
such calculation is made and shall exclude any Registrable Notes or Notes, as
the case may be, owned by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

     17.  MISCELLANEOUS.

          (a)  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Each of the parties hereto shall execute
     such documents and other papers and perform such further acts as may be
     reasonably required or desirable to carry out the provisions of this
     Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

          (b)  HEADINGS.  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of
     reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction
     of any provisions hereof.

          (c)  NO INCONSISTENT AGREEMENTS.  The Company will not hereafter enter
     into any agreement with respect to any of its securities that contain
     provisions that conflict with the provisions hereof in any material
     respect.

          (d)  REMEDIES.  Each Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise
     all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled
     to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement.  The Company
     agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any
     loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this
     Agreement and the Company hereby agrees to waive the defense in any action
     for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

                                   -20-
<PAGE>

          (e)  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement constitutes the entire
     agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject
     matter contained herein, and there are no restrictions, promises,
     representations, warranties, covenants, or undertakings with respect to the
     subject matter hereof, other than those expressly set forth or referred to
     herein.  This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings
     between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

          (f)  NOTICES.  Any notices or other communications to be given
     hereunder by any party to another party shall be in writing, shall be
     delivered personally, by telecopy, by certified or registered mail, postage
     prepaid, return receipt requested, or by Federal Express or other
     comparable delivery service, to the address of the party set forth on
     Schedule B hereto or to such other address as the party to whom notice is
     to be given may provide in a written notice to the other parties hereto, a
     copy of which shall be on file with the Secretary of the Company.  Notice
     shall be effective when delivered if given personally, when receipt is
     acknowledged if telecopied, three days after mailing if given by registered
     or certified mail as described above, and one business day after deposit if
     given by Federal Express or comparable delivery service.

          (g)  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
     in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to
     agreements made to be performed entirely in such State, without regard to
     principles of conflicts of law.  The Company and the parties each hereby
     irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of any New York State court sitting
     in the City of New York or any Federal Court sitting in the City of New
     York in respect of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or
     relating to this Agreement, and each irrevocably accepts for itself and in
     respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of
     the aforesaid courts.  Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party
     to serve process in any manner permitted by law or to commence legal
     proceedings or otherwise proceed against the Company in any other
     jurisdiction.

          (h)  SEVERABILITY.  If one or more of the provisions contained herein,
     or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or
     unenforceable in any respect, for any reason, the validity, legality and
     enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in
     any way affected or impaired thereby, and the provision held to be invalid,
     illegal or unenforceable shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary,
     and in a manner as consistent with the purposes thereof as is

                               -21-

<PAGE>

     practicable, so as to render it valid, legal and enforceable, it being
     intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall
     be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

          (i)  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
     counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which
     shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.

                              THE GRAND UNION COMPANY


                              By /s/ Francis E. Nicastro
                                ------------------------
                                Name: Francis E. Nicastro
                                Title: Corporate Vice President
                                       and Treasurer






                                   -22-
<PAGE>


                              HOLDERS:


                              By signature of the Signature Page for New Senior
                              Note Registration Rights Agreement contained in
                              the Notice to Recipients of New Senior Notes:
                              Registration Rights

<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE A
                                   ----------


As specified on the Signature Page for New Senior Note Registration Rights
Agreement contained in the Notice to Recipients of New Senior Notes:
Registration Rights, subject to verification by the Company.

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B
                                   ----------

To the Company:

The Grand Union Company
201 Willowbrook Boulevard
Wayne, New Jersey  07470
Attn:  Kenneth Baum
Telephone Number: (201) 890-6000
Facsimile Number: (201) 890-6540

To the Holders:

To the address specified on the Signature Page for New Senior Note Registration
Rights Agreement contained in the Notice to Recipients of New Senior Notes:
Registration Rights

<PAGE>


                                                              Exhibit 10.9
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  $204,144,371


                      AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                      among


                            THE GRAND UNION COMPANY,

                          VARIOUS LENDING INSTITUTIONS,

                                       and

                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,

                                    AS AGENT,


                       -----------------------------------

                            Dated as of June 15, 1995

                       -----------------------------------


- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
SECTION 1.  Amount and Terms of Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
     1.1     Original Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
     1.2     Commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     1.3     Notice of Borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
     1.4     Disbursement of Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
     1.5     Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
     1.6     Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     1.7     Pro Rata Borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
     1.8     Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
     1.9     Interest Periods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
     1.10    Increased Costs, Illegality, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
     1.11    Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     1.12    Change of Lending Office. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

SECTION 2.  Letters of Credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
     2.1     Letters of Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
     2.2     Letter of Credit Participations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
     2.3     Letter of Credit Requests; Notices of Issuance. . . . . . . . .  20
     2.4     Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings. . . . . . . . . .  20
     2.5     Increased Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21

SECTION 3.   Fees; Commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
     3.1     Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
     3.2     Voluntary Reduction of Commitments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
     3.3     Mandatory Adjustments of Commitments,
             etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24

SECTION 4.  Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
     4.1     Voluntary Prepayments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
     4.2     Mandatory Prepayments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     4.3     Method and Place of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
     4.4     Net Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29

SECTION 5.   Conditions Precedent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
     5.1     Conditions Precedent to Effective Date. . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
     5.2     Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events . . . . . . . . . . .  42

SECTION 6.   Representations, Warranties and
             Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
     6.1     Corporate Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44

                                      (-i-)

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
     6.2     Corporate Power and Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
     6.3     No Violation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
     6.4     Litigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     6.5     Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     6.6     Governmental Approvals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     6.7     Investment Company Act. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     6.8     Public Utility Holding Company Act. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     6.9     True and Complete Disclosure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
     6.10    Financial Condition; Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . .  46
     6.11    Security Interests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
     6.12    Tax Returns and Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
     6.13    Compliance with ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
     6.14    Subsidiaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
     6.15    Patents, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
     6.16    Compliance with Statutes, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
     6.17    Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
     6.18    Labor Relations; Collective Bargaining Agreements . . . . . . .  52
     6.19    Indebtedness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
     6.20    Restrictions on Subsidiaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
     6.21    Representations and Warranties in Other Agreements. . . . . . .  53
     6.22    Senior Notes, etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
     6.23    Plan of Reorganization; Confirmation
             Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53

SECTION 7.   Affirmative Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
     7.1     Information Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
     7.2     Books, Records and Inspections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
     7.3     Payment of Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
     7.4     Corporate Franchises. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
     7.5     Compliance with Statutes, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
     7.6     ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
     7.7     Good Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     7.8     End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     7.9     Cash Concentration Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     7.10    Maintenance of Property; Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
     7.11    Additional Security; Further Assurances . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
     7.12    Maintenance of Corporate Separateness . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64
     7.13    Subsidiary Guaranty; Subsidiary Pledge Agreement and
             Subsidiary Security
             Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64

SECTION 8.  Negative Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64
     8.1     Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Purchase of Assets, etc. . . . .  65


                                     (-ii-)

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

     8.2     Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
     8.3     Indebtedness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68
     8.4     Capital Expenditures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
     8.5     Advances, Investments and Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
     8.6     Dividends, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73
     8.7     Transactions with Affiliates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73
     8.8     Changes in Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
     8.9     EBITDA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
     8.10    Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
     8.11    EBITDA to Total Cash Interest Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
     8.12    Cumulative EBITDA Minus Cumulative Adjusted Consolidated
             Capital Expenditures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
     8.13    Limitation on Voluntary Payments; Preferred Stock; etc. . . . .  76
     8.14    Issuance of Subsidiary Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
     8.15    Limitation on Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries . . . . . . .  76

SECTION 9.   Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
     9.1     Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
     9.2     Representations, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
     9.3     Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
     9.4     Default Under Other Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
     9.5     Bankruptcy, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
     9.6     ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
     9.7     Security Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  79
     9.8     Subsidiary Guaranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  79
     9.9     Judgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  79
     9.10    Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  80
     9.11    Confirmation Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  80

SECTION 10.  Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  81

SECTION 11.  The Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
     11.1    Appointment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
     11.2    Delegation of Duties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
     11.3    Exculpatory Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
     11.4    Reliance by Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
     11.5    Notice of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
     11.6    Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
     11.7    Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
     11.8    Agent in Its Individual Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
     11.9    Resignation of Agent; Successor Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114


                                     (-iii-)

<PAGE>

SECTION 12.  Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
     12.1    Payment of Expenses, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
     12.2    Right of Setoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
     12.3    Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
     12.4    Benefit of Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
     12.5    No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
     12.6    Payments Pro Rata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
     12.7    Calculations; Computations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
     12.8    Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Venue. . . . . . . . 121
     12.9    Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
     12.10   Effectiveness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
     12.11   Headings Descriptive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
     12.12   Amendment or Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
     12.13   Survival. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
     12.14   Domicile of Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
     12.15   Permitted Dispositions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

SCHEDULE  I    -    Commitments
SCHEDULE  II   -    Bank Addresses
SCHEDULE  III  -    Original Bank Commitments on the
                    Effective Date
SCHEDULE  IV   -    Subsidiaries
SCHEDULE  V    -    Real Property
SCHEDULE  VI   -    Collective Bargaining Agreements
SCHEDULE  VII  -    Existing Indebtedness
SCHEDULE  VIII -    Insurance
SCHEDULE  IX   -    Liens
SCHEDULE  X    -    Existing Investments
SCHEDULE  XI   -    Store Dispositions
SCHEDULE  XII  -    Fiscal Periods
SCHEDULE  XIII -    Operational Adjustments
SCHEDULE  XIV  -    Confirmation Orders


EXHIBIT A-1  -  Term Note
EXHIBIT A-2  -  Revolving Note
EXHIBIT A-3  -  Swingline Note
EXHIBIT B-1  -  Opinion of Donovan Leisure Newton & Irvine
EXHIBIT B-2  -  Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher
EXHIBIT B-3  -  Opinion of Young, Conaway, Stargatt & Taylor
EXHIBIT C    -  Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom
EXHIBIT D    -  Borrower Pledge Agreement
EXHIBIT E    -  Borrower Security Agreement
EXHIBIT F    -  Subsidiary Security Agreement


                                     (-iv-)

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT G    -  Consent Letter
EXHIBIT H    -  Officer's Certificate
EXHIBIT I    -  Assignment Agreement
EXHIBIT J    -  Subsidiary Guaranty
EXHIBIT K    -  Monthly Report
EXHIBIT L    -  Mortgage


                                      (-v-)

<PAGE>

          AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of June 15, 1995,
among THE GRAND UNION COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, as borrower (the
"Borrower"), the lending institutions listed from time to time on Schedule I
hereto (each a "Bank" and, collectively, the "Banks") and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
as agent (the "Agent").  Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms
used herein and defined in Section 10 are used herein as so defined.


                              W I T N E S S E T H :


          WHEREAS, certain of the parties hereto entered into the Original
Credit Agreement;

          WHEREAS, the parties hereto have agreed, subject to the terms and
conditions herein, to amend and restate the Original Credit Agreement on the
terms set forth herein upon consummation of the Plan of Reorganization; and

          WHEREAS, on January 25, 1995, the Borrower filed a petition for relief
under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (the "Chapter 11 Case") in the United
States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the "Bankruptcy Court")
and on May 31, 1995 the Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming the Plan of
Reorganization (the "Confirmation Order"), which, among other things, approved
the provisions of this Agreement and directed the parties hereto to execute and
deliver this Agreement.

          NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:


          SECTION 1.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT.

          1.1  ORIGINAL LOANS.  (a) The Original Banks have advanced loans to,
and issued, or have participated in, letters of credit for the account of, the
Borrower under the Original Credit Agreement, the aggregate principal amount of
which, together with the Original Letter of Credit Outstandings, at the date
hereof is $134,790,020.  Of such aggregate outstanding amount, $54,000,000 was
advanced as Original Revolving Loans; $41,645,649 represented the aggregate
amount of Original Letter of Credit Outstandings; and $39,144,371 was advanced
as Original B Term Loans.  All of such amounts continue to be Obligations
secured by the Collateral.  Pursuant to the


                                       -1-

<PAGE>

terms of the Original Credit Agreement, the Original RL Banks severally agreed
to make loans to the Borrower under the Original Revolving Credit Facility in an
aggregate amount of up to $100,000,000 (the "Original Revolving Commitment").
The amount set forth opposite each relevant Original Bank's name on Schedule III
hereto directly under the headings "Original Revolving Commitment," "Original
Revolving Loans," and "Original B Term Loans" are (A) the corresponding amounts
of the Original Revolving Commitment, Original Revolving Loans and Original B
Term Loans, respectively, for each such relevant Original Bank under the
Original Credit Agreement as of the Effective Date and (B) for each such
relevant Original Bank, amended and restated hereunder as the following: (i) the
amount representing such Original Bank's Original Revolving Commitment is
amended and restated hereby as the initial Revolving Commitment for such
Original Bank (collectively, the "Initial Revolving Commitments"), (ii) amounts
advanced under the Original Credit Agreement by such Original Bank as Original
Revolving Loans are amended and restated hereby as the initial Revolving Loans
of such Original Bank (collectively, the "Initial Revolving Loans"); and (iii)
amounts advanced under the Original Credit Agreement by such Original Bank as
Original B Term Loans are amended and restated hereby as the initial Term Loans
of such Original Bank (collectively, the "Initial Term Loans").  Each of the
Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to be Letters of Credit issued and
outstanding hereunder.

          (b) On the Effective Date the amount of Initial Revolving Commitment
set forth on Schedule III-A for each relevant Original Bank shall be converted
into a corresponding amount of Term Loan Commitment for each such Original Bank.

          (c) On the Effective Date, after giving effect to the amendments and
restatements contemplated in Section 1.1(a), the conversions contemplated by
Section 1.1(b), and the additional Term Loan Commitments and Revolving
Commitments contemplated hereunder and immediately prior to the making of any
additional Loans hereunder, each Bank shall fund to the Agent the amount, if
any, by which such Bank's Adjusted RL Percentage of the Total Initial Revolving
Loans exceeds such Bank's Initial Revolving Loans at such time.  The Agent shall
allocate and pay any amounts received pursuant to the preceding sentence to each
relevant Bank such that after such payment, if any, by the Agent each Bank's
Revolving Loans shall equal such Bank's


                                       -2-

<PAGE>

Adjusted RL Percentage of the Total Initial Revolving Loans at such time.

          1.2  COMMITMENTS.  (A)  As of the Effective Date, (x) after giving
effect to (i) the amendments and restatements contemplated in Section 1.1(a),
(ii) the conversions contemplated in Section 1.1(b), (iii) the payments
contemplated in Section 1.1(c), and (iv) the additional Term Loan Commitments
and Revolving Commitments contemplated hereunder and (y) prior to the making of
any additional Loans hereunder, the amount of Term Loans, Term Loan Commitment,
Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitment for each relevant Bank will be as set
forth in Schedule I hereto.

          (B)  Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth,
each Bank severally agrees to make a loan or loans (together with the Existing
Term Loans, Existing Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans, each individually a
"Loan" and, collectively, the "Loans") to the Borrower, which Loans shall be
drawn, to the extent such Bank has a commitment under such Facility, under the
Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility, as set forth below:

          (a)  Each additional Loan under the Term Loan Facility (together with
     the Existing Term Loans, each individually a "Term Loan" and, collectively,
     the "Term Loans") (i) shall be made pursuant to one drawing, which shall be
     on the Effective Date, (ii) shall be made as Base Rate Loans and, except as
     hereinafter provided, may, at the option of the Borrower, be maintained as,
     and/or converted into, Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans, PROVIDED that
     (x) all Term Loans made by all Banks pursuant to the same Borrowing shall,
     unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Loans of
     the same Type and (y) no conversion into Eurodollar Loans may be effected
     prior to the Syndication Date, and (iii) shall not exceed for any Bank at
     the time of incurrence thereof on the Effective Date that aggregate
     principal amount which equals the Available Term Loan Commitment, if any,
     of such Bank on such date.  Once repaid, Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

          (b)  Each of the Loans (including, without limitation, the Existing
     Revolving Loans) under the Revolving Credit Facility (together with the
     Existing Revolving Loans, each individually a "Revolving Loan"


                                       -3-

<PAGE>

               and, collectively, the "Revolving Loans") (i) shall be made at
               any time and from time to time on and after the Effective Date
               and prior to the RL Expiry Date, (ii) except as hereinafter
               provided, may, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and
               maintained as, and/or converted into, Base Rate Loans or
               Eurodollar Loans, PROVIDED that (x) all Revolving Loans made by
               all Banks pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise
               specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Loans of the
               same Type and (y) no Eurodollar Loans may be incurred prior to
               the Syndication Date, (iii) may be repaid and reborrowed in
               accordance with the provisions hereof and (iv) shall not exceed
               for any Bank at any time outstanding that aggregate principal
               amount which, when combined with such Bank's Adjusted RL
               Percentage, if any, of the sum of (x) the Letter of Credit
               Outstandings plus (y) the outstanding principal amount of
               Swingline Loans, in each case at such time, equals the Available
               Revolving Commitment, if any, of such Bank at such time.

          (C)  Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth,
BTCo in its individual capacity agrees to make at any time and from time to time
on or after the Effective Date and prior to the Swingline Termination Date, a
loan or loans to the Borrower (each a "Swingline Loan," and collectively the
"Swingline Loans"), which Swingline Loans (i) shall be made and maintained as
Base Rate Loans, (ii) shall have the benefit of the provisions of Section
1.2(B)(b), (iii) may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions
hereof, (iv) shall not exceed in aggregate principal amount at any time
outstanding, when combined with the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving
Loans made by Non-Defaulting Banks then outstanding and all Letter of Credit
Outstandings at such time, the Adjusted Total Available Revolving Commitment
then in effect and (v) shall not exceed in aggregate principal amount at any
time outstanding the Maximum Swingline Amount.  BTCo will not make a Swingline
Loan after it has received written notice from the Borrower or the Required
Banks that a Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing until such
time as BTCo shall have received written notice of (x) rescission of all such
notices from the party or parties originally delivering same or (y) the waiver
of such Default or Event of Default by the Required Banks.


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

          (D)  On any Business Day, BTCo may, in its sole discretion, give
notice to the RL Banks (with an information copy to the Borrower, PROVIDED that
the failure to give such notice to the Borrower shall in no way affect the
validity and effectiveness of such notice) that its outstanding Swingline Loans
shall be funded with a Borrowing of Revolving Loans (provided that each such
notice shall be deemed to have been automatically given upon the occurrence of
an Event of Default under Section 9.5), in which case a Borrowing of Revolving
Loans constituting Base Rate Loans (each such Borrowing, a "Mandatory
Borrowing") shall be made on the immediately succeeding Business Day by all RL
Banks PRO RATA based on each RL Bank's Adjusted RL Percentage, and the proceeds
thereof shall be applied directly to repay BTCo for such outstanding Swingline
Loans; PROVIDED that for the purposes solely of such Mandatory Borrowing the
conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.2 shall not be applicable.  Each RL
Bank hereby irrevocably agrees to such Base Rate Loans upon one Business Day's
notice pursuant to each Mandatory Borrowing in the amount and in the manner
specified in the preceding sentence and on the date specified in writing by BTCo
notwithstanding (i) that the amount of the Mandatory Borrowing may not comply
with the Minimum Borrowing Amount otherwise required hereunder, (ii) whether any
conditions specified in Section 5 are then satisfied, (iii) whether a Default or
an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (iv) the date of such
Mandatory Borrowing and (v) any reduction in the Total Revolving Commitment
after any such Swingline Loans were made.  In the event that any Mandatory
Borrowing cannot for any reason be made on the date otherwise required above
(including, without limitation, as a result of the commencement of a proceeding
under the Bankruptcy Code in respect of the Borrower), each RL Bank (other than
BTCo) hereby agrees that it shall forthwith purchase from BTCo (without recourse
or warranty) such assignment of the outstanding Swingline Loans as shall be
necessary to cause the RL Banks to share in such Swingline Loans ratably based
upon their respective Adjusted RL Percentages, PROVIDED that all interest
payable on the Swingline Loans shall be for the account of BTCo until the date
the respective assignment is purchased and, to the extent attributable to the
purchased assignment, shall be payable to the RL Bank purchasing same from and
after such date of purchase.

          (E)  The aggregate principal amount of each Borrowing under a Facility
shall not be less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount for such Facility (except
that Mandatory


                                       -5-

<PAGE>

Borrowings shall be made in the amounts required by Section 1.2(D)).  More than
one Borrowing may be incurred on any day, PROVIDED that at no time shall there
be outstanding more than 10 Borrowings of Eurodollar Loans.

          1.3  NOTICE OF BORROWING.  (a)  Whenever the Borrower desires to incur
Loans under any Facility (excluding Borrowings of Swingline Loans and Mandatory
Borrowings), it shall give the Agent at its Notice Office, prior to 12:00 Noon
(New York time), at least three Business Days' prior written notice (or
telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing of Eurodollar
Loans and at least one Business Day's prior written notice (or telephonic notice
promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be made
hereunder.  Each such notice (each, together with each notice of a Borrowing of
Swingline Loans, a "Notice of Borrowing") shall be irrevocable and shall specify
(i) the Facility pursuant to which such Borrowing is to be made, (ii) the
aggregate principal amount of the Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing,
(iii) the date of Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day) and (iv) whether the
respective Borrowing shall consist of Base Rate Loans or, to the extent
otherwise permitted, Eurodollar Loans and, if Eurodollar Loans, the Interest
Period to be initially applicable thereto.  The Agent shall promptly give each
Bank written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each
proposed Borrowing, of such Bank's proportionate share thereof and of the other
matters covered by the Notice of Borrowing.

          (b)  Whenever the Borrower desires to make a Borrowing of Swingline
Loans hereunder, it shall give BTCo not later than 12:00 Noon (New York time) on
the day such Swingline Loan is to be made, written notice or telephonic notice
promptly confirmed in writing of each Swingline Loan to be made hereunder.  Each
such notice shall be irrevocable and specify in each case (i) the date of
Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day) and (ii) the aggregate principal
amount of the Swingline Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing.

          (c)  Mandatory Borrowings shall be made upon the notice specified in
Section 1.2(D), with the Borrower irrevocably agreeing, by its incurrence of any
Swingline Loan, to the making of Mandatory Borrowings as set forth in such
Section.

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

          (d)  Without in any way limiting the obligation of the Borrower to
confirm in writing any notice it may give hereunder by telephone, the Agent may
act prior to receipt of written confirmation without liability upon the basis of
such telephonic notice, believed by the Agent in good faith to be from an
Authorized Officer of the Borrower as a person entitled to give telephonic
notices under this Agreement on behalf of the Borrower.  In each such case the
Borrower hereby waives the right to dispute the Agent's record of the terms of
any such telephonic notice.

          1.4  DISBURSEMENT OF FUNDS.  (a)  No later than 1:00 P.M. (2:00 P.M.
in the case of Swingline Loans) (New York time) on the date specified in each
Notice of Borrowing, each Bank will make available its pro rata share, if any,
of each Borrowing requested to be made on such date (or, in the case of
Swingline Loans, BTCo shall make available the full amount thereof) in the
manner provided below.  All amounts shall be made available to the Agent in U.S.
dollars and immediately available funds at the Payment Office and the Agent
promptly will make available to the Borrower by depositing to its account at the
Payment Office the aggregate of the amounts so made available in the type of
funds received.  Unless the Agent shall have been notified by any Bank prior to
the date of Borrowing that such Bank does not intend to make available to the
Agent its portion, if any, of the Borrowing or Borrowings to be made on such
date, the Agent may assume that such Bank has made such amount available to the
Agent on such date of Borrowing, and the Agent, in reliance upon such
assumption, may (in its sole discretion and without any obligation to do so)
make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  If such corresponding
amount is not in fact made available to the Agent by such Bank and the Agent has
made available same to the Borrower, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such
corresponding amount from such Bank.  If such Bank does not pay such
corresponding amount forthwith upon the Agent's demand therefor, the Agent shall
promptly notify the Borrower, and the Borrower shall within 2 Business Days of
notice thereof pay such corresponding amount to the Agent.  The Agent shall also
be entitled to recover from such Bank or the Borrower, as the case may be,
interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such
corresponding amount was made available by the Agent to the Borrower to the date
such corresponding amount is recovered by the Agent, at a rate per annum equal
to (x) if to be paid by such Bank, the overnight Federal Funds Rate or (y) if to
be paid by the

                                       -7-

<PAGE>

Borrower, the then applicable rate of interest, calculated in accordance with
Section 1.8, for the respective Loans.

          (b)  Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Bank from its
obligation to fulfill its commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights which
the Borrower may have against any Bank as a result of any default by such Bank
hereunder.

          1.5  NOTES.  (a)  The Borrower's obligation to pay the principal of,
and interest on, the Loans made by each Bank shall be evidenced (i) if Term
Loans, by a promissory note duly executed and delivered by the Borrower
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 with blanks appropriately completed in
conformity herewith (each a "Term Note" and collectively the "Term Notes"), (ii)
if Revolving Loans, by a promissory note duly executed and delivered by the
Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, with blanks appropriately
completed in conformity herewith (each a "Revolving Note" and collectively the
"Revolving Notes") and (iii) if Swingline Loans, by a promissory note duly
executed and delivered by the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3
with blanks appropriately completed in conformity herewith (the "Swingline
Note").

          (b)  The Term Note, if any, issued to each Bank shall (i) be payable
to the order of such Bank and be dated the Effective Date, (ii) be in a stated
principal amount equal to the aggregate amount, if any, of the Existing Term
Loans and additional Term Loans made by such Bank and be payable in the
principal amount of the Term Loans evidenced thereby, (iii) mature on the Final
Maturity Date, (iv) bear interest as provided in the appropriate clause of
Section 1.8 in respect of the Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Loans, as the case
may be, evidenced thereby, (v) be subject to mandatory repayment as provided in
Section 4.2 and (vi) be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the other
Credit Documents.

          (c)  The Revolving Note, if any, issued to each Bank shall (i) be
payable to the order of such Bank and be dated the Effective Date, (ii) be in a
stated principal amount equal to the Revolving Commitment of such Bank and be
payable in the principal amount of the Revolving Loans evidenced thereby, (iii)
mature on the RL Expiry Date, (iv) bear interest as provided in the appropriate
clause of Section 1.8 in respect of the Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Loans, as
the case may be, evidenced thereby, (v) be subject to mandatory repayment as
provided in


                                       -8-

<PAGE>

Section 4.2 and (vi) be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the other
Credit Documents.

          (dO  The Swingline Note shall (i) be payable to the order of BTCo and
be dated the Effective Date, (ii) be in a stated principal amount equal to the
Maximum Swingline Amount and be payable in the principal amount of the Swingline
Loans evidenced thereby, (iii) mature on the Swingline Termination Date, (iv)
bear interest as provided in Section 1.8(a) and (v) be entitled to the benefits
of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

          (e)  Each Bank will note on its internal records the amount of each
Loan made by it and each payment in respect thereof and will prior to any
transfer of any of its Notes endorse on the reverse side thereof the outstanding
principal amount of Loans evidenced thereby and the last date or dates on which
interest has been paid in respect of the Loans evidenced thereby.  Failure to
make any such notation shall not affect the Borrower's obligations in respect of
such Loans, or affect the validity of such transfer by any Bank of such Note.

          1.6  CONVERSIONS.  The Borrower shall have the option to convert on
any Business Day occurring on and after the Syndication Date all or a portion at
least equal to the applicable Minimum Borrowing Amount of the outstanding
principal amount of the Loans (other than Swingline Loans, which at all times
shall be maintained as Base Rate Loans) owing by the Borrower pursuant to a
single Facility into a Borrowing or Borrowings pursuant to such Facility of
another Type of Loan, PROVIDED that (i) except as provided in Section 1.10(b),
Eurodollar Loans may be converted into Base Rate Loans only on the last day of
an Interest Period applicable thereto and no partial conversion of a Borrowing
of Eurodollar Loans shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of the
Eurodollar Loans pursuant to such Borrowing to less than the Minimum Borrowing
Amount applicable thereto, (ii) Base Rate Loans may only be converted into
Eurodollar Loans if no Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date
of the conversion and (iii) Borrowings of Eurodollar Loans resulting from this
Section 1.6 shall be limited in number as provided in Section 1.2(E).  Each such
conversion shall be effected by the Borrower by giving the Agent at its Notice
Office, prior to 12:00 Noon (New York time), at least three Business Days (or
one Business Day in the case of a conversion into Base Rate Loans) prior written
notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) (each a


                                       -9-
<PAGE>

"Notice of Conversion") specifying the Loans to be so converted, the Type of
Loans to be converted into and, if to be converted into a Borrowing of
Eurodollar Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto.  The
Agent shall give each Bank prompt notice of any such proposed conversion
affecting any of its Loans.

          1.7  PRO RATA BORROWINGS.  All Borrowings of Loans (other than
Swingline Loans) under this Agreement shall be loaned by the Banks PRO RATA on
the basis of their Available Term Loan Commitments or Revolving Commitments, as
the case may be, PROVIDED that all Borrowings of Revolving Loans made pursuant
to a Mandatory Borrowing shall be loaned by the RL Banks PRO RATA on the basis
of their Adjusted RL Percentages.  It is understood that no Bank shall be
responsible for any default by any other Bank in its obligation to make Loans
hereunder and that each Bank shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be
made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Bank to fulfill its
commitments hereunder.

          1.8  INTEREST.  (a)  The unpaid principal amount of each Base Rate
Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity
(whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum which shall at all
times be the Applicable Base Rate Margin plus the Base Rate in effect from time
to time.

          (b)  The unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Loan shall bear
interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity (whether by
acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum which shall at all times be the
Applicable Eurodollar Margin plus the relevant Eurodollar Rate.

          (c)  Overdue principal and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue
interest in respect of each Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal
to the Base Rate in effect from time to time plus the sum of (i) 2% and (ii) the
Applicable Base Rate Margin, PROVIDED that no Loan shall bear interest after
maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum less than 2%
plus the rate of interest applicable thereto at maturity.

          (d)  Interest shall accrue from and including the date of any
Borrowing to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof and shall be
payable (i) in respect of each Base Rate Loan, quarterly in arrears on the last
Business Day of each calendar quarter, (ii) in respect of each


                                      -10-

<PAGE>

Eurodollar Loan, on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto and,
in the case of an Interest Period of six months, on the date occurring three
months after the first day of such Interest Period and (iii) in respect of each
Loan, on any prepayment (on the amount prepaid), at maturity (whether by
acceleration or otherwise) and, after such maturity, on demand.

          (e)  All computations of interest hereunder shall be made in
accordance with Section 12.7(b).

          (f)  The Agent, upon determining the interest rate for any Borrowing
of Eurodollar Loans for any Interest Period, shall promptly notify the Borrower
and the Banks thereof.

          1.9  INTEREST PERIODS.  At the time the Borrower gives a Notice of
Borrowing or Notice of Conversion in respect of the making of, or conversion
into, a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans (in the case of the initial Interest
Period applicable thereto) or prior to 12:00 Noon (New York time) on the third
Business Day prior to the expiration of an Interest Period applicable to a
Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans, it shall have the right to elect by giving the
Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of the
Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, which Interest Period shall, at
the option of the Borrower, be a one, two, three or six month period.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above:

          (i)   the initial Interest Period for any Borrowing of Eurodollar
     Loans shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of
     any conversion from a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans) and each Interest
     Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence on
     the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;

          (ii)  if any Interest Period begins on a day for which there is no
     numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such
     Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of
     such calendar month;

          (iii) if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day which is
     not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next
     succeeding Business Day, PROVIDED that if any Interest Period would
     otherwise expire on a day which is not a


                                      -11-

<PAGE>

     Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day
     occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the next
     preceding Business Day;

          (iv)  no Interest Period may be elected if it would extend beyond the
     Final Maturity Date (in the case of Term Loans) or the RL Expiry Date (in
     the case of Revolving Loans);

          (v)   no Interest Period may be elected at any time when a Default or
     Event of Default is then in existence; and

          (vi)  no Interest Period with respect to any Borrowing of Term Loans
     may be elected that would extend beyond any date upon which a Scheduled
     Repayment is required to be made in respect of such Term Loans if, after
     giving effect to the selection of such Interest Period, the aggregate
     principal amount of such Term Loans maintained as Eurodollar Loans with
     Interest Periods ending after such date would exceed the aggregate
     principal amount of such Term Loans permitted to be outstanding after such
     Scheduled Repayment.

If upon the expiration of any Interest Period, the Borrower has failed to elect
a new Interest Period to be applicable to the respective Borrowing of Eurodollar
Loans as provided above, the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert
such Borrowing into a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans effective as of the
expiration date of such current Interest Period.

          1.10  INCREASED COSTS, ILLEGALITY, ETC.  (a)  In the event that (x) in
the case of clause (i) below, the Agent or (y) in the case of clauses (ii) and
(iii) below, any Bank shall have determined (which determination shall, absent
manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto):

          (i)   on any date for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any
     Interest Period that, by reason of any changes arising after the date of
     this Agreement affecting the interbank Eurodollar market, adequate and fair
     means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable interest rate on the
     basis provided for in the definition of Eurodollar Rate; or


                                      -12-

<PAGE>

          (ii) at any time, that such Bank shall incur increased costs or
     reductions in the amounts received or receivable hereunder with respect to
     any Eurodollar Loans (other than any increased cost or reduction in the
     amount received or receivable resulting from the imposition of or a change
     in the rate of taxes or similar charges) because of (x) any change since
     the date of this Agreement in any applicable law, governmental rule,
     regulation, guideline, order or request (whether or not having the force of
     law) or in the interpretation or administration thereof and including the
     introduction of any new law or governmental rule, regulation, guideline,
     order or request (such as, for example, but not limited to, a change in
     official reserve requirements, but, in all events, excluding reserves
     required under Regulation D to the extent included in the computation of
     the Eurodollar Rate) and/or (y) other circumstances adversely affecting the
     interbank Eurodollar market or the position of such Bank in such market; or

          (iii) at any time, that the making or continuance of any Eurodollar
     Loan has become unlawful by compliance by such Bank in good faith with any
     law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or would conflict
     with any such governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having
     the force of law but with which such Bank customarily complies even though
     the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful), or has become
     impracticable as a result of a contingency occurring after the date of this
     Agreement which adversely affects the interbank Eurodollar market;

then, and in any such event, such Bank (or the Agent in the case of clause (i)
above) shall (x) on such date and (y) within three Business Days of the date on
which such event no longer exists give notice (by telephone confirmed in
writing) to the Borrower and (except in the case of clause (i)) to the Agent of
such determination (which notice the Agent shall promptly transmit to each of
the other Banks).  Thereafter (x) in the case of clause (i) above, Eurodollar
Loans shall no longer be available until such time as the Agent notifies the
Borrower and the Banks that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by the
Agent no longer exist, and any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion given
by the Borrower with respect to Eurodollar Loans which have not yet been
incurred shall be deemed rescinded by the Borrower, (y) in the case of clause
(ii) above, the


                                      -13-

<PAGE>

Borrower shall pay to such Bank, upon written demand therefor, such additional
amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of
calculating, interest or otherwise as such Bank in its sole discretion shall
determine) as shall be required to compensate such Bank for such increased costs
or reductions in amounts receivable hereunder (a written notice as to the
additional amounts owed to such Bank, showing the basis for the calculation
thereof, submitted to the Borrower by such Bank shall, absent manifest error, be
final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) and (z) in the case of
clause (iii) above, the Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in
Section 1.10(b) as promptly as possible and, in any event, within the time
period required by law.

          (b)  At any time that any Eurodollar Loan is affected by the
circumstances described in Section 1.10(a)(ii) or (iii), the Borrower may (and
in the case of a Eurodollar Loan affected pursuant to Section 1.10(a)(iii)
shall) either (i) if the affected Eurodollar Loan is then being made pursuant to
a Borrowing, cancel said Borrowing by giving the Agent telephonic notice
(confirmed promptly in writing) thereof on the same date that the Borrower was
notified by a Bank pursuant to Section 1.10(a)(ii) or (iii), or (ii) if the
affected Eurodollar Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three Business Days'
notice to the Agent, require the affected Bank to convert each such Eurodollar
Loan into a Base Rate Loan, PROVIDED that if more than one Bank is affected at
any time, then all affected Banks must be treated the same pursuant to this
Section 1.10(b).

          (c)  If any Bank determines at any time that the adoption or
effectiveness of any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital
adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or
administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable
agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or actual
compliance by such Bank with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy
(whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or
comparable agency, has or would have the effect of increasing the costs to such
Bank to a level above that, or reducing the rate of return on such Bank's
capital or assets as a consequence of its commitments or obligations hereunder
to a level below that, which such Bank could have achieved but for such
adoption, effectiveness, change or compliance (taking into considera-


                                      -14-

<PAGE>

tion such Bank's policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to
time, upon written demand by such Bank (with a copy to the Agent), the Borrower
shall pay to such Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such
Bank for such reduction.  Each Bank, upon determining in good faith that any
additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 1.10(c), will give
prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower, which notice shall set forth the
basis of the calculation of such additional amounts, although the failure to
give any such notice shall not release or diminish any of the Borrower's
obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 1.10(c) upon
receipt of such notice.

          1.11  COMPENSATION.  The Borrower shall compensate each Bank, upon its
written request (which request shall set forth the basis for requesting such
compensation), for all reasonable losses, expenses and liabilities (including,
without limitation, any loss, expense or liability incurred by reason of the
liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds required by such Bank to
fund its Eurodollar Loans) which such Bank may sustain:  (i) if for any reason
(other than a default by such Bank or the Agent) a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans
does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or Notice
of Conversion (whether or not withdrawn by the Borrower or deemed withdrawn
pursuant to Section 1.10(a)); (ii) if any repayment or conversion of any of its
Eurodollar Loans occurs on a date which is not the last day of an Interest
Period applicable thereto; (iii) if any prepayment of any of its Eurodollar
Loans is not made on any date specified in a notice of prepayment given by the
Borrower; or (iv) as a consequence of (x) any other default by the Borrower to
repay its Eurodollar Loans when required by the terms of this Agreement or (y)
an election made pursuant to Section 1.10(b).  Calculation of all amounts
payable to a Bank under this Section 1.11 shall be made as though that Bank had
actually funded its relevant Eurodollar Loan through the purchase of a
Eurodollar deposit bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate in an amount equal to
the amount of that Loan, having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest
Period and through the transfer of such Eurodollar deposit from an offshore
office of that Bank to a domestic office of that Bank in the United States of
America (or if such Bank has no offshore office, from an offshore office of the
Agent to the domestic office of the Agent); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that each Bank
may fund each of its Eurodollar Loans in any manner it sees fit and the
foregoing assumption shall be utilized



                                      -15-

<PAGE>

only for the calculation of amounts payable under this Section 1.11.

          1.12  CHANGE OF LENDING OFFICE.  Each Bank agrees that, upon the
occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 1.10(a)(ii) or
(iii), 1.10(c), 2.5 or 4.4 with respect to such Bank, it will, if requested by
the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations
of such Bank) to designate another lending office of such Bank for any Loans
affected by such event, PROVIDED that such designation is made on such terms
that such Bank and its lending office suffer no economic, legal or regulatory
disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving
rise to the operation of any such Section.  Nothing in this Section 1.12 shall
affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the right of any
Bank provided in Section 1.10, 2.5 or 4.4.


          SECTION 2.  LETTERS OF CREDIT.

          2.1  LETTERS OF CREDIT.  (a)  Subject to and upon the terms and
conditions herein set forth, the Borrower may request the Letter of Credit
Issuer at any time and from time to time on or after the Effective Date and
prior to the Expiry Date to issue, for the account of the Borrower and in
support of insurance obligations, workers compensation, bonding obligations in
respect of taxes, licenses and similar requirements, and other obligations
(including (x) obligations of the Borrower supported by letters of credit
outstanding on the Effective Date, (y) reimbursement obligations under letters
of credit outstanding on the Effective Date and permitted to remain outstanding
thereafter in accordance with this Agreement and (z) such other obligations as
are acceptable to the Agent in its sole discretion) of the Borrower and/or any
Subsidiary, and subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth
such Letter of Credit Issuer agrees to issue from time to time, irrevocable
letters of credit so requested by the Borrower in such form as may be approved
by such Letter of Credit Issuer and the Agent in their sole discretion (together
with the Existing Letters of Credit, each a "Letter of Credit" and,
collectively, the "Letters of Credit").

          (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Letter of Credit shall be
issued the Stated Amount of which, when added to the Letter of Credit
Outstandings at such time


                                      -16-


<PAGE>

would exceed either (x) $60,000,000 or (y) when added to the aggregate principal
amount of all Revolving Loans made by Non-Defaulting Banks and all Swingline
Loans then outstanding, the Adjusted Total Available Revolving Commitment at
such time (after giving effect to any reductions to the Total Revolving
Commitment on such date); (ii) each Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date
occurring not later than one year after such Letter of Credit's date of issuance
(subject to extension provisions acceptable to the Agent and the Letter of
Credit Issuer, it being understood that provisions which provide for automatic
extensions unless the Letter of Credit Issuer has given a termination notice at
least 30 to 60 days prior to the date of such automatic extension shall be
permitted) and in no event occurring later than the third Business Day preceding
the Expiry Date; (iii) each Letter of Credit shall be denominated in U.S.
dollars; (iv) no Letter of Credit shall have a Stated Amount of less than
$500,000 unless otherwise agreed to by the Letter of Credit Issuer; and (v) no
Letter of Credit shall be issued by the Letter of Credit Issuer after it has
received a written notice from the Borrower or the Required Banks stating that a
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing until such time as
the Letter of Credit Issuer shall have received a written notice of (i)
rescission of such notice from the party or parties originally delivering such
notice or (ii) the waiver of such Default or Event of Default by the Required
Banks.

          2.2  LETTER OF CREDIT PARTICIPATIONS.  (a) Immediately upon the
issuance by the Letter of Credit Issuer of any Letter of Credit, the Letter of
Credit Issuer shall be deemed to have sold and transferred to each other RL Bank
(each such other RL Bank, in its capacity under this Section 2.2, a
"Participant"), and each such Participant shall be deemed irrevocably and
unconditionally to have purchased and received from the Letter of Credit Issuer,
without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation (each a
"Participation"), to the extent of such Participant's Adjusted RL Percentage, in
such Letter of Credit, each substitute letter of credit, each drawing made
thereunder and the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement with respect
thereto, and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto (although
Letter of Credit Fees will be paid directly to the Agent for the ratable account
of the Participants as provided in Section 3.1(b) and the Participants shall
have no right to receive any portion of any Facing Fees).  Upon any change in
the Revolving Commitments of the Banks pursuant to Section


                                      -17-

<PAGE>

12.4, or upon the occurrence of a Bank Default, it is hereby agreed that, with
respect to all outstanding Letters of Credit and Unpaid Drawings, there shall be
an automatic adjustment to the Participations pursuant to this Section 2.2 to
reflect the new Adjusted RL Percentages of the assignor and assignee Bank or of
all Non-Defaulting Banks, as the case may be.

          (b)  In determining whether to pay under any Letter of Credit, the
Letter of Credit Issuer issuing same shall have no obligation relative to the
Participants other than to confirm that any documents required to be delivered
under such Letter of Credit have been delivered and that they appear to comply
on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit.  Any action taken
or omitted to be taken by the Letter of Credit Issuer under or in connection
with any Letter of Credit issued by it if taken or omitted in the absence of
gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall not create for the Letter of
Credit Issuer any resulting liability.

          (c)  In the event that the Letter of Credit Issuer makes any payment
under any Letter of Credit issued by it and the Borrower shall not have
reimbursed such amount in full to the Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to
Section 2.4(a), such Letter of Credit Issuer shall promptly notify the Agent and
after receipt of such notice, the Agent will notify each Participant of such
failure, and each Participant shall promptly and unconditionally pay to the
Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer, the amount of such
Participant's Adjusted RL Percentage of such unreimbursed payment in lawful
money of the United States of America and in same day funds; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that no Participant shall be obligated to pay to the Agent for the account of
the Letter of Credit Issuer its Adjusted RL Percentage of such unreimbursed
amount for any wrongful payment made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under a
Letter of Credit as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful
misconduct or gross negligence on the part of the Letter of Credit Issuer.  If
the Letter of Credit Issuer so notifies, prior to 11:00 A.M. (New York time) on
any Business Day, any Participant required to fund a payment under a Letter of
Credit, such Participant shall make available to the Agent for the account of
the Letter of Credit Issuer such Participant's Adjusted RL Percentage of the
amount of such payment on such Business Day in same day funds.  If and to the
extent such Participant shall not have so made its Adjusted RL Percentage of the
amount of such payment available to the Agent for the account of the


                                      -18-

<PAGE>


Letter of Credit Issuer, such Participant agrees to pay to the Agent for the
account of the Letter of Credit Issuer, forthwith on demand such amount,
together with interest thereon, for each day from such date until the date such
amount is paid to the Agent for the account of such Letter of Credit Issuer at
the overnight Federal Funds Rate.  The failure of any Participant to make
available to the Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer its
Adjusted RL Percentage of any payment under any Letter of Credit shall not
relieve any other Participant of its obligation hereunder to make available to
the Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer its Adjusted RL
Percentage of any payment under any Letter of Credit on the date required, as
specified above, but no Participant shall be responsible for the failure of any
other Participant to make available to the Agent, such other Participant's
Adjusted RL Percentage of any such payment.

          (d)  Whenever the Letter of Credit Issuer receives a payment of a
reimbursement obligation as to which the Agent has received for the account of
the Letter of Credit Issuer any payments from the Participants pursuant to
clause (c) above, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall pay to the Agent and the
Agent shall promptly pay to each Participant which has paid its Adjusted RL
Percentage thereof, in lawful money of the United States of America and in same
day funds, an amount equal to such Participant's Adjusted RL Percentage of the
principal amount of such reimbursement and of interest reimbursed thereon
accruing from and after the date of the purchase of the respective
Participations.

          (e)  The obligations of the Participants to make payments to the Agent
for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Letters of Credit
shall be irrevocable and not subject to counterclaim, set-off or other defense
or any other qualification or exception whatsoever and shall be made in
accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement under all
circumstances, including, without limitation, any of the following
circumstances:

          (i)   any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any
     of the other Credit Documents;

          (ii)  the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right
     which the Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary named in a
     Letter of Credit, any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any


                                      -19-

<PAGE>

     Person for whom any such transferee may be acting), the Agent, the Letter
     of Credit Issuer, any Bank, or other Person, whether in connection with
     this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, the transactions contemplated herein
     or any unrelated transactions (including any underlying transaction between
     the Borrower and the beneficiary named in any such Letter of Credit);

          (iii) any draft, certificate or any other document presented under
     the Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or
     insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or
     inaccurate in any respect;

          (iv)  the surrender or impairment of any security for the performance
     or observance of any of the terms of any of the Credit Documents; or

          (v)   the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default.

          2.3  LETTER OF CREDIT REQUESTS; NOTICES OF ISSUANCE.  (a) Whenever it
desires that a Letter of Credit be issued, the Borrower shall give the Agent and
the Letter of Credit Issuer written notice (including by way of telecopier)
thereof prior to 1:00 P.M. (New York time) at least five Business Days (or such
shorter period as may be acceptable to the Letter of Credit Issuer) prior to the
proposed date of issuance (which shall be a Business Day) (each a "Letter of
Credit Request"), which Letter of Credit Request shall include an application
for the Letter of Credit and any other documents that such Letter of Credit
Issuer customarily requires in connection therewith.  The Agent shall promptly
notify each RL Bank of each Letter of Credit Request.

          (b)  The delivery of each Letter of Credit Request shall be deemed a
representation and warranty by the Borrower that the Letter of Credit may be
issued in accordance with and will not violate the requirements of Section
2.1(b).  The Letter of Credit Issuer shall, on the date of each issuance of a
Letter of Credit by it, give the Agent, each Bank and the Borrower written
notice of the issuance of such Letter of Credit, accompanied by a copy to the
Agent of the Letter of Credit or Letters of Credit issued by it.

          2.4  AGREEMENT TO REPAY LETTER OF CREDIT DRAWINGS.  (a)  The Borrower
hereby agrees to reimburse the


                                      -20-

<PAGE>

Letter of Credit Issuer, by making payment to the Agent in U.S. dollars in
immediately available funds at the Payment Office, for any payment or
disbursement made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit
issued by it (each such amount so paid or disbursed until reimbursed, an "Unpaid
Drawing") immediately after, and in any event on the date of, notice from the
Letter of Credit Issuer of such payment or disbursement with interest on the
amount so paid or disbursed by the Letter of Credit Issuer, to the extent not
reimbursed prior to 1:00 P.M. (New York time) on the date of such payment or
disbursement, from and including the date paid or disbursed to but not including
the date the Letter of Credit Issuer is reimbursed therefor at a rate per annum
which shall be the Applicable Base Rate Margin plus the Base Rate as in effect
from time to time (plus an additional 2% per annum if not reimbursed by the
third Business Day after the date of notice of such payment or disbursement),
such interest also to be payable on demand.

          (b)  The Borrower's obligation under this Section 2.4 to reimburse the
Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Unpaid Drawings (including, in each
case, interest thereon) shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all
circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment
which the Borrower may have or have had against the Letter of Credit Issuer, the
Agent or any Bank, including, without limitation, any defense based upon the
failure of any drawing under a Letter of Credit to conform to the terms of the
Letter of Credit or any non-application or misapplication by the beneficiary of
the proceeds of such drawing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Borrower shall not be
obligated to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer for any wrongful payment made
by the Letter of Credit Issuer under a Letter of Credit as a result of acts or
omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of the
Letter of Credit Issuer.

          2.5  INCREASED COSTS.  If at any time after the date hereof, the
adoption or effectiveness of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any
change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by
any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof, or actual compliance by the Letter of
Credit Issuer or any Participant with any request or directive (whether or not
having the force of law) by any such authority, central bank or comparable
agency shall


                                      -21-

<PAGE>

either (i) impose, modify or make applicable any reserve, deposit, capital
adequacy or similar requirement against Letters of Credit issued by the Letter
of Credit Issuer or such Participant's participation therein, or (ii) shall
impose on the Letter of Credit Issuer or any Participant any other conditions
affecting this Agreement, any Letter of Credit or such Participant's
participation therein; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the
cost to the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Participant of issuing, maintaining
or participating in any Letter of Credit, or to reduce the amount of any sum
received or receivable by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Participant
hereunder (other than any increased cost or reduction in the amount received or
receivable resulting from the imposition of or a change in the rate of taxes or
similar charges), then, upon demand to the Borrower by the Letter of Credit
Issuer or such Participant (a copy of which notice shall be sent by the Letter
of Credit Issuer or such  Participant to the Agent), the Borrower shall pay to
the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Participant such additional amount or
amounts as will compensate the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Participant for
such increased cost or reduction.  A certificate submitted to the Borrower by
the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Participant, as the case may be (a copy of
which certificate shall be sent by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such
Participant to the Agent), setting forth the basis for the determination of such
additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate the Letter of Credit Issuer
or such Participant as aforesaid shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower
absent manifest error, although the failure to deliver any such certificate
shall not release or diminish any of the Borrower's obligations to pay
additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.5 upon receipt of such
certificate.


          SECTION 3.  FEES; COMMITMENTS.

          3.1  FEES.  (a)  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent a commitment
commission ("Commitment Commission") for the account of each RL Bank that is a
Non-Defaulting Bank for the period from and including the Effective Date to but
not including the date the Total Revolving Commitment has been terminated,
computed at a rate for each day equal to 1/2 of 1% per annum on the daily
average of such Bank's Unutilized Revolving Commitment. Such Commitment
Commission shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business
Day of each calendar quarter


                                      -22-


<PAGE>

and on the date upon which the Total Revolving Commitment is terminated.

          (b)  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of the RL
Banks pro rata on the basis of their respective Adjusted RL Percentages, a fee
in respect of each Letter of Credit (the "Letter of Credit Fee") in an amount
equal to 3% per annum on the average daily Stated Amount of such Letter of
Credit.  Accrued Letter of Credit Fees shall be due and payable quarterly in
arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter and on the date upon
which the Total Revolving Commitment shall be terminated.

          (c)  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of the
Letter of Credit Issuer a fee in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by it
(the "Facing Fee") computed at the rate of 1/4 of 1% per annum on the average
daily Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit.  Accrued Facing Fees shall be due
and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar
quarter and on the date upon which the Total Revolving Loan Commitment shall be
terminated.

          (d)  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay to the Letter of Credit Issuer
upon each issuance of, drawing under and/or amendment of, a Letter of Credit
such amount as shall at the time of such issuance, drawing and/or amendment the
administrative charge which the Letter of Credit Issuer is customarily charging
at such time for issuances of, drawings under and/or amendments of letters of
credit issued by it.

          (e)  The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (x) on the Effective Date for
its own account and/or for distribution to the Banks such fees (including in
respect of commitment commission for the period prior to the Effective Date) as
heretofore agreed by the Borrower and the Agent and (y) for its own account,
such other fees as may be agreed to from time to time in a separate letter
agreement between the Borrower and the Agent, when and as due.

          (f)  All computations of Fees shall be made in accordance with Section
12.7(b).

          3.2  VOLUNTARY REDUCTION OF COMMITMENTS.  Upon at least three Business
Days' prior written notice (or telephonic notice confirmed in writing) to the
Agent at its


                                      -23-

<PAGE>

Notice Office (which notice the Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the
Banks), the Borrower shall have the right, without premium or penalty, to
terminate the Total Unutilized Revolving Commitment, in part or in whole,
PROVIDED that (x) any such termination shall apply to proportionately and
permanently reduce the Revolving Commitment of each of the RL Banks and (y)
partial reduction pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall be in integral multiples of
$2,000,000.

          3.3  MANDATORY ADJUSTMENTS OF COMMITMENTS, ETC.

          (a)  The Total Revolving Commitment shall terminate on the earlier of
(x) the RL Expiry Date and (y) the date on which a Change of Control Event
occurs.

          (b)  The Total Term Loan Commitment shall be terminated on the
Effective Date, after giving effect to the incurrence of additional Term Loans
on such date.

          (c)  The Total Revolving Commitment shall be reduced at the time any
mandatory repayment of the Term Loans would be required pursuant to Section
4.2(A)(c), (d), and/or (f) if Term Loans were then outstanding in an amount, if
any, by which the amount of such required repayment (determined as if an
unlimited amount of Term Loans were then outstanding) exceeds the aggregate
amount of Term Loans then outstanding.

          (d)  Each reduction or adjustment of the Total Term Loan Commitment or
the Total Revolving Commitment pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall apply
proportionately to the Term Loan Commitment or the Revolving Commitment, as the
case may be, of each RL Bank.

          SECTION 4.  PAYMENTS.

          4.1  VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENTS.  The Borrower shall have the right to
prepay Loans in whole or in part, without penalty or fee except as otherwise
provided in this Agreement, from time to time on the following terms and
conditions: (i) the Borrower shall give the Agent at the Payment Office written
notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of its intent to
prepay the Loans, whether such Loans are Term Loans, Revolving Loans or
Swingline Loans, the amount of such prepayment and (in the case of Eurodollar
Loans) the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made, which notice shall be
given by the Borrower at least two Business Days prior to (or in the


                                      -24-

<PAGE>

case of Swingline Loans prior to 12:00 Noon (New York Time) on) the date of such
prepayment, which notice shall promptly be transmitted by the Agent to each of
the Banks (except in respect of Swingline Loans); (ii) each partial prepayment
of any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount of at least
$2,000,000 (or, in respect of a partial prepayment of any Borrowing of Swingline
Loans, in such lesser principal amount as may be satisfactory to BTCo), PROVIDED
that no partial prepayment of Eurodollar Loans made pursuant to a Borrowing
shall reduce the aggregate principal amount of the Loans outstanding pursuant to
such Borrowing to an amount less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount applicable
thereto; (iii) each prepayment in respect of any Loans made pursuant to a
Borrowing shall be applied pro rata among such Loans; (iv) Eurodollar Loans may
be designated for prepayment pursuant to this Section 4.1 only on the last day
of the Interest Period applicable thereto; and (v) each prepayment of Term Loans
pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be applied to reduce the remaining Scheduled
Repayments of the Term Loans  in inverse order of maturity; PROVIDED that
notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may elect to apply repayments of
Term Loans pursuant to this Section 4.1 to the next two Scheduled Repayments
which are scheduled (without giving effect to any prior reductions to Scheduled
Repayments) to be made after the date of such prepayment.

          4.2  MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS.

          (A)  REQUIREMENTS:

          (a)  If on any date the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of Revolving Loans made by Non-Defaulting Banks and Swingline Loans and
the aggregate amount of Letter of Credit Outstandings exceeds the Adjusted Total
Available Revolving Commitment as then in effect (including a decrease therein
as a result of an increase in the Blocked Amount), the Borrower shall repay on
such date the principal of Swingline Loans (and, after Swingline Loans have been
paid in full, Revolving Loans of Non-Defaulting Banks) in an aggregate amount
equal to such excess.  If, after giving effect to the prepayment of all
outstanding Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans of Non-Defaulting Banks, the
aggregate amount of Letter of Credit Outstandings exceeds the Adjusted Total
Available Revolving Commitment then in effect, the Borrower shall pay to the
Agent an amount in cash and/or Cash Equivalents equal to such excess and the
Agent shall hold such payment as security for the obligations of the Borrower
hereunder


                                      -25-

<PAGE>

pursuant to a cash collateral agreement to be entered into in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent (which shall permit certain investments in Cash
Equivalents, until the proceeds are applied to the secured obligations).

          (b)  On each date set forth below the Borrower shall be required to
repay the principal amount of Term Loans as is set forth opposite such date
(each such repayment, a "Scheduled Repayment"):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             Repayment Date                             Amount
             --------------                             ------
             <S>                                       <C>
             September 30, 2000                        $13,018,046
             December 31, 2000                         $13,018,046
             March 31, 2001                            $13,018,046
             June 30, 2001                             $13,018,046
             September 30, 2001                        $13,018,046
             December 31, 2001                         $13,018,046
             March 31, 2002                            $13,018,046
             June 15, 2002                             $13,018,049
</TABLE>


          (c)  On the Business Day after the date of receipt by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries of the Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale, an amount equal
to the Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale shall be applied to the prepayment
of the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans, PROVIDED that a
prepayment shall not be required to be made under this clause (c) with respect
to (A) up to an aggregate $3,000,000 of Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales in
any fiscal year or (B) Net Cash Proceeds constituting Additional Proceeds
arising from a Permitted Sale-Leaseback Transaction, in either case, to the
extent the Borrower elects, as hereinafter provided, to reinvest such Net Cash
Proceeds in Reinvestment Assets (a "Reinvestment Election"); PROVIDED FURTHER
that a prepayment shall not be required to be made under this clause (c) with
respect to up to an aggregate of $8,500,000 of cash and non-cash proceeds
arising from Permitted Dispositions.  The Borrower may exercise its Reinvestment
Election (within the parameters specified in the preceding sentence) with
respect to an Asset Sale if (x) no Default or Event of Default exists on the
date of delivering the Reinvestment Notice referred to in clause (z) below, (y)
the Borrower effects any prepayment of Swingline Loans and/or Revolving Loans
that may be required after giving effect to such Reinvestment Notice and (z) the
Borrower delivers a Reinvestment Notice to the Agent on the Business Day
following the date of the consummation of the respective Asset Sale,


                                      -26-

<PAGE>

with such Reinvestment Election being effective with respect to the Net Cash
Proceeds of such Asset Sale to the extent of the Anticipated Reinvestment
Amount specified in such Reinvestment Notice.

          (d)  On the date (each, a "Debt Refinancing Prepayment Date") of the
receipt thereof by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of an amount equal to
the Net Debt Issuance Proceeds of the incurrence after the Effective Date of
Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.3 as such Section
is in effect on the Effective Date), such amount shall be applied to the
prepayment of the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans.

          (e)  On each date (each, an "Equity Refinancing Prepayment Date") of
the receipt thereof by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of an amount
equal to the Net Equity Issuance Proceeds of the sale consummated after the
Effective Date of equity (other than (x) the issuance to employees of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries of Borrower Common Stock and the exercise of stock
options issued to such employees, and (y) issuances of equity by Subsidiaries of
the Borrower to the extent permitted by Section 8.14), such amount shall: (i)
FIRST, be applied to the prepayment of the outstanding principal amount of the
Term Loans; (ii) SECOND, to the extent Net Equity Issuance Proceeds remain after
the application pursuant to the preceding clause (i), be applied to the
repayment of the outstanding principal amount of Swingline Loans (and, after
Swingline Loans have been paid in full, Revolving Loans of Non-Defaulting
Banks); and (iii) third, to the extent Net Equity Proceeds remain after the
application pursuant to the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), be paid to and held
by the Agent, as security for the Letter of Credit Outstandings obligations of
the Borrower hereunder, pursuant to a cash collateral agreement to be entered
into in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (which shall permit certain
investments in Cash Equivalents until the proceeds are applied to the secured
obligations); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the aggregate amount of such prepayments
and repayments required to be made pursuant to this clause (e) shall not exceed
$65,000,000.

          (f)  On each date which is 90 days after the last day of a fiscal year
of the Borrower (commencing on the date which is 90 days after the Borrower's
fiscal year ending in March 1996), 50% of Excess Cash Flow for the Excess Cash
Flow Period last ended (such amount the "ECF Prepayment Amount") shall be
applied to the prepayment of


                                      -27-

<PAGE>

the outstanding Principal amount of the Term Loans, PROVIDED that in the event
that Excess Cash Flow for any Excess Cash Flow Period exceeds $10,000,000 the
ECF Prepayment Amount for such Excess Cash Flow in excess of $10,000,000 shall
equal 75% of Excess Cash Flow in excess of such $10,000,000 for the Excess
Cash Flow Period last ended.

          (g)  On the date a Change of Control Event occurs, the outstanding
principal amount of the Term Loans shall be due and payable in full.

          (h)  If on any date the outstanding principal amount of Revolving
Loans made by a Defaulting Bank exceeds the Revolving Commitment of such
Defaulting Bank, the Borrower shall repay the Revolving Loans of such Defaulting
Bank in an amount equal to such excess.

          (i)  On August 31 of each year, commencing on August 31, 1996, if a
Clean-Down Period shall not have occurred since July 15 of such year, the
Borrower shall repay the principal amount of all outstanding Swingline Loans and
all outstanding Revolving Loans of all Non-Defaulting Banks in excess of
$40,000,000 and no Swingline Loans or Revolving Loans in aggregate principal
amount in excess of $40,000,000 may thereafter be borrowed until the Clean-Down
Period has ended.

          (j)  On the Reinvestment Prepayment Date with respect to a
Reinvestment Election, an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount, if
any, for such Reinvestment Election shall be applied to the prepayment of the
outstanding principal of the Term Loans.

          (B)  APPLICATION:

          (a)  All prepayments of Term Loans made pursuant to Section 4.2(A)(f)
shall be applied to reduce the remaining Scheduled Repayments of Term Loans in
inverse order of maturity.  All prepayments of Term Loans made pursuant to
Section 4.2(A)(c), (d), (e) and (j) shall be applied to reduce the Scheduled
Repayments of Term Loans pro rata based on the then outstanding Scheduled
Repayments of Term Loans.

          (b)  With respect to each prepayment of Loans required by this Section
4.2, the Borrower may designate the Types of Loans which are to be prepaid and
the specific Borrowing(s) under the affected Facility pursuant to which


                                      -28-

<PAGE>

made, PROVIDED that (i) Eurodollar Loans made pursuant to a specific Facility
may be designated for prepayment pursuant to this Section 4.2 only on the last
day of an Interest Period applicable thereto unless all Eurodollar Loans made
pursuant to such Facility with Interest Periods ending on such date of required
prepayment and all Base Rate Loans made pursuant to such Facility have been paid
in full; (ii) each prepayment of any Loans made pursuant to a Borrowing shall be
applied pro rata among such Loans; (iii) if any prepayment of Eurodollar Loans
made pursuant to a single Borrowing shall reduce the outstanding Loans made
pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount
for such Eurodollar Loans, such Borrowing shall be immediately converted into
Base Rate Loans; and (iv) notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding
clause (ii), no prepayment of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 4.2(A)(a)
shall be applied to the Revolving Loans of a Defaulting Bank.  In the absence of
a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Agent
shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its sole discretion with
a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 1.11.

          4.3  METHOD AND PLACE OF PAYMENT.  Except as otherwise specifically
provided herein, all payments under this Agreement shall be made to the Agent
for the ratable account of the Banks entitled thereto, not later than 1:00 P.M.
(New York time) on the date when due and shall be made in immediately available
funds and in lawful money of the United States of America at the Payment Office.

Any payments under this Agreement which are made later than 1:00 P.M. (New York
time) shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day.
Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day
which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next
succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest
shall be payable during such extension at the applicable rate in effect
immediately prior to such extension.

          4.4  NET PAYMENTS.  All payments made by the Borrower hereunder, under
any Note or under any other Credit Document will be made without setoff,
counterclaim or other defense.  All such payments will be made free and clear
of, and without deduction or withholding for, any present or future taxes,
levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of whatever nature
now or hereafter imposed by any jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or
taxing authority thereof or therein (but excluding, except

                                      -29-

<PAGE>

as provided below, any tax imposed on or measured by the net income of a Bank
pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in which the principal office or
applicable lending office of such Bank is located or under the laws of any
political subdivision or taxing authority of any such jurisdiction in which
the principal office or applicable lending office of such Bank is located) and
all interest, penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto
(collectively, "Taxes").  The Borrower shall also reimburse each Bank, upon the
written request of such Bank, for taxes imposed on or measured by the net income
of such Bank pursuant to the laws of the United States of America, any State or
political subdivision thereof, or the jurisdiction in which the principal office
or applicable lending office of such Bank is located or of any political
subdivision or taxing authority of any such jurisdiction as such Bank shall
determine are payable by such Bank in respect of Taxes paid to or on behalf of
such Bank pursuant to this or the preceding sentence.  If any Taxes are so
levied or imposed, the Borrower agrees to pay the full amount of such Taxes,
and such additional amounts as may be necessary so that every payment of all
amounts due hereunder, under any Note or under any other Credit Document,
after withholding or deduction for or on account of any Taxes, will not be
less than the amount provided for herein or in such Note. The Borrower will
furnish to the Agent within five days after the date the payment of any Taxes,
or any withholding or deduction on account thereof, is due pursuant to
applicable law certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the
Borrower.  The Borrower will indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and each
Bank, and reimburse the Agent or such Bank upon its written request, for the
amount of any Taxes so levied or imposed and paid or withheld by such Bank.

          SECTION 5.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

          5.1  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVE DATE.  The effectiveness of the
Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent
prior to, on or contemporaneously with the Effective Date:

          (a)  NOTES.  There shall have been delivered to the Agent for the
     account of each Bank the appropriate Note or Notes executed by the
     Borrower, in each case, in the amount, maturity and as otherwise provided
     herein.


                                      -30-

<PAGE>

          (b)  OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE.  The Agent shall have received a
     certificate dated the Effective Date signed on behalf of the Borrower by
     the President, any Executive Vice President or the Chief Financial Officer
     of the Borrower stating that all the conditions in Sections 5.1(x) and (y)
     and 5.2 have been satisfied on such date.

          (c)  OPINIONS OF COUNSEL.  The Agent shall have received an opinion,
     or opinions, addressed to each of the Banks and dated the Effective Date,
     from (i) Donovan Leisure Newton & Irvine, special corporate counsel to the
     Borrower in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, which opinion shall cover such
     other matters incident to the transactions contemplated herein as the Agent
     may reasonably request, (ii) Willkie Farr & Gallagher, bankruptcy counsel
     to the Borrower in the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto, which opinion shall
     cover such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated herein
     as the Agent may reasonably request, (iii) Young, Conaway, Stargatt &
     Taylor, bankruptcy counsel to the Borrower in the form of Exhibit B-3
     hereto, which opinion shall cover such other matters incident to the
     transactions contemplated herein as the Agent may reasonably request, (iv)
     local counsel satisfactory to the Agent as the Agent may request, which
     opinions shall cover the perfection of the security interests granted
     pursuant to the Security Documents and such other matters incident to the
     transactions contemplated herein or therein as the Agent may reasonably
     request and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and
     (v) Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, special counsel to the Agent and
     the Banks, in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

          (d)  PLEDGE AGREEMENT.  The Borrower shall have duly authorized,
     executed and delivered an amended and restated Pledge Agreement
     substantially in the form of Exhibit D (as modified, supplemented or
     amended from time to time, the "Borrower Pledge Agreement") and amending
     and restating the pledge agreement delivered by the Borrower pursuant to
     the Original Credit Agreement.  The Borrower shall have delivered to the
     Collateral Agent, as Pledgee, all Pledged Securities referred to therein
     and then owned by the Borrower, together with undated stock powers or
     instruments of assignment thereof duly executed in blank by the Borrower.


                                      -31-

<PAGE>

          (e)  SECURITY AGREEMENTS.  (i) The Borrower shall have duly
     authorized, executed and delivered a security agreement substantially in
     the form of Exhibit E (as modified, supplemented or amended from time to
     time, the "Borrower Security Agreement") amending and restating the
     security agreement delivered by the Borrower pursuant to the Original
     Credit Agreement covering all of the Borrower's present and future Security
     Agreement Collateral together with:

               (A)  executed copies of financing statements (Form UCC-1) and
          amendments to financing statements (Form UCC-3) in appropriate form
          for filing under the UCC of each jurisdiction as may be necessary to
          perfect the security interests purported to be created by the Borrower
          Security Agreement;

               (B)  certified copies of Requests for Information or Copies (Form
          UCC-11), or equivalent reports, each of recent date listing all
          effective financing statements that name the Borrower as debtor and
          that are filed in the jurisdictions referred to in clause (A),
          together with copies of such financing statements (none of which shall
          cover the Collateral except (x) those with respect to which
          appropriate termination statements executed by the secured lender
          thereunder have been delivered to the Agent and (y) to the extent
          evidencing Permitted Liens);

               (C)  evidence of the completion of all other recordings and
          filings of, or with respect to, the Borrower Security Agreement as may
          be necessary or, in the opinion of the Collateral Agent, desirable to
          perfect the security interests intended to be created by the Borrower
          Security Agreement; and

               (D)  evidence that all other actions necessary or, in the
          reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent, desirable to perfect and
          protect the security interests purported to be created by the Borrower
          Security Agreement have been taken.

          (ii) each Subsidiary of the Borrower shall have duly authorized,
     executed and delivered the security agreement substantially in the form of
     Exhibit F (as



                                      -32-

<PAGE>

     modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, the "Subsidiary
     Security Agreement") covering all of each such Subsidiary's present and
     future Security Agreement Collateral together with:

               (A)  executed copies of financing statements (Form UCC-1) in
          appropriate form for filing under the UCC of each jurisdiction as may
          be necessary to perfect the security interests purported to be created
          by the Subsidiary Security Agreement;

               (B)  certified copies of Requests for Information or Copies (Form
          UCC-11), or equivalent reports, each of recent date listing all
          effective financing statements that name any such Subsidiary as debtor
          and that are filed in the jurisdictions referred to in clause (A),
          together with copies of such financing statements (none of which shall
          cover the Collateral except (x) those with respect to which
          appropriate termination statements executed by the secured lender
          thereunder have been delivered to the Agent and (y) to the extent
          evidencing Permitted Liens);

               (C)  evidence of the completion of all other recordings and
          filings of, or with respect to, the Subsidiary Security Agreement as
          may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Collateral Agent, desirable
          to perfect the security interests intended to be created by the
          Subsidiary Security Agreement; and

               (D)  evidence that all other actions necessary or, in the
          reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent, desirable to perfect and
          protect the security interests purported to be created by the
          Subsidiary Security Agreement have been taken.

          (f)  MORTGAGES; TITLE INSURANCE; SURVEYS.  (i) The Agent shall have
     received fully executed counterparts of deeds of trust, leasehold deeds of
     trust, mortgages, leasehold mortgages and similar documents in each case
     substantially in the form of Exhibit L and with such changes which are in
     form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (each a "Mortgage" and
     collectively the "Mortgages") covering all the Mortgaged Properties, and
     arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent shall be in place


                                      -33-
<PAGE>

     to provide that counterparts of such Mortgages shall be recorded on the
     Effective Date in all places to the extent necessary or desirable, in the
     judgment of the Agent, effectively to create a valid and enforceable first
     priority Lien, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances, on each Mortgaged
     Property in favor of the Collateral Agent (or such other trustee as may be
     required or desired under local law) for the benefit of the Secured
     Parties.

          (ii)  Except as agreed to by the Agent, the Agent shall have received
     ALTA Revised 1987 mortgagee title insurance policies or the equivalent
     thereof (or binding commitments to issue such title insurance policies)
     issued by title insurers satisfactory to the Agent (the "Mortgage
     Policies") in amounts satisfactory to the Agent and assuring the Agent that
     the Mortgages in respect of the Mortgaged Properties are valid and
     enforceable first priority mortgage Liens on the respective Mortgaged
     Properties, free and clear of all defects and encumbrances except Permitted
     Encumbrances.  Such Mortgage Policies shall be in form and substance
     reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and shall include an endorsement for
     future advances under this Agreement, the Notes and the Mortgages, for
     mechanics liens and for any other matter that the Agent in its discretion
     may reasonably request prior to the Effective Date, and shall provide for
     affirmative insurance and such reinsurance (including direct access
     agreements) as the Agent in its discretion may request prior to the
     Effective Date.

          (iii)  The Agent shall have received a recent survey with respect to
     each Real Property owned by Borrower to the extent designated on Schedule V
     hereto dated and certified to Agent, it successors and assigns, within 60
     days prior to the Effective Date prepared by a land surveyor licensed in
     each of the states where such Real Property is located pursuant to the then
     current ALTA/ACSM standards for title surveys and otherwise reasonably
     satisfactory to Agent and showing thereon the location of the perimeter of
     each such Real Property by courses and distances, the lines of the streets
     abutting each of such Real Property and the width thereof, the on site
     improvements to the extent constructed and the relation of the on site
     improvements by distance to the perimeter of each such Real Property, and
     the established building lines and the street lines, all encroachments and
     the extent


                                      -34-
<PAGE>

     thereof upon each such Real Property and indicating that the on-site
     improvements to the extent constructed are within the lot and building
     lines of each such Real Property, indicating whether each such Real
     Property is in a flood plain and otherwise containing such items as are
     reasonably requested by Agent.

          (iv)  The Agent shall have received a certificate dated the Effective
     Date signed on behalf of the Borrower by the President, any Executive Vice
     President or the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower certifying that
     each parcel of Real Property owned in fee simple by Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries which is not a Mortgaged Property is unimproved, is vacant, is
     not used by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the operation of its
     or their business, and is of DE MINIMUS value.

          (g)  SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY.  Each Subsidiary shall have duly completed,
     executed and delivered to the Agent for the benefit of the Banks a guaranty
     (as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, the "Subsidiary
     Guaranty") of the Obligations substantially in the form of Exhibit J, and
     the same shall be in full force and effect.

          (h)  CERTIFICATE OF THE CLERK OF THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.  The Agent
     shall have received a certificate dated the Effective Date from the Clerk
     of the Bankruptcy Court, if available, certifying that (i) there is no
     order amending, modifying, staying, vacating or rescinding the Confirmation
     Order entered on the docket of the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court on May 31,
     1995 or, except as set forth on Schedule XIV hereto, pending appeal or
     motion to vacate or rescind the same and (ii) there is no motion or other
     pleading on file seeking to amend, modify, stay, vacate or rescind the Plan
     of Reorganization.

          (i)  CONFIRMATION ORDERS; PLAN OF REORGANIZATION, ETC.  (i) All
     orders, including without limitation the Confirmation Order, of the
     Bankruptcy Court entered in connection with the Plan of Reorganization and
     set forth on Schedule XIV hereto (as amended or supplemented from time to
     time and approved by the Agent and the Required Banks (the "Confirmation
     Orders")) shall be satisfactory to Agent (which orders shall, except as
     agreed to by Agent, be final orders on the


                                      -35-
<PAGE>

     Effective Date) and, as of the Effective Date and after giving effect to
     the initial Loans, such Plan of Reorganization shall have been
     substantially consummated in accordance with the terms thereof and the
     terms of the Confirmation Orders.

          (ii) The final documentation for the restructuring effected by the
     Confirmation Orders shall be in the form attached to the Plan of
     Reorganization or this Agreement and shall be otherwise in form and
     substance satisfactory to the Agent.

          (iii) The Plan of Reorganization shall not have been amended,
     supplemented, restated or otherwise modified, whether pursuant to Section
     1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, court order, or otherwise, without the consent
     of the Agent and the Required Banks.

          (j)  EQUITY OWNERSHIP; CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.  All aspects of the
     equity ownership and corporate and operational governance (including the
     composition of the Board of Directors and the management of the Borrower)
     of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, to the extent not expressly set forth
     in the Plan of Reorganization, shall be satisfactory to the Agent.
     Additionally, all agreements relating to, and the corporate and capital
     structure of, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to the
     transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents and the Plan of
     Reorganization, and all organizational documents of such entities, to the
     extent not expressly set forth in the Plan of Reorganization, shall be
     satisfactory to the Agent.

          (k)  EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS.  (i) The Existing  Indebtedness of the
     Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including without limitation Capital Leases,
     shall be as described in the Plan of Reorganization (including, without
     limitation, the Borrower's proposed issuance of the Senior Notes in
     exchange for the cancellation of the Original Senior Notes and the
     conversion of the Subordinated Notes) and, to the extent not described in
     the Plan of Reorganization, all agreements evidencing or relating to the
     Existing Indebtedness (collectively, the "Existing Indebtedness
     Agreements") shall be satisfactory to the Agent, and the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries shall have no outstanding Indebtedness other than as described
     in the Plan of Reorganization and the Post-Confirmation Projections


                                      -36-
<PAGE>

     (with exceptions, if any, as may be acceptable to the Agent in its sole
     discretion).

               (ii)  The Original Senior Notes and the Subordinated Notes and
     all obligations of the Company thereunder or in respect thereof shall have
     been released and discharged in full and all Liens securing the Original
     Senior Notes shall have been released to the satisfaction of the Agent.

          (l)  POST-CONFIRMATION PROJECTIONS.  There shall have been delivered
     to the Banks the monthly financial projections regarding the Borrower and
     its Subsidiaries through the fiscal year ended in the year 1996 and annual
     projections through the fiscal year ended in the year 2000 of the Borrower
     and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the "Post-Confirmation Projections"),
     and the Agent shall be satisfied with the accounting practices and
     procedures to be utilized by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and any
     changes to such Post-Confirmation Projections prior to the Effective Date
     shall be satisfactory to the Agent.

          (m)  FINANCIAL CONDITION; ETC.  The Agent shall be satisfied on the
     Effective Date (i) that the Borrower's cash-on-hand, trade support and
     other operations are as set forth in the Post-Confirmation Projections and
     (ii) with the results of operations set forth in the most recent financial
     statements delivered by the Borrower prior to such date.

          (n)  CASH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM.  To the extent not previously
     established, a cash management system, together with cash concentration
     accounts for the Borrower shall have been established to the satisfaction
     of the Agent.

          (o)  AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The Agent shall have received
     audited financial statements for the most recent fiscal year of the
     Borrower; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that should the audited financial statements
     not be available by the Effective Date, the Company shall have delivered to
     the Agent unaudited financial statements as of April 1, 1995 certified as
     to accuracy and completeness (subject to changes resulting from audit and
     normal year-end audit adjustments) by the Borrower's Chief Financial
     Officer and shall make Price Waterhouse LLP available to dis-


                                      -37-
<PAGE>

     cuss its findings with the Agent and its financial advisors prior to the
     Effective Date.

          (p)  CURRENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; INVENTORY ANALYSES.  The Banks
     shall have received (i) financial statements for the most recent fiscal
     period ending no more than 30 days prior to the Effective Date certified by
     the chief financial officer of the Borrower, and (ii) such inventory
     analyses as Agent shall request, in each case satisfactory to Agent.

          (q)  DIP DOCUMENTS.  The commitments under the DIP Documents shall
     have been terminated, and all loans thereunder, together with interest
     thereon, and all other amounts owing pursuant to the DIP Documents, shall
     have been repaid in full, and with respect to letters of credit issued
     under the DIP Documents, provisions shall have been made for the payment of
     reimbursement obligations by cash collateralization or the issuance of
     replacement Letters of Credit in accordance with the terms thereof, and the
     DIP Documents shall have been terminated and be of no further force and
     effect.  The Agent and the Banks shall have received evidence in form,
     scope and substance satisfactory to the Agent that the matters set forth in
     this Section 5.1(q) have been satisfied at such time.

          (r)  ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS.  At the request of the Agent, the Borrower
     shall have provided to the Agent copies of environmental reports that are
     in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and the Banks in respect of
     the Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' Real Property prepared at the cost and
     expense of the Borrower, by a Person designated by the Borrower that is
     acceptable to the Agent and the Required Banks.

          (s)  INSURANCE POLICIES.  The Agent shall have received evidence of
     insurance complying with the requirements of Section 7.10 for the business
     and properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in form and substance
     satisfactory to the Agent and, with respect to all casualty insurance,
     naming the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties as an
     additional insured and loss payee.

          (t)  CONSENT LETTER.  The Agent shall have received a letter from CT
     Corporation System, presently located at 1633 Broadway, New York, NY


                                      -38-
<PAGE>

     10019, in the form of Exhibit G indicating its consent to its appointment
     by each Credit Party as their agent to receive service of process.

          (u)  PLANS; ETC.  There shall have been made available to the Agent
     (which copies may be made available to the Banks) copies, certified as true
     and correct by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, of (a) any Plans,
     other than any Plans which have terminated prior to the Effective Date and
     any Plans in which none of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA
     Affiliate participates as of the Effective Date, and for each such Plan (x)
     that is a "single-employer plan" (as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of
     ERISA) the most recently completed actuarial valuation prepared therefor by
     such Plan's regular enrolled actuary and the Schedule B, "Actuarial
     Information" to the IRS Form 5500 (Annual Report) most recently filed with
     the Internal Revenue Service and (y) that is a "multiemployer plan" (as
     defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA), each of the documents referred to
     in clause (x) either in the possession of the Borrower or reasonably
     available thereto from the sponsor or trustees of such Plan, (b) any
     collective bargaining agreements or any other similar agreement or
     arrangements covering the employees of the Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries (collectively, the "Collective Bargaining Agreements"), (c)
     any material agreements (or the forms thereof) with members of, or with
     respect to, the management of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
     (collectively, the "Management Agreements"), (d) any employment agreements
     entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, the
     "Employment Agreements"), and (e) all tax sharing, tax allocation and other
     similar agreements entered into by the Borrower, and/or any of its
     Subsidiaries (collectively, the "Tax Sharing Agreements"), all of which
     Plans, Collective Bargaining Agreements, Management Agreements, Employment
     Agreements, and Tax Sharing Agreements shall be in form and substance
     satisfactory to the Agent.

          (v)  CORPORATE DOCUMENTS; PROCEEDINGS; OFFICERS' CERTIFICATES.  (i)
     The Agent shall have received from each Credit Party a certificate, dated
     the Effective Date, signed and attested to by an Authorized Officer of such
     Person, in the form of Exhibit H with appropriate insertions, together with
     copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of such


                                      -39-

<PAGE>

     Credit Party and the resolutions of such Credit Party referred to in such
     certificate and the foregoing shall be satisfactory to the Agent.

          (ii)  All corporate and legal proceedings and all instruments and
     agreements in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
     Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall be satisfactory in form and
     substance to the Agent, and the Agent shall have received all information
     and copies of all certificates, documents and papers, including good
     standing certificates and any other records of corporate proceedings and
     governmental approvals, if any, which the Agent may have requested in
     connection therewith, such documents and papers where appropriate to be
     certified by proper corporate or governmental authorities.

          (w)  PAYMENT OF FEES.  (i) All costs, fees and expenses, and all other
     compensation contemplated by this Agreement, due to the Agent or the Banks
     (including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses of Skadden, Arps,
     Slate, Meagher & Flom, special counsel to the Agent and the Banks, and
     Policano & Manzo, L.L.C., financial advisors to such special counsel) shall
     have been paid by the Borrower to the extent due.

               (ii)  All interest, fees, expenses and other charges that have
     accrued pursuant to the terms of the Original Credit Documents but have not
     been paid as of the Effective Date shall have been paid by the Borrower to
     the Agent for distribution to those parties entitled to receive such
     interest, fees, expenses and other charges pursuant to the Original Credit
     Documents.

          (x)  APPROVALS.  (i) All material franchises, licenses, permits,
     certifications, accreditations and other rights, consents and approvals
     which are necessary for the operations of the Borrower's and its
     Subsidiaries' respective properties and businesses after giving effect to
     the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents and the Plan of
     Reorganization shall be in full force and effect.

               (ii)  All necessary governmental and third party approvals and/or
     consents required to be obtained on or prior to the Effective Date in
     connec-


                                      -40-

<PAGE>

     tion with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents and the
     Plan of Reorganization and otherwise referred to herein or therein shall
     have been obtained and remain in effect, and all applicable waiting periods
     shall have expired without any action being taken by any competent
     authority which restrains, prevents or imposes, in the judgment of the
     Required Banks or the Agent, materially adverse conditions upon the
     consummation of such transactions.  No judgement, order, injunction or
     other restraint prohibiting or imposing materially adverse conditions upon
     any Credit Document shall exist.

          (y)  LITIGATION.  No litigation, investigation or inquiry by any
     entity (private or governmental) shall be pending or threatened on the
     Effective Date (a) with respect to this Agreement or any other Credit
     Document, (b) with respect to the Plan of Reorganization or any Plan of
     Reorganization Document, (c) with respect to any material debt of the
     Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which is to remain outstanding after
     the Effective Date or (d) with respect to which the Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries may be directly or indirectly liable (including, without
     limitation, any claim made by the PBGC with respect to any Plan in
     connection with the Chapter 11 Case or otherwise) which the Agent or the
     Required Banks shall determine could have a material adverse effect on the
     ability of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to perform their
     respective obligations under this Agreement or any other Credit Document or
     which could have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (z)  SECURITY INTERESTS.  The Banks shall be satisfied that the
     Security Documents create or will create upon the completion of the filings
     of the Security Documents, financing statements and other instruments
     tendered for filing, as security for the Obligations a valid and
     enforceable perfected security interest in and Lien on all of the
     Collateral except as agreed to by the Agent in favor of the Collateral
     Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, superior and prior to the
     rights of all other Persons therein (as provided in the Uniform Commercial
     Code) and subject to no other Liens other than Liens permitted hereby.  The
     Security Documents, or financing statements or other instruments with
     respect thereto, as may be necessary, shall have been duly filed or
     recorded (or tendered for filing or recording) in such


                                      -41-

<PAGE>

     manner and in such places as are required by law to establish, perfect,
     preserve and protect the security interests and Liens in favor of the
     Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, granted pursuant
     to such Security Documents, and all taxes, fees and other charges payable
     in connection therewith due on or prior to the Effective Date shall have
     been paid in full.

          (aa)  SYNDICATION MARKET.  Since January 24, 1995, there shall have
     been no continuing material disruption of, or material adverse change in,
     the financial, banking or capital markets that in the sole discretion of
     the Agent has materially adversely impaired the syndication of loans or the
     placement of securities of generally the same type and size as any of the
     types of Loans contemplated under this Agreement in such markets.

          (bb)  LEASES.  Agent shall have received certified copies of all
     leases with respect to each Mortgaged Property, including, without
     limitation, any amendments, assignments or other agreements relating
     thereto.

          (cc) OTHER DOCUMENTS.  The Agent shall have received such other
     documents as the Agent may reasonably request, including, without
     limitation, the certificate relating to Chalfont.

          5.2  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL CREDIT EVENTS. The obligation of each
Bank to make any Loans and the obligation of the Letter of Credit Issuer to
issue Letters of Credit is subject, at the time of each such Credit Event
(including Credit Events occurring on the Effective Date) to the satisfaction of
the following conditions at such time:

          (a)  NO DEFAULT; REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  At the time of each
     Credit Event and also after giving effect thereto (i) there shall exist no
     Default or Event of Default and (ii) all representations and warranties
     contained herein or in the other Credit Documents in effect at such time
     shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as
     though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the
     date of such Credit Event (except to the extent any representation or
     warranty is expressly made as of a specific date, in which case


                                      -42-

<PAGE>

     such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material
     respects as of such date).

          (b)  ADVERSE CHANGE.  Since April 1, 1995 (and the Lenders shall have
     become aware of no facts or conditions not previously known), nothing shall
     have occurred which the Required Banks or the Agent shall determine (i)
     could have a material adverse effect on the rights or remedies of the
     Banks, or the Agent, or on the ability of any Credit Party to perform its
     obligations to the Banks or the Agent or (ii) has had, or could have, a
     Material Adverse Effect.

          (c)  NOTICE OF BORROWING; LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST; ETC.  The Agent
     shall have received a Notice of Borrowing with respect to such Borrowing of
     Loans meeting the requirements of Section 1.3 or a Letter of Credit Request
     for such issuance of a Letter of Credit meeting the requirements of Section
     2.3, as the case may be, and such other documents or opinions as the Agent
     or any Bank may reasonably request.

          The acceptance of the benefits of each Credit Event shall constitute a
representation and warranty by the Borrower to each of the Banks that all of the
applicable conditions specified in this Section 5 are then satisfied.  All of
the certificates, legal opinions and other documents and papers referred to in
this Section 5, unless otherwise specified, shall be delivered to the Agent at
its Notice Office for the account of each of the Banks and, except for the
Notes, in sufficient counterparts or copies for each of the Banks and shall be
satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent.


          SECTION 6.  REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS.  In order to
induce the Banks to agree to the restructuring of the loans and other
obligations outstanding under the Original Credit Agreement on the terms of this
Agreement and to make the Loans and participate in Letters of Credit and the
Letter of Credit Issuer to issue Letters of Credit as provided for herein, the
Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to, and agreements
with, the Banks and the Letter of Credit Issuer, all of which shall survive the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans (with the
occurrence of each Credit Event being deemed to constitute a representation and
warranty that the matters specified in this Section 6 are true and correct in



                                      -43-

<PAGE>

all material respects on and as of the date hereof and as of the date of each
such Credit Event, except to the extent that any representation or warranty is
expressly made as of a specific date, in which case such representation or
warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such specific
date):

          6.1  CORPORATE STATUS.  Each of the Credit Parties and each of their
Subsidiaries (i) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the
corporate power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the
business in which it is engaged and presently proposes to engage and (ii) has
duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing in all
jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified and where the failure to
be so qualified is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          6.2  CORPORATE POWER AND AUTHORITY.  Each Credit Party has the
corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and
provisions of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and has taken all
necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance
of the Credit Documents to which it is a party.  Each Credit Party has duly
executed and delivered each Credit Document to which it is a party and each such
Credit Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such
Credit Party enforceable in accordance with its terms.

          6.3  NO VIOLATION.  Neither the execution, delivery and performance by
any Credit Party of the Credit Documents to which it is a party nor compliance
with the terms and provisions thereof, nor the consummation of the transactions
contemplated therein (i) will contravene any applicable provision of any law,
statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or
governmental instrumentality, (ii) will conflict or be inconsistent with or
result in any breach of, any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions
of, or constitute a default under, or (other than pursuant to the Security
Documents) result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create
or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of
trust, agreement or other instrument to which the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets are
bound or


                                      -44-

<PAGE>

to which it may be subject, including without limitation the Existing
Indebtedness Agreements or (iii) will violate any provision of the charter or
By-Laws of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries.

          6.4  LITIGATION.  There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending
or threatened with respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or in
respect of which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may be liable by
contract, settlement agreement or otherwise (i) that are likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that could have a material adverse effect on the
rights or remedies of the Agent or the Banks or on the ability of any Credit
Party to perform its obligations to them hereunder and under the other Credit
Documents to which it is, or will be, a party.

          6.5  USE OF PROCEEDS.  (a) The proceeds of all Loans shall be utilized
for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

          (b)  No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or
carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit for the purpose of purchasing or
carrying any Margin Stock.  Neither the making of any Loan nor the use of the
proceeds thereof will violate or be inconsistent with the provisions of
Regulations G, U or X.

          6.6  GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS.  No order, consent, approval, license,
authorization, or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or
exemption by, any foreign or domestic governmental or public body or authority,
or any subdivision thereof, is required to authorize or is required in
connection with (i) the execution, delivery and performance of any Credit
Document or (ii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any
Credit Document.

          6.7  INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT.  Neither the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries is an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an
"investment company", within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended.

          6.8  PUBLIC UTILITY HOLDING COMPANY ACT.  Neither the Borrower nor any
of its Subsidiaries is a "holding company," or a "subsidiary company" of a
"holding company," or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary
company" of a "holding company," within the


                                      -45-

<PAGE>

meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

          6.9  TRUE AND COMPLETE DISCLOSURE.  All factual information (taken as
a whole) heretofore or contemporaneously furnished by or on behalf of the
Borrower or its Subsidiaries in writing to the Agent or any Bank (including,
without limitation, all information contained in the Documents) for purposes of
or in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated herein is,
and all other such factual information (taken as a whole) hereafter furnished by
or on behalf of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in writing to any Bank will be,
true and accurate in all material respects on the date as of which such
information is dated or certified and not incomplete by omitting to state any
material fact necessary to make such information (taken as a whole) not
misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such
information was provided.  The projections and pro forma financial information
contained in such materials are based on good faith estimates and assumptions
believed by the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized
by the Banks that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as
facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such
projections may differ from the projected results in any material respect.
There is no fact known to any Credit Party which has, or is reasonably likely to
have, a Material Adverse Effect which has not been disclosed herein or in such
other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Banks for use in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

          6.10  FINANCIAL CONDITION; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  (a)  On and as of
the Effective Date on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Plan of
Reorganization and all Indebtedness incurred, and to be incurred, and Liens
created and to be created, by each Credit Party in connection therewith, with
respect to the Borrower (x) the sum of its assets, at a fair valuation, will
exceed its debts, (y) it will not have incurred nor intended to, or believes
that it will not, incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as such debts
mature and (z) it will have sufficient capital with which to conduct its
business.  For purposes of this Section 6.10(a), "debt" means any liability on a
claim, and "claim" means (i) right to payment whether or not such a right is
reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured,
unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or


                                      -46-

<PAGE>

unsecured; or (ii) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if
such breach gives rise to a payment, whether or not such right to an equitable
remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed,
undisputed, secured or unsecured.

          (b)  The consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries at April 1, 1995 and the related consolidated statements of income
and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended as
of said date, which have been examined by Price Waterhouse LLP, independent
certified public accountants, and the pro forma (after giving effect to the Plan
of Reorganization and the transactions related thereto) consolidated balance
sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at April 1, 1995, copies of which
have heretofore been furnished to each Bank, present fairly the financial
position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the dates of said statements
and the results for the period covered thereby (or, in the case of the pro forma
balance sheet, present a good faith estimate of the consolidated pro forma
financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the date thereof);
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that should the audited financial statements not be available
by the Effective Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Agent unaudited
financial statements as of April 1, 1995 certified as to accuracy and
completeness (subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end audit
adjustments) by the Borrower's Chief Financial Officer and shall make Price
Waterhouse LLP available to discuss its findings with the Agent and its
financial advisors prior to the Effective Date.  All such financial statements
(other than the aforesaid pro forma balance sheet) have been prepared in
accordance with GAAP and practices consistently applied except to the extent
provided in the notes to said financial statements.

          (c)  Since April 1, 1995, there has been no material adverse change in
the business, property, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise)
or prospects of the Borrower or of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole.

          (d)  Except as fully reflected in the financial statements described
in Section 6.10(b), there were as of the Effective Date (and after giving effect
to any Loans made on such date), no liabilities or obligations (excluding
current obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business) with respect to
the Borrower or any of


                                      -47-

<PAGE>

its Subsidiaries of any nature whatsoever (whether absolute, accrued, contingent
or otherwise and whether or not due), and the Borrower does not know of any
basis for the assertion against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any
such liability or obligation which, either individually or in aggregate, are or
would be reasonably likely to be material to the Borrower or the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

          (e)  The Post-Confirmation Projections dated as of April 13, 1995,
prepared by the Borrower and delivered to the Banks prior to the Effective Date
are based on good faith estimates and assumptions made by the management of the
Borrower, and on the Effective Date such management believed that the Post-
Confirmation Projections were reasonable and attainable, it being recognized by
the Banks, however, that projections as to future events are not to be viewed as
facts and that the actual results during the period or periods covered by the
Post-Confirmation Projections probably will differ from the projected results
and that the differences may be material.

          6.11  SECURITY INTERESTS.  Except as agreed to by the Agent, on and
after the Effective Date, each of the Security Documents creates, as security
for the Obligations, a valid and enforceable perfected security interest in and
Lien on all of the Collateral, superior to and prior to the rights of all third
persons and subject to no other Liens (except (x) that the Security Agreement
Collateral may be subject to the security interests evidenced by Permitted Liens
relating thereto and (y) the Mortgaged Properties may be subject to Permitted
Encumbrances relating thereto), in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit
of the respective Secured Parties.  No filings or recordings are required in
order to perfect the security interests created under any Security Document
except for filings or recordings required in connection with any such Security
Document which shall have been made, or provided for as contemplated by Sections
5.1(e) and (f), on or prior to the Effective Date.

          6.12  TAX RETURNS AND PAYMENTS.  The Borrower and each of its
Subsidiaries has filed all federal income tax returns and all other material tax
returns, domestic and foreign, required to be filed by it and has paid all
material taxes and assessments payable by it which have become due, other than
those not yet delinquent and except for those contested in good faith.  The
Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has paid, or has provided adequate


                                      -48-

<PAGE>

reserves (in the good faith judgment of the management of such Person) for the
payment of, all federal, state and foreign income taxes applicable for all prior
fiscal years and for the current fiscal year to the date hereof.

          6.13  COMPLIANCE WITH ERISA.  Each Plan is in substantial compliance
with ERISA and the Code; no Reportable Event has occurred with respect to a
Plan; no Plan is insolvent or in reorganization; no Plan has an Unfunded Current
Liability in excess of $5 million and the aggregate Unfunded Current Liabilities
for all Plans does not exceed $10 million; no Plan has an accumulated or waived
funding deficiency, has permitted decreases in its funding standard account or
has applied for an extension of any amortization period within the meaning of
Section 412 of the Code; neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries
(whether directly or by way of an ERISA Affiliate) has incurred any material
liability to or on account of a Plan pursuant to Section 409, 502(i), 502(l),
515, 4062, 4063, 4064, 4069, 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or Section 4971 or 4975 of
the Code or expects to incur any liability under any of the foregoing Sections
with respect to any Plan; no proceedings have been instituted to terminate any
Plan (other than pursuant to Section 4041(b) of ERISA); using actuarial
assumptions and computation methods which to the best knowledge of the Borrower
are consistent with subpart 1 of subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA, the aggregate
liabilities of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and its ERISA Affiliates to all
Plans which are multiemployer plans (as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA)
in the event of a complete withdrawal therefrom, as of the close of the most
recent fiscal year of each such Plan ended prior to the date hereof would not
exceed $10 million; no lien imposed under the Code or ERISA on the assets of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate exists or is likely
to arise on account of any Plan; and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries do not
maintain or contribute to any employee welfare benefit plan (as defined in
Section 3(1) of ERISA) which provides benefits to retired employees (other than
as required by applicable law or under the terms of an applicable collective
bargaining agreement) or any employee pension benefit plan (as defined in
Section 3(2) of ERISA) other than any such employee pension benefit plan
intended to be qualified (within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code) the
obligations with respect to which could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all
representations made in this Section 6.13 with respect to a


                                      -49-

<PAGE>

Plan which is a multiemployer plan (as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA)
other than representations made with respect to withdrawal liability incurred
pursuant to Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA, shall be to the best knowledge of the
Borrower.

          6.14  SUBSIDIARIES.  Schedule IV hereto lists each Subsidiary of the
Borrower, and the respective direct and indirect ownership interest of the
Borrower therein, in each case as of the Effective Date.

          6.1O  PATENTS, ETC.  The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries owns or
holds a valid license to use all material patents, trademarks, servicemarks,
trade names, copyrights, licenses and other rights, that are necessary for, and
no restriction applicable to any such patent, trademark, servicemark, trade
name, copyright, license or other right would interfere in any material respect
with, the operation of their businesses taken as a whole as presently conducted
and as proposed to be conducted.

          6.16  COMPLIANCE WITH STATUTES, ETC.  (a)  The Borrower and each of
its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable statutes, regulations and
orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all governmental bodies,
domestic or foreign, in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership
of its property (including applicable statutes, regulations, orders and
restrictions relating to environmental standards and controls), except such
noncompliance as is not likely to, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse
Effect.

          (b)  The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with
all applicable Environmental Laws governing its business for which failure to
comply is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Borrower nor
any of its Subsidiaries is liable for any material penalties, fines or
forfeitures for failure to comply with any of the foregoing in the manner set
forth above.  All licenses, permits, registrations or approvals required for the
business of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, as conducted as of the
Effective Date, under any Environmental Law have been secured and the Borrower
and each of its Subsidiaries is in substantial compliance therewith, except such
licenses, permits, registrations or approvals the failure to secure or to comply
therewith is not likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Borrower
nor any of its Subsidiaries is in any respect in noncompliance with, breach of
or default under any applic-


                                      -50-

<PAGE>

able writ, order, judgment, injunction, or decree to which the Borrower or such
Subsidiary is a party or which would affect the ability of the Borrower or such
Subsidiary to operate any Real Property and no event has occurred and is
continuing which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both,
would constitute noncompliance, breach of or default thereunder, except in each
such case, such noncompliance, breaches or defaults as are not likely to, in the
aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.  There are as of the Effective Date
no Environmental Claims pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower,
threatened, which (a) question the validity, term or entitlement of the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries for any permit, license, order or registration
required for the operation of any facility which the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries currently operates and (b) wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling
or finding would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the
financial viability of any facility thereof.  There are no facts, circumstances,
conditions or occurrences on any Real Property or, to the knowledge of the
Borrower, on any property adjacent to any such Real Property that could
reasonably be expected (i) to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against
the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any Real Property of the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) to cause such Real Property to be subject to
any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, use or transferability of such
Real Property under any Environmental Law, except in each such case, such
Environmental Claims or restrictions that individually or in the aggregate are
not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (c)  Hazardous Materials have not at any time been (i) generated,
used, treated or stored on, or transported to or from, any Real Property of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) released on any Real Property, in
each case where such occurrence or event is reasonably likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

          6.17  PROPERTIES.  The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has good
and marketable fee simple title to all properties owned by each of them,
including all property reflected in the financial statements referred to in
Section 6.10(b) (except as sold or otherwise disposed of since the date of the
April 1, 1995 financial statements in the ordinary course of business) and valid
leasehold interests in all Real Property leased by each of them, free and clear
of all Liens, other than Liens permitted by



                                      -51-

<PAGE>

Section 8.2.  Schedule V contains a true and complete list of each Real Property
owned and each Real Property leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
on the Effective Date and the type of interest therein held by the Borrower or
such Subsidiary.

          6.18  LABOR RELATIONS; COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENTS.  (a)  Set
forth on Schedule VI hereto is a list and description (including dates of
termination) of all collective bargaining or similar agreements between or
applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any union, labor
organization or other bargaining agent in respect of the employees of the
Borrower and/or any Subsidiary on the Effective Date.

          (b)  Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged in
any unfair labor practice that is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect.  There is (i) no significant unfair labor practice complaint pending
against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the
Borrower, threatened against any of them, before the National Labor Relations
Board, and no significant grievance or significant arbitration proceeding
arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement is now pending
against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the
Borrower, threatened against any of them, (ii) no significant strike, labor
dispute, slowdown or stoppage is pending against the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (iii) to the best knowledge of the
Borrower, no union representation question exists with respect to the employees
of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except (with respect to any matter
specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, either individually or in the
aggregate) such as is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          6.19  INDEBTEDNESS.  Schedule VII sets forth a true and complete list
of (x) all Indebtedness (other than intercompany indebtedness) of the Borrower
and each of its Subsidiaries outstanding as of the Effective Date and which is
to remain outstanding after the Effective Date and (y) all agreements existing
on the Effective Date and which are to remain outstanding after the Effective
Date pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is entitled to
incur Indebtedness (other than intercompany indebtedness) (whether or not any
condition to such incurrence could be met) (collectively, the "Existing
Indebted-


                                      -52-

<PAGE>

ness"), in each case showing the aggregate principal amount thereof and the name
of the respective borrower and any other entity which directly or indirectly
guaranteed such debt.

          6.20  RESTRICTIONS ON SUBSIDIARIES.  Except for restrictions contained
in the Credit Documents, as of the Effective Date there are no contractual or
consensual restrictions on the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which
prohibit or otherwise restrict (i) the transfer of cash or other assets
(x) between the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries or (y) between any
Subsidiaries of the Borrower or (ii) the ability of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries to grant security interests to the Banks in their respective
assets.

          6.21  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES IN OTHER AGREEMENTS.  All
representations and warranties made by any Credit Party and set forth in the
Plan of Reorganization will be true and correct on the Effective Date in all
material respects as though such representations and warranties were being made
on and as of such date.

          6.22  SENIOR NOTES, ETC.  As of the Effective Date, the Senior Notes
have been duly authorized, issued and delivered in accordance with applicable
law.

          6.23  PLAN OF REORGANIZATION; CONFIRMATION ORDERS.  The Borrower has
complied in all material respects with the Plan of Reorganization and neither
the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the other Credit Documents, or any
of the instruments and documents to be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, nor
the consummation of the transactions herein or therein contemplated are in
violation of or in contravention of, in any respect, the Plan of Reorganization.
The Confirmation Orders have been duly entered, are valid, subsisting and
continuing and, except as set forth on Schedule XIV hereto, there are no appeals
or motions to amend, vacate, stay or rescind the Confirmations Orders filed and
the time to file such appeals or motions has expired.


          SECTION 7.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.  The Borrower covenants and agrees
that on the Effective Date and thereafter for so long as this Agreement is in
effect and until the Commitments have terminated, no Letters of Credit are
outstanding and the Loans together with interest, Fees and all other Obligations
(other than any indemnities described


                                      -53-

<PAGE>

in Section 12.13 hereof which are not then due and payable) incurred hereunder
are paid in full:

          7.1  INFORMATION COVENANTS.  The Borrower will furnish to each Bank:

          (a)  ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Within 90 days after the close of
     each fiscal year of the Borrower, the consolidated and Consolidating
     balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as at the end of such
     fiscal year and the related statements of income and cash flows for such
     fiscal year, setting forth comparative figures for the preceding fiscal
     year, and in the case of such consolidated statements examined by Price
     Waterhouse LLP (or other independent certified public accountants of
     recognized national standing acceptable to the Required Banks) whose
     opinion shall not be qualified as to the scope of audit and as to the
     status of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as a going concern,
     together, in each case, with a certificate of the accounting firm referred
     to above stating that in the course of its regular audit of the business of
     the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, which audit was conducted in accordance
     with generally accepted auditing standards, such accounting firm has
     obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default which has occurred
     and is continuing or, if in the opinion of such accounting firm such a
     Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as
     to the nature thereof.

          (b)  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  As soon as available and in any
     event within 45 days after the close of each of the first three quarterly
     accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Borrower, the consolidated
     and Consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as
     at the end of such quarterly period and the related statements of income
     and cash flows for such quarterly period and for the elapsed portion of the
     fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and setting
     forth comparative figures for the related periods in the prior fiscal year,
     in each case, certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, subject
     to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end audit adjustments.

          (c)  MONTHLY REPORTS.  (i) As soon as practicable, and in any event
     within 30 days, after the end of each monthly accounting period of each


                                      -54-

<PAGE>

     fiscal year, a monthly report substantially in the form of Exhibit K
     hereto, with such changes in such form as the Agent in its reasonable
     judgment may approve, setting forth, without limitation, the consolidated
     balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as at the end of such
     period, and the related statements of income and cash flows for such
     period, setting forth comparative figures for the corresponding period of
     the previous year, which shall be certified by an Authorized Officer of the
     Borrower subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end audit
     adjustments.

          (ii)  As soon as practicable, and in any event within 30 days after
     the end of each monthly accounting period of each fiscal year of the
     Borrower, the "Management Accounts" of the Borrower, in the form prepared
     for management of the Borrower on the Effective Date.

          (d)  BUDGETS; ETC.  Not more than 45 days after the commencement of
     each fiscal year of the Borrower a budget in form satisfactory to the Agent
     prepared by the Borrower for each of the first two fiscal quarters and for
     the second half of such fiscal year, and, not more than 45 days from the
     commencement of the second fiscal quarter, a revised budget for the second
     half of such fiscal year, in each case setting forth, with appropriate
     discussion, the principal assumptions upon which such budgets are based,
     which shall be accompanied by a statement of an Authorized Officer of the
     Borrower to the effect that, to the best of his knowledge, such budget is a
     reasonable estimate for the period covered thereby.  Together with each
     delivery of consolidated financial statements of the Borrower pursuant to
     Section 7.1(a) and (b), a comparison of the current year to date financial
     results (other than in respect of the balance sheets included therein)
     against the budgets required to be submitted pursuant to this clause (d)
     shall be presented.

          (e)  OFFICER'S CERTIFICATES.  At the time of the delivery of the
     financial statements provided for in Section 7.1(a), (b) and (c), a
     certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to the effect that no
     Default or Event of Default exists or, if any Default or Event of Default
     does exist, specifying the nature and extent thereof, which certificate, in
     the case of the certificate delivered pursuant to Section


                                      -55-

<PAGE>

     7.1(a) and (b), shall set forth the calculations required to establish
     whether the Borrower and its Subsidiaries were in compliance with the
     provisions of Section 8.4 and Sections 8.9 through and including 8.12, as
     at the end of such fiscal quarter or year, as the case may be.

          (f)  NOTICE OF DEFAULT OR LITIGATION.  Promptly, and in any event
     within three Business Days after an officer of the Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries obtains knowledge thereof, notice of (x) the occurrence of any
     event which constitutes a Default or Event of Default, which notice shall
     specify the nature thereof, the period of existence thereof and what action
     the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto and (y) the commencement
     of or any significant development in any litigation or governmental
     proceeding pending against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which is
     likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on
     the ability of any Credit Party to perform its obligations hereunder or
     under any other Credit Document.

          (g)  AUDITORS' REPORTS.  Promptly upon receipt thereof, a copy of each
     other report or "management letter" submitted to the Borrower or its
     Subsidiaries by its independent accountants in connection with any annual,
     interim or special audit made by it of the books of the Borrower or its
     Subsidiaries.

          (h)  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.  Promptly upon obtaining knowledge
     thereof, notice of (i) any pending or threatened Environmental Claim
     against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Real Property of the
     Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries unless such Environmental Claim could
     not, individually or when aggregated with all other such Environmental
     Claims, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) any
     condition or occurrence on any Real Property of the Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries that (a) results in material noncompliance by the Borrower or
     such Subsidiary with any applicable Environmental Law, or (b) could
     reasonably be anticipated to form the basis of an Environmental Claim
     against the Borrower, such Subsidiary or any Real Property of the Borrower
     or such Subsidiary, unless in each case such noncompliance or such
     Environmental Claim could not, individually or when aggregated with all
     other such non-compliance claims, reasonably be


                                      -56-

<PAGE>

     expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) any condition or
     occurrence on any Real Property of the Borrower that could reasonably be
     anticipated to cause such Real Property to be subject to any restrictions
     on the ownership, occupancy, use or transferability of such Real Property
     under any Environmental Law unless such restrictions could not,
     individually or when aggregated with all other such restrictions,
     reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iv) the
     taking of any removal or remedial action in response to the actual or
     alleged presence of any Hazardous Material on any Real Property of the
     Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, unless the presence of such Hazardous
     Materials and the removal or remedial action in response thereto could not,
     individually or when aggregated with all such other occurrences or events,
     reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  All such notices
     shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, investigation,
     condition, occurrence or removal or remedial action and the response
     thereto of the Borrower or of its applicable Subsidiary.  In addition, the
     Borrower will provide the Banks with copies of all material written
     communications with any government or governmental agency relating to
     Environmental Laws, all communications with any government or governmental
     agency relating to Environmental Claims, and such detailed reports of any
     Environmental Claim, in each case as may reasonably be requested in writing
     from time to time by the Agent or the Required Banks.

          (i)  BANKRUPTCY COURT FILINGS.  Promptly upon preparation or receipt
     thereof from time to time by the Borrower copies of all pleadings, motions,
     applications and other documents filed after the Effective Date by or on
     behalf of the Borrower or by any third party with the Bankruptcy Court or
     distributed by or on behalf of the Borrower to any official committee
     appointed in the Chapter 11 Case.

          (j)  OTHER INFORMATION.  Promptly upon transmission thereof, copies of
     any filings and registrations with, and reports to, the SEC by the Borrower
     or any of its Subsidiaries, copies of all press releases and copies of all
     financial statements, notices and reports that the Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries shall send to analysts or the holders of the Borrower's common
     stock, the Senior Notes, or any other publicly issued debt of the Borrower
     or its Sub-


                                      -57-

<PAGE>

     sidiaries (in each case, to the extent not theretofore delivered to the
     Banks pursuant to this Agreement) and, with reasonable promptness, such
     other information or documents (financial or otherwise) as the Agent on its
     own behalf or on behalf of the Required Banks may reasonably request from
     time to time.

          7.2  BOOKS, RECORDS AND INSPECTIONS.  The Borrower will, and will
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit, upon notice to the Chief Financial
Officer or any other Authorized Officer of the Borrower, officers and designated
representatives of the Agent or the Banks to visit and inspect any of the
properties or assets of the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries in whomsoever's
possession, and to examine the books of account of the Borrower and any of its
Subsidiaries and discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower and
any of its Subsidiaries with, and be advised as to the same by, the officers and
independent accountants of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, all at such
reasonable times and intervals and to such reasonable extent as the Agent or any
Bank may request.

          7.3  PAYMENT OF TAXES.  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental
charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits, or upon any
properties belonging to it, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto,
and all lawful claims which, if unpaid, might become a Lien or charge upon any
properties of the Borrower or of any of its Subsidiaries, PROVIDED that neither
the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such tax,
assessment, charge, levy or claim which is being contested in good faith and by
proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves (in the good faith
judgment of the management of such Person) with respect thereto in accordance
with GAAP.

          7.4  CORPORATE FRANCHISES.  The Borrower will, and will cause each of
its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done, all things necessary to preserve
and keep in full force and effect its existence, material rights and authority
to do business, PROVIDED that any transaction permitted by Section 8.1 will not
constitute a breach of this Section 7.4.

          7.5  COMPLIANCE WITH STATUTES, ETC.  (a) The Borrower will, and will
cause each of its Subsidiaries to,


                                      -58-

<PAGE>

comply with all applicable statutes, regulations and orders of, and all
applicable restrictions imposed by, all governmental bodies, domestic or
foreign, in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its
property (including applicable Environmental Laws) other than those the non-
compliance with which (individually or in the aggregate) would not have a
Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of any
Credit Party to perform its obligations under any Credit Document to which it is
party.  Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries will generate, use,
treat, store, release or dispose of, or permit the generation, use, treatment,
storage, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials on any of its Real Property,
or transport or permit the transportation of Hazardous Materials to or from any
such Real Property, except for quantities used or stored at such Real Properties
in material compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and required in
connection with the normal operation, use and maintenance of such Real Property.
If required to do so under any applicable Environmental Law, the Borrower agrees
to undertake, and agrees to cause each of its Subsidiaries to undertake, any
cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up any
Hazardous Materials from any Real Property in accordance with the requirements
of all such applicable Environmental Laws and in accordance with orders and
directives of all governmental authorities; PROVIDED that neither the Borrower
nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to take any such action where same
is being contested by appropriate legal proceedings in good faith by the
Borrower or such Subsidiary.

          (b)  At the request of the Agent or the Required Banks, at any time
and from time to time, but in any event no more frequently than once a year, the
Borrower will provide, at the Borrower's sole cost and expense, an environmental
site assessment report concerning any Real Property of the Borrower or any
Subsidiary, prepared by an environmental consulting firm approved by the Agent,
indicating the presence or Release of Hazardous Materials and the potential cost
of any removal or remedial action in connection with any Hazardous Materials on
such Real Property, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, no such request may be made unless the
Agent or the Required Banks reasonably believe that (i) the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries is in material noncompliance with any Environmental Law with
respect to such Real Property or (ii) a Default or Event of Default is in
existence.  If the Borrower fails to provide the same after sixty (60) days'
written notice, the Agent


                                      -59-

<PAGE>

may order the same, and the Borrower shall grant and hereby grants to the Agent
and the Banks and their agents access to such Real Property at all reasonable
times and without unreasonably interfering with the Borrower's operations and
specifically grants the Agent and the Banks an irrevocable nonexclusive license,
subject to the rights of tenants, to undertake such an assessment all at the
Borrower's sole expense.

          7.6  ERISA.  As soon as possible and, in any event, within 20 Business
Days after the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate knows
or has reason to know of the occurrence of any of the following events relating
to a Plan, the Borrower will deliver to each of the Banks a certificate of an
Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth details as to such occurrence
and the action, if any, which the Borrower, such Subsidiary or such ERISA
Affiliate is required or proposes to take, together with any notices required or
proposed to be given to or filed with or by the Borrower, such Subsidiary, the
ERISA Affiliate, the PBGC, a Plan participant or the Plan administrator with
respect thereto: that a Reportable Event has occurred which could reasonably be
expected to result in material liability of the Borrower, any of its
Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate, that, with respect to a Plan which is not a
"multiemployer plan" (as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA), an accumulated
funding deficiency has been incurred or an application is intended to be or has
been made to the Secretary of the Treasury for a waiver or modification of the
minimum funding standard (including any required installment payments) or an
extension of any amortization period under Section 412 of the Code with respect
to such a Plan, that a Plan has been or may be terminated (other than pursuant
to Section 4041(b) of ERISA), reorganized, partitioned or declared insolvent
under Title IV of ERISA, that a Plan has an Unfunded Current Liability giving
rise to a lien under ERISA or the Code, that proceedings may be or have been
instituted to terminate a Plan (other than pursuant to Section 4041(b) of
ERISA), that a proceeding has been instituted pursuant to Section 515 of ERISA
to collect a delinquent contribution to a Plan, or that the Borrower, any of its
Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate will or may incur any material liability
(including any contingent or secondary liability) to or on account of the
termination of or withdrawal from a Plan under Section 4062, 4063, 4064, 4069,
4201 or 4204 of ERISA or with respect to a Plan under Section 4971 or 4975 of
the Code or Section 409 or 502(i) or 502(l) of ERISA.  The Borrower will deliver
to each of


                                      -60-

<PAGE>

the Banks a complete copy of the Schedule B, "Actuarial Information" to the
Internal Revenue Service Annual Report (Form 5500) of each Plan (other than each
Plan which is a "multiemployer plan" (as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of
ERISA)) required to be filed with the Internal Revenue Service.  In addition to
any certificates or notices delivered to the Banks pursuant to the first
sentence hereof, copies of (i) annual reports filed by the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to any Plan and (ii) any
material, nonroutine notice received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
or any ERISA Affiliate from any governmental agency or court with respect to any
Plan, shall in either case be delivered to the Banks no later than 20 Business
Days after the date such report or notice has been filed with the Internal
Revenue Service or received by the Borrower or such Subsidiary or the ERISA
Affiliate, as applicable.

          7.7  GOOD REPAIR.  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, use its best efforts to ensure that its properties and
equipment used or useful in its business in whomsoever's possession they may be,
are kept in good repair, working order and condition, normal wear and tear
excepted and, subject to Section 8.4, that from time to time there are made in
such properties and equipment all needful and proper repairs, renewals,
replacements, extensions, additions, betterments and improvements thereto, to
the extent and in the manner customary for companies in similar businesses.

          7.8  END OF FISCAL YEARS; FISCAL QUARTERS.  The Borrower will, for
financial reporting purposes, cause (i) each of its, and of each of its
Subsidiaries' fiscal years to end on the Saturday closest to the last day of
March of each year, (ii) each of its, and each of its Subsidiaries' fiscal
quarters to end on dates determined in the same manner as that employed in
fiscal year 1995 and (iii) each of its, and its Subsidiaries' fiscal periods
through the Final Maturity Date to end on the dates set forth on Schedule XII
hereto.

          7.9  CASH CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS.  (a) On or prior to the
Effective Date, the Borrower shall have established, and after the Effective
Date, the Borrower shall maintain, a cash concentration system satisfactory to
the Agent whereby (x) one or more lockbox accounts or concentration accounts
have been established by the Borrower at the offices, and under the control of
and in the name of, one or more Banks or financial institutions


                                      -61-

<PAGE>

providing lockbox accounts or concentration accounts satisfactory to the Agent
to which, together with the Concentration Account, the Borrower shall instruct
all account debtors of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to make payment in
respect to all account receivables owing to the Borrower and (y) an account or
accounts (collectively, the "Concentration Account") have been established by
the Borrower at the Payment Office of, and under the control of, the Agent to
which the cash (including lockbox accounts) at all other financial institutions
are transferred on a daily basis, net of disbursements and minimum required
balances satisfactory to the Agent, and retransferred back to the Borrower's
existing concentration banks on the following Business Day.

          (b)  Within three Business Days after any new account is opened by the
Borrower, the Borrower shall bring such account into the cash concentration
system described in clause (y) above.

          7.10  MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTY; INSURANCE.  The Borrower will, and will
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times maintain in full force and
effect insurance with carriers rated A- or better by A.M. Best in such amounts,
covering such risks and liabilities and with such deductibles or self-insured
retentions as are in accordance with normal industry practice, PROVIDED that in
no event will any such deductible or self-insured retention in respect of
liability claims or in respect of casualty damage exceed, in each such case,
$500,000 per occurrence.  At any time that insurance at the levels described in
Schedule VIII is not being maintained by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the
Borrower will notify the Banks in writing thereof and, if thereafter notified by
the Agent to do so, the Borrower will obtain insurance at such levels at least
equal to those set forth in Schedule VIII to the extent then generally available
(but in any event within the deductible or self-insured retention limitations
set forth in the preceding sentence) or otherwise as are acceptable to the
Agent.  The Borrower will furnish on the Effective Date and annually thereafter
to the Agent a summary of the insurance carried in respect of it and its assets
together with certificates of insurance and other evidence of such insurance, if
any, naming the Collateral Agent as an additional insured and/or loss payee.

          7.11  ADDITIONAL SECURITY; FURTHER ASSURANCES.  (a)  At the request of
the Agent, the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, grant
to the


                                      -62-

<PAGE>

Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, security interests and
mortgages (an "Additional Mortgage") in such assets and properties of the
Borrower or its Subsidiaries as are not covered by original Security Documents
(collectively, the "Additional Security Documents").  Such security interests
and mortgages shall be granted pursuant to documentation satisfactory in form
and substance to the Agent and shall constitute valid and enforceable perfected
security interests superior to and prior to the rights of all third persons and
subject to no other Liens except as are permitted by Section 8.2 at the time of
perfection thereof.  The Additional Security Documents or other instruments
related thereto shall have been duly recorded or filed in such manner and in
such places as are required by law to establish, perfect, preserve and protect
the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured
Parties, required to be granted pursuant to the Additional Security Documents
and all taxes, fees and other charges payable in connection therewith shall have
been paid in full.  In addition, to the extent that the Agent has temporarily
waived compliance with Sections 5.1(f) and/or 5.1(z), the Borrower will, and
will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, take such action as shall be necessary
to carry out the intent and purposes of such sections.

          (b)  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at
its own expense, make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the
Collateral Agent from time to time such vouchers, invoices, schedules,
confirmatory assignments, conveyances, financing statements, transfer
endorsements, powers of attorney, certificates, real property surveys, reports
and other assurances or instruments and take such further steps relating to the
Collateral covered by any of the Security Documents or Additional Security
Documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require.  Furthermore, the
Borrower shall cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent such opinions of
counsel, title insurance and other related documents as may be requested by the
Agent to assure themselves that this Section 7.11 has been complied with.

          (c)  At the request of the Agent or the Required Banks, the Borrower
shall provide to the Agent appraisals satisfying applicable requirements of the
Real Estate Appraisal Reform Amendments of the Financial Institution Reform,
Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 in respect of the Real Property of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries



                                      -63-

<PAGE>

constituting Collateral, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

          (d)  The Borrower agrees that each action required by this Section
7.11 shall be completed as soon as possible, but in no event later than 30 days
(60 days in the case of clause (c) above) after such action is requested to be
taken by the Agent or the Required Banks; PROVIDED that in no event shall the
Borrower be required to take any action, other than using its best efforts, to
obtain consents from third parties with respect to its compliance with this
Section 7.11.

          7.12  MAINTENANCE OF CORPORATE SEPARATENESS.  The Borrower will, and
will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, satisfy customary corporate formalities,
including the holding of regular board of directors' and shareholders' meetings
and the maintenance of corporate offices and records.

          7.13  SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY; SUBSIDIARY PLEDGE AGREEMENT AND SUBSIDIARY
SECURITY AGREEMENT.  The Borrower shall with reasonable promptness, but only to
the extent not prohibited by applicable law: (i) cause each of its Subsidiaries
that becomes a Subsidiary after the Effective Date to execute the Subsidiary
Guaranty and the Subsidiary Security Agreement; (ii) to the extent it has not
already done so, pledge, and cause each of its Subsidiaries that is now or
hereafter becomes a Subsidiary to pledge, all the shares of capital stock and
other equity interests now or hereafter owned by the Borrower or such Subsidiary
of any Person, and all notes now or hereafter payable to the Borrower or such
Subsidiary by any Person, in each such case pursuant to the duly executed and
delivered Borrower Pledge Agreement or the Subsidiary Pledge Agreement, as the
case may be, granting the Collateral Agent a valid and enforceable, first
priority perfected Lien in such assets as security for the Obligations.


          SECTION 8.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS.  The Borrower hereby covenants and
agrees that on the Effective Date and thereafter for so long as this Agreement
is in effect and until the Commitments have terminated, no Letters of Credit are
outstanding and the Loans, together with interest, Fees and all other
Obligations (other than any indemnities described in Section 12.13 hereof which
are not then due and payable) incurred hereunder, are paid in full:


                                      -64-

<PAGE>

          8.1  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR PURCHASE OF ASSETS, ETC.  The
Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, wind up,
liquidate or dissolve its affairs, or enter into any transaction of merger or
consolidation, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its property or
assets (other than inventory, obsolete equipment, excess equipment no longer
needed in the conduct of business or equipment being replaced with other
equipment, in each case in the ordinary course of business) or purchase, lease
or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of related transactions)
all or any part of the property or assets of any Person (other than purchases,
leases or other acquisitions of inventory and equipment in the ordinary course
of business) or agree to do any of the foregoing at any future time, except that
the following shall be permitted:

          (a)  capital expenditures to the extent within the limitations set
     forth in Section 8.4;

          (b)  the investments, acquisitions and transfers or dispositions of
     properties permitted pursuant to Section 8.5;

          (c)  any Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged or consolidated with
     or into, or be liquidated into, the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor (so
     long as the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving
     corporation), or all or any part of its business, properties and assets may
     be conveyed, leased, sold or transferred to the Borrower or a Subsidiary
     Guarantor and the business and franchises of Chalfont may be surrendered or
     abandoned;

          (d)  the disposition of stores, and related equipment, fixtures,
     inventory and other assets, in any fiscal year of the Borrower in unrelated
     transactions effected in connection with the closing thereof in the
     ordinary course of business; PROVIDED that (i) no more than 5 stores in any
     fiscal year of the Borrower, and 24 stores in the aggregate, will be
     permitted to be closed under this clause (d) if such store is closed in
     connection with the replacement thereof by a Replacement Store and (ii) no
     more than 8 stores in any fiscal year of the Borrower, and 45 stores in the
     aggregate, will be permitted to be closed under this clause (d) in addition
     to those permitted under clause (i) above;


                                      -65-

<PAGE>

          (e)  the acquisition of Reinvestment Assets in accordance with Section
     4.2(A);

          (f)  Permitted Sale-Leaseback Transactions;

          (g)  Permitted Dispositions; and

          (h)  the disposition of the property and assets located at White River
     Junction, Vermont for cash in an amount equal to the fair market value
     thereof (as determined by the management of the Borrower) shall be
     permitted.

To the extent the Required Banks waive the provisions of this Section 8.1 with
respect to the sale of any Collateral, or any Collateral is sold as permitted by
this Section 8.1 (and such Collateral is released (or permitted to be released)
from the Liens created by the respective Security Document), such Collateral in
each case shall be sold free and clear of the Liens in favor of the Secured
Parties created by the Security Documents and the Agent shall take such actions
(including, without limitation, directing the Collateral Agent to take such
actions) as the Agent deems appropriate in connection therewith.

          8.2  LIENS.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with
respect to any property or assets of any kind (real or personal, tangible or
intangible) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, or sell any such property or assets subject to an
understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such property
or assets (including sales of accounts receivable or notes with recourse to the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) or assign any right to receive income, or
file or permit the filing of any financing statement under the UCC or any other
similar notice of Lien under any similar recording or notice statute, except:

          (a)  Liens for taxes not yet due and payable or Liens for taxes being
     contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which adequate
     reserves (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Borrower)
     have been established;

          (b)  Liens in respect of property or assets of the Borrower or any of
     its Subsidiaries imposed by law which were incurred in the ordinary course
     of


                                      -66-

<PAGE>

     business, such as carriers', warehousemen's and mechanics' Liens, statutory
     landlord's Liens, Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities to
     secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of
     goods, and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business,
     and (x) which, if any such property or asset is material, do not in the
     aggregate materially detract from the value of such property or assets or
     materially impair the use thereof in the operation of the business of the
     Borrower or such Subsidiary or (y) which are being contested in good faith
     by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of preventing
     the forfeiture or sale of the property or asset subject to such Lien;

          (c)  Liens created by or pursuant to this Agreement or the other
     Credit Documents;

          (d)  Permitted Liens;

          (e)  Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA and other than
     obligations (i) in respect of borrowed money or (ii) in respect of which a
     Letter of Credit has been issued) incurred or deposits made in the ordinary
     course of business in connection with (x) liability insurance, workers'
     compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or
     (y) to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and
     appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-
     of-money bonds and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary
     course of business, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000;

          (f)  leases or subleases granted to third Persons not interfering with
     the ordinary course of business of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

          (g)  Capital Leases to the extent permitted under Section 8.3 hereof;

          (h)  Permitted Encumbrances;

          (i)  Liens (x) arising pursuant to purchase money mortgages securing
     Indebtedness representing the purchase price (or financing of the purchase
     price within 270 days after the respective purchase) of property or other
     assets acquired by the Borrower, PROVIDED that



                                      -67-

<PAGE>

     (i) any such Liens attach only to the assets so purchased, (ii) the
     Indebtedness secured by any such Lien does not exceed 100%, nor is less
     than 70%, of the purchase price of the assets being purchased and (iii) the
     Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted by Section 8.3(b); or
     (y) existing on specific tangible assets at the time acquired by the
     Borrower or on assets of a Person at the time such Person first becomes a
     Subsidiary, PROVIDED that (i) any such Liens were not created at the time
     of or in contemplation of the acquisition of such assets or Person by the
     Borrower, (ii) in the case of any such acquisition of a Person, any such
     Lien attaches only to specific tangible assets of such Person and not
     assets of such Person generally, (iii) the Indebtedness secured by any such
     Lien does not exceed 100% of the fair market value of the asset to which
     such Lien attaches, determined at the time of the acquisition of such asset
     or the time at which such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be
     and (iv) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted by Section 8.3(b);
     and

          (j)  Liens securing Indebtedness representing the construction and/or
     improvement costs of stores and other facilities constructed or improved by
     the Borrower, and related land acquisition costs (or the financing of such
     construction, improvements or acquisitions within 270 days of the
     acquisition thereof or substantial completion of such construction or
     improvements), PROVIDED that (i) any such Liens attach only to the assets
     so constructed or improved, including the land on which situated, (ii) the
     Indebtedness secured by any such Lien does not exceed 100% of the lesser of
     (x) the construction costs and the acquisition costs of the related land so
     acquired or (y) the fair market value of the property being constructed or
     the improvements being made thereon and the related land and (iii) the
     Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted by Section 8.3(b).

          8.3  INDEBTEDNESS.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, contract, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
Indebtedness, except:

          (a)  Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Agreement and the other
     Credit Documents;


                                      -68-

<PAGE>

          (b)  Capitalized Lease Obligations (Equipment) and Indebtedness of the
     Borrower secured by Liens permitted by Sections 8.2(i) and (j) in an
     aggregate amount incurred in any fiscal year not to exceed $15,000,000
     for such fiscal year;

          (c)  Existing Indebtedness;

          (d)  Indebtedness of the Borrower evidenced by the Senior Notes in an
     aggregate principal amount not to exceed $595,475,922 reduced from time to
     time to the extent of any repayments, prepayments, amortizations,
     redemptions or otherwise;

          (e)  Indebtedness of the Borrower owing to any Subsidiary Guarantor
     and of any Subsidiary Guarantor owing to the Borrower or another Subsidiary
     Guarantor not to exceed $500,000 in outstanding aggregate amount at any
     time;

          ONS  Indebtedness resulting from unsecured reimbursement obligations
     of the Borrower under letters of credit issued prior to the Effective Date
     and listed on Schedule VII hereto;

          (g)  Capitalized Lease Obligations (Other) of the Borrower; and

          (h)  Indebtedness resulting from the Borrower's indemnification
     obligations pursuant to Section 14.06 of the Plan of Reorganization.

          8.4  CAPITAL EXPENDITURES.  (a)  The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, incur Consolidated Capital Expenditures
except Consolidated Capital Expenditures made in compliance with this Section
8.4.  During each period indicated below, Consolidated Capital Expenditures
shall be permitted to be made by the Borrower in an aggregate amount not in
excess of the corresponding amount set forth below opposite such period:


                                      -69-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                    Period                                 Amount
                    ------                                 ------
             <S>                                        <C>
             Fiscal Year ending 1996                    $53,500,000

             Fiscal Year ending 1997                    $49,500,000

             Fiscal Year ending 1998                    $59,500,000

             Fiscal Year ending 1999                    $54,500,000

             Fiscal Year ending 2000                    $56,500,000

             Fiscal Year ending 2001                    $57,000,000

             Fiscal Year ending 2002                    $58,000,000

             Thereafter to and including the
               Final Maturity Date                      $10,000,000
</TABLE>

; PROVIDED that in no event may the Consolidated Capital Expenditures permitted
above and effected through the incurrence of (x) Indebtedness secured by Liens
permitted pursuant to Sections 8.2(i) and (j) or (y) Capitalized Lease
Obligations (Equipment) exceed $15,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Borrower.

          (b)  In addition to the amounts permitted above, the Borrower may make
Consolidated Capital Expenditures in any fiscal year of the Borrower in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000, PROVIDED that such Consolidated
Capital Expenditures are financed through Indebtedness secured by Liens
permitted pursuant to Section 8.2(i) or (j) or Capitalized Lease Obligations.

          (c)  To the extent Consolidated Capital Expenditures in any fiscal
year are less than the amount set forth for such fiscal year in clause (a) above
(each a "Maximum Capital Expenditures Amount"), the amount of such difference
(not to exceed 25% of the Maximum Capital Expenditures Amount for such fiscal
year) may be carried forward and used by the Borrower to make Consolidated
Capital Expenditures pursuant to clause (a) in the immediately succeeding fiscal
year of the Borrower.

          (d)  In addition to the amounts permitted above, the Borrower may make
Consolidated Capital Expenditures to acquire property and assets, other than
stores and related land, in any fiscal year of the Borrower in an amount not to
exceed the Additional Proceeds received by the Borrower during such fiscal year.


                                      -70-

<PAGE>

          (e)  In addition to the amounts permitted above, the Borrower may make
Consolidated Capital Expenditures to acquire Reinvestment Assets pursuant to a
Reinvestment Election, other than a Reinvestment Election relating to a
Permitted Sale-Leaseback Transaction.

          (f)  In addition to all other prohibitions contained in this Section
8.4, the Borrower will not acquire and/or complete construction of more than 10
new stores in any fiscal year of the Borrower, PROVIDED that if the number of
new stores acquired and/or so constructed by the Borrower in any fiscal year is
less than 10 (the excess of 10 over such number of stores actually acquired
and/or so constructed, the "Differential"), the Borrower may acquire and/or
complete construction of additional new stores in subsequent fiscal years in an
aggregate number equal to the Differential, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Borrower
in any event may not acquire and/or complete construction of more than 15 new
stores in any fiscal year.

          (g)  In addition to the amounts permitted above, to the extent that
Consolidated Capital Expenditures in any fiscal year of the Borrower are
financed through Indebtedness which is secured by Liens permitted pursuant to
Section 8.2(i) and incurred in the immediately succeeding fiscal year of the
Borrower, the amount of such Indebtedness may be used by the Borrower to make
Consolidated Capital Expenditures in such immediately succeeding fiscal year of
the Borrower.

          8.5  ADVANCES, INVESTMENTS AND LOANS.  The Borrower will not, and will
not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, lend money or credit or make advances to
any Person, or purchase or acquire any stock, obligations or securities of, or
any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to any Person, except:

          (a)  the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may invest in cash and Cash
     Equivalents, PROVIDED that at any time Swingline Loans or Revolving Loans
     are outstanding, the amount of cash (net of uncollected funds and amounts
     retained at stores in the ordinary course of business in accordance with
     past practices) and Cash Equivalents permitted hereunder shall not exceed
     $5,000,000 for any five consecutive Business Days;

          (b)  the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may acquire and hold
     receivables owing to it, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of
     business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with the


                                      -71-


<PAGE>

     customary trade terms of the Borrower or its applicable Subsidiary, as the
     case may be;

          (c)  loans and advances to employees in the ordinary course of
     business in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500,000 at any
     time outstanding shall be permitted;

          (d)  the deposit in escrow of $3,000,000 made by the Borrower pursuant
     to paragraph 3(e) of the MTH Settlement Agreement (as defined in the Plan
     of Reorganization) on the Effective Date to the Escrow Agent pursuant to
     the Escrow Agreement, until such time as the amounts so held are released
     pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement as in effect on the Effective
     Date;

          (e)  advances, investments and loans existing on the Effective Date
     and listed on Schedule X hereto, without giving effect to any additions
     thereto or replacements thereof shall be permitted;

          (f)  the intercompany Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.3(e) shall
     be permitted;

          (g)  the Borrower may make advances to developers in connection with
     the construction of new store locations not exceeding $10,000,000 at any
     time outstanding;

          (h)  the Borrower may acquire and own investments (including debt
     obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization
     of suppliers and customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of,
     and other disputes with, customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of
     business;

          (i)  the Borrower may accept and hold notes payable from purchasers of
     stores permitted pursuant to Section 8.1(d), so long as (x) the amount of
     any such note with respect to any store shall not exceed $500,000 and (y)
     the aggregate amounts of all such notes hereunder shall not exceed
     $4,000,000;

          (j)  the Borrower may make additional loans, advances and investments
     of a nature not contemplated by the foregoing clauses (a) through (i),
     PROVIDED that (x) all loans, advances and investments made pursuant to this
     clause (j) shall not exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding and (y) no
     such Loan, advance or investment shall be made in or to a


                                      -72-
<PAGE>

     Subsidiary that is not, or which upon receipt thereof does not become, a
     Subsidiary Guarantor;

          (k)  transfers of cash, purchases and dispositions of securities
     (including, without limitation, insurance contracts) or interests in a
     trust for the purpose of funding or securing supplemental retirement
     benefits for employees, PROVIDED that the aggregate amount expended for
     such purpose in any fiscal year (exclusive of payment of such benefits in
     the ordinary course) shall not exceed $1,000,000;

          (l)  with the consent of the Agent, the Borrower may make deposits
     with utilities in the ordinary course of business; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
     (x) the Borrower shall use its best efforts not to make any deposits with
     utilities, (y) the Borrower shall use its best efforts to terminate all
     such deposit arrangements and (z) the aggregate amount of such deposits at
     any time shall not exceed $4,000,000; and

          (m)  the Interest Rate Protection Agreement identified on Schedule VII
     hereto shall be permitted.

          8.6  DIVIDENDS, ETC.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to, declare or pay any dividends (other than dividends payable solely
in capital stock of the Borrower) or return any capital to, its stockholders or
authorize or make any other distribution, payment or delivery of property or
cash to its stockholders as such, or redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise
acquire, directly or indirectly, for a consideration, any shares of any class of
its capital stock now or hereafter outstanding (or any warrants for or options
or stock appreciation rights in respect of any of such shares), or set aside any
funds for any of the foregoing purposes and the Borrower will not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares
of any class of the capital stock of the Borrower now or hereafter outstanding
(or any warrants for or options or stock appreciation rights issued by such
Person in respect of any such shares) (all of the foregoing "Dividends"), except
that any Subsidiary of the Borrower may pay dividends to the Borrower or to a
Subsidiary Guarantor.

          8.7  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.  The Borrower will not, and will
not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction or series of
transactions, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, with any
Affiliate other than on terms and conditions substantially as favorable (or more
favorable) to the Borrower or such


                                      -73-

<PAGE>

Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Subsidiary at the time
in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate.


          8.8  CHANGES IN BUSINESS.  Except as otherwise permitted by Section
8.1, the Borrower will not alter the character of the business of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries from that conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on
the Effective Date.

          8.9  EBITDA.  The Borrower will not permit EBITDA (i) for the fiscal
quarter ended in July 1995 (taken as one accounting period) to be less than
$18,000,000, (ii) for the two consecutive fiscal quarters ending in October 1995
(taken as one accounting period) to be less than $40,000,000, (iii) for the
period of three consecutive fiscal quarters ending in January 1996 (taken as one
accounting period) to be less than $80,000,000 and (iv) for any period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters (taken as one accounting period) ending on the last
day of any fiscal quarter set forth below to be less than the amount set forth
opposite such fiscal quarter below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

            Fiscal Quarter             Amount
            --------------             ------
            <S>                    <C>
            March   1996           $  140,000,000
            July    1996              140,000,000
            October 1996              140,000,000
            January 1997              140,000,000
            March   1997              150,000,000
            July    1997              150,000,000
            October 1997              150,000,000
            January 1998              150,000,000
            March   1998              160,000,000
            July    1998              160,000,000
            October 1998              160,000,000
            January 1999              160,000,000
            March   1999              165,000,000
            July    1999              165,000,000
            October 1999              165,000,000
            January 2000              165,000,000
            March   2000              165,000,000
            July    2000              165,000,000
            October 2000              165,000,000
            January 2001              165,000,000
            March   2001              165,000,000
            July    2001              165,000,000
            October 2001              165,000,000
            January 2002              165,000,000
            March   2002              165,000,000
</TABLE>


                                      -74-
<PAGE>

          8.10  FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO.  The Borrower will not permit the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any fiscal year of the Borrower to be less than
1.0:1.

          8.11  EBITDA TO TOTAL CASH INTEREST EXPENSE.  The Borrower will not
permit the ratio of (i) EBITDA to (ii) Total Cash Interest Expense (w) for the
fiscal quarter ended in July 1995 (taken as one accounting period) to be less
than 1.4:1, (x) for the two consecutive fiscal quarters ending in October 1995
(taken as one accounting period) to be less than 1.4:1, (y) the period of three
consecutive fiscal quarters (taken as one accounting period) ending in January,
1996 to be less than 1.4:1 and (z) for any period of four consecutive fiscal
quarters (taken as one accounting period) ending during the period set forth
below to be less than the amount set forth opposite such period below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 Period                           Ratio
                 ------                           -----
     <S>                                         <C>
     Fiscal Quarter ending in March              1.4:1
          1996 to and including Fiscal
          Quarter ending in January 1997

     Fiscal Quarter ending in March              1.4:1
          1997 to and including Fiscal
          Quarter ending in January 1998

     Fiscal Quarter ending in March              1.5:1
          1998 to and including Fiscal
          Quarter ending in January 1999

     Fiscal Quarter ending in March              1.6:1
          1999 to and including Fiscal
          Quarter ending in January 2000

     Fiscal Quarter ending in March 2000         1.7:1
          to and including Fiscal Quarter
          ending in January 2001

     Fiscal Quarter ending in March 2001         1.7:1
          to and including Fiscal Quarter
          ending in January 2002

     Thereafter                                  1.7:1
</TABLE>


          8.12  CUMULATIVE EBITDA MINUS CUMULATIVE ADJUSTED CONSOLIDATED CAPITAL
EXPENDITURES.  The Borrower will not permit for any period the Cumulative EBITDA
Minus Cumulative Adjusted Consolidated Capital Expenditures for any period
beginning on April 1, 1995 and ending on any


                                      -75-

<PAGE>

date set forth below to be less than the amounts set forth opposite such dates
below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

       Fiscal Year                            Amount
       -----------                            ------
<S>                                         <C>
Fiscal Year Ending in 1996                  $ 86,500,000

Fiscal Year Ending in 1997                   187,000,000

Fiscal Year Ending in 1998                   287,500,000

Fiscal Year Ending in 1999                   398,000,000

Fiscal Year Ending in 2000                   506,500,000

Fiscal Year Ending in 2001                   615,000,000

Fiscal Year Ending in 2002                   722,000,000
</TABLE>

          8.13  LIMITATION ON VOLUNTARY PAYMENTS; PREFERRED STOCK; ETC.  The
Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:  (i) make (or
give any notice in respect of) any voluntary or optional payment or prepayment
of principal on or voluntary or optional redemption of or acquisition for value
of (including, without limitation, by way of depositing with the trustee with
respect thereto money or securities before due for the purpose of paying when
due), the Indebtedness described in Sections 8.3(d), (ii) amend or modify, or
permit the amendment or modification of any provision of any such Indebtedness,
(iii) amend or modify, or permit the amendment or modification of any provision
of its Certificate of Incorporation or By Laws in any way which may have an
effect on the Banks, or upon the Obligations of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries hereunder or (iv) issue any preferred or preference stock.

          8.14  ISSUANCE OF SUBSIDIARY STOCK.  The Borrower will not permit any
of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly to issue, sell, assign, pledge or
otherwise encumber or dispose of any shares of its capital stock or other
securities (or warrants, rights or options to acquire shares or other equity
securities) of such Subsidiary, except, to the extent permitted by Section 8.5,
to the Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor.

          8.15  LIMITATION ON RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES.  The Borrower
will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly, or indirectly, create
or otherwise cause or suffer to exist any encumbrance or restriction


                                      -76-

<PAGE>

which prohibits or limits the ability of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to (a)
pay dividends or make other distributions or pay any Indebtedness owed to the
Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (b) make loans or advances to the
Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (c) transfer any of its properties
or assets to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or (d) create,
incur, assume or suffer to exist any lien upon any of its property, assets or
revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than encumbrances and
restrictions arising under (i) applicable law, (ii) this Agreement and the other
Credit Documents, (iii) Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 8.3(b), (c)
and (d), (iv) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any
lease governing a leasehold interest of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
and (v) customary restrictions on dispositions of real property interests found
in reciprocal easement agreements of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.


          SECTION 9.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Upon the occurrence of any of the
following specified events (each an "Event of Default"):

          9.1  PAYMENTS.  The Borrower shall (i) default in the payment when due
of any principal of the Loans or (ii) default, and such default shall continue
for two or more days, in the payment when due of any Unpaid Drawing, any
interest on the Loans or any Fees or any other amounts owing hereunder or under
any other Credit Document; or

          9.2  REPRESENTATIONS, ETC.  Any representation, warranty or statement
made by any Credit Party herein or in any other Credit Document or in any
statement or certificate delivered or required to be delivered pursuant hereto
or thereto shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date as of
which made or deemed made; or

          9.3  COVENANTS.  The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall (a)
default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or
agreement contained in Sections 7.11, 7.13 or 8, or (b) default in the due
performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement (other than
those referred to in Sections 9.1, 9.2 or clause (a) of this Section 9.3)
contained in this Agreement or any document delivered pursuant hereto and such
default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30 days after notice
to the defaulting party by the Agent or the Required Banks; or


                                      -77-

<PAGE>

          9.4  DEFAULT UNDER OTHER AGREEMENTS.  (a) The Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries shall (i) default in any payment in respect of any Indebtedness
(other than the Obligations) in excess of $5,000,000 individually or $10,000,000
in the aggregate of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or (ii) default in the
observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to any such
Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or
relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect
of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the
holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such
holder or holders) to cause, any such Indebtedness to become due prior to its
stated maturity; or (b) any such Indebtedness of the Borrower or any such
Subsidiary shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid
other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment, prior to the stated
maturity thereof; or

          9.5  BANKRUPTCY, ETC.  The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall
commence a voluntary case concerning itself under the Bankruptcy Code; or an
involuntary case is commenced against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
and the petition is not controverted within 10 Business Days, or is not
dismissed within 60 days, after commencement of the case; or a custodian (as
defined in the Bankruptcy Code) is appointed for, or takes charge of, all or
substantially all of the property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; or
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries commences any other proceeding under any
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution,
insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or
hereafter in effect relating to the Borrower or such Subsidiary; or there is
commenced against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries any such proceeding
which remains undismissed for a period of 60 days; or the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief or
other order approving any such case or proceeding is entered; or the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries suffers any appointment of any custodian or the like for
it or any substantial part of its property to continue undischarged or unstayed
for a period of 60 days; or the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes a
general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any corporate action is
taken by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for the purpose of effecting
any of the foregoing; or

          9.6  ERISA.  (a) Any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding
standard required for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standard
or extension of


                                      -78-

<PAGE>

any amortization period is sought or granted under Section 412 of the Code, any
Plan is, shall have been or is likely to be terminated or the subject of
termination proceedings under ERISA, any Plan shall have an Unfunded Current
Liability, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate has
incurred or is likely to incur a liability to or on account of a Plan under
Section 409, 502(i), 502(l), 515, 4062, 4063, 4064, 4069, 4201 or 4204 of ERISA
or Section 4971 or 4975 of the Code, or the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
has incurred or is likely to incur liabilities pursuant to one or more employee
welfare benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) which provide
benefits to retired employees (other than as required by applicable law or under
the terms of an applicable collective bargaining agreement) or employee pension
benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) other than any such employee
pension benefit plan intended to be qualified (within the meaning of Section
401(a) of the Code); (b) there shall result from any event or events described
in clause (a) of this Section 9.6, the imposition of a lien, the granting of a
security interest, or a liability or a material risk of incurring a liability;
(c) which lien, security interest or liability referred to in clause (b) of this
Section 9.6, in the reasonable opinion of the Required Banks, will have a
Material Adverse Effect; or

          9.7  SECURITY DOCUMENTS.  Any Security Document shall cease to be in
full force and effect, or shall cease to give the Collateral Agent on behalf of
the Secured Parties the material Liens, rights, powers and privileges purported
to be created thereby in favor of the Collateral Agent, or any Credit Party
shall default in any material respect in the due performance or observance of
any term, covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed pursuant
to any such Security Document; or

          9.8  SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY.  The Subsidiary Guaranty or any provision
thereof shall cease to be in full force and effect, or any Subsidiary Guarantor
thereunder or any Person acting by or on behalf of such Subsidiary Guarantor
shall deny or disaffirm such Subsidiary Guarantor's obligations under any
Subsidiary Guaranty or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall default in the due
performance or observance of any material term, covenant or agreement on its
part to be performed or observed pursuant to any Subsidiary Guaranty; or

          9.9  JUDGMENTS.  One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered
against the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries involving a liability (not
paid or fully covered by insurance) of $5,000,000 or more in the case of


                                      -79-

<PAGE>

any one such judgment or decree or $10,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all
such judgments and decrees for the Borrower and all its Subsidiaries and all
such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged or stayed or
bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof or the Borrower
and/or any of its Subsidiaries shall become liable in respect of any such
judgment or claims made as to which no judgment is taken, by contract,
settlement agreement or otherwise; or

          9.10  OWNERSHIP.  (i) The sale, lease, transfer or other disposition
in one or more related transactions of all or substantially all of the
Borrower's assets, or the sale of substantially all of the Borrower's stock or
assets of the Borrower's Subsidiaries that constitute a sale of substantially
all of the Borrower's assets, to any person or group (as such term is used in
Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), (ii) the merger or consolidation of the
Borrower with or into another corporation, or the merger of another corporation
into the Borrower or any other transaction, with the effect, in any such case,
that the stockholders of the Borrower immediately prior to such transaction hold
less than 50% of the total voting power entitled to vote in the election of
directors, managers or trustees of the surviving corporation or, in the case of
a triangular merger in which the Borrower becomes a wholly-owned Subsidiary of
another corporation, the parent corporation of the surviving corporation
resulting from such merger, consolidation or such other transaction, (iii) any
person (except for the parent corporation of the surviving corporation in a
triangular merger) or group acquires beneficial ownership of a majority in
interest of the voting power or voting stock of the Borrower or, in the case of
a triangular merger, the parent corporation of the surviving corporation of such
merger, or (iv) the liquidation or dissolution of the Borrower; or

          9.11  CONFIRMATION ORDERS.  Any Confirmation Order shall be revoked,
remanded, vacated, supplemented, reversed, stayed, rescinded, modified or
amended in any way or the Borrower shall apply to the Bankruptcy Court for the
authority to do so; then, and in any such event, and at any time thereafter, if
any Event of Default shall then be continuing, the Agent shall, upon the written
request of the Required Banks, by written notice to the Borrower, take any or
all of the following actions, without prejudice to the rights of the Agent or
any Bank to enforce its claims against the Borrower, except as otherwise
specifically provided for in this Agreement (PROVIDED that, if an Event of
Default specified in Section 9.5 shall occur with respect to the


                                      -80-

<PAGE>

Borrower, the result which would occur upon the giving of written notice by the
Agent as specified in clauses (i) and (ii) below shall occur automatically
without the giving of any such notice): (i) declare the Total Commitment
terminated, whereupon the Commitment of each Bank shall forthwith terminate
immediately and any Commitment Commission shall forthwith become due and payable
without any other notice of any kind; (ii) declare the principal of and any
accrued interest in respect of all Loans and all obligations owing hereunder
(including Unpaid Drawings) to be, whereupon the same shall become, forthwith
due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any
kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; (iii) direct the
Collateral Agent to enforce any or all of the Liens and security interests
created pursuant to the Security Documents; (iv) terminate any Letter of Credit
which may be terminated in accordance with its terms; and (v) direct the
Borrower to pay (and the Borrower hereby agrees upon receipt of such notice, or
upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in Section 9.5 in respect
of the Borrower, it will pay) to the Agent at the Payment Office such additional
amounts of cash, to be held as security for the Borrower's reimbursement
obligations in respect of Letters of Credit then outstanding equal to the
aggregate Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding.


          SECTION 10.  DEFINITIONS.  As used herein, the following terms shall
have the meanings herein specified unless the context otherwise requires.
Defined terms in this Agreement shall include in the singular number the plural
and in the plural the singular:

          "Additional Mortgage" shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.11.

          "Additional  Proceeds" shall mean (i) the proceeds of Indebtedness
secured by Liens permitted pursuant to Section 8.2(j) and encumbering new stores
and related land acquired or constructed after the Effective Date but only to
the extent of such proceeds equal to the amount theretofore expended by the
Borrower after the Effective Date in connection with the acquisition and
construction of such store and related land and included after the Effective
Date in Consolidated Capital Expenditures and (ii) the Net Cash Proceeds of
Permitted Sale-Leaseback Transactions but only to the extent of such Net Cash
Proceeds equal to the amount theretofore expended by the Borrower after the
Effective Date in connection with the acquisition and construction of the
properties the subject of such Permitted Sale-Leaseback Transactions and


                                      -81-

<PAGE>

included after the Effective Date in Consolidated Capital Expenditures, in a
maximum aggregate amount for clauses (i) and (ii) during any fiscal year of the
Borrower not to exceed $10,000,000.

          "Additional Security Documents" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 7.11.

          "Adjusted Capitalized Lease Obligations (Other)" shall mean all
Capitalized Lease Obligations (Other) incurred in any fiscal year up to an
aggregate amount equal to (i) $8,000,000 for each of the fiscal years ending in
1996 and 1997 and (ii) $10,000,000 for each of the fiscal years ending
thereafter.

          "Adjusted Cash Flow" for any Excess Cash Flow Period shall mean
Consolidated Net Income for such period (after provision for taxes) plus the
amount of all non-cash charges (including, without limitation, amortization,
depreciation, deferred tax expense and non-cash interest expense) minus any non-
cash credits (including in respect of deferred taxes) in each case that were
deducted in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year less the
amount of all net non-cash gains and gains from sales of assets (other than
sales of inventory and equipment in the ordinary course of business) that were
added in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year.

          "Adjusted Certificate of Deposit Rate" shall mean, on any day, the sum
(rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) of (1) the rate obtained by dividing (x)
the most recent weekly average dealer offering rate for negotiable certificates
of deposit with a three-month maturity in the secondary market as published in
the most recent Federal Reserve System publication entitled "Select Interest
Rates," published weekly on Form H.15 as of the date hereof, or if such
publication or a substitute containing the foregoing rate information shall not
be published by the Federal Reserve System for any week, the weekly average
offering rate determined by the Agent on the basis of quotations for such
certificates received by it from three certificate of deposit dealers in
New York of recognized standing or, if such quotations are unavailable, then on
the basis of other sources reasonably selected by the Agent, by (y) a percentage
equal to 100% minus the stated maximum rate of all reserve requirements as
specified in Regulation D applicable on such day to a three-month certificate of
deposit of a member bank of the Federal Reserve System in excess of $100,000
(including, without limitation, any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special
or other reserves), plus (2) the then daily net annual


                                      -82-

<PAGE>

assessment rate as estimated by the Agent for determining the current annual
assessment payable by the Agent to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for
insuring three month certificates of deposit.

          "Adjusted Consolidated Capital Expenditures" shall mean all
Consolidated Capital Expenditures other than Consolidated Capital Expenditures
made pursuant to (x) Section 8.4(a) to the extent financed by Indebtedness as
permitted by the proviso contained in said Section or (y) Section 8.4(b), (d),
(e) or (g).

          "Adjusted RL Percentage" shall mean (x) at a time when no Bank Default
exists, for each RL Bank such Bank's RL Percentage and (y) at a time when a Bank
Default exists (i) for each RL Bank that is a Defaulting Bank, zero and (ii) for
each RL Bank that is a Non-Defaulting Bank, the percentage determined by
dividing such Bank's Revolving Commitment at such time by the Adjusted Total
Revolving Commitment at such time, it being understood that all references
herein to Revolving Commitments at a time when the Total Commitment has been
terminated shall be references to the Commitments in effect immediately prior to
such termination, PROVIDED that (A) no Bank's Adjusted RL Percentage shall
change upon the occurrence of a Bank Default from that in effect immediately
prior to such Bank Default if after giving effect to such Bank Default, and any
repayment of Loans at such time pursuant to Section 4.2(A)(a) or otherwise, the
sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans and
Swingline Loans plus (ii) the Letter of Credit Outstandings exceed the Adjusted
Total Revolving Loan Commitment and (B) the changes to the Adjusted RL
Percentage that would have become effective upon the occurrence of a Bank
Default but that did not become effective as a result of the preceding clause
(A) shall become effective on the first date after the occurrence of the
relevant Bank Default on which the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans plus (ii) the Letter of
Credit Outstandings is equal to or less than the Adjusted Total Revolving Loan
Commitment.

          "Adjusted Total Available Revolving Commitment" shall mean at any time
the Adjusted Total Revolving Commitment less the Blocked Amount, at such time.

          "Adjusted Total Revolving Commitment" shall mean at any time the Total
Revolving Commitment less the aggregate Revolving Commitments of all Defaulting
Banks.

          "Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person
directly or indirectly controlling


                                      -83-

<PAGE>

(including, but not limited to, all directors and officers of such Person),
controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person.  A
Person shall be deemed to control a corporation if such Person possesses,
directly or indirectly, the power (i) to vote 10% or more of the securities
having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such corporation
or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such
corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or
otherwise.

          "Agent" shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph of this
Agreement and shall include any successor to the Agent appointed pursuant to
Section 11.9.

          "Agreement" shall mean this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as
the same may be from time to time modified, amended and/or supplemented.

          "Anticipated Reinvestment Amount" shall mean, with respect to any
Reinvestment Election, the amount specified in the Reinvestment Notice delivered
by the Borrower in connection therewith as the amount of the Net Cash Proceeds
from the related Asset Sale or Permitted Sale-Leaseback Transaction that the
Borrower intends to use to purchase, construct or otherwise acquire Reinvestment
Assets.

          "Applicable Base Rate Margin" shall mean in the case of (i) Term
Loans, 2% and (ii) Revolving Loans, 1-1/2%.

          "Applicable Eurodollar Margin" shall mean in the case of (i) Term
Loans, 3-1/2% and (ii) Revolving Loans, 3%.

          "Asset Sale" shall mean and include the sale, transfer or other
disposition (including, without limitations, any sale-leaseback transactions) by
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person (other than the Borrower
or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower) of any asset of the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries (other than (x) sales, transfers or other dispositions
in the ordinary course of business of inventory and/or obsolete or excess
equipment or (y) other sales generating proceeds in the aggregate for all such
sales not in excess of $1,000,000 in any fiscal year.

          "Assignment Agreement" shall have the meaning provided in Section
12.4(b).


                                      -84-

<PAGE>

          "Authorized Officer" shall mean any senior officer of any Person
designated as such in writing to the Agent by the Chief Financial Officer of
such Person.

          "Available Revolving Commitment" shall mean for each RL Bank at any
time an amount equal to such RL Bank's Adjusted RL Percentage times the Adjusted
Total Available Revolving Commitment, in each case at such time.

          "Available Term Loan Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each
Bank, the amount, if any, of such Bank's Term Loan Commitment less the amount,
if any, of such Bank's Existing Term Loans.

          "Bank" shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph of this
Agreement, and shall include any Bank which becomes a party to this Agreement in
accordance with Section 12.4(b).

          "Bank Default" shall mean (i) the refusal (which has not been
retracted) of an RL Bank to make available its portion of any Borrowing or to
fund its portion of any unreimbursed drawing under Section 2.2(c) or (ii) an RL
Bank having notified the Agent and/or the Borrower that it does not intend to
comply with the obligations under Section 1.2(B) or 1.2(D) or under Section
2.2(c), in either case as a result of the appointment of a receiver or
conservator with respect to such Bank at the direction or request of any
regulatory agency or authority.

          "Bankruptcy Code" shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Code, being
Title 11 of the United States Code, as the same now exists or may from time to
time hereafter be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with
all rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.

          "Bankruptcy Court" shall have the meaning provided in the recitals
hereto.

          "Base Rate" shall mean the highest of (i) the Prime Lending Rate, (ii)
the Adjusted Certificate of Deposit Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (iii) the Federal
Funds Rate plus 1/4 of 1%.

          "Base Rate Loan" shall mean each Loan bearing interest at the rates
provided in Section 1.8(a).

          "Blocked Amount" shall mean an amount which initially shall be zero
and which shall be (i) increased on the date of each Reinvestment Election by
the amount specified in the Reinvestment Notice delivered in


                                      -85-


<PAGE>

connection therewith as the Anticipated Reinvestment Amount, (ii) decreased with
respect to each Reinvestment Election (x) on each date after the occurrence of
such Reinvestment Election and prior to the Reinvestment Prepayment Date with
respect thereto on which the Borrower delivers to the Agent a certificate signed
by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower stating that all or a specified portion
of the Anticipated Reinvestment Amount relating to such Reinvestment Election
has been, or contemporaneously with the delivery of such certificate is being,
expended by the Borrower in furtherance of the purchase, construction or other
acquisition of Reinvestment Assets, by the amount so expended or being expended
and (y) on the Reinvestment Prepayment Date in respect thereof by the principal
amount of the Loans actually repaid on such date pursuant to Section 4.2(A)(j).

          "Borrower" shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph of
this Agreement.

          "Borrower Common Stock" shall mean the common stock of the Borrower.

          "Borrower Pledge Agreement" shall have the meaning provided in Section
5.1(d).

          "Borrower Security Agreement" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 5.1(e)(i).

          "Borrowing" shall mean the incurrence pursuant to a single Facility of
one Type of Loan by the Borrower from all of the Banks having Commitments with
respect to such Facility on a given date (or resulting from conversions on a
given date), having in the case of Eurodollar Loans the same Interest Period,
PROVIDED that Base Rate Loans incurred pursuant to Section 1.10(b) shall be
considered part of any related Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans.

          "BTCo" shall mean Bankers Trust Company.

          "Business Day" shall mean (i) for all purposes other than as covered
by clause (ii) below, any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day which shall
be in the City of New York a legal holiday or a day on which banking
institutions are authorized by law or other governmental actions to close and
(ii) with respect to all notices and determinations in connection with, and
payments of principal and interest on, Eurodollar Loans, any day which is a
Business Day described in clause (i) and which is also a day for trading by and
between banks in U.S. dollar deposits in the New York interbank Eurodollar
market.


                                      -86-

<PAGE>

          "Capitalized Lease Obligations" shall mean all obligations under
Capital Leases of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in each case taken at the
amount thereof accounted for as liabilities in accordance with GAAP.

          "Capitalized Lease Obligations (Equipment)" shall mean all obligations
of the Borrower under Capitalized Leases (Equipment) in each case taken at the
amount thereof accounted for as liabilities in accordance with GAAP.

          "Capitalized Lease Obligations (Other)" shall mean all Capitalized
Lease Obligations other than Capitalized Lease Obligations (Equipment).

          "Capital Lease", as applied to any Person, shall mean any lease of any
property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person or any of its
Subsidiaries as lessee which, in conformity with GAAP, is accounted for as a
capital lease on the consolidated balance sheet of that Person.

          "Capital Leases (Equipment)" shall mean all Capital Leases of the
Borrower other than any such Capital Lease relating to a store or other
facility, and in each case the related land.

          "Cash Equivalents" shall mean (i) securities issued or directly and
fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (PROVIDED that the full faith and credit of the United
States of America is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more
than six months from the date of acquisition, (ii) U.S. dollar denominated time
deposits, certificates of deposit and bankers acceptances of (x) any Bank that
is a domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus
in excess of $500,000,000 or (y) any bank whose short-term commercial paper
rating from Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") is at least A-1 or the
equivalent thereof or from Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") is at
least P-1 or the equivalent thereof (any such bank, an "Approved Bank"), in each
case with maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition,
(iii) commercial paper issued by any Bank or Approved Bank or by the parent
company of any Bank or Approved Bank and commercial paper issued by, or
guaranteed by, any industrial or financial company with a short-term commercial
paper rating of at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or
the equivalent thereof by Moody's (any such company, an "Approved Company"), or
guaranteed by any industrial company with a long term unsecured debt rating of
at least A or A2, or the equivalent of each thereof, from S&P or Moody's, as the



                                      -87-

<PAGE>

case may be, and in each case maturing within six months after the date of
acquisition, (iv) tax-exempt commercial paper of United States municipal, state
or local governments rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at
least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's and maturing within six months
after the date of acquisition and (v) any fund or funds investing solely in
investments of the type described in clauses (i) through (iv) above.

          "Cash Proceeds" shall mean, with respect to any Asset Sale, the
aggregate cash payments (including any cash received by way of deferred payment
pursuant to a note receivable issued in connection with such Asset Sale, other
than the portion of such deferred payment constituting interest, but only as and
when so received) received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from such
Asset Sale.

          "CERCLA" shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 ET
SEQ.

          "Chalfont" shall mean Chalfont Company Limited, a Bermuda Corporation.

          "Change of Control Event" shall mean (i) the direct or indirect
acquisition by any Person or group (as such term is defined in Section 13(d)(3)
of the Exchange Act), beneficial ownership (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-
3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 36% or more of the outstanding shares
of Voting Stock of the Borrower or (ii) any "change of control" or similar event
shall occur under the Senior Note Documents.

          "Chapter 11 Case" shall have the meaning provided in the recitals
hereto.

          "Class" shall mean each class of Banks; the Banks which are lenders
with respect to the Term Loans, Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans, as the case
may be.

          "Clean-Down Period" shall mean a thirty consecutive day period
selected by the Borrower which shall commence on or after July 15 of each
calendar year (commencing July 15, 1996) and terminate on or before August 31 of
such calendar year, at all times during which the outstanding principal amount
of Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans of Non-Defaulting Banks does not exceed
$40,000,000.

          "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time, and the regulations


                                      -88-

<PAGE>

promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.  Section references to the Code are
to the Code, as in effect at the date of this Agreement and any subsequent
provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted
therefor.

          "Collateral" shall mean all of the Collateral as defined in each of
the Security Documents.

          "Collateral Agent" shall mean BTCo acting as collateral agent for the
Secured Parties under the Security Documents.

          "Collective Bargaining Agreement" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 5.1(u).

          "Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each Bank, such Bank's Term
Loan Commitment and Revolving Loan Commitment.

          "Commitment Commission" shall have the meaning provided in Section
3.1(a).

          "Concentration Account" shall have the meaning provided in Section
7.9.

          "Confirmation Order" shall have the meaning provided in the recitals
hereto.

          "Confirmation Orders" shall have the meaning provided in Section
5.1(i).

          "Consolidated Capital Expenditures" shall mean, for any period, the
aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities
(including Capitalized Lease Obligations (Equipment)) but excluding in all
events Capitalized Lease Obligations (Other)) by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries during that period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are
required to be included in the property, plant or equipment reflected in the
balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, PROVIDED that Consolidated
Capital Expenditures shall in any event include the purchase price paid in
connection with the acquisition of any Person (including through the purchase of
all of the capital stock or other ownership interests of such Person or through
merger or consolidation) to the extent allocable to property, plant and
equipment; PROVIDED FURTHER that in no event shall the expenditure of amounts
relating to cash and non-cash proceeds arising from Permitted Dispositions be
deemed Adjusted Consolidated Capital Expenditures.


                                      -89-

<PAGE>

          "Consolidated Indebtedness" shall mean the principal amount of all
indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries required to be accounted for
as debt in accordance with GAAP (other than any such indebtedness in respect of
all Capitalized Lease Obligations (Other) that do not constitute Adjusted
Capitalized Lease Obligations (Other)).

          "Consolidated Net Income" shall mean for any period, the consolidated
net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period taken
as a single accounting period determined in conformity with GAAP, as modified in
accordance with Section 12.7(a), PROVIDED that there shall be excluded the
income (or loss) of any Person in which any other Person (other than the
Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower) has a joint interest,
except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually
paid to the Borrower by such Person during such period.

          "Consolidating" shall mean the consolidating balance sheet or
statement of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as
one entity.

          "Contingent Obligations" shall mean as to any Person any obligation of
such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness, leases,
dividends or other obligations ("primary obligations") of any other Person (the
"primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including,
without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,
(a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct
or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the
purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working
capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the
net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property,
securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any
such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of
such primary obligation or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of
such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
the term Contingent Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for
deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of any
CONTINGENT OBLIGATION shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or
determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such
Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum
reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof


                                      -90-

<PAGE>

(assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such
Person in good faith.

          "Credit Documents" shall mean this Agreement, the Notes, the Security
Documents and the Subsidiary Guaranty.

          "Credit Event" shall mean and include the making of a Loan and the
issuance of a Letter of Credit.

          "Credit Party" shall mean each Subsidiary Guarantor and the Borrower.

          "Cumulative EBITDA Minus Adjusted Cumulative Consolidated Capital
Expenditures" shall mean for any period (i) EBITDA for any such period of the
Borrower minus (ii) Adjusted Consolidated Capital Expenditures made during such
period.

          "Default" shall mean any event, act or condition which with notice or
lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

          "Defaulting Bank" shall mean any Bank with respect to which a Bank
Default is in effect.

          "Differential" shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.4(f).

          "DIP Documents" shall mean the Credit Agreement dated as of January
30, 1995 between the Borrower, the lenders party thereto, and Bankers Trust
Company, as Agent, and the agreements, instruments and other documents entered
into pursuant thereto.

          "Dividends" shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.6.

          "Documents" shall mean and include the Credit Documents and the Plan
of Reorganization Documents.

          "EBIT" shall mean, for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, before interest income, interest expense and
provision for taxes and without giving effect to any extraordinary gains in
excess of extraordinary losses or gains from sales of assets (other than (i)
sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business and (ii) dispositions of
stores (and related assets) permitted by Section 8.1(d), (PROVIDED that for any
fiscal period for which EBIT is being determined such gains may be included in
EBIT only up to an amount equal to (x) $750,000 times (y) the number of fiscal


                                      -91-

<PAGE>

quarters included in such period)), the establishment of LIFO reserves.

          "EBITDA" for any period shall mean EBIT, adjusted by adding thereto
the amount of all amortization of intangibles and depreciation plus all non-cash
charges in respect of deferred profit sharing plans, deferred compensation
plans, pension plans and employee health plans plus, in each case that were
deducted in arriving at EBIT for such period PROVIDED that one-time gains and up
to $1,000,000 of one-time non-cash net charges relating to Permitted
Dispositions shall not be included in determining EBITDA, and one-time cash
charges relating to Permitted Dispositions and the ongoing cash costs of any
stores closed in connection with the Permitted Dispositions shall be included in
determining EBITDA.

          "Effective Date" shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.10.

          "Eligible Assignee" shall have the meaning provided in Section
12.4(b).

          "Employment Agreements" shall have the meaning provided in Section
5.1(u).

          "Environmental Claims" means any and all administrative, regulatory or
judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of
noncompliance or violation, investigations (other than internal reports prepared
by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries solely in the ordinary course of such
Person's business and not in response to any third party action or request of
any kind) or proceedings relating in any way to any Environmental Law or any
permit issued, or any approval given, under any such Environmental Law
(hereafter, "Claims"), including, without limitation, (a) any and all Claims by
governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal,
response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable
Environmental Law, and (b) any and all Claims by any third party seeking
damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or
injunctive relief resulting from Hazardous Materials arising from alleged injury
or threat of injury to health, safety or the environment.

          "Environmental Law" means any applicable Federal, state, foreign or
local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, guide, policy and rule of
common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any
judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or
administrative order, consent


                                      -92-

<PAGE>

decree or judgment, relating to the environment, health, safety or Hazardous
Materials, including, without limitation, CERCLA; RCRA; the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. Section 1251 ET SEQ.; the Toxic
Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 7401 ET SEQ.; the Clean Air Act, 42
U.S.C. Section 7401 ET SEQ.; the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 3808
ET SEQ.; the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 U.S.C. Section 2701 ET SEQ. and any
applicable state and local or foreign counterparts or equivalents.

          "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings
issued thereunder.  Section references to ERISA are to ERISA, as in effect at
the date of this Agreement and any subsequent provisions of ERISA, amendatory
thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.

          "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean each person (as defined in Section 3(9)
of ERISA) which together with the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower
would be deemed to be a "single employer" within the meaning of Section 414(b),
(c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

          "Escrow Agreement" shall mean the escrow agreement dated as of June
15, 1995 between the Escrow Agent, the Borrower and Miller Tabak Hirsch & Co.
pursuant to which the Borrower shall deposit $3,000,000 pursuant to paragraph
3(e) of the MTH Settlement Agreement (as defined in the Plan of Reorganization).

          "Escrow Agent" shall mean United States Trust Company of New York.

          "Eurodollar Loans" shall mean each Loan bearing interest at the rates
provided in Section 1.8(b).

          "Eurodollar Rate" shall mean with respect to each Interest Period for
a Eurodollar Loan, (i) the offered quotation to first-class banks in the
interbank Eurodollar market by the Agent for Dollar deposits of amounts in same
day funds comparable to the outstanding principal amount of the Eurodollar Loan
of the Agent for which an interest rate is then being determined with maturities
comparable to the Interest Period to be applicable to such Eurodollar Loan,
determined as of 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the date which is two Business
Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, divided (and rounded
upward to the next whole multiple of 1/16 of 1%) by (ii) a percentage equal to
100% minus the then stated maximum rate of all reserve requirements (including,
without limitation, any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other re-


                                      -93-

<PAGE>

serves) applicable to any member bank of the Federal Reserve System in respect
of Eurocurrency liabilities as defined in Regulation D (or any successor
category of liabilities under Regulation D).

          "Event of Default" shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.

          "Excess Cash Flow" shall mean, for any Excess Cash Flow Period, the
remainder of (A) the sum of (i) Adjusted Cash Flow for such period, and (ii) to
the extent not included in (A)(i) above, any amounts (net of reasonable fees,
expenses and other costs incurred in connection therewith) received by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in settlement of, or in payment of any
judgments resulting from, actions, suits or proceedings with respect to the
Borrower or such Subsidiary from the first day to the last day of such period,
minus (B) the sum of (i) cash disbursements made in respect of liabilities to
the extent reserved against on the financial statements of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries on the Effective Date and not otherwise deducted in determining
Adjusted Cash Flow, (ii) any increase (or plus any decrease) in the aggregate
amount of loans, advances and deposits permitted by Sections 8.2(e), 8.5(c)
and/or 8.5(g) from the first day to the last day of such period, (iii) the
increase (or plus any decrease) in LIFO reserves established by the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries from the first day to the last day of such period, (iv) the sum
of (x) the excess of the amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures made during
such period pursuant to Section 8.4(a), without giving effect to any
Consolidated Capital Expenditures made pursuant to Section 8.4(c), overall
Consolidated Capital Expenditures made during such period pursuant to said
Section 8.4(a) (as so modified) that are financed by Indebtedness (other than
the Loans hereunder) plus (y) the amount, if any, of Consolidated Capital
Expenditures that the Borrower may make pursuant to Section 8.4(a) in the next
following fiscal year in excess of the amount of Consolidated Capital
Expenditures set forth in said Section as a result of the operation of Section
8.4(c), (v) all Third Party Debt Repayments made during such period during such
period except prepayments of the principal amount of Term Loans made pursuant to
Sections 4.2(A)(c), (d), (e) and/or (f), and (vi) any Net Debt Issuance Proceeds
and Net Equity Issuance Proceeds to the extent included in Adjusted Cash Flow
for such period; PROVIDED that proceeds from the dispositions of the Permitted
Disposition Stores shall be excluded from the determination of Excess Cash Flow.

          "Excess Cash Flow Period" shall mean (i) the period commencing on the
Effective Date and ending on the


                                      -94-

<PAGE>

last day of the Borrower's fiscal year ending April 1996 and (ii) each
subsequent fiscal year of the Borrower.

          "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

          "Existing Indebtedness" shall have the meaning provided in Section
6.19.

          "Existing Indebtedness Agreements" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 5.1(k).

          "Existing Letter of Credit" shall mean each outstanding letter of
credit issued for the account of the Borrower pursuant to the Original Credit
Agreement which are identified on Schedule VII hereto.

          "Existing Revolving Loans" shall mean, with respect to each Bank, the
amount, if any, of the Revolving Loans existing on the Effective Date after
giving effect to the amendments and restatements contemplated in Section 1.1(a),
the conversions contemplated in Section 1.1(b), the payments contemplated in
Section 1.1(c), and prior to the making of any additional Loans hereunder, set
forth opposite such Bank's name on Schedule I hereto directly below the column
entitled "Revolving Loans".

          "Existing Term Loans" shall mean, with respect to each Bank, the
amount, if any, of the Term Loans existing on the Effective Date after giving
effect to the amendments and restatements contemplated in Section 1.1(a), and
prior to the making of any additional Loans hereunder, set forth opposite such
Bank's name on Schedule I hereto directly below the column entitled "Term
Loans".

          "Expiry Date" shall mean June 15, 1999.

          "Facility" shall mean any of the three Facilities established under
this Agreement, I.E., the Term Loan Facility, the Revolving Credit Facility and
the Swingline Facility.

          "Facing Fee" shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.1(c).

          "Federal Funds Rate" shall mean for any period, a fluctuating interest
rate equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates
on overnight Federal Funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve
System arranged by Federal Funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such
day is not a Business Day,


                                      -95-

<PAGE>

for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York,
or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the
average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the
Agent from three Federal Funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the
Agent.

          "Fees" shall mean all amounts payable pursuant to, or referred to in,
Section 3.1.

          "Final Maturity Date" shall mean June 15, 2002.

          "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" for any period shall mean the ratio of
(i) EBITDA for such period to (ii) Fixed Charges for such period.

          "Fixed Charges" for any period shall mean the sum of (i) Total Cash
Interest Expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period and (ii)
all scheduled principal amortizations of Consolidated Indebtedness for such
period (giving effect to any reductions to scheduled amortizations of the Term
Loans effected prior to or during such period pursuant to Section 4.2(B)(a) or
otherwise) and (iii) Adjusted Consolidated Capital Expenditures for such period,
PROVIDED that Consolidated Capital Expenditures permitted to be made pursuant to
Section 8.4(c) for such period shall be subtracted from the Fixed Charges for
such period to the extent that, if the amount which was made available pursuant
to Section 8.4(c) during the previous fiscal year were added to the Fixed
Charges for such previous year, the Borrower would still have been in compliance
with Section 8.10 during such previous year.

          "Fresh Start Accounting" shall mean Fresh Start Accounting as
described in "Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the
Bankruptcy Code", Statement of Position 90-7 of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants.

          "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States of America as in effect on the date of this Agreement (without
taking into effect any application of Financial Accounting Standards Bulletins
Nos. 96 or 106); it being understood and agreed that determinations in
accordance with GAAP for purposes of Section 8, including defined terms as used
therein, are subject (to the extent provided therein) to Section 12.7(a).

          "GU Capital" shall mean Grand Union Capital Corporation, a Delaware
corporation.


                                      -96-

<PAGE>

          "Hazardous Materials" means (a) any petroleum or petroleum products,
radioactive materials, asbestos in any form that is or could become friable,
urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment that
contained, electric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls, and
radon gas; (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in
the definition of "hazardous substances," "hazardous waste," "hazardous
materials," "extremely hazardous waste," "restricted hazardous waste," "toxic
substances," "toxic pollutants," "contaminants," or "pollutants," or words of
similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law; and (c) any other
chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or
regulated by any governmental authority.

          "Holdings" shall mean Grand Union Holdings Corporation, a Delaware
corporation.

          "Indebtedness" of any Person shall mean without duplication (i) all
indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) the deferred purchase price
of assets or services which in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles would be shown on the liability side of the balance sheet of such
Person, (iii) the face amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of
such Person and, without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder, (iv) all
Indebtedness of a second Person secured by any Lien on any property owned by
such first Person, whether or not such indebtedness has been assumed, (v) all
Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (vi) all obligations of such
Person to pay a specified purchase price for goods or services whether or not
delivered or accepted, I.E., take-or-pay and similar obligations, (vii) all
obligations of such Person under Interest Rate Protection Agreements, (viii) all
reimbursement or other monetary obligations with respect to surety, performance
and bid bonds, and (ix) all Contingent Obligations of such Person, PROVIDED that
Indebtedness shall not include trade payables and accrued expenses, in each case
arising in the ordinary course of business.

          "Initial Revolving Commitments" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 1.1(a).

          "Initial Revolving Loans" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 1.1(a).

          "Initial Term Loans" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 1.1(a).


                                      -97-

<PAGE>

          "Interest Period", with respect to any Loan, shall mean the interest
period applicable thereto, as determined pursuant to Section 1.9.

          "Interest Rate Protection Agreement" shall mean any interest rate swap
agreement, any interest rate cap agreement, any interest rate collar agreement
or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Borrower
against fluctuations in interest rates.

          "Leasehold" of any Person means all of the right, title and interest
of such Person as lessee or licensee in, to and under leases or licenses of
land, improvements and/or fixtures.

          "Letter of Credit" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a).

          "Letter of Credit Fee" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 3.1(b).

          "Letter of Credit Issuer" shall mean BTCo.

          "Letter of Credit Outstandings" shall mean, at any time, the sum of,
without duplication, (i) the aggregate Stated Amount of all outstanding Letters
of Credit and (ii) the aggregate amount of all unpaid drawings in respect of all
Letters of Credit.

          "Letter of Credit Request" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 2.3(a).

          "Lien" shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest,
encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any agreement to give any of
the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any
lease in the nature thereof).

          "Loan" shall mean each and every Loan made by any Bank hereunder,
including Term Loans, Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans.

          "Management Agreements" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 5.1(u).

          "Mandatory Borrowing" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 1.2(D).

          "Margin Stock" shall have the meaning provided in Regulation U.


                                      -98-

<PAGE>

          "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse effect on the
business, properties, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise) or
prospects of the Borrower or of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole.

          "Maximum Swingline Amount" shall mean $15,000,000.

          "Minimum Assignment Amount" shall mean, with respect to any assignment
by any Bank of its Loans or Commitments hereunder, $5,000,000.

          "Minimum Borrowing Amount" shall mean (i) for Term Loans, $18,000,000,
(ii) for Revolving Loans, $5,000,000 and (iii) for Swingline Loans, $1,000,000.

          "Mortgage" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.1(f).

          "Mortgage Policies" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.1(f).

          "Mortgaged Properties" shall mean and include all Real Properties
owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent
designated as such on Schedule V hereto.

          "Net Cash Proceeds" shall mean, with respect to any Asset Sale, the
Cash Proceeds resulting therefrom net of reasonable costs and expenses of sale
and related cash settlements (including payment of severance and other
termination costs, other current liabilities attaching to the assets sold and
retained by the seller and principal, premium and interest of Indebtedness other
than the Loans, required to be, and which is, repaid under the terms thereof as
a result of such Asset Sale) and incremental taxes paid or payable as a result
thereof.

          "Net Debt Issuance Proceeds" shall mean the proceeds (net of
reasonable costs associated therewith) received from the incurrence of
Indebtedness.

          "Net Equity Issuance Proceeds" shall mean the cash or cash equivalents
proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other reasonable
costs associated therewith) received from the sale of equity.

          "Non-Defaulting Bank" shall mean and include each Bank other than a
Defaulting Bank.


                                      -99-

<PAGE>

          "Note" shall mean each Term Note, Revolving Note  and the Swingline
Note.

          "Notice of Borrowing" shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.3.

          "Notice of Conversion" shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.6.

          "Notice Office" shall mean the office of the Agent at 280 Park Avenue,
New York, New York or such other office as the Agent may designate to the
Borrower and the Banks from time to time.

          "Obligations" shall mean all amounts, direct or indirect, contingent
or absolute, of every type or description, and at any time existing, owing to
the Agent or any Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other
Credit Document.

          "Original B Term Loans" shall mean the "B Term Loans" as defined in
the Original Credit Agreement.

          "Original Banks" shall mean the lending institutions designated as
"Banks" under the Original Credit Agreement as of the Effective Date.

          "Original Credit Agreement" shall mean the Credit Agreement dated as
of July 14, 1992, among Holdings, GU Capital, the Borrower, the lending
institutions party thereto, the Agent and Midlantic Bank, N.A., as co-agent, as
amended, modified and supplemented or the provisions thereof waived through the
date hereof.

          "Original Credit Documents" shall mean the "Credit Documents" as
defined in the Original Credit Agreement.

          "Original Letter of Credit Outstandings" shall mean the "Letter of
Credit Outstandings" as defined in the Original Credit Agreement.

          "Original Revolving Commitment" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 1.1(a).

          "Original Revolving Credit Facility" shall mean the "Revolving Credit
Facility" as defined in the Original Credit Agreement.

          "Original Revolving Loans" shall mean the "Revolving Loans" as defined
in the Original Credit Agreement.


                                      -100-

<PAGE>

          "Original RL Banks" shall mean the "RL Banks" as defined in the
Original Credit Agreement.

          "Original Senior Notes" shall mean (i) the 11-1/4% Senior Notes
Due July 15, 2000 issued by the Borrower pursuant to an indenture dated as of
July 22, 1992 among the Borrower, as issuer, Holdings and GU Capital, as
guarantors, and First Trust National Association as trustee, and (ii) the 11-
3/8% Senior Notes Due February 15, 1999 issued by the Borrower pursuant to an
indenture dated as of January 28, 1993 among the Borrower, as issuer, Holdings
and GU Capital, as guarantors, and First Trust of California, National
Association, as trustee.

          "Participant" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.2(a).

          "Participation" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.2(a).

          "Payment Office" shall mean the office of the Agent at 280 Park
Avenue, New York, New York or such other office as the Agent may designate to
the Borrower and the Banks from time to time.

          "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established
pursuant to Section 4002 of ERISA, or any successor thereto.

          "Permitted Dispositions" shall mean the sale or closure by the
Borrower of real and personal property connected with the Company's stores
identified on Schedule XI hereto.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in the immediately preceding sentence, the disposition of such
property shall constitute a Permitted Disposition only if all requirements of
Section 12.15 applicable to the Permitted Dispositions are met with respect
thereto.

          "Permitted Encumbrances" shall mean (i) as to any Mortgaged Property
owned by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, those liens, encumbrances and
other matters affecting title to any Mortgaged Property listed in the Mortgage
Policies in respect thereof and found reasonably acceptable by the Agent, (ii)
as to any particular Mortgaged Property at any time, such easements,
encroachments, covenants, rights of way, minor defects, irregularities or
encumbrances on title which are not unusual with respect to property similar in
character to any such Mortgaged Property and which do not, in the reasonable
opinion of the Agent, materially impair such Mortgaged Property for the purpose
for which it is held by


                                      -101-

<PAGE>

the mortgagor thereof, or the lien held by the Collateral Agent, (iii) municipal
and zoning ordinances, which are not violated by the existing improvements and
the present use made by the mortgagor thereof of the Premises (as defined in the
respective Mortgage), (iv) general real estate taxes and assessments not yet
delinquent, and (v) such other items as the Agent may consent to.

          "Permitted Liens" shall mean (i) the Liens existing on the Effective
Date to the extent described on Schedule IX hereto and deemed acceptable by the
Agent, without giving effect to any replacements thereof, and then only to the
extent (x) encumbering the assets of the Borrower described in such Schedule IX
on the Effective Date and (y) of the Indebtedness or obligations secured thereby
on the Effective Date and (ii) interests of consignors in goods shipped to the
Borrower on consignment not to exceed $1,300,000.

          "Permitted Sale-Leaseback Transaction" shall mean any sale by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of (x) the Company's stores located at New
Fairfield, Connecticut; Dumont, New Jersey; Valatie, New York; Morrisville,
Vermont; Corinth, New York; Tannersville, New York and Manchester Center,
Vermont each as substantially renovated after the Effective Date, (y) a store or
facility, and in each case related land, to the extent acquired or constructed
after the Effective Date or (z) equipment acquired or constructed after the
Effective Date, in each case within 270 days of such acquisition or the
substantial completion of such construction, which is then leased back to the
respective seller (pursuant to, in the case of any such equipment, a Capital
Lease (Equipment)) PROVIDED that the proceeds of the respective sale shall be
entirely cash and shall not be less than 95% of the fair market value of the
respective asset being sold (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), and
the respective lease shall provide for substantially equal annual payments
(except that a balloon payment shall be permitted at the end of the lease term)
(i) based upon an amortization schedule of at least 15 years and with a minimum
term of at least 15 years in the case of real property and (ii) with a minimum
term of at least five years in the case of personal property, PROVIDED that a
transaction shall constitute a Permitted Sale-Leaseback Transaction only if the
anticipated lease payments are such that, when aggregated with the existing
lease obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, are not projected to
cause a violation of any other provision of this Agreement.

          "Person" shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm,
corporation, association, trust or


                                      -102-

<PAGE>

other enterprise or any government or political subdivision or any agency,
department or instrumentality thereof.

          "Plan" shall mean any multiemployer or single-employer plan as defined
in Section 4001 of ERISA and covered by Title IV thereof, which is maintained or
contributed to by (or to which there is an obligation to contribute of), or at
any time during the five calendar years preceding the date of this Agreement was
maintained or contributed to by (or to which there was an obligation to
contribute of) the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or an ERISA Affiliate with
respect to which any material liability exists currently or could reasonably be
expected to exist at any time while this Agreement is in effect.

          "Plan of Reorganization" shall mean the Second Amended Chapter 11 Plan
of Reorganization (including all exhibits thereto) of the Borrower confirmed by
the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Case.

          "Plan of Reorganization Documents" shall mean the Plan of
Reorganization and each document and agreement executed or delivered in
connection with or relating to the restructuring effected by the Confirmation
Orders which are attached to Exhibit H hereto.

          "Pledge Agreements" shall mean and include the Borrower Pledge
Agreement and the Subsidiary Pledge Agreement.

          "Pledged Securities" shall mean and include the Pledged Securities as
defined in each of the Pledge Agreements.

          "Post-Confirmation Projections" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 5.1(l).

          "Prime Lending Rate" shall mean the rate which the Agent announces
from time to time as its prime lending rate, the Prime Lending Rate to change
when and as such prime lending rate changes.  The Prime Lending Rate is a
reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate
actually charged to any customer.  The Agent may make commercial loans or other
loans at rates of interest at, above or below the Prime Lending Rate.

          "RCRA" shall mean the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42
U.S.C. Section 6901 ET SEQ., as the same may be amended from time to time.


                                      -103-

<PAGE>

          "Real Property" of any Person shall mean all of the right, title and
interest of such Person in and to land, improvements and fixtures, including
Leaseholds.

          "Regulation D", "Regulation G", "Regulation U" and "Regulation X"
shall mean, respectively, Regulation D, Regulation G, Regulation U and
Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from
time to time in effect.

          "Reinvestment Assets" shall mean assets to be employed in the business
of the Borrower as it is conducted on the Effective Date.

          "Reinvestment Election" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 4.2(A)(c).

          "Reinvestment Notice" shall mean a written notice signed by an
Authorized Officer of the Borrower stating that the Borrower, in good faith,
intends and expects to use all or a specified portion of the Net Cash Proceeds
of an Asset Sale or a Permitted Sale-Leaseback Transaction to purchase,
construct or otherwise acquire Reinvestment Assets.

          "Reinvestment Prepayment Amount" shall mean, with respect to any
Reinvestment Election, the amount, if any, on the Reinvestment Prepayment Date
relating thereto by which (a) the Anticipated Reinvestment Amount in respect of
such Reinvestment Election exceeds (b) the aggregate amount by which the Blocked
Amount has been reduced pursuant to clause (ii)(x) of the definition thereof as
a result of the expenditure of such Anticipated Reinvestment Amount.

          "Reinvestment Prepayment Date" shall mean, with respect to any
Reinvestment Election, the earliest of (i) the date, if any, upon which the
Agent, on behalf of the Required Banks, shall have delivered a written
termination notice to the Borrower, PROVIDED that such notice may only be given
while an Event of Default exists, (ii) the date occurring one year after such
Reinvestment Election and (iii) the date on which the Borrower shall have
determined not to, or shall have otherwise ceased to, proceed with the purchase,
construction or other acquisition of Reinvestment Assets with the related
Anticipated Reinvestment Amount.

          "Release" shall mean disposing, discharging, injecting, spilling,
leaking, leaching, dumping, emitting, escaping, emptying, seeping, placing and
the like, into or upon any land or water or air, or otherwise entering into the
environment.


                                      -104-

<PAGE>

          "Reorganization Expenses" shall mean and include all expenses net of
any revenues which, in each case, are classified as "reorganization items" as
defined in "Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the
Bankruptcy Code", Statement of Position 90-7 of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants.

          "Replacement Store" shall mean, with respect to any store of the
Borrower which is being closed, a store which is newly acquired or constructed
by the Borrower within 12 months of the closing of the store to be closed and is
located within five miles of such store to be closed.

          "Reportable Event" shall mean an event described in Section 4043(b) of
ERISA with respect to a Plan as to which the 30-day notice requirement has not
been waived by the PBGC.

          "Required Banks" shall mean, at any time, Banks whose outstanding Term
Loans and Revolving Commitments exceed 50% of the total outstanding Term Loans
and Total Revolving Commitment.

          "Required Class Creditors" shall mean, at any time, (i) with respect
to Term Loans, Banks whose Term Loans exceed 50% of the total outstanding Term
Loans at such time, (ii) with respect to Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit,
Banks whose Revolving Commitments exceed 50% of the Total Revolving Commitment
and (iii) with respect to Swingline Loans, BTCo.

          "Revolving Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each Bank, the
amount, if any, set forth opposite such Bank's name in Schedule I hereto
directly below the column entitled "Revolving Commitment", as the same may be
reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 3.2, 3.3 and/or 9.

          "Revolving Credit Facility" shall mean the Facility evidenced by the
Total Revolving Commitment.

          "Revolving Loan" shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.2(B)(b).

          "Revolving Note" shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.5(a).

          "RL Bank" shall mean at any time each Bank with a Revolving
Commitment.

          "RL Expiry Date" shall mean June 15, 2000.


                                      -105-

<PAGE>

          "RL Percentage" shall mean at any time for each RL Bank, the
percentage obtained by dividing such RL Bank's Revolving Commitment by the Total
Revolving Commitment.

          "Scheduled Repayment" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 4.2(A)(b).

          "SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
successor thereto.

          "Secured Parties" shall mean (i) the Banks, the Agent and the
Collateral Agent and (ii) the Interest Rate Protection Creditors (as defined in
any Security Document).

          "Security Agreements" shall mean and include (i) the Borrower Security
Agreement and (ii) the Subsidiary Security Agreement.

          "Security Agreement Collateral" shall mean all "Collateral" as defined
in the Security Agreements.

          "Security Documents" shall mean and include each Security Agreement,
each Pledge Agreement, each Mortgage, each Additional Security Document and each
Additional Mortgage.

          "Senior Note Documents" shall mean and include each of the Senior
Notes and all securities purchase agreements, indentures and other documents and
agreements related thereto.

          "Senior Notes" shall mean the 12% Senior Notes due September 1, 2004
issued by the Borrower pursuant to an indenture dated as of June 15, 1995
between the Borrower, as issuer, and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as
trustee.

          "Stated Amount" of each Letter of Credit shall mean the maximum
available to be drawn thereunder (regardless of whether any conditions for
drawing could then be met).

          "Subordinated Notes" shall mean (i) the 13% Senior Subordinated Notes
Due 1998 issued by the Borrower (as successor to GU Acquisition Corporation)
pursuant to an indenture dated as of March 2, 1988 among the Borrower, as
issuer, and Chemical Bank (as successor to Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company),
as trustee, (ii) the 12-1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due July 15, 2002 issued
by the Borrower pursuant to an indenture dated as of July 22, 1992 among the
Borrower, as issuer, Holdings and GU Capital, as guarantors, and United States
Trust Company of New York, as


                                      -106-

<PAGE>

trustee, and (iii) the 12-1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due July 15, 2002,
Series A issued by the Borrower pursuant to an indenture dated as of October 18,
1993 among the Borrower, as issuer, GU Capital, as guarantor, and United States
Trust Company of New York, as trustee.

          "Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean and include (i) any corporation
more than 50% of whose stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof
ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation
(irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any class or classes of
such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the
happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or
indirectly through Subsidiaries and (ii) any partnership, association, joint
venture or other entity in which such Person directly or indirectly through
Subsidiaries, has more than a 50% equity interest at the time; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that Chalfont shall not be deemed to be a "Subsidiary" of the Borrower.
Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to "Subsidiary" shall
mean a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

          "Subsidiary Guarantor" shall mean (i) each Subsidiary of the Borrower
which is a party to the Subsidiary Guaranty on the Effective Date and (ii) any
Subsidiary of the Borrower that becomes a party to the Subsidiary Guaranty after
the Effective Date pursuant to Section 7.13.

          "Subsidiary Guaranty" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 5.1(g).

          "Subsidiary Pledge Agreement" shall mean the pledge agreement duly
authorized, executed and delivered after the Effective Date by each Subsidiary
of the Borrower required to become a party thereto pursuant to Section 7.13,
which pledge agreement shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent
(as the same may be modified, supplemented or amended from time to time).

          "Subsidiary Security Agreement" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 5.1(e)(ii).

          "Swingline Commitment" shall mean the commitment of BTCo to make
Swingline Loans up to the Maximum Swingline Amount.

          "Swingline Facility" shall mean the Facility evidenced by the
Swingline Commitment.

                                      -107-
<PAGE>


          "Swingline Loan" shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.2(C).

          "Swingline Note" shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.5(a).

          "Swingline Termination Date" shall mean the date which is three
Business Days prior to the Expiry Date.

          "Syndication Date" shall mean the earlier of (x) the date which is 90
days after the Effective Date and (y) the date upon which the Agent determines
in its sole discretion (and notifies the Borrower) that the primary syndication
(and the resulting addition of institutions as Banks pursuant to Section 12.4)
has been completed.

          "Taxes" shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.4.

          "Tax Sharing Agreements" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 5.1(u).

          "Term Loan" shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.2(B)(a).

          "Term Loan Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each Bank, the
amount, if any, set forth opposite such Bank's name on Schedule I hereto
directly below the column entitled "Term Loan Commitment" as the same may be
reduced or terminated pursuant to Section 3.3.

          "Term Loan Facility" shall mean the Facility evidenced by the Total
Term Loan Commitment.

          "Term Note" shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.5(a).

          "Third Party Debt Repayments" shall mean any repayment by the Borrower
or any Subsidiary of principal on Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary
PROVIDED that Third Party Debt Repayments shall not include (i) any repayment on
the Revolving Loans except to the extent the Total Revolving Commitment has been
permanently reduced in connection with such repayment, (ii) any repayment on any
other revolving loans of the Borrower or any Subsidiary other than any such
repayment at the final maturity thereof but then only to the extent such
revolving loans have not been replaced or refinanced through a new loan or
credit facility, (iii) any repayment financed through the incurrence of new
Indebtedness excluding any repayment financed through the incurrence of
Revolving Loans), (iv) any repayment of Indebtedness with proceeds of the sale
of


                                      -108-

<PAGE>

assets or issuance of equity and (v) any repayments of Capital Lease Obligations
and/or other Indebtedness, to the extent in each case described in this clause
(v) deducted in computing Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow for the applicable
Excess Cash Flow Period.

          "Total Cash Interest Expense" shall mean for any period total interest
expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (including,
without limitation, the interest expense associated with Capitalized Lease
Obligations (Equipment) and Adjusted Capitalized Lease Obligations (Other) but
excluding (y) interest expense associated with Capitalized Lease Obligations
(Other) (but only to the extent not constituting Adjusted Capitalized Lease
Obligations (Other)) and (z) expense for interest not payable in cash during
such period.

          "Total Commitment" shall mean the sum of the Total Term Loan
Commitment and the Total Revolving Commitment.

          "Total Initial Revolving Loans" shall mean the sum of the Initial
Revolving Loans of each of the Banks.

          "Total Revolving Commitment" shall mean the sum of the Revolving
Commitments of each of the Banks.

          "Total Term Loan Commitment" shall mean the sum of the Term Loan
Commitments of each of the Banks.

          "Total Unutilized Revolving Commitment" shall mean, at any time, the
excess, if any, of (i) the Total Revolving Commitment over (ii) the sum of (x)
the outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans plus
(y) the Letter of Credit Outstandings, in each case at such time.

          "Type" shall mean any type of Loan determined with respect to the
interest option applicable thereto, I.E., a Base Rate Loan or Eurodollar Loan.

          "UCC" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code.

          "Unfunded Current Liability" of any Plan shall mean the amount, if
any, by which the present value of the accrued benefits under the Plan as of the
close of its most recent plan year, determined in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, based upon the actuarial assumptions used
by the Plan's actuary in the most recent annual valuation of the Plan, exceeds
the fair market value of the assets allocable thereto, determined in accordance
with Section 412 of the Code.


                                      -109-

<PAGE>

          "Unpaid Drawing" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.4(a).

          "Unutilized Revolving Commitment" for any RL Bank at any time shall
mean the excess of (x) the Revolving Commitment of such RL Bank over (y) the sum
of (i) the aggregate outstanding Revolving Loans of such Bank plus (ii) such RL
Bank's Adjusted RL Percentage of the Letter of Credit Outstandings.

          "Voting Stock" shall mean the shares of capital stock and any other
securities of any Person entitled to vote generally for the election of
directors of such Person or any other securities (including, without limitation,
rights and options), convertible into, exchangeable into or exercisable for, any
of the foregoing (whether or not presently exercisable, convertible or
exchangeable).

          "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean any Subsidiary of
such Person to the extent all of the capital stock or other ownership interests
in such Subsidiary, other than directors' qualifying shares, is owned directly
or indirectly by such Person.

          "Written" or "in writing" shall mean any form of written communication
or a communication by means of telex, telecopier device, telegraph or cable.


          SECTION 11.  THE AGENT.

          11.1  APPOINTMENT.  Each Bank hereby irrevocably designates and
appoints BTCo as Agent (such term as used in this Section 11 to include BTCo in
its capacity as Collateral Agent) of such Bank to act as specified herein and in
the other Credit Documents, and each such Bank hereby irrevocably authorizes
BTCo as the Agent for such Bank, to take such action on its behalf under the
provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such
powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Agent by the
terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other
powers which in the opinion of the Agent are reasonably incidental thereto.  The
Agent agrees to act as such upon the express conditions contained in this
Section 11.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this
Agreement, neither the Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except
those expressly set forth herein or in the other Credit Documents, or any
fiduciary relationship with any Bank, and no implied covenants, functions,
responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this
Agreement or otherwise


                                      -110-

<PAGE>

exist against the Agent.  The provisions of this Section 11 are solely for the
benefit of the Agent and the Banks, and no Credit Party shall have any rights as
a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions hereof.  In performing their
functions and duties under this Agreement, the Agent shall act solely as agent
of the Banks and the Agent does not assume and shall not be deemed to have
assumed any obligation or relationship of agency or trust with or for any Credit
Party.

          11.2  DELEGATION OF DUTIES.  The Agent may execute any of its duties
under this Agreement or any other Credit Document by or through agents or
attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all
matters pertaining to such duties.  The Agent shall not be responsible for the
negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with
reasonable care except to the extent otherwise required by Section 11.3.

          11.3  EXCULPATORY PROVISIONS.  The Agent, or any of its respective
officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall
not be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or
such Person under or in connection with this Agreement (except for its or such
Person's own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any
manner to any of the Banks for any recitals, statements, representations or
warranties made by any Credit Party or any of their respective officers
contained in this Agreement, any other Credit Document or in any certificate,
report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received
by the Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Credit
Document or for any failure of any Credit Party or any of their respective
officers to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  The Agent shall
not be under any obligation to any Bank to ascertain or to inquire as to the
observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions
of, this Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit
Party.  The Agent shall not be responsible to any Bank for the effectiveness,
genuineness, validity, enforceability, collectibility or sufficiency of this
Agreement or any Credit Document or for any representations, warranties,
recitals or statements made herein or therein or made in any written or oral
statement or in any financial or other statements, instruments, reports,
certificates or any other documents in connection herewith or therewith
furnished or made by the Agent to the Banks or by or on behalf of any Credit
Party to the Agent or any Bank or be required to ascertain or inquire as to the
performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, provisions, covenants
or


                                      -111-

<PAGE>

agreements contained herein or therein or as to the use of the proceeds of the
Loans or of the existence or possible existence of any Default or Event of
Default.

          11.4  RELIANCE BY AGENT.  The Agent shall be entitled to rely, and
shall be fully protected in relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice,
consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or
teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by
it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper
Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including,
without limitation, counsel to the Credit Parties), independent accountants and
other experts selected by the Agent.  The Agent shall be fully justified in
failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Credit
Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the
Required Banks as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its
satisfaction by the Banks against any and all liability and expense which may be
incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  The
Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from
acting, under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents in accordance with a
request of the Required Banks, and such request and any action taken or failure
to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Banks.

          11.5  NOTICE OF DEFAULT.  The Agent shall not be deemed to have
knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default
hereunder unless the Agent has received notice from a Bank or the Borrower or
any other Credit Party referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or
Event of Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default".  In the
event that the Agent receives such a notice, the Agent shall give prompt notice
thereof to the Banks.  The Agent shall take such action with respect to such
Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required
Banks, PROVIDED that, unless and until the Agent shall have received such
directions, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or
refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of
Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Banks.

          11.6  NON-RELIANCE ON AGENT AND OTHER BANKS.  Each Bank expressly
acknowledges that neither the Agent nor any of its officers, directors,
employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates have made any representations
or warranties to it and that no act by the Agent hereinafter taken, including
any review of the affairs of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be
deemed to constitute


                                      -112-

<PAGE>

any representation or warranty by the Agent to any Bank.  Each Bank represents
to the Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or
any other Bank, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed
appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business,
assets, operations, property, financial and other conditions, prospects and
creditworthiness of the Credit Parties and made its own decision to make its
Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement.  Each Bank also represents that
it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank,
and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in
taking or not taking action under this Agreement, and to make such investigation
as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, assets, operations,
property, financial and other conditions, prospects and creditworthiness of the
Credit Parties.  The Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide
any Bank with any credit or other information concerning the business,
operations, assets, property, financial and other conditions, prospects or
creditworthiness of any Credit Party which may come into the possession of the
Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or
affiliates.

          11.7  INDEMNIFICATION.  The Banks agree to indemnify the Agent in its
capacity as such ratably according to the Banks' aggregate Commitments, from and
against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties,
actions, judgments, suits, costs, reasonable expenses or disbursements of any
kind whatsoever which may at any time (including, without limitation, at any
time following the payment of the Obligations) be imposed on, incurred by or
asserted against the Agent in its capacity as such in any way relating to or
arising out of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or any documents
contemplated by or referred to herein or the transactions contemplated hereby or
any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Agent under or in connection with
any of the foregoing, but only to the extent that any of the foregoing is not
paid by the Borrower, PROVIDED that no Bank shall be liable to the Agent for the
payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting
solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent.  If any
indemnity furnished to the Agent for any purpose shall, in the opinion of the
Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, the Agent may call for additional
indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until
such additional indemnity is


                                      -113-

<PAGE>

furnished.  The agreements in this Section 11.7 shall survive the payment of all
Obligations.

          11.8  AGENT IN ITS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY.  The Agent and its and their
respective affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally
engage in any kind of business with the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as though
the Agent were not the Agent hereunder.  With respect to the Loans made by it
and all Obligations owing to it, the Agent shall have the same rights and powers
under this Agreement as any Bank and may exercise the same as though it were not
the Agent and the terms "Bank" and "Banks" shall include the Agent in its
individual capacity.

          11.9  RESIGNATION OF AGENT; SUCCESSOR AGENT.  The Agent may resign as
the Agent upon 20 days' notice to the Banks.  Upon the resignation of the Agent,
the Required Banks shall appoint from among the Banks a successor Agent for the
Banks subject to prior approval by the Borrower (such approval not to be
unreasonably withheld), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the
rights, powers and duties of the Agent, and the term "Agent" shall include such
successor agent effective upon its appointment, and the resigning Agent's
rights, powers and duties as the Agent shall be terminated, without any other or
further act or deed on the part of such former Agent or any of the parties to
this Agreement.  After the retiring Agent's resignation hereunder as the Agent,
the provisions of this Section 11 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions
taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement.


          SECTION 12.  MISCELLANEOUS.

          12.1  PAYMENT OF EXPENSES, ETC.  The Borrower agrees to: (i) whether
or not the transactions herein contemplated are consummated, pay all reasonable
out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Agent in connection with the
negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance of the Credit
Documents and the documents and instruments referred to therein and any
amendment, waiver or consent relating thereto (including, without limitation,
the reasonable fees and disbursements of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher and Flom,
special counsel, Policano & Manzo, L.L.C., financial advisors to such special
counsel, and any local counsel and other professionals) and of the Agent and
each of the Banks in connection with the enforcement of the Credit Documents and
the documents and instruments referred to therein (including, without
limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and other
professionals for the Agent and for each of the Banks); (ii) pay and hold


                                      -114-

<PAGE>

each of the Banks harmless from and against any and all present and future stamp
and other similar taxes with respect to the foregoing matters and save each of
the Banks harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or
resulting from any delay or omission (other than to the extent attributable to
such Bank) to pay such taxes; and (iii) indemnify the Agent and each Bank, their
respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents (each, an
"indemnified person") from and hold each of them harmless against any and all
losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses incurred by any of them as a
result of, or arising out of, or in any way related to, or by reason of, (a) any
investigation, litigation or other proceeding (whether or not any Bank is a
party thereto) related to the entering into and/or performance of any Credit
Document or the use of the proceeds of any Loans hereunder or the Plan of
Reorganization or the consummation of any other transactions contemplated in any
Credit Document, (b) any settlement entered into in connection with the
foregoing to the extent such settlement has been consented to by the Borrower,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or (c) the actual or alleged
presence of Hazardous Materials on, or released from, any Real Property of the
Borrower or any Environmental Claim with respect to the Borrower, in each case
including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel
incurred in connection with any such investigation, litigation, Environmental
Claim or any of the Borrower's acts, omissions, business, operations or Real
Property, or other proceeding (but excluding any such losses, liabilities,
claims, damages or expenses to the extent incurred by reason of the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of the Person to be indemnified).  Each
indemnified person shall promptly notify the Borrower of each event of which it
has knowledge which may give rise to a claim under the indemnification
provisions of this Section 12.1 and the Borrower shall assume the defense
thereof on behalf of such indemnified person including the employment of counsel
(reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified person).  Any indemnified person
shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such proceeding and
participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such separate
counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified person unless (i) the
employment of such separate counsel has been specifically authorized by the
Borrower or (ii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded
parties) include such indemnified person and the Borrower, and such indemnified
person shall have been advised by its counsel that there may be one or more
material legal defenses available to such indemnified person which are
materially different from or additional to those available


                                      -115-

<PAGE>

to the Borrower (it being understood, however, that the Borrower shall not, in
connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or
related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general
allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees or expenses of
more than one separate firm of attorneys for all such indemnified persons).  To
the extent that the undertaking to indemnify and hold harmless set forth in this
Section 12.1 may be unenforceable because it is violative of any law or public
policy as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction,
the Borrower shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction
of each of the liabilities giving rise to claims under the indemnification
provisions of this 12.1 which is permissible under applicable law.

          12.2  RIGHT OF SETOFF.  In addition to any rights now or hereafter
granted under applicable law or otherwise, and not by way of limitation of any
such rights, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Bank is hereby
authorized at any time or from time to time, without presentment, demand,
protest or other notice of any kind to the Borrower or to any other Person, any
such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and
apply any and all deposits (general or special) and any other Indebtedness at
any time held or owing by such Bank (including without limitation by branches
and agencies of such Bank wherever located) to or for the credit or the account
of the Borrower against and on account of the Obligations and liabilities of the
Borrower to such Bank under this Agreement or under any of the other Credit
Documents, including, without limitation, all interests in Obligations of the
Borrower (but excluding any amounts held by such Bank in a trustee capacity)
purchased by such Bank pursuant to Section 12.6(b), and all other claims of any
nature or description arising out of or connected with this Agreement or any
other Credit Document, irrespective of whether or not such Bank shall have made
any demand hereunder and although said Obligations, liabilities or claims, or
any of them, shall be contingent or unmatured.

          12.3  NOTICES.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all
notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and
mailed, telegraphed, telexed, telecopied, cabled or delivered, if to the
Borrower, at the address specified opposite its signature below; if to any Bank,
at its address specified for such Bank on Schedule II hereto; or, at such other
address as shall be designated by any party in a written notice to the other
parties hereto.  All such notices and communications shall be mailed,
telegraphed, telexed,


                                      -116-

<PAGE>

telecopied, or cabled or sent by overnight courier, and shall be effective when
received.

          12.4  BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT.  (a)  This Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and
assigns of the parties hereto; PROVIDED that the Borrower may not assign or
transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written
consent of the Banks.  Each Bank may at any time grant participations in any of
its rights hereunder or under any of the Notes to a commercial bank, other
financial institution, mutual fund or "Accredited Investor" as such term is
defined in Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, PROVIDED that
in the case of any such participation, the participant shall not have any rights
under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents (the participant's
rights against such Bank in respect of such participation to be those set forth
in the agreement executed by such Bank in favor of the participant relating
thereto) and all amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder shall be determined
as if such Bank had not sold such participation, except that the participant
shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 1.10, 1.11 and 4.4 of this
Agreement to the extent that such Bank would be entitled to such benefits if the
participation had not been entered into or sold, and PROVIDED FURTHER that no
Bank shall transfer, grant or assign any participation under which the
participant shall have rights to approve any amendment to or waiver of this
Agreement or any other Credit Document except to the extent such amendment or
waiver would (i) extend the final scheduled maturity of any Loan or Note in
which such participant is participating (it being understood that any waiver of
an installment on, the application of any prepayment or the method of any
application of any prepayment to, the amortization of the Term Loans shall not
constitute an extension of the final maturity date) or reduce the rate or extend
the time of payment of interest or Fees thereon (except in connection with a
waiver of the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), or
reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase such participant's
participating interest in any Commitment over the amount thereof then in effect
(it being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or of a
mandatory reduction in the Total Commitment, or a mandatory prepayment, shall
not constitute a change in the terms of any Commitment), (ii) release all or
substantially all of the Collateral or (iii) consent to the assignment or
transfer by any Credit Party of any of its rights and obligations under this
Agreement.



                                      -117-

<PAGE>

          (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) any Bank may assign all or a
portion of its Loans and/or Commitments and its rights and obligations hereunder
to its parent company and/or any affiliate of such Bank which is at least 50%
owned by such Bank or its parent company or to one or more Banks and (y) any
Bank may assign a portion, in an amount equal to at least the Minimum Assignment
Amount (or the remaining balance thereof if less) of its Loans and/or
Commitments and its rights and obligations hereunder to any other commercial
banks, other financial institutions, mutual funds or "Accredited Investors" as
such term is defined in Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(each an "Eligible Assignee") each of which assignees to become a party to this
Agreement as a Bank prior to or after the Effective Date by executing an
assignment agreement in the form of Exhibit I hereto (with such changes as the
Agent in the exercise of its reasonable judgment may approve in order to carry
out the intent and purposes of this Agreement) appropriately completed (an
"Assignment Agreement") with the assigning Bank, PROVIDED that, in each case,
(i) at such time Schedule I shall be deemed to have been modified to reflect the
Loans and/or Commitments of such new Bank and of the existing Banks, (ii) if
requested by such new Bank or the assigning Bank, the Borrower shall issue new
Notes to such new Bank and to the assigning Bank in conformity with the
requirements of Section 1.5 to the extent needed to reflect the revised Loans
and/or Commitments, (iii) the consent of the Agent shall be required in
connection with any such assignment and (iv) the Agent shall have received at
the time of each such assignment from either the assigning or assignee Bank the
payment of a nonrefundable assignment fee of $3,500 ($1,500 in the case of
assignments among parties who are Banks at the time thereof).  Assignments
pursuant to this Section 12.4(b) shall not be required to be PRO RATA between
the Term Loans (or each Facility thereof) and the Revolving Commitments.  To the
extent of any assignment pursuant to this Section 12.4(b), the assigning Bank
shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder with respect to its assigned
Loans and/or Commitment and no Bank may assign all or a portion of its Revolving
Commitment to an Eligible Assignee not already a RL Bank hereunder unless the
Letter of Credit Issuer shall have consented in writing to such assignment.

          (c)  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 12.4, no
transfer or assignment of the interests or obligations of any Bank hereunder or
any grant of participations therein shall be permitted if such transfer,
assignment or grant would require the Borrower to file a registration statement
or qualify an indenture with the SEC


                                      -118-

<PAGE>

or to qualify the Loans under the "Blue Sky" laws of any State.

          (d)  Each Bank initially party to this Agreement hereby represents,
and each Person that becomes a Bank pursuant to an assignment permitted by this
Section 12.4 will, upon its becoming party to this Agreement, represent that it
is a commercial lender, other financial institution or other "Accredited
Investor" which makes and/or invests in loans in the ordinary course of its
business and that it will make or acquire Loans for its own account in the
ordinary course of such business, PROVIDED that, subject to the preceding
clauses (a) and (b), the disposition of any promissory notes or other evidences
of or interests in Indebtedness held by such Bank shall at all times be within
its exclusive control.

          (e)  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 12.4, any
transfer or assignment of the interests or obligations of any Bank hereunder
shall be subject to such reasonable limitations as may be imposed by the Agent
in its sole discretion.

          (f)  In addition to the assignments and participations permitted
under the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.4, any Bank may assign and
pledge all or any portion of its Loans, the other Obligations owed to such Bank
and its Notes to any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant to
Regulation A and any operating circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank.
No Bank shall, as between the Borrower and such Bank, be relieved of any of
its obligations hereunder as a result of any such assignment and pledge.

          12.5  NO WAIVER; REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.  No failure or delay on the part
of the Agent or any Bank in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder
or under any other Credit Document and no course of dealing between any Credit
Party and the Agent or any Bank shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder or under
any other Credit Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder.  The
rights and remedies herein expressly provided are cumulative and not exclusive
of any rights or remedies which the Agent or any Bank would otherwise have.  No
notice to or demand on any Credit Party in any case shall entitle any Credit
Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances
or constitute a waiver of the rights of the Agent or the Banks to any other or
further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.


                                      -119-

<PAGE>

          12.6  PAYMENTS PRO RATA.  (a)  The Agent agrees that promptly after
its receipt of each payment from or on behalf of the Borrower in respect of any
Obligations, it shall, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement,
distribute such payment to the Banks (other than any Bank that has consented in
writing to waive its PRO RATA share of such payment) PRO RATA based upon their
respective shares, if any, of the Obligations with respect to which such payment
was received.

          (b)          Each of the Banks agrees that, if it should receive any
amount hereunder (whether by voluntary payment, by realization upon security, by
the exercise of the right of setoff or banker's lien, by counterclaim or cross
action, by the enforcement of any right under the Credit Documents, or
otherwise) which is applicable to the payment of the principal of, or interest
on, the Loans or Fees, of a sum which with respect to the related sum or sums
received by other Banks is in a greater proportion than the total of such
Obligation then owed and due to such Bank bears to the total of such Obligation
then owed and due to all of the Banks immediately prior to such receipt, then
such Bank receiving such excess payment shall purchase for cash without recourse
or warranty from the other Banks an interest in the Obligations in such amount
as shall result in a proportional participation by all of the Banks in such
amount, PROVIDED that if all or any portion of such excess amount is thereafter
recovered from such Bank, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase
price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

          12.7  CALCULATIONS; COMPUTATIONS.  (a)  The financial statements to be
furnished to the Banks pursuant hereto shall be made and prepared in accordance
with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved (except as set
forth in the notes thereto or as otherwise disclosed in writing by the Borrower
to the Banks), PROVIDED that, except as otherwise specifically provided herein,
all computations determining compliance with Sections 4.2 and 8, including
definitions used therein, shall utilize accounting principles and policies in
effect at the time of the preparation of, and in conformity with those used to
prepare, the historical financial statements delivered to the Banks pursuant to
Section 6.10(b) (including, without limitation, the exclusion of the effects, if
any, of Fresh Start Accounting); PROVIDED FURTHER that notwithstanding any
requirement of GAAP to the contrary, except as expressly provided elsewhere in
this Agreement, any lease entered into by the Borrower after the Effective Date
with respect to a store or facility, and in each case related land, shall be
treated for all purposes of Section 8, and the definitions used therein, as an


                                      -120-

<PAGE>

operating lease and not a Capital Lease except that any such lease to the extent
creating Adjusted Capitalized Lease Obligations (Other) shall be treated as a
Capital Lease; PROVIDED FURTHER that with respect to the calculation of EBITDA
for the fiscal quarters ending in July 1995, October 1995, January 1996, and
March 1996, such calculations shall be made without including (i) the
Reorganization Expenses incurred prior to the Effective Date or within 180 days
thereafter in connection with the Chapter 11 Case, (ii) the costs and expenses
incurred in connection with the Borrower's SVRIP Plan in so far as the same do
not exceed $4,500,000 and (iii) costs and expenses incurred in connection with
the operational adjustment described in Schedule XIII hereto in so far as the
same do not exceed $11,500,000.  At any time the computations determining
compliance with Section 8 utilize accounting principles or treatments different
from those utilized in the financial statements then being furnished to the
Banks pursuant to Section 7.1, such financial statements shall be accompanied by
reconciliation work-sheets.

          (b)          All computations of interest and Fees hereunder shall be
made on the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days.

          12.8  GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; VENUE.  (a) THIS
AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN CERTAIN
OF THE MORTGAGES, BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this
Agreement or any other Credit Document may be brought in the courts of the State
of New York or of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and,
by execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Borrower hereby irrevocably
accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and
unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts.  The Borrower hereby
irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers CT Corporation System with offices
on the date hereof at 1633 Broadway, New York, NY 10019 as their designee,
appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on their behalf,
and in respect of their property, service of any and all legal process, summons,
notices and documents which may be served in any such action or proceeding.  The
Agent agrees to use reasonable good faith efforts to mail, by registered or
certified mail, to the Borrower at its address set forth opposite its signatures
below, copies of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents
mailed or delivered to CT Corporation System in connection with the immediately
preceding sentence; PROVIDED that the failure of the


                                      -121-

<PAGE>

Borrower to receive, for any reason, copies of such correspondence shall not in
any way affect the effectiveness of the delivery of any legal process, summons,
notice or documents delivered to CT Corporation System.  If for any reason such
designee, appointee and agent shall cease to be available to act as such, the
Borrower agrees to designate a new designee, appointee and agent in New York
City on the terms and for the purposes of this provision satisfactory to the
Agent.  The Borrower further irrevocably consents to the service of process out
of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the
mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to
the Borrower at its address set forth opposite its signatures below, such
service to become effective thirty days after such mailing.  Nothing herein
shall affect the right of the Agent, any Bank or the holder of any Note to serve
process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or
otherwise proceed against the Borrower in any other jurisdiction.

          (b)  The Borrower hereby irrevocably waives any objection which it
may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid
actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or
any other Credit Document brought in the courts referred to in clause (a)
above and hereby further irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim
in any such court that any such action or proceeding brought in any such court
has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The Borrower further waives any
right it may have to trial by jury in any court or jurisdiction, including
without limitation those referred to in clause (a) above, in respect of any
matter arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the other Credit
Documents.

          12.9  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each
of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which
shall together constitute one and the same instrument.  A set of counterparts
executed by all the parties hereto shall be lodged with the Borrower and the
Agent.

          12.10  EFFECTIVENESS.  This Agreement shall become effective on the
date (the "Effective Date") on which the Borrower and each of the Banks shall
have signed a copy hereof (whether the same or different copies) and shall have
delivered the same to the Agent at the Payment Office of the Agent or, in the
case of the Banks, shall have given to the Agent telephonic (confirmed in
writing), written, telex or telecopy notice (actually received) at


                                      -122-

<PAGE>
such office that the same has been signed and mailed to it.  The Agent will give
the Borrower and each Bank prompt written notice of the occurrence of the
Effective Date.

          12.11  HEADINGS DESCRIPTIVE.  The headings of the several sections and
subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not in
any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

          12.12  AMENDMENT OR WAIVER.  Neither this Agreement nor any other
Credit Document nor any terms hereof or thereof may be changed, waived,
discharged or terminated unless such change, waiver, discharge or termination is
in writing signed by the Borrower and the Required Banks, PROVIDED that no such
change, waiver, discharge or termination shall, without the consent of each Bank
affected thereby, (i) extend the final scheduled maturity of any Loan or Note
(it being understood that any waiver of an installment on, the application of
any prepayment or the method of application of any prepayment to the
amortization of the Term Loans shall not constitute an extension of the final
maturity date), or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest
(other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default
increase in interest rates) or Fees thereon, or reduce the amount thereof, or
increase the Commitments of any Bank over the amount thereof then in effect (it
being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or of a
mandatory reduction in the Total Commitment, or mandatory prepayment, shall not
constitute a change in the terms of any Commitment of any Bank), (ii) release or
make any modification (the reasonable likely outcome of which would be a
material adverse effect on the Collateral position of the Banks) with respect to
all or substantially all of the Collateral (except as expressly provided in the
Credit Documents), (iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section,
or Section 9.1, 11.7, 12.1, 12.2, 12.4, 12.6 or 12.7(b), (iv) reduce the
percentage specified in the definition of Required Banks or (v) consent to the
assignment or transfer by any Credit Party of any of its rights and obligations
under any Credit Document.  No provision of Section 2 or 11 may be amended
without the consent of the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Agent, respectively.
In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, no such
change, waiver, discharge or termination shall modify any provision of Section
3.3 or Section 4.2 without the consent of the Required Class Creditors of a
Class of Banks which was to share in such payment or Commitment reduction if the
effect of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is to reduce the
aggregate payments or Commitment reductions applicable to


                                      -123-

<PAGE>

such Class in a manner disproportionate to the reduction in the aggregate
payments or Commitment reductions applicable to any other Class.

          12.13  SURVIVAL.  All indemnities set forth herein including, without
limitation, in Section 1.10, 1.11, 4.4, 11.7 or 12.1 shall survive the execution
and delivery of this Agreement and the making and repayment of the Loans and the
satisfaction of all other Obligations.

          12.14  DOMICILE OF LOANS.  Each Bank may transfer and carry its Loans
at, to or for the account of any branch office, subsidiary or affiliate of such
Bank, PROVIDED that the Borrower shall not be responsible for costs arising
under Section 1.10, 1.11, 2.5 or 4.4 resulting from any such transfer to the
extent not otherwise applicable to such Bank prior to such transfer.

          12.15  PERMITTED DISPOSITIONS.  (a) Subject to the provisions of this
Section 12.15 and the requirements contained in the definition of Permitted
Dispositions, the Borrower may effect one or more Permitted Dispositions, so
long as (i) cash and non-cash proceeds received in connection with all such
Permitted Dispositions in excess of $8,500,000 are used to repay Term Loans,
Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2; (ii) no
Event of Default is in existence at the time of the consummation of a Permitted
Disposition or would exist after giving effect thereto; (iii) each Permitted
Disposition shall be an arm's-length transaction for fair market value (as
determined by the management of the Borrower in good faith) and shall involve a
purchaser who is not an Affiliate of the Borrower; (iv) the Borrower shall have
given the Agent and the Banks at least three Business Days prior written notice
of a Permitted Disposition; (v) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent
an officer's certificate executed by the chief financial officer of the
Borrower, certifying as to compliance with the requirements of preceding clauses
(i), (ii) and (iii); and (vi) such sale or closure complies with the other
requirements of this Section 12.15.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
Section 8.9, the Borrower will not permit the total annual EBITDA of all
Permitted Disposition Stores to exceed $1 million.  For purpose of the
foregoing, each Permitted Disposition Store's EBITDA shall be computed by
annualizing the store's EBITDA for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding its
disposition.  The consummation of a Permitted Disposition shall be deemed to be
a


                                      -124-

<PAGE>

representation and warranty by the Borrower that all conditions thereto have
been satisfied and that same is permitted in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement, which representation and warranty shall be deemed to be a
representation and warranty for all purposes hereunder, including, without
limitation, Sections 6 and 9.

          (b)  The Borrower confirms that, at the time of each Permitted
Disposition and upon the terms covered and set forth in the Borrower Security
Agreement, Subsidiary Security Agreement and the Mortgages, security interests
are created and are granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the
Secured Parties, in the proceeds from such Permitted Disposition.  The Borrower
shall at its own expense, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause the
execution, acknowledgment and delivery of, and thereafter register, file or
record in an appropriate governmental office, any document or instrument
reasonably deemed by the Agent to be necessary or desirable for the perfection
of the foregoing security interests including, without limitation, the filing of
UCC-1's.


                                      -125-


<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a
counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date
first above written.


201 Willowbrook Boulevard                    THE GRAND UNION COMPANY
Wayne, New Jersey 07470-6799
Attention:  Kenneth Baum
Telephone:  (201) 890-6000                   By:  /s/ Kenneth Baum
Facsimile:  (201) 890-6540                       -------------------------------
                                                 Title: Vice President
                                                           and Treasurer


One Bankers Trust Plaza                      BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
New York, New York 10006                         Individually and as
Attention:  Mary Kay Coyle                         Agent
Telephone:  (212) 250-2500
Facsimile:  (212) 250-7200
                                             By: /s/ Mary Kay Coyle
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Title: Vice President


333 South Beaudry Avenue                     BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL
Ninth Floor                                    TRUST & SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
Los Angeles, California  90017
Attention:  Nancy Moore
Telephone:  (213) 345-4999                   By: /s/ Nancy A. Moore
Facsimile:  (213) 345-5004                      --------------------------------
                                                Title: Vice President


470 Park Avenue South                        BANK POLSKA KASA OPIEKI, SA
New York, New York 10016
Attention:  William Shea
Telephone:  (212) 251-1203                   By: /s/ William A. Shea
Facsimile:  (212) 213-2971                      --------------------------------
                                                Title: Vice President and
                                                         Senior Lending
                                                         Officer


520 Madison Avenue                           COMPAGNIE FINANCIERE DE CIC
37th Floor                                      ET DE L'UNION EUROPEENNE
New York, New York  10022
Attention:  Sean Mounier
Telephone:  (212) 715-4413                   By: /s/ Sean Mounier
Facsimile:  (212) 715-4535                      --------------------------------
                                                Title: First Vice President

                                             By: /s/ Brian O'Leary
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Title: Vice President



                                      -126-

<PAGE>



133 East 57th Street                         INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN
New York, New York 10022                      (U.S.) CAPITAL CORPORATION
Attention:  Joan M. Chiappe
Telephone:  (212) 446-1500
Facsimile:  (212) 644-0428                   By:  /s/ Joan M. Chiappe
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Title: Vice President


250 Vesey Street                             MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE,
7th Floor, Bank Loan Trading                    FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED
New York, New York 10281
Attention:  Thomas Hudson
Telephone:  (212) 449-4980                   By:  /s/ Victor Khosla
Facsimile:  (212) 449-2763                      --------------------------------
                                                Title: Director


60 Wall Street                               MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
26th Floor                                    OF NEW YORK
New York, New York 10260
Attention:  Eileen Urban
Telephone:  (212) 648-3850                   By:  /s/ Eileen Urban
Facsimile:  (212) 648-5038                      --------------------------------
                                                Title: Associate


175 Water Street                             NATWEST BANK N.A.
New York, New York 10038
Attention:George Triebenbacher
Telephone:  (212) 602-3501                   By:  /s/ George Triebenbacher
Facsimile:  (212) 602-3393                      --------------------------------
                                                Title: Vice President


c/o Soros Fund Management                    QUANTUM PARTNERS LDC
888 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10106
Attention:  Mark Sonnino                     By:  /s/ Mark D. Sonnino
Telephone:  (212) 262-6300                      --------------------------------
Facsimile:  (212) 586-4537                      Title: Attorney-in-Fact


                                      -127-

<PAGE>

c/o Boston Management and                    SENIOR DEBT PORTFOLIO
  Research
24 Federal Street                            By: Boston Management and Research,
6th Floor                                     as Investment Advisor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Attention:  Michael J. Cannon
Telephone:  (617) 348-0115
Facsimile:  (617) 695-9594                   By:  /s/ Barbara Campbell
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Title: Assistant Treasurer

<PAGE>


                                                                   Schedule I
                                                                       Page 1

                                                               SCHEDULE I
                                                                    TO
                                                            CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                                              Commitments

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              TOTAL
         BANK                                TERM LOAN          TERM         REVOLVING       REVOLVING         LOAN           % OF
                                             COMMITMENT         LOANS        COMMITMENT        LOANS         COMMITMENT     TOTAL
<S>                                         <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>              <C>
Bankers Trust Company                       $18,044,926.66  $        0.00  $ 9,772,138.84 $ 5,276,954.98  $ 27,817,065.50  13.63%

Bank of America National Trust & Savings      7,021,871.51   4,786,092.75            0.00           0.00     7,021,871.51   3.44%
    Association

Bank Polska Kasa Opieki, SA                           0.00           0.00    7,335,703.54    3,961,279.91    7,335,703.54   3.59%

Compagnie Financiere De CIC Et De L'Union     4,107,993.98           0.00   10,563,413.10    5,704,243.07   14,671,407.08   7.19%
     Europeenne

Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.) Capital     7,769,342.81           0.00   14,971,341.16    8,084,524.23   22,740,683.97  11.14%
     Corporation

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc.  19,071,425.89   3,262,030.91   27,527,939.64   14,865,087.41   46,599,365.53  22.83%

Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York     7,292,098.16   3,262,030.92    4,829,463.73    2,607,910.41   12,121,561.89   5.94%

NatWest Bank N.A.                                     0.00           0.00   25,000,000.00   13,500,000.00   25,000,000.00  12.25%

Quantum Partners LDC                         24,207,821.68  16,500,000.00            0.00            0.00   24,207,821.68  11.86%

Senior Debt Portfolio                        16,628,890.30  11,334,216.42            0.00            0.00   16,628,890.30   8.15%

  Total                                    $104,144,371.00 $39,144,371.00 $100,000,000.00  $54,000,000.00 $204,144,371.00    100%


</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                                             SCHEDULE II
                                                                  TO
                                                           CREDIT AGREEMENT



                    BANK ADDRESSES

          Bankers Trust Company
          280 Park Avenue
          New York, New York  10017
          Attention:  Mary Kay Coyle

          Bank of America National Trust & Savings Association
          333 South Beaudrey Avenue
          Ninth Floor
          Los Angeles, California  90017
          Attention:  Nancy Moore

          Bank Polska Kasa Opieki, SA
          470 Park Avenue South
          New York, New York  10016
          Attention:  William Shea

          Compagnie Financiere De CIC Et De L'Union Europeenne
          520 Madison Avenue
          37th Floor
          New York, New York  10022
          Attention:  Eric Longuet

          Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.) Capital Corporation
          133 East 57th Street
          New York, New York  10022
          Attention:  Joan M. Chiappe

          Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc.
          250 Vesey Street
          7th Floor, Bank Loan Trading
          New York, New York  10281
          Attention:  Thomas Hudson

          Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York
          60 Wall Street
          26th Floor
          New York, New York  10260
          Attention:  Ilene Urban

          NatWest Bank N.A.
          175 Water Street
          New York, New York 10038
          Attention: George Triebenbacher




                                           1

<PAGE>

          Quantum Partners LDC
          c/o Soros Fund Management
          888 Seventh Avenue
          New York, New York  10106
          Attention:  Mark Sonnino

          Senior Debt Portfolio
          c/o Boston Management and Research
          24 Federal Street, 6th Floor
          Boston, Massachusetts  02110
          Attention:  Michael J. Cannon









































                                           2

<PAGE>


                                                                   SCHEDULE III
                                                                        TO
                                                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                 COMMITMENTS AND AMOUNTS OUTSTANDING UNDER THE
                                ORIGINAL CREDIT AGREEMENT ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            ORIGINAL           ORIGINAL
                                                           ORIGINAL B       REVOLVING         REVOLVING
BANK                                                       TERM LOANS      COMMITMENT          LOANS
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>                 <C>
Bankers Trust Company                                           $0.00    $36,000,000.00     $19,440,000.00

Bank of America National
  Trust & Savings Association                            4,786,092.75              0.00               0.00

Bank Polska Kasa Opieki, SA                                      0.00      5,000,000.00       2,700,000.00

Compagnie Financiere De CIC Et De L'Union Europeenne             0.00     10,000,000.00       5,400,000.00

Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.) Capital Corporation            0.00     15,500,000.00       8,370,000.00

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc.              3,262,030.91     28,500,000.00      15,390,000.00

Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York                3,262,030.92      5,000,000.00       2,700,000.00

Quantum Partners LDC                                    16,500,000.00              0.00               0.00

Senior Debt Portfolio                                   11,334,216.42              0.00               0.00

  Total                                                $39,144,371.00   $100,000,000.00     $54,000,000.00


</TABLE>


                                                        1

<PAGE>


                                                            SCHEDULE III-A
                                                                  TO
                                                           CREDIT AGREEMENT


                            INITIAL REVOLVING COMMITMENT
                        CONVERTED INTO TERM LOAN COMMITMENT ON
                                  THE EFFECTIVE DATE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  INITIAL REVOLVING
                            BANK                                    COMMITMENT

<S>                                                               <C>
Bankers Trust Company                                             $1,227,861.16

Bank of America National Trust & Savings Association                       0.00

Bank Polska Kasa Opieki, SA                                                0.00

Compagnie Financiere De CIC Et De L'Union Europeenne                       0.00

Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.) Capital Corporation                528,658.84

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc.                          972,060.36

Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York                            170,536.27

Quantum Partners LDC                                                       0.00

Senior Debt Portfolio                                                      0.00

 Total                                                            $2,899,116.63


</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                                                   SCHEDULE IV
                                                                        TO
                                                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                             LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            NUMBER OF
                                      JURISDICTION OF        SHARES          NAME OF DIRECT OWNER AND
          NAME OF SUBSIDIARY          INCORPORATION        OUTSTANDING              % OWNED
<S>                                   <C>                  <C>               <C>
Merchandising Services, Inc.            Georgia               500            The Grand Union Company - 100%

Grand Union Stores, Inc.
  of Vermont                            Vermont                50            The Grand Union Company - 100%*

Grand Union Stores
  of New Hampshire, Inc.              New Hampshire           200            The Grand Union Company - 100%

<FN>

* All issued and outstanding shares, except for Director's qualifying shares, are held directly by The Grand Union Company.

</TABLE>




                                              1


<PAGE>

                                                              SCHEDULE V
                                                                 Page 1




                                                              SCHEDULE V
                                                                  TO
                                                           CREDIT AGREEMENT









                                       REAL PROPERTY

                                       See Attached






























<PAGE>






                                                                 SCHEDULE V
                                                                    Page 1



                               ALL GRAND UNION LOCATIONS


             STORE      LOCATION                        TYPE OF OPERATION

          NORTHERN OPERATING STORES

             1103       Johnson                    VT   Leased*
             1106       Fort Edward                NY   Leased
             1107       Rouses Point               NY   Leased
        S,T  1113       Poultney                   VT   Company Owned*
             1114       Corinth                    NY   Leased
             1134       Burlington                 VT   Leased*
             1135       Keesville                  NY   Leased*
             1139       Woodstock                  NY   Leased
             1147       La Grange                  NY   Leased
             1153       Port Henry                 NY   Leased
        T    1160       Manchester Center          VT   Company Owned*
             1161       Enosburg Falls             VT   Leased
        S,T  1166       Stowe                      VT   Company Owned*
             1167       South Burlington           VT   Leased*
             1169       Rutland                    VT   Leased*
        S,T  1171       Saranac Lake               NY   Company Owned*
             1175       Whitehall                  NY   Leased*
             1183       Plattsburgh-Airbase        NY   Leased
        R    1186       Saratoga Spring            NY   Leased
             1195       Schroon Lake               NY   Leased
             1197       St. Albans                 NY   Leased
             1198       Northville                 NY   Leased
             1370       Tupper Lake                NY   Leased*

             _____________
               *    Denotes those sites designated as "Mortgaged Proper-
                    ties."
               "R"  Denotes Leases which are to be ASSIGNED, TERMINATED,
                    or REJECTED.
               "T"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a Mortgage
                    Policy was delivered.
               "S"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a survey
                    was delivered.


                                           1

<PAGE>

                               ALL GRAND UNION LOCATIONS


             STORE      LOCATION                TYPE OF OPERATION

             1802       Fort Plain                 NY   Leased
             1803       Stamford                   NY   Leased
             1804       Indian Lake                NY   Leased*
             1805       Saranac Lake               NY   Leased
             1810       Ludlow                     VT   Leased
             1811       Windsor                    VT   Leased*
             1812       Brunswick-Troy             NY   Leased
             1814       South Burlington           VT   Leased
             1815       Granville                  NY   Leased
             1816       Pleasant Valley            NY   Leased
             1817       Morrisville                VT   Leased
             1818       Waitsfield                 VT   Leased*
             1819       Essex Center               VT   Leased
             1820       Newport                    VT   Leased*
             1821       Essex Junction             VT   Leased
             1823       Burnt Hills                NY   Leased*
             1824       Rhinebeck                  NY   Leased*
             1825       Elizabethtown              NY   Leased
             1826       Chestertown                NY   Leased
             1828       Northfield                 VT   Leased*
             1836       Bennington                 VT   Leased
             1844       Ballston Spa               NY   Leased
             1845       Champlain                  NY   Leased*
             1852       Hoosick Falls              NY   Leased
             1855       Elsmere                    NY   Leased*
             1859       Peru                       NY   Leased
             1861       Brattleboro                VT   Leased

               _____________
               *    Denotes those sites designated as "Mortgaged Properties."
               "R"  Denotes Leases which are to be ASSIGNED, TERMINATED,
                    or REJECTED.
               "T"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a Mortgage
                    Policy was delivered.
               "S"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a survey
                    was delivered.



                                         2

<PAGE>

                               ALL GRAND UNION LOCATIONS


             STORE      LOCATION                 TYPE OF OPERATION

             1867       Greenwich                  NY   Leased*
             1870       Barre                      VT   Leased*
             1872       Palantine Bridge           NY   Leased*
             1873       Ticonderoga                NY   Leased*
             1874       Hyde Park                  NY   Leased*
             1876       Milton                     VT   Leased*
             1878       Dover Plains               NY   Leased*
             1879       Loudonville                NY   Leased*
             1884       Bristol                    VT   Leased*
             1885       Hardwick                   VT   Leased*
             1888       Ellenville                 NY   Leased*
             1892       Malta                      NY   Leased*
             1893       Winooski                   VT   Leased*
             1895       Amenia                     NY   Leased*
             1897       Hudson Falls               NY   Leased*
             1899       Ravena                     NY   Leased*
             1900       Middleburg                 NY   Leased*
             1902       Lake Placid                NY   Leased*
             1903       Coxsackie                  NY   Leased*
             1905       Watervliet                 NY   Leased
             1906       Glenmont                   NY   Leased*
             1907       Highland                   NY   Leased*
             1908       Fair Haven                 VT   Leased*
             1909       North Creek                NY   Leased*
             1914       Hanover                    NH   Leased
             1915       West Lebanon               NH   Leased
             1922       Morrisville                VT   Leased*

               _____________
               *    Denotes those sites designated as "Mortgaged Properties."
               "R"  Denotes Leases which are to be ASSIGNED, TERMINATED,
                    or REJECTED.
               "T"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a Mortgage
                    Policy was delivered.
               "S"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a survey
                    was delivered.


                                         3

<PAGE>

                               ALL GRAND UNION LOCATIONS

             STORE      LOCATION                 TYPE OF OPERATION

             1925       Kingston                   NY   Leased*
             1928       Springfield                VT   Leased
             1930       Guilderland                NY   Leased
             1933       Montpelier                 VT   Leased
             1935       Schenectady                NY   Leased*
             1937       Ausable Forks              NY   Leased
             1938       Lincoln                    NH   Leased
             1939       Bradford                   VT   Leased
             1940       Niskayuna                  NY   Leased*
             1941       Bolton Landing             NY   Leased
             1942       Willsboro                  NY   Leased
             1943       Hopewell Junction          NY   Leased*
             1946       Waterford                  NY   Leased*
             1947       Scotia                     NY   Leased
             1950       Saugerties                 NY   Leased*
             1951       Wilmington                 VT   Leased*
             1953       Schodack                   NY   Leased*
             1954       Warrensburg                NY   Leased*
             1955       Cambridge                  NY   Leased
             1957       Mechanicville              NY   Leased
             1958       Swanton                    VT   Leased*
             1960       East Greenbush             NY   Leased*
             1962       Broadalbin                 NY   Leased
             1963       Kingston                   NY   Leased
             1966       Colchester                 VT   Leased
             1967       Randolph                   VT   Leased
             1968       Waterbury                  VT   Leased
               _____________
               *    Denotes those sites designated as "Mortgaged Properties."
               "R"  Denotes Leases which are to be ASSIGNED, TERMINATED,
                    or REJECTED.
               "T"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a Mortgage
                    Policy was delivered.
               "S"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a survey
                    was delivered.

                                     4

<PAGE>

                               ALL GRAND UNION LOCATIONS


             STORE      LOCATION                  TYPE OF OPERATION

             1969       White River                VT   Leased
             1973       Tannersville               NY   Leased*
             1974       Rotterdam                  NY   Leased
             1975       Clifton Park               NY   Leased
             1977       Valatie                    NY   Leased*
             1979       Wappingers Falls           NY   Leased
             1981       Woodstock                  VT   Leased
             1983       St. Johnsbury              VT   Leased
             1985       North Clarendon            VT   Leased
             1988       Chatham                    NY   Leased*
             1989       Schaghticoke               NY   Leased
             1992       Brandon                    VT   Leased*
             1993       Middlebury                 VT   Leased*
             1994       South Glens Falls          NY   Leased*
             1996       Plattsburg                 NY   Leased*
             1997       W. Saratoga                NY   Leased*
             2101       Sidney                     NY   Leased*
             2110       Binghamton                 NY   Leased*
        R    2130       Endicott                   NY   Leased
             2133       Vestal                     NY   Leased
             2150       Hamilton                   NY   Company Owned*
             2312       Vestal Plaza               NY   Leased
             2356       Hancock                    NY   Leased*
             2359       Norwich                    NY   Leased
             2362       Oneonta                    NY   Leased
             2370       Binghamton                 NY   Leased
        R    2371       Endwell                    NY   Leased
               _____________
               *    Denotes those sites designated as "Mortgaged Properties."
               "R"  Denotes Leases which are to be ASSIGNED, TERMINATED,
                    or REJECTED.
               "T"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a Mortgage
                    Policy was delivered.
               "S"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a survey
                    was delivered.


                                       5

<PAGE>



                               ALL GRAND UNION LOCATIONS


             STORE      LOCATION                  TYPE OF OPERATION

             2373       Delhi                      NY   Leased*

NORTHERN CLOSED LOCATIONS

             1808       Red Oak Mill               NY   Vacant
        R    1851       Queensbury                 NY   Vacant
             1917       Littleton                  NH   Vacant P&C Sublease-
                                                         Overlease - expires
                                                         8/95
             1980       East Greenbush             NY   Sublet
             1984       Delmar                     NY   Sublet
             2375       Sidney                     NY   Vacant

NEW YORK OPERATING LOCATIONS

              1         Port Jefferson             NY   Leased*
        S,T   6         Little Neck                NY   Company Owned*
              7         Herricks                   NY   Leased*
              8         North Port Washington      NY   Leased*
             36         Massapequa                 NY   Leased*
             38         Smithtown                  NY   Leased
             39         West Hempstead             NY   Leased
             52         Garden City                NY   Leased
        S,T  64         North Bellmore             NY   Leased*
             65         West Babylon               NY   Leased
             68         Deer Park                  NY   Leased*
             82         Sayville                   NY   Leased
               _____________
               *    Denotes those sites designated as "Mortgaged Properties."
               "R"  Denotes Leases which are to be ASSIGNED, TERMINATED,
                    or REJECTED.
               "T"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a Mortgage
                    Policy was delivered.
               "S"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a survey
                    was delivered.

                                      6

<PAGE>

                               ALL GRAND UNION LOCATIONS


             STORE      LOCATION                  TYPE OF OPERATION

             84         Commack                    NY   Leased
             95         North Port                 NY   Leased
             98         West Islip                 NY   Leased
             107        Mahopac                    NY   Leased*
             114        Peekskill                  NY   Leased*
             130        Tarrytown                  NY   Leased*
             137        Larchmont                  NY   Leased
             155        Darien                     CT   Leased
             203        Pleasantville              NY   Leased
             207        New Canaan                 CT   Leased
             212        Ridgefield                 CT   Leased
             213        Norwalk                    CT   Leased
             227        Croton-On-Hudson           NY   Leased
             231        Newtown                    CT   Leased
             239        Dobbs Ferry                NY   Leased*
             241        Stratford                  CT   Leased
             242        Trumbull                   CT   Leased
             247        Mt. Kisco                  NY   Leased*
             248        Chappaqua                  NY   Leased
        S,T  416        Bleeker St.                NY   Company Owned*
             422        Cold Spring                NY   Leased
             434        Bronx-Tremont              NY   Leased
             437        Glenville                  CT   Leased*
             801        Beacon                     NY   Leased*
        S,T  805        Eastchester                NY   Company Owned*
             810        Westport                   CT   Leased
        S,T  811        Greenwich                  CT   Company Owned*
               _____________
               *    Denotes those sites designated as "Mortgaged Properties."
               "R"  Denotes Leases which are to be ASSIGNED, TERMINATED,
                    or REJECTED.
               "T"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a Mortgage
                    Policy was delivered.
               "S"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a survey
                    was delivered.


                                       7

<PAGE>

                               ALL GRAND UNION LOCATIONS

             STORE      LOCATION                 TYPE OF OPERATION

             812        Glenbrook/Stamford         CT   Leased*
             820        Fishkill                   NY   Leased
             823        Carmel                     NY   Leased*
             825        Monroe                     CT   Leased*
        S,T  827        New Fairfield              CT   Company Owned*
             828        Southbury                  CT   Leased*
             829        Pawling                    NY   Leased
             3100       Elmwood Park               NJ   Leased
             3101       Dover Township             NJ   Leased*
             3103       Tallman                    NY   Leased
             3109       Hackensack                 NJ   Leased*
             3110       Matamoras                  PA   Leased*
             3112       Woodridge                  NJ   Leased
             3114       Monroe                     NY   Leased*
             3116       Washingtonville            NY   Leased*
             3120       Manalapan                  NJ   Leased
             3122       Livingston                 NJ   Leased
             3150       Goshen                     NY   Leased*
             3151       Fairlawn-Radburn           NJ   Leased*
        S,T  3180       Ridgewood                  NJ   Company Owned*
             3197       Sommerville                NJ   Leased
             3250       Berkeley Heights           NJ   Leased*
             3253       North Brunswick            NJ   Leased
             3262       Asbury Park                NJ   Leased
             3269       Corwall                    NY   Leased
             3273       Denville                   NJ   Leased*
             3277       Highland Falls             NJ   Leased
               _____________
               *    Denotes those sites designated as "Mortgaged Properties."
               "R"  Denotes Leases which are to be ASSIGNED, TERMINATED,
                    or REJECTED.
               "T"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a Mortgage
                    Policy was delivered.
               "S"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a survey
                    was delivered.


                                           8


<PAGE>

                               ALL GRAND UNION LOCATIONS


             STORE      LOCATION                  TYPE OF OPERATION

             3281       Tenafly                    NJ   Leased
             3282       Clifton-Lexington          NJ   Leased
             3286       Closter                    NJ   Leased
             3291       Teaneck                    NJ   Leased*
             3400       Milford                    PA   Leased
             3451       Clifton-Broad              NJ   Leased
             3457       Waldwick                   NJ   Leased*
             3463       Monsey                     NY   Leased
             3472       Montvale-Chestnut          NJ   Leased
        S,T  3477       Dumont                     NJ   Company Owned*
             3480       Lake Hiawatha              NJ   Leased
             3481       Greenwood Lake             NJ   Leased*
             3486       Butler                     NJ   Leased
             3489       Basking Ridge              NJ   Leased
             3491       Mt. Ivy                    NY   Leased
             3492       Point Pleasant             NJ   Leased
             3498       Montvale-Kinderkamack      NJ   Leased
             3499       Stony Point                NY   Leased
             3545       South Brunswick            NJ   Leased
             3551       Warwick                    NY   Leased
             3552       Okland                     NJ   Leased
        S,T  3553       Paramus                    NJ   Company Owned*
             3554       Sparta                     NJ   Leased
             3556       Landing                    NJ   Leased
             3558       Howell Township            NJ   Leased
             3562       Bricktownship              NJ   Leased
             3563       Flemington                 NJ   Leased
               _____________
               *    Denotes those sites designated as "Mortgaged Properties."
               "R"  Denotes Leases which are to be ASSIGNED, TERMINATED,
                    or REJECTED.
               "T"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a Mortgage
                    Policy was delivered.
               "S"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a survey
                    was delivered.

                                           9

<PAGE>

                               ALL GRAND UNION LOCATIONS


             STORE      LOCATION                  TYPE OF OPERATION

             3564       Princeton-Rocky Hill       NJ   Leased*
             3565       Ramsey                     NJ   Leased
             3568       Matawan                    NJ   Leased*
             3570       Westwood                   NJ   Leased*
             3571       Ringwood                   NJ   Leased*
             3572       Toms River                 NJ   Leased*
             3573       Belleville                 NJ   Leased*
             3574       Wyckoff                    NJ   Leased*
             3575       West Nyack                 NY   Leased*
             3576       Fort Lee                   NJ   Leased
             3580       Middletown                 NJ   Leased

        NEW YORK CLOSED LOCATIONS

             66         Bohemia                    NY   Vacant
             448  G01   Bronx                      NY   Sublet
             833  G01   Waterbury                  CT   Sublet
             3293 G01   Port Jervis                NY   Vacant
             3467 B01   Franklin Lakes             NJ   Vacant
             3469 G01   Wycoff                     NJ   Sublet
        R    3497 G01   Freehold                   NJ   Sublet
             3559 G01   Ewing Township             NJ   Sublet
             3560 G01   Hamilton Township          NJ   Sublet
             3566 G01   Morrisville                PA   Sublet
             90564      Saratoga Springs           NY   Vacant

        ADMINISTRATIVE
               _____________

               *    Denotes those sites designated as "Mortgaged Properties."
               "R"  Denotes Leases which are to be ASSIGNED, TERMINATED,
                    or REJECTED.
               "T"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a Mortgage
                    Policy was delivered.
               "S"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a survey
                    was delivered.

                                       10

<PAGE>
                               ALL GRAND UNION LOCATIONS

             STORE      LOCATION                   TYPE OF OPERATION

             66847 C01  Wayne Headquarters         NJ   Leased
             66847 C02  Wayne Storage              NJ   Leased
             66847 C03  Wayne Headquarters         NJ   Sublet
             67000 C01  Newburgh Commissary        NY   Leased
             69111 C01  Orlando                    FL   Leased
             69130 C01  Fresno                     CA   Leased
             74071 C01  Hawthorne Maint. Shop      NJ   Leased
             79173 W01  Clifton Park Maint. Whse.  NY   Leased
             79182 C01  Mechanicville Maint.       NY   Vacant
                        (Former)
             79189 C01  Barre Area Office          VT   Leased
             90611 E01  Memphis Shopping Ctr.      TN   Sublet
             91070 W01  Mt. Kisco Dist. Ctr.       NY   Leased
             92170 W01  Waverly Dist. Ctr.         NY   Leased*
             94070 W03  Carlstadt Annex            NJ   Leased
             94070 W01  Carlstadt Dist. Ctr.       NJ   Leased*
             94501 C02  Carlstadt Truck Service    NJ   Leased
             94501 P02  Carlstadt Truck Parking    NJ   Leased
             94501 P01  Carlstadt Truck Parking    NJ   Leased
             97270 W01  Montgomery S&G Dist. Ctr.  NY   Leased
             97470 W01  Newburgh Reclaim Ctr.      NY   Leased
             95096 W01  Miami Warehouse            FL   Sublet
             95097 W01  Miami Warehouse            FL   Sublet*
        S,T  95500 W01  White River Jct. Whse.     VT   Company Owned-
                                                          Sublet*
        S,T  92170 W02  Waverly Dist. Ctr.         NY   Company Owned*
        S,T  94070 W02  Carlstadt Dist. Ctr.       NJ   Company Owned*
               _____________
               *    Denotes those sites designated as "Mortgaged Properties."
               "R"  Denotes Leases which are to be ASSIGNED, TERMINATED,
                    or REJECTED.
               "T"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a Mortgage
                    Policy was delivered.
               "S"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a survey
                    was delivered.

                                            11

<PAGE>

                               ALL GRAND UNION LOCATIONS


             STORE      LOCATION                     TYPE OF OPERATION

        LAND-VACANT

        T    8085 L01   La Marque Land             TX   Company Owned*
        S,T  79200 L01  Lincoln Park Land          NJ   Company Owned*
        S,T  79700 L06  Eatonton Land              GA   Company Owned*
        T    97870      Houston                    TX   Company Owned*
        S,T  064        North Bellmore             NY   Company Owned*
        T    1135       Keesville-Parking Lot      NY   Company Owned*

        LAND-VACANT-MINIMAL VALUE

        T    8031       Houston Land               TX   Company Owned*
        T    8030       Beaumont                   TX   Company Owned*
        T    8024       Port Arthur                TX   Company Owned*
        T    90625      Hallitsville               TX   Company Owned*
        T    79700      Atlanta                    GA   Company Owned*
             90616      Memphis                    TN   Company Owned
        T    1242       Exmore                     VA   Company Owned*
        T    733        Miami                      FL   Company Owned*

        SOUTHERN

        R    5203 G01   Cumming                    GA   Sublet
             5218 G01   Hartwell                   GA   Sublet
             5720 G01   Atlanta                    GA   Sublet
             5742 B01   Norcross                   GA   Sublet
        R    5746 G01   Alpharetta                 GA   Sublet
               _____________
               *    Denotes those sites designated as "Mortgaged Properties."
               "R"  Denotes Leases which are to be ASSIGNED, TERMINATED,
                    or REJECTED.
               "T"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a Mortgage
                    Policy was delivered.
               "S"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a survey
                    was delivered.

                                            12

<PAGE>

                               ALL GRAND UNION LOCATIONS


             STORE      LOCATION                   TYPE OF OPERATION

        R    5778 G01   Stone Mountain             GA   Sublet
             5783 B01   Acworth                    GA   Sublet
             5796 B01   Marietta                   GA   Sublet
             8730 G01   Albany                     GA   Sublet
             8734 G01   Columbus                   GA   Sublet

        CAROLINA

             2747 G01   Anderson                   SC   Sublet
             2748 G01   Anderson                   SC   Sublet
             4745 A01   Fayetteville               NC   Sublet

        EASTERN

             602 G01    Overlea                    MD   Sublet
             606 G01    Glen Burnie                MD   Sublet
             686 G01    Annandale                  VA   Sublet
        S,T  1005 A01   Richmond                   VA   Company Owned-
                                                          Sublet*
             1215 G01   Salisbury                  MD   Sublet
             1715 G01   Virginia Beach             VA   Sublet
             1718 A01   Richmond                   VA   Sublet

        WEINGARTEN

             8188 G01   Houston                    TX   Sublet
             8189 G01   Houston                    TX   Sublet

               _____________

               *    Denotes those sites designated as "Mortgaged Properties."
               "R"  Denotes Leases which are to be ASSIGNED, TERMINATED,
                    or REJECTED.
               "T"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a Mortgage
                    Policy was delivered.
               "S"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a survey
                    was delivered.


                                           13


<PAGE>

                               ALL GRAND UNION LOCATIONS


             STORE      LOCATION                   TYPE OF OPERATION

             8190 G01   Houston                    TX   Sublet
             8191 G01   Houston                    TX   Sublet

        FLORIDA

             500 A01    N. Miami                   FL   Sublet
             790 A01    Davie                      FL   Sublet
             793 G01    Clearwater                 FL   Sublet
             798 G01    Tampa                      FL   Sublet

        GRAND DIST.

             4019 G01   Binghamton                 NY   Sublet

        MID-WEST

             8912 G01   Reading                    OH   Sublet
             8918 G01   Cincinnati                 OH   Sublet

        E-Z-SHOPS

             8301 G01   Newburgh                   NY   Sublet
             8303 G01   Newburgh                   NY   Sublet
             8304 G01   Spring Valley              NY   Sublet
             8310 G01   Saddle Brook               NJ   Sublet
             8312 G01   Pequannock                 NJ   Sublet
             8317 G01   Franklin Lakes             NJ   Sublet

               _____________

               *    Denotes those sites designated as "Mortgaged Properties."
               "R"  Denotes Leases which are to be ASSIGNED, TERMINATED,
                    or REJECTED.
               "T"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a Mortgage
                    Policy was delivered.
               "S"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a survey
                    was delivered.

                                          14

<PAGE>


                               ALL GRAND UNION LOCATIONS


             STORE      LOCATION                    TYPE OF OPERATION

             8329 G01   Nyack                      NY   Sublet
             8503 G01   Kingston                   NY   Sublet
             8504 G01   Lake Katherine             NY   Sublet
             8505 G01   Hyde Park                  NY   Sublet
             8506 G01   Lagrange                   NY   Sublet
             8508 G01   Wappinger Falls            NY   Sublet
             8513 G01   Guilderland                NY   Sublet
             8522 G01   Colonie                    NY   Sublet
             8523 G01   Hughsonville               NY   Sublet
               _____________

               *    Denotes those sites designated as "Mortgaged Properties."
               "R"  Denotes Leases which are to be ASSIGNED, TERMINATED,
                    or REJECTED.
               "T"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a Mortgage
                    Policy was delivered.
               "S"  Denotes those Mortgaged Properties for which a survey
                    was delivered.












                                           15

<PAGE>


                                                                  SCHEDULE VI
                                                                      TO
                                                               CREDIT AGREEMENT



                           COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


      REGION         GEOGRAPHIC      # OF    BARGAINING           APPROXIMATE            CONTRACT
                        AREA         FAC.       UNIT              # EMPLOYEES           EXPIRATION
                                                            F/T      P/T       TOTAL       DATE
<S>               <C>                <C>    <C>             <C>    <C>       <C>      <C>
      New York    Bronx & Manhattan   3     UFCW 174           8       13       21      extended
                                            Meat & Deli                                   indefi-
                                                                                          nitely
                                                                                          from
                                                                                          12/17/94

      New York    Brooklyn,           15    UFCW 342         137      142      279      10/21/95
                  Queens, Nassau            Meat & Deli
                  & Suffolk Coun-
                  ties in NY
      New York    NYC, L.I.,          40    UFCW 1262        462    1,411    1,873        6/3/95
                  Westchester,              Grocery, Pro-
                  Putnam & Dutch-           duce, &
                  ess Counties in           Front-end
                  NY                        Clerks

      New York    Westchester,        16    UFCW 464A         83       80      163        3/7/98
                  Putnam & Dutch-           (formerly
                  ess Counties in           489) Meat &
                  NY                        Deli

      New York    New Jersey &        61    UFCW 464A        522      460      982      12/19/98
                  Orange & Rockland         Meat & Deli
                  Counties in
                  NY

      New York    Connecticut         15    UFCW 371         236      564      900       6/28/97
                                            All Store
                                            Departments

      New York    Mt. Kisco, NY        1    Teamsters        124       20      144       7/26/97
                  Distrib. Center           456, Whse.
                                            Employees

      New York    Mt. Kisco, NY        1    Teamsters         90       20      110        9/5/98
                  Distrib. Center           456, Drivers
                                            & Loaders

      New York    New Jersey,         61    UFCW 1262        941    2,396    3,337       4/12/97
                  Orange & Rockland         Grocery, Pro-
                  Counties in               duce, Front-
                  NY                        end Clerks

      New York    Carlstadt, NJ        1    Teamsters         87       18      105      10/10/98
                  Distrib. Center           863, Whse.
                                            Employees

      New York    Carlstadt, NJ        1    Teamsters 560     84       15       99       3/31/98
                  Distrib. Center           Drivers &
                                            Loaders

      Northern    Waterford, NY        1    ITEA, Driv-      159       29      188       11/1/97
                  Distrib. Ctr.             ers, Loaders
                                            & Mechanics

                                                         1

<PAGE>
                                                                  SCHEDULE VI
                                                                     Page 2

      REGION         GEOGRAPHIC      # OF    BARGAINING           APPROXIMATE            CONTRACT
                        AREA         FAC.       UNIT              # EMPLOYEES           EXPIRATION
                                                            F/T      P/T       TOTAL       DATE
<S>               <C>                <C>    <C>             <C>   <C>         <C>      <C>
      Northern    Waterford, NY       1     IWEA Warehouse   201      51      252       5/2/98
                  Distrib. Ctr.             use Employees

      New York    L.I., NY            5     Bakery 3,         39       3       42       1/31/96
                                            Bakers

      New York    Montgomery, NY      1     Teamsters        195       1      196       4/04/98
                                            445, Whse.
                                            Employees

      Northern    Elizabethtown,      1     UFCW 1             2      21       23       9/13/97
                  NY                        Whole Store

      New York    L.I., NY            2     Local 1199         6      --        6       10/19/96
                                            Pharmacists


</TABLE>


                                                  2

<PAGE>


                                                            SCHEDULE VII
                                                                  TO
                                                           CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          OUTSTANDING LOANS
                                                         AMOUNT
                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
          <S>                                    <C>
          Credit Agreement Term Loans                  $  39,144.0
          Credit Agreement Revolving Credit
            Facility                                      54,000.0
          12.00% Senior Notes                            595,475.9
          Capital Leases                                 147,147.0
          Equipment Mortgage Notes                         2,842.0
                                                       -----------
               Total                                     838,608.9
                                                       -----------
                                                       -----------

          EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT
<CAPTION>
                                                                      AMOUNT
          BENEFICIARY                   ISSUER                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
          <S>                           <C>                     <C>
          New York State                Bankers Trust Company       $23,423.0
          National Union Fire Company   Bankers Trust Company        14,555.6
          Utica Mutual (various
             workers' compensation
             bonds)                     Bankers Trust Company        1,750.0
          American Casualty
             (miscellaneous bonds)      Bankers Trust Company        1,917.0
                                                                   ---------
               Total                                               $41,645.6
                                                                   ---------
                                                                   ---------

</TABLE>

          INTEREST RATE PROTECTION AGREEMENT
          Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Agreement, dated as of July
          29, 1992, between The Grand Union Company and Bankers Trust
          Company, including the related Swap Transaction dated February
          11, 1993 as amended by the Amendment dated as of March 25, 1993.

                                       1

<PAGE>


                                                         SCHEDULE VIII
                                                               TO
                                                        CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                      INSURANCE

             THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

             Property (All Risk)                          Pages 1 - 3

             Casualty (G.L., Auto, Workers' Comp.)        Page 4

             Crime (Theft, Robbery, Burglary)             Page 5



































                                           1

<PAGE>


                                                 SCHEDULE OF INSURANCE

       As of June 15, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


          THE GRAND UNION COMPANY                                         ACCT. MANAGER - B.N. WILLIAMS


                  COVERAGE                 LIMITS        DEDUCTIBLES       INSURANCE             EFF. DATE        ESTIMATED
                                                                            COMPANY,             EXP. DATE         ANNUAL
                                                                         POLICY NO.  % OF                          PREMIUM
                                                                          PARTICIPATION
<S>                                        <C>           <C>          <C>                        <C>            <C>
        PROPERTY

             All Risk
                                                                        PROTECTION MUTUAL INS CO   3/31/94       750,000.00
                                                                        732501                     3/31/97

        COVERAGES:                                                      Best's Rating
          All Real And Personal Property                                A++ XV
          Business Interruption
          Extra Expense
          Rental Value
          Service Interruption
          Accounts Receivable
          Leasehold Interest
          Property In Transit

        PERILS INSURED:  (Including Boiler
          & Machinery)
        "All Risk" Including
        Flood/Earthquake

        LIMIT(S) OF LIABILITY:
          Per  Blanket                     1,300,000,000
            EXCEPT:
             Flood (Annual Aggregate)        100,000,000
             Earthquake (Annual Aggregate)   100,000,000
             California Earthquake (Annual       250,000
               Aggregate)
             Extra/Expediting Expense         10,000,000
             Automatic Coverage                2,000,000


                                                           1


<PAGE>


                                                 SCHEDULE OF INSURANCE

       As of June 15, 1995


          THE GRAND UNION COMPANY                                           ACCT. MANAGER - B.N. WILLIAMS


                  COVERAGE                 LIMITS        DEDUCTIBLES          INSURANCE             EFF. DATE        ESTIMATED
                                                                               COMPANY,             EXP. DATE         ANNUAL
                                                                            POLICY NO.  % OF                          PREMIUM
                                                                             PARTICIPATION
<S>                                        <C>           <C>             <C>                        <C>            <C>
      LIMIT(S) OF LIABILITY (continued):
          Per  Blanket
            EXCEPT:
             Errors & Omissions             2,000,000
             Service Interruption PD        5,000,000
             Service Interruption BI        5,000,000
             Control of Damaged Merchan-
               dise                         2,000,000
             Valuable Papers & Records      1,000,000
             Leasehold Interest               500,000
             Accounts Receivable            1,000,000
             Transit                          250,000

      DEDUCTIBLES:
          Per Occurrence in store and other
        property locations                                 100,000
          In Transit                                        25,000
          One Day equivalent as respects
            time element for Boiler &
            Machinery
          5% separate PD/TE with respect
            earth movement at locations in
            Alaska, California, Hawaii, and
            Puerto Rico.  Subject to a
            $250,000 minimum.
          5% separate PD/TE with respect to
            direct action of Wind including
            any substance driven by Wind
            and/or Flood at locations in
            Florida subject to a $100,000
            minimum.

      VALUATION:
          All Real and Personal Property-
            Replacement Cost
          Stock-Net Selling Price
          Time Element - Actual Loss
            Sustained




                                                           2


<PAGE>
                                                 SCHEDULE OF INSURANCE

       As of June 15, 1995


          THE GRAND UNION COMPANY                                           ACCT. MANAGER - B.N. WILLIAMS


                  COVERAGE                 LIMITS        DEDUCTIBLES          INSURANCE             EFF. DATE        ESTIMATED
                                                                               COMPANY,             EXP. DATE         ANNUAL
                                                                            POLICY NO.  % OF                          PREMIUM
                                                                             PARTICIPATION
<S>                                        <C>           <C>             <C>                        <C>            <C>
        COINSURANCE:  NIL

        FORM:
             FM3000 Form and Endorsements

        TERRITORY:
          United States, Canada and Puerto
            Rico

        CONDITIONS:
          -  Loss is payable to insured or
             their order.
          -  60 days cancellation by com-
             pany except 10 days cancella-
             tion for non payment of pre-
             mium.

        PREMIUM:  Subject to adjustment

</TABLE>


                                                                            3



<PAGE>
                                                           SCHEDULE OF INSURANCE
                                                            As of June 15, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

            CASUALTY COMPANY    POLICY NO.         COVERAGE            AMOUNT        ATTACH    EXPIRE       PREMIUM
            <S>                <C>             <C>                  <C>              <C>       <C>       <C>
             National Union    GL3197024       Commercial Gener-    $1,750,000/      3/1/94    3/1/96    $554,560
             Best's Rating                     al Liability         $10,000,000
             A+XV                                                   XS $250,000
                                                                    Deductible XS
                                                                    $250,000 SIR

             National Union    CA1431746       Automobile Lia-      $2,000,000 CSL   3/1/94    3/1/96    $2,191,450
             Best's Rating                     bility
             A+XV

             National Union    WC3171374       Workers' Compen-     $2,000,000       3/1/94    3/1/96    Included above
             Best's Rating     (CA)            sation/Employers'    E.L.                                 in Auto Lia-
             A+XV              WC3171372       Liability                                                 bility
                               (All States)

             National Union    GL3197025       Employers Liabil-    $2,000,000       3/1/94    3/1/96    Included above
             Best's Rating                     ity-Stop Gap Lia-    E.L.                                 in Auto Lia-
             A+XV                              bility                                                    bility

             Ins. Co. of       WC3171373       Workers' Compen-     $2,000,000       3/1/94    3/1/96    Included above
             State of PA                       sation/Employers'    E.L.                                 in Auto Lia-
             Best's Rating                     Liability                                                 bility
             A+XV

              PRIMARY COVER-
                 AGE FEES

             Westchester       524-215427-4    Lead  Umbrella       $20,000,000      3/1/94    3/1/96    $212,500
             Fire Ins. Co.                     Liability            XS Primary
             Best's Rating
             A-XIV

                                               $30,000,000 XS
                                               $20,000,000

             Royal
             Best's Rating     RHA007586       Excess Umbrella      $5,000,000       3/1/94    3/1/96    $13,750
             A-XI                              Liability            part of

             Chubb Ins. Co.    7906-34-01      Excess Umbrella      $25,000,000      3/1/94    3/1/96    $68,750
             of NJ                             Liability            part of
             Best's Rating
             A+XIII

</TABLE>

                                                      4

<PAGE>



                                SCHEDULE OF INSURANCE

       AS OF JUNE 15, 1995

            THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

            CRIME                            Federal Insurance Company
                                             Policy No. 80589213-H
                                             Best's Rating A+

       POLICY PERIOD
       8/1/94 - 8/1/95

       PREMIUM
       $97,000

       COVERAGES
          Employee Theft
          Premises Robbery and Burglary
          Transit Theft
          Forgery
          Computer Theft and Funds Transfer
          Computer Theft and Merchandise
          Credit Card Forgery
          Money Order and Counterfeit
            Currency

       LIMITS
          Per occurrence                     $10,000,000
          Except Credit Card Forgery         $ 1,000,000

       DEDUCTIBLES
          Money and Securities               $   250,000
          Other Property                         250,000
          Credit Card Forgery                        Nil
          Money Order, Counterfeit Currency          100
          Employee Benefit Plan                      Nil

       TERMINATION
       60 Day Notice


                                       5

<PAGE>


                                                          SCHEDULE IX
                                                               TO
                                                        CREDIT AGREEMENT



                                        LIENS

             Liens evidenced  by  filings permitted  by Annex  A to  the
             Borrower Security  Agreement and Annex A  to the Subsidiary
             Security Agreement.










































<PAGE>



                                                          SCHEDULE X
                                                               TO
                                                        CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                EXISTING INVESTMENTS (1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             MISCELLANEOUS DEPOSITS
                                                                  AMOUNT
             <S>                                                <C>
               Security Deposit #1971                           $   27,666.66

               McDonald-Douglas (MDFC) Peekskill                $  100,000.00

               GKG Pharmacy                                     $  250,000.00

               McDonald-Douglas (MDFC) All Holding GU
               w/Peekskill                                      $   47,424.00

               Bartlett, Pontiff, Stewart and Rhodes,
               Trust Account                                    $   35,000.00

               Paid Prescriptions                               $   80,137.55

               Department of Agriculture (PACA
               License)(2)
                                                                $  750,000.00
                                                                -------------
               Total                                            $1,290,228.21
                                                                -------------
                                                                -------------

<FN>
             ____________________

             1  As of April 29, 1995.  To be updated as of the Effective
                Date by the Borrower.

             2  As of May 30, 1995.
</TABLE>

                                           1

<PAGE>

                                                              SCHEDULE X
                                                                 Page 2


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             MORTGAGES AND NOTES RECEIVABLE(1)
                                                          AMOUNT
             <S>                                      <C>
                    Myron Hunt                        $  150,000.00
                    Burlington Coat                   $  604,999.82
                    Hillside K (PSK)                  $  144,220.60
                    Bonfeld Inc.                      $   43,372.56
                    Wchster (SME)                     $  269,608.31
                    DiCicco of NYC                    $  263,388.00
                    Hansfood                          $   83,416.97
                    Westfall Town Ctr.                $  503,723.38
                    289 Corp.                         $  175,965.23
                    Bhagyalaxmi N. Arlington          $   93,434.60
                    Friends of Elmendorph             $   11,433.57
                    Village Market                    $   84,139.12
                    James Holmes and Myra Holmes      $   19,500.00
                                                      -------------
                                                      $2,447,202.16
                                                      -------------
                                                      -------------

             ADVANCES, LOANS AND CONTRIBUTIONS
             TO SUBSIDIARIES

                    Merchandising Services, Inc.      0.00

                    Total                             0.00

<FN>
             ____________________

             1 As of May 27, 1995.
</TABLE>










                                           2

<PAGE>



                                                          SCHEDULE XI
                                                                 TO
                                                        CREDIT AGREEMENT














                                  STORE DISPOSITIONS

                                 Farmingville, New York
                                 Fairfield, Connecticut
                                 Ossining, New York
                                 College Point, New York








































<PAGE>

                                                          SCHEDULE XII
                                                                TO
                                                        CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                    FISCAL PERIODS

                         1st Period               April 29, 1995
                         2nd Period               May 27, 1995
                         3rd Period               June 24, 1995
                         4th Period               July 22, 1995
                         5th Period               August 19, 1995
                         6th Period               September 16, 1995
                         7th Period               October 14, 1995
                         8th Period               November 11, 1995
                         9th Period               December 9, 1995
                         10th Period              January 6, 1996
                         11th Period              February 3, 1996
                         12th Period              March 2, 1996
                         13th Period              March 30, 1996

                         1st Period               April 27, 1996
                         2nd Period               May 25, 1996
                         3rd Period               June 22, 1996
                         4th Period               July 20, 1996
                         5th Period               August 17, 1996
                         6th Period               September 14, 1996
                         7th Period               October 12, 1996
                         8th Period               November 9, 1996
                         9th Period               December 7, 1996
                         10th Period              January 4, 1997
                         11th Period              February 1, 1997
                         12th Period              March 1, 1997
                         13th Period              March 29, 1997

                         1st Period               April 26, 1997
                         2nd Period               May 24, 1997
                         3rd Period               June 21, 1997
                         4th Period               July 19, 1997
                         5th Period               August 16, 1997
                         6th Period               September 13, 1997
                         7th Period               October 11, 1997
                         8th Period               November 8, 1997
                         9th Period               December 6, 1997
                         10th Period              January 3, 1998
                         11th Period              January 31, 1998
                         12th Period              February 28, 1998
                         13th Period              March 28, 1998



<PAGE>


                         1st Period               April 25, 1998
                         2nd Period               May 23, 1998
                         3rd Period               June 20, 1998
                         4th Period               July 18, 1998
                         5th Period               August 15, 1998
                         6th Period               September 12, 1998
                         7th Period               October 10, 1998
                         8th Period               November 7, 1998
                         9th Period               December 5, 1998
                         10th Period              January 2, 1999
                         11th Period              January 30, 1999
                         12th Period              February 27, 1999
                         13th Period              April 3, 1999

                         1st Period               May 1, 1999
                         2nd Period               May 29, 1999
                         3rd Period               June 26, 1999
                         4th Period               July 24, 1999
                         5th Period               August 21, 1999
                         6th Period               September 18, 1999
                         7th Period               October 16, 1999
                         8th Period               November 13, 1999
                         9th Period               December 11, 1999
                         10th Period              January 8, 2000
                         11th Period              February 5, 2000
                         12th Period              March 4, 2000
                         13th Period              April 1, 2000

                         1st Period               April 29, 2000
                         2nd Period               May 27, 2000
                         3rd Period               June 24, 2000
                         4th Period               July 22, 2000
                         5th Period               August 19, 2000
                         6th Period               September 16, 2000
                         7th Period               October 14, 2000
                         8th Period               November 11, 2000
                         9th Period               December 9, 2000
                         10th Period              January 6, 2001
                         11th Period              February 3, 2001
                         12th Period              March 3, 2001
                         13th Period              March 31, 2001

                         1st Period               April 28, 2001
                         2nd Period               May 26, 2001
                         3rd Period               June 23, 2001
                         4th Period               July 21, 2001
                         5th Period               August 18, 2001
                         6th Period               September 15, 2001
                         7th Period               October 13, 2001
                         8th Period               November 10, 2001
                         9th Period               December 8, 2001
                         10th Period              January 5, 2002
                         11th Period              February 2, 2002


                                           2

<PAGE>



                         12th Period              March 2, 2002
                         13th Period              March 30, 2002

                         1st  Period              April 27, 2002
                         2nd  Period              May 25, 2002
                         3rd  Period              June 22, 2002
                         4th  Period              July 20, 2002
















































                                           3

<PAGE>




                                                          SCHEDULE XIII
                                                                TO
                                                        CREDIT AGREEMENT


                               OPERATIONAL ADJUSTMENTS


             1.   Closing of the Waterford Distribution Center.













































<PAGE>


                                                           SCHEDULE XIV
                                                                TO
                                                        CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                 CONFIRMATION ORDERS

             Findings of Fact, Conclusions of Law and Order Under 11
             U.S.C. Section 1129 Confirming Second Amended Plan of Reorganiza-
             tion Proposed by The Grand Union Company, dated May 31,
             1995.

             Minute Order Clarifying Findings of Fact, Conclusions of
             Law and Order Under 11 U.S.C. Section 1129 Confirming Second
             Amended Plan of Reorganization Proposed by The Grand Union
             Company, dated June 14, 1995.

                      PENDING CONFIRMATION ORDER APPEALS/MOTIONS

             Appeal of the Order of the Bankruptcy Court entered on or
             about May 31, 1995, filed by William Kuntz, III, on June 9,
             1995.

             Motion of Michelle Powell to Vacate Confirmation Order, to
             Vacate Bar Order, and to Permit Late Filing of Proof of
             Claim or Alternatively, Motion to Determine Whether the
             Claim Has Not Been Discharged, filed June 12, 1995.


<PAGE>
                                                                     EXHIBIT A-1


                                    TERM NOTE


$________________                                             New York, New York
                                                              June __, 1995


          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE GRAND UNION COMPANY, a Delaware corporation
(the "Borrower"), hereby promises to pay to the order of
_____________________________ (the "Bank"), in lawful money of the United States
of America in immediately available funds, at the office of Bankers Trust
Company (the "Agent") located at One Bankers Trust Plaza, New York, New York
10006 on the Final Maturity Date (as defined in the Agreement referred to below)
the principal sum of _____________ DOLLARS or, if less, the then unpaid
principal amount of all Term Loans (as defined in the Agreement) made by the
Bank pursuant to the Agreement.

          The Borrower promises also to pay interest on the unpaid principal
amount hereof in like money at said office from the date hereof until paid at
the rates and at the times provided in Section 1.8 of the Agreement.

          This Note is one of the Term Notes referred to in the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1995, among the Borrower, the
various lending institutions from time to time party thereto (the "Banks") and
Bankers Trust Company, as Agent (as from time to time in effect, the
"Agreement") and is entitled to the benefits thereof.  This Note is secured by
the Security Documents (as defined in the Agreement) and is entitled to the
benefits thereof and of the Agreement and the Subsidiary Guaranty (as defined in
the Agreement).  As provided in the Agreement, this Note is subject to voluntary
prepayment and mandatory repayment prior to the Final Maturity Date, in whole or
in part.

          In case an Event of Default (as defined in the Agreement) shall occur
and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Note may be
declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the
Agreement.

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT A-1
                                                                          Page 2

          The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or notice of
any kind in connection with this Note.

          THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE
LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


                              THE GRAND UNION COMPANY


                              By ________________________________
                                 Title:

<PAGE>

                                                              EXHIBIT A-2

                                 REVOLVING NOTE

$
 ----------------------                                 New York, New York
                                                        June________, 1995

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE GRAND UNION COMPANY, a Delaware corporation
(the "Borrower"), hereby promises to pay to the order of _______________
(the "Bank"), in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately
available funds, at the office of Bankers Trust Company (the "Agent") located
at One Bankers Trust Plaza, New York, New York 10006 on the RL Expiry Date
(as defined in the Agreement referred to below) the principal sum of
_____________________ DOLLARS or, if less, the then unpaid principal amount
of all Revolving Loans (as defined in the Agreement) made by the Bank pursuant
to the Agreement.

     The Borrower promises also to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount
hereof in like money at said office from the date hereof until paid at the
rates and at the times provided in Section 1.8 of the Agreement referred to
below

     This note is one of the Revolving Notes referred to in the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1995, among the Borrowed, the
various lending institutions from time to time party thereto (including the
Bank) and Bankers Trust Company, as Agent (as from time to time effect, the
"Agreement") and is entitled to the benefits thereof. This Note is secured
by the Security Documents (as defined in the Agreement) and is entitled to the
benefits thereof and of the Agreement and the Subsidiary Guaranty (as defined
in the Agreement). As provided in the Agreement, this Note is subject to
voluntary prepayment and mandatory repayment prior to the RL Expiry Date, in
whole or in part.

     In case an Event of Default (as defined in the Agreement) shall occur
and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Note may be
declared to

<PAGE>

                                                                 EXHIBIT A-2
                                                                      Page 2

be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the
Agreement.

     The Borrower hereby waives presentment on demand, protest or notice of
any kind in connection with this Note.

     THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                                      THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

                                      By_____________________
                                        Title:





<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT A-3


                                 SWINGLINE NOTE


$__________                                                   New York, New York
                                                                   June __, 1995


          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE GRAND UNION COMPANY, a Delaware corporation
(the "Borrower"), hereby promises to pay to the order of BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
(the "Bank"), in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately
available funds, at the office of Bankers Trust Company (the "Agent") located at
One Bankers Trust Plaza, New York, New York 10006 on the Swingline Termination
Date (as defined in the Agreement referred to below) the principal sum of
________________ or, if less, the then unpaid principal amount of all Swingline
Loans (as defined in the Agreement) made by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement.

          The Borrower promises also to pay interest on the unpaid principal
amount hereof in like money at said office from the date hereof until paid at
the rates and at the times provided in Section 1.8 of the Agreement.

          This Note is the Swingline Note referred to in the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1995, among the Borrower, the
various lending institutions from time to time party thereto (including the
Bank) and Bankers Trust Company, as Agent (as from time to time in effect, the
"Agreement") and is entitled to the benefits thereof.  This Note is secured by
the Security Documents (as defined in the Agreement) and is entitled to the
benefits thereof and of the Agreement and the Subsidiary Guaranty (as defined in
the Agreement).  As provided in the Agreement, this Note is subject to voluntary
prepayment and mandatory repayment prior to the Swingline Termination Date, in
whole or in part.

          In case an Event of Default (as defined in the Agreement) shall occur
and be continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on this Note may be
declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the
Agreement.

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT A-3
                                                                          Page 2

          The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or notice of
any kind in connection with this Note.

          THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE
LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


                              THE GRAND UNION COMPANY



                              By _________________________________
                                 Title:

<PAGE>



                                                                 Exhibit 10.12






                          SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT










                            Dated as of June 15, 1995





<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page

ARTICLE I  SECURITY INTERESTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     1.1.  GRANT OF SECURITY INTERESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     1.2.  POWER OF ATTORNEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

ARTICLE II GENERAL REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES
           AND COVENANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     2.1.  NECESSARY FILINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     2.2.  NO LIENS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     2.3.  OTHER FINANCING STATEMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
     2.4.  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE; RECORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
     2.5.  LOCATION OF INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
     2.6.  LOCATION OF VEHICLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
     2.7.  RECOURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
     2.8.  TRADE NAMES; CHANGE OF NAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

ARTICLE III SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING
            RECEIVABLES; CONTRACT RIGHTS;
            INSTRUMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
     3.1.  ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
     3.2.  MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
     3.3.  DIRECTION TO ACCOUNT DEBTORS; CONTRACTING
           PARTIES; ETC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
     3.4.  MODIFICATION OF TERMS; ETC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
     3.5.  COLLECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
     3.6.  INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
     3.7.  FURTHER ACTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

ARTICLE IV SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING MARKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
     4.1.  ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
     4.2.  LICENSES AND ASSIGNMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     4.3.  INFRINGEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     4.4.  PRESERVATION OF MARKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     4.5.  MAINTENANCE OF REGISTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
     4.6.  FUTURE REGISTERED MARKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
     4.7.  REMEDIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16


<PAGE>


ARTICLE V  SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING
           PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
     5.1.  ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
     5.2.  LICENSES AND ASSIGNMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
     5.3.  INFRINGEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
     5.4.  MAINTENANCE OF PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
     5.5.  PROSECUTION OF PATENT APPLICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
     5.6.  OTHER PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
     5.7.  REMEDIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

ARTICLE VI PROVISIONS CONCERNING ALL COLLATERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
     6.1.  PROTECTION OF COLLATERAL AGENT'S SECURITY . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
     6.2.  WAREHOUSE RECEIPTS NON-NEGOTIABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
     6.3.  FURTHER ACTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
     6.4.  FINANCING STATEMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

ARTICLE VII REMEDIES UPON OCCURRENCE OF SPECIFIED  EVENTS. . . . . . . . . .  22
     7.1.  REMEDIES; OBTAINING THE COLLATERAL UPON
           DEFAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
     7.2.  REMEDIES; DISPOSITION OF THE COLLATERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
     7.3.  WAIVER OF CLAIMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     7.4.  APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
     7.5.  REMEDIES CUMULATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
     7.6.  DISCONTINUANCE OF PROCEEDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30

ARTICLE VIII INDEMNITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
     8.1.  INDEMNITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
     8.2.  INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS SECURED BY
           COLLATERAL; SURVIVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32

ARTICLE IX DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33

ARTICLE X  THE COLLATERAL AGENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
     10.1.  APPOINTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
     10.2.  NATURE OF DUTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
     10.3.  LACK OF RELIANCE ON THE COLLATERAL AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
     10.4.  CERTAIN RIGHTS OF THE COLLATERAL AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
     10.5.  RELIANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
     10.6.  INDEMNIFICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
     10.7.  THE COLLATERAL AGENT IN ITS INDIVIDUAL
            CAPACITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
     10.8.  HOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     10.9.  RESIGNATION BY THE COLLATERAL AGENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     10.10. FEES AND EXPENSES OF COLLATERAL AGENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46

                                     (ii)
<PAGE>


ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
     11.1.  NOTICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
     11.2.  WAIVER; AMENDMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
     11.3.  OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
     11.4.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
     11.5.  HEADINGS DESCRIPTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
     11.6.  SEVERABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
     11.7.  GOVERNING LAW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
     11.8.  ASSIGNORS' DUTIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
     11.9.  TERMINATION; RELEASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
     11.10. COUNTERPARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51

SCHEDULE A Assignors

ANNEX A   Schedule of Permitted Filings
ANNEX B   Schedule of Record Locations
ANNEX C   Schedule of Inventory and Equipment Locations
ANNEX D   Schedule of Vehicles Locations
ANNEX E   Schedule of Trade, Fictitious and Other Names
ANNEX F   Schedule of Marks
ANNEX G   Schedule of License Agreements and Assignments
ANNEX H   Schedule of Patents and Applications
ANNEX I   Schedule of Copyrights and Applications

EXHIBIT 1 U.S. Trademark Security Agreement
EXHIBIT 2 U.S. Patent Security Agreement
EXHIBIT 3 U.S. Copyright Security Agreement





                                        (iii)

<PAGE>



                          SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT


          SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of June 15,
1995, among the corporations listed on Schedule 1 hereto (individually, an
"Assignor" and collectively, the "Assignors"), and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, as
Collateral Agent (the "Collateral Agent") for the benefit of (x) the Banks and
the Agent from time to time party to the Credit Agreement hereinafter referred
to (such Banks and the Agent the "Bank Creditors") and (y) any Bank that enters
into an interest rate protection agreement (including, without limitation,
interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements, collectively,
the "Interest Rate Protection Agreements") guaranteed by the Assignors, even if
any such Bank subsequently ceases to be a Bank under the Credit Agreement for
any reason and for so long as any such Bank participates in the extension of any
such Interest Rate Protection Agreements, and any subsequent assignee,
(collectively, the "Interest Rate Protection Creditors" and, together with the
Bank Creditors, the "Secured Creditors").  All capitalized terms used herein
shall have the meanings provided in Article IX of this Agreement and, if not so
defined herein, capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Credit
Agreement shall be used herein as so defined.  The schedules, annexes and
exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference and this Agreement together
with all schedules, annexes and exhibits hereto and any future filings of any of
the exhibits hereto shall constitute the "Subsidiary Security Agreement"
referred to in the Credit Agreement.


                              W I T N E S S E T H :


          WHEREAS, The Grand Union Company (the "Company"), a Delaware
corporation, and certain of the parties hereto entered into the Original Credit
Agreement;

          WHEREAS, the Company, the various Banks from time to time party
thereto, and Bankers Trust Company, as Agent (the "Agent") have agreed to amend
and restate the Original Credit Agreement and have entered into the Amended and


<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 2


Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1995, providing for the making
of Loans and the issuance of, and participation in, Letters of Credit as
contemplated therein (as used herein, the term "Credit Agreement" means the
Credit Agreement described above in this paragraph, as the same may be amended,
modified, extended, renewed, restated or supplemented from time to time, and
including any agreement extending the maturity of, or restructuring (including,
but not limited to, any increase in the amount borrowed) all or any portion of
the Indebtedness under such agreement or any successor agreements;

          WHEREAS, the Assignors may guarantee Interest Rate Protection
Agreements entered into by the Company with one or more Interest Rate Protection
Creditors in compliance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement;

          WHEREAS, the Assignors have guaranteed the obligations of the Company
under the Credit Agreement and under one or more Interest Rate Protection
Agreements (the "Subsidiary Guaranty");

          WHEREAS, the obligations of the Company under the Credit Agreement and
under one or more Interest Rate Protection Agreements and the obligations of the
Assignors in respect of the Subsidiary Guaranty referred to above shall be
secured hereunder as provided herein;

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Assignors share an identity of interests
as members of a consolidated group of companies engaged in substantially similar
businesses, the Company provides centralized financial, accounting and
management services to each of the Assignors and the making of the loans and the
issuance of the letters of credit under the Credit Agreement will facilitate
expansion of, and enhance the overall financial strength and stability of the
Company's corporate group;

          WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to each of the above-described
extensions of credit to the Company that the Assignors shall have executed and
delivered to the Collateral Agent this Agreement;

          WHEREAS, the Assignors desire to execute and deliver this Agreement to
satisfy the conditions described in the preceding paragraph;

<PAGE>
                                                                          Page 3


          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the extensions of credit made and
to be made to the Company and other benefits accruing to the Assignors, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Assignor hereby
makes the following representations and warranties to the Collateral Agent for
the benefit of the Secured Creditors and hereby covenants and agrees with the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                               SECURITY INTERESTS

          1.1.  GRANT OF SECURITY INTERESTS.  (a)  As security for the full and
prompt payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise) of all of the Obligations, each Assignor does hereby
sell, assign and transfer unto the Collateral Agent, and does hereby grant to
the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Creditors, a continuing
security interest of first priority (subject to Liens evidenced by Permitted
Filings and other Liens permitted under Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement and
existing on the Effective Date) in, all of the right, title and interest of such
Assignor in, to and under all of the following, whether now existing or
hereafter from time to time acquired (collectively, the "Collateral"):  (i) each
and every Receivable, (ii) all Contracts, together with all Contract Rights
arising thereunder, (iii) all Inventory, (iv) the Cash Collateral Account
established for the Assignors and all monies, securities and instruments
deposited or required to be deposited in such Cash Collateral Account, (v) all
Equipment, including, without limitation, all of the Vehicles (and the
certificates of title and other registrations relating thereto), (vi) all Marks
and the goodwill of the business of such Assignor symbolized by the Marks, (vii)
all Patents and Copyrights, (viii) all computer programs of such Assignor and
all intellectual property rights therein and all other proprietary information
of such Assignor, including, but not limited to, trade secrets, (ix) all other
Goods, General Intangibles, Chattel Paper, Documents and Instruments, (x) any
and all books and records relating to any of the property described in the
foregoing clauses (i) through (ix) and (xi) all Proceeds and products of any and
all Collateral

<PAGE>

                                                                       Page 4

referred to in clauses (i) through (x) above and this clause (xi); PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that to the extent that any Contract may be terminated (in
accordance with the terms thereof after giving effect to any applicable laws)
in the event of granting of a security interest therein, or in the event the
granting of a security interest in any Contract shall violate applicable law,
then the security interest granted hereby shall be limited to the extent
necessary so that such Contract may not be so terminated or no such violation
of law shall exist, as the case may be; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that upon the
termination or expiration of such prohibition or restriction, such Contract
shall become subject to the security deemed to be Collateral.

          (b)  The security interests of the Collateral Agent under this
Agreement extend to all Collateral now existing or hereafter acquired, of the
kind which is the subject of this Agreement which any Assignor may acquire at
any time during the continuation of this Agreement.

          (c) If (i) a Bankruptcy Default or Notified Acceleration Event has
occurred and is continuing or (ii) any other Event of Default or Acceleration
Event has occurred and is continuing, but in the case of this clause (ii) only
if, and to the extent that, the Collateral Agent (acting at the direction of the
Required Banks) has given notice to the Assignors to take the actions specified
below in this sentence, then in either such case all cash Proceeds of, and cash
payments received in respect of, Collateral shall be paid by the Assignors (or
the respective payor) directly to the Cash Collateral Account or as otherwise
directed by the Collateral Agent.  At any time while the circumstances described
in the immediately preceding sentence do not exist, all cash payments received
in respect of the Collateral (including, without limitation, all payments
received in respect of Receivables and Contracts, or in payment for sales of
Inventory, but excluding cash Proceeds of sales of other Collateral unless the
respective sale and release of Collateral is permitted pursuant to this
Agreement and the Credit Agreement) shall be paid to the Assignors for
application in accordance with (and to the extent provided by) the Credit
Agreement.

          1.2.  POWER OF ATTORNEY.  Each Assignor hereby constitutes and
appoints the Collateral Agent its true and lawful attorney, irrevocably, with
full power after the occurrence of and during the continuance of an Event of


<PAGE>

                                                                       Page 5

Default (in the name of such Assignor or otherwise), in the Collateral Agent's
discretion, to take any action and to execute any instrument which the
Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the
purposes of this Agreement, which appointment as attorney is coupled with an
interest.


                                   ARTICLE II

                GENERAL REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

          Each Assignor represents, warrants and covenants, which
representations, warranties and covenants shall survive execution and delivery
of this Agreement, as follows:

          2.1.  NECESSARY FILINGS.  All filings, registrations and recordings,
including filings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United
States Copyright Office or similar agencies in any State thereof or political
subdivision thereof necessary or appropriate to create, preserve, protect and
perfect the security interest granted by each Assignor to the Collateral Agent
hereby in respect of the Collateral have been or shall have been accomplished in
a timely manner and the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent
pursuant to this Agreement in and to the Collateral constitutes or shall
constitute a perfected security interest therein (as provided in the Uniform
Commercial Code), which is superior and prior to the rights of all other Persons
therein and subject to no other Liens (except that the Collateral may be subject
to the security interests evidenced by the financing statements disclosed on
Annex A hereto, but only to the respective date, if any, set forth on Annex A
(the "Permitted Filings") and to any other Liens permitted under Section 8.2 of
the Credit Agreement and existing on the Effective Date) and is or shall be
entitled to all the rights, priorities and benefits afforded by the Uniform
Commercial Code or other relevant law as enacted in any relevant jurisdiction to
perfected security interests.

          2.2.  NO LIENS.  Each Assignor is, and as to Collateral acquired by it
from time to time after the date hereof, each Assignor will be, the owner of all
Collateral free from any Lien, security interest, encumbrance or other right,
title or interest of any Person (other than Liens created hereby, Liens
permitted under Section 8.2 of the



<PAGE>

                                                                       Page 6

Credit Agreement or evidenced by the Permitted Filings), and such Assignor shall
defend the Collateral against all claims and demands of all Persons at any time
claiming the same or any interest therein adverse to the Collateral Agent.

          2.3.  OTHER FINANCING STATEMENTS.  As of the date hereof, there is no
financing statement (or similar statement or instrument of registration under
the law of any jurisdiction) on file or of record in any relevant jurisdiction
covering or purporting to cover any interest of any kind in the Collateral
except as disclosed in Annex A hereto and so long as the Termination Date has
not occurred or any of the Credit Agreement Obligations remain unpaid, no
Assignor will execute or authorize to be filed in any public office any
financing statement (or similar statement or instrument of registration under
the law of any jurisdiction) or statements relating to the Collateral, except
financing statements filed or to be filed in respect of and covering the
security interests granted hereby by such Assignor and to the extent permitted
to be granted by such Assignor pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement.

          2.4.  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE; RECORDS.  The chief executive office of
each Assignor is located at 201 Willowbrook Boulevard, Wayne, New Jersey 07470-
6799.  No Assignor will move its chief executive office except to such new
location as such Assignor may establish in accordance with the last sentence of
this Section 2.4.  The originals of all documents evidencing all Receivables and
Contract Rights of each Assignor and the only original books of account and
records of such Assignor relating thereto are, and will continue to be, kept at
such chief executive office, at such other locations shown on Annex B hereto or
at such new locations as such Assignor may establish in accordance with the last
sentence of this Section 2.4, PROVIDED that, so long as (x) true and correct
copies of all documents evidencing such Receivables and Contract Rights and
copies of such books and records are kept at such chief executive office or at
such other locations shown on Annex B hereto, and (y) the failure to maintain
any original copies of the foregoing at such locations could not have an adverse
effect upon the validity, perfection or priority of any security interest
granted hereunder, each Assignor shall be permitted to keep original copies of
the foregoing at other locations to be


<PAGE>

                                                                       Page 7


determined in a manner consistent with its past practices.  All Receivables
and Contract Rights of each Assignor are, and will continue to be, maintained
at, and controlled and directed (including, without limitation, for general
accounting purposes) from, the office locations described above.  No Assignor
shall establish  new locations for such offices until (i) it shall have given to
the Collateral Agent not less than 45 days' prior written notice of its
intention so to do, clearly describing such new location and providing such
other information in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably
request, (ii) with respect to such new location, it shall have taken all action
to maintain the security interest of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral
intended to be granted hereby at all times fully perfected and in full force and
effect and (iii) at the request of the Collateral Agent, it shall have furnished
an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent to the
effect that all financing or continuation statements and amendments or
supplements thereto have been filed in the appropriate filing office or offices,
and all other actions (including, without limitation, the payment of all filing
fees and taxes, if any, payable in connection with such filings) have been
taken, in order to perfect (and maintain the perfection and priority of) the
security interest granted hereby.

          2.5.  LOCATION OF INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT.  All Inventory and
Equipment (other than Vehicles) held on the date hereof by each Assignor is
located at the address shown for such Assignor on Annex C hereto.  Each Assignor
agrees that all Inventory and all Equipment (other than Vehicles) now held or
subsequently acquired by it shall be kept at (or shall be in transport to) the
location shown on Annex C hereto, or such new location as such Assignor may
establish in accordance with the last sentence of this Section 2.5.  Each
Assignor may establish a new location for Inventory and Equipment (other than
Vehicles) only if (i) it shall give to the Collateral Agent written notice of
such new location as promptly as practicable and in no event later than 60 days
after the establishment thereof, clearly describing such new location and
providing such other information in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent
may reasonably request, (ii) with respect to such new location, as promptly as
practicable and in no event later than 75 days after the establishment thereof,
it shall have taken all action to maintain the security interest of the

<PAGE>

                                                                       Page 8

Collateral Agent in the Collateral intended to be granted hereby at all times
fully perfected and in full force and effect and (iii) at the request of the
Collateral Agent, it shall have furnished an opinion of counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Collateral Agent to the effect that all financing or
continuation statements and amendments or supplements thereto have been filed in
the appropriate filing office or offices, and all other actions (including,
without limitation, the payment of all filing fees and taxes, if any, payable in
connection with such filings) have been taken, in order to perfect (and maintain
the perfection and priority of) the security interest granted hereby.

          2.6.  LOCATION OF VEHICLES.  (a)  All vehicles owned on the date
hereof by each Assignor are of the type and quantity, bear the certificate of
title numbers and are registered in the jurisdictions listed for such Assignor
on Annex D hereto (the "Vehicles").  Each Assignor agrees that after acquiring
any Vehicle subsequent to the date hereof, it shall (i) give the Collateral
Agent written notice of such acquisition in accordance with Section 11.9(c)
hereof and provide the type(s), quantity, certificate of title number(s) and
jurisdiction(s) of registration of each such Vehicle and provide such other
information in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably
request and (ii) with respect to each such subsequently acquired Vehicle, take
such action reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent as is necessary or
appropriate to create, preserve, protect and perfect the security interest of
the Collateral Agent in such Vehicle intended to be granted hereby.  Each
Assignor further agrees (except as otherwise provided in Section 11.9(c) hereof)
that it shall (i) not remove any Vehicle now owned or hereafter acquired from
(x) with respect to Vehicles held on the date hereof, the jurisdiction in which
such Vehicle is registered on the date hereof or (y) with respect to Vehicles
acquired after the date hereof, the jurisdiction in which such Vehicle is
registered at the time of its acquisition, in each case, to the extent the
removal of such Vehicle from such jurisdiction would require the Collateral
Agent to take any action whatsoever with respect to such Vehicle in order to
maintain the security interest of the Collateral Agent in the Vehicle so removed
at all times fully perfected and in full force and effect, unless such Assignor
shall have given not less than 30 days' prior written notice to the Collateral
Agent of the requirement to take any such action


<PAGE>

                                                                       Page 9

and (ii) take such action reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent as
is necessary or appropriate to maintain the security interest of the
Collateral Agent in the Vehicle so removed at all times fully perfected and
in full force and effect.

          2.7.  RECOURSE.  This Agreement is made with full recourse to each
Assignor and pursuant to and upon all the warranties, representations,
covenants, and agreements on the part of each Assignor contained herein, in the
other Credit Documents, in the Interest Rate Protection Agreements and otherwise
in writing in connection herewith or therewith.

          2.8.  TRADE NAMES; CHANGE OF NAME.  No Assignor has or operates in any
jurisdiction under, or in the preceding 12 months has not had or has not
operated in any jurisdiction under, any trade names, fictitious names or other
names (including, without limitation, any names of divisions or operations)
except its legal name and such other trade, fictitious or other names as are
listed for such Assignor on Annex E hereto.  No Assignor shall change its legal
name or assume or operate in any jurisdiction under any trade, fictitious or
other name except those names listed for such Assignor on Annex E hereto and new
names (including, without limitation, any names of divisions or operations)
established in accordance with the last sentence of this Section 2.8.  No
Assignor shall assume or operate in any jurisdiction under any new trade,
fictitious or other name until (i) it shall have given to the Collateral Agent
not less than 30 days' prior written notice of its intention so to do, clearly
describing such new name and the jurisdictions in which such new name shall be
used and providing such other information in connection therewith as the
Collateral Agent may reasonably request, (ii) with respect to such new name, it
shall have taken all action to maintain the security interest of the Collateral
Agent in the Collateral intended to be granted hereby at all times fully
perfected and in full force and effect and (iii) at the request of the
Collateral Agent, it shall have furnished an opinion of counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Collateral Agent to the effect that all financing or
continuation statements and amendments or supplements thereto have been filed in
the appropriate filing office or offices, and all other actions (including,
without limitation, the payment of all filing fees and taxes, if any, payable in
connection with such filings) have been


<PAGE>

                                                                       Page 10

taken, in order to perfect (and maintain the perfection and priority of) the
security interest granted hereby.


                                   ARTICLE III

                          SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING
                    RECEIVABLES; CONTRACT RIGHTS; INSTRUMENTS

          3.1.  ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  As of the time when
each of its Receivables arises, each Assignor shall be deemed to have
represented and warranted that (x) such Receivable, and all records, papers and
documents relating thereto (if any) are genuine and in all respects what they
purport to be, and that all papers and documents (if any) relating thereto
(i) will represent the obligation of the account debtor evidencing indebtedness
unpaid and owed by the respective account debtor arising out of the performance
of labor or services or the sale or lease and delivery of the merchandise listed
therein, or both, (ii) will be the only original writings evidencing and
embodying such obligation of the account debtor named therein (other than copies
created for general accounting purposes), and (iii) will be in compliance and
will conform in all material respects with all applicable federal, state and
local laws and applicable laws of any relevant foreign jurisdiction and
(y) there is no fact or circumstance known to such Assignor which would suggest
that any such Receivable (i) will not represent the genuine, legal, valid and
binding obligation of such account debtor or (ii) will not evidence true and
valid obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except
to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws generally
affecting creditors' rights and by equitable principles (regardless of whether
enforcement is sought in equity or at law).

          3.2.  MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS.  Each Assignor will keep and maintain at
its own cost and expense satisfactory and complete records of its Receivables
and Contracts, including, but not limited to, the originals of all documentation
(including each Contract) with respect thereto, records of all payments
received, all credits granted thereon, all merchandise returned and all other
dealings therewith, and each Assignor will make the same available on such
Assignor's premises to the Collateral


<PAGE>

                                                                       Page 11

Agent for inspection, at such Assignor's own cost and expense, at any and
all reasonable times upon demand.  Upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of any of the conditions specified in the first sentence of
Section 1.1(c) of this Agreement, and upon the request of the Collateral
Agent, each Assignor shall, at its own cost and expense, deliver all tangible
evidence of its Receivables and Contract Rights (including, without
limitation, all documents evidencing the Receivables and all Contracts) and
such books and records to the Collateral Agent or to its representatives
(copies of which evidence and books and records may be retained by such
Assignor).  If the Collateral Agent so directs, each Assignor shall legend,
in form and manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, the
Receivables and the Contracts, as well as books, records and documents of
such Assignor evidencing or pertaining to such Receivables and Contracts with
an appropriate reference to the fact that such Receivables and Contracts have
been assigned to the Collateral Agent and that the Collateral Agent has a
security interest therein.

          3.3.  DIRECTION TO ACCOUNT DEBTORS; CONTRACTING PARTIES; ETC.  Upon
the occurrence and during the continuance of any of the conditions described in
the first sentence of Section 1.1(c) of this Agreement, and if the Collateral
Agent so directs any Assignor, such Assignor agrees (x) to cause all payments on
account of the Receivables and Contracts to be made directly to the Cash
Collateral Account established for such Assignor, (y) that the Collateral Agent
may, at its option, directly notify the obligors with respect to any Receivables
and/or under any Contracts to make payments with respect thereto as provided in
preceding clause (x) and (z) that the Collateral Agent may enforce collection of
any such Receivables and Contracts and may adjust, settle or compromise the
amount of payment thereof, in the same manner and to the same extent that such
Assignor might have done.  Without notice to or assent by such Assignor, the
Collateral Agent may apply any or all amounts then in, or thereafter deposited
in, the Cash Collateral Account in the manner provided in Section 7.4 of this
Agreement.  The reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees) of
collection, whether incurred by such Assignor or the Collateral Agent, shall be
borne by such Assignor.

          3.4.  MODIFICATION OF TERMS; ETC.  Each Assignor shall not rescind or
cancel any indebtedness evidenced by


<PAGE>

                                                                       Page 12
 any Receivable or under any Contract, or modify any term thereof or make any
adjustment with respect thereto, or extend or renew the same, or compromise
or settle any material dispute, claim, suit or legal proceeding relating
thereto, or sell any Receivable or Contract, or interest therein, without the
prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, except as permitted by Section
3.5 and except, so long as none of the conditions described in the first
sentence of Section 1.1(c) shall occur and be continuing, such modifications,
adjustments and sales effected by each Assignor in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practice.  Each Assignor will duly fulfill all
obligations on its part to be fulfilled under or in connection with the
Receivables and Contracts and will do nothing to impair the rights of the
Collateral Agent in the Receivables or Contracts.

          3.5.  COLLECTION.  Each Assignor shall endeavor to cause to be
collected from the account debtor named in each of its Receivables or obligor
under any Contract, as and when due (including, without limitation, amounts
which are delinquent, such amounts to be collected in accordance with generally
accepted lawful collection procedures) any and all amounts owing under or on
account of such Receivable or Contract, and apply forthwith upon receipt thereof
all such amounts as are so collected to the outstanding balance of such
Receivable or under such Contract, except that, at any time when payments in
respect of Receivables and Contracts may be made to such Assignor in accordance
with the second sentence of Section 1.1(c) of this Agreement, such Assignor may
allow in the ordinary course of business as adjustments to amounts owing under
its Receivables and Contracts (i) an extension or renewal of the time or times
of payment, or settlement for less than the total unpaid balance, which such
Assignor finds appropriate in accordance with sound business judgment and (ii) a
refund or credit due as a result of returned or damaged merchandise or
improperly performed services.  The reasonable costs and expenses (including,
without limitation, attorneys' fees) of collection, whether incurred by such
Assignor or the Collateral Agent, shall be borne by such Assignor.

          3.6.  INSTRUMENTS.  If any Assignor owns or acquires any Instrument
constituting Collateral in an amount equal to or greater than $1,000,000, such
Assignor will within ten days notify the Collateral Agent thereof, and

<PAGE>

                                                                       Page 13

upon request by the Collateral Agent will promptly deliver such Instrument
to the Collateral Agent appropriately endorsed to the order of the Collateral
Agent as further security hereunder.  Upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of any of the conditions described in the first sentence of
Section 1.1(c) of this Agreement, if any of the Receivables becomes evidenced
by an Instrument, such Assignor will within 10 days notify the Collateral
Agent thereof, and upon written request by the Collateral Agent promptly
deliver such Instrument to the Collateral Agent appropriately endorsed to the
order of the Collateral Agent as further security hereunder.

          3.7.  FURTHER ACTIONS.  Each Assignor will, at its own expense, make,
execute, endorse, acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent from
time to time such vouchers, invoices, schedules, confirmatory assignments,
conveyances, financing statements, transfer endorsements, powers of attorney,
certificates, reports and other assurances or instruments and take such further
steps relating to its Receivables, Contracts, Instruments and other property or
rights covered by the security interest hereby granted, as the Collateral Agent
may reasonably require.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                       SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING MARKS

          4.1.  ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Each Assignor
represents and warrants that it is the true and lawful exclusive owner of the
Marks listed for such Assignor on Annex F hereto and that Annex F includes all
the Marks that are registered or applied for and all material unregistered Marks
that such Assignor now owns in connection with its business.  Each Assignor
represents and warrants that it is the sole and exclusive beneficial owner of
each Mark.  Each Assignor represents and warrants that it owns or is licensed to
use all Marks that it uses.  Each Assignor represents and warrants that it is
the owner of record of all registrations and applications listed for such
Assignor on Annex E hereto and that said registrations are valid, subsisting,
have not been cancelled and that such Assignor is not aware of any third-party
claim pending, threatened, or supportable that any of said registrations is
invalid or unenforceable.  Each Assignor



<PAGE>

                                                                       Page 14

represents and warrants that all registration and maintenance fees that have
become due and payable in respect of any Mark have been paid and, to the best
knowledge of such Assignor, no act has been done or omitted to be done by
such Assignor to entitle any governmental authority to cancel, forfeit,
modify or hold abandoned any of the Marks.  Each Assignor represents and
warrants that there are no pending or threatened suits, claims, oppositions,
or other challenges by any person against the ownership by such Assignor of
any of the Marks, and the conduct of the business of such Assignor and its
use of any Mark in connection therewith does not infringe upon or otherwise
violate any right of any third party.  Each Assignor hereby grants to the
Collateral Agent an absolute power of attorney to sign, upon the occurrence
and during the continuance of (i) a Bankruptcy Default or Notified
Acceleration Event or (ii) any other Event of Default or Acceleration Event,
but in the case of this clause (ii) only to the extent the Required Banks
have so directed, any document which may be required by the United States
Patent and Trademark Office in order to effect an absolute assignment of all
right, title and interest in each Mark, and record the same.

          4.2.  LICENSES AND ASSIGNMENTS.  Each Assignor represents and warrants
that Annex G sets forth a complete and accurate list of all license agreements
and other agreements pursuant to which such Assignor has granted to any third
party any right in and to any of the Marks.  Other than the license agreements
listed for each Assignor on Annex G hereto and any extensions or renewals
thereof, such Assignor hereby agrees not to divest itself of any right under any
Mark absent prior written approval of the Collateral Agent.

          4.3.  INFRINGEMENTS.  Each Assignor agrees, promptly upon learning
thereof, to notify the Collateral Agent in writing of the name and address of,
and to furnish such pertinent information that may be available with respect to,
any party who, in any material respect, may be infringing or otherwise violating
any of such Assignor's rights in and to any Mark, or with respect to any party
claiming that such Assignor's use of any Mark violates or infringes upon in any
material respect any right of that party.  Each Assignor further agrees, unless
otherwise agreed by the Collateral Agent, diligently to prosecute any


<PAGE>

                                                                       Page 15

Person infringing, in any material respect, any material Mark.

          4.4.  PRESERVATION OF MARKS.  Each Assignor agrees to use each of its
material Marks in interstate or foreign commerce in each and every trademark
class of goods and/or services in which such Mark is currently used during the
time in which this Agreement is in effect, sufficiently to preserve such Marks
as trademarks or service marks under the laws of the United States, any State
thereof or any political subdivision thereof.  Each Assignor agrees that (i) it
shall maintain at a level at least in accordance with past practice the quality
of products and services offered under the Marks, (ii) it shall employ such
Marks as are registered with the notice of Federal or other registration as the
case may be, (iii) it shall not use any Mark or otherwise operate its business
in violation of any third party's rights, and (iv) it shall not (and shall not
permit any licensee or sublicensee to) do any act or omit to do any act that
could result in cancellation, forfeiture, modification or abandonment of any
Mark.

          4.5.  MAINTENANCE OF REGISTRATION.  Each Assignor shall, at its own
expense, diligently process all documents required by the Trademark Act of 1946,
15 U.S.C. Sections 1051 ET SEQ. to maintain trademark registration (or, with
respect to applications, to make best efforts to have a registration issue
therefrom), including but not limited to affidavits of use and applications for
renewals of registration in the United States Patent and Trademark Office for
all of its material Marks pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Sections 1058(a), 1059 and 1065,
and shall pay all fees and disbursements in connection therewith and shall not
abandon any registration or application for any Mark prior to the exhaustion of
all administrative and judicial remedies without prior written consent of the
Collateral Agent.  Each Assignor agrees to notify the Collateral Agent six (6)
months prior to the dates on which the affidavits of use or the applications for
renewal registration are due with respect to any material Mark, that the
affidavits of use or the renewal has been filed with the appropriate agency and
is being processed thereby.

          4.6.  FUTURE REGISTERED MARKS.  If any Mark registration issues
hereafter to any Assignor as a result of any application now or hereafter
pending before the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar


<PAGE>

                                                                       Page 16

office or agency of any jurisdiction, or if any Assignor acquires any Marks
within thirty (30) days of receipt of such certificate or the effectiveness of
the acquisition thereof, as appropriate, such Assignor shall deliver a copy of
such certificate or sufficient documents to evidence such acquisition, and a
grant of security in such mark to the Collateral Agent, confirming the grant
thereof hereunder substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 hereto or, for
registrations and applications for registration of any Mark in any foreign
jurisdiction, such form as is acceptable to the Collateral Agent for use in such
jurisdiction.

          4.7.  REMEDIES.  If there shall occur and be continuing (i) a
Bankruptcy Default or Notified Acceleration Event or (ii) any other Event of
Default or Acceleration Event, but in the case of this clause (ii) only to the
extent the Required Banks have so directed, the Collateral Agent may, by written
notice to any Assignor, take any or all of the following actions:  (i) declare
the entire right, title and interest of such Assignor in and to each of the
Marks, together with all trademark rights and rights of protection to the same,
vested, in which event such rights, title and interest shall immediately vest,
in the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors, in which case
the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to exercise the power of attorney
referred to in Section 4.1 to execute, cause to be acknowledged and notarized
and record said absolute assignment with the applicable agency; (ii) take and
use or sell the Marks and the goodwill of such Assignor's business symbolized by
the Marks and the right to carry on the business and use the assets of such
Assignor in connection with which the Marks have been used; and (iii) direct
such Assignor to refrain, in which event such Assignor shall refrain, from using
the Marks in any manner whatsoever, directly or indirectly, and, if requested by
the Collateral Agent, change such Assignor's corporate name to eliminate
therefrom any use of any Mark and execute such other and further documents that
the Collateral Agent may request to further confirm this and to transfer
ownership of the Marks and registrations and any pending trademark application
in the United States Patent and Trademark Office to the Collateral Agent.


<PAGE>

                                                                       Page 17



                                    ARTICLE V

                          SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING
                             PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS

          5.1.  ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Each Assignor
represents and warrants that it is the true and lawful exclusive owner of all
rights in the Patents listed for such Assignor on Annex H hereto and in the
Copyrights listed for such Assignor on Annex I hereto, that said Patents include
all the Patents that such Assignor now owns and that said Copyrights constitute
all the Copyrights registered with the United States Copyright Office or any
similar office or agency of any jurisdiction and applications for copyright
registration that such Assignor now owns and all material unregistered
copyrights, including without limitation copyrights in computer software, that
such Assignor now owns.  Each Assignor represents and warrants that it owns or
is licensed to practice under all Patents and Copyrights that it now uses or
practices under.  Each Assignor represents and warrants that all registration
and maintenance fees that have become due and payable in respect of any Patent
or Copyright have been paid and no act has been done or omitted to be done by
such Assignor to impair or dedicate to the public, or to otherwise entitle any
governmental authority to cancel, forfeit, modify or hold abandoned any of the
Patents or Copyrights.  Each Assignor represents and warrants that there are no
pending or threatened suits, claims, oppositions, or other challenges by any
person against the ownership by such Assignor of any of the Patents or
Copyrights, and the conduct of the present or contemplated business of such
Assignor and its use of any Patent or Copyright in connection therewith does not
infringe upon or otherwise violate any right of any third party.  Each Assignor
hereby grants to the Collateral Agent an absolute power of attorney to sign,
upon the occurrence and during the continuance of (i) a Bankruptcy Default or
Notified Acceleration Event or (ii) any other Event of Default or Acceleration
Event, but in the case of this clause (ii) only to the extent the Required Banks
have so directed, any document which may be required by the United States Patent
and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office in order to effect an
absolute assignment of all right, title and interest in each Patent and
Copyright, and record the same.


<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 18


          5.2.  LICENSES AND ASSIGNMENTS.  Each Assignor represents and warrants
that Annex G sets forth a complete and accurate list of all license agreements
and other agreements pursuant to which such Assignor has granted to any third
party any right in and to any of the Patents or Copyrights.  Other than the
license agreements listed for each Assignor on Annex G hereto and any extensions
or renewals thereof, such Assignor hereby agrees not to divest itself of any
right under any Patent or Copyright absent prior written approval of the
Collateral Agent.

          5.3.  INFRINGEMENTS.  Each Assignor agrees that it shall not use its
Patents or Copyrights or otherwise operate its business in violation of any
third party's rights.  Each Assignor agrees, promptly upon learning thereof, to
furnish the Collateral Agent in writing with all pertinent information available
to such Assignor with respect to any material infringement or other material
violation of such Assignor's rights in any Patent or Copyright, or with respect
to any claim that practice of any Patent or Copyright materially violates any
right of any party.  Each Assignor further agrees, absent direction of the
Collateral Agent to the contrary, diligently to prosecute any Person infringing,
in any material respect, any Patent or Copyright.

          5.4.  MAINTENANCE OF PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS.  At its own expense, each
Assignor shall make timely payment of all post-issuance fees required pursuant
to 35 U.S.C. Section 41 to maintain in force rights under each Patent.  Each
Assignor agrees that it shall not (and shall not permit any licensee or
sublicensee to) do or omit any act that could result in the impairment,
cancellation, forfeiture, modification, abandonment, or dedication to the public
of any Patent or Copyright.

          5.5.  PROSECUTION OF PATENT APPLICATION.  At its own expense, each
Assignor shall diligently prosecute all applications for Patents listed for such
Assignor on Annex H hereto and all applications for Copyrights registrations
listed in Annex I hereto and shall not abandon any such application prior to
exhaustion of all administrative and judicial remedies, absent written consent
of the Collateral Agent.

          5.6.  OTHER PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS.  Within 30 days of acquisition,
issuance or registration of a Patent

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 19


or Copyright, or of filing of an application for a United States Patent or
Copyright, such Assignor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a copy of said
Patent or Copyright or such application, as the case may be, with a grant of
security as to such Patent or Copyright, as the case may be, confirming the
grant thereof hereunder, the form of such confirmatory grant to be substantially
in the form of Exhibit 2 hereto (for Patents) or Exhibit 3 hereto (for
Copyrights), as appropriate, or, for any Patents and Copyright registrations and
applications for the foregoing in any foreign jurisdiction, such form as is
acceptable to the Collateral Agent for use in such jurisdiction.

          5.7.  REMEDIES.  If there shall occur and be continuing (i) a
Bankruptcy Default or Notified Acceleration Event or (ii) any other Event of
Default or Acceleration Event, but in the case of this clause (ii) only to the
extent the Required Banks have so directed, the Collateral Agent may by written
notice to any Assignor, take any or all of the following actions:  (i) declare
the entire right, title, and interest of such Assignor in each of the Patents
and Copyrights vested, in which event such right, title, and interest shall
immediately vest in the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured
Creditors, in which case the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to exercise the
power of attorney referred to in Section 5.1 to execute, cause to be
acknowledged and notarized and record said absolute assignment with the
applicable agency; (ii) take and practice or sell the Patents and Copyrights;
and (iii) direct such Assignor to refrain, in which event such Assignor shall
refrain, from practicing the Patents and Copyrights directly or indirectly, and
such Assignor shall execute such other and further documents as the Collateral
Agent may request further to confirm this and to transfer ownership of the
Patents and Copyrights to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured
Creditors.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                      PROVISIONS CONCERNING ALL COLLATERAL

          6.1.  PROTECTION OF COLLATERAL AGENT'S SECURITY.  Each Assignor will
do nothing to impair the rights of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral.  Each
Assignor will at all times keep its Inventory and Equipment (including, without
limitation, the Vehicles) insured in favor of the

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 20

Collateral Agent, at such Assignor's own expense to the extent and in the
manner provided in the Credit Agreement; all policies or certificates (or
certified copies thereof) with respect to such insurance (and any other
insurance maintained by such Assignor) (i) shall be endorsed to the
Collateral Agent's satisfaction for the benefit of the Collateral Agent
(including, without limitation, by naming the Collateral Agent as loss
payee), (ii) shall state that such insurance policies shall not be cancelled
or revised without 30 days' prior written notice thereof by the insurer to
the Collateral Agent (but only 10 days' prior written notice of cancellation
for failure to make payments under such policies), (iii) shall provide that
the respective insurers irrevocably waive any and all rights of subrogation
with respect to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Creditors and (iv) shall
be deposited with the Collateral Agent.  If any Assignor shall fail to insure
its Inventory and Equipment in accordance with the preceding sentence, or if
any Assignor shall fail to so endorse and deposit all policies or
certificates with respect thereto, the Collateral Agent shall have the right
(but shall be under no obligation) to procure such insurance and such
Assignor agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent for all costs and expenses
of procuring such insurance.  The Collateral Agent may apply any proceeds of
such insurance in accordance with Section 7.4.  Each Assignor assumes all
liability and responsibility in connection with the Collateral acquired by it
and the liability of such Assignor to pay the Obligations shall in no way be
affected or diminished by reason of the fact that such Collateral may be
lost, destroyed, stolen, damaged or for any reason whatsoever unavailable to
such Assignor.

          6.2.  WAREHOUSE RECEIPTS NON-NEGOTIABLE.  Each Assignor agrees that if
any warehouse receipt or receipt in the nature of a warehouse receipt is issued
with respect to any of its Inventory, such warehouse receipt or receipt in the
nature thereof shall not be "negotiable" (as such term is used in Section 7-104
of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction or
under other relevant law).

          6.3.  FURTHER ACTIONS.  Each Assignor will, at its own expense, make,
execute, endorse, acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent from
time to time such lists, descriptions and designations of its Collateral,
warehouse receipts, receipts in the nature of

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 21

warehouse receipts, bills of lading, documents of title (including, without
limitation, original certificates of title, and other registration with
respect to the Vehicles), vouchers, invoices, schedules, confirmatory
assignments, conveyances, financing statements, transfer endorsements, powers
of attorney, certificates, reports and other assurances or instruments and
take such further steps relating to the Collateral and other property or
rights covered by the security interest hereby granted, which the Collateral
Agent deems reasonably appropriate or advisable to perfect, preserve or
protect its security interest in the Collateral.

          6.4.  FINANCING STATEMENTS.  Each Assignor agrees to execute and
deliver to the Collateral Agent such financing statements, in form acceptable to
the Collateral Agent, as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably
request or as are necessary or desirable in the opinion of the Collateral Agent
to establish and maintain a valid, enforceable, first priority perfected
security interest in the Collateral as provided herein and the other rights and
security contemplated hereby all in accordance with the Uniform Commercial Code
as enacted in any and all relevant jurisdictions or any other relevant law.
Each Assignor will pay any applicable filing fees, recordation taxes and related
expenses.  Each Assignor authorizes the Collateral Agent to file any such
financing statements without the signature of such Assignor where permitted by
law.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                  REMEDIES UPON OCCURRENCE OF SPECIFIED EVENTS

          7.1.  REMEDIES; OBTAINING THE COLLATERAL UPON DEFAULT.  Each Assignor
agrees that, if there shall have occurred and be continuing (i) a Bankruptcy
Default or Notified Acceleration Event or (ii) any other Event of Default or
Acceleration Event, but in the case of this clause (ii) only to the extent the
Required Banks have so directed, then and in every such case, subject to any
mandatory requirements of applicable law then in effect, the Collateral Agent,
in addition to any rights now or hereafter existing under applicable law, shall
have all rights as a secured creditor under the Uniform Commercial Code in all
relevant jurisdictions and may also:

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 22


          (a)  personally, or by agents or attorneys, immediately retake
     possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, from each Assignor or any
     other Person who then has possession of any part thereof with or without
     notice or process of law, and for that purpose may enter upon such
     Assignor's premises or, to the extent that any Assignor has a right to
     consent thereto, such other Person's premises where any of the Collateral
     is located and remove the same and use in connection with such removal any
     and all services, supplies, aids and other facilities of such Assignor; and

          (b)  instruct the obligor or obligors on any agreement, instrument or
     other obligation (including, without limitation, the Receivables and the
     Contracts) constituting the Collateral to make any payment required by the
     terms of such agreement, instrument or other obligation directly to the
     Collateral Agent and may exercise any and all remedies of such Assignor in
     respect of such Collateral; and

          (c)  withdraw all monies, securities and instruments in the Cash
     Collateral Account for application to the Obligations in accordance with
     Section 7.4; and

          (d)  sell, assign or otherwise liquidate, or direct each Assignor to
     sell, assign or otherwise liquidate, any or all of the Collateral or any
     part thereof, and take possession of the proceeds of any such sale or
     liquidation; and

          (e)  take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, by
     directing each Assignor in writing to deliver the same to the Collateral
     Agent at any place or places designated by the Collateral Agent, in which
     event such Assignor shall at its own expense:

               (i)  forthwith cause the same to be moved to the place or places
          so designated by the Collateral Agent and there delivered to the
          Collateral Agent, and

              (ii)  store and keep any Collateral so delivered to the Collateral
          Agent at such place or places pending further action by the Collateral
          Agent as provided in Section 7.2, and

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 23


             (iii)  while the Collateral shall be so stored and kept, provide
          such guards and maintenance services as shall be necessary to protect
          the same and to preserve and maintain them in good condition; and

          (f)  license or sublicense, whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive
     basis, any Marks, Patents or Copyrights included in the Collateral for such
     term and on such conditions and in such manner as the Collateral Agent
     shall in its sole judgment determine;

it being understood that each Assignor's obligation so to deliver the Collateral
is of the essence of this Agreement and that, accordingly, upon application to a
court of equity having jurisdiction, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to a
decree requiring specific performance by such Assignor of said obligation.

          7.2.  REMEDIES; DISPOSITION OF THE COLLATERAL.  Any Collateral
repossessed by the Collateral Agent under or pursuant to Section 7.1 and any
other Collateral whether or not so repossessed by the Collateral Agent, may be
sold, assigned, leased or otherwise disposed of under one or more contracts or
as an entirety, and without the necessity of gathering at the place of sale the
property to be sold, and in general in such manner, at such time or times, at
such place or places and on such terms as the Collateral Agent may, in
compliance with any mandatory requirements of applicable law, determine to be
commercially reasonable.  Any of the Collateral may be sold, leased or otherwise
disposed of, in the condition in which the same existed when taken by the
Collateral Agent or after any overhaul or repair which the Collateral Agent
shall determine to be commercially reasonable.  Any such disposition which shall
be a private sale or other private proceedings permitted by such requirements
shall be made upon not less than 10 days'

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 24

written notice to such Assignor specifying the time at which such disposition
is to be made and the intended sale price or other consideration therefor,
and shall be subject, for the 10 days after the giving of such notice, to the
right of such Assignor or any nominee of such Assignor to acquire the
Collateral involved at a price or for such other consideration at least equal
to the intended sale price or other consideration so specified.  Any such
disposition which shall be a public sale permitted by such requirements shall
be made upon not less than 10 days' written notice to such Assignor
specifying the time and place of such sale and, in the absence of applicable
requirements of law, shall be by public auction (which may, at the Collateral
Agent's option, be subject to reserve), after publication of notice of such
auction not less than 10 days prior thereto in two newspapers in general
circulation in the City of New York.  To the extent permitted by any such
requirement of law, the Collateral Agent and the Secured Creditors may bid
for and become the purchaser of the Collateral or any item thereof, offered
for sale in accordance with this Section without accountability to such
Assignor. In the payment of the purchase price of the Collateral, the
purchaser shall be entitled to have credit on account of the purchase price
thereof of amounts owing to such purchaser on account of any of the
Obligations which would be payable to it in accordance with the terms and
provisions of the Credit Agreement, and any such purchaser may deliver notes,
claims for interest, or claims for other payment with respect to such
Obligations in lieu of cash up to the amount which would, upon distribution
of the net proceeds of such sale, be payable thereon.  Such notes, if the
amount payable hereunder shall be less than the amount due thereon, shall be
returned to the holder thereof after being appropriately stamped to show
partial payment.  If, under mandatory requirements of applicable law, the
Collateral Agent shall be required to make disposition of the Collateral
within a period of time which does not permit the giving of notice to such
Assignor as hereinabove specified, the Collateral Agent need give such
Assignor only such notice of disposition as shall be reasonably practicable
in view of such mandatory requirements of applicable law.  Such Assignor
agrees to do or cause to be done all such other acts and things as may be
reasonably necessary to make such sale or sales of all or any portion of the
Collateral valid and binding and in compliance with any and all applicable
laws, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions, decrees or awards of any and
all courts, arbitrators or governmental instrumentalities, domestic or
foreign, having jurisdiction over any such sale or sales, all at such
Assignor's expense.

          7.3.  WAIVER OF CLAIMS.  Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, EACH ASSIGNOR HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
LAW, NOTICE AND JUDICIAL HEARING IN CONNECTION WITH THE COLLATERAL AGENT'S
TAKING POSSESSION OR THE COLLATERAL AGENT'S DISPOSITION OF ANY OF THE
COLLATERAL, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY AND ALL

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 25


PRIOR NOTICE AND HEARING FOR ANY PREJUDGMENT REMEDY OR REMEDIES AND ANY SUCH
RIGHT WHICH SUCH ASSIGNOR WOULD OTHERWISE HAVE UNDER THE CONSTITUTION OR ANY
STATUTE OF THE UNITED STATES OR OF ANY STATE, and each Assignor hereby
further waives, to the extent permitted by law:

          (a)  all damages occasioned by such taking of possession except any
     damages which are the direct result of the Collateral Agent's gross
     negligence or willful misconduct;

          (b)  all other requirements as to the time, place and terms of sale or
     other requirements with respect to the enforcement of the Collateral
     Agent's rights hereunder; and

          (c)  all rights of redemption, appraisement, valuation, stay,
     extension or moratorium now or hereafter in force under any applicable law
     in order to prevent or delay the enforcement of this Agreement or the
     absolute sale of the Collateral or any portion thereof, and each Assignor,
     for itself and all who may claim under it, insofar as it or they now or
     hereafter lawfully may, hereby waives the benefit of all such laws.

Any sale of, or the grant of options to purchase, or any other realization upon,
any Collateral shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and
demand, either at law or in equity, of each Assignor therein and thereto, and
shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against each Assignor and
against any and all Persons claiming or attempting to claim the Collateral so
sold, optioned or realized upon, or any part thereof, from, through and under
such Assignor.

          7.4.  APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS.  (a)  All moneys collected by the
Collateral Agent (or, to the extent a Mortgage to which the Borrower is a party
requires proceeds of Collateral under such agreement to be applied in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement, the Mortgagee under such other agreement)
upon any sale or other disposition of the Collateral, together with all other
moneys received by the Collateral Agent hereunder, shall be applied, subject to
the following clause (b), as follows:

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 26


          (i)  first, to the payment of all amounts owing the Collateral Agent
     of the type described in clauses (iv) and (v) of the definition of
     "Obligations";

          (ii) second, to the extent proceeds remain after the application
     pursuant to the preceding clause (i), an amount equal to the outstanding
     Primary Obligations (as defined below) shall be paid to the Secured
     Creditors as provided in Section 7.4(f), with each Secured Creditor
     receiving an amount equal to such outstanding Primary Obligations or, if
     the proceeds are insufficient to pay in full all such Primary Obligations,
     its Pro Rata Share (as defined below) of the amount remaining to be
     distributed;

        (iii)  third, to the extent proceeds remain after the application
     pursuant to the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), an amount equal to the
     outstanding Secondary Obligations (as defined below) shall be paid to the
     Secured Creditors as provided in Section 7.4(f), with each Secured Creditor
     receiving an amount equal to its outstanding Secondary Obligations or, if
     the proceeds are insufficient to pay in full all such Secondary
     Obligations, its Pro Rata Share of the amount remaining to be distributed;
     and

         (iv)  fourth, to the extent proceeds remain after the application
     pursuant to the preceding clauses (i) through (iii), inclusive, and
     following the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.9(a)
     hereof, to the Assignors or to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive
     such surplus.

          (b)  For purposes of this Agreement (w) "Pro Rata Share" shall mean,
when calculating a Secured Creditor's portion of any distribution or amount,
that amount (expressed as a percentage) equal to a fraction the numerator of
which is the then unpaid amount of such Secured Creditor's Primary Obligations
or Secondary Obligations, as the case may be, and the denominator of which is
the then outstanding amount of all Primary Obligations or Secondary Obligations,
as the case may be, (x) "Primary Obligations" shall mean (i) in the case of the
Credit Agreement Obligations, all principal of, and interest on, all Loans under
the Credit Agreement, all Unpaid Drawings theretofore made (together with all
interest accrued thereon), and the aggregate Stated Amounts

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 27


of all Letters of Credit issued (or deemed issued) under the Credit
Agreement, and all regularly accruing fees owing by the Assignor under the
Credit Agreement, (ii) in the case of the Guaranty Obligations, all amounts
due under the Subsidiary Guaranty (other than indemnities, fees (including,
without limitation, attorneys' fees) and similar obligations and liabilities)
and (iii) in the case of the Interest Rate Protection Obligations, all
amounts due under the Interest Rate Protection Agreements (other than
indemnities, fees (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees) and
similar obligations and liabilities) and (y) "Secondary Obligations" shall
mean all Obligations other than Primary Obligations.

          (c)  When payments to Secured Creditors are based upon their
respective Pro Rata Shares, the amounts received by such Secured Creditors
hereunder shall be applied (for purposes of making determinations under this
Section 7.4 only) (i) first, to their Primary Obligations and (ii) second, to
their Secondary Obligations.  If any payment to any Secured Creditor of its Pro
Rata Share of any distribution would result in overpayment to such Secured
Creditor, such excess amount shall instead be distributed in respect of the
unpaid Primary Obligations or Secondary Obligations, as the case may be, of the
other Secured Creditors, with each Secured Creditor whose Primary Obligations or
Secondary Obligations, as the case may be, have not been paid in full to receive
an amount equal to such excess amount multiplied by a fraction the numerator of
which is the unpaid Primary Obligations or Secondary Obligations, as the case
may be, of such Secured Creditor and the denominator of which is the unpaid
Primary Obligations or Secondary Obligations, as the case may be, of all Secured
Creditors entitled to such distribution.

          (d)  Each of the Secured Creditors agrees and acknowledges that if the
Bank Creditors are to receive a distribution on account of undrawn amounts
with respect to Letters of Credit issued (or deemed issued) under the Credit
Agreement (which shall only occur after all outstanding Loans and Unpaid
Drawings with respect to such Letters of Credit have been paid in full), such
amounts shall be paid to the Agent under the Credit Agreement and held by it,
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Bank Creditors, as cash security for
the repayment of Obligations owing to the Bank Creditors as such.  If any
amounts are held as cash security pursuant to the

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 28


immediately preceding sentence, then upon the termination of all outstanding
Letters of Credit, and after the application of all such cash security to the
repayment of all Obligations owing to the Bank Creditors after giving effect
to the termination of all such Letters of Credit, if there remains any excess
cash, such excess cash shall be returned by the Agent to the Collateral Agent
for distribution in accordance with Section 7.4(a) hereof.

          (e)  All payments required to be made hereunder shall be made to the
respective Representative of the Secured Creditors entitled to such payments.

          (f)  For purposes of applying payments received in accordance with
this Section 7.4, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon the
respective Representatives for a determination (which each Representative for
any Secured Creditors and the Secured Creditors agree (or shall agree) to
provide upon request of the Collateral Agent) of the outstanding Primary
Obligations and Secondary Obligations owed to the Bank Creditors or the Interest
Rate Protection Creditors, as the case may be.  Unless it has actual knowledge
(including by way of written notice from a Bank Creditor or an Interest Rate
Protection Creditor) to the contrary, each Representative, in furnishing
information pursuant to the preceding sentence, and the Collateral Agent, in
acting hereunder, shall be entitled to assume that no Secondary Obligations are
outstanding.  Unless it has actual knowledge (including by way of written notice
from an Interest Rate Protection Creditor) to the contrary, the Collateral
Agent, in acting hereunder, shall be entitled to assume that no Interest Rate
Protection Agreements are in existence.

          (g)  It is understood and agreed that the Assignors shall remain
liable to the extent of any deficiency between the amount of the proceeds of the
Collateral hereunder and the aggregate amount of the sums referred to in clauses
(i) through (iii), inclusive, of Section 7.4(a).

          7.5.  REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.  Each and every right, power and remedy
hereby specifically given to the Collateral Agent shall be in addition to every
other right, power and remedy specifically given under this Agreement, the
Interest Rate Protection Agreements or the other Credit

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 29


Documents or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, or by statute and
each and every right, power and remedy whether specifically herein given or
otherwise existing may be exercised from time to time or simultaneously and
as often and in such order as may be deemed expedient by the Collateral
Agent.  All such rights, powers and remedies shall be cumulative and the
exercise or the beginning of exercise of one shall not be deemed a waiver of
the right to exercise of any other or others.  No delay or omission of the
Collateral Agent in the exercise of any such right, power or remedy and no
renewal or extension of any of the Obligations shall impair any such right,
power or remedy or shall be construed to be a waiver of any Default or Event
of Default or an acquiescence therein. No notice to or demand on any Assignor
in any case shall entitle it to any other or further notice or demand in
similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of any of the rights of
the Collateral Agent to any other or further action in any circumstances
without notice or demand.  In the event that the Collateral Agent shall bring
any suit to enforce any of its rights hereunder and shall be entitled to
judgment, then in such suit the Collateral Agent may recover reasonable
expenses, including attorneys' fees, and the amounts thereof shall be
included in such judgment.

          7.6.  DISCONTINUANCE OF PROCEEDINGS.  In case the Collateral Agent
shall have instituted any proceeding to enforce any right, power or remedy under
this Agreement by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceeding
shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been
determined adversely to the Collateral Agent, then and in every such case the
Assignors, the Collateral Agent and each holder of any of the Obligations shall
be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder with respect to the
Collateral subject to the security interest created under this Agreement, and
all rights, remedies and powers of the Collateral Agent shall continue as if no
such proceeding had been instituted.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                    INDEMNITY

          8.1.  INDEMNITY.  (a)  Each Assignor agrees to indemnify, reimburse
and hold the Collateral Agent, each Secured Creditor and their respective
successors, assigns,

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 30


employees, agents and servants (hereinafter in this Section 8.1 referred to
individually as "Indemnitee," and collectively as "Indemnitees") harmless
from any and all liabilities, obligations, damages, injuries, penalties,
claims, demands, actions, suits, judgments and any and all costs, expenses or
disbursements (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) (for the
purposes of this Section 8.1 the foregoing are collectively called
"expenses") of whatsoever kind and nature imposed on, asserted against or
incurred by any of the Indemnitees in any way relating to or arising out of
this Agreement, any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, any other Credit
Document or any other document executed in connection herewith and therewith
or in any other way connected with the administration of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby or the enforcement of any of the terms of, or
the preservation of any rights under any thereof, or in any way relating to
or arising out of the manufacture, ownership, ordering, purchase, delivery,
control, acceptance, lease, financing, possession, operation, condition,
sale, return or other disposition, or use of the Collateral (including,
without limitation, latent or other defects, whether or not discoverable),
any contract claim or, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law,
the violation of the laws of any country, state or other governmental body or
unit, or any tort (including, without limitation, claims arising or imposed
under the doctrine of strict liability, or for or on account of injury to or
the death of any Person (including any Indemnitee), or property damage);
provided that no Indemnitee shall be indemnified pursuant to this Section
8.1(a) for expenses to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of such Indemnitee.  Each Assignor agrees that upon written notice
by any Indemnitee of the assertion of such a liability, obligation, damage,
injury, penalty, claim, demand, action, suit or judgment, such Assignor shall
assume full responsibility for the defense thereof.  Each Indemnitee agrees
to use its best efforts to promptly notify such Assignor of any such
assertion to which such Indemnitee has knowledge.

          (b)  Without limiting the application of Section 8.1(a), each Assignor
agrees to pay, or reimburse the Collateral Agent for (if the Collateral Agent
shall have incurred fees, costs or expenses because such Assignor shall have
failed to comply with its obligations under this Agreement or any other Credit
Document, any and all fees,

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 31


costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature incurred in connection with the
creation, preservation or protection of the Collateral Agent's Liens on, and
security interest in, the Collateral, including, without limitation, all fees
and taxes in connection with the recording or filing of instruments and
documents in public offices, payment or discharge of any taxes or Liens upon
or in respect of the Collateral, premiums for insurance with respect to the
Collateral and all other fees, costs and expenses in connection with
protecting, maintaining or preserving the Collateral and the Collateral
Agent's interest therein, whether through judicial proceedings or otherwise,
or in defending or prosecuting any actions, suits or proceedings arising out
of or relating to the Collateral.

          (c)  Without limiting the application of Section 8.1(a) or (b), each
Assignor agrees to pay, indemnify and hold each Indemnitee harmless from and
against any loss, costs, damages and expenses which such Indemnitee may suffer,
expend or incur in consequence of or growing out of any misrepresentation by
such Assignor in this Agreement, any other Credit Document, or in any writing
contemplated by or made or delivered pursuant to or in connection with this
Agreement or any other Credit Document.

          (d)  If and to the extent that the obligations of any Assignor under
this Section 8.1 are unenforceable for any reason, such Assignor hereby agrees
to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of such
obligations which is permissible under applicable law.

          8.2.  INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS SECURED BY COLLATERAL; SURVIVAL.  Any
amounts paid by any Indemnitee as to which such Indemnitee has the right to
reimbursement shall constitute Obligations secured by the Collateral.  The
indemnity obligations of the Assignors contained in this Article VIII shall
continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the full payment of all the
Notes issued under the Credit Agreement, the termination of all Interest Rate
Protection Agreements and the payment of all other Obligations and
notwithstanding the discharge thereof.



<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 32


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   DEFINITIONS

          The following terms shall have the meanings herein specified.  Such
definitions shall be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the
terms defined.  Except as otherwise defined herein, including in the recital
paragraphs, capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Credit Agreement
shall be used herein as so defined.

          "Acceleration Event" shall mean the acceleration prior to the stated
final maturity, or the failure to pay at the stated final maturity, of
Obligations representing principal of, or interest on, extensions of credit
(including without limitation all Letter of Credit Outstandings) pursuant to the
Credit Agreement or any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, PROVIDED that in
each case, any such Acceleration Event shall cease to exist upon payment in full
of the Obligations so accelerated or not paid.

          "Agent" shall have the meaning provided in the second WHEREAS clause
of this Agreement.

          "Agreement" shall mean this Subsidiary Security Agreement including
all schedules, annexes and exhibits hereto and any future filings of any of the
exhibits hereto, in each case as the same may be modified, supplemented or
amended from time to time in accordance with its terms (it being understood that
the foregoing collectively constitute the "Subsidiary Security Agreement"
referred to in the Credit Agreement).

          "Assignor" shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph of
this Agreement.

          "Bank Creditor" shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph
of this Agreement.

          "Bankruptcy Default" shall mean any Default or Event of Default with
respect to the Company pursuant to Section 9.5 of the Credit Agreement.

          "Banks" shall have the meaning provided in the second WHEREAS clause
of this Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 33

          "Cash Collateral Account" shall mean a non-interest bearing cash
collateral account maintained with, and in the sole dominion and control of, the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors.

          "Chattel Paper" shall have the meaning provided in the Uniform
Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York.

          "Class" shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.2 of this
Agreement.

          "Collateral" shall have the meaning provided in Section 1.1(a) of this
Agreement.

          "Collateral Agent" shall have the meaning provided in the first
paragraph of this Agreement.

          "Contract Rights" shall mean all rights of any Assignor (including,
without limitation, all rights to payment) under each Contract.

          "Contracts" shall mean all contracts, licenses and other agreements
between any Assignor and one or more additional parties as such Contract may be
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

          "Copyrights" shall mean any copyright now held or hereafter acquired
by any Assignor and all registrations and applications to register the same in
the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency of any other
jurisdiction, and all renewals thereof, now held or hereafter acquired or made
by such Assignor.

          "Credit Agreement" shall have the meaning provided in the second
WHEREAS clause of this Agreement.

          "Credit Agreement Obligations" shall have the meaning provided in the
definition of "Obligations" in this Article IX.

          "Default" shall mean any event which, with notice or lapse of time, or
both, would constitute an Event of Default.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 34


          "Documents" shall have the meaning provided in the Uniform Commercial
Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York.

          "Equipment" shall mean any "equipment," as such term is defined in the
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New
York, now or hereafter owned by any Assignor and, in any event, shall include,
but shall not be limited to, the Vehicles, all machinery, all manufacturing,
distributing, selling, data processing and office equipment, all computers, all
furniture, furnishings, movable trade fixtures and vehicles now or hereafter
owned by any Assignor and any and all additions, substitutions and replacements
of any of the foregoing, wherever located, together with all attachments,
components, parts, equipment and accessories installed thereon or affixed
thereto.

          "Event of Default" shall mean any Event of Default under, and as
defined in, the Credit Agreement and shall in any event, without limitation,
include any payment default on any of the Obligations after the expiration of
any applicable grace period.

          "General Intangibles" shall have the meaning provided in the Uniform
Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York and
shall in any event include all of the Assignors' claims, rights, powers,
privileges, authority, options, security interests, liens and remedies under any
partnership agreement to which any Assignor is a party or with respect to any
partnership of which any Assignor is a partner.

          "Goods" shall have the meaning provided in the Uniform Commercial Code
as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York.

          "Indemnitee" shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.1 of this
Agreement.

          "Instruments" shall mean all notes, drafts, stocks, bonds and debt and
equity securities, whether or not certificated, and warrants, options, puts and
other rights to acquire or otherwise relating to the same and all other writings
which evidence a right to payment for money, including, in any event, and
without limitation, all "instruments," "certificated securities" or
"uncertificated

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 35


securities" each as defined the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the
date hereof in the State of New York and all payments thereunder and
instruments and other property from time to time delivered in respect thereof
or in exchange therefor, together with all security pledged, assigned,
hypothecated, granted or held to secure the foregoing.

          "Interest Rate Protection Agreements" shall have the meaning provided
in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

          "Interest Rate Protection Creditors" shall have the meaning provided
in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

          "Interest Rate Protection Obligations" shall have the meaning provided
in the definition of "Obligations" in this Article IX.

          "Inventory" shall mean merchandise, inventory and goods, and all
additions, substitutions and replacements thereof, wherever located, together
with all goods, supplies, incidentals, packaging materials, labels, materials
and any other items used or usable in manufacturing, processing, packaging or
shipping same; in all stages of production -- from raw materials through work-
in-process to finished goods -- and all products and proceeds of whatever sort
and wherever located and any portion thereof which may be returned, rejected,
reclaimed or repossessed by the Collateral Agent from any Assignor's customers,
and shall specifically include all "inventory" as such term is defined in the
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New
York, now or hereafter owned by any Assignor.

          "Marks" shall mean any trademarks and service marks now held or
hereafter acquired by any Assignor, which are registered in the United States
Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United
States, any State thereof or any foreign jurisdiction or any political
subdivision thereof and any renewal or application for such trademarks and
service marks now held or hereafter acquired or made by any Assignor, as well as
any unregistered trademarks, service marks, logos, designs, trade names, trade
dress, company names, business names, fictitious business names and other
business identifiers or

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 36


similar indications of source or origin now held or hereafter acquired by any
Assignor.

          "Notified Acceleration Event" shall mean any Acceleration Event with
respect to which the Required Banks have given written notice to the Collateral
Agent that a "Notified Acceleration Event" exists, PROVIDED that such written
notice may only be given if such Acceleration Event is continuing and, PROVIDED
FURTHER that any such Notified Acceleration Event shall cease to exist once
there is no longer any Acceleration Event in existence.

          "Obligations" shall mean (i) (x) the principal of and interest on the
Notes issued, and Loans made, under the Credit Agreement, and all reimbursement
obligations and Unpaid Drawings with respect to the Letters of Credit under the
Credit Agreement and (y) all other obligations and indebtedness (including,
without limitation, indemnities, Fees and interest thereon) of the Company to
the Bank Creditors now existing or hereafter incurred under, arising out of, or
in connection with the Credit Agreement and the due performance and compliance
by the Company with all of the terms, conditions and agreements contained in the
Credit Agreement (all such principal, interest, obligations and liabilities, the
"Credit Agreement Obligations"); (ii) all obligations and liabilities owing by
the Company to the Interest Rate Protection Creditors under, or with respect to,
any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, whether such Interest Rate Protection
Agreement is now in existence or hereafter arising, and the due performance and
compliance by the Company with all of the terms, conditions and agreements
contained therein (all such obligations and liabilities described in this clause
(ii), the "Interest Rate Protection Obligations"); (iii) all indebtedness,
obligations, and liabilities of each Assignor to the Collateral Agent, the Agent
and any Bank, arising under or in connection with the Subsidiary Guaranty (the
"Guaranty Obligations"); (iv) any and all sums advanced by the Collateral Agent
in order to preserve the Collateral or preserve its security interest in the
Collateral; (v) in the event of any proceeding for the collection or enforcement
of any indebtedness, obligations, or liabilities of the Assignors referred to in
clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) after an Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, the reasonable expenses of re-taking, holding, preparing for
sale or lease, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing on the Collateral,
or

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 37


of any exercise by the Collateral Agent of its rights hereunder, together
with reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs; and (vi) all amounts paid by
any Indemnitee as to which such Indemnitee has the right to reimbursement under
Section 8.1 of this Agreement.

          "Patents" shall mean any United States or foreign patent and all
reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, renewals and
extensions thereof, now held or hereafter made or acquired by any Assignor, as
well as any application for a United States patent now held or hereafter made or
acquired by any Assignor, and all inventions and improvements described and
claimed in any of the foregoing.

          "Permitted Filings" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1 of
this Agreement.

          "Primary Obligations" shall have the meaning provided in Section
7.4(b) of this Agreement.


          "Pro Rata Share" shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.4(b) of
this Agreement.

          "Proceeds" shall have the meaning provided in the Uniform Commercial
Code as in effect in the State of New York on the date hereof or under other
relevant law and, in any event, shall include, but not be limited to, (i) any
and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to
the Collateral Agent or any Assignor from time to time with respect to any of
the Collateral, (ii) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due
and payable to any Assignor from time to time in connection with any
requisition, confiscation, condemnation, seizure or forfeiture of all or any
part of the Collateral by any governmental authority (or any person acting under
color of governmental authority) and (iii) any and all other amounts from time
to time paid or payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral.

          "Receivables" shall mean any "account" as such term is defined in the
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof, now or hereafter owned
by each Assignor and, in any event, shall include, but shall not be limited to,
all of such Assignor's rights to payment for goods sold or leased or services
performed by such Assignor, whether

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 38


now in existence or arising from time to time hereafter, including, without
limitation, rights evidenced by an account, note, contract, security
agreement, chattel paper, or other evidence of indebtedness or security,
together with (a) all security pledged, assigned, hypothecated or granted to
or held by each Assignor to secure the foregoing, (b) all of each Assignor's
right, title and interest in and to any goods, the sale of which gave rise
thereto, (c) all guarantees, endorsements and indemnifications on, or of, any
of the foregoing, (d) all powers of attorney for the execution of any
evidence of indebtedness or security or other writing in connection
therewith, (e) all books, records, ledger cards, and invoices relating
thereto, (f) all evidences of the filing of financing statements and other
statements and the registration of other instruments in connection therewith
and amendments thereto, notices to other creditors or secured parties, and
certificates from filing or other registration officers, (g) all credit
information, reports and memoranda relating thereto, and (h) all other
writings related in any way to the foregoing.

          "Representative" shall mean (x) for the Bank Creditors, the Agent
under the Credit Agreement and (y) for the Interest Rate Protection Creditors,
the Representative for the Interest Rate Protection Creditors or, in the absence
of such a Representative, the Interest Rate Protection Creditors.

          "Required Creditors" shall mean the requisite percentage of Secured
Creditors which are needed to take actions with respect to a given Class of
Obligations, I.E., whether the Required Banks or the Required Interest Rate
Protection Creditors.

          "Required Interest Rate Protection Creditors" shall mean the holders
of 51% of all Obligations outstanding from time to time under the Interest Rate
Protection Agreements, determined in such reasonable fashion as is acceptable to
the Collateral Agent.

          "Secondary Obligations" shall have the meaning provided in Section
7.4(b) of this Agreement.

          "Secured Creditors" shall have the meaning provided in the first
paragraph of this Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 39


          "Termination Date" shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.9 of
this Agreement.

          "Vehicles" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.6 of this
Agreement.


                                    ARTICLE X

                              THE COLLATERAL AGENT

          10.1.  APPOINTMENT.  The Secured Creditors, by their acceptance of the
benefits of this Agreement hereby irrevocably designate Bankers Trust Company,
as Collateral Agent, to act as specified herein.  Each Secured Creditor hereby
irrevocably authorizes, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance of such
Note, and by the acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement shall be deemed
irrevocably to authorize, the Collateral Agent to take such action on its behalf
under the provisions of this Agreement and any other instruments and agreements
referred to herein and to exercise such powers and to perform such duties
hereunder as are specifically delegated to or required of the Collateral Agent
by the terms hereof and such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
The Collateral Agent may perform any of its duties hereunder or thereunder by or
through its authorized agents or employees.

          10.2.  NATURE OF DUTIES.  (a)  The Collateral Agent shall have no
duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement.
The duties of the Collateral Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in
nature; the Collateral Agent shall not have by reason of this Agreement, any
other Credit Document or any Interest Rate Protection Agreement a fiduciary
relationship in respect of any Secured Creditor; and nothing in this Agreement,
any other Credit Document or any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, expressed
or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon the
Collateral Agent any obligations in respect of this Agreement except as
expressly set forth herein.

          (b)  The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for insuring the
Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges or assessments or discharging of
liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 40


          (c)  The Collateral Agent shall not be required to ascertain or
inquire as to the performance by the Assignors of any of the covenants or
agreements contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document.

          (d)  The Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation or duty to take
any action under this Agreement or any Credit Document if taking such action (i)
would subject the Collateral Agent to a tax in any jurisdiction where it is not
then subject to a tax or (ii) would require the Collateral Agent to qualify to
do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, unless the
Collateral Agent receives security or indemnity satisfactory to it against such
tax (or equivalent liability), or any liability resulting from such
qualification, in each case as results from the taking of such action under this
Agreement or (iii) would subject the Collateral Agent to IN PERSONAM
jurisdiction in any locations where it is not then so subject.

          (e)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither
the Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, affiliates
or agents shall, in its individual capacity, be personally liable for any action
taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with this Agreement except for
its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

          10.3.  LACK OF RELIANCE ON THE COLLATERAL AGENT.  Independently and
without reliance upon the Collateral Agent, each Secured Creditor, to the extent
it deems appropriate, has made and shall continue to make (i) its own
independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Company
and the Assignors in connection with the making and the continuance of the
Obligations and the taking or not taking of any action in connection therewith,
and (ii) its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Company and the
Assignors, and the Collateral Agent shall have no duty or responsibility, either
initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Secured Creditor with any
credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its
possession before the extension of any Obligations or the purchase of any Notes
or at any time or times thereafter.  The Collateral Agent shall not be
responsible in any manner whatsoever to any Secured Creditor for the correctness
of any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 41


herein or in any document, certificate or other writing delivered in
connection herewith or for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness,
validity, enforceability, perfection, collectibility, priority or sufficiency
of this Agreement or the security interests granted hereunder or the
financial condition of the Company or the Assignors or be required to make
any inquiry concerning either the performance or observance of any of the
terms, provisions or conditions of this Agreement, or the financial condition
of the Company or the Assignors, or the existence or possible existence of
any Default or Event of Default.  The Collateral Agent makes no
representations as to the value or condition of the Collateral or any part
thereof, or as to the title of any Assignor thereto or as to the security
afforded by this Agreement.

          10.4.  CERTAIN RIGHTS OF THE COLLATERAL AGENT.  (a)  No Secured
Creditor shall have the right to cause the Collateral Agent to take any action
with respect to the Collateral, with only the Required Banks having the right to
direct the Collateral Agent to take any such action.  If the Collateral Agent
shall request instructions from the Required Banks, with respect to any act or
action (including failure to act) in connection with this Agreement, the
Collateral Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such act or taking such
action unless and until it shall have received instructions from the Required
Banks and to the extent requested, appropriate indemnification in respect of
actions to be taken, and the Collateral Agent shall not incur liability to any
Person by reason of so refraining.  Without limiting the foregoing, no Secured
Creditor shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Collateral Agent
as a result of the Collateral Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder
in accordance with the instructions of the Required Banks.

          (b)  The Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation to exercise any
of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement at the request or
direction of any of the Secured Creditors, unless such Secured Creditors shall
have offered to the Collateral Agent reasonable security or indemnity against
the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance
with such request or direction.

          10.5.  RELIANCE.  The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and
shall be fully protected in relying,

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 42


upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, statement, certificate, telex,
teletype or telecopier message, cablegram, radiogram, order or other document
or telephone message signed, sent or made by the proper Person or entity,
and, with respect to all legal matters pertaining to this Agreement and the
other Security Documents and its duties thereunder and hereunder, upon advice
of counsel selected by it.

          10.6.  INDEMNIFICATION.  To the extent the Collateral Agent is not
reimbursed and indemnified by the Assignors under this Agreement, the Secured
Creditors will reimburse and indemnify the Collateral Agent, in proportion to
their respective outstanding principal amounts (including, for this purpose, the
stated amount of outstanding letters of credit and any unreimbursed drawings in
respect of letters of credit, as well as any unpaid Primary Obligations in
respect of Interest Rate Protection Agreements, as outstanding principal) of
Obligations, for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses,
damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements
of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or
asserted against the Collateral Agent in performing its duties hereunder, or in
any way relating to or arising out of its actions as Collateral Agent in respect
of this Agreement except for those resulting solely from the Collateral Agent's
own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The indemnities set forth in this
Article X shall survive the repayment of all Obligations, with the respective
indemnification at such time to be based upon the outstanding principal amounts
(determined as described above) of Obligations at the time of the respective
occurrence upon which the claim against the Collateral Agent is based or, if
same is not reasonably determinable, based upon the outstanding principal
amounts (determined as described above) of Obligations as in effect immediately
prior to the termination of this Agreement.  The indemnities set forth in this
Article X are in addition to any indemnities provided by the Banks to the
Collateral Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement, with the effect being that
the Banks shall be responsible for indemnifying the Collateral Agent to the
extent the Collateral Agent does not receive payments pursuant to this Section
10.6 from the Secured Creditors (although in such event, and upon the payment in
full of all such amounts owing to the Collateral Agent, the respective Banks who
paid same shall be subrogated to the

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 43


rights of the Collateral Agent to receive payment from the Secured Creditors).

          10.7.  THE COLLATERAL AGENT IN ITS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY.  With respect
to its obligations as a lender under the Credit Agreement and any other Credit
Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party, and to act as agent under
one or more of such Credit Documents, the Collateral Agent shall have the rights
and powers specified therein and herein for a "Bank" or an "Agent", and may
exercise the same rights and powers as though it were not performing the duties
specified herein; and the terms "Banks," "holders of Notes," or any similar
terms shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include the
Collateral Agent in its individual capacity.  The Collateral Agent may accept
deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust
or other business with the Assignors or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of any of
the Assignors as if it were not performing the duties specified herein or in the
other Credit Documents, and may accept fees and other consideration from the
Assignors for services in connection with the other Credit Documents and
otherwise without having to account for the same to the Secured Creditors.

          10.8.  HOLDERS.  The Collateral Agent may deem and treat the payee of
any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes hereof unless and until written
notice of the assignment, transfer or endorsement thereof, as the case may be,
shall have been  filed with the Collateral Agent.  Any request, authority or
consent of any person or entity who, at the time of making such request or
giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be final and
conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, transferee, assignee or
endorsee, as the case may be, of such Note or Note issued in exchange therefor.

          10.9.  RESIGNATION BY THE COLLATERAL AGENT.  (a) The Collateral Agent
may resign from the performance of all of its functions and duties under this
Agreement at any time by giving 20 Business Days' prior written notice to the
Assignors and the Secured Creditors.  Such resignation shall take effect upon
the appointment of a successor Collateral Agent pursuant to clause (b), (c) or
(d) below.

          (b)  If a successor Collateral Agent shall not have been appointed
within said 20 Business Day period by

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 44


the Required Banks, the Collateral Agent, with the consent of the Assignors,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall then appoint a
successor Collateral Agent who shall serve as Collateral Agent hereunder or
thereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Banks appoint a successor
Collateral Agent as provided above.

          (c)  If no successor Collateral Agent has been appointed pursuant to
clause (b) above by the 20th Business Day after the date of such notice of
resignation was given by the Collateral Agent, as a result of a failure by the
Assignors to consent to the appointment of such a successor Collateral Agent,
the Required Banks shall then appoint a successor Collateral Agent who shall
serve as Collateral Agent hereunder or thereunder until such time, if any, as
the Required Banks appoint a successor Collateral Agent as provided above.

          (d)  If no successor Collateral Agent is appointed pursuant to clauses
(b) and (c) above within said 20 Business Day period, the resignation of the
Collateral Agent shall become effective and the duties of the Collateral Agent
shall be performed by the Required Banks.

          10.10.  FEES AND EXPENSES OF COLLATERAL AGENT.  (a) Each Assignor (by
its execution and delivery hereof) hereby agrees that it shall pay to Bankers
Trust Company as the original Collateral Agent, such fees as have been
separately agreed to in writing with Bankers Trust Company for acting as Agent
and as Collateral Agent hereunder.  In the event a successor Collateral Agent is
at any time appointed pursuant to the preceding Section 10.9, each Assignor
hereby agrees to pay such successor Collateral Agent such fees for acting as
such as would customarily be charged by such Collateral Agent for acting in such
capacity in similar situations.

          (b)  In addition, each Assignor agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-
pocket costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent in connection with this
Agreement and any actions taken by the Collateral Agent hereunder, and agrees to
pay all costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent in connection with the
enforcement of this Agreement and the documents and instruments referred to
herein (including,

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 45


without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Collateral Agent).


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          11.1.  NOTICES.  Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices,
requests, demands or other communications to or upon the respective parties
hereto shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered to the
party to which such notice, request, demand or other communication is required
or permitted to be given or made under this Agreement, addressed as follows:

          (a)  if to any Assignor, to the Company
               (on behalf of such Assignor), at:

               The Grand Union Company
               201 Willowbrook Boulevard
               Wayne, New Jersey  07470-6799
               Attention:  Robert Terrence Galvin

          (b)  if to the Collateral Agent:

               Bankers Trust Company
               One Bankers Trust Plaza
               New York, New York  10006
               Attention:  Mary Kay Coyle

          (c)  if to any Bank Creditor, either (x) to the Agent, at the address
     of the Agent specified in the Credit Agreement or (y) at such address as
     such Bank Creditor shall have specified in the Credit Agreement;

          (d)  if to any Interest Rate Protection Creditor, either (x) to the
     Representative for the Interest Rate Protection Creditors, at such address
     as such Representative may have provided to the Company (on behalf of the
     Assignors) and the Collateral Agent from time to time, or (y) directly to
     the Interest Rate Protection Creditors at such address as the Interest Rate
     Protection Creditors shall have specified in writing to the Company (on
     behalf of the Assignors) and the Collateral Agent.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 46


          11.2.  WAIVER; AMENDMENT.  None of the terms and conditions of this
Agreement may be changed, waived, modified or varied in any manner whatsoever
unless in writing duly signed by the Assignors and the Collateral Agent with the
consent of the Required Banks, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no modifications shall be
made to Section 7.4(a) of this Agreement without the consent of each Secured
Creditor adversely affected thereby; and PROVIDED FURTHER that any change,
waiver, modification or variance affecting the rights and benefits of a single
Class (as defined below) of Secured Creditors (and not all Secured Creditors in
a like or similar manner) shall require the written consent of the Required
Creditors of such affected Class.  For the purpose of this Agreement, the term
"Class" shall mean each class of Secured Creditors, I.E., whether (x) the Bank
Creditors as holders of the Credit Agreement Obligations or (y) the Interest
Rate Protection Creditors as the holders of the Interest Rate Protection
Obligations.

          11.3.  OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.  The obligations of each Assignor
hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional in accordance with its terms and
shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be
impaired, released, discharged, terminated or otherwise affected by any
circumstance or occurrence whatsoever, including, without limitation: (a) any
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition,
liquidation or the like of such Assignor; (b) any exercise or non-exercise, or
any waiver of, any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect of this
Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty, the Credit Agreement, any other Credit
Document, or any Interest Rate Protection Agreement except as specifically set
forth in a waiver granted pursuant to Section 11.2 hereof; (c) any furnishing of
any additional security to the Collateral Agent, the other Secured Creditors or
their assignees or any acceptance thereof or any release of any security by the
Collateral Agent, the other Secured Creditors or their assignees; (d) any lack
of validity or enforceability of the Subsidiary Guaranty, the Credit Agreement,
any Note, any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, any other Credit Document or
any other documents, instruments or agreements referred to therein or any
assignment or transfer of any thereof; (e) any limitation on any party's
liability or obligations under any such instrument or agreement or any
invalidity or unenforceability, in whole or in part, of any such instrument or
agreement or any term thereof; (f) any amendment, indulgence, renewal,
extension, modification or

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 47


addition, consent or supplement to or deletion from any Credit Document or any
Interest Rate Protection Agreement or any security for any of the Obligations;
whether or not such Assignor shall have notice or knowledge of any of the
foregoing or (g) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a
defense available to, or a discharge of such Assignor. The rights and remedies
of the Collateral Agent herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of
any rights or remedies which the Collateral Agent would otherwise have.

          11.4.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
each Assignor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of
the Collateral Agent and each Secured Creditor and their respective successors
and assigns, provided that no Assignor may transfer or assign any or all of its
rights or obligations hereunder without the written consent of the Required
Banks.  All agreements, statements, representations and warranties made by any
Assignor herein or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by such
Assignor or on its behalf under this Agreement shall be considered to have been
relied upon by the Secured Creditors and shall survive the execution and
delivery of this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and the Interest Rate
Protection Agreements regardless of any investigation made by the Secured
Creditors or on their behalf.

          11.5.  HEADINGS DESCRIPTIVE.  The headings of the several sections of
this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect
the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

          11.6.  SEVERABILITY.  Any provision of this Agreement which is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

          11.7.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED
BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 48


          11.8.  ASSIGNORS' DUTIES.  It is expressly agreed, anything herein
contained to the contrary notwithstanding, that each Assignor shall remain
liable to perform all of the obligations, if any, assumed by it with respect to
the Collateral and the Collateral Agent shall not have any obligations or
liabilities with respect to any Collateral by reason of or arising out of this
Agreement, nor shall the Collateral Agent be required or obligated in any manner
to perform or fulfill any of the obligations of any Assignor under or with
respect to any Collateral.

          11.9.  TERMINATION; RELEASE.  (a)  After the Termination Date, this
Agreement shall terminate and the Collateral Agent, at the request and expense
of the Assignors, will execute and deliver to the Assignors a proper instrument
or instruments acknowledging the satisfaction and termination of this Agreement,
and will duly assign, transfer and deliver to the Assignors (without recourse
and without any representation or warranty) such of the Collateral of the
Assignors as may be in the possession of the Collateral Agent and as has not
theretofore been sold or otherwise applied or released pursuant to this
Agreement.  As used in this Agreement, "Termination Date" shall mean the date
upon which the Total Commitment has been terminated, no Note remains
outstanding, all Letters of Credit have been terminated and all Credit Agreement
Obligations and Guaranty Obligations then owing by the Assignors have been paid
in full.

          (b)  It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that all or a portion of
the Collateral shall be released from the Liens and security interests created
hereunder upon any sale thereof from time to time to the extent permitted by,
and in accordance with the terms of, the Credit Agreement.  Upon any sale of the
type described in the preceding sentence, the Collateral Agent shall, at the
request and expense of any Assignor, and without the further consent of, or
liability to, any Secured Creditor, release such Collateral and execute and
deliver to such Assignor a proper instrument or instruments acknowledging the
release of such Collateral from this Agreement, and will duly assign, transfer
and deliver to such Assignor (without recourse and without any representation or
warranty) the Collateral being sold or released as described above.

          (c)  At any time that any Assignor desires that the Collateral Agent
take any action to acknowledge or give

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 49


effect to any release of Collateral pursuant to the foregoing Section 11.9(a)
or (b), it shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate signed by its
chief financial officer stating that the release of the respective Collateral
is permitted pursuant to Section 11.9(a) or (b).  If requested by the
Collateral Agent (although the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to
make any such request), such Assignor shall furnish appropriate legal
opinions (from counsel acceptable to the Collateral Agent) to the effect set
forth in the immediately preceding sentence.  The Collateral Agent shall have
no liability whatsoever to any Secured Creditor as the result of any release
of Collateral by it as permitted by this Section 11.9. Upon any release of
Collateral pursuant to Section 11.9(a) or (b), none of the Secured Creditors
shall have any continuing right or interest in such Collateral, or the
proceeds thereof.

          11.10.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each
of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which
shall together constitute one and the same instrument.  A set of counterparts
executed by all the parties hereto shall be lodged with the Company (on behalf
of the Assignors) and the Collateral Agent.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 50


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first
above written.


ADDRESSES

201 Willowbrook Boulevard          ASSIGNORS:
Wayne, New Jersey  07470
Attn:  Robert Terrence Galvin      By /s Francis E. Nicastro
                                      ----------------------
                                   Francis E. Nicastro, in his/her
                                   -------------------
                                   capacity as Vice President
                                               --------------
                                   for each of the corporations,
                                   each an Assignor, listed on
                                   Schedule A hereto



One Bankers Trust Plaza            BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
New York, New York  10006
      as Collateral Agent
Attn:  Mary Kay Coyle
                                   By /s/ Mary Kay Coyle
                                      ------------------
                                   Name: Mary Kay Coyle
                                    Title: Vice President

<PAGE>
                                                             SCHEDULE A
                                                                 to
                                                    Subsidary Security Agreement


Merchandising Services, Inc.
Grand Union Stores, Inc. of Vermont
Grand Union Stores of New Hampshire, Inc.


<PAGE>

                                                           ANNEX A
                                                              to
                                                   SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT


                          SCHEDULE OF PERMITTED FILINGS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  Secured             Original     Description
LOCATION          PARTY/IES   NUMBER  FILE DATE    OF COLLATERAL   PERMITTED
<S>               <C>         <C>     <C>          <C>             <C>

                                  SEE ATTACHED
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                                                           ANNEX B
                                                              to
                                                  SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT


                          SCHEDULE OF RECORD LOCATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LOCATION                                COUNTY
<S>                                     <C>

THE GRAND UNION COMPANY                 Passaic
201 Willowbrook Blvd.
Wayne, NJ  07407

THE GRAND UNION COMPANY                 Saratoga
150 Hudson River Road
Waterford, NY  12188

THE GRAND UNION COMPANY                 Westchester
333 N. Bedford Road
Mt. Kisco, NY  10549

THE GRAND UNION COMPANY                 Orange
7 Governor Drive
Newburgh, NY  12550

THE GRAND UNION COMPANY -               Orange
 MONTGOMERY WAREHOUSE
124 Bracken Road
Montgomery, NY  12549

BIG STAR                                Fulton
2251 N. Sylvan Road
Eastpoint, GA  30344
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                                                           ANNEX C
                                                              to
                                                SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT


                  SCHEDULE OF INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS


GRAND UNION STORES, INC. OF VERMONT

Cigarette and Liquor Inventory at the following locations:

<TABLE>
STORE    LOCATION         ADDRESS                  STATE    COUNTY
<S>      <C>              <C>                      <C>      <C>         <C>
1870     Barre            355 N. Main St.          VT       Washington  05641
1836     Bennington       300 Depot St.            VT       Bennington  05201
1939     Bradford         Rt. #5                   VT       Orange      05033
1992     Brandon          Union Street             VT       Rutland     05733
1861     Brattleboro      Putney Rd.               VT       Windham     05304
1884     Bristol          4 Main St.               VT       Addison     05443
1134     Burlington       North Ave.               VT       Chittendon  05401
1966     Colchester       Colchester Square        VT       Chittendon  05446
1161     Enosburg Falls   83-85 Main Street        VT       Franklin    05450
1819     Essex Center     RFD #2-Rt. #15           VT       Chittendon  05452
1821     Essex Junction   Susie Wilson Rd. &       VT       Chittendon  05452
                            Rt. #15
1908     Fair Haven       Rt. #22A & US #4         VT       Rutland     05743
1885     Hardwick         Rt. #15                  VT       Caldonia    05843
1103     Johnson          Main St.                 VT       Lamoille    05656
1810     Ludlow           Main St. & Rt. #103      VT       Windsor     05149
1160     Manchester       Rt. #7 & The Meadows     VT       Bennington  05255
           Center
1993     Middlebury       Washington St.           VT       Addison     05753
1876     Milton           Rt. #7                   VT       Chittendon  05468
1933     Montpelier       2 Main St.               VT       Washington  05602
1817     Morrisville      Brooklyn St.             VT       Lamoille    05661
1820     Newport          Waterfront Plaza         VT       Orleans     05855
1985     North            Green Mountain Plaza     VT       Rutland     05759
           Clarendon
1828     Northfield       101 N. Main Street       VT       Washington  05663
1113     Poultney         Main & Depot St.         VT       Rutland     05764
1967     Randolph         12 Main St.              VT       Orange      05060
1169     Rutland          Norton Place & N. Main   VT       Rutland     05701
1167     South            Odell Pkwy.-             VT       Chittendon  05401
           Burlington        Shelburn Rd.
1814     South            41 Hinesberg Rd.         VT       Chittendon  05401
           Burlington
1928     Springfield      Rt. #11 & River St.      VT       Windsor     05156
1166     Stowe            Rd. #2 & Rt. #100        VT       Lamoille    05672
1983     St. Johnsbury    43 Railroad St.          VT       Caledonia   05819
1958     Swanton          First St. & Brown
                             Ave.                  VT       Franklin    05488

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>      <C>              <C>                      <C>      <C>         <C>
1818     Waitsfield       Rt. #100                 VT       Washington  05673
1968     Waterbury        S. Main St.              VT       Washington  05676
1969     White River      Maple St.                VT       Windsor     05001
1951     Wilmington       Main St. & Rt. #9        VT       Windham     05363
1811     Windsor          Rt. #1                   VT       Windsor     05089
1893     Winooski         40 Mallets Bay Ave.      VT       Chittendon  05404
1981     Woodstock        37 Pleasant Street       VT       Windsor     05091

</TABLE>


<PAGE>GRAND UNION STORES OF NEW HAMPSHIRE, INC.

Cigarette and Liquor Inventory at the following locations:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STORE    LOCATION         ADDRESS               STATE    COUNTY
<S>      <C>              <C>                   <C>      <C>         <C>
1914     Hanover          79-81 Main St.        NH       Grafton     03755
1938     Lincoln          N. Main St.           NH       Grafton     03251
1915     West Lebanon     W. Lebanon Rd.        NH       Grafton     03766
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                                           ANNEX D
                                                              to
                                                  SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT


                         SCHEDULE OF VEHICLES LOCATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 QUANTITY OF    CERTIFICATE     STATE OF
TYPE OF VEHICLE                    VEHICLES      OF TITLE      REGISTRATION
<S>                              <C>            <C>            <C>


                                      None
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
                                                           ANNEX E
                                                              to
                                                 SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT



                  SCHEDULE OF TRADE, FICTITIOUS AND OTHER NAMES


                                      None


<PAGE>


                                                           ANNEX F
                                                              to
                                                 SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT


                                SCHEDULE OF MARKS


                                      None

<PAGE>

                                                           ANNEX G
                                                              to
                                                 SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT


                 SCHEDULE OF LICENSE AGREEMENTS AND ASSIGNMENTS


                                      None

<PAGE>

                                                           ANNEX H
                                                              to
                                                 SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT


                      SCHEDULE OF PATENTS AND APPLICATIONS


                                      None
<PAGE>

                                                           ANNEX I
                                                              to
                                                 SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT


                     SCHEDULE OF COPYRIGHTS AND APPLICATIONS


                                      None

<PAGE>

                                                              Exhibit 1
                                                   SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT

                      U.S. TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

          TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT ("Agreement") dated as of
__________________, 1995, is entered into between The Grand Union Company, a
Delaware corporation ("Assignor") with principal offices at 201 Willowbrook
Boulevard, Wayne, New Jersey 07470-6799 and Bankers Trust Company, a New York
corporation, as collateral agent, with principal offices at One Bankers Trust
Plaza, New York New York  10006 ("Collateral Agent").  Capitalized terms not
otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Subsidiary Security
Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1995, among, INTER ALIA, Assignor and Collateral
Agent ("Security Agreement").

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Assignor is granting a
security interest to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of itself and the
Secured Creditors in certain collateral, including the Marks (as defined
herein),

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good
and valuable consideration, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, Assignor and Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:

          1.   GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

               (a)  As security for the full and prompt payment and performance
when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all
the Obligations, the Assignor does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto the
Collateral Agent, and does hereby grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit
of the Secured Creditors, a continuing security interest in all of the right,
title and interest of the Assignor in, to and under the U.S. trademarks,
trademark registrations, and trademark applications (the "Marks") more
particularly set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, together with the goodwill
of the business symbolized by the Marks.

               (b)  The security interest granted hereby is granted in
conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent under the
Security Agreement.  The rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent on behalf
of itself and the other Secured Creditors with respect to the security interest
granted hereby are in addition to those set forth in the Security Agreement and
the other Credit Documents and those which are now or hereafter available to


<PAGE>

Collateral Agent on behalf of itself and the other Secured Creditors as a
matter of law or equity.  Each right, power and remedy of the Collateral
Agent provided for herein, in the Security Agreement, in the other Credit
Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity shall be
cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to every right, power, or
remedy provided for herein, and the exercise by Collateral Agent on behalf of
itself and the other Secured Parties of any one or more of the rights, powers
or remedies provided for in this Agreement, in the Security Agreement, in the
other Credit Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity
shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by any person,
including Collateral Agent, of any or all other rights, powers or remedies.

          2.   GOVERNING LAW

          THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER
SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK.

          3.   COUNTERPARTS

          This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.


                              THE GRAND UNION COMPANY,
                                as Assignor


                              By: ______________________
                              Name: ____________________
                              Title: ___________________


                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                                as Collateral Agent

                              By: ______________________
                              Name: ____________________
                              Title: ___________________


<PAGE>

STATE OF _______________ )
                         )    ss.:
COUNTY OF ______________ )

          On this ___ day of _________, 1995, before me personally appeared
_________________, to me known who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say
that he is ___________________ of The Grand Union Company, described herein and
which executed the foregoing instrument and that s/he signed his/her name
thereto pursuant to the authority granted by The Grand Union Company.



                                   ______________________
                                   Notary Public

<PAGE>

STATE OF _______________ )
                         )    ss.:
COUNTY OF ______________ )

          On this ___ day of _________, 1995, before me personally appeared
_________________, to me known who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say
that he is ___________________ of Bankers Trust Company, described herein and
which executed the foregoing instrument and that s/he signed his/her name
thereto pursuant to the authority granted by Bankers Trust Company.



                                   ______________________
                                   Notary Public

<PAGE>

                                                                      SCHEDULE A

                       U.S. TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

          REG. NO.       REG. DATE
MARK      (SERIAL NO.)   (FILING DATE)

<PAGE>

                                                            Exhibit 2
                                                   SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT

                         U.S. PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

          PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT ("Agreement") dated as of
__________________, 1995, is entered into between The Grand Union Company, a
Delaware corporation ("Assignor") with principal offices at 201 Willowbrook
Boulevard, Wayne, New Jersey 07470-6799 and Bankers Trust Company, a New York
corporation, as collateral agent, with principal offices at One Bankers Trust
Plaza, New York, New York  10006 ("Collateral Agent").  Capitalized terms not
otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Subsidiary Security
Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1995, among, INTER ALIA, Assignor and Collateral
Agent ("Security Agreement").

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Assignor is granting a
security interest to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of itself and the
Secured Creditors in certain collateral, including the Patents (as defined
herein),

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good
and valuable consideration, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, Assignor and Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:

          1.   GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

               (a)  As security for the full and prompt payment and performance
when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all
the Obligations, the Assignor does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto the
Collateral Agent, and does hereby grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit
of the Secured Creditors, a continuing security interest in all of the right,
title and interest of the Assignor in, to and under the U.S. patent and patent
applications and all inventions and improvements described and claimed in any of
the foregoing (the "Patents") more particularly set forth on Schedule A attached
hereto.

               (b)  The security interest granted hereby is granted in
conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent under the
Security Agreement.  The rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent on behalf
of itself and the other Secured Creditors with respect to the security interest
granted hereby are in addition to those set forth in the Security Agreement and
the other Credit Documents and those which are now or hereafter available to


<PAGE>

Collateral Agent on behalf of itself and the other Secured Creditors as a matter
of law or equity.  Each right, power and remedy of the Collateral Agent provided
for herein, in the Security Agreement, in the other Credit Documents, or now or
hereafter existing at law or in equity shall be cumulative and concurrent and
shall be in addition to every right, power, or remedy provided for herein, and
the exercise by Collateral Agent on behalf of itself and the other Secured
Parties of any one or more of the rights, powers or remedies provided for in
this Agreement, in the Security Agreement, in the other Credit Documents or now
or hereafter existing at law or in equity shall not preclude the simultaneous or
later exercise by any person, including Collateral Agent, of any or all other
rights, powers or remedies.

          2.   GOVERNING LAW

          THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER
SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK.

          3.   COUNTERPARTS

          This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.



                              THE GRAND UNION COMPANY,
                                  as Assignor


                              By: ______________________
                              Name: ____________________
                              Title: ___________________


                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                                as Collateral Agent

                              By: ______________________
                              Name: ____________________
                              Title: ___________________

<PAGE>

STATE OF _______________ )
                         )    ss.:
COUNTY OF ______________ )

          On this ___ day of _________, 1995, before me personally appeared
_________________, to me known who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say
that he is ___________________ of The Grand Union Company, described herein and
which executed the foregoing instrument and that s/he signed his/her name
thereto pursuant to the authority granted by The Grand Union Company.

                                   ______________________
                                   Notary Public

<PAGE>

STATE OF _______________ )
                         )    ss.:
COUNTY OF ______________ )

          On this ___ day of _________, 1995, before me personally appeared
_________________, to me known who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say
that he is ___________________ of Bankers Trust Company, described herein and
which executed the foregoing instrument and that s/he signed his/her name
thereto pursuant to the authority granted by Bankers Trust Company.

                                   ______________________
                                   Notary Public


<PAGE>

                                                           SCHEDULE A
                                                 U.S. PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

                              PATENT NO.     DATE ISSUED
TITLE          INVENTOR       (APP. NO.)     (APP. DATE)

<PAGE>

                                                           Exhibit 3
                                                   SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT

                      U.S. COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

          COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT ("Agreement") dated as of
__________________, 1995, is entered into between The Grand Union Company, a
Delaware corporation ("Assignor") with principal offices at 201 Willowbrook
Boulevard, Wayne, New Jersey 07470-6799 and Bankers Trust Company, a New York
corporation, as collateral agent, with principal offices at One Bankers Trust
Plaza, New York, New York  10006 ("Collateral Agent").  Capitalized terms not
otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Subsidiary Security
Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1995, among, INTER ALIA, Assignor and Collateral
Agent ("Security Agreement").

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Assignor is granting a
security interest to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of itself and the
Secured Creditors in certain collateral, including the Copyrights (as defined
herein),

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good
and valuable consideration, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, Assignor and Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:

          1.   GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

               (a)  As security for the full and prompt payment and performance
when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all
the Obligations, the Assignor does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto the
Collateral Agent, and does hereby grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit
of the Secured Creditors, a continuing security interest in all of the right,
title and interest of the Assignor in, to and under the U.S. copyrights and all
registrations and applications to register the same in the United States
Copyright Office, and all renewals thereof (the "Copyrights") more particularly
set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

               (b)  The security interest granted hereby is granted in
conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent under the
Security Agreement.  The rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent on behalf
of itself and the other Secured Creditors with respect to the security interest
granted hereby are in addition to those set forth in the Security Agreement and
the other Credit Documents and those which are now or hereafter available to

<PAGE>

Collateral Agent on behalf of itself and the other Secured Creditors as a matter
of law or equity.  Each right, power and remedy of the Collateral Agent provided
for herein, in the Security Agreement, in the other Credit Documents, or now or
hereafter existing at law or in equity shall be cumulative and concurrent and
shall be in addition to every right, power, or remedy provided for herein, and
the exercise by Collateral Agent on behalf of itself and the other Secured
Parties of any one or more of the rights, powers or remedies provided for in
this Agreement, in the Security Agreement, in the other Credit Documents or now
or hereafter existing at law or in equity shall not preclude the simultaneous or
later exercise by any person, including Collateral Agent, of any or all other
rights, powers or remedies.

          2.   GOVERNING LAW

          THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER
SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK.

          3.   COUNTERPARTS

          This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.


                              THE GRAND UNION COMPANY,
                                  as Assignor


                              By: ______________________
                              Name: ____________________
                              Title: ___________________


                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                                as Collateral Agent

                              By: ______________________
                              Name: ____________________
                              Title: ___________________

<PAGE>

STATE OF _______________ )
                         )    ss.:
COUNTY OF ______________ )

          On this ___ day of _________, 1995, before me personally appeared
_________________, to me known who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say
that he is ___________________ of The Grand Union Company, described herein and
which executed the foregoing instrument and that s/he signed his/her name
thereto pursuant to the authority granted by The Grand Union Company.



                                   ______________________
                                   Notary Public

<PAGE>

STATE OF _______________ )
                         )    ss.:
COUNTY OF ______________ )

          On this ___ day of _________, 1995, before me personally appeared
_________________, to me known who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say
that he is ___________________ of Bankers Trust Company, described herein and
which executed the foregoing instrument and that s/he signed his/her name
thereto pursuant to the authority granted by Bankers Trust Company.



                                   ______________________
                                   Notary Public

<PAGE>

SCHEDULE A
U.S. COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

               REG. NO.       REG. DATE
TITLE          (APP. NO.)     (APP. DATE)


<PAGE>

                                                           Exhibit 10.13


                               SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY


          SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY, dated as of June 15, 1995 (as the same may be
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the "Subsidiary Guaranty"),
made by each of the corporations listed on Annex A attached hereto (individu-
ally, a "Guarantor" and collectively, the "Guarantors"), in favor of (a) the
Banks and the Agent from time to time party to the Credit Agreement, hereinafter
referred to (such Banks and the Agent the "Bank Creditors") and (y) any Bank
that enters into an interest rate protection agreement (including, without
limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements,
collectively, the "Interest Rate Protection Agreements") guaranteed by the
Guarantors, even if any such Bank subsequently ceases to be a Bank under the
Credit Agreement for any reason and for so long as any such Bank participates in
the extension of such Interest Rate Protection Agreements, and any subsequent
assignee (the "Interest Rate Protection Creditors") (the Interest Rate
Protection Creditors and the Bank Creditors, together with their permitted
successors and assigns, individually a "Guaranteed Party" and collectively the
"Guaranteed Parties").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

          WHEREAS, certain of the parties hereto entered into the Original
Credit Agreement;

          WHEREAS, The Grand Union Company (the "Company"), the various Banks
from time to time party thereto, and Bankers Trust Company, as Agent (the
"Agent") have agreed to amend and restate the Original Credit Agreement and have
entered into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 15,
1995, providing for the making of Loans and the issuance of, and participation
in, Letters of Credit as contemplated therein (as used herein, the term "Credit
Agreement" means the Credit Agreement described above in this paragraph, as the
same may be amended, modified, extended, renewed, restated or supplemented from
time to time, and including any agreement extending the maturity of, or
restructuring (including, but not limited to, any increase in the amount
borrowed) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or any
successor agreements;

<PAGE>
                                                                          Page 2


          WHEREAS, the Company may at any time and from time to time enter into
one or more Interest Rate Protection Agreements with one or more Interest Rate
Protection Creditors in compliance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement;

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Guarantors share an identity of interests
as members of a consolidated group of companies engaged in substantially similar
businesses, the Company provides centralized financial, accounting and
management services to each of the Guarantors and the making of the loans and
the issuance of the letters of credit under the Credit Agreement will facilitate
expansion of, and enhance the overall financial strength and stability of the
Company's corporate group; and

          WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to each of the above-described
extensions of credit to the Company that the Guarantors shall have executed and
delivered to the Guaranteed Parties this Agreement; and

          WHEREAS, the Guarantors desire to execute and deliver this Agreement
to satisfy the conditions described in the preceding paragraph.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein and
in order to induce the Banks to make loans and issue letters of credit under the
Credit Agreement, the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree as follows:

          SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS.  Except as otherwise defined herein,
including in the recital paragraphs,  capitalized terms used herein and defined
in the Credit Agreement shall be used herein as so defined.

          SECTION 2.  GUARANTY.  (a)  The Guarantors hereby jointly and
severally unconditionally guarantee the punctual payment when due, whether at
stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all (i) Obligations of the
Company and its Subsidiaries now or hereafter existing, whether for principal,
interest (including any interest accruing during a Proceeding (as hereinafter
defined) whether or not the claim for such interest is allowable or discharged
in such Proceeding), fees, expenses or otherwise, (ii) amounts, direct or
indirect, contingent or absolute, of every type or description, and

<PAGE>
                                                                          Page 3


at any time existing, owing to any Bank arising under any Interest Rate
Protection Agreement and (iii) any and all reasonable expenses
(including counsel fees and expenses) incurred by any Guaranteed Party in
enforcing any rights under this Subsidiary Guaranty (all of the foregoing,
collectively, the "Guaranteed Obligations"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the maximum
liability of each Guarantor herein as of any date shall in no event exceed the
Maximum Guaranty Liability (as hereinafter defined) of such Guarantor as of such
date.  It is the intention of the parties hereto that in no event shall any
Guarantor's obligations under this Subsidiary Guaranty constitute or result in a
violation of any applicable fraudulent conveyance or similar law of any relevant
jurisdiction.  Therefore, in the event that this Subsidiary Guaranty would, but
for the preceding sentence, constitute or result in such violation, then the
liability of a Guarantor under this Subsidiary Guaranty shall be reduced to the
maximum amount permissible under the applicable fraudulent conveyance or similar
laws.  Any and all payments by the Guarantors hereunder shall be made free and
clear of and without deduction for any set-off or counterclaim.

               (b)  "Maximum Guaranty Liability" of a Guarantor as of any date
shall mean the greater of the following amounts as of such date:  (i) the sum of
the following amounts as of such date:  (A) the outstanding amount of all loans,
advances, capital contributions or other investments made by the Company to or
in such Guarantor with the proceeds of loans made to the Company under the
Credit Agreement (such proceeds being referred to herein as "Senior Financing
Proceeds"), PLUS (without duplication) (B) the fair market value of all property
acquired with Senior Financing Proceeds transferred to such Guarantor, PLUS (C)
with respect to each transfer of Senior Financing Proceeds referred to in the
foregoing clauses (A) and (B), an amount equal to the amount of interest under
the Credit Agreement allocable to such Senior Financing Proceeds until the same
is repaid to the Company; and (ii) the greatest of the Fair Value Net Worth (as
hereinafter defined) of such Guarantor as of the Effective Date, each fiscal
quarter-end of such person thereafter occurring on or prior to the date of
determination of Maximum Guaranty Liability, the date on which enforcement of
this Subsidiary Guaranty is sought, and the date on which a case under the Bank-
ruptcy Code is commenced with respect to the Company or such Guarantor.

<PAGE>
                                                                          Page 4

"Fair Value Net Worth" of a Guarantor as of any date shall mean (i) the fair
value or fair saleable value (as the case may be, determined in accordance with
applicable federal and state laws affecting creditors' rights and governing
determinations of insolvency of debtors (collectively, "Insolvency Laws")) of
such Guarantor's assets as of such date, MINUS (ii) the amount of all
liabilities of such Guarantor (determined in accordance with Insolvency Laws) as
of such date, excluding (x) this Subsidiary Guaranty and (y) liabilities under
the Credit Agreement effectively assumed by such Guarantor by hypothecation of
such Guarantor's assets, MINUS (iii) $1.00.

               (c)  Each Guarantor agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may at
any time and from time to time exceed the Maximum Guaranty Liability of such
Guarantor, and may exceed the aggregate Maximum Guaranty Liability of all
Guarantors, without impairing this Subsidiary Guaranty or affecting the rights
and remedies of any Guaranteed Party hereunder.

               (d)  Additionally, each Guarantor unconditionally and
irrevocably, jointly and severally, guarantees the payment of any and all of the
Guaranteed Obligations to the Guaranteed Parties whether or not due or payable
by the Company upon the occurrence in respect of the Company of any of the
events specified in Section 9.5, and unconditionally and irrevocably, jointly
and severally, promises to pay such Guaranteed Obligations to the Guaranteed
Parties, or order, on demand, in lawful money of the United States.

          SECTION 3.  GUARANTY ABSOLUTE.  Each Guarantor guarantees that the
Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the
Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Interest Rate Protection Agreements and the
other Credit Documents, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or
hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the
rights of any Guaranteed Party with respect thereto.  This is a guaranty of
payment and not of collection, and the liability of the Guarantors under this
Subsidiary Guaranty shall be joint, several, absolute and unconditional, in
accordance with its terms and shall remain in full force and effect without
regard to, and shall not be released, suspended, discharged, terminated or
otherwise affected by, any circumstance or occurrence whatsoever, including,
without limitation:  (a) any change in the

<PAGE>
                                                                          Page 5

time, place or manner of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the
Guaranteed Obligations, any waiver, indulgence, renewal, extension, amendment or
modification of, or addition, consent or supplement to, or deletion from, or any
other action or inaction under, or in respect of the Credit Agreement, any Note,
any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, any other Credit Document or any
documents, instruments or agreements relating to the Guaranteed Obligations or
any other instrument or agreement referred to therein or any assignment or
transfer of any thereof; (b) any lack of validity or enforceability of the
Credit Agreement, any Note, any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, any other
Credit Document or any other documents, instruments or agreements referred to
therein or any assignment or transfer of any thereof; (c) any furnishing of any
additional security to the Guaranteed Parties or their assignees or any
acceptance thereof or any release of any security by the Guaranteed Parties, or
their assignees; (d) any limitation on any party's liability or obligations
under any such instrument or agreement (other than as set forth in Section 2
hereof)  or  any invalidity or unenforceability, in whole or in part, of any
such instrument or agreement, or any term thereof; (e) any bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, composition, adjustment, dissolution, liquidation or
other like proceeding relating to the Company, or any action taken with respect
to this Subsidiary Guaranty by any trustee or receiver, or by any court, in any
such proceeding, whether or not any Guarantor shall have notice or knowledge of
any of the foregoing and each Guarantor waives any right to the deferral or
modification of its obligations hereunder by reason of any such proceeding;
(f) any exchange, release or nonperfection of any other collateral, or any
release, or amendment or waiver of, or consent to, departure from any guaranty
or security, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations; (g) any direction as
to application of payment by the Company or by any other party; (h) any
dissolution, termination or increase, decrease or change in personnel by the
Company; or (i) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a
defense available to, or a discharge of, any Guarantor.  This Subsidiary
Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if
at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or
must otherwise be returned by any Guaranteed Party upon the insolvency,
bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or any Guarantor or otherwise, all
as though such payment had not been made.

<PAGE>
                                                                          Page 6

          SECTION 4.  WAIVER.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the
Guarantors hereby waive promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance and any
other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this
Subsidiary Guaranty and any requirement that any Guaranteed Party protect, se-
cure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject
thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against the Company, or any
other Person or any collateral.  The Guarantors waive, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its
liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof.  Any payment by the Company or
other circumstance which operates to toll any statute of limitations as to the
Company shall operate to toll the statute of limitations as to each Guarantor.

          SECTION 5.  WAIVER OF SUBROGATION.  Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably
waives any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or
indemnification, any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Guar-
anteed Parties or any collateral which the Agent, any other Guaranteed Party or
the Collateral Agent now has or hereafter acquires in connection with the
payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor's obligations under this
Subsidiary Guaranty or any Credit Document, whether or not such claim, remedy or
right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including the
right to take or receive, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or
by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim
or other rights.  If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of
the preceding sentence and the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been paid
in full or any commitment of any Guaranteed Party under the Credit Agreement
shall not have been irrevocably terminated, such amount shall be deemed to have
been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for, the Agent
for the benefit of the Guaranteed Parties, and shall forthwith be paid to the
Agent to be credited and applied to the Obligations, whether matured or unma-
tured.  Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect
benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Credit Agreement
and that the waiver set forth in this Section is knowingly made in contemplation
of such benefits.

          SECTION 6.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Each Guarantor hereby
represents and warrants as follows:

<PAGE>
                                                                          Page 7


               (a)  Each representation, warranty and agreement made by the
Company in Section 6 of the Credit Agreement concerning such Guarantor is
confirmed to be true and correct as to such Guarantor.

               (b)  On the Effective Date, after giving effect to all the
transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement, including, without
limitation, the execution and delivery of the Credit Agreement, and the
incurrence by such Guarantor of liabilities under this Subsidiary Guaranty, (i)
the assets of such Guarantor, at a fair valuation, will exceed its liabilities,
including contingent liabilities (but excluding any intercompany liabilities,
including contingent intercompany liabilities), (ii) the remaining capital of
such Guarantor will not be unreasonably small to conduct its business and (iii)
such Guarantor has not incurred debts, and does not intend to incur debts,
beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.  For purposes of this
Section 6(b), "debt" means any liability on a claim, and "claim" means (x) right
to payment, whether or not such right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliq-
uidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal,
equitable, secured, or unsecured, or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach
of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not
such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent,
matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured, or unsecured.

          SECTION 7.  ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS.  In accordance with the provisions
of Section 7.13 of the Credit Agreement, any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of
the Company after the Effective Date (an "Additional Guarantor") shall execute
and deliver to the Agent a counterpart (substantially in the form of Annex B
hereto) of this Subsidiary Guaranty.  Upon such execution, such Additional
Guarantor shall be liable to the Guaranteed Parties and the Guarantors pursuant
to Section 2 hereof and Annex A hereto shall be deemed to be amended to include
such Additional Guarantor.

          SECTION 8.  NOTICES.  All notices and other communications provided
for hereunder shall be given to the Company (on behalf of any relevant
Guarantor) and the Agent at the addresses and in the manner specified in the
Credit Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                                                          Page 8

          SECTION 9.  NO WAIVER; REMEDIES.  No failure on the part of any
Guaranteed Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder
shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of
any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
exercise of any other right.  The remedies herein provided are cumulative and
not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

          SECTION 10.  RIGHT OF SET-OFF.  In addition to, and not in limitation
of, all rights of offset that any Bank or other holder of a Note may have under
applicable law, each Bank or other holder of a Note shall, upon the occurrence
of any Event of Default and whether or not such Bank or such holder has made any
demand or any Guarantor's obligations hereunder have matured, have the right to
appropriate and apply to the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, all deposits
(general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) then or thereafter
held by, and other indebtedness or property then or thereafter owing by, such
Bank or other holder, whether or not related to this Subsidiary Guaranty or any
transaction hereunder.

          SECTION 11.  CONTINUING GUARANTY; TRANSFER OF OBLIGATIONS.  This
Subsidiary Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (i) remain in full force
and effect until payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other
amounts payable under this Subsidiary Guaranty, (ii) be binding upon each
Guarantor, its successors and assigns, and (iii) inure to the benefit of and be
enforceable by each Guaranteed Party and its permitted successors, transferees
and assigns; PROVIDED that each Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its
interests or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the
Banks.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (iii), any Bank
may, in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement, assign
to one or more banks or other entities all or any part of, or may grant
participations to one or more banks or other entities in or to all or any part
of, any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whereupon each such bank or entity shall
become vested with all the rights in respect thereof granted to such Bank herein
or otherwise in respect hereof.

          SECTION 12.  GOVERNING LAW; APPOINTMENT OF AGENT FOR SERVICE OF
PROCESS; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION.

<PAGE>
                                                                          Page 9

(a)  THIS SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS AND THE RIGHTS AND
OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND
BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE
CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF). Any legal action or proceeding with respect
to this Subsidiary Guaranty or any other Credit Document may be brought in the
courts of the State of New York or of the United States for the Southern
District of New York, and, by execution and delivery of this Subsidiary
Guaranty, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably accepts for itself and in respect of
its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid
courts.  Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers
CT Corporation System with offices on the date hereof at 1633 Broadway,
New York, NY 10019 as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and
acknowledge for and on its behalf, and in respect of its property, service of
any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents which may be served in
any such action or proceeding.  The Agent agrees to use reasonable good faith
efforts to mail, by registered or certified mail, to the Company (on behalf of
the Guarantors) at its address set forth in the Credit Agreement, copies of any
and all legal process, summons, notices and documents mailed or delivered to
CT Corporation System in connection with the immediately preceding sentence;
PROVIDED that the failure of the Company to receive, for any reason, copies of
such correspondence shall not in any way affect the effectiveness of the
delivery of any legal process, summons, notice or documents delivered to
CT Corporation System.  If for any reason such designee, appointee and agent
shall cease to be available to act as such, the Guarantors agree to designate a
new designee, appointee and agent in New York City on the terms and for the
purposes of this provision satisfactory to the Agent.  Each Guarantor further
irrevocably consents to the service of process out of any of the aforementioned
courts in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Company (on behalf of the
Guarantors) at its address set forth in the Credit Agreement, such service to
become effective thirty days after such mailing.  Nothing herein shall affect
the right of the Agent, any Bank or the holder of any Note to serve process in
any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise
proceed against the Guarantors in any other jurisdiction.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 10

          (b)  Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any objection which it
may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions
or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Subsidiary Guaranty or
any other Credit Document brought in the courts referred to in clause (a) above
and hereby further irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any
such court that any such action or proceeding brought in any such court has been
brought in an inconvenient forum.  Each Guarantor further waives any right it
may have to trial by jury in any court or jurisdiction, including without
limitation those referred to in clause (a) above, in respect of any matter
arising out of or relating to this Subsidiary Guaranty and the other Credit
Documents.

          SECTION 13.  SUBORDINATION OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS TO GUARANTORS.  As
an independent covenant, each Guarantor hereby expressly covenants and agrees
for the benefit of each Guaranteed Party that all obligations and liabilities of
the Company to such Guarantor of whatsoever description including, without
limitation, all intercompany receivables of such Guarantor from the Company
("Junior Claims") shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment to all
Obligations of the Company to the Guaranteed Parties, including, without
limitation, interest accrued during any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) on
the Obligations whether or not the claim for such interest is allowable or dis-
charged in such Proceeding) ("Senior Claims").

          If an Event of Default shall occur and the Agent so requests, then no
direct or indirect payment (in cash, property, securities by setoff or other-
wise) shall be made by the Company to any Guarantor on account of, or in any
manner in respect of, any Junior Claim except such payments and distributions
the proceeds of which shall be applied to the Senior Claims.

          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the immediately
preceding paragraph of this Section 13, in the event of a Proceeding, all Senior
Claims shall first be paid in full before any direct or indirect payment or
distribution (in cash, property, or securities, by setoff or otherwise) shall be
made to any Guarantor on account of or in any manner in respect of any Junior
Claim except such payments and distributions the proceeds of which shall be
applied to the Senior

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 11


Claims.  "Proceeding" means the occurrence of any of the following:  the Company
shall commence a voluntary case concerning itself under Title 11 of the United
States Code entitled "Bankruptcy" as now or hereafter in effect, or any
successor thereto (the "Bankruptcy Code"); or any involuntary case is commenced
against the Company; or a custodian (as defined in the Bank- ruptcy Code) is
appointed for, or takes charge of, all or any substantial part of the property
of the Company, or the Company commences any other proceedings under any
reorganization arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtor, dissolution,
insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or
hereafter in effect relating to the Company, or the Company is adjudicated
insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief or other order approving any such
case or proceeding is entered; or the Company suffers any appointment of any
custodian or the like for it or any substantial part of its property; or the
Company makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or the Company
shall fail to pay, or shall state that it is unable to pay, or shall be unable
to pay, its debts generally as they become due; or the Company shall call a
meeting of its creditors with a view to arranging a composition or adjustment of
its debts; or the Company shall by any act or failure to act indicate its
consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing; or any
corporate action shall be taken by the Company for the purpose of effecting any
of the foregoing.

          In the event any direct or indirect payment or distribution is made to
a Guarantor in contravention of this Section 13, such payment or distribution
shall be deemed received in trust for the benefit of the Guaranteed Parties and
shall be immediately paid over to the Agent for application in accordance with
the terms of the Credit Agreement.

          Prior to the transfer by any Guarantor of any note or negotiable
instrument evidencing any indebtedness of the Company to such Guarantor, such
Guarantor shall mark such note or negotiable instrument with a legend that the
same is subject to this subordination.

          Each Guarantor agrees to execute such additional documents as the
Agent may request to evidence the subordination provided for in this Section 13.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 12


          By its execution and delivery of this Subsidiary Guaranty, the Company
hereby acknowledges and agrees to the subordination provided for in this Section
13.

          SECTION 14.  SEVERABILITY.  To the extent permitted by applicable
law, any provision of this Subsidiary Guaranty which is prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be
ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

          SECTION 15.  AMENDMENTS. ETC.  No amendment or waiver of any provision
of this Subsidiary Guaranty nor consent to any departure by any Guarantor
therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be executed in
accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

          SECTION 16.  WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, THE COMPANY AND EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ALL
RIGHT OF TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF,
OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT OR
ANY MATTER ARISING IN CONNECTION HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 13

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Guarantors and the Company has caused
this Subsidiary Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered by its officer
thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

                                       GUARANTORS:



                                       By /s/ Francis E. Nicastro
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Francis E. Nicastro
                                          ----------------------------------, in
                                          his/her capacity as
                                          Vice President
                                          ------------------------------ for the
                                          corporations listed on
                                          Annex A hereto





ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO
AS APPLICABLE TO THE COMPANY:

THE GRAND UNION COMPANY



By /s/ Kenneth R. Baum
  --------------------------------------
  Name: Kenneth R. Baum
  Title: Senior Vice President, Chief
         Financial Officer and Secretary

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 14


                                   ANNEX A
                             SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY


Merchandising Services, Inc.
Grand Union Stores, Inc. of Vermont
Grand Union Stores of New Hampshire, Inc.

<PAGE>
                                                                         Page 15


                                   ANNEX B
                            ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR


          The undersigned hereby acknowledges that it has
read this Subsidiary Guaranty and agrees to be liable to
the Guaranteed Parties pursuant to Section 2 of this
Subsidiary Guaranty and to be bound by the terms and
provisions thereof.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused
this Subsidiary Guaranty to be duly executed and
delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of
the ____ day of __________, 19__.


Notice Address:                       [Name of Guarantor], a
                                      [State of Incorporation]
                                         Corporation



                                      By
                                         --------------------------------------

Title:

<PAGE>

                                                             Exhibit 10.14

This document is intended
to be recorded in:

- - -------------------------
AFTER RECORDING RETURN TO:
SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE,
  MEAGHER & FLOM
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL  60606
Attn: Patricia A. Needham, Esq.


NOTICE TO VIRGINIA RECORDER:  THIS CONVEYANCE IS EXEMPT FROM RECORDATION TAXES
IMPOSED UNDER SECTION 58.1-803 OF THE CODE OF VIRGINIA, 1950, AS AMENDED, IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF 11 U.S.C. 1146(c).
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     INDENTURE OF OPEN-END MORTGAGE, DEED OF TRUST, DEED TO SECURE DEBT,
SECURITY AGREEMENT, ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES, RENTS AND PROFITS, FINANCING STATEMENT
AND FIXTURE FILING
                                     made by



                             THE GRAND UNION COMPANY
                                as the Mortgagor,
                                       to
                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                              as Collateral Agent,
                                as the Mortgagee

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    THIS INSTRUMENT PREPARED AND DRAFTED BY:
                            Patricia A. Needham, Esq.
                      SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM
                              333 West Wacker Drive
                               Chicago, IL  60606

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   THIS OPEN-END INSTRUMENT SECURES, INTER ALIA, COMMERCIAL OBLIGATIONS WHICH
             PROVIDE FOR A VARIABLE RATE OF INTEREST AND OBLIGATORY
              FUTURE/REVOLVING CREDIT ADVANCES. ALL SUCH OBLIGATORY
              FUTURE/REVOLVING CREDIT ADVANCES SHALL HAVE THE SAME
                  LIEN PRIORITY AS IF MADE ON THE DATE HEREOF.
                        THE COLLATERAL INCLUDES FIXTURES.
                      THIS IS A CREDIT LINE DEED OF TRUST.

            NOTICE TO RECORDERS IN FLORIDA, VIRGINIA AND TENNESSEE:
       THE ISSUANCE OF THE NOTES SECURED HEREBY AND THE MAKING, DELIVERY
         AND RECORDATION OF THIS INSTRUMENT ARE EXEMPT, AS SET FORTH IN
           SECTION 1146(c) OF THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE, FROM ANY LAW
               IMPOSING A RECORDING TAX, STAMP TAX, TRANSFER TAX,
               OR OTHER SIMILAR TAX PURSUANT TO A PLAN CONFIRMED
                 BY THE FEDERAL BANKRUPTCY COURT UNDER 11 U.S.C
                                  SECTION 1129.
        NO DOCUMENTARY STAMP TAXES ARE AFFIXED HERETO IN ACCORDANCE WITH
             RULE 12B-4.054 (31) OF THE FLORIDA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE.
<PAGE>



                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

ARTICLE I   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE
            MORTGAGOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
            1.1     Title to this Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
            1.2     Operation of this Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
            1.3     Payment and Performance of Obligations . . . . . . . . .   9
            1.4     Maintenance, Repair, Alterations, Etc. . . . . . . . . .   9
            1.5     Required Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
            1.6     Policy Provisions, Etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
            1.7     Insurance Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
            1.8     Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
            1.9     Impositions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
            1.10    Utilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
            1.11    Actions Affecting this Property. . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
            1.12    Condemnation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
            1.13    Additional Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
            1.14    Successors and Assigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
            1.15    Inspections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
            1.16    Transfers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
            1.17    Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
            1.18    Indebtedness Secured by Liens. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
            1.19    Environmental Protection Matters . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
            1.20    Permitted Contests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

ARTICLE II  SECURITY AGREEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
            2.1     Creation of Security Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
            2.2     Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the
                    Mortgagor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
            2.3     Survival of Security Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21

ARTICLE III ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES, RENTS AND PROFITS. . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
            3.1     Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

ARTICLE IV  EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
            4.1     Events of Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
            4.2     Remedies upon Occurrence of Specified Events . . . . . .  24
            4.3     Right of Foreclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
            4.4     Sale of Premises Pursuant to Foreclosure . . . . . . . .  27
            4.5     Appointment of Receiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
            4.6     Remedies Not Exclusive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28


                                        i

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

            4.7     Waiver of Redemption, Notice, Marshalling, Etc.. . . . .  28
            4.8     Expenses of Enforcement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29

ARTICLE V      MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
            5.1     Governing Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
            5.2     Limitation on Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
            5.3     Anti-Merger Provision. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
            5.4     Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
            5.5     Captions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
            5.6     Waiver; Amendment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
            5.7     Further Assurances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
            5.8     Release of Mortgage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
            5.9     Partial Invalidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
            5.10    Additional Advances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
            5.11    Mortgagee as Agent for Secured Creditors; Application
                    of Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
            5.12    Default under the Lease. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
            5.13    No Lien against the Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
            5.14    Intentionally Omitted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
            5.15    As to Mortgaged Property Located in Connecticut. . . . .  35
            5.16    As to Mortgaged Property Located in Florida. . . . . . .  38
            5.17    As to Mortgaged Property Located in Georgia. . . . . . .  39
            5.18    Intentionally Omitted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
            5.19    Intentionally Omitted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
            5.20    Intentionally Omitted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
            5.21    As to Mortgaged Property Located in New Jersey . . . . .  45
            5.22    As to Mortgaged Property Located in New York . . . . . .  45
            5.23    Intentionally Omitted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
            5.24    Intentionally Omitted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
            5.25    Intentionally Omitted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
            5.26    Intentionally Omitted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
            5.27    As to Mortgaged Property Located in Tennessee. . . . . .  46
            5.28    As to Mortgaged Property Located in Texas. . . . . . . .  48
            5.29    As to Mortgaged Property Located in Vermont. . . . . . .  52
            5.30    As to Mortgaged Property Located in Virginia . . . . . .  53


                                       ii

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----


ARTICLE VI  CONCERNING THE TRUSTEES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
            6.1     Acceptance by Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
            6.2     Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
            6.3     Resignation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
            6.4     Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
            6.5     Inability of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
            6.6     Jurisdictional Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
            6.7     Succession . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
            6.8     Judicial Appointment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
            6.9     Merger of Corporate Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
            6.10    Vesting of Powers in Successor Trustees. . . . . . . . .  62
            6.11    Legal Incapacity of Corporate Trustees . . . . . . . . .  63
            6.12    Additional Trustees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64
            6.13    Powers of Co-Trustees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65
            6.14    No Trustee's Bond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66


                                       iii
<PAGE>

INDENTURE OF OPEN-END MORTGAGE, DEED OF TRUST, DEED TO SECURE DEBT, SECURITY
AGREEMENT, ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES, RENTS AND PROFITS, FINANCING STATEMENT AND
FIXTURE FILING


          THIS INDENTURE OF OPEN-END MORTGAGE, DEED OF TRUST, DEED TO SECURE
DEBT, SECURITY AGREEMENT, ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES, RENTS AND PROFITS, FINANCING
STATEMENT AND FIXTURE FILING, dated as of June 15, 1995 (this "Mortgage"), made
by The Grand Union Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws
of the State of Delaware and having an address at 201 Willowbrook Boulevard,
Wayne, New Jersey 07470-6769, (the "Mortgagor"), as mortgagor of interests in
real property under this Mortgage as a mortgage in the States of Connecticut,
Florida, New Jersey, New York and Vermont, as grantor of real property under
this Mortgage as a deed to secure debt in the State of Georgia, as trustor of
the trusts hereinafter created under this Mortgage as a deed of trust in the
States of Tennessee, Texas and Virginia, and as debtor with respect to the
security interests in personal property hereby created, with Bankers Trust
Company, a New York State banking corporation, having an office at One Bankers
Trust Plaza, 130 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10006, as Collateral Agent
(the "Mortgagee") for the benefit of (x) the Agent and the Banks from time to
time party to the Credit Agreement hereinafter referred to (such Banks and
Agent, the "Bank Creditors") and (y) any Bank that enters into an interest rate
protection agreement (including, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps,
floors, collars and similar agreements, collectively, the "Interest Rate
Protection Agreements") guaranteed by the Mortgagor, even if such Bank
subsequently ceases to be a Bank under the Credit Agreement for any reason and
for so long as any such Bank participates in the extension of any such Interest
Rate Protection Agreements, and any subsequent assignee (collectively, the
"Interest Rate Protection Creditors" and, together with the Bank Creditors, the
"Secured Creditors"), and as mortgagee of interests in real property under this
Mortgage as a mortgage in the States of Connecticut, Florida, New Jersey, New
York and Vermont, as grantee of real property under this Mortgage as a deed to
secure debt in the State of Georgia, as beneficiary of the trusts hereinafter
created under this Mortgage as a deed of trust in the States of Tennessee, Texas
and Virginia, and as secured party with respect to security
<PAGE>

interests in personal property hereby created, and with C.D. Berry, IV, as
trustee of the real property hereinafter described in the State of Tennessee,
having a residence in Williamson, Tennessee (the "Tennessee Trustee"), and with
John S. Hollyfield, as trustee of the real property hereinafter described in the
State of Texas, having a principal office at Fulbright & Jaworski, 1301
McKinney, Suite 5100, Houston, Texas 77010-3095 (the "Texas Trustee"), and with
Roseleen P. Rick, Esq. and Philip J. Bagley, III, Esq., as trustees of the real
property hereinafter described in the State of Virginia, having a residence in
Powhatan, Virginia and the City of Richmond, Virginia, respectively
(collectively, the "Virginia Trustee") (the Tennessee Trustee, the Texas Trustee
and the Virginia Trustee being hereinafter sometimes referred to severally as
the "Trustee" and collectively as the "Trustees"). Except as otherwise defined
herein, capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Credit Agreement shall
be used herein as so defined. In the event of any conflict between the terms of
the Credit Agreement or the Borrower Security Agreement with the terms of this
Mortgage, the terms of the Credit Agreement or the Borrower Security Agreement,
as the case may be, shall control.


                              W I T N E S S E T H :

          WHEREAS, the Mortgagor, the various Banks from time to time party
thereto and Bankers Trust Company, as Agent (the "Agent") have entered into a
Credit Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1995, providing for the making of Loans
and the issuance of, and participation in, Letters of Credit as contemplated
therein up to a total principal amount of approximately $204,144,371 (as used
herein, the term "Credit Agreement" means the Credit Agreement described above
in this paragraph, as the same may be amended, modified, extended, renewed,
restated or supplemented from time to time, and including any agreement
extending the maturity of, or restructuring (including, but not limited to, the
inclusion of additional borrowers thereunder that are or any increase in the
amount borrowed) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or
any successor agreements), payable as specified therein, with a maturity date no
later than June 15, 2002;


                                        2

<PAGE>

          WHEREAS, the Mortgagor may at any time and from time to time guaranty
obligations of its Subsidiaries under one or more Interest Rate Protection
Agreements with one or more Interest Rate Protection Creditors;

          WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to each of the above-described
extensions of credit made and to be made to the Mortgagor that the Mortgagor
shall have executed and delivered to the Mortgagee this Mortgage;

          WHEREAS, the Mortgagor desires to enter into this Mortgage to satisfy
the condition described in the preceding paragraph and to secure the following:

                    (i)  the full and prompt payment when due (whether at
     the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of (x) the
     principal of and interest on the Notes issued, and Loans made, under
     the Credit Agreement, and all reimbursement obligations and Unpaid
     Drawings with respect to the Letters of Credit under the Credit
     Agreement and (y) all other obligations and indebtedness (including,
     without limitation, indemnities, Fees and interest thereon) of the
     Mortgagor to the Bank Creditors now existing or hereafter incurred
     under, arising out of, or in connection with the Credit Agreement and
     the due performance and compliance by the Mortgagor with all of the
     terms, conditions and agreements contained in the Credit Agreement
     (the obligations described above in this clause (i), the "Credit
     Agreement Obligations"); and

                    (ii)  the full and prompt payment when due (whether at
     the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all obligations
     and liabilities owing by the Mortgagor to the Interest Rate Protection
     Creditors under, or with respect to, any Interest Rate Protection
     Agreement, whether the respective Interest Rate Protection Agreement
     is now in existence or hereafter arises, and the due performance and
     compliance by the Mortgagor with the terms, conditions and agreements
     contained therein (all such obligations and liabilities described


                                        3

<PAGE>
     in this clause (ii), the "Interest Rate Protection Obligations"); and

                    (iii)  any and all sums advanced by the Mortgagee in
     order to preserve the Collateral or preserve its security interest in
     the Collateral in a manner not in violation of the terms hereof (the
     sums described above in this clause (iii), the "Collateral
     Preservation Obligations"); and

                    (iv)  in the event of any proceeding for the collection
     or enforcement of any indebtedness, obligations, or liabilities of the
     Mortgagor referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), after an Event
     of Default (as defined in the Borrower Security Agreement) shall have
     occurred and be continuing, the reasonable expenses of retaking,
     holding, preparing for sale or lease, selling or otherwise disposing
     of or realizing on the Collateral, or of any exercise by the Mortgagee
     of its rights hereunder, together with reasonable attorneys' fees and
     court costs (the obligations described above in this clause (iv), the
     "Enforcement Obligations" and, together with the Credit Agreement
     Obligations, the Interest Rate Protection Obligations, the Collateral
     Preservation Obligations, the "Obligations"; it being acknowledged and
     agreed that the "Obligations" shall include extensions of credit of
     the types described above, whether outstanding on the date of this
     Mortgage or extended from time to time after the date hereof); and

          WHEREAS, this Mortgage is one of a number of deeds of trust, deeds to
secure debt and mortgages given pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the
Interest Rate Protection Agreements.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the benefits accruing to the
Mortgagor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the
Mortgagor HEREBY IRREVOCABLY GIVES, GRANTS A SECURITY INTEREST IN, GRANTS,
BARGAINS, SELLS, CONVEYS, PLEDGES, ASSIGNS, REMISES, RELEASES, MORTGAGES,
WARRANTS, CONFIRMS, TRANSFERS AND SETS OVER TO the Mortgagee for the benefit of


                                        4

<PAGE>

the Bank Creditors, IN TRUST WITH POWER OF SALE AND RIGHT OF ENTRY AND
POSSESSION, all of its estate, right, title and interest in the fee simple
estate or the leasehold estate, as the case may be, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, in and to the property described on Exhibit A hereto, which
Exhibit A is incorporated herein by reference.

          The leasehold estate created by that certain lease described in
Exhibit A of premises as set forth on Schedule I to Exhibit A, hereinafter
referred to as the "Lease", or the fee simple estate in the property described
in Exhibit A, hereinafter referred to as the "Land", and the Improvements (as
hereinafter defined), as the case may be, and all other real property, and
interests and rights appurtenant thereto and described below as being subject to
this Mortgage are herein referred to collectively as "this Property."

          TOGETHER with all appurtenant rights and easements, rights of way, and
other rights used in connection with the Land and/or the Improvements;

          TOGETHER with all of the Mortgagor's right, title and interest in, to
and under any or other leasehold estates, and in any or other agreements,
relating to the use and occupancy of the Land and/or the Improvements or any
portion thereof;

          TOGETHER with all rents, issues and profits of this Property subject
to and in accordance with the provisions hereof (collectively, "Rents");

          TOGETHER with the Mortgagor's right, title and interest in (a) any and
all buildings and improvements now or hereafter erected on the Land (hereinafter
sometimes collectively referred to as the "Improvements"); and (b) all personal
property that constitutes fixtures, attachments, appliances, equipment,
machinery and other tangible personal property now or hereafter attached to said
Improvements or now or at any time hereafter located on the Land and/or
Improvements and necessary for the continued operation of the Land and/or
Improvements (hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the
"Equipment");


                                        5

<PAGE>

          TOGETHER with all the right, title, other claim or demand, including
claims or demands with respect to the proceeds of insurance in effect with
respect thereto, which the Mortgagor now has or may hereafter acquire in this
Property, and any and all awards made for the taking by eminent domain, or by
any proceedings or purchase in lieu thereof, of the whole or any part of this
Property.

          The entire estate, property and interest hereby mortgaged to the
Mortgagee may be referred to herein as the "Mortgaged Property" as well as "this
Property."

          TO HAVE AND TO HOLD as provided herein the above granted and described
Mortgaged Property unto the Mortgagee and to its successors and assigns forever,
and the Mortgagor hereby binds itself and its successors and assigns to warrant
and forever defend the Mortgaged Property unto the Mortgagee, its successors and
assigns against the claim or claims of all persons claiming or to claim the
same, or any part thereof (but the foregoing warranty shall not be deemed to be
for the benefit of any title insurer unless failure to so warrant title would
impair the effectiveness of any title insurance policy insuring the lien of this
Mortgage);

                                       AND

          UNTO the Mortgagee (for the equal and ratable benefit of the Secured
Creditors), as grantee, its successors and assigns, the Mortgaged Property in
the State of Georgia;

          TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Mortgaged Property in the State of Georgia
hereby granted with all and singular rights, members and appurtenances thereto
appertaining, to the use, benefit and behoof of Mortgagee, forever, in FEE
SIMPLE, OR AS A LEASEHOLD INTEREST, as the case may be, subject to the terms
hereof.

                                       AND

          UNTO the Tennessee Trustee, the Texas Trustee and the Virginia Trustee
(for the equal and ratable benefit of the Secured Creditors), as trustee for the
benefit of the Mortgagee, to the successors of said trustee in the trust created
by this Mortgage, and to its or their respective successors and assigns forever,
in trust, with


                                        6

<PAGE>

power of sale, the Mortgaged Property located in the States of Tennessee, Texas
and Virginia, respectively; and

          TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Mortgaged Property located in the States of
Tennessee, Texas and Virginia with all the privileges and appurtenances to the
same belonging, and with the possession and right of possession thereof, unto
the Trustees for the benefit of the Mortgagee, to its and their successors in
the trust created by this Mortgage, and to its and their respective assigns
forever, in trust, however, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein;

          SUBJECT, HOWEVER, to exceptions and reservations and matters herein
recited, and Permitted Encumbrances (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

          PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that these presents are upon the condition that, if
the Mortgagor or its successors and assigns shall pay or cause to be paid the
Indebtedness and shall perform or cause to be performed its obligations all at
the times and in the manner stipulated in the Credit Documents and if all and
singular the covenants and promises in the Credit Documents are duly kept,
performed and observed, then after the last such event this Mortgage and the
estate and rights hereby granted shall thereupon cease and be void; otherwise
they shall remain and be in full force and effect;

          AND IT IS HEREBY COVENANTED, DECLARED AND AGREED by the Mortgagor that
the Obligations and the Credit Agreement and Security Documents are to be
secured and that the Mortgaged Property is to be held, subject to the further
covenants, conditions, uses and trusts herein set forth for the benefit of the
Mortgagee, its successors and assigns and other Secured Creditors.

          AND TO PROTECT THE SECURITY OF THIS MORTGAGE, the Mortgagor covenants
and agrees as follows:


                                        7

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE I

                     REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS
                         AND AGREEMENTS OF THE MORTGAGOR

          1.1  TITLE TO THIS PROPERTY.  (a)  The Mortgagor represents and
warrants as of the date hereof (i) that it has good and marketable title to a
fee simple estate or a valid and subsisting leasehold estate, as the case may
be, in this Property, free and clear of any liens and encumbrances (except
Permitted Encumbrances); (ii) that, upon recordation, this Mortgage will create
a valid, perfected first lien upon this Property, and it has not created any
other lien or encumbrance upon this Property which will remain undischarged
after recording of this Mortgage (except Permitted Encumbrances); (iii) that the
Mortgagor has full power and lawful authority to encumber this Property in the
manner set forth herein; and (iv) that there are no defenses or offsets to this
Mortgage or to the Obligations which it secures.  The Mortgagor shall, subject
to Permitted Encumbrances, preserve such title and the validity, perfection and
priority of this Mortgage and shall forever warrant and defend the same to the
Mortgagee against the claims of all persons and parties whatsoever (but the
foregoing warranty shall not be deemed to be for the benefit of any title
insurer unless failure to so warrant title would impair the effectiveness of any
title insurance policy insuring the lien of this Mortgage).

               (b)  To the extent that this Mortgage secures a leasehold estate
and not a fee simple estate, the Mortgagor shall give the Mortgagee prompt
notice in writing of any material default under the Lease or of the receipt by
the Mortgagor of any notice of default from the lessor thereunder by providing
to the Mortgagee a copy of any such notice received by the Mortgagor from such
lessor; and the Mortgagor shall furnish to the Mortgagee promptly upon the
Mortgagee's request any and all information concerning the performance by the
Mortgagor of the covenants of the Lease as shall be reasonably requested by the
Mortgagee and shall permit the Mortgagee or its representatives at all
reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to make investigation or examination
concerning the performance by the Mortgagor of the covenants of the Lease.


                                        8

<PAGE>

               (c)   Unless otherwise permitted under Section 8.1 of the Credit
Agreement, to the extent that this Mortgage secures a leasehold estate and not a
fee simple estate, the Mortgagor shall, at least six months, or as otherwise
required by the Lease, prior to the last day upon which the lessee under the
Lease may validly exercise any option to renew or extend the term of the Lease,
(i) exercise such option in such manner as will cause the term of the Lease
effectively to be renewed or extended for the period provided by such option and
(ii) give prompt written notice thereof to the Mortgagee; provided that in the
event of the failure of the Mortgagor so to do, the Mortgagee shall have, and is
hereby granted, the irrevocable right to exercise any such option, whether in
its own name and behalf or in the name and behalf of its designee or nominee or
in the name and behalf of the Mortgagor or in any other manner authorized under
the Lease as the Mortgagee shall in its sole discretion determine.

          1.2  OPERATION OF THIS PROPERTY.  The Mortgagor during the term hereof
will obtain and maintain all licenses, authorizations, permits and/or approvals
necessary for the ownership, operation and management of this Property, except
those that the failure of which to obtain could not result in a material adverse
effect on the business, property, assets, nature of assets, liabilities,
condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Mortgagor or of the
Mortgagor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, including, without limitation,
all required environmental permits.

          1.3  PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS. The Mortgagor shall pay
all of the Obligations when due and without offset or defense, and shall observe
and comply in all respects with all of the terms, provisions, conditions,
covenants and agreements to be observed and performed by it under this Mortgage.

          1.4  MAINTENANCE, REPAIR, ALTERATIONS, ETC.  The Mortgagor will:  keep
and maintain this Property in good condition and repair; make or cause to be
made, as and when necessary, all repairs, renewals and replacements, structural
and nonstructural, exterior and interior, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen
and unforeseen which are necessary to so maintain this Property; except as
otherwise provided in Sections 1.7 or 1.12 hereof or


                                        9

<PAGE>

in the Credit Agreement and provided the Mortgagor has received insurance
proceeds for restoration pursuant to Section 1.7(c) hereof, restore any
Improvement which may be damaged or destroyed so that the same shall, to the
extent permitted by applicable law, be at least equal to its value, condition
and character immediately prior to the damage or destruction, and promptly pay
when due all claims for labor performed and materials furnished therefor;
subject to the Mortgagor's rights pursuant to Section 1.19 hereof, comply with
all laws, ordinances, regulations, covenants, conditions and restrictions
(collectively, a "Law") now or hereafter affecting this Property or any part
thereof or the use thereof or requiring any alterations or improvements, except
to the extent that failure to so comply could not, in the aggregate, have a
material adverse effect on the business, property, assets, nature of assets,
liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Mortgagor or
of the Mortgagor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; not commit or permit any
waste or deterioration (usual wear and tear excepted) of this Property; comply
with the provisions of the Lease, any material lease, material easement or other
material agreement affecting all or any part of this Property; and not permit
the Improvements or any part thereof to become deserted or unguarded so as to
result in a material adverse affect on the value of the Improvements or any part
thereof or the security interest of the Secured Creditors therein.

          1.5  REQUIRED INSURANCE.  The Mortgagor will, at its expense, at all
times during the term hereof provide, maintain and keep in force policies,
issued by financially sound and reputable insurance companies, of property,
hazard and liability insurance which provide substantially the same (or greater)
coverage as those policies of insurance described in the Credit Agreement,
together with statutory workers' compensation insurance with respect to any work
performed on or about this Property; and such other insurance against loss or
damage with respect to this Property and the Equipment incorporated therein to
the extent and in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement.

          1.6  POLICY PROVISIONS, ETC.  (a)  Each policy of insurance maintained
by the Mortgagor pursuant to Section 1.5 hereof shall (i) name the Mortgagee as
an additional insured with respect to liability insurance


                                       10

<PAGE>

coverage; (ii) contain the standard non-contributory mortgagee clause
endorsement in favor of the Mortgagee with respect to hazard insurance coverage;
(iii) name the Mortgagee as loss payee and provide that all insurance proceeds
for losses with respect to hazard insurance coverage shall be adjusted and be
payable in accordance with Section 1.7 hereof; (iv) include effective waivers by
the insurer of all rights of subrogation against any named insured; (v) except
in the case of public liability insurance and workers' compensation insurance,
provide that any losses shall be payable notwithstanding (A) any act, failure to
act, negligence of, or violation or breach of warranties, declarations or
conditions contained in such policy by the Mortgagor or the Mortgagee or any
other named insured or loss payee, (B) the occupation or use of the insured
properties for purposes more hazardous than those permitted by the terms of the
policy, (C) any foreclosure or other proceeding or notice of sale relating to
the insured properties or (D) any change in the title to or ownership or
possession of the insured properties; (vi) provide that if all or any part of
such policy is canceled, terminated or expires, the insurer will forthwith give
notice thereof to each named insured and loss payee and that no cancellation,
termination, expiration or reduction in amount or material change in coverage
thereof shall be effective until at least thirty (30) days after receipt by each
named insured and loss payee of written notice thereof (but only ten (10) days'
prior written notice of cancellation for failure to make payments under such
policies); and (vii) not be subject to a deductible in excess of the amount set
forth on Schedule VIII to the Credit Agreement.

               (b)  The Mortgagor shall pay as and when the same become due and
payable the premiums for all insurance policies that the Mortgagor is required
to maintain hereunder, and all such policies shall be nonassessable.  The
Mortgagor will deliver to the Mortgagee concurrently herewith original
certificates setting forth in reasonable detail the terms (including, without
limitation, any applicable notice requirements) of all insurance policies that
the Mortgagor is required to maintain hereunder.

               (c)  Not later than ten (10) days prior to the expiration,
termination or cancellation of any insurance policy which the Mortgagor is
required to maintain


                                       11

<PAGE>

hereunder, the Mortgagor shall obtain a replacement policy or policies (or a
binding commitment for such replacement policy or policies), which shall be
effective no later than the date of the expiration, termination or cancellation
of the previous policy.

               (d)  All insurers shall be authorized to issue insurance in the
State in which this Property is located, and all insurers and reinsurers shall
have the A.M. Best rating of "A-" or better and a financial size rating of XII
in the current edition of Best Insurance Reports or such other ratings as shall
be reasonably acceptable to the Mortgagee.

          1.7  INSURANCE PROCEEDS.  (a)  Mortgagor shall give prompt written
notice to the Mortgagee of the occurrence of any damage to or destruction of the
Improvements (which term as used in this Section 1.7 shall include Equipment) in
an amount greater than $100,000.

               (b)  In the event of any damage to or destruction of the
Improvements or any part thereof and at such time there shall have occurred and
be continuing (i) a Bankruptcy Default or Notified Acceleration Event (as each
such term is defined in the Borrower Security Agreement, provided, however,
references therein to the Assignor and the Collateral Agent shall be references
to the Mortgagor and the Mortgagee, respectively) or (ii) any other Event of
Default hereunder or Acceleration Event (as such term is defined in the Borrower
Security Agreement, provided, however, references therein to the Assignor and
the Collateral Agent shall be references to the Mortgagor and the Mortgagee,
respectively), but in the case of this clause (ii) only to the extent the
Required Banks have notified the Mortgagee in writing that a Specified Event (as
hereinafter defined) shall be deemed to have occurred hereunder (or under the
Mortgages generally) (with the occurrence of any of the events described in
preceding clause (i), or preceding clause (ii) if the notice referred to herein
has been received, each called a "Specified Event"), the Mortgagee shall receive
all proceeds of hazard insurance and shall apply such proceeds to the prepayment
of the Obligations in accordance with Section 7.4 of the Borrower Security
Agreement.


                                       12

<PAGE>

               (c)  In the event of any damage to or destruction of the
Improvements, and if the Mortgagor shall elect to repair or restore the
Improvements, and if a Specified Event shall not have occurred and be continuing
hereunder, the Mortgagor shall be entitled to receive all insurance proceeds and
the Mortgagor shall apply such proceeds to the payment of the costs and expenses
of repairing and restoring the Improvements.

               (d)  If Section 1.7(b) shall be applicable because of the
occurrence and continuance of a Specified Event, the Mortgagee shall have the
right to settle, adjust or compromise any claim under any policy of insurance.
In all other cases, the Mortgagor may settle, adjust or compromise any claim.

          1.8  INDEMNIFICATION.  If the Mortgagee, any Secured Creditor or any
of their respective successors, assigns, employees, agents and servants
(hereinafter in this Section 1.8 referred to individually as an "Indemnitee" and
collectively as "Indemnitee") is made a party defendant to any litigation
concerning this Mortgage or this Property or any part thereof, or the
construction, operation or occupancy of the Improvements by the Mortgagor or
anyone else, the Mortgagor shall indemnify, defend and hold such Indemnitee
harmless from all liability by reason of said litigation, including reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by such Indemnitee in any such litigation,
whether or not any such litigation is prosecuted to judgment; provided, however,
that nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Mortgagor to indemnify,
defend and hold harmless any Indemnitee to the extent any of the foregoing is
caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.  If the
Mortgagor breaches any term of this Mortgage, the Mortgagee may employ an
attorney or attorneys to protect its rights hereunder, and the Mortgagor shall
pay the reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by the Mortgagee,
whether or not an action is actually commenced against the Mortgagor by reason
of such breach.  All amounts due and payable by the Mortgagor to any Indemnitee
pursuant to this Section 1.8 shall constitute "Obligations" hereunder and be
secured hereby.

          1.9  IMPOSITIONS. (a)  Subject to Section 1.19 hereof, the Mortgagor
will pay or cause to be paid on a timely basis all real property taxes and
material assess-


                                       13

<PAGE>

ments, general and special, and all other material taxes and material
assessments of any kind or nature whatsoever, which are assessed or imposed upon
any of this Property, or arising in respect of the operation, occupancy, use or
possession thereof (all of which taxes, assessments and other governmental or
nongovernmental charges of like or different nature are hereinafter referred to
as "Impositions"); provided, however, that if, by Law, any such Imposition is
payable, or may at the option of the payer be paid, in installments, the
Mortgagor may pay the same together with any accrued interest on the unpaid
balance of such Imposition in installments as the same may become due.

               (b)  If under the provisions of any Law now or hereafter in
effect there shall be assessed or imposed: (i) a tax or assessment on this
Property in lieu of or in addition to the Impositions payable by the Mortgagor
pursuant to subparagraph (a) of this Section 1.9, or (ii) a license fee, tax or
assessment imposed on the Mortgagee and measured by or based in whole or in part
upon the amount of the outstanding Obligations, then all such taxes, assessments
or fees shall be deemed to be included within the term "Impositions" as defined
in subparagraph (a) of this Section 1.9, and the Mortgagor shall, subject to
Section 1.19 hereof, pay and discharge or cause to be paid and discharged the
same as herein  provided or shall reimburse or otherwise compensate the
Mortgagee for the payment thereof.  Anything to the contrary herein
notwithstanding, the Mortgagor shall not have any obligation to pay any
franchise, doing business, estate, inheritance, income, excess profits or
similar taxes levied on the Mortgagee or on the Obligations.

               (c)  The Mortgagor covenants to furnish to the Mortgagee,
promptly following the Mortgagee's request, receipts of the appropriate taxing
or other authority, or other proof reasonably satisfactory to the Mortgagee,
evidencing the payment of Impositions.

               (d)  Subject to Section 1.19 hereof, the Mortgagor will pay all
taxes, charges, filing, registration and recording fees, excises and levies
imposed in connection with the recording of this Mortgage or imposed upon the
Mortgagee by reason of its ownership of this Mortgage, other than income,
estate, inheritance, excess profits, franchise and doing business taxes or
similar


                                       14

<PAGE>

taxes, and shall pay any and all stamp taxes and other taxes required to be paid
on any of the Obligations. In the event the Mortgagor fails to make any such
payment within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from the Mortgagee,
then the Mortgagee shall have the right, but shall not be obligated to, pay the
amount due and the Mortgagor shall, on written demand, reimburse the Mortgagee
for said amount.

          1.10  UTILITIES.  Subject to Section 1.19 hereof, the Mortgagor will
pay when due all utility charges which are incurred by the Mortgagor for the
benefit of this Property or which may become a charge or lien against this
Property for gas, electricity, steam, water or sewer services furnished to this
Property and all other assessments or charges of a similar nature, whether
public or private, affecting this Property whether or not such taxes,
assessments or charges are liens thereon.

          1.11  ACTIONS AFFECTING THIS PROPERTY.  The Mortgagor will appear in
and contest any action or proceeding purporting to affect the security hereof or
the rights or powers of the Mortgagee hereunder; and the Mortgagor will pay all
costs and expenses incurred by the Mortgagor, including cost of evidence of
title and attorneys' fees, in any such action or proceeding.

          1.12  CONDEMNATION.  (a)  Should this Property or any part thereof or
interest therein be taken or damaged by reason of any public improvements or
condemnation proceeding or in any other similar manner ("Condemnation"), or
should the Mortgagor receive any notice or other information thereof, the
Mortgagor shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Mortgagee.

               (b)  In the event of a Condemnation of this Property or any part
thereof and if the Mortgagor (with the consent of the Mortgagee) shall elect not
to repair or restore this Property, or if a Specified Event shall have occurred
and be continuing hereunder, the Mortgagee shall receive all compensation,
awards and other payments or relief therefor made or granted (the "Proceeds")
and shall be entitled, at the Mortgagee's option, to commence, appear in and
prosecute in its own name any action or proceeding in connection therewith.  All
Proceeds shall be deemed assigned to the Mortgagee, and the Mortgagor agrees to
execute such further assign-


                                       15

<PAGE>

ments of the Proceeds as the Mortgagee may require. If the Mortgagor shall elect
not to repair or restore this Property (with the consent of the Mortgagee), or
if a Specified Event shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder, the
Mortgagee shall have the right to receive and apply all such Proceeds in the
manner set forth in Section 1.7(b) hereof as if the Proceeds were insurance
proceeds. Such application or release shall not, by itself, cure or waive any
default hereunder or notice of default under this Mortgage or invalidate any act
done pursuant to such notice, and shall affect the lien of this Mortgage only to
the extent of a reduction in the amount of said lien by the amount so applied.
Provided no Specified Event shall have occurred, nothing herein shall be
construed so as to prohibit the Mortgagor from commencing and prosecuting any
actions. Upon the occurrence of a Specified Event, the commencement and
prosecution of all actions shall be subject to the reasonable consent of the
Mortgagee.

               (c)  In the event of a Condemnation and if the Mortgagor shall
elect to repair and restore this Property, if a Specified Event shall not have
occurred and be continuing hereunder, the Mortgagor shall be entitled to receive
all Proceeds and the Mortgagor shall apply the Proceeds to the payment of the
costs and expenses of repairing and restoring this Property.

               (d)  If Section 1.12(b) hereof shall govern because of the
occurrence and continuance of a Specified Event, the Mortgagee alone shall have
the right to settle, adjust or compromise any claim in connection with a
Condemnation of this Property.  In all other cases the Mortgagee and the
Mortgagor shall consult and cooperate with each other and each shall be entitled
to participate in all meetings and negotiations with respect to the settlement
of such claim.

          1.13  ADDITIONAL SECURITY.  In the event the Mortgagee at any time
holds additional Security for any of the Obligations, it may enforce, sell or
otherwise realize upon the same, at its option, either before or concurrently
herewith or after enforcing its remedies hereunder.

          1.14  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Mortgage applies to, inures to the
benefit of and binds the par-

                                       16

<PAGE>

ties hereto, the Secured Creditors and their respective successors and assigns.

          1.15  INSPECTIONS.  The Mortgagor hereby authorizes the Mortgagee, its
agents, representatives or workmen, to enter at such reasonable times and
intervals and accompanied by a representative designated by the Mortgagor
(except that with respect to any emergency, the Mortgagee, its agents,
representatives or workmen may enter at any time and alone if a representative
of the Mortgagor is not immediately available) upon or in any part of this
Property for the purpose of inspecting the same, and for the purpose of
performing any of the acts which the Mortgagee is authorized to perform under
the terms of this Mortgage.

          1.16  TRANSFERS.  Except as otherwise permitted in accordance with the
Credit Agreement, no part of this Property or of any legal or beneficial
interest in this Property shall be sold, assigned, conveyed, transferred or
otherwise disposed of (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, directly or
indirectly, by sale of stock or any interest in the Mortgagor, by lease,
sublease, or assignment of lease, or by operation of law or otherwise).

          1.17  MODIFICATIONS.  Unless otherwise provided in the Credit
Agreement, to the extent that this Mortgage secures a leasehold estate and not a
fee simple estate, the Mortgagor shall not, without the Mortgagee's consent,
which consent is not to be unreasonably withheld, modify, extend or in any way
alter the terms of the Lease or cancel, release, terminate or surrender the
Lease or waive, excuse, condone or in any way release or discharge the lessor
thereunder of or from the obligations, covenants, conditions and agreements by
such lessor to be done and performed, and the Mortgagor further covenants that
it will not do or permit anything to be done, the doing of which, or refrain
from doing anything, the omission of which, would materially impair the security
of this Mortgage or be grounds for declaring a default under the Lease;
provided, however, that the Mortgagor shall be allowed to modify the Lease so
long as such modification does not materially increase the obligations of the
Mortgagor thereunder or materially adversely affect the value of this Property
and provided further that the Mortgagee receives notice of any such
modification.


                                       17

<PAGE>

          1.18  INDEBTEDNESS SECURED BY LIENS.  Except as otherwise provided in
the Credit Agreement and except for Permitted Encumbrances, the Mortgagor shall
not create, incur or suffer to exist, directly or indirectly, any lien or other
exception to title or ownership upon or against this Property or any part
thereof or any rents or income arising therefrom.

          1.19  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MATTERS. The Mortgagor shall comply
with the provisions of the Credit Agreement relating to environmental matters,
including, but not limited to, Sections 6.16, 7.1(h) and 7.5 of the Credit
Agreement, which provisions are incorporated herein by reference.

          1.20  PERMITTED CONTESTS.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Mortgage, the Mortgagor at its expense may contest (after
prior written notice to the Mortgagee if the contested amount is in excess of
$75,000) by appropriate legal, administrative or other proceedings conducted in
good faith and with due diligence, the amount or validity or application, in
whole or in part, of any Imposition or lien therefor or any Law, or the
application thereof to the Mortgagor, or the application of any instrument of
record affecting this Property or any part thereof (other than this Mortgage) or
any claims of mechanics, materialmen, suppliers or vendors and lien therefor, or
any utility charges and lien therefor, and may withhold payment of the same
pending such proceedings if permitted by Law; provided that (a) in the case of
any Impositions or lien therefor or any claims of mechanics, materialmen,
suppliers or vendors and lien therefor, such proceedings shall suspend the
collection therefor from the Mortgagee and this Property, (b) neither this
Property nor any part thereof or interest therein will be sold, forfeited or
lost if the Mortgagor pays the amount or satisfies the condition being
contested, and the Mortgagor would have the opportunity to do so in the event of
the Mortgagor's failure to prevail in the contest, (c) the Mortgagee shall not,
by virtue of such permitted contest, be in any danger of any criminal liability,
or any civil liability for which the Mortgagor has not furnished secu-


                                       18

<PAGE>

rity as provided in clause (d) below, and neither this Property nor any interest
therein would be subject to the imposition of any lien which would have priority
over the lien of this Mortgage for which the Mortgagor has not furnished
security as provided in clause (d) below, and (d) the Mortgagor shall have
established on its books in accordance with United States generally accepted
accounting principles a sufficient reserve to discharge such Imposition or lien
or claim or other security as reasonably requested by and reasonably
satisfactory to the Mortgagor if so required pursuant to clause (c) above or if
the failure to comply with such Imposition or Law will result in a lien or
charge against this Property in excess of $100,000 or the Mortgagee would be in
danger of any civil liability.

                                   ARTICLE II

                               SECURITY AGREEMENT

          2.1  CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.  The Mortgagor, as debtor, hereby
grants to the Mortgagee, as secured party, a security interest in, and lien on,
the following property (collectively, the "Secured Property" and, together with
the Mortgaged Property, the "Collateral"):

               (a)  All casualty insurance policies required to be maintained by
the Mortgagor hereunder, together with all general intangibles, contract rights
and accounts arising therefrom;

               (b)  All leases and Rents and all Proceeds in any Condemnation,
together with all general intangibles, contract rights and accounts arising
therefrom;

               (c)  All of the Equipment which constitutes personal property and
all other personal property described in the Granting Clauses hereof;

               (d)  Any and all renewals or replacements of or additions and
substitutions to any of the above-mentioned items; and

               (e)  All proceeds of the above-mentioned items.

These security interests and liens shall:  (a) extend to all collateral of the
kind which is the subject of this Article II which the Mortgagor may acquire at
any time


                                       19

<PAGE>

during the continuation of this Mortgage; and (b) secure all the Obligations.

          2.2  REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE MORTGAGOR.  The
Mortgagor hereby warrants, represents and covenants as follows:

               (a)  The Mortgagor is, and as to all the Secured Property
acquired after the date hereof will be, the sole owner of the Secured Property,
free from any lien, security interest, encumbrance or claim thereon of any kind
whatsoever (other than Permitted Encumbrances and liens and encumbrances
permitted under the Credit Agreement).  The Mortgagor will notify the Mortgagee
of, and will defend the Secured Property against, all claims and demands of all
persons at any time claiming the Secured Property or any interest therein other
than such interests as are permitted herein and in the Credit Agreement.

               (b)  The Secured Property is not used or bought for personal,
family or household purposes.

               (c)  Subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Secured
Property affixed or attached to this Property will be kept on or at this
Property and the Mortgagor will not remove any portion or item of such Secured
Property without the prior written consent of the Mortgagee, except such
portions or items of such Secured Property which are consumed, worn out in
ordinary usage, become obsolete or are removed in the ordinary course of
business.

               (d)  The Mortgagor maintains a place of business at the address
above stated for the Mortgagor and the Mortgagor will immediately notify the
Mortgagee in writing of any change in its place of business.

               (e)  The Mortgagor shall cause all financing and continuation
statements and other instruments with respect to the Secured Property at all
times to be kept recorded, filed or registered in such manner and in such places
as may be required by law fully to evidence, perfect and secure the interests of
the Mortgagee in the Secured Property, and shall pay all filing fees in
connection therewith. At the request of the Mortgagee, the Mortgagor will join
the Mortgagee in executing one or


                                       20

<PAGE>

more financing statements and renewals, continuation statements and amendments
thereof pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code of the State in which this
Property is located (the "Code") in form satisfactory to the Mortgagee, and will
pay the cost of filing the same in all public offices wherever filing is deemed
by the Mortgagee to be necessary or desirable to preserve or perfect its
security interest granted hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, to the
extent permitted by applicable law, the Mortgagor hereby irrevocably appoints
the Mortgagee its attorney-in-fact (coupled with an interest) to execute,
deliver and file such instruments for or on behalf of the Mortgagor upon the
failure of the Mortgagor to do so within a reasonable time after written demand,
and the Mortgagor will pay the cost of any such filing.

               (f)  This Mortgage constitutes a Security Agreement, Fixture
Filing and Financing Statement as those terms are used in the Code.

          2.3  SURVIVAL OF SECURITY AGREEMENT.  (a) Notwithstanding any release
of any or all of the property included in the Mortgaged Property which is deemed
"real property", or any proceedings to foreclose this Mortgage or its
satisfaction of record, the terms hereof shall survive as a security agreement
with respect to the security interest created hereby and referred to above until
the Termination Date (as defined in the Borrower Security Agreement).

               (b)  After the Termination Date (as defined in the Borrower
Security Agreement), at the request and expense of the Mortgagor, the Mortgagee
will execute and deliver to the Mortgagor a proper instrument or instruments
(including Uniform Commercial Code termination statements on form UCC-3)
acknowledging the satisfaction and termination of this security agreement, and
will duly assign, transfer and deliver to the Mortgagor (without recourse and
without any representation or warranty) such of the Secured Property of the
Mortgagor as may be in the possession of the Mortgagee and as has not
theretofore been sold or otherwise applied or released pursuant to this security
agreement.


                                       21

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III

                     ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES, RENTS AND PROFITS

          3.1  ASSIGNMENT.  To further secure the Obligations, the Mortgagor
hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Mortgagee all the Rents now due and
which may hereafter become due under or by virtue of any lease, whether written
or verbal, or any letting of, or of any agreement for the use or occupancy of
this Property or any part thereof, which may have been heretofore or may be
hereafter made or agreed to or which may be made or agreed to by the Mortgagee
under the powers herein granted, it being the intention hereby to establish an
absolute transfer and assignment of all such leases and agreements, and all the
avails thereunder, to the Mortgagee and not merely the passing of a security
interest. The Mortgagor, to the extent permitted by applicable law, hereby
irrevocably appoints the Mortgagee its true and lawful attorney (coupled with an
interest) in its name, place and stead (with or without taking possession of
this Property as provided in Section 4.2 (a) hereof) to rent, lease or let all
or any portion of this Property to any party or parties at such rental and upon
such terms as the Mortgagee shall, in its reasonable discretion, determine, and
to collect all of said Rents arising from or accruing at any time hereafter, and
all now due or that may hereafter become due under each and every one of the
leases and agreements, written or verbal, or other tenancy existing, or which
may hereafter exist on this Property, with the same rights and powers and
subject to the same immunities, exoneration of liability and rights of recourse
and indemnity as the Mortgagee would have upon taking possession pursuant to the
provisions of Section 4.2(a) hereof.  The Mortgagor represents and agrees that
except with the prior written approval of the Mortgagee, no Rent has been or
will be paid by any Person in possession of any portion of this Property for
more than one installment in advance and that the payment of none of the Rents
to accrue for any portion of this Property will be waived, released, reduced,
discounted or otherwise discharged or compromised by the Mortgagor, except as
may be approved in writing by the Mortgagee.  As between the Mortgagor and the
Mortgagee, the Mortgagor waives any rights to set-off disputed amounts due from
any Person in possession of any portion of this Property against sums due to the
Mortgagee (but the Mortgagor


                                       22

<PAGE>

shall not be deemed hereunder to have waived any rights or remedies against such
Person). The Mortgagor agrees that, except as provided in this Section 3.1 or
expressly permitted under the Credit Agreement, it will not assign any of the
Rents of this Property. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as
constituting the Mortgagee a mortgagee in possession in the absence of the
taking of actual possession of this Property by the Mortgagee pursuant to
Section 4.2(a) hereof. In the exercise of the powers herein granted the
Mortgagee, no liability shall be asserted or enforced against the Mortgagee, all
such liability being expressly waived and released by the Mortgagor, except
liability arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the
Mortgagee. The Mortgagor further agrees to assign and transfer to the Mortgagee
all future leases upon all or any part of this Property and to execute and
deliver, at the request of the Mortgagee, all such further assurances and
assignments in this Property as the Mortgagee shall from time to time reasonably
require. Although it is the intention of the parties that the assignment
contained in this Section 3.1 shall be a present absolute assignment, it is
expressly understood and agreed, anything herein contained to the contrary
notwithstanding, that the Mortgagee shall not exercise any of the rights or
powers conferred upon it by this Section except after the occurrence and during
the continuance of a Specified Event and until such time the Mortgagor may
continue to collect and use the rents and operate and manage this Property.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                         EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

          4.1  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The occurrence of any of the following
specified events shall constitute an "Event of Default" hereunder:

               (a)  The Mortgagor shall default in the payment when due of any
amounts owed by it hereunder to the Mortgagee or any other Person and such
default shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) days after written
notice to it by the Mortgagee;

               (b)  An "Event of Default" as defined in the Credit Agreement
shall occur and be continuing;


                                       23

<PAGE>

               (c)  Any payment default on any of the Obligations after the
expiration of any applicable grace period;

               (d)  The Mortgagor shall default in the due performance by it of
any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Mortgage, not listed in
clauses (a), (b) or (c), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period
of twenty (20) Business Days after written notice to the Mortgagor by the
Mortgagee; provided, however, that if such default is not susceptible of
complete cure within such twenty (20) Business Day period and the Mortgagor has
commenced to cure within such period, no Event of Default shall be deemed to
have occurred if the Mortgagor diligently and continuously prosecutes such cure
to completion and (i) if such cure or a partial cure is required by Law within a
certain time period, such cure or such partial cure is completed within such
time period or any period during which the Mortgagor in good faith contests such
Law, and the Mortgagor provides the Mortgagee for the benefit of the Secured
Creditors with a bond, if required by law or requested by the Mortgagee, or
other collateral in an amount sufficient to assure the cure and to pay any
damages resulting from the delay caused by such contest, or (ii) if in the
Mortgagee's reasonable judgment such cure or a partial cure may be required to
be completed in a shorter period in order to prevent imminent risk of damage to
property or imminent risk of danger to health and safety as specified in a
notice from the Mortgagee to the Mortgagor, the portion of such cure necessary
to eliminate such risks is completed within such shorter period;

               (e)  To the extent that this Mortgage secures a leasehold estate
and not a fee simple estate, the occurrence of any material default by Mortgagor
as lessee under the Lease which is not cured within any applicable grace period.

          4.2  REMEDIES UPON OCCURRENCE OF SPECIFIED EVENTS.  If a Specified
Event shall occur and be continuing, the Mortgagee may, to the extent permitted
by applicable law:

               (a)  either in person or by agent with or without bringing any
action or proceeding, or by a re-


                                       24

<PAGE>

ceiver appointed by a court and without regard to the adequacy of its security,
enter upon and take possession of this Property or any part thereof, in its own
name or in the name of the Mortgagor, and do or cause to be done any acts which
it deems necessary or desirable to preserve the value of this Property or any
part thereof or interest therein, increase the income therefrom or protect the
security hereof and, with or without taking possession of this Property, make,
cancel or modify leases, subject to the terms of any non-disturbance agreements
with respect to such leases, and sue for or otherwise collect the Rents thereof,
including those past due and unpaid, and apply the same, less costs of operation
and collection, including attorneys' fees, to the payment of the Obligations in
accordance with Section 7.4 of the Borrower Security Agreement. The entering
upon and taking possession of this Property, the collection of such Rents and
the application thereof as aforesaid, shall not, by itself, cure or waive any
Specified Event or other Event of Default or notice of default hereunder or
invalidate any act done in response to such Specified Event or other Event of
Default or pursuant to such notice of default hereunder and, notwithstanding the
continuance in possession of this Property or the collection, receipt and
application of Rents, the Mortgagee shall be entitled to exercise every right
provided for herein, in the Credit Agreement or at law or in equity upon the
occurrence of any Specified Event;

               (b)  commence and maintain one or more actions at law or in
equity or by any other appropriate remedy (i) to protect and enforce the
Mortgagee's rights, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or
agreement herein contained (which covenants and agreements the Mortgagor agrees
shall be specifically enforceable by injunctive or other appropriate equitable
remedy), (ii) to collect any sum then due hereunder, (iii) to aid the execution
of any power herein granted, or (iv) to foreclose this Mortgage, without
prejudice to the right of the Mortgagee thereafter to pursue and enforce any
other appropriate remedy against the Mortgagor; and

               (c)  exercise any or all of the remedies available to a secured
party under the Code.

          4.3  RIGHT OF FORECLOSURE.  Following a Specified Event, the Mortgagee
shall have the right, at its


                                       25

<PAGE>

option, to proceed at law or in equity to foreclose fully or partially this
Mortgage. The Mortgagee may, to the extent permitted by law, adjourn from time
to time any sale by it to be made under or by virtue of this Mortgage by
announcement at the time and place appointed for such sale or for such adjourned
sale or sales; and, except as otherwise provided by an applicable provision of
law, the Mortgagee may make such sale at the time and place to which the same
shall be so adjourned. With respect to all components of the Mortgaged Property,
except the Land and the Improvements, the Mortgagee is hereby irrevocably
appointed the true and lawful attorney of the Mortgagor (coupled with an
interest), in its name and stead, to, after the occurrence of and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, make all necessary conveyances, assignments,
transfers and deliveries of the Mortgaged Property, exclusive of the Land and
the Improvements, and for that purpose the Mortgagee may execute all necessary
instruments of conveyance, assignment, transfer and delivery, and may substitute
one or more persons with such power, the Mortgagor hereby ratifying and
confirming all that its said attorney or such substitute or substitutes shall
lawfully do by virtue hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Mortgagor, if
so requested by the Mortgagee, shall ratify and confirm any such sale or sales
by executing and delivering to the Mortgagee or to such purchaser or purchasers
all such instruments as may be advisable, in the judgment of the Mortgagee, for
such purpose, and as may be designated in such request. To the extent permitted
by law, any such sale or sales made under or by virtue of this Article IV shall
operate to divest all the estate, right, title, interest, claim and demand
whatsoever, whether at law or in equity, of the Mortgagor in and to the
properties and rights so sold, and shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in
equity against the Mortgagor and against any and all persons claiming or who may
claim the same, or any part thereof, from, through or under the Mortgagor with
respect to the property interests sold. Upon any sale made under or by virtue of
this Article IV, the Mortgagee may, to the extent permitted by law, bid for and
acquire the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof and in lieu of paying cash
therefor may make settlement for the purchase price by crediting against the
Obligations secured hereby the net sales price after deducting therefrom the
expenses of the sale and the reasonable cost of the action and any other sums
which the Mortgagee is authorized to deduct by


                                       26

<PAGE>

law or under this Mortgage (with the application to the Obligations to be in
accordance with Section 7.4 of the Borrower Security Agreement).

          4.4  SALE OF PREMISES PURSUANT TO FORECLOSURE.  In case of a sale
pursuant to a foreclosure of this Mortgage, the Mortgaged Property, whether
real, personal or mixed, may be sold for cash or credit as an entirety or in
parcels, by one sale or by several sales held at one time or at different times,
all as the Mortgagee, in its unrestricted discretion, may elect, and the
Mortgagor, for and on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or
under the Mortgagor, waives any and all right to have the property and estates
comprising the Mortgaged Property marshalled upon any foreclosure sale.  Any
such sale shall bind the Mortgagor, shall operate to divest all right, title and
interest whatsoever, either at law or in equity, of the Mortgagor in and to the
property sold, and shall be a perpetual bar, both at law and in equity, against
the Mortgagor and its successors and assigns, and against any and all persons
claiming through or under the Mortgagor with respect to the property interests
sold.  The proceeds of any sale made under or by virtue of this Article IV,
together with any other sums which then may be held by the Mortgagee under this
Mortgage, whether under the provisions of this Article or otherwise, shall be
applied to the payment of the Obligations in accordance with Section 7.4 of the
Borrower Security Agreement.

          4.5  APPOINTMENT OF RECEIVER.  If a Specified Event shall have
occurred and be continuing, in pursuing any of its remedies hereunder, the
Mortgagee as a matter of right and without notice to the Mortgagor or anyone
claiming under the Mortgagor, and without regard to the then value of this
Property or the interest of the Mortgagor therein, shall have the right to apply
to any court having jurisdiction to appoint a receiver or receivers of this
Property, and the Mortgagor hereby irrevocably consents to such appointment and
waives notice of any application therefor.  Any such receiver or receivers shall
have all the usual powers and duties of receivers in like or similar cases and
all the powers and duties of the Mortgagee in case of entry as provided in
subparagraph 4.2(a) hereof and shall continue as such and exercise all such
powers until the date of confirmation of



                                       27

<PAGE>

sale of this Property unless such receivership is sooner terminated.

          4.6  REMEDIES NOT EXCLUSIVE.  (a)  The Mortgagee shall be entitled to
enforce payment and performance of any Obligations secured hereby and to
exercise all rights and powers under this Mortgage, under the Credit Documents
or other agreement or any laws now or hereafter in force, notwithstanding that
some or all of the said Obligations secured hereby may now or hereafter be
otherwise secured, whether by mortgage, deed or trust, pledge, lien, assignment
or otherwise.

               (b)  Neither the acceptance of this Mortgage nor its enforcement,
whether by court action or pursuant to the powers herein contained, shall
prejudice or in any manner affect the Mortgagee's right to realize upon or
enforce any other security now or hereafter held by the Mortgagee, it being
agreed that the Mortgagee shall be entitled to enforce this Mortgage and any
other security now or hereafter held by the Mortgagee in such order and manner
as it may in its absolute discretion determine.  No remedy herein conferred upon
or reserved to the Mortgagee is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy
herein or by law provided or permitted, but each shall be cumulative and shall
be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or by statute.  Every power or remedy given by the
Credit Documents to the Mortgagee, or to which it may be otherwise entitled, may
be exercised, concurrently or independently, from time to time and as often as
may be deemed expedient by the Mortgagee, and the Mortgagee may pursue
inconsistent remedies.

          4.7  WAIVER OF REDEMPTION, NOTICE, MARSHALLING, ETC.  Notwithstanding
anything herein contained to the contrary, to the extent permitted by law, the
Mortgagor: (a) will not (i) at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner
whatever, claim or take any benefit or advantage of any stay or extension or
moratorium law, any exemption from execution or sale of this Property or any
part thereof, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may
affect the covenants and terms of performance of this Mortgage, nor (ii) claim,
take or insist upon any benefit or advantage or any law now or hereafter in
force providing for the valuation or appraisal of this Property or any part
thereof, prior to


                                       28

<PAGE>

any sale or sales thereof which may be made pursuant to any provision hereof, or
pursuant to the decree, judgment or order of any court of competent
jurisdiction, nor (iii) after any such sale or sales, claim or exercise any
right under any statute heretofore or hereafter enacted to redeem the property
so sold or any part thereof and (b) covenants not to hinder, delay or impede the
execution of any power herein granted or delegated to the Mortgagee, but to
suffer and permit the execution of every power as though no such law or laws had
been made or enacted. The Mortgagor, for itself and all who may claim under it,
waives, to the extent that it lawfully may, all right to have the Mortgaged
Property marshalled upon any foreclosure hereof.

          4.8  EXPENSES OF ENFORCEMENT.  In connection with any action to
enforce any remedy of the Mortgagee under this Mortgage, the Mortgagor agrees to
pay all reasonable expenditures and expenses which may be paid or incurred by or
on behalf of the Mortgagee including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys'
fees, receiver's fees, appraiser's fees, outlays for documentary and expert
evidence, stenographer's charges, publication costs, and costs (which may be
estimated as to items to be expended after entry of the decree) of procuring all
such abstracts of title, title searches and examinations, title insurance
policies and similar data and assurances with respect to title and value as the
Mortgagee may deem reasonably necessary, and neither the Mortgagee nor any other
person shall be required to accept tender of any portion of the indebtedness
then secured hereby unless the same be accompanied by a tender of all such
expenses, costs and commissions.  All expenditures and expenses of the nature in
this Section 4.8 mentioned, and such expenses and fees as may be incurred in the
protection of this Property and the maintenance of the lien of this Mortgage,
including the reasonable fees of any attorney employed by the Mortgagee in any
litigation or proceeding, including appellate proceedings, affecting this
Mortgage or this Property (including, without limitation, the occupancy thereof
or any construction work performed thereon), including probate and bankruptcy
proceedings, or in preparation for the commencement or defense of any proceeding
or threatened suit or proceeding whether or not an action is actually commenced,
shall be immediately due and payable by the Mortgagor, with interest thereon
(from the date of such


                                       29

<PAGE>
demand for payment) at the default rate set forth in the Credit Agreement and
shall be part of the indebtedness secured by this Mortgage.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          5.1  GOVERNING LAW.  (a)  This Mortgage was negotiated in New York,
and made by Mortgagor and accepted by Mortgagee in the State of New York, and
the proceeds of the Notes secured hereby were disbursed from New York, which
State the parties agree has a substantial relationship to the parties and to the
underlying transaction embodied hereby, and in all respects, including, without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, matters of construction, validity and
performance, this Mortgage and the obligations arising hereunder shall be
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York
applicable to contracts made and performed in such State and any applicable law
of the United States of America, except that at all times the provisions for the
creation, perfection, and enforcement of the liens and security interests
created pursuant hereto and the other Credit Documents shall be governed by and
construed according to the law of the State in which the Mortgaged Property is
located, it being understood that, to the fullest extent permitted by the law of
such State, the law of the State of New York shall govern the validity and the
enforceability of this Mortgage, the other Credit Documents and the obligations
arising hereunder or thereunder.  To the fullest extent permitted by law,
Mortgagor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any claim to assert that
the law of any other jurisdiction governs this Mortgage, the Notes and the other
Credit Documents and this Indenture, the Notes and the other Credit Documents
shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
New York pursuant to Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law.

               (b)  Any legal suit, action or proceeding against Mortgagee or
Mortgagor arising out of or relating to this Mortgage (other than suits relating
to Mortgagee's remedy of judicial foreclosure which shall be instituted in the
courts of the State in which the Mortgaged Property is located) shall be
instituted


                                       30

<PAGE>
in any federal or state court in New York, New York, pursuant to Section 5-1402
of the New York General Obligations Law, and Mortgagor waives any objection
which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit,
action or proceeding and hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any
such court in any suit, action or proceeding. Mortgagor hereby acknowledges that
service of any and all process which may be served in any such suit may be done
in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

          5.2  LIMITATION ON INTEREST.  It is the intent of the Mortgagor and
the Mortgagee in the execution of this Mortgage and all other instruments
evidencing or securing the Obligations to contract in strict compliance with the
relevant usury laws. In furtherance thereof, the Mortgagee and the Mortgagor
stipulate and agree that none of the terms and provisions contained in this
Mortgage shall ever be construed to create a contract for the use, forbearance
or detention of money requiring payment of interest or loan charges at a rate in
excess of the maximum interest rate permitted to be charged by relevant law, and
such interest and loan charges shall be limited to and will in no event exceed
such rates.

          5.3  ANTI-MERGER PROVISION.  In the event the Mortgagee shall acquire
the fee title to this Property or any part thereof or a leasehold interest, or
any other interest in this Property, or any part thereof, by foreclosure or
otherwise, Mortgagor agrees that title to this Property or such leasehold or
other interest in this Property or any part thereof, shall not merge with the
interests conveyed and Mortgage hereunder as a result of such acquisition or for
any other reason, but shall remain separate and distinctive states for all
purposes; provided, however, that on such an event, Mortgagee, may, at its sole
option, elect to merge such interests.

          5.4  NOTICES.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all
notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing
(including telegraphic, telex, facsimile or cable communication) and mailed,
telegraphed, telexed, transmitted via facsimile, cabled or delivered:  if to the
Mortgagor, at 201 Willowbrook Boulevard, Wayne, New Jersey 07470, Attention:
Raymond H. Ayers, facsimile # (201) 890-6000; if to the Mortgagee, at One
Bankers Trust Plaza, 130 Liberty


                                       31

<PAGE>
Street, New York, New York 10006, Attention: Mary Kay Coyle, facsimile # (212)
250-7200, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a
written notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and communications
shall, when mailed, telegraphed, telexed, transmitted via facsimile, or cabled
or sent by overnight courier, be effective when deposited in the mails,
delivered to the telegraph company, cable company or overnight courier, as the
case may be, or sent by telex or facsimile, except that notices and
communications to the Mortgagee shall not be effective until received by the
Mortgagee.

          5.5  CAPTIONS.  The captions or headings at the beginning of each
Article and Section hereof are for the convenience of the parties and are not a
part of this Mortgage.

          5.6  WAIVER; AMENDMENT.  None of the terms and conditions of this
Mortgage may be changed, waived, modified or varied in any manner whatsoever
except with the prior written consent of the Mortgagor and the Mortgagee with
the consent of the Required Banks; provided, however, that any change, waiver,
modification or variance affecting the rights and benefits of a single Class (as
defined below) of Secured Creditors (and not all Secured Creditors in a like or
similar manner) shall require the written consent of the Required Creditors (as
defined in the Borrower Security Agreement) of such affected Class. For the
purpose of this Mortgage, the term "Class" shall mean each class of Secured
Creditors, I.E., whether (x) the Bank Creditors as holders of the Credit
Agreement Obligations or (y) the Interest Rate Protection Creditors as the
holders of the Interest Rate Protection Obligations.

          5.7  FURTHER ASSURANCES. The Mortgagor, at its own expense, will
execute, acknowledge and deliver all such instruments and take all such action
as may be reasonably necessary to assure to the Mortgagee the interest in the
Mortgaged Property herein described and the rights intended to be provided to
the Mortgagee herein.

          5.8  RELEASE OF MORTGAGE.  After the Termination Date (as defined in
the Borrower Security Agreement), this Mortgage shall terminate and the
Mortgagee,


                                       32

<PAGE>
at the request and expense of the Mortgagor, will execute and deliver to the
Mortgagor a proper instrument or instruments acknowledging the satisfaction
and termination of this Mortgage.

          5.9  PARTIAL INVALIDITY.  If any of the provisions of this Mortgage or
the application thereof to any person, party or circumstances shall to any
extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Mortgage, or the
application of such provision or provisions to persons, parties or circumstances
other than those as to whom or which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall
not be affected thereby, and every provision of this Mortgage shall be valid and
enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and to this end the
provisions of this Mortgage are declared to be severable.

          5.10  ADDITIONAL ADVANCES.  This Mortgage is given to secure, among
other things, Loans, Letters of Credit and other Obligations arising out of the
Credit Documents, the Interest Rate Protection Agreements and shall secure not
only presently existing Obligations under the Credit Documents and the Interest
Rate Protection Agreements, but also any and all other Obligations now owing or
which may hereafter be owing by the Mortgagor to the Secured Creditors pursuant
to the Credit Documents or the Interest Rate Protection Agreements, however
incurred, whether interest, discount or otherwise, and whether the same shall be
deferred, accrued or capitalized, including future advances and readvances,
whether such advances are obligatory or to be made at the option of the Secured
Creditors, or otherwise, to the same extent as if such future advances were made
on the date of the execution of this Mortgage.  The lien of this Mortgage shall
be valid as to all Obligations secured hereby, including future advances under
the Credit Agreement or the other Credit Documents, from the time of its filing
for record in the recorder's or registrar's office of the county or town, as
appropriate, in which this Property is located. The total principal amount of
Obligations secured hereby may increase or decrease from time to time, but the
total unpaid principal balance of Obligations secured hereby at any one time
outstanding shall not exceed THREE HUNDRED MILLION AND 00/100 DOLLARS
($300,000,000) plus interest thereon and any disbursements which the Mortgagee
may make under this Mortgage, the Credit Documents, the Interest Rate Protection
Agree-


                                       33

<PAGE>
ments or any other document with respect hereto (E.G., for payment of
Impositions or insurance on this Property) and interest on such disbursements
(all such indebtedness being hereinafter referred to as the "maximum amount
secured hereby"). This Mortgage is intended to and shall be valid and have
priority over all subsequent liens and encumbrances, including statutory
liens, excepting solely taxes and assessments levied on the real estate, to
the extent of the maximum amount secured hereby.

          5.11  MORTGAGEE AS AGENT FOR SECURED CREDITORS; APPLICATION OF
PROCEEDS.  (a)  It is expressly understood and agreed that the rights and
obligations of the Mortgagee as holder of this Mortgage and as agent of the
Secured Creditors and otherwise under this Mortgage are only those expressly set
forth in this Mortgage.  By accepting the benefits hereof, each Secured Creditor
shall be deemed to have agreed to the terms and conditions set forth in Article
X of the Borrower Security Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented
or otherwise modified from time to time, which is incorporated herein by
reference in its entirety; provided, that all references therein to the
"Security Agreement" shall be a reference to this Mortgage, provided further,
that all references therein to "the Assignor" shall be a reference to the
"Mortgagor," and provided further that all references therein to "the Collateral
Agent" shall be a reference to the "Mortgagee."  Mortgagee shall act hereunder
on the terms and conditions set forth in said Article X.  All proceeds received
by the Mortgagee for application to the Obligations secured hereby shall be
applied as set forth in Section 7.4 of the Borrower Security Agreement.

          5.12  DEFAULT UNDER THE LEASE.  This Mortgage will be void as to any
Lease wherein this Mortgage will cause the Mortgagor to be in default under such
Lease.

          5.13  NO LIEN AGAINST THE LAND.  To the extent that this Mortgage
secures a leasehold estate and not a fee simple estate, this Mortgage is not
intended to create a lien against the lessor's interest in the Land but only
against the Mortgagor's interest in the Mortgaged Property.

          5.14  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.


                                       34

<PAGE>

          5.15  AS TO MORTGAGED PROPERTY LOCATED IN CONNECTICUT.  THIS MORTGAGE
IS AND SHALL BE DEEMED A SECURITY AGREEMENT AS DEFINED IN THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL
CODE OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT, AND THE REMEDIES FOR ANY VIOLATION OF THE
COVENANTS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENTS CONTAINED SHALL BE (I) AS
PRESCRIBED HEREIN, (II) BY GENERAL LAW AND (III) AS TO SUCH PART OF THE SECURITY
WHICH IS ALSO REFLECTED IN SAID FINANCING STATEMENT, BY THE SPECIFIC STATUTORY
CONSEQUENCES NOW OR HEREAFTER ENACTED AND SPECIFIED IN SAID UNIFORM COMMERCIAL
CODE, ALL AT THE MORTGAGEE'S SOLE ELECTION.  THE FILING OF SUCH A FINANCING
STATEMENT IN THE RECORDS NORMALLY HAVING TO DO WITH PERSONAL PROPERTY SHALL
NEVER BE CONSTRUED AS IN ANY WAY DEROGATING FROM OR IMPAIRING THIS DECLARATION
AND HEREBY STATED INTENTION OF THE PARTIES HERETO, THAT ALL ITEMS OF BUILDING
EQUIPMENT AND OTHER PROPERTY USED IN CONNECTION WITH THE PRODUCTION OF INCOME
FROM THE PREMISES (TENANT FURNITURE ONLY EXCEPTED) OR ADAPTED FOR USE THEREIN OR
WHICH ARE DESCRIBED OR REFLECTED IN THE MORTGAGE ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES AND FOR
ALL PURPOSES AND IN ALL PROCEEDINGS, BOTH LEGAL AND EQUITABLE, SHALL BE REGARDED
AS, PART OF THE REAL ESTATE IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER OR NOT (I) ANY SUCH ITEM IS
PHYSICALLY ATTACHED TO THE IMPROVEMENTS, (II) SERIAL NUMBERS ARE USED (HEREIN OR
OTHERWISE) FOR THE BETTER IDENTIFICATION OF CERTAIN EQUIPMENT OR (III) ANY SUCH
ITEM IS REFERRED TO OR REFLECTED IN SUCH FINANCING STATEMENT SO FILED AT ANY
TIME.  SIMILARLY, THE MENTION IN ANY SUCH FINANCING STATEMENT OF (1) THE RIGHTS
IN OR THE PROCEEDS OF ANY FIRE AND/OR HAZARD INSURANCE POLICY, (2) ANY AWARD IN
EMINENT DOMAIN PROCEEDINGS FOR A TAKING OR FOR LOSS OF VALUE OR (3) THE DEBTOR'S
INTEREST AS LESSOR IN ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE LEASE OR RIGHTS TO INCOME GROWING
OUT OF THE USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, WHETHER PURSUANT TO A LEASE OR
OTHERWISE, SHALL NEVER BE CONSTRUED AS IN ANY WAY ALTERING ANY OF THE RIGHTS OF
THE MORTGAGEE AS DETERMINED BY THIS INSTRUMENT OR IMPUGNING THE PRIORITY OF THE
MORTGAGEE'S LIEN GRANTED HEREBY OR BY ANY OTHER RECORDED DOCUMENT, BUT SUCH
MENTION IN THE FINANCING STATEMENT IS DECLARED TO BE THE PROTECTION OF THE
MORTGAGEE IN THE EVENT ANY COURT OR JUDGE SHALL AT ANY TIME HOLD WITH RESPECT TO
(1), (2) OR (3) THAT NOTICE OF THE MORTGAGEE'S PRIORITY OF INTEREST, TO BE
EFFECTIVE AGAINST A PARTICULAR CLASS OR PERSONS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT AND ANY SUBDIVISIONS OR ENTITY OF THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT,
MUST BE FILED IN THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE RECORDS.  PURSUANT TO SECTION
42a-9-402


                                       35

<PAGE>

OF THE GENERAL STATUTES OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT, THE MORTGAGOR HEREBY
AUTHORIZES THE MORTGAGEE, WITHOUT THE SIGNATURE OF THE MORTGAGOR, TO EXECUTE AND
FILE FINANCING STATEMENTS (OR CONTINUATIONS THEREOF) IF THE MORTGAGEE SHALL
DETERMINE THAT SUCH ARE NECESSARY OR ADVISABLE IN ORDER TO PERFECT OR CONTINUE
ITS SECURITY INTEREST IN ANY FIXTURES, CHATTELS OR ARTICLES OF PERSONAL PROPERTY
COVERED BY THE MORTGAGE, AND SHALL PAY TO THE MORTGAGEE ON DEMAND ANY EXPENSES
INCURRED BY THE MORTGAGEE IN CONNECTION WITH THE PREPARATION, EXECUTION AND
FILING OF SUCH STATEMENTS AND ANY CONTINUATION STATEMENTS THAT MAY BE FILED BY
THE MORTGAGEE.

               (a)  PREJUDGMENT REMEDY WAIVER.

               THE MORTGAGOR REPRESENTS, WARRANTS AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE
TRANSACTION OF WHICH THIS MORTGAGE IS A PART IS A "COMMERCIAL TRANSACTION" AS
DEFINED BY THE STATUTES OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT.  MONIES NOW OR IN THE
FUTURE TO BE ADVANCED TO OR ON BEHALF OF THE MORTGAGOR ARE NOT AND WILL NOT BE
USED FOR CONSUMER, PERSONAL, FAMILY OR HOUSEHOLD PURPOSES.

               THE MORTGAGOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS THE RIGHT UNDER SECTION
52-278A ET SEQ. OF THE CONNECTICUT GENERAL STATUTES, SUBJECT TO CERTAIN
LIMITATIONS, TO NOTICE OF AND HEARING ON THE RIGHT OF THE MORTGAGEE TO OBTAIN A
PREJUDGMENT REMEDY, SUCH AS ATTACHMENT, GARNISHMENT OR REPLEVIN, UPON COMMENCING
ANY LITIGATION AGAINST THE MORTGAGOR.  NOTWITHSTANDING SUCH RIGHT, THE MORTGAGOR
HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO NOTICE, JUDICIAL HEARING OR PRIOR COURT ORDER TO
WHICH IT MIGHT OTHERWISE HAVE THE RIGHT UNDER SAID STATUTE OR UNDER ANY OTHER
STATE OR FEDERAL STATUTE OR CONSTITUTION IN CONNECTION WITH THE OBTAINING BY THE
MORTGAGEE OF ANY PREJUDGMENT REMEDY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS MORTGAGE.  THE
MORTGAGOR ALSO WAIVES ANY AND ALL OBJECTION WHICH IT MIGHT OTHERWISE ASSERT, NOW
OR IN THE FUTURE, TO THE EXERCISE OR USE BY THE MORTGAGEE OF ANY RIGHT OF
SETOFF, REPOSSESSION OR SELF-HELP AS MAY PRESENTLY EXIST UNDER STATUTE OR COMMON
LAW AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE BENEFITS OF ALL PRESENT AND FUTURE
VALUATION, APPRAISEMENT, HOMESTEAD, EXEMPTION, STAY, REDEMPTION AND MORATORIUM
LAWS.

               (b)  THIS MORTGAGE IS UPON THE STATUTORY CONDITION.


                                       36

<PAGE>

               (c)  THE MATURITY DATE OF EACH OF THE NOTES AND OF THE
OBLIGATIONS IS JUNE 15, 2002.  COPIES OF THE NOTES ARE ON FILE IN THE PRINCIPAL
OFFICE OF THE MORTGAGEE AT THE ADDRESS STATED ON THE FIRST PAGE HEREOF, AND
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES MAY BE OBTAINED BY CONTACTING THE
MORTGAGEE.

               (d)  PARAGRAPH FIRST OF THE GRANT AND CONVEYANCE AS TO THE
PROPERTY DESCRIBED IS AMENDED TO READ AS FOLLOWS:

                                      LAND

     All those parcels of real property described in EXHIBIT A hereto and to the
     extent permitted by law, all parcels of real property hereafter acquired by
     the Mortgagor (the "Land").

               (e)  PARAGRAPH SECOND OF THE GRANT AND CONVEYANCE AS TO THE
PROPERTY DESCRIBED IS AMENDED TO READ AS FOLLOWS:

                                   LEASEHOLDS

     The leases of real property described in EXHIBIT A of premises as set forth
     on SCHEDULE I to EXHIBIT A hereto, and to the extent permitted by law, all
     leases of real property entered into after the date hereof by the Mortgagor
     or a Subsidiary as tenant or lessee, but excepting only the last day of the
     effective term under each such lease (the "Leaseholds").

               (f)  SECTION 1.8 IS AMENDED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE TO
THE END OF SECTION 1.8:

     To the extent permitted by law, this indemnity shall survive the
     satisfaction, release or extinguishment of the Lien of this Mortgage
     including any extinguishment of such Lien by foreclosure or deed in lieu
     thereof.

               (g)  SECTION 4.5 IS AMENDED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE TO
THE END OF SECTION 4.5:

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Mortgagee shall be entitled, as a matter
     of right only to the extent


                                       37

<PAGE>

     permitted by law, to one or more receiverships of the Mortgaged Property,
     or any portion thereof, and of the earnings, revenues, issues, profits and
     income thereof.

               (h)  SECTION 5.1 IS AMENDED TO READ AS FOLLOWS:

     GOVERNING LAW.  This Mortgage shall be construed and enforced in accordance
     with federal law where applicable and otherwise in accordance with the
     internal laws of the State of New York except to the extent that the laws
     of any other jurisdiction mandatorily govern the creation of or the manner
     or procedure for the enforcement of the Lien created by this Mortgage on
     the trust estate, provided that any remedies herein provided which shall be
     valid under the laws of the jurisdiction where proceedings for the
     enforcement hereof shall be taken shall not be affected by any invalidity
     hereof under the laws of the State of New York.

               (i)  THIS MORTGAGE IS SUBJECT TO ALL OF THE RIGHTS OF THE
LANDLORD UNDER THE PROVISIONS, COVENANTS, CONDITIONS, EXCEPTIONS AND
RESERVATIONS CONTAINED IN THE LEASES CREATING THE LEASEHOLDS.

               (j)  THE MORTGAGOR HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT, WITHOUT CHARGE,
OF A TRUE AND COMPLETE COPY OF THIS MORTGAGE.

               (k)  The Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be a "commercial
revolving loan agreement" pursuant to Section 49-2 of the Connecticut General
Statutes.

          5.16  AS TO MORTGAGED PROPERTY LOCATED IN FLORIDA.  (a)  This Mortgage
is given to secure not only existing indebtedness, but also such future or
additional advances, whether such advances are obligatory or optional, as are
made within twenty (20) years from the date hereof, to the same extent as if
such future or additional advances were made on the date hereof.

               (b)  In the event any Loan (as defined in the Credit Documents)
or any portion thereof is assigned and additional Note(s) are issued in
connection therewith, provided that the aggregate amount of the principal


                                       38

<PAGE>

and interest evidenced by such Note(s) shall be identical to the amount of
principal and interest evidenced by any such Note(s) previously issued, such
Note(s) shall be "replacement notes" for the purposes of Florida documentary
stamp tax.

          5.17  AS TO MORTGAGED PROPERTY LOCATED IN GEORGIA.
               (a)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
and specifically notwithstanding any use herein of the terms "Mortgage," "Deed
of Trust," "Mortgagor," "Mortgagee," or "Mortgaged Property," this instrument
shall be deemed to be for all purposes a Deed to Secure Debt, passing title,
under the provision of O.C.G.A. Section 44-14-60, ET SEQ., and is not a
mortgage, all as set forth in Section 5.17(d) below.  Any use of the phrase
"Mortgage" herein shall be deemed to mean for all purposes herein the phrase
"Deed to Secure Debt" as that term is used in the State of Georgia; any use of
the phrase "Mortgagor" herein shall be deemed to mean for all purposes herein
the phrase "Grantor"; any use of the phrase "Mortgagee" herein shall be deemed
to mean for all purposes herein the phrase "Grantee"; and any use of the phrase
"Mortgaged Property" herein shall be deemed to mean for all purposes the
property deeded to Mortgagee hereby and subject to this Deed to Secure Debt.

               (b)  The first full paragraph on page 2 after the phrase
"WITNESSETH" shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be
substituted in lieu thereof:

     WHEREAS, the Mortgagor, the various Banks from time to time party
     thereto and Bankers Trust Company, as Agent (the "Agent"), have
     entered into a Credit Agreement dated as of June 15, 1995, providing
     for the making of Loans and the issuance of, and participation in,
     Letters of Credit as contemplated therein which such Loan and Letters
     of Credit shall be evidenced by Notes executed on June 15, 1995,
     which, in the aggregate, have an original principal face amount of
     $204,144,371, and which Notes shall mature on, at the latest, June 15,
     2002 (as used herein, the term "Credit Agreement" means the Credit
     Agreement described above in this paragraph as the same may be
     amended, modified,


                                       39

<PAGE>

     extended, renewed, restated or supplemented from time to time, and
     including any agreement extending the maturity of, or restructuring
     (including but not limited to the inclusion of additional borrowers
     thereunder that are Subsidiaries of Holdings or any increase of amount
     borrowed) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or
     any successor agreement);

               (c)  The Grant and Conveyance clause which begins with the phrase
"NOW, THEREFORE . . .," and which appears as the last partial paragraph on page
4, shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be substituted in
lieu thereof:

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the benefits accruing to the
     Mortgagor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
     acknowledged, and in order to secure the Obligations, Mortgagor does
     hereby grant, bargain, sell, convey, assign, transfer and set over
     unto Mortgagee as collateral agent for the Bank Creditors, and the
     successors and assigns of Mortgagee, all of its estate, right, title
     and interest in the fee simple estate or the leasehold estate, as the
     case may be, whether now owned, or hereafter acquired, in and to the
     property described in Exhibit A hereto, which Exhibit A is
     incorporated herein by reference.

               (d)  The Habendum Clause of the Grant and Conveyance shall
additionally state the following:

     This instrument is made and intended as a deed to secure debt, passing
     title, under the provision of O.C.G.A. Section 44-14-60, ET SEQ., and
     is not a mortgage.

               (e)  The Defeasance Clause on page 7 hereof which begins with the
phrase "PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the presents . . ." shall be deleted in its
entirety and the following shall be substituted in lieu thereof:

     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if the Mortgagor or its successors and assigns
     shall pay or cause to be paid the Indebtedness and shall perform or


                                       40

<PAGE>

     cause to be performed its obligations all at the times and in the manner
     stipulated in the Credit Documents and if all and singular the covenants
     and promises in the Credit Documents are duly kept, performed and observed,
     then Mortgagee will cause this deed to be satisfied and canceled of record,
     and the Property shall be reconveyed to Mortgagor.

               (f)  Article II shall be amended by adding the following
provisions:

     THIS INSTRUMENT IS ALSO TO BE INDEXED IN THE INDEX OF FINANCING
     STATEMENTS.  THE NAMES OF THE DEBTOR AND THE SECURED PARTY, THE
     MAILING ADDRESS OF THE SECURED PARTY FROM WHICH INFORMATION CONCERNING
     THE SECURITY INTEREST MAY BE OBTAINED AND THE MAILING ADDRESS OF THE
     DEBTOR ARE AS DESCRIBED IN EXHIBIT "B" HERETO AND A STATEMENT
     INDICATING THE TYPES, OR DESCRIBING THE ITEMS, OF COLLATERAL IS
     CONTAINED HEREIN, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ARTICLE 9,
     SECTION 402 OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE, SECTION 11-9-402 OF THE
     OFFICIAL CODE OF GEORGIA ANNOTATED (1982).

     This conveyance is intended to constitute a security interest under
     the Uniform Commercial Code of Georgia, and is intended to operate and
     is to be construed as a deed passing the title to the Mortgaged
     Property to Mortgagee and is made under those provisions of the
     existing laws of the State of Georgia relating to deeds to secure
     debt, and not a mortgage.

     Should the Obligations be paid according to the terms and effect
     thereof when the same shall become due or be declared due by Mortgagee
     and should Mortgagor perform all covenants herein contained in a
     timely manner, then this Deed shall be canceled and surrendered
     pursuant to the laws of the State of Georgia.

     Mortgagor and Mortgagee agree that this Mortgage shall constitute a
     Security Agreement within the meaning of the Georgia Uniform
     Com-


                                       41

<PAGE>
     mercial Code with respect to the Secured Property (as defined herein).

     A financing statement or statements reciting this Mortgage to be a
     Security Agreement, affecting all of said property aforementioned,
     shall be executed by Mortgagor and appropriately filed.

                                  *     *     *
                                    EXHIBIT B
                                   Schedule 1

Description of "Debtor" and "Secured Party":

Debtor:  The Grand Union Company

Secured Party:  Bankers Trust Company,
                    as Collateral Agent

                                  *     *     *
                                   Schedule 2

Notice Mailing Addresses of "Debtor" and "Secured Party":

The mailing address of Debtor is:
201 Willowbrook Boulevard
Wayne, New Jersey  07470

The mailing address of Secured Party is:
1 Bankers Trust Plaza
130 Liberty Street
New York, New York  10006

               (g)  Section 4.1 is hereby amended to add the following to the
end of such section:

     If an Event of Default shall have occurred, and any applicable grace
     period shall have expired without cure thereof, then the entire
     indebtedness secured hereby shall, at the option of Mortgagee,
     immediately become due and payable without notice or demand, time
     being of the essence of this Mortgage, and no omission on the part of
     Mortgagee to exercise such option when entitled to do so shall be
     construed as a waiver of such right.


                                       42

<PAGE>

               (h)  Section 4.2 is hereby amended to add the following to the
end of such section:

     If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, grantee,
     at its option, may sell the Premises or any part of the Property at
     public sale or sales before the door of the courthouse of the county
     in which the Premises or any part of the Premises is situated, to the
     highest bidder for cash, in order to pay the indebtedness secured
     hereby and accrued interest hereon and insurance premiums, liens,
     assessments, taxes and charges, including utility charges, if any,
     with accrued interest thereon, and all expenses of the sale and of all
     proceedings in connection therewith, including actual attorney's fees,
     if incurred, after advertising the time, place and terms of sale once
     a week for four (4) weeks immediately preceding such sale (but without
     regard to the number of days) in a newspaper in which sheriff's sales
     are advertised in said county.  At any such public sale grantee may
     execute and deliver to the purchaser a conveyance of the Premises or
     any part of the Premises in fee simple, with full warranties of title
     (but subject to Permitted Liens) and, to this end, the Mortgagor
     hereby constitutes and appoints grantee the agent and attorney-in-fact
     of the Mortgagor to make such sale and conveyance, and thereby to
     divest the Mortgagor of all right, title or equity that the Mortgagor
     may have in and to the Premises and to vest the same in the purchaser
     or purchasers at such sale in the purchaser or purchasers at such sale
     or sales; and all in the acts and doings of said agent and attorney-
     in-fact are hereby ratified and confirmed, and any recitals in said
     conveyance or conveyances as to facts essential to a valid sale shall
     be binding upon the Mortgagor.  The aforesaid power of sale and agency
     hereby granted are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable by
     death or otherwise, and granted as cumulative of the other remedies
     provided hereby or by law for collection of the indebtedness secured
     hereby and shall not be exhausted by one exercise thereof, but may be
     exer-


                                       43

<PAGE>

     cised until full payment of all indebtedness secured hereby.

     Upon any foreclosure sale, grantee may bid for and purchase the
     Premises and shall be entitled to apply all or any part of the
     indebtedness secured hereby as a credit to the purchase price.

     In the event of a foreclosure sale, the Premises, the proceeds of said
     sale shall be applied first to the expenses of such sale and of all
     proceedings in connection therewith, including attorneys' and
     trustees' fees, then to insurance premiums, liens, assessments, taxes
     and charges, including utility charges, advanced by grantee, then to
     payment of the outstanding principal balance of the indebtedness
     secured hereby, then to the accrued interest of all of the foregoing,
     and finally the remainder, if any, shall be paid to the Mortgagor.

     In the event of such foreclosure sale by grantee, the Mortgagor shall
     be deemed a tenant holding over and shall forthwith deliver possession
     to the purchaser or purchasers at such sale or be summarily
     dispossessed according to the provisions of the law applicable to
     tenants holding over.

               (i)  Section 4.2(a) is hereby amended to add the following to the
end of such section:

     The Mortgagor agrees that possession of the Premises during the
     existence of the Obligations by the Mortgagor or any person claiming
     under the Mortgagor, shall be that of tenant under Mortgagee, or its
     assigns, and in the event of a sale, as herein provided, the Mortgagor
     or any person in possession to the purchaser at such sale, shall be
     summarily dispossessed in accordance with the provisions of law
     applicable to tenants holding over; the power and agency hereby
     granted are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable by death or
     otherwise, and are in addition to any and all other remedies at law or
     in equity.


                                       44

<PAGE>

               (j)  Section 5.8 shall be deleted in its entirety.

          5.18  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

          5.19  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

          5.20  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

          5.21  AS TO MORTGAGED PROPERTY LOCATED IN NEW JERSEY.

          Section 3.1 is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "To further
secure the Obligations," from the first sentence thereof.

          5.22  AS TO MORTGAGED PROPERTY LOCATED IN NEW YORK.

               (a)  OBLIGATIONS.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, the definition of "Obligations" for purposes of any Mortgage secured
by property in New York shall exclude any obligations arising out of any
Revolving Note or any Swingline Note, it being the intention of the parties that
this Mortgage should not secure any revolving credit advances.

               (b)  TRUST FUND FOR ADVANCES.  That in compliance with Section 13
of the Lien Law of the State of New York, that the Mortgagor will receive the
advances secured by this Mortgage and will hold the right to receive such
advances as a trust fund to be applied first for the purpose of paying the cost
of the building(s) and other improvements located on the Land before using any
part of the total of the same for any other purpose.

               (c)  NEW YORK REAL PROPERTY LAW ARTICLE  4-A.  If this Mortgage
shall be deemed to constitute a "mortgage investment" as defined by New York
Real Property Law Section 125, then this Mortgage shall and hereby does (i)
confer upon the Mortgagee the powers and (ii) impose upon the Mortgagee the
duties of trustees set forth in New York Real Property Law Section 126.

               (d)  MORTGAGE TAX STATEMENT.  This Mortgage does not cover real
property principally improved or to be improved by one or more structures
containing in


                                       45

<PAGE>

the aggregate not more than six residential dwelling units, each having their
own separate cooking facilities.

               (e)  MAXIMUM SECURED AMOUNT.  Notwithstanding anything contained
herein to the contrary, the maximum amount of indebtedness secured by this
Mortgage at execution or which under any contingency may become secured hereby
at any time hereafter is the principal sum of $104,144,371 plus interest
thereon, plus amounts expended by the Mortgagee after a declaration of default
hereunder to maintain the lien of this Mortgage or to protect the property
secured by this Mortgage, including without limitation, amounts in respect of
insurance premiums, real estate taxes, litigation expenses to prosecute or
defend the rights, remedies and lien of this Mortgage or title to the property
secured hereby, and any costs, charges or amounts to which the Mortgagee becomes
subrogated upon payment, whether under recognized principles of law or equity or
under express statutory authority, together with interest on all the foregoing
amounts at the applicable default rate as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

               (f)  LAST DOLLARS SECURED.  This Mortgage secures only a portion
of the indebtedness owing or which may become owing by the Mortgagor to the
Mortgagee.  The parties agree that any payments or repayments of such
indebtedness by the Mortgagor shall be and be deemed to be applied first to the
portion of the indebtedness that is not secured hereby, it being the parties'
intent that the portion of the indebtedness last remaining unpaid shall be
secured hereby.

          5.23  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

          5.24  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

          5.25  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

          5.26  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

          5.27  AS TO MORTGAGED PROPERTY LOCATED IN TENNESSEE.

               (a)  ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS.  The following provisions shall also
constitute an integral part of this Mortgage.  Furthermore, in the event that
any prior


                                       46

<PAGE>

provisions of this Mortgage conflict with the following provisions of this
Section 5.27, the provisions of this Addendum shall control and shall be deemed
a modification of or amendment to the section or provision at issue.

                    (1)  References to Sections 9-313 and 9-402 of the Uniform
Commercial Code shall mean, if the Mortgaged Property is located in the State of
Tennessee, TCA 47-9-313 and TCA 47-9-402.

                    (2)  Trustor agrees to pay all transfer taxes, recording
fees, and any other fees required by or imposed by the State of Tennessee or the
county in which the Mortgaged Property is located in order to record this Deed
of Trust in the Register's Office of said County.

                    (3)  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and upon the
election of Mortgagee to effect a trustee's sale of the Mortgaged Property in
lieu of judicial foreclosure, then Mortgagee may instruct the Trustee to enter
and take possession of the Mortgaged Property, and before or after such entry to
advertise for the sale of the Mortgaged Property for twenty-one (21) days by
three (3) weekly notices in some newspaper published in the county and state
where such property is situated, and sell the Mortgaged Property or such portion
of the Mortgaged Property not thereafter released from the liens of this
Mortgage as one parcel in its entirety or any part thereof, either in mass or in
parcels, at public vendue, to the highest bidder for cash at the usual door of
the Courthouse in the county in which the Mortgaged Property is situated, free
from equity of redemption, and any statutory or common law rights of redemption,
homestead, dower, marital shares, and all other exemptions, all of which are
hereby expressly waived; and said Trustee shall execute a conveyance to the
purchaser in fee simple and deliver possession to the purchaser, which Mortgagor
binds itself and its successors and assigns shall be given without obstruction,
hindrance, or delay.  Trustee shall deliver to the purchaser, at any such
trustee's sale, its deed, without warranty, which will convey to the purchaser
of the interest in the property which the Mortgagor has or has the power to
convey at the time of the execution of this Mortgage, and such as it may have
acquired hereafter.  The owners or


                                       47

<PAGE>

holders of any part of the indebtedness hereby secured may become purchasers at
any sale under this conveyance.

                    (4)  The Trustee named herein or any successor trustee shall
be clothed with the full power to act when action herein shall be required and
to execute any conveyance of the Mortgaged Property except as otherwise
expressly required.  In the event that the substitution of the Trustee shall
become necessary for any reason, the substitution of one trustee in the place of
the Trustee herein named shall be sufficient.  The necessity of the Trustee
herein named, or any successor in trust, making oath or giving bond is expressly
waived.

               The Trustee or anyone acting in his stead, shall have, in his
discretion, authority to employ all proper agents and attorneys in the execution
of this Mortgage and/or in the conducting of any sale made pursuant to the terms
hereof, and to pay for such services rendered out of the proceeds of the sale of
the Mortgaged Property, should any be realized; and if no sale be made, then
Mortgagor hereby undertakes and agrees to pay the cost of such services rendered
to said Trustee.

               (b)  OWNER AND TRUSTEE.  The record owner or holder of the
leasehold estate of the Mortgaged Property is The Grand Union Company with an
office at 201 Willowbrook Boulevard, New Jersey 07470.  The Trustee is C.D.
Berry, IV, having a residence in Williamson County, Tennessee.

          5.28  AS TO MORTGAGED PROPERTY LOCATED IN TEXAS.

              (a)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Mortgage, the Credit Agreement or any other Security Document, Mortgagor and
Mortgagee acknowledge and agree that the exercise of any non-judicial
foreclosure remedy against any of the Mortgaged Property situated in the State
of Texas shall be governed by the following provision:

          The Texas Trustee, at the request of Mortgagee, at any time during the
     continuance of any Event of Default, may sell any of the Mortgaged Property
     situated in the State of Texas, at public auction, to the highest bidder,
     or bidders, for cash, at the


                                       48

<PAGE>

     door of the County Courthouse of the County in Texas in which such
     Mortgaged Property is situated (however, if such Mortgaged Property is
     situated in more than one County, the sale of such Mortgaged Property may
     take place at any one County Courthouse where any of such Mortgaged
     Property is situated, as Beneficiary may elect), as herein described,
     between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. on the first Tuesday of the
     month, after giving notice of the time, place and terms of such sale and
     the Mortgaged Property to be sold, as follows:

               Notice of such proposed sale shall be given by posting written
          notice thereof at least twenty-one (21) days preceding the date of the
          sale at the Courthouse door at the County in which the sale is to be
          made and by filing at least twenty-one (21) days preceding the date of
          such sale written or printed notice thereof with the office of the
          County Clerk of such County.  In the event the Mortgaged Property to
          be sold is situated in more than one County, one notice shall be
          posted at the Courthouse door of each County in which the Mortgaged
          Property to be sold is situated and one notice shall be filed with the
          office of the County Clerk of each such County.  In addition,
          Mortgagee shall, at least twenty-one (21) days preceding the date of
          sale, serve written notice of the proposed sale by certified mail on
          each debtor obligated to pay the debt secured hereby according to the
          records of Beneficiary.  Service of such notice shall be completed
          upon deposit of the notice, enclosed in a postpaid wrapper, properly
          addressed to such debtor at the most recent address shown by the
          records of the Mortgagee, in a post office or official depository
          under the care and custody of the United States Postal Service.  The
          affidavit of any person having knowledge of the facts to the effect
          that such service was completed shall be prima facie evidence of the
          fact of service.  The sale of any such property situated in the State
          of Texas by the Texas Trustee shall take place in the area at the
          Courthouse in the County designated for such purpose by the
          Commissioner's Court of said


                                       49

<PAGE>

          County, and, in the event that no area has been designated by such
          Commissioner's Court, then the notice of sale described above shall
          designate an area at the County Courthouse where the sale shall take
          place and, in such event, the sale shall be conducted by the Texas
          Trustee at the area designated in the notice of sale. The notice of
          sale shall contain a statement of the earliest time at which such
          sale will occur, and the sale shall begin at the time stated in the
          notice of sale or not later  than three (3) hours after such time.

               Any notice that is required or permitted to be given to Mortgagor
          may be addressed to the Mortgagor at the address as stated herein.
          Any notice that is to be given by certified mail to any other debtor
          may, if no address for such other debtor is shown by the records of
          Mortgagee, be addressed to such other debtor at the address of
          Mortgagor as is shown by the records of Mortgagee.  Notwithstanding
          the foregoing provisions of this section, notice of such sale given in
          accordance with the requirements of the applicable law of the State of
          Texas in effect at the time of such sale shall constitute sufficient
          notice of such sale.  Mortgagee hereby authorizes and empowers the
          Texas Trustee to sell any of the Mortgaged Property situated in the
          State of Texas, together or in lots or parcels, as Mortgagee or the
          Texas Trustee may deem expedient, and to execute and deliver to the
          purchaser or purchasers of such Mortgaged Property, good and
          sufficient deed(s) of conveyance of fee simple title with covenants of
          general warranty made on behalf of Mortgagor.  In no event shall the
          Texas Trustee be required to exhibit, present or display at any such
          sale, any of the personalty described herein to be sold at such sale.

               (b)  Reference to the Mortgagee throughout this Mortgage shall be
interpreted to be references to the Mortgagee, the Texas Trustee, or both as the
context may require in light of the intent of the parties.


                                       50

<PAGE>

               (c)  Section 5.1(a) is amended to read as follows:

          Except as provided to the contrary below, this Deed of Trust shall be
     governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State
     of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such state
     (without regard to principles of conflicts of law applicable under New York
     law) and applicable laws of the United States of America; provided,
     however, that with respect to the provisions hereof which relate to title
     or the creation, perfection, priority or enforcement of liens on the
     Property or as otherwise required by the laws of the State of Texas, being
     the place in which the Property is located, this Deed of Trust shall be
     governed by the laws of the State of Texas, and provided further, Mortgagor
     agrees that, to the extent not prohibited by New York law, Sections 1301
     and 1371 of the Real Property Actions and Proceedings Law of the State of
     New York and any related statutes, rules and court decisions of the State
     of New York concerning actions on debt and for a deficiency judgment
     following a mortgage foreclosure are not applicable to this Deed of Trust,
     the Notes or any other Credit Document and compliance with the same by
     Beneficiary is waived, and to the extent required by applicable law,
     Sections 51.003 and 51.004 of the Texas Property Code shall govern actions
     brought for a deficiency judgment following foreclosure; it being
     understood that, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State
     of Texas, the laws of the State of New York shall govern the validity and
     enforceability of this Deed of Trust in all instances where Texas law is
     not specifically made the law applicable to this Deed of Trust.

               (d)  Without limiting any other provision in this Deed of trust,
Mortgagor, as "Debtor" expressly GRANTS unto Mortgagee, as "Secured Party," a
security interest in all the Mortgaged Property (including both those now and
those hereafter existing) to the full extent that the Mortgaged Property may be
subject to the Uniform Commercial Code--Secured Transactions (chapter 9,
Business and Commercial Code of texas, as amended) referred to in this Section
5.28 as the "Uniform Commercial


                                       51

<PAGE>

Code"). Debtor covenants and agrees with Secured Party that: In addition to any
other remedies granted in this Deed of Trust to Secured party or the Texas
trustee (including specifically, but not limited to, the right to proceed
against all the Mortgaged Property in accordance with the rights and remedies in
respect of the Mortgaged Property which is real property pursuant to Section
9.501(d) of the Uniform Commercial Code), Secured party may, should an Event of
Default occur, proceed under the Uniform Commercial Code as to all or any part
of the personal property (tangible or intangible) and fixtures included in the
Mortgaged Property (such portion of the Mortgaged Property being referred to in
this Section 5.28 as the "Collateral), and shall have and may exercise with
respect to the Collateral all the right, remedies and powers of a secured party
under the Uniform Commercial Code including, without limitation, the right and
power to sell, at one or more public or private sales, or otherwise dispose of,
lease or utilize the Collateral and any part or parts thereof in any manner
authorized or permitted under the Uniform Commercial Code after default by a
debtor, and to apply the proceeds thereof toward payment of any costs and
expenses and attorneys' fees and legal expenses thereby incurred by Secured
party, and toward payment of the Indebtedness in such order or manner as Secured
party may elect.

               (e)  Certain of the Collateral is or will become "fixtures" (as
that term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) on the real estate
described in Exhibit A and this Deed of Trust upon being filed for record in the
real estate records shall operate also as a financing statement upon such of the
Collateral which is or may become fixtures.  Debtor has an interest of record in
the real estate.

          5.29  AS TO MORTGAGED PROPERTY LOCATED IN VERMONT.

               (a)  PLACE OF TRIAL.  The provisions of Section 5.1(b) shall not
apply to any legal suit, action or proceeding against Mortgagee or Mortgagor
which is required by applicable law to be brought in the federal or state courts
in Vermont.

               (b)  PERIOD OF REDEMPTION.  Mortgagor agrees, to the full extent
permitted by law, that at all


                                       52

<PAGE>

times following an Event of Default, neither Mortgagor nor anyone claiming
through or under it shall contest a motion filed by the Mortgagee, pursuant to
V.R.C.P. 80.1, to shorten the period of redemption running from the date of
entry of judgment, in order to prevent or hinder the enforcement or foreclosure
of this Mortgage or the absolute sale of the Mortgaged Property or the final and
absolute putting into possession thereof, immediately after such sale, of the
purchaser thereat.

               (c)  A power of sale to foreclose this mortgage pursuant to the
provisions of 12 VSA 4531-4533, both inclusive, is hereby granted.

          5.30  AS TO MORTGAGED PROPERTY LOCATED IN VIRGINIA.

               (a)  REMEDIES OF BENEFICIARY.  Subject to the provisions of the
Credit Agreement, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under the terms of
the Credit Agreement, in addition to any rights and remedies provided for in the
Credit Agreement, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the following
provisions shall apply:

                    (1)  BENEFICIARY'S POWER OF ENFORCEMENT.  It shall be lawful
for the Trustee upon directions of the Mortgagee, to immediately foreclose this
Deed of Trust under the provisions of Sections 55-58.2 through 55-60 inclusive,
of the Code of Virginia (1950 as amended).  The Beneficiary may, at once or at
any time thereafter, either before or after sale, without notice and without
requiring bond, and without regard to the solvency or insolvency of any person
liable for payment of the Obligations secured hereby, and without regard to the
then value of the Mortgaged Property or the occupancy thereof as a homestead,
name a receiver appointed (the provisions for the appointment of a receiver and
assignment of rents being an express condition upon which the Obligations
extended to Mortgagor pursuant to the Credit Agreement which are hereby secured
is made) for the benefit of Mortgagee and the Trustee, with power to collect
rents, issues and profits of the Mortgaged Property, due and to become due,
during such foreclosure proceedings and the full statutory period of redemption
notwithstanding any redemption.  The receiver, out of such rents, issues and
profits when collected, may pay costs


                                       53

<PAGE>

incurred in the management and operation of the Mortgaged Property, prior and
subordinate liens, if any, and taxes, assessments, water and other utilities and
insurance, then due or thereafter accruing, and may make and pay for any
necessary repairs to the Mortgaged Property, and may pay all or any part of the
Obligations or other sums secured hereby or any deficiency decree in such
foreclosure proceedings.

                    (2)  BENEFICIARY'S RIGHT TO ENTER AND TAKE POSSESSION,
OPERATE AND APPLY INCOME.  Beneficiary shall, at its option, have the right,
acting through its agents or attorneys, either with or without process of law,
forcibly or otherwise, to enter upon and take possession of the Mortgaged
Property, expel and remove any persons, goods, or chattels occupying or upon the
same, to collect or receive all the rents, issues and profits thereof and to
manage and control the same, and to lease the same or any part thereof, from
time to time, and, after deducting all reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses,
and all reasonable expenses incurred in the protection, care, maintenance,
management and operation of the Mortgaged Property, distribute and apply the
remaining net income in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement or
upon any deficiency decree entered in any foreclosure proceedings or otherwise
established.

               (b)  REFERENCE TO SECTIONS 9-313 AND 9-402 OF THE UNIFORM
COMMERCIAL CODE.  References to Sections 9-313 and 9-402 of the Uniform
Commercial Code shall mean, if the Mortgaged Property is located in the State of
Virginia, Section 8.9-313 and 8.9-402 of the Code of Virginia (1950 as amended).

                                   ARTICLE VI

                             CONCERNING THE BUSINESS

          6.1  ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEES.  Each Trustee for himself or itself and
his or its respective successors hereby accepts the trusts established by this
Mortgage with respect to the Mortgaged Property hereby granted and conveyed to
him or it but only upon the terms and conditions hereof, including the
following, all of which shall bind the Mortgagor and Mortgagee:


                                       54

<PAGE>

               (a)  It shall be no part of the duty of the Trustees to see or to
inquire into any recording, rerecording, perfection, filing or registration of
the Lien of this Mortgage or of any supplemental indenture or instrument of
further assurance or to give any notice thereof or to effect or renew any
insurance or to see to the collection or application of any insurance moneys or
to inquire into or see that the properties of the Mortgagor are adequately or
properly insured, or to see to the payment of or be under any duty in respect of
any tax or assessment or other governmental charge which may be levied or
assessed on the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof, or against the
Mortgagor, or to see to the performance or observance of any of the covenants or
agreements hereof on the part of the Mortgagor.  The Trustees shall be under no
obligation to see to the payment or discharge of any Liens (other than the Lien
hereof, and then only to the extent herein provided) upon the Mortgaged
Property, or to see to or inquire into the payment of the indebtedness secured
thereby or to the delivery or transfer to it of any property released from any
such Lien, or to give notice to or make demand upon any mortgagor, mortgagee or
other Person for the delivery of any of such property.

               (b)  The Trustees shall not be required to take any action at the
direction or request of the Mortgagee in respect of any default or Event of
Default, or to take any action towards the execution or enforcement of any trust
hereby created, or to institute, appear in or defend any action, suit or other
proceeding in connection therewith, where such action will be likely to involve
them in expense or liability, unless requested so to do by an instrument in
writing, signed by the Mortgagee and unless tendered security and indemnity
satisfactory to them against any and all cost, expense and liability, anything
herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding.

               (c)  The Trustees shall not be required to recognize anyone
except the Mortgagee as a holder of the Notes or the Indebtedness secured
hereby.

               (d)  The Trustees shall not be compelled to do any act or to make
any payment hereunder or in respect hereof unless funds have theretofore been
put in for the applicable purpose and the Trustees have been


                                       55

<PAGE>

indemnified to their satisfaction against any cost, liability or expense in
connection therewith. Wherever any provision is made herein for the payment of
moneys by the Trustees or any of them at any time, the Trustees or such Trustee
shall in no event be liable to anyone beyond the amount of moneys deposited with
them or it for any such purpose.

               (e)  All representations and recitals contained in this Mortgage
are made by and on behalf of the Mortgagor, and the Trustees make no
representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Mortgage or of any
supplemental indentures and are in no way responsible therefor or for any
statement herein or therein contained or for any action or thing by them done,
suffered or permitted by reason of any representation made by the Mortgagor of
any of its officers or agents, and the Trustees make no representations as to
the value of any property mentioned herein or as to the title thereto, and the
Trustees do not purport to have any knowledge in respect thereof.

               (f)  The Trustees shall not be responsible for the execution,
acknowledgment or validity hereof or of any instrument supplemental hereto, or
of the Notes, or for the proper authorization thereof by corporate or public
action, or for the sufficiency of the security purported to be created hereby,
and make no representation in respect thereof or in respect of the rights of the
holders of any of the Notes.  The Trustees shall not be responsible for
ascertaining or inquiring as to the performance of any agreements, obligations
or covenants of the Mortgagor, except as expressly provided in this Mortgage.
The Trustees shall be under no obligation to give notice to any person other
than the Mortgagee of the making of this Mortgage or of any supplemental
indenture or instrument of further assurance, or to see to the application of
the proceeds of the sale or disposition of the Notes.

               (g)  The Trustees shall not be personally liable for any debt
duly contracted by any of them, or for damages to persons or property injured,
or for salaries or nonfulfillment of contracts incurred in connection with the
enforcement of any of the rights, remedies, powers, or other interests of the
Trustees in, to and under the Mortgaged Property, including any incurred


                                       56

<PAGE>

during any period wherein the Trustees shall manage the Mortgaged Property upon
entry or voluntary surrender as provided in this Mortgage. The Trustees shall
not be personally liable for any receiver's certificates or obligations issued
by any receiver.

               (h)  The Trustees shall be protected in acting or refraining from
action in reliance upon any notice, demand, waiver, request, consent, opinion,
certificate, report, statement, list, letter, telegram, instrument or other
paper or document believed by them to be genuine and to have been signed, sent
or presented by the proper party or parties.

               (i)  Whenever under the provisions of this Mortgage the Trustees
or any of them shall be required, or shall deem it necessary, to be informed as
to any fact or facts or conditions, preparatory to taking or omitting to take
any action under this Mortgage, and no provision is contained in this Mortgage
for proving or evidencing to the Trustees such fact or facts or conditions, then
the existence of such fact or facts or conditions shall be deemed conclusively
proved and evidenced to the Trustees when stated in writing to them by the
Mortgagee.

               (j)  Whenever under the provisions of this Mortgage, the Trustees
or any of them shall be required, or shall deem it necessary, to be furnished
with evidence of a determination, direction, request, opinion, designation,
selection or authorization of the Mortgagor, or with evidence of the exercise by
the Mortgagor of an option, preparatory to taking or omitting to take any action
under this Mortgage, and no provision is contained in this Mortgage for
evidencing such matter to the Trustees, then the same shall be deemed
conclusively evidenced to the Trustees when stated in a written instrument
executed in the name of the Mortgagor by a Responsible Officer delivered to the
Mortgagee and, in turn, delivered by the Mortgagee to the Trustees.  Such
instrument shall be conclusive evidence to the Trustees of the matter or matters
set forth therein and complete protection to the Trustees in taking or omitting
to take such action, whether or not the facts as to any such determination,
direction, request, opinion, designation, selection, authorization or exercise
of an option shall have been misstated therein.


                                       57

<PAGE>

               (k)  Wherever in this Mortgage it is provided that, before
releasing or applying any cash on deposit with the Trustees or any of them, or
releasing any property from the Lien of this Mortgage, or taking or permitting
any other action contemplated by any provision of this Mortgage, there shall be
delivered to the Trustees any resolution, statement, certificate, affidavit,
opinion or other instrument, or that the Trustees shall release or apply cash,
release property or take or permit any other action only upon the delivery of
any resolution, statement, certificate, affidavit, opinion or other instrument,
then unless the Trustee are instructed to the contrary by the Mortgagee, the
Trustees and any of them may accept the statements contained in any such
resolution, statement, certificate, affidavit, opinion or other instrument as
conclusive and sufficient evidence of any fact or matter of opinion or otherwise
pertinent to the right of the Trustees to release or apply such cash, release
such property or take or permit such other action, and shall not be liable for
any action taken or permitted by them or any of them on the faith thereof; nor
shall they be under any duty to make any investigation in respect thereof.  The
Trustees may, however, make such investigation of the truth and accuracy of the
statements made in any such resolution, statement, certificate, affidavit,
opinion or other instrument as to them or any of them may seem proper and unless
satisfied as to the truth and accuracy of such statements they shall be under no
obligation to take or permit the action requested.  The Trustees shall be under
no duty to check or verify any financial or other statements or reports
furnished to them pursuant to any provision hereof or any certificates or
affidavits furnished in connection with any request for the payment of deposited
cash, or to check, verify or compare any of such reports with any other of such
statements or reports previously or subsequently furnished to them, and shall be
under no other duty in respect of the same.

               (l)  The Trustees shall not be concerned with or accountable to
anyone for the use or application of any deposited cash which shall be released
or withdrawn in accordance with the provisions of this Mortgage or of any
property or securities or the proceeds thereof which shall be released from the
Lien hereof in accordance with the provisions of this Mortgage.


                                       58

<PAGE>

               (m)  In the event a Default or an Event of Default shall have
occurred and is continuing, the Trustees may select and employ in and about the
execution of the trusts hereby created, independent counsel, engineers, agents
and other employees, whose reasonable compensation shall be deemed part of the
expenses of the Trustees and shall be paid by the Mortgagor upon demand.  The
Trustees shall not be answerable for the act, default or misconduct of any
attorney, engineer, agent and other person employed by them in pursuance hereof;
nor shall the Trustees be liable for any action whatever by any of them
hereunder, except that each of the Trustees shall be liable for its or his own
willful misconduct or gross negligence.

               (n)  The Trustees may consult with independent counsel, and the
opinion of counsel shall be full protection and justification to the Trustees
for anything done or omitted or suffered to be done by them in accordance with
such opinion and not contrary to any express provision hereof.

               (o)  The Trustees may engage in or be interested in any financial
or other transaction with the Mortgagor or any corporation in which the
Mortgagor may be interested.

               ()  Any moneys at any time received or held by or to the credit
or any of the Trustees under any of the provisions of this Mortgage or for the
payment of the Indebtedness, whether trust funds or not, may be held by the
Trustees without any liability for interest.  If a Trustee has actual knowledge
of the existence of any Event of Default, any moneys held by it and subject to
payment, repayment or reversion to the Mortgagor need not be so paid or repaid,
but may be held by such Trustee as part of the trust estate subject to the
provisions of this Mortgage.

               (q)  In accepting the assignment and transfer to them of a part
of the Mortgaged Property, whether property, franchises, rights, securities,
leases, contracts, licenses, permits or whatever it may be, and whether under
this Mortgage or some indenture supplemental hereto, the Trustees act solely as
trustees hereunder and not in their individual capacities, and all persons,
other than the Mortgagor and the holders of Notes secured


                                       59

<PAGE>

hereby, having any claim against the Trustees arising by reason of such
assignment or transfer, shall look only to the Mortgaged Property for payment or
satisfaction thereof.

               (r)  In any controversy that may arise between the Mortgagor and
the United States of America, or any state, county or municipal authority, as to
the legality or regularity of any tax, levy or impost that may be assessed upon
the Mortgaged Property, or upon the Indebtedness hereby secured, the Trustees
shall have full power and authority, on behalf of the Mortgagee and at the
direction of the Mortgagee to intervene in any such proceedings or controversy,
and to institute and maintain any litigation, either at law or in equity, in the
appropriate jurisdiction, in respect of the same, provided indemnity
satisfactory to them for all costs and expenses to be incurred in and about said
litigation shall have been furnished or tendered.

               (s)  The Trustees shall not be required to take notice or be
deemed to have notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless
they shall receive from the Mortgagor or the Mortgagee written notice stating
that a Default or Event of Default hereunder has happened and specifying the
same.  In the absence of such notice the Trustees may conclusively assume for
all purposes of this Mortgage that there is no Default or Event of Default
except as aforesaid and shall be fully protected in relying thereon.

               (t)  The Trustees shall execute and deliver such further
instruments, agreements, and assurances as the Mortgagee may from time to time
request, unless such execution and delivery shall be prejudicial to the
Trustees.

               (u)  If any Event of Default shall have happened and if the
Mortgagee shall so direct in its sole discretion in a written notice given to
the Trustees, the counsel engaged by the Trustees in connection with the
exercise of any remedies hereunder shall be such counsel as may be specified by
the Mortgagee.

               (v)  The Trustees shall execute and deliver such supplemental
indentures, instruments of conveyance, assignment or further assurance and such
waivers,


                                       60

<PAGE>

releases, disclaimers and quitclaims, in addition to those expressly authorized
by the other provisions of this Mortgage, as the Mortgagee shall from time to
time authorize, direct or approve, unless such execution and delivery shall be
prejudicial to the Trustees.

          6.2  COMPENSATION.  The Trustees shall be entitled to reasonable
compensation for all services rendered by them in the execution of the trusts
hereby created, and the Mortgagor agrees from time to time to pay such
compensation (which shall not be limited or determined by any provision of law
with regard to compensation of fiduciaries or of a trustee of an express trust)
and to reimburse the Trustees and save them harmless against any and all
liability and expenses, including reasonable counsel fees, which they may at any
time incur hereunder.  All such sums shall be deemed to be advances hereunder.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Mortgage, as security for the
payment of such Advances (i) the Trustees shall be secured under this Mortgage
by a Lien upon the Mortgaged Property, and (ii) the Trustees shall have the
right to use and apply any moneys held by them to cover such Advances.

          6.3  RESIGNATION.  The Trustees or any of them or any successor or
successors hereunder may at any time resign and be discharged or the trusts
created by this Mortgage by executing an instrument in writing resigning such
trusts, specifying the date when such resignation shall take effect, and filing
the same with the Mortgagee.  Such resignation shall take effect on the day
specified in such instrument, unless, previously, a successor trustee or
trustees shall be appointed as hereafter provided, in which event such
resignation shall take effect immediately upon the appointment of such successor
trustee or trustees.

          6.4  REMOVAL.  The Trustees or any of them or any successor or
successors hereunder may, subject to their rights to compensation, reimbursement
and indemnification herein provided for, be removed at any time by an instrument
executed by the Mortgagee and delivered to the Trustee being removed.

          6.5  INABILITY OF TRUSTEE.  In case of the death of a Trustee, or the
resignation, incapacity or removal as trustee hereunder of a Trustee, or if a
re-


                                       61

<PAGE>

ceiver of a Trustee be appointed or if its or his property or affairs be taken
over by any public officer or officers, then and in that event a successor shall
be appointed by the Mortgagee by an instrument signed by it, notification
thereof being given to the predecessor trustee (except in case of dissolution or
death).  During any vacancy in the office of a Trustee, all of the powers of
such Trustee shall be vested in and may be exercised by the Mortgagee to the
extent permitted by law.

          6.6  JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS.  Any corporate Trustee appointed
under any of the provisions of this Mortgage shall always be a corporation
entitled to act as such trustee in the State in which Mortgaged Property subject
to such trust is located.  Each individual Trustee hereunder shall be a citizen
and resident of the United States of America and a resident of a State in which
Mortgaged Property subject to his trust is located.

          6.7  SUCCESSION.  Any successor Trustee appointed by the Mortgagee
shall, immediately, and without further act, supersede his or its predecessor
Trustee.

          6.8  JUDICIAL APPOINTMENT.  If in a proper case no appointment of a
successor trustee shall be made pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this
Article at the time the resignation or removal of any trustee hereunder shall
have taken effect or within thirty days after any trustee hereunder shall have
become incapable of acting, the retiring trustee may (after reasonable prior
written notice to the Mortgagee) apply to any court (state or federal), having
jurisdiction, to appoint a successor trustee and such court if it deems proper
may, appoint a successor trustee.

          6.9  MERGER OF CORPORATE TRUSTEE.  Any company into which a corporate
Trustee while acting as such hereunder may be merged or converted, or with which
it may be consolidated, or any company resulting from any merger, conversion or
consolidation to which a corporate Trustee shall be a party, shall be the
successor Trustee under this Mortgage provided such entity is entitled to act as
such trustee in the State in which Mortgaged Property subject to its trust is
located.

          6.10  VESTING OF POWERS IN SUCCESSOR TRUSTEES.  Every successor
trustee shall execute, acknowledge and


                                       62

<PAGE>

deliver to the Mortgagee an instrument in writing accepting such appointment
hereunder, and thereupon such successor trustee, without any further act, deed
or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the estates, properties,
rights, powers, trusts, duties and obligations of its predecessor, but such
predecessor shall, nevertheless, on the written request of the Mortgagee or the
successor trustee, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such
successor trustee all the estates, properties, rights, powers and trusts of such
predecessor hereunder; and every predecessor trustee shall deliver all property
and moneys held by it in its capacity as trustee hereunder to its successor.
Should any deed, conveyance or instrument in writing from the Mortgagor be
required by any successor trustee for more fully and certainly vesting in such
trustee the estates, rights, powers and trust hereby vested or intended to be
vested in the predecessor trustee, any and all such deeds, conveyances and
instruments in writing shall, on request, be executed, acknowledged and
delivered by the Mortgagor. The resignation of any trustee, and the instrument
or instruments removing any trustee and appointing a successor trustee
hereunder, together with all deeds, conveyances and other instruments provided
for in this Section, may (and, if the Mortgagee so requests, shall) be forthwith
filed for record in the appropriate place where this Mortgage shall then be
required to be recorded, at the expense of the Mortgagor.

          6.11  LEGAL INCAPACITY OF CORPORATE TRUSTEES.  If, by any present or
future law in any jurisdiction in which it may be necessary to perform any act
in the execution of the trusts hereby created, a corporate Trustee may be
incompetent or unqualified to act as such Trustee, then all the acts required to
be performed in such jurisdiction, in the execution of the trusts hereby
created, shall and will be performed by a Trustee who is a natural person, or
his successor or successors, acting alone.  Except as it may be deemed necessary
for an individual Trustee solely or jointly with a corporate Trustee to execute
the trusts hereby created, a corporate Trustee may solely have and exercise the
powers, and shall be solely charged with the performance of the duties herein
declared on the part of the Trustees, or any of them, to be had and exercised or
to be performed in such jurisdiction.



                                       63

<PAGE>

          No provision of this Mortgage or of any supplemental agreement shall
be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on any corporate Trustee to perform
any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or
imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which any
such corporate Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent to perform any such
act or acts or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation or if such
performance or exercise would constitute doing business by any such corporate
Trustee in such jurisdiction.

          6.12  ADDITIONAL TRUSTEES.  If at any time it shall be desirable in
the opinion of the Mortgagee to have an additional trustee or trustees as co-
trustee or co-trustees hereunder, either individual or corporate, the Mortgagee
may select such co-trustee or co-trustees, and the Trustees and the Mortgagor
shall unite in appointing such co-trustee or co-trustees of all or any the
property or cash (if any) at the time subject hereto, jointly with the Trustees
originally named herein, or their successor or successors, to act as a separate
trustee or trustees hereunder or of any of such property or cash, and in either
case with such of the rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby conferred or
imposed upon the Trustees or any of them as shall be stated in such instrument
of appointment, the same to be exercised either jointly with the Trustees or
separately as such instrument may prescribe, and the Mortgagor hereby
irrevocably appoints the Mortgagee as its agent, without any further act by the
Mortgagor, at any time to select and appoint any such additional trustee or co-
trustee and to execute, and deliver and perform any and all instruments and
agreements necessary or proper in connection therewith.  Upon such appointment
and upon the recording of the instrument of appointment wherever by law it is
appropriate to be recorded, the title of the Trustees in any and all of the
Mortgaged Property in the jurisdiction to which such appointment relates shall
immediately, and without further evidence of transfer, vest in such co-trustee
or co-trustees either jointly with the Trustees or separately according to the
terms of such appointment, but the Trustees and/or the Mortgagor shall
nevertheless execute, acknowledge and deliver to such co-trustee or co-trustees
such conveyances and transfers as may be proper to vest or confirm said
Mortgaged Property in the co-trustee or co-trustees.  Any co-trustee may resign
or



                                       64

<PAGE>

be removed in the same manner provided as an original Trustee, or he or it
may be removed, and any vacancy in the office of co-trustee may be filled in the
manner above provided for the appointment of the original co-trustee or co-
trustees, or, if it is not then desirable to fill the vacancy, the vacancy need
not be filled.  All the immunities provided by this Mortgage in respect of the
Trustees shall apply to each and every co-trustee, and neither of the Trustees
nor any co-trustee shall be liable for any default or act of omission or
commission of any other of the Trustees or co-trustees.

          6.13  POWERS OF CO-TRUSTEES.  If a co-trustee, individual or
corporate, be appointed, then to the extent permitted by law, the powers and
duties conferred upon the Trustees hereunder shall nevertheless be exercised and
performed by the Trustees alone, even after the Trustees shall under the
provisions hereof have become entitled to enter upon the Mortgaged Property; but
the co-trustee shall upon appointment receive and hold title to the Mortgaged
Property jointly or separately as provided in Section 6.12 with the Trustee, and
in case the Trustees shall by reason of the law of any jurisdiction in which the
Trustees may be required to act under the terms of this Mortgage to be
unqualified, unauthorized, unable or incompetent to exercise any of the powers
granted to the Trustees by this Mortgage or to perform any of the duties imposed
upon the Trustees hereby or shall decline to exercise any such power or perform
any such duty, then and in such case, upon the request in writing of the
Mortgagee (which shall be sufficient warrant for the co-trustee to take the
action therein requested), the co-trustee shall have and may exercise any such
power in the place of any Trustee, and shall be authorized to perform any such
duty in that jurisdiction, and shall be deemed to be possessed of such rights
and powers as may be necessary to the effectual operation of the trusts herein
set forth.  The co-trustee may nevertheless delegate to any Trustee insofar as
permitted by law, and may exercise every right and perform every duty
hereinbefore required to be exercised or performed by him or it, through any
Trustee as his or its agents, unless such Trustee is not permitted by law so to
act, and may adopt, ratify and confirm any act done by any Trustee, and until
the co-trustee is requested in writing by the Mortgagee, to act as above
provided, every act of a Trustee shall be deemed to have been performed as the


                                       65

<PAGE>

agent of the co-trustee insofar as necessary to the effectual operation of this
Mortgage.  No Trustee shall be under a duty to request the co-trustee to act as
above provided unless they shall have declined to act themselves or shall have
received an opinion of independent counsel to the effect that they are
unqualified, unauthorized, unable or incompetent to act in any given instance,
and any such Trustee shall be under no liability for failure to make such
request prior to so declining or to receiving such opinion of counsel.  The co-
trustee shall in no event be responsible or liable personally for any act of any
Trustee performed as agent, attorney or otherwise, and may conclusively assume
that he or it is permitted by law to delegate his or its powers and duties
hereunder to a Trustee and to exercise and perform his or its powers and duties
hereunder through a Trustee as his or its agent, unless and until he or it is
otherwise advised in writing by counsel.

          6.14  NO TRUSTEE'S BOND.  No bond or other security shall be required
of any Trustee or any successor trustee or co-trustee unless required by a court
having jurisdiction and for cause shown.

          THIS MORTGAGE WILL ALSO SECURE ANY AND ALL EXTENSIONS, RENEWALS, AND
MODIFICATIONS OF THE OBLIGATIONS.

          THE MORTGAGOR AND MORTGAGEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS INSTRUMENT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ALL TORT
ACTIONS.

          THE MORTGAGOR HEREBY DECLARES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE MORTGAGOR HAS
RECEIVED, WITHOUT CHARGE, A TRUE COPY OF THIS MORTGAGE.


                                       66

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Mortgagor, by its duly elected officers and
pursuant to proper authority of its board of directors has duly executed,
sealed, acknowledged and delivered this Mortgage as of the day and year first
above written.

                              THE GRAND UNION COMPANY


ATTEST:                       By:_____________________________
                              Name:
                              Title: _______ President
By:______________________
     Name:
     Title: _______ Secretary

                                        [Corporate Seal]






IN CONNECTICUT, GEORGIA AND OHIO:

As to both signatures, signed, sealed, acknowledged and delivered in the
presence of:

_________________________
Witness
Print Name:

_______________________
Witness
Print Name:


<PAGE>

STATE OF            )
                    )    ss.:
COUNTY OF           )

          On this ___ day of ______, 1995, before me, the undersigned officer,
personally appeared _______________, residing at
____________________________________________, and __________________, residing
at ____________________
_____________________, personally known and acknowledged themselves to me to be
the ______ President and _________ Secretary, respectively of THE GRAND UNION
COMPANY, and that as such officers, being duly authorized to do so pursuant to
its bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors, executed, subscribed and
acknowledged the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained, by
signing the name of the corporation by themselves in their authorized capacities
as such officers as their free and voluntary act and deed and the free and
voluntary act and deed of said corporation.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, hereunto set my hand and official seal.



                              ______________________________________________
                              Notary Public

NOTARIAL
SEAL


My Commission Expires:



_____________________________



<PAGE>

                                                              [Property Address]
                                                               Store No. _______

                                    EXHIBIT A

FOR FEE MORTGAGE:

     [Block and Lot Numbers]

     [Legal Description]

     [Derivation of Title in Tennessee:  Being the same property conveyed to
     Mortgagor by deed recorded in Book _______, Page ______ in ____________
     Office of _________ County, Tennessee.]

FOR LEASED MORTGAGE:

     [Lease Description (the "Lease")]

     [Derivation of Title in Connecticut and Tennessee:  Being the same property
     leased to Mortgagor by the Lease, a memorandum of which has been recorded
     in Book _______, Page ______ in ____________ Office of ___________ Town,
     Connecticut/_________ County, Tennessee.]
















The name of the record owner or
holder of the Leasehold Estate,
as the case may be, is:

The Grand Union Company


                                       A-1

<PAGE>
                                   [Property Address]



                                   SCHEDULE I

              [Legal Description of Leased Property, if applicable]




                                       A-2

<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                                                              Exhibit 10.15

                           Miller Tabak Hirsch & Co.
                               331 Madison Avenue
                                   12th Floor
                            New York, New York 10017

                                                              June 15, 1995

The Grand Union Company
201 Willowbrook Boulevard
Wayne, New Jersey 07470

Dear Sirs:

  In connection with, among other things, (i) the agreement dated July 22,
1992 (the "Agreement") between Miller Tabak Hirsch & Co. ("MTH") and The
Grand Union Company (the "Company") and (ii) the Second Amended Plan of
Reorganization dated as of April 19, 1995 (the "Plan") of the Company
in connection with the chapter 11 case filed by the Company on January 25,
1995 in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware, this
will confirm our agreement as follows:

  1. Termination of Agreement. The Agreement shall be terminated as of the
Effective Date, as such term is defined in the Plan, and the obligations of
the Company under the Agreement, including its obligation to pay fees to MTH
in the amount of $750,000 per year for financial services rendered by MTH,
shall cease as of the Effective Date. The Company shall remain obligated to
pay to MTH all fees accrued prior to the Effective Date.

  2. Indemnification of MTH Entities. The Company hereby confirms that,
notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement, it will indemnify, pay
contribution to, reimburse and hold harmless MTH and its present and former
partners, officers, employees, advisors, attorneys, consultants, agents and
representatives, including Messrs. Martin A. Fox, Glenn L. Goldberg, Claude
Incaudo and James A. Lash, and any person or entity that directly or
indirectly controls MTH, including Gary Hirsch, Jeffrey Miller and Jeffrey
Tabak (MTH and any such partner, officer, employee, advisor, attorney,
consultant, agent, representative, person or entity being hereinafter
referred to individually as an "MTH Entity" and collectively as the "MTH
Entities"), from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities,
joint or several, including the reimbursement of legal and other expenses
(including costs of investigation) in connection with any action, suit or
proceeding, whether commenced or threatened, incurred by any MTH Entity or to
which any MTH Entity may become subject, in connection with the services or
matters which are the subject of the Agreement, which services the parties
agree include the performance of services of any of the MTH Entities to the
Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary thereof, Grand Union Capital
Corporation ("GUCC") or Grand Union Holding Corporation ("GUHC") (GUCC, GUHC
or any such other subsidiary hereinafter referred to individually as an
"Affiliate" and collectively as the "Affiliates") for or at the request of
the Company, prior to the Effective Date, whether prior to the Filing Date
(as defined in the Plan) or not; provided, however, that the indemnification,
contribution, reimbursement or hold harmless provisions of this paragraph 2
shall not cover any claim to be indemnified, reimbursed or held harmless by
any MTH Entity arising out of or related, directly or indirectly, to any
action, suit or proceeding against any MTH Entity (i) brought by GUCC or
GUHC, (ii) brought by any person which is a present or former purchaser,
seller, underwriter or owner of present or former securities of the Company,
its predecessors or any present or former Affiliate thereof, including,
without limitation, GUCC or GUHC, in such capacity, (iii) brought by any
trustee, receiver or other representative on behalf of, or asserting the
rights of GUCC, GUHC or any other person described in clause (i) hereof, or
(iv) brought by any other person (a "Third Party Claimant") against an MTH
Entity asserting claims for contribution, reimbursement or indemnity by such
Third Party

<PAGE>

Claimant arising out of or related to any action, suit or proceeding against
such Third Party Claimant which, had it been brought against an MTH Entity,
would be described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) hereof (such claims
described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) being hereinafter referred to
as the "Excluded Claims"); and provided further, however, that the Company
shall not be liable to any MTH Entity as an indemnified party hereunder in
respect of any loss, claim, damage or liability to the extent that a court
having jurisdiction shall have determined by a final judgment that such loss,
claim, damage or liability of such indemnified party resulted from the
willful misfeasance or gross negligence of such indemnified party. In the
event that the foregoing indemnity, contribution or reimbursement is
unavailable or insufficient to indemnify and hold such MTH Entity harmless,
then the Company shall contribute to amounts paid or payable by such MTH
Entity in respect of such losses, claims, damages and liabilities in such
proportion as appropriately reflects all equitable considerations, including
but not limited to the relative benefits received by, and fault of, the
Company or such Affiliate on the one hand, and such MTH Entity, on the other
hand, in connection with the matters as to which such losses, claims, damages
or liabilities relate. For purposes of this agreement, the term "MTH Entity"
shall exclude any advisor, financial advisor, investment banker (including
Goldman, Sachs & Co., BT Securities Corporation and Nomura Securities
International), attorney, or consultant directly engaged by the Company or
any Affiliate of the Company and shall also exclude any person or entity
other than the individuals expressly named above who are designated by MTH to
be excluded from being an MTH Entity.

  3. Limited Liability Relating to Excluded Claims.

  (a) To the extent that any losses, claims, damages or liabilities
(including the reimbursement of legal and other expenses, including costs of
investigation), arise out of Excluded Claims ("Excluded Claims Liability"),
the Company shall indemnify, pay contribution or reimburse MTH or any other
MTH Entity in respect of Excluded Claims as set forth in this paragraph 3.

  (b) The Company and MTH agree that the Company shall indemnify, pay
contribution or reimburse MTH and the other MTH Entities for the first
$3,000,000 of any Excluded Claims Liability and that any Excluded Claims
Liability above $3,000,000 shall be shared, 662/3% to be borne by the Company
and 331/3% to be borne by MTH or such other MTH Entities; provided that the
Company's indemnity, contribution and reimbursement obligations under this
paragraph 3 shall not exceed $13,000,000 in the aggregate; and provided
further that the first $3,000,000 of any Excluded Claims Liability shall be
increased to $3,150,000 and the limit on the Company's indemnity,
contribution and reimbursement obligations under this paragraph shall be
increased to $14,000,000 in the aggregate if the release by Federated
Research Corp. referred to in paragraph 5 hereof is not delivered for any
reason to MTH and any claim is asserted by or on behalf of Federated Research
Corp. (including any claim for contribution or reimbursement) against MTH or
any MTH Entity or Federated Research Corp. commences an action, suit or
proceeding against MTH or any MTH Entity in connection with the Company or
any Affiliate of the Company (the Company's obligations as set forth and
limited in this clause (b) of this paragraph 3 are hereinafter referred to as
the "Excluded Claims Fund").

  (c) The Company agrees that the Excluded Claims Fund may be used, subject
to the limitations and allocations thereof as set forth in clause (b) of this
paragraph 3, to pay any judgment, settle any claim, pay any legal or other
expense or pay any contribution or reimbursement and, in the sole and
absolute discretion of Gary Hirsch or his designee, any loss, claim, damage
or liability incurred by or asserted against any present or former officer or
director of the Company, GUCC or GUHC that is not an MTH Entity (the
"Continuing Management Group") arising out of Excluded Claims (as used here
such term shall have the definition as set forth in Section 15.06(b) of the
Plan), and that any such settlement in respect of any asserted Excluded
Claims Liability or such Excluded Claims shall be in the sole and absolute
discretion of Gary Hirsch or his designee.

  (d) The Company agrees to pay promptly its share, as determined under the
provisions of clause (b) of this paragraph 3, of (i) any Excluded Claims
Liability that is a legal or other expense incurred in connection with
defending or preparing to defend any Excluded Claims Liability promptly upon
being furnished an

                                        2


<PAGE>

invoice for such expense that has been approved by Gary Hirsch or his
designee (whether for an expense of MTH or any MTH Entity) with a
certification of Gary Hirsch or his designee that such expense is subject to
reimbursement hereunder, (ii) any judgment against MTH or any other MTH
Entity unless a stay of execution of such judgment is obtained within 20 days
after the date of such judgment and such stay is thereafter fully maintained
in effect, and (iii) any settlement approved by Gary Hirsch or his designee
described in clause (c) of this paragraph 3.

  (e) The Company agrees that the first $3,000,000 of the Company's
obligation for the Excluded Claims Fund shall be deposited in escrow on the
Effective Date on the terms and with the escrow agent described in the Escrow
Agreement annexed hereto as Exhibit A.

  (f) For purposes of this paragraph 3 and the determination of Excluded
Claims, the term "partners" as used in paragraph 2 above with respect to an
MTH Entity shall include all partnerships or other persons or entities which
may be general or limited partners of MTH and their respective partners,
shareholders, directors, officers and employees.

  (g) The Company has agreed as provided in the Plan to pay certain legal
fees and expenses of the "GUHC and GUCC Legal Advisors" (as such term is
defined in the Plan). MTH agrees that the amount paid by the Company to the
GUHC and GUCC Legal Advisors for services rendered in connection with the
dissolution of GUCC and GUHC as provided in Section 2.04(b) of the Plan shall
be applied against the first $3,000,000 or $3,150,000, as the case may be, of
the Excluded Claims Fund and reduce the Company's Excluded Claims Liability
under clause (b) of this paragraph 3 by such amount.

  4. Insurance. The Company agrees that any insurance presently in effect
covering officers and directors of the Company, GUCC or GUHC will remain in
full force and effect with coverage substantially similar in amounts and
terms at the sole expense of the Company for not less than six years after
the Effective Date of the Plan.

  5. Releases of MTH and Other MTH Entities. The Company shall release MTH
and each other MTH Entity from all claims, losses, damages and liabilities
and all suits, actions and causes of action which the Company has or may have
against MTH or any other MTH Entity arising out of any act or failure to act
of MTH or any other MTH Entity in connection with the Company or any
Affiliate of the Company, including any transaction or agreement to which the
Company or any Affiliate of the Company was or is a party and any security,
note, instrument or other obligation issued by the Company or any Affiliate
of the Company, and MTH shall similarly release the Company and such
Affiliates, all such releases to become effective upon the Effective Date of
the Plan. In addition, Putnam Investment Management and various funds managed
by it or its affiliates, Federated Management and various funds managed by it
or its affiliates, and Leland Zaubler shall execute releases in favor of MTH
and the other MTH Entities by which MTH and such MTH Entities shall be
released from all claims arising in connection with the Company, GUHC, and
GUCC and shall on or before April 21, 1995 deliver such releases to counsel
for MTH to be held in escrow pursuant to the Escrow Agreement annexed hereto
as Exhibit B until the Effective Date of the Plan or any plan which is
substantially similar to the Plan, whereupon such releases shall be delivered
to MTH, provided that the releases executed by Federated Management and
various funds managed by it and its affiliates and by Leland Zaubler shall be
delivered to MTH only if the Plan or such substantially similar Plan, the
terms of which are not less advantageous to such parties in any material
respect, as confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court includes the same or
substantially similar release provisions as those contained in Sections 14.01
(b)(i) and 14.01 (c) of the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the
contrary, neither MTH nor any MTH Entity shall have waived or released or be
deemed to have waived or released any rights it may have against any person
or entity which has not released or is not deemed to have released MTH or
such MTH Entity of all claims arising in connection with the Company, GUHC or
GUCC. The provisions of this agreement shall not affect or release any
agreement or obligation between the Company and Penn Traffic Company.

  6. Amended Plan of Reorganization of Company. Except to the extent that any
such release prevents confirmation of the Plan, the Company agrees (i) to
provide for the release and settlement of all claims, losses,


                                       3


<PAGE>

damages and liabilities and Causes of Action (as such term is defined in the
Plan) against MTH and the other MTH Entities as set forth in the Plan and
(ii) to otherwise provide for the rights and remedies of MTH and the other
MTH Entities and benefits to MTH and the other MTH Entities as set forth in
the Plan.

  7. Legal Expenses. The reasonable legal expenses of MTH for services of
Denis F. Cronin and Gilmartin, Poster & Shafto incurred in connection with
the negotiation and preparation of this agreement, the Plan, and otherwise in
connection with the Company's pending chapter 11 case in the United States
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware, will be paid by the Company.

  8. Effective Date. This agreement shall become effective on the Effective
Date of the Plan.

  9. Headings. Headings are for reference only and are to be ignored in
interpreting this agreement.

  10. Counterparts. This agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which
taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

  11. Entire Agreement. This agreement constitutes the entire agreement
between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof,
integrates all of the terms and conditions mentioned herein or incidental
hereto, and supersedes all oral and written negotiations and agreements with
respect to the subject matter hereof.

  12. Governing Law. This agreement may not be changed orally, shall be
binding on the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto, and
shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       Miller Tabak Hirsch & Co.

                                       By /s/ Gary D. Hirsch
                                          ----------------------------------

Accepted and Agreed:

The Grand Union Company

By  /s/ Francis Nicastro
  -----------------------------------

BY ITS SIGNATURE BELOW, EACH OF THE
UNDERSIGNED AGREES TO EXECUTE AND
DELIVER THE RELEASE ON THE TERMS
DESCRIBED IN THE SECOND SENTENCE OF
PARAGRAPH 5 OF THIS AGREEMENT:

EACH OF PUTNAM DIVERSIFIED INCOME
TRUST, PUTNAM HIGH INCOME CONVERTIBLE
AND BOND FUND, PUTNAM MANAGED HIGH
YIELD TRUST, PUTNAM CAPITAL MANAGER
TRUST-PCM HIGH YIELD FUND, PUTNAM
MASTER INCOME TRUST, PUTNAM PREMIER
INCOME TRUST, PUTNAM MASTER
INTERMEDIATE INCOME TRUST, PUTNAM
CAPITAL MANAGER TRUST-PCM DIVERSIFIED
IN-


                                       4


<PAGE>

COME, PUTNAM ASSET ALLOCATION
FUNDS-BALANCED PORTFOLIO, PUTNAM
ASSET ALLOCATION FUNDS-CONSERVATIVE
PORTFOLIO, PUTNAM ASSET ALLOCATION
FUNDS-GROWTH PORTFOLIO, PUTNAM HIGH
YIELD MUNICIPAL TRUST, PUTNAM GLOBAL
GOVERNMENTAL INCOME TRUST, PUTNAM
HIGH YIELD ADVANTAGE FUND, PUTNAM
HIGH YIELD TRUST AND PUTNAM MANAGED
HIGH YIELD TRUST

By: /s/
  -----------------------------------

PUTNAM DIVERSIFIED INCOME
PORTFOLIO/SMITH BARNEY/TRAVELERS
SERIES FUND BY PUTNAM INVESTMENT
MANAGEMENT

By: /s/
  -----------------------------------

EACH OF SOUTHERN FARM BUREAU ANNUITY
INSURANCE COMPANY TRAVELERS SERIES
FUND, AMERITECH PENSION TRUST, US
BOND TRUST 93, US BOND TRUST 91, US
BOND TRUST 92, US BOND TRUST 94-03,
US BOND TRUST 93-11, CENTRAL STATES,
SOUTHEAST AND SOUTHWEST AREAS PENSION
FUND, US BOND TRUST 91-12, US BOND
TRUST 90, MARSH & McLENNAN COMPANIES,
INC. U.S. RETIREMENT PLAN AND PUTNAM
EMBASSY FUNDS LTD. DIVERSIFIED INCOME
FUND BY THE PUTNAM ADVISORY COMPANY,
INC.

By: /s/
  -----------------------------------

FEDERATED ADVISERS AS
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT FOR FEDERATED HIGH
YIELD TRUST, FIXED INCOME SECURITIES,
INC. ON BEHALF OF ITS STRATEGIC
INCOME FUND, INVESTMENT SERIES FUNDS,
INC. ON BEHALF OF ITS FORTRESS BOND
FUND, INSURANCE MANAGEMENT SERIES ON
BEHALF OF ITS CORPORATE BOND FUND,
AND LIBERTY HIGH INCOME BOND FUND,
INC.

By: /s/
  -----------------------------------

- - ---------------------------
      LELAND ZAUBLER


                                       5




<PAGE>

                                                              Exhibit 10.16

                                   AGREEMENT

  This Agreement (the "Agreement"), dated as of April   , 1995, is made among
The Grand Union Company (the "Company"), Grand Union Capital Corporation
("Capital"), Grand Union Holdings Corporation ("Holdings"), the Official
Committee of Unsecured Creditors of Grand Union Capital Corporation (the
"Capital Committee"), certain holders, that are signatories to this Agreement,
of the 15% Senior Zero Coupon Notes Due 2004, Series A and B (the "Senior Zero
Coupon Notes") and the 16.5% Senior Subordinated Zero Coupon Notes Due 2007,
Series A and B (the "Senior Subordinated Zero Coupon Notes" and, together with
the Senior Zero Coupon Notes, the "Zero Coupon Notes") issued by Capital and
guaranteed by Holdings (each such holder of Zero Coupon Notes, in its capacity
as such, a "Noteholder" and collectively with the Company, Capital, Holdings,
and the Capital Committee, the "Parties"). All terms not otherwise defined
herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Second Amended
Chapter 11 Plan of the Company dated April 19, 1995, as amended as provided in
Section 1(d) hereof (the "Plan") annexed hereto as Exhibit A. This Agreement is
made in consideration of, and in reference to, the following:

                                    RECITALS

  WHEREAS, on January 25, 1995, the Company filed a voluntary petition for
relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. (S)(S) 101 et seq.
(the "Bankruptcy Code"), in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District
of Delaware (the "Bankruptcy Court"), commencing Case No. 95-84 (PJW) (the
"Company Bankruptcy Case"); and

  WHEREAS, on February 6, 1995, certain members of a then unofficial committee
of holders of Zero Coupon Notes (the "Unofficial Capital Committee") commenced
an involuntary chapter 11 bankruptcy case against Capital, Case No. 95-130
(PJW), in the Bankruptcy Court, in response to which Capital consented to an
entry of an order for relief on February 16, 1995 (the "Capital Bankruptcy
Case"); and

  WHEREAS, on February 16, 1995, Holdings filed a voluntary petition for relief
under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court, commencing Case
No. 95-172 (PJW) (the "Holdings Bankruptcy Case," together with the Company
Bankruptcy Case and the Capital Bankruptcy Case, the "Bankruptcy Cases"); and

  WHEREAS, the Company, Capital and Holdings remain in possession of their
respective assets and continue to manage their affairs as debtors and
debtors-in-possession in their respective Bankruptcy Cases; and

  WHEREAS, the Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Capital which, in turn,
is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings; and

  WHEREAS, both prior to and after the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases, the
Unofficial Capital Committee made certain allegations including that (i) Capital
had breached certain fiduciary obligations that it purportedly owed to the
Noteholders, and (ii) certain purported transfers by Capital to Holdings of
proceeds received from the sale of Zero Coupon Notes were avoidable; and

  WHEREAS, on February 23, 1995, the Unofficial Capital Committee filed a motion
in the Bankruptcy Court to substantively consolidate the Company Bankruptcy Case
and the Capital Bankruptcy Case (the "Motion"); and

  WHEREAS, on March 3, 1995, the United States Trustee appointed the Capital
Committee; and

  WHEREAS, the Capital Committee adopted and continues to prosecute the Motion
and, additionally, either has filed or continues to prosecute various other
motions, applications, and objections in the Bankruptcy Cases including, without
limitation, the following:

<PAGE>

    1. Objection of the Unofficial Committee of Bondholders of Grand Union
  Capital Corporation to Debtor's Motion for an Order Authorizing Interim and
  Final DIP Financing filed in the Company Bankruptcy Case on February 7, 1995;

    2. Response of the Unofficial Committee of Zero Coupon Noteholders of Grand
  Union Capital Corporation to Debtor's Motion to Strike Objections filed in
  the Company Bankruptcy Case on February 15, 1995;

    3. Objection of the Committee of Zero Coupon Noteholders to Debtor's
  Disclosure Statement for the Plan of Reorganization of Grand Union Company
  filed in the Company Bankruptcy Case on March  2, 1995;

    4. Motion Pursuant to Rule 60(b) Vacating the Orders Approving Post-
  Petition Financing Agreement of the Debtor With Bankers Trust Company and
  Exit Financing Commitment Fee and Reopening Hearing on the Motions filed in
  the Company Bankruptcy Case on March 16, 1995;

    5. Motion of the Capital Committee to Disqualify Goldman Sachs and BT
  Securities filed in the Company Bankruptcy Case on March 17, 1995;

    6. Objection of the Capital Committee to Debtor's First Amended Disclosure
  Statement for the First Amended Plan of Reorganization of Grand Union Company
  filed in the Company Bankruptcy Case on April 3, 1995; and

    7. Application for Order Pursuant to Rule 1015(b) of the Federal Rules of
  Bankruptcy Procedure for Joint Administration of Grand Union Capital
  Corporation and Grand Union Holdings Corporation filed in both the Capital
  and Holdings Bankruptcy Cases on March 15, 1995.

(Hereinafter, the claims, allegations and/or contentions that are the subject of
or are asserted by either the Unofficial Capital Committee or the Capital
Committee in any of the matters described in these recitals (including, without
limitation, the Motion), and any appeals related thereto, are collectively
referred to as the "Capital Claims"); and

  WHEREAS, the Company, Capital, and Holdings dispute any liability to the
Noteholders, the Unofficial Capital Committee or the Capital Committee with
respect to the Capital Claims; and

  WHEREAS, due to the complexities of the various issues raised by the Capital
Claims, and in order to avoid the inherent uncertainty and expense involved
therein, the parties hereto believe that it is in their respective best
interests to compromise and settle all of the controversies which exist among
them upon the terms and conditions contained herein.

  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the Parties hereby
memorialize their agreement as follows:

  Section 1. Support of the Plan. Each of the Noteholders and the Capital
Committee agree that, so long as (x) with respect to each Noteholder, such
Noteholder is the beneficial owner of, or has investment authority or discretion
as to, any Zero Coupon Notes and (y) no Material Change, as defined below, or a
Disabling Contingency, as defined in Section 12(a) of this Agreement, shall have
occurred:

    (a) Each Noteholder and the Capital Committee will (i) support and assist in
  the filing of the Plan, (ii) support and assist in the filing of the
  Disclosure Statement for the Plan, (iii) support and use its reasonable
  efforts to obtain acceptance of the Plan, (iv) take, or cause to be taken,
  any and all such other actions as are necessary to cause such Zero Coupon
  Notes beneficially owned, or as to which such Noteholder has investment
  authority or discretion, to be voted on the Plan, and (v) not agree to,
  consent to, or vote for any plan, other than the Plan as it may be amended,
  that does not contain the terms set forth in the Plan.
                                       2

<PAGE>

    (b) Each Noteholder and the Capital Committee will not object to or
  otherwise commence any proceeding to oppose or alter either the Plan or the
  Disclosure Statement for the Plan, will withdraw any pending objection to the
  Disclosure Statement for the Plan, and will not take any action that is
  inconsistent with, or that would delay approval of the Disclosure Statement
  for the Plan or acceptance, confirmation, effectiveness or substantial
  consummation of the Plan.

    (c) While the Noteholders and the Capital Committee have agreed to support
  and use their reasonable efforts to obtain acceptance of the Plan as set
  forth in (a) above, it is understood that the Noteholders can have no legally
  binding obligation to vote to accept the Plan. Nothing contained herein shall
  be construed as a solicitation of an acceptance or rejection of, or require
  any party to accept or reject, the Plan.

    (d) The Noteholders and the Capital Committee acknowledge that the Plan may
  be modified or amended, and any such modification or amendment which does not
  constitute a Material Change shall not affect the Parties' obligations set
  forth in this Section 1. For purposes hereof, a "Material Change" means any
  modification or amendment of the Plan proposed or supported for approval by
  the Company such that the Plan contains terms that are different from those
  set forth in the Plan and which materially and adversely affect a Noteholder's
  treatment (either absolutely or relatively as compared to the treatment of
  other claims), unless the affected Noteholder agrees to such terms.

  Section 2. Transfer of Claims, Interests and Securities. No Noteholder shall,
directly or indirectly, sell, assign, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of
(collectively, "transfer") (x) any Zero Coupon Notes beneficially owned by it or
as to which such Noteholder has investment authority or discretion, (including
Zero Coupon Notes acquired after the date hereof), (y) any claim (as that term
is defined in Section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code) arising from, based on or
related to, Zero Coupon Notes or (z) any option, warrant, interest in, or right
to acquire, any Zero Coupon Notes or claims referred to in clauses (x) or (y)
above, provided that a party shall be permitted to transfer Zero Coupon Notes,
claims or interests therein to (i) another Noteholder that is a party to this
Agreement, (ii) an Affiliate (as that term is defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
General Rules and Regulations promulgated under the Securities Act of 1934, as
amended) of a Noteholder, which agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of
this Agreement or (iii) any person or entity that is not a Noteholder and a
party to this Agreement, or an Affiliate of a Noteholder, that agrees in writing
to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Such an Affiliate, person or entity
which enters into the agreements required by clauses (ii) or (iii) of the
preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a party to this Agreement for all
purposes. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to or shall restrict
the transfer of the warrants referred to in Section 4 of this Agreement
subsequent to their issuance.

  Section 3. Ownership of Zero Coupon Notes. Each Noteholder represents and
warrants that (i) Exhibit B sets forth the total principal amount of Zero Coupon
Notes beneficially owned, or as to which such Noteholder, or its Affiliates have
investment authority or discretion, and such Zero Coupon Notes constitute all of
such securities so owned or controlled by such Noteholder and its Affiliates.

  Section 4. Plan Treatment. The Plan shall contain provisions providing for the
issuance to Noteholders of warrants for the purchase of Reorganized Grand
Union's common stock.

  Section 5. Other Representations and Warranties. (a) By their execution of
this Agreement, each Noteholder and the Capital Committee represent and warrant
that they (i) have read and understand the Plan, (ii) have had the opportunity
to discuss and negotiate the terms of the Plan with the assistance of legal,
financial and other advisors of their choosing ("Advisors"), and have had the
opportunity to consult with their Advisors with respect to their decision to
execute this Agreement, (iii) have read and understand the Disclosure Statement
for the Plan, and (iv) have had adequate access, directly or through such
Advisors, to such financial, business or other information relating to the
Company, Capital, and Holdings that they deemed necessary or advisable to enter
into this Agreement.
                                       3

<PAGE>

    (b) The Parties further represent and warrant to one another as follows: (i)
  Each party is the sole and lawful owner of all right, title and interest in
  and to every claim and other matter which the party releases herein, and that
  the party has not heretofore assigned or transferred, or purported to assign
  or transfer, to any person, firm or entity, any such claim or other matters
  herein released; and (ii) except as expressly stated in this Agreement, no
  party has made any statement or representation to any other party regarding
  any facts relied upon by said party in entering into this Agreement, and each
  party specifically does not rely upon any statement, representation or
  promise of any other party in executing this Agreement or in making the
  settlement provided for herein, except as expressly stated in this Agreement.

  (c) Capital and Holdings each represents and warrants to the Capital Committee
that, after giving effect to the releases contained in or contemplated by this
Agreement and the Plan, it has no material assets except as disclosed in its
schedules and statements filed, as amended, in the Bankruptcy Cases.

  Section 6. Authorization. Each Noteholder, the Capital Committee, the Company,
Capital, and Holdings each represents and warrants, subject to Bankruptcy Court
approval with respect to the Company, Capital, and Holdings, that it has the
power, and is authorized, to enter into this Agreement.

  Section 7. Withdrawal and/or Dismissal of Capital Claims. Each of the Parties
and those entities that have indicated their lack of objection to this Agreement
on page 16 hereof agrees to forbear and stand still on all litigation, including
pre-trial discovery, relating to the Capital Claims. Upon the Effective Date of
the Plan, the Noteholders and the Capital Committee will withdraw and/or dismiss
the Capital Claims with prejudice. The Company agrees to forbear and stand still
on any appeal from the order of the United States District Court for the
District of Delaware granting the Unofficial Capital Committee standing to
appear in the Company's Bankruptcy Case (the "Standing Order") until a Material
Change or a Disabling Contingency, as defined in Section 12 of this Agreement,
occurs. This standstill shall not, however, preclude the Company from filing a
notice of appeal from the Standing Order or the Capital Committee from
responding to such appeal if it is not stayed.

  Section 8. Noteholder and Capital Committee Releases. For good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, including, without
limitation, the issuance of warrants to purchase common stock of Reorganized
Grand Union pursuant to the Plan, each of the Noteholders and the Capital
Committee, and their affiliates, agents, and assigns (the "Releasors") hereby
unconditionally and irrevocably release the following persons: the Company,
Capital, and Holdings, the respective affiliates of the Company, Capital, and
Holdings, present and former stockholders, directors, and officers of the
Company, Capital, and Holdings, including Miller Tabak Hirsch & Co. ("MTH") and
its present and former partners, directors, officers, employees, advisors,
attorneys, consultants, agents, and representatives including, without
limitation, Messrs. Martin A. Fox, Glenn L. Goldberg, Claude Incaudo and James
A. Lash, and any person or entity that directly or indirectly controls MTH,
including Gary Hirsch, Jeffrey Miller and Jeffrey Tabak, the members of each of
the Official Committee and the Informal Committees, each of the
Post-Confirmation Banks, BT Securities Corporation, Goldman, Sachs & Co., and
each of the foregoing entity's and/or person's respective attorneys, advisors,
financial advisors, investment bankers, employees, successors, agents, and
assigns, and any other person and/or entity against whom any of the Releasors
may have a Released Claim, as defined below in this section (collectively, the
"Released Persons"), from any and all claims, demands, actions, causes of
action, suits, costs, dues, sums of money, accounts, bills, bonds, covenants,
contracts, controversies, agreements, promises, variances, trespasses, damages,
judgments, expenses, and liability whatsoever, known or unknown, at law or in
equity, irrespective of whether such claims arise out of contract, tort,
violation of laws or other regulations or otherwise, which the Releasors ever
had or now have against the Released Persons or any of them, for, or by reason
of, any matter, cause or thing whatsoever from the beginning of the world to and
including the date hereof arising out of or in connection with, or related in
any manner to, the issuance, ownership, purchase, and/or sale of the Zero Coupon
Notes including, without limitation, any claim for substantive consolidation of
the Company's Bankruptcy Case and Capital's Bankruptcy Case, any claims arising
under any state or federal securities law and/or any claims arising under
Sections 544, 548 and 550 of the Bankruptcy Code or under similar state laws,
including fraudulent
                                       4

<PAGE>

conveyance claims (the "Released Claims"); provided, however, that a Releasor is
not releasing hereby such Releasor's right to receive warrants pursuant to the
Plan or any Allowed Claim in Classes 1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 of the Plan held by such
Releasor.

  Section 9. Capital Release. For good and valuable consideration, the receipt
of which is hereby acknowledged, including, without limitation, the issuance of
warrants to purchase common stock of Reorganized Grand Union pursuant to the
Plan and the Releases contained in this Agreement, Capital and its affiliates
(other than the Company), agents, and assigns (the "Releasors") hereby
unconditionally and irrevocably release the following persons: the Company,
Holdings, the Noteholders, and the Capital Committee, the respective affiliates
of the Company, Holdings, the Noteholders, and the Capital Committee, present
and former stockholders, directors, and officers of the Company and Holdings,
including Miller Tabak Hirsch & Co. ("MTH") and its present and former partners,
directors, officers, employees, advisors, attorneys, consultants, agents, and
representatives including, without limitation, Mssrs. Martin A. Fox, Glenn L.
Goldberg, Claude Incaudo and James A. Lash, and any person or entity that
directly or indirectly controls MTH, including Gary Hirsch, Jeffrey Miller and
Jeffrey Tabak, the members of each of the Official Committee and the Informal
Committees, each of the Post-Confirmation Banks, BT Securities Corporation,
Goldman, Sachs & Co., each of the foregoing entity's and/or person's respective
attorneys, advisors, financial advisors, investment bankers, employees,
successors, agents, and assigns, each holder of a Zero Coupon Note that executes
and delivers a Zero Claims Release pursuant to the Plan, and any other person
and/or entity against whom any of the Releasors may have a Released Claim, as
defined below in this section (collectively, the "Released Persons"), from any
and all claims, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, costs, dues, sums of
money, accounts, bills, bonds, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements,
promises, variances, trespasses, damages, judgments, expenses, and liability
whatsoever, known or unknown, at law or in equity, irrespective of whether such
claims arise out of contract, tort, violation of laws or other regulations or
otherwise, which the Releasors ever had or now have against the Released Persons
or any of them, for, or by reason of, any matter, cause or thing whatsoever from
the beginning of the world to and including the date hereof arising out of or in
connection with, or related in any manner to, the issuance, ownership, purchase,
and/or sale of the Zero Coupon Notes including without limitation, any claims
arising under any state or federal securities law and/or any claims arising
under Sections 544, 548 and 550 of the Bankruptcy Code or under similar state
laws, including fraudulent conveyance claims (the "Released Claims").

  Section 10. Holdings Release. For good and valuable consideration, the receipt
of which is hereby acknowledged, including, without limitation, the issuance of
warrants to purchase common stock of Reorganized Grand Union pursuant to the
Plan and the Releases contained in this Agreement, Holdings and its affiliates
(other than the Company), agents, and assigns (the "Releasors") hereby
unconditionally and irrevocably release the following persons: the Company,
Capital, the Noteholders, and the Capital Committee, the respective affiliates
of the Company, Capital, the Noteholders, and the Capital Committee, present and
former stockholders, directors, and officers of the Company or Capital,
including Miller Tabak Hirsch & Co. ("MTH") and its present and former partners,
directors, officers, employees, advisors, attorneys, consultants, agents, and
representatives including, without limitation, Mssrs. Martin A. Fox, Glenn L.
Goldberg, Claude Incaudo and James A. Lash, and any person or entity that
directly or indirectly controls MTH, including Gary Hirsch, Jeffrey Miller and
Jeffrey Tabak, the members of each of the Official Committee and the Informal
Committees, each of the Post-Confirmation Banks, BT Securities Corporation,
Goldman, Sachs & Co., each of the foregoing entity's and/or person's respective
attorneys, advisors, financial advisors, investment bankers, employees,
successors, agents, and assigns, each holder of a Zero Coupon Note that executes
and delivers a Zero Claims Release pursuant to the Plan and any other person
and/or entity against whom any of the Releasors may have a Released Claim, as
defined below in this section (collectively, the "Released Persons"), from any
and all claims, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, costs, dues, sums of
money, accounts, bills, bonds, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements,
promises, variances, trespasses, damages, judgments, expenses, and liability
whatsoever, known or unknown, at law or in equity, irrespective of whether such
claims arise out of contract, tort, violation of laws or other regulations or
otherwise, which the Releasors ever had or now have against the Released Persons
or any of them, for, or by

                                       5

<PAGE>

reason of, any matter, cause or thing whatsoever from the beginning of the world
to and including the date hereof arising out of or in connection with, or
related in any manner to, the issuance, ownership, purchase, and/or sale of the
Zero Coupon Notes including without limitation, any claims arising under any
state or federal securities law and/or any claims arising under Sections 544,
548 and 550 of the Bankruptcy Code or under similar state laws, including
fraudulent conveyance claims (the "Released Claims").

  Section 11. Company Release. For good and valuable consideration, the receipt
of which is hereby acknowledged, including, without limitation, the Releases
contained in this Agreement, the Company and its affiliates, agents, and assigns
(the "Releasors") hereby unconditionally and irrevocably release the following
persons: Capital, Holdings, the Noteholders, and the Capital Committee, the
respective affiliates of the Noteholders and the Capital Committee, and the
respective officers, directors, employees, advisors, attorneys and consultants,
in such capacities, of the Noteholders and the Capital Committee (collectively,
the "Released Persons"), from any and all claims, demands, actions, causes of
action, suits, costs, dues, sums of money, accounts, bills, bonds, covenants,
contracts, controversies, agreements, promises, variances, trespasses, damages,
judgments, expenses, and liability whatsoever, known or unknown, at law or in
equity, irrespective of whether such claims arise out of contract, tort,
violation of laws or other regulations or otherwise, which the Releasors ever
had or now have against the Released Persons or any of them, for, or by reason
of, any matter, cause or thing whatsoever from the beginning of the world to and
including the date hereof arising out of or in connection with, or related in
any manner to, the issuance, ownership, purchase, and/or sale of the Zero Coupon
Notes including without limitation, any claims arising under any state or
federal securities law and/or any claims arising under Sections 544, 548 and 550
of the Bankruptcy Code or under similar state laws, including fraudulent
conveyance claims.

  Section 12. Occurrence of Certain Events. (a) The Noteholders and the Capital
Committee shall be released of their obligations under this Agreement in the
event of either a Material Change, as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement,
or: (i) the Company withdraws or otherwise fails to prosecute the Plan; (ii) the
Bankruptcy Court enters an order that becomes a Final Order denying the Joint
Motion to Compromise Controversies, as defined in Section 14 of this Agreement,
in the Company's Bankruptcy Case; (iii) the Bankruptcy Court enters an order
that becomes a Final Order denying confirmation of the Plan; or (iv) the
Bankruptcy Court does not enter an order confirming the Plan on or before August
15, 1995 (a "Disabling Contingency").

    (b) In the event of a Material Change in the Plan, or a Disabling
  Contingency, the Company shall not schedule a hearing on any of the Capital
  Claims, or on a new plan of reorganization, such that any such hearing occurs
  prior to 20 days after the occurrence of the Material Change, or the
  Disabling Contingency, as applicable.

  Section 13. Covenant Not to Sue. Each Noteholder and the Capital Committee
hereby covenant not to commence any action against any Released Person, as
defined in Section 8 of this Agreement, asserting a Released Claim, as defined
in that section.

  Section 14. Bankruptcy Court Motion for Approval. In order to effectuate a
timely resolution of these matters, certain of the parties hereto shall jointly
file a motion in the Bankruptcy Cases requesting Bankruptcy Court approval of
this Settlement Agreement pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 (the "Joint Motion to
Compromise Controversies"). The Parties to this Agreement will cooperate fully
with one another and will use their respective best efforts to secure the entry
of a Final Order approving the Joint Motion to Compromise Controversies as
promptly as possible.

  Section 15. Effective Date. This Agreement shall be effective upon its
execution by each of the Parties, subject to Bankruptcy Court approval of the
Joint Motion to Compromise Controversies; provided, however, that
notwithstanding such Bankruptcy Court approval, with respect to the provisions
of this Agreement relating to the releases contained in Sections 8, 9, 10 and
11, above, this Agreement shall be deemed effective, subject to delivery of the
global certificates provided for in Section 2.1 of the Warrant Agreement, upon
the

                                       6

<PAGE>

occurrence of the Effective Date of the Plan (assuming the order approving the
Joint Motion to Compromise Controversies is a Final Order) and provided further
that the releases by the Noteholders set forth in Section 8 and the Company's
release of the Noteholders in Section 11, above, shall not be effective if prior
to the commencement of the distribution of the Warrants by the Warrant Agent (as
defined in the Warrant Agreement), in whole or in part, such distribution is
enjoined by an Entity other than a holder (present, former or future) of a Zero
Note; and provided further that the immediately preceding proviso shall be of no
force and effect if such injunction is dissolved. To the extent a particular
term or provision of this Agreement is not approved by the Bankruptcy Court,
this Agreement may nonetheless become effective if the party that is the
intended beneficiary of such term or provision agrees in writing to the deletion
of such term from this Agreement. In addition, if orders approving this
Agreement have been entered in the Capital Bankruptcy Case and the Holdings
Bankruptcy Case, the Company may waive the requirement that any such order be a
Final Order with the consent of the Official Committee, which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld. If the Company waives such requirement, this Agreement
shall not be binding upon Capital or Holdings if a Final Order approving it has
not been entered in its Bankruptcy Case.

  Section 16. Specific Performance. It is understood and agreed by the
Noteholders and the Capital Committee that money damages would not be a
sufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement by any Noteholder or the
Capital Committee and that the Company shall be entitled to specific performance
and injunctive or other equitable relief as a remedy for any such breach, and
each Noteholder and the Capital Committee agree to waive any requirement for the
securing or posting of a bond in connection with such remedy.

  Section 17. No Admission of Liability. The settlement set forth herein is in
the best interest of all of the Parties, and the estates of the Company,
Capital, and Holdings, because of, among other reasons, the substantial risks
inherent in and the significant expenses arising from continuing litigation with
respect of the Capital Claims. This Agreement is in compromise of disputed
claims and nothing contained herein shall be construed or offered as an
admission of liability, or of the amount of any claim, on behalf of, or with
respect to, any claims asserted by or against the Parties. The Company, Capital,
and Holdings expressly deny such alleged liability to the Noteholders and the
Capital Committee.

  Section 18. Joint Negotiation. This Agreement is a product of negotiation
among the Parties and represents jointly conceived, bargained for, and agreed
upon, language that has been mutually determined by the Parties to express their
intentions in entering into this Agreement. Any ambiguity or uncertainty in this
Agreement shall be deemed to be caused by or attributable to all Parties hereto
collectively.

  Section 19. Final Agreement. Except as set forth in the Plan, this Agreement
is the complete, final and exclusive statement of all of the agreements,
conditions, promises and covenants among the Parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements,
negotiations, representations, statements, understandings and discussions among
the Parties and/or their respective counsel with respect to the subject matter
covered. Except as set forth in the Plan, there exist no prior or
contemporaneous negotiations, statements, promises or agreements that survive
the execution of this Agreement.

  Section 20. Disclosure. The Parties contemplate that this Agreement will be
disclosed in the Disclosure Statement for the Plan and/or a press release issued
by the Company, Capital, and/or Holdings, and consent to such disclosure.

  Section 21. Amendments or Modifications. To be legally binding, any amendment
or modification to this Agreement must be in writing, must refer specifically to
this Agreement and must be signed by duly-authorized representatives of all
Parties hereto.

  Section 22. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding on the Parties and
any and all of their successors and assigns including, without limitation, any
trustee that may be appointed in any of the Bankruptcy Cases.

                                       7

<PAGE>

  Section 23. No Waiver of Breach. The failure of any party to require the
performance of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or the waiver by
any party of any breach under this Agreement shall neither prevent a subsequent
enforcement of such term or provision nor be deemed a waiver of any such
subsequent breach.

  Section 24. Headings. The descriptive headings of the several sections of this
Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not constitute a
part of this Agreement.

  Section 25. Governing Law. In all respects, including all matters of
construction, validity and performance, this Agreement and the obligations
arising hereunder shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance
with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and
performed in such state, without regard to the principles thereof regarding
conflicts of law, and any applicable laws of the United States of America.

  Section 26. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall, collectively and separately, constitute one
agreement.

                                       8

<PAGE>

  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement the     day of
April, 1995.

THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

By:  /s/ Francis Nicastro
   ---------------------------


GRAND UNION CAPITAL CORPORATION

By: /s/ Martin A. Fox
   ----------------------------


GRAND UNION HOLDINGS CORPORATION

By: /s/ Martin A. Fox
   ----------------------------


OFFICIAL COMMITTEE OF UNSECURED CREDITORS OF
GRAND UNION CAPITAL CORPORATION

By: /s/ Peter M. Avelar
   ----------------------------
    Vice President


DEAN WITTER HIGH YIELD SECURITIES

By: /s/ Peter M. Avelar
   ----------------------------
    Vice President


VARIABLE HIGH YIELD

By: /s/ Peter M. Avelar
   ----------------------------
    Vice President


DEAN WITTER DIVERSIFIED INCOME TRUST

By: /s/ Peter M. Avelar
   ----------------------------
    Vice President


HIGH INCOME ADVANTAGE TRUST

By: /s/ Peter M. Avelar
   ----------------------------
    Vice President


HIGH INCOME ADVANTAGE TRUST II

By: /s/ Peter M. Avelar
   ----------------------------
    Vice President


HIGH INCOME ADVANTAGE TRUST III

By: /s/ Peter M. Avelar
   ----------------------------
    Vice President


DEAN WITTER HIGH INCOME SECURITIES

By: /s/ Peter M. Avelar
   ----------------------------
    Vice President


LUTHERAN BROTHERHOOD HIGH YIELD FUND

By: /s/
   ----------------------------
    Assistant V.P. and Portfolio Manager


LB SERIES FUND, INC. HIGH YIELD PORTFOLIO


By: /s/
   ----------------------------
    Assistant V.P. and Portfolio Manager

                                       9

<PAGE>

FRANKLIN AGE HIGH INCOME FUND

By: /s/
   ---------------------------


FRANKLIN INCOME FUND


By: /s/
   ---------------------------

FRANKLIN VALUEMARK FUND-INCOME


By: /s/
   ---------------------------

BARRE & COMPANY INC.


By: /s/
   ---------------------------

LOCAL 68 IUOE ANNUITY FUND


By: /s/
   ---------------------------

LOCAL 68 IUOE PENSION FUND


By: /s/
   ---------------------------

  The Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of The Grand Union Company and
The Informal Committee of Senior Secured Noteholders, which entities are not
parties to this Agreement, have reviewed it, have no objection to it, and
consent to Section 7 of it.


OFFICIAL COMMITTEE OF UNSECURED
CREDITORS OF THE GRAND UNION COMPANY

By: ___________________________


INFORMAL COMMITTEE OF SENIOR
SECURED NOTEHOLDERS

By: ___________________________

                                       10



<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A

[See Appendix "A" to the Disclosure Statement, The Second Amended Plan of
Reorganization]
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT B

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   15% Zero       16.5% Zero
Member                                           Coupon Notes    Coupon Notes
- - -----------------------------------------        ------------    ------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>
Dean Witter High Yield Securities
Two World Trade Center
New York, NY 10048..............................  $58,415,000    $123,220,000

Variable High Yield
Two World Trade Center
New York, NY 10048..............................   19,558,000      26,950,000

Dean Witter Diversified Income Trust
Two World Trade Center
New York, NY 10048..............................   18,000,000      45,750,000

High Income Advantage Trust
Two World Trade Center
New York, NY 10048..............................   19,000,000      34,000,000

High Income Advantage Trust II
Two World Trade Center
New York, NY 10048..............................   21,500,000      55,500,000

High Income Advantage Trust III
Two World Trade Center
New York, NY 10048..............................   10,000,000      20,000,000

Dean Witter High Income Securities
Two World Trade Center
New York, NY 10048..............................    6,000,000       2,000,000

LB Series Fund, Inc. High Yield Portfolio
625 Fourth Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55415...........................   23,200,000      23,500,000

Lutheran Brotherhood High Yield Fund
625 Fourth Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55415...........................   19,000,000      20,000,000

Frankline AGE High Income Fund
777 Mariners Island Blvd.
7th Floor
San Mateo, CA 94404.............................   12,500,000      99,850,400

Franklin Income Fund
777 Mariners Island Blvd.
7th Floor
San Mateo, CA 94404.............................   25,000,000      47,700,000

Franklin Valuemark Fund-Income
777 Mariners Island Blvd.
7th Floor
San Mateo, CA 94404.............................    1,648,000       3,933,000

Barre & Company Incorporated
717 N. Harwood, Suite 560
Dallas, TX 75201................................    3,400,000          -0-
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<PAGE>

                                                     15% Zero      16.5% Zero
Member                                           Coupon Notes    Coupon Notes
- - ------------------------------------------------ ------------    ------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>
Marine Midland Bank, as Indenture Trustee
 for the 16.5% Zero Coupon Notes
140 Broadway-12th Floor
New York, NY 10005..............................          N/A          N/A

First Trust National Assn., as Indenture Trustee
 for the 15% Zero Coupon Notes
180 East 5th Street
St. Paul, MN 55101..............................          N/A          N/A

Local 68 IUOE Pension Fund & Annuity Fund
14 Fairfield Place
West Caldwell, NJ 07006.........................          -0-    3,000,000
</TABLE>
                                       2



<PAGE>
                                                                Exhibit 10.17

                                     WAIVER

     With respect to the Second Amended Chapter 11 Plan of The Grand Union
Company, dated as of April 19, 1995 (the "Plan") (i) the Debtor hereby waives
the condition to the Effective Date in Sections 15.02(a) and (f) of the Plan and
the condition to effectiveness of the Zero Settlement in Section 15 thereof,
(ii) the Official Committee, the Senior Bank Agent and the Informal Committee of
Senior Noteholders hereby consent to the waiver by the Debtor of the condition
to the Effective Date in Sections 15.02(a) and (f) of the Plan and (iii) the
Official Committee hereby consents to the waiver by the Debtor of the condition
to the effectiveness of the Zero Settlement in Section 15 thereof.  All
capitalized terms not defined herein are as defined in the Plan.

Dated June 14, 1995
                                        BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, AS
THE GRAND UNION COMPANY                 SENIOR BANK AGENT

By: /s/ Frances Nicastro                /s/ Mary Kay Coyle
    --------------------                ------------------
Its: Vice President and Treasurer       Mary Kay Coyle
    -----------------------------
THE GRAND UNION COMPANY                 Vice President
201 Willowbrook Boulevard               BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
Wayne, NJ  07470                        One Bankers Trust Plaza
                                        New York, NY  10006


THE OFFICIAL COMMITTEE OF UNSECURED     INFORMAL COMMITTEE OF SENIOR
CREDITORS OF THE GRAND UNION COMPANY    NOTEHOLDERS

 /s/ Alyson B. Gal                        /s/ Bridget Healy
- - -------------------------               -----------------------------
William F. McCarthy, Esq.               Daniel H. Golden, Esq.
Alyson B. Gal, Esq.                     Bridget Healy, Esq.
Kendrick Chow, Esq.                     Stroock & Stroock & Lavan
Ropes & Gray                            7 Hanover Square
One International Place                 New York, NY  10004-2696
Boston, MA  02110-2624

- - - and -

Stuart E. Hertzberg
Dennis Kayes
David B. Stratton
Pepper Hamilton & Scheetz
100 Renaissance Center, Suite 3600
Detroit, MI  48243-1157

<PAGE>

                                                            Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Grand Union Company, as of June 15, 1995

Merchandising Services, Inc.
Grand Union Stores, Inc. of Vermont
Grand Union Stores of New Hampshire, Inc.



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
COMPANY'S CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          APR-01-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               APR-01-1995
<CASH>                                          89,423
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   18,592
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                    189,467
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               314,269
<PP&E>                                         634,848
<DEPRECIATION>                                 207,886
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               1,394,756
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          174,126
<BONDS>                                      1,466,357
<COMMON>                                         9,407
                                0
                                    164,792
<OTHER-SE>                                   (824,339)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 1,394,756
<SALES>                                      2,391,696
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             2,391,696
<CGS>                                        1,704,082
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                1,704,082
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               550,913
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             182,016
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              (159,830)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                          (159,830)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                 (159,830)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission